Brasão INTROIT
THESAURUS FIDEI Archivum Traditiōnis
⚜ Scriptorium
Biblioteca › Doutor da Graça › Sanctus Aurelius Augustinus
Monumentum Theologicum

The City of God

De Civitate Dei · Libri I–XII
Sanctus Aurelius Augustinus · 426 AD · Patristica

" Rome having been stormed and sacked by the Goths

2 under Alaric their king,[1] the worshippers of false

3 gods, or pagans, as we commonly call them, made an attempt

4 to attribute this calamity to the Christian religion, and began

5 to blaspheme the true God with even more than their wonted

6 bitterness and acerbity. It was this which kindled my zeal

7 for the house of God, and prompted me to undertake the

8 defence of the city of God against the charges and misrepresentations

9 of its assailants. This work was in my hands

10 for several years, owing to the interruptions occasioned by

11 many other affairs which had a prior claim on my attention,

12 and which I could not defer. However, this great undertaking

13 was at last completed in twenty-two books. Of these,

14 the first five refute those who fancy that the polytheistic

15 worship is necessary in order to secure worldly prosperity,

16 and that all these overwhelming calamities have befallen us

17 in consequence of its prohibition. In the following five

18 books I address myself to those who admit that such calamities

19 have at all times attended, and will at all times attend,

20 the human race, and that they constantly recur in forms more

21 or less disastrous, varying only in the scenes, occasions, and

22 persons on whom they light, but, while admitting this, maintain

23 that the worship of the gods is advantageous for the life

24 to come. In these ten books, then, I refute these two

25 opinions, which are as groundless as they are antagonistic to

26 the Christian religion.

27 "But that no one might have occasion to say, that though

28 I had refuted the tenets of other men, I had omitted to

29 establish my own, I devote to this object the second part of

30 this work, which comprises twelve books, although I have

31 not scrupled, as occasion offered, either to advance my own

32 opinions in the first ten books, or to demolish the arguments

33 of my opponents in the last twelve. Of these twelve books,

34 the first four contain an account of the origin of these two

35 cities—the city of God, and the city of the world. The

36 second four treat of their history or progress; the third and

37 last four, of their deserved destinies. And so, though all

38 these twenty-two books refer to both cities, yet I have

39 named them after the better city, and called them The City

40 of God."

41 Such is the account given by Augustine himself[2] of the

42 occasion and plan of this his greatest work. But in addition

43 to this explicit information, we learn from the correspondence[3]

44 of Augustine, that it was due to the importunity of his friend

45 Marcellinus that this defence of Christianity extended beyond

46 the limits of a few letters. Shortly before the fall of Rome,

47 Marcellinus had been sent to Africa by the Emperor Honorius

48 to arrange a settlement of the differences between the Donatists

49 and the Catholics. This brought him into contact not

50 only with Augustine, but with Volusian, the proconsul of

51 Africa, and a man of rare intelligence and candour. Finding

52 that Volusian, though as yet a pagan, took an interest in the

53 Christian religion, Marcellinus set his heart on converting

54 him to the true faith. The details of the subsequent significant

55 intercourse between the learned and courtly bishop and

56 the two imperial statesmen, are unfortunately almost entirely

57 lost to us; but the impression conveyed by the extant correspondence

58 is, that Marcellinus was the means of bringing his

59 two friends into communication with one another. The first

60 overture was on Augustine's part, in the shape of a simple

61 and manly request that Volusian would carefully peruse the

62 Scriptures, accompanied by a frank offer to do his best to

63 solve any difficulties that might arise in such a course of

64 inquiry. Volusian accordingly enters into correspondence

65 with Augustine; and in order to illustrate the kind of difficulties

66 experienced by men in his position, he gives some

67 graphic notes of a conversation in which he had recently

68 taken part at a gathering of some of his friends. The difficulty

69 to which most weight is attached in this letter, is the

70 apparent impossibility of believing in the Incarnation. But

71 a letter which Marcellinus immediately despatched to Augustine,

72 urging him to reply to Volusian at large, brought the

73 intelligence that the difficulties and objections to Christianity

74 were thus limited merely out of a courteous regard to the

75 preciousness of the bishop's time, and the vast number of his

76 engagements. This letter, in short, brought out the important

77 fact, that a removal of speculative doubts would not suffice

78 for the conversion of such men as Volusian, whose life was

79 one with the life of the empire. Their difficulties were rather

80 political, historical, and social. They could not see how the

81 reception of the Christian rule of life was compatible with

82 the interests of Rome as the mistress of the world.[4] And

83 thus Augustine was led to take a more distinct and wider

84 view of the whole relation which Christianity bore to the old

85 state of things,—moral, political, philosophical, and religious,—and

86 was gradually drawn on to undertake the elaborate

87 work now presented to the English reader, and which may

88 more appropriately than any other of his writings be called

89 his masterpiece[5] or life-work. It was begun the very year of

90 Marcellinus' death, a.d. 413, and was issued in detached

91 portions from time to time, until its completion in the year

92 426. It thus occupied the maturest years of Augustine's

93 life—from his fifty-ninth to his seventy-second year.[6]

94 From this brief sketch, it will be seen that though the

95 accompanying work is essentially an Apology, the Apologetic

96 of Augustine can be no mere rehabilitation of the somewhat

97 threadbare, if not effete, arguments of Justin and Tertullian.[7]

98 In fact, as Augustine considered what was required of him,—to

99 expound the Christian faith, and justify it to enlightened

100 men; to distinguish it from, and show its superiority to, all

101 those forms of truth, philosophical or popular, which were

102 then striving for the mastery, or at least for standing-room;

103 to set before the world's eye a vision of glory that might win

104 the regard even of men who were dazzled by the fascinating

105 splendour of a world-wide empire,—he recognised that a task

106 was laid before him to which even his powers might prove

107 unequal,—a task certainly which would afford ample scope for

108 his learning, dialectic, philosophical grasp and acumen, eloquence,

109 and faculty of exposition.

110 But it is the occasion of this great Apology which invests

111 it at once with grandeur and vitality. After more than eleven

112 hundred years of steady and triumphant progress, Rome had

113 been taken and sacked. It is difficult for us to appreciate,

114 impossible to overestimate, the shock which was thus communicated

115 from centre to circumference of the whole known

116 world. It was generally believed, not only by the heathen,

117 but also by many of the most liberal-minded of the Christians,

118 that the destruction of Rome would be the prelude to the

119 destruction of the world.[8] Even Jerome, who might have

120 been supposed to be embittered against the proud mistress

121 of the world by her inhospitality to himself, cannot conceal

122 his profound emotion on hearing of her fall. "A terrible

123 rumour," he says, "reaches me from the West, telling of Rome

124 besieged, bought for gold, besieged again, life and property

125 perishing together. My voice falters, sobs stifle the words I

126 dictate; for she is a captive, that city which enthralled the

127 world."[9] Augustine is never so theatrical as Jerome in the

128 expression of his feeling, but he is equally explicit in lamenting

129 the fall of Rome as a great calamity; and while he does

130 not scruple to ascribe her recent disgrace to the profligate

131 manners, the effeminacy, and the pride of her citizens, he is

132 not without hope that, by a return to the simple, hardy, and

133 honourable mode of life which characterized the early Romans,

134 she may still be restored to much of her former prosperity.[10]

135 But as Augustine contemplates the ruins of Rome's greatness,

136 and feels, in common with all the world at this crisis, the

137 instability of the strongest governments, the insufficiency of

138 the most authoritative statesmanship, there hovers over these

139 ruins the splendid vision of the city of God "coming down

140 out of heaven, adorned as a bride for her husband." The old

141 social system is crumbling away on all sides, but in its place

142 he seems to see a pure Christendom arising. He sees that

143 human history and human destiny are not wholly identified

144 with the history of any earthly power—not though it be as

145 cosmopolitan as the empire of Rome.[11] He directs the attention

146 of men to the fact that there is another kingdom on

147 earth,—a city which hath foundations, whose builder and

148 maker is God. He teaches men to take profounder views of

149 history, and shows them how from the first the city of God,

150 or community of God's people, has lived alongside of the

151 kingdoms of this world and their glory, and has been silently

152 increasing, "crescit occulto velut arbor ævo." He demonstrates

153 that the superior morality, the true doctrine, the

154 heavenly origin of this city, ensure its success; and over

155 against this, he depicts the silly or contradictory theorizings

156 of the pagan philosophers, and the unhinged morals of the

157 people, and puts it to all candid men to say, whether in the

158 presence of so manifestly sufficient a cause for Rome's downfall,

159 there is room for imputing it to the spread of Christianity.

160 He traces the antagonism of these two grand communities

161 of rational creatures, back to their first divergence

162 in the fall of the angels, and down to the consummation of all

163 things in the last judgment and eternal destination of the good

164 and evil. In other words, the city of God is "the first real

165 effort to produce a philosophy of history,"[12] to exhibit historical

166 events in connection with their true causes, and in their real

167 sequence. This plan of the work is not only a great conception,

168 but it is accompanied with many practical advantages;

169 the chief of which is, that it admits, and even requires, a full

170 treatment of those doctrines of our faith that are more directly

171 historical,—the doctrines of creation, the fall, the incarnation,

172 the connection between the Old and New Testaments, and the

173 doctrine of "the last things."[13]

174 The effect produced by this great work it is impossible

175 to determine with accuracy. Beugnot, with an absoluteness

176 which we should condemn as presumption in any less competent

177 authority, declares that its effect can only have been

178 very slight.[14] Probably its effect would be silent and slow;

179 telling first upon cultivated minds, and only indirectly upon

180 the people. Certainly its effect must have been weakened

181 by the interrupted manner of its publication. It is an easier

182 task to estimate its intrinsic value. But on this also patristic

183 and literary authorities widely differ. Dupin admits that it

184 is very pleasant reading, owing to the surprising variety of

185 matters which are introduced to illustrate and forward the

186 argument, but censures the author for discussing very useless

187 questions, and for adducing reasons which could satisfy no

188 one who was not already convinced.[15] Huet also speaks of

189 the book as "un amas confus d'excellents materiaux; c'est de

190 l'or en barre et en lingots."[16] L'Abbé Flottes censures these

191 opinions as unjust, and cites with approbation the unqualified

192 eulogy of Pressensé.[17] But probably the popularity of the

193 book is its best justification. This popularity may be

194 measured by the circumstance that, between the year 1467

195 and the end of the fifteenth century, no fewer than twenty

196 editions were called for, that is to say, a fresh edition every

197 eighteen months.[18] And in the interesting series of letters

198 that passed between Ludovicus Vives and Erasmus, who had

199 engaged him to write a commentary on the *City of God* for

200 his edition of Augustine's works, we find Vives pleading for

201 a separate edition of this work, on the plea that, of all the

202 writings of Augustine, it was almost the only one read by

203 patristic students, and might therefore naturally be expected

204 to have a much wider circulation.[19]

205 If it were asked to what this popularity is due, we should

206 be disposed to attribute it mainly to the great variety of ideas,

207 opinions, and facts that are here brought before the reader's

208 mind. Its importance as a contribution to the history of

209 opinion cannot be overrated. We find in it not only indications

210 or explicit enouncement of the author's own views upon

211 almost every important topic which occupied his thoughts,

212 but also a compendious exhibition of the ideas which most

213 powerfully influenced the life of that age. It thus becomes,

214 as Poujoulat says, "comme l'encyclopédie du cinquième siècle."

215 All that is valuable, together with much indeed that is not so,

216 in the religion and philosophy of the classical nations of

217 antiquity, is reviewed. And on some branches of these subjects

218 it has, in the judgment of one well qualified to judge,

219 "preserved more than the whole surviving Latin literature."

220 It is true we are sometimes wearied by the too elaborate

221 refutation of opinions which to a modern mind seem self-evident

222 absurdities; but if these opinions were actually prevalent

223 in the fifth century, the historical inquirer will not

224 quarrel with the form in which his information is conveyed,

225 nor will commit the absurdity of attributing to Augustine the

226 foolishness of these opinions, but rather the credit of exploding

227 them. That Augustine is a well-informed and impartial

228 critic, is evinced by the courteousness and candour which he

229 uniformly displays to his opponents, by the respect he won

230 from the heathen themselves, and by his own early life. The

231 most rigorous criticism has found him at fault regarding

232 matters of fact only in some very rare instances, which can

233 be easily accounted for. His learning would not indeed stand

234 comparison with what is accounted such in our day: his

235 life was too busy, and too devoted to the poor and to the

236 spiritually necessitous, to admit of any extraordinary acquisition.

237 He had access to no literature but the Latin; or at

238 least he had only sufficient Greek to enable him to refer to

239 Greek authors on points of importance, and not enough to

240 enable him to read their writings with ease and pleasure.[20]

241 But he had a profound knowledge of his own time, and a

242 familiar acquaintance not only with the Latin poets, but with

243 many other authors, some of whose writings are now lost to

244 us, save the fragments preserved through his quotations.

245 But the interest attaching to the *City of God* is not merely

246 historical. It is the earnestness and ability with which he

247 developes his own philosophical and theological views which

248 gradually fascinate the reader, and make him see why the

249 world has set this among the few greatest books of all time.

250 The fundamental lines of the Augustinian theology are here

251 laid down in a comprehensive and interesting form. Never

252 was thought so abstract expressed in language so popular.

253 He handles metaphysical problems with the unembarrassed

254 ease of Plato, with all Cicero's accuracy and acuteness, and

255 more than Cicero's profundity. He is never more at home

256 than when exposing the incompetency of Neoplatonism, or

257 demonstrating the harmony of Christian doctrine and true

258 philosophy. And though there are in the *City of God*, as

259 in all ancient books, things that seem to us childish and

260 barren, there are also the most surprising anticipations of

261 modern speculation. There is an earnest grappling with

262 those problems which are continually re-opened because they

263 underlie man's relation to God and the spiritual world,—the

264 problems which are not peculiar to any one century. As we

265 read these animated discussions,

266 "The fourteen centuries fall away

267 Between us and the Afric saint,

268 And at his side we urge, to-day,

269 The immemorial quest and old complaint.

270 No outward sign to us is given,

271 From sea or earth comes no reply;

272 Hushed as the warm Numidian heaven

273 He vainly questioned bends our frozen sky."

274 It is true, the style of the book is not all that could be

275 desired: there are passages which can possess an interest

276 only to the antiquarian; there are others with nothing to

277 redeem them but the glow of their eloquence; there are

278 many repetitions; there is an occasional use of arguments

279 "plus ingenieux que solides," as M. Saisset says. Augustine's

280 great admirer, Erasmus, does not scruple to call him a writer

281 "obscuræ subtilitatis et parum amœnæ prolixitatis;"[21] but

282 "the toil of penetrating the apparent obscurities will be rewarded

283 by finding a real wealth of insight and enlightenment."

284 Some who have read the opening chapters of the *City of God*,

285 may have considered it would be a waste of time to proceed;

286 but no one, we are persuaded, ever regretted reading it all.

287 The book has its faults; but it effectually introduces us to

288 the most influential of theologians, and the greatest popular

289 teacher; to a genius that cannot nod for many lines together;

290 to a reasoner whose dialectic is more formidable, more keen

291 and sifting, than that of Socrates or Aquinas; to a saint whose

292 ardent and genuine devotional feeling bursts up through the

293 severest argumentation; to a man whose kindliness and wit,

294 universal sympathies and breadth of intelligence, lend piquancy

295 and vitality to the most abstract dissertation.

296 The propriety of publishing a translation of so choice a

297 specimen of ancient literature needs no defence. As Poujoulat

298 very sensibly remarks, there are not a great many men

299 now-a-days who will read a work in Latin of twenty-two

300 books. Perhaps there are fewer still who ought to do so.

301 With our busy neighbours in France, this work has been a

302 prime favourite for 400 years. There may be said to be

303 eight independent translations of it into the French tongue,

304 though some of these are *in part* merely revisions. One of

305 these translations has gone through as many as four editions.

306 The most recent is that which forms part of the Nisard series;

307 but the best, so far as we have seen, is that of the accomplished

308 Professor of Philosophy in the College of France, Emile Saisset.

309 This translation is indeed all that can be desired: here and

310 there an omission occurs, and about one or two renderings a

311 difference of opinion may exist; but the exceeding felicity

312 and spirit of the whole show it to have been a labour of

313 love, the fond homage of a disciple proud of his master. The

314 preface of M. Saisset is one of the most valuable contributions

315 ever made to the understanding of Augustine's philosophy.[22]

316 Of English translations there has been an unaccountable

317 poverty. Only one exists,[23] and this so exceptionally bad, so

318 unlike the racy translations of the seventeenth century in

319 general, so inaccurate, and so frequently unintelligible, that

320 it is not impossible it may have done something towards

321 giving the English public a distaste for the book itself. That

322 the present translation also might be improved, we know;

323 that many men were fitter for the task, on the score of

324 scholarship, we are very sensible; but that any one would

325 have executed it with intenser affection and veneration for

326 the author, we are not prepared to admit. A few notes have

327 been added where it appeared to be necessary. Some are

328 original, some from the Benedictine Augustine, and the rest

329 from the elaborate commentary of Vives.[24]

330 The Editor.

331 Glasgow, 1871.

332 THE CITY OF GOD.

BOOK I

4 ARGUMENT.

5 >

6 >

7 >

8 AUGUSTINE CENSURES THE PAGANS, WHO ATTRIBUTED THE CALAMITIES OF THE

9 > WORLD, AND ESPECIALLY THE RECENT SACK OF ROME BY THE GOTHS, TO

10 > THE CHRISTIAN RELIGION, AND ITS PROHIBITION OF THE WORSHIP OF THE

11 > GODS. HE SPEAKS OF THE BLESSINGS AND ILLS OF LIFE, WHICH THEN, AS

12 > ALWAYS, HAPPENED TO GOOD AND BAD MEN ALIKE. FINALLY, HE REBUKES

13 > THE SHAMELESSNESS OF THOSE WHO CAST UP TO THE CHRISTIANS THAT

14 > THEIR WOMEN HAD BEEN VIOLATED BY THE SOLDIERS.

15 PREFACE, EXPLAINING HIS DESIGN IN UNDERTAKING

16 THIS WORK.

17 The glorious city of God is my theme in this work, which

18 you, my dearest son Marcellinus,[25] suggested, and which

19 is due to you by my promise. I have undertaken its defence

20 against those who prefer their own gods to the Founder of

21 this city,—a city surpassingly glorious, whether we view it as it

22 still lives by faith in this fleeting course of time, and sojourns

23 as a stranger in the midst of the ungodly, or as it shall dwell

24 in the fixed stability of its eternal seat, which it now with

25 patience waits for, expecting until "righteousness shall return

26 unto judgment,"[26] and it obtain, by virtue of its excellence,

27 final victory and perfect peace. A great work this, and an

28 arduous; but God is my helper. For I am aware what

29 ability is requisite to persuade the proud how great is the

30 virtue of humility, which raises us, not by a quite human

31 arrogance, but by a divine grace, above all earthly dignities

32 that totter on this shifting scene. For the King and Founder

33 of this city of which we speak, has in Scripture uttered to

34 His people a dictum of the divine law in these words: "God

35 resisteth the proud, but giveth grace unto the humble."[27] But

36 this, which is God's prerogative, the inflated ambition of a

37 proud spirit also affects, and dearly loves that this be numbered

38 among its attributes, to

39 "Show pity to the humbled soul,

40 And crush the sons of pride."[28]

41 And therefore, as the plan of this work we have undertaken

42 requires, and as occasion offers, we must speak also of the

43 earthly city, which, though it be mistress of the nations, is

44 itself ruled by its lust of rule.

45 1. *Of the adversaries of the name of Christ, whom the barbarians for Christ's

46 sake spared when they stormed the city.*

47 For to this earthly city belong the enemies against whom

48 I have to defend the city of God. Many of them, indeed,

49 being reclaimed from their ungodly error, have become sufficiently

50 creditable citizens of this city; but many are so inflamed

51 with hatred against it, and are so ungrateful to its

52 Redeemer for His signal benefits, as to forget that they would

53 now be unable to utter a single word to its prejudice, had they

54 not found in its sacred places, as they fled from the enemy's

55 steel, that life in which they now boast themselves. Are not

56 those very Romans, who were spared by the barbarians through

57 their respect for Christ, become enemies to the name of Christ?

58 The reliquaries of the martyrs and the churches of the apostles

59 bear witness to this; for in the sack of the city they were

60 open sanctuary for all who fled to them, whether Christian

61 or Pagan. To their very threshold the bloodthirsty enemy

62 raged; there his murderous fury owned a limit. Thither did

63 such of the enemy as had any pity convey those to whom

64 they had given quarter, lest any less mercifully disposed

65 might fall upon them. And, indeed, when even those murderers

66 who everywhere else showed themselves pitiless came

67 to these spots where that was forbidden which the licence of

68 war permitted in every other place, their furious rage for

69 slaughter was bridled, and their eagerness to take prisoners

70 was quenched. Thus escaped multitudes who now reproach

71 the Christian religion, and impute to Christ the ills that have

72 befallen their city; but the preservation of their own life—a

73 boon which they owe to the respect entertained for Christ by

74 the barbarians—they attribute not to our Christ, but to their

75 own good luck. They ought rather, had they any right perceptions,

76 to attribute the severities and hardships inflicted by

77 their enemies, to that divine providence which is wont to

78 reform the depraved manners of men by chastisement, and

79 which exercises with similar afflictions the righteous and

80 praiseworthy,—either translating them, when they have passed

81 through the trial, to a better world, or detaining them still on

82 earth for ulterior purposes. And they ought to attribute it

83 to the spirit of these Christian times, that, contrary to the

84 custom of war, these bloodthirsty barbarians spared them, and

85 spared them for Christ's sake, whether this mercy was actually

86 shown in promiscuous places, or in those places specially

87 dedicated to Christ's name, and of which the very largest

88 were selected as sanctuaries, that full scope might thus be

89 given to the expansive compassion which desired that a large

90 multitude might find shelter there. Therefore ought they to

91 give God thanks, and with sincere confession flee for refuge to

92 His name, that so they may escape the punishment of eternal

93 fire—they who with lying lips took upon them this name,

94 that they might escape the punishment of present destruction.

95 For of those whom you see insolently and shamelessly insulting

96 the servants of Christ, there are numbers who would not

97 have escaped that destruction and slaughter had they not pretended

98 that they themselves were Christ's servants. Yet now,

99 in ungrateful pride and most impious madness, and at the

100 risk of being punished in everlasting darkness, they perversely

101 oppose that name under which they fraudulently protected

102 themselves for the sake of enjoying the light of this brief

103 life.

104 2. *That it is quite contrary to the usage of war, that the victors should spare

105 the vanquished for the sake of their gods.*

106 There are histories of numberless wars, both before the

107 building of Rome and since its rise and the extension of its

108 dominion: let these be read, and let one instance be cited in

109 which, when a city had been taken by foreigners, the victors

110 spared those who were found to have fled for sanctuary to the

111 temples of their gods;[29] or one instance in which a barbarian

112 general gave orders that none should be put to the sword who

113 had been found in this or that temple. Did not Æneas see

114 "Dying Priam at the shrine,

115 Staining the hearth he made divine?"[30]

116 Did not Diomede and Ulysses

117 "Drag with red hands, the sentry slain,

118 Her fateful image from your fane,

119 Her chaste locks touch, and stain with gore

120 The virgin coronal she wore?"[31]

121 Neither is that true which follows, that

122 "Thenceforth the tide of fortune changed,

123 And Greece grew weak."[32]

124 For after this they conquered and destroyed Troy with fire and

125 sword; after this they beheaded Priam as he fled to the altars.

126 Neither did Troy perish because it lost Minerva. For what

127 had Minerva herself first lost, that she should perish? Her

128 guards perhaps? No doubt; just her guards. For as soon

129 as they were slain, she could be stolen. It was not, in fact,

130 the men who were preserved by the image, but the image by

131 the men. How, then, was she invoked to defend the city and

132 the citizens, she who could not defend her own defenders?

133 >

134 >

135 >

136 3. *That the Romans did not show their usual sagacity when they trusted

137 > that they would be benefited by the gods who had been unable to defend

138 > Troy.*

139 And these be the gods to whose protecting care the

140 Romans were delighted to entrust their city! O too, too

141 piteous mistake! And they are enraged at us when we

142 speak thus about their gods, though, so far from being enraged

143 at their own writers, they part with money to learn what

144 they say; and, indeed, the very teachers of these authors are

145 reckoned worthy of a salary from the public purse, and of

146 other honours. There is Virgil, who is read by boys, in order

147 that this great poet, this most famous and approved of all

148 poets, may impregnate their virgin minds, and may not readily

149 be forgotten by them, according to that saying of Horace,

150 "The fresh cask long keeps its first tang."[33]

151 Well, in this Virgil, I say, Juno is introduced as hostile to

152 the Trojans, and stirring up Æolus, the king of the winds,

153 against them in the words,

154 "A race I hate now ploughs the sea,

155 Transporting Troy to Italy,

156 And home-gods conquered. "[34]...

157 And ought prudent men to have entrusted the defence of

158 Rome to these conquered gods? But it will be said, this was

159 only the saying of Juno, who, like an angry woman, did not

160 know what she was saying. What, then, says Æneas himself,—Æneas

161 who is so often designated "pious?" Does he not say,

162 "Lo! Panthus, 'scaped from death by flight,

163 Priest of Apollo on the height,

164 His conquered gods with trembling hands

165 He bears, and shelter swift demands?"[35]

166 Is it not clear that the gods (whom he does not scruple to call

167 "conquered") were rather entrusted to Æneas than he to

168 them, when it is said to him,

169 "The gods of her domestic shrines

170 Your country to your care consigns?"[36]

171 If, then, Virgil says that the gods were such as these, and

172 were conquered, and that when conquered they could not

173 escape except under the protection of a man, what madness

174 is it to suppose that Rome had been wisely entrusted to these

175 guardians, and could not have been taken unless it had lost

176 them! Indeed, to worship conquered gods as protectors and

177 champions, what is this but to worship, not good divinities,

178 but evil omens?[37] Would it not be wiser to believe, not that

179 Rome would never have fallen into so great a calamity had

180 not they first perished, but rather that they would have

181 perished long since had not Rome preserved them as long as

182 she could? For who does not see, when he thinks of it, what

183 a foolish assumption it is that they could not be vanquished

184 under vanquished defenders, and that they only perished

185 because they had lost their guardian gods, when, indeed, the

186 only cause of their perishing was that they chose for their

187 protectors gods condemned to perish? The poets, therefore,

188 when they composed and sang these things about the conquered

189 gods, had no intention to invent falsehoods, but uttered,

190 as honest men, what the truth extorted from them. This,

191 however, will be carefully and copiously discussed in another

192 and more fitting place. Meanwhile I will briefly, and to the

193 best of my ability, explain what I meant to say about these

194 ungrateful men who blasphemously impute to Christ the calamities

195 which they deservedly suffer in consequence of their

196 own wicked ways, while that which is for Christ's sake spared

197 them in spite of their wickedness they do not even take the

198 trouble to notice; and in their mad and blasphemous insolence,

199 they use against His name those very lips wherewith they

200 falsely claimed that same name that their lives might be

201 spared. In the places consecrated to Christ, where for His

202 sake no enemy would injure them, they restrained their tongues

203 that they might be safe and protected; but no sooner do they

204 emerge from these sanctuaries, than they unbridle these tongues

205 to hurl against Him curses full of hate.

206 >

207 >

208 >

209 4. *Of the asylum of Juno in Troy, which saved no one from the Greeks; and of

210 > the churches of the apostles, which protected from the barbarians all who

211 > fled to them.*

212 Troy itself, the mother of the Roman people, was not able,

213 as I have said, to protect its own citizens in the sacred places

214 of their gods from the fire and sword of the Greeks, though

215 the Greeks worshipped the same gods. Not only so, but

216 "Phœnix and Ulysses fell

217 In the void courts by Juno's cell

218 Were set the spoil to keep;

219 Snatched from the burning shrines away,

220 There Ilium's mighty treasure lay,

221 Rich altars, bowls of massy gold,

222 And captive raiment, rudely rolled

223 In one promiscuous heap;

224 While boys and matrons, wild with fear,

225 In long array were standing near."[38]

226 In other words, the place consecrated to so great a goddess

227 was chosen, not that from it none might be led out a captive,

228 but that in it all the captives might be immured. Compare

229 now this "asylum"—the asylum not of an ordinary god, not

230 of one of the rank and file of gods, but of Jove's own sister

231 and wife, the queen of all the gods—with the churches built

232 in memory of the apostles. Into it were collected the spoils

233 rescued from the blazing temples and snatched from the gods,

234 not that they might be restored to the vanquished, but divided

235 among the victors; while into these was carried back, with the

236 most religious observance and respect, everything which belonged

237 to them, even though found elsewhere. There liberty

238 was lost; here preserved. There bondage was strict; here

239 strictly excluded. Into that temple men were driven to become

240 the chattels of their enemies, now lording it over them;

241 into these churches men were led by their relenting foes, that

242 they might be at liberty. In fine, the gentle[39] Greeks appropriated

243 that temple of Juno to the purposes of their own

244 avarice and pride; while these churches of Christ were chosen

245 even by the savage barbarians as the fit scenes for humility

246 and mercy. But perhaps, after all, the Greeks did in that

247 victory of theirs spare the temples of those gods whom they

248 worshipped in common with the Trojans, and did not dare to

249 put to the sword or make captive the wretched and vanquished

250 Trojans who fled thither; and perhaps Virgil, in the manner

251 of poets, has depicted what never really happened? But there

252 is no question that he depicted the usual custom of an enemy

253 when sacking a city.

254 5. *Cæsar's statement regarding the universal custom of an enemy when

255 sacking a city.*

256 Even Cæsar himself gives us positive testimony regarding

257 this custom; for, in his deliverance in the senate about the

258 conspirators, he says (as Sallust, a historian of distinguished

259 veracity, writes[40]) "that virgins and boys are violated, children

260 torn from the embrace of their parents, matrons subjected to

261 whatever should be the pleasure of the conquerors, temples

262 and houses plundered, slaughter and burning rife; in fine, all

263 things filled with arms, corpses, blood, and wailing." If he

264 had not mentioned temples here, we might suppose that

265 enemies were in the habit of sparing the dwellings of the gods.

266 And the Roman temples were in danger of these disasters,

267 not from foreign foes, but from Catiline and his associates,

268 the most noble senators and citizens of Rome. But these,

269 it may be said, were abandoned men, and the parricides of

270 their fatherland.

271 6. *That not even the Romans, when they took cities, spared the conquered

272 in their temples.*

273 Why, then, need our argument take note of the many

274 nations who have waged wars with one another, and have

275 nowhere spared the conquered in the temples of their gods?

276 Let us look at the practice of the Romans themselves: let us,

277 I say, recall and review the Romans, whose chief praise it has

278 been "to spare the vanquished and subdue the proud," and

279 that they preferred "rather to forgive than to revenge an injury;"[41]

280 and among so many and great cities which they have

281 stormed, taken, and overthrown for the extension of their

282 dominion, let us be told what temples they were accustomed

283 to exempt, so that whoever took refuge in them was free. Or

284 have they really done this, and has the fact been suppressed

285 by the historians of these events? Is it to be believed,

286 that men who sought out with the greatest eagerness points

287 they could praise, would omit those which, in their own

288 estimation, are the most signal proofs of piety? Marcus

289 Marcellus, a distinguished Roman, who took Syracuse, a most

290 splendidly adorned city, is reported to have bewailed its

291 coming ruin, and to have shed his own tears over it

292 before he spilt its blood. He took steps also to preserve

293 the chastity even of his enemy. For before he gave orders

294 for the storming of the city, he issued an edict forbidding the

295 violation of any free person. Yet the city was sacked according

296 to the custom of war; nor do we anywhere read, that even

297 by so chaste and gentle a commander orders were given that

298 no one should be injured who had fled to this or that temple.

299 And this certainly would by no means have been omitted,

300 when neither his weeping nor his edict preservative of chastity

301 could be passed in silence. Fabius, the conqueror of the city

302 of Tarentum, is praised for abstaining from making booty of

303 the images. For when his secretary proposed the question to

304 him, what he wished done with the statues of the gods, which

305 had been taken in large numbers, he veiled his moderation

306 under a joke. For he asked of what sort they were; and when

307 they reported to him that there were not only many large

308 images, but some of them armed, "Oh," says he, "let us leave

309 with the Tarentines their angry gods." Seeing, then, that the

310 writers of Roman history could not pass in silence, neither the

311 weeping of the one general nor the laughing of the other,

312 neither the chaste pity of the one nor the facetious moderation

313 of the other, on what occasion would it be omitted, if, for

314 the honour of any of their enemy's gods, they had shown this

315 particular form of leniency, that in any temple slaughter or

316 captivity was prohibited?

317 >

318 >

319 >

320 7. *That the cruelties which occurred in the sack of Rome were in accordance

321 > with the custom of war, whereas the acts of clemency resulted from the

322 > influence of Christ's name.*

323 All the spoiling, then, which Rome was exposed to in the

324 recent calamity—all the slaughter, plundering, burning, and

325 misery—was the result of the custom of war. But what was

326 novel, was that savage barbarians showed themselves in so

327 gentle a guise, that the largest churches were chosen and set

328 apart for the purpose of being filled with the people to whom

329 quarter was given, and that in them none were slain, from

330 them none forcibly dragged; that into them many were led

331 by their relenting enemies to be set at liberty, and that from

332 them none were led into slavery by merciless foes. Whoever

333 does not see that this is to be attributed to the name of Christ,

334 and to the Christian temper, is blind; whoever sees this,

335 and gives no praise, is ungrateful; whoever hinders any one

336 from praising it, is mad. Far be it from any prudent man to

337 impute this clemency to the barbarians. Their fierce and

338 bloody minds were awed, and bridled, and marvellously tempered

339 by Him who so long before said by His prophet, "I

340 will visit their transgression with the rod, and their iniquities

341 with stripes; nevertheless my loving-kindness will I not utterly

342 take from them."[42]

343 8. *Of the advantages and disadvantages which often indiscriminately accrue to

344 good and wicked men.*

345 Will some one say, Why, then, was this divine compassion

346 extended even to the ungodly and ungrateful? Why, but because

347 it was the mercy of Him who daily "maketh His sun to

348 rise on the evil and on the good, and sendeth rain on the just

349 and on the unjust."[43] For though some of these men, taking

350 thought of this, repent of their wickedness and reform, some,

351 as the apostle says, "despising the riches of His goodness and

352 long-suffering, after their hardness and impenitent heart, treasure

353 up unto themselves wrath against the day of wrath and

354 revelation of the righteous judgment of God, who will render

355 to every man according to his deeds:"[44] nevertheless does the

356 patience of God still invite the wicked to repentance, even as

357 the scourge of God educates the good to patience. And so,

358 too, does the mercy of God embrace the good that it may

359 cherish them, as the severity of God arrests the wicked to

360 punish them. To the divine providence it has seemed good to

361 prepare in the world to come for the righteous good things,

362 which the unrighteous shall not enjoy; and for the wicked

363 evil things, by which the good shall not be tormented. But

364 as for the good things of this life, and its ills, God has willed

365 that these should be common to both; that we might not too

366 eagerly covet the things which wicked men are seen equally

367 to enjoy, nor shrink with an unseemly fear from the ills which

368 even good men often suffer.

369 There is, too, a very great difference in the purpose served

370 both by those events which we call adverse and those called

371 prosperous. For the good man is neither uplifted with the

372 good things of time, nor broken by its ills; but the wicked

373 man, because he is corrupted by this world's happiness, feels

374 himself punished by its unhappiness.[45] Yet often, even in the

375 present distribution of temporal things, does God plainly evince

376 His own interference. For if every sin were now visited with

377 manifest punishment, nothing would seem to be reserved for

378 the final judgment; on the other hand, if no sin received now

379 a plainly divine punishment, it would be concluded that there

380 is no divine providence at all. And so of the good things of

381 this life: if God did not by a very visible liberality confer

382 these on some of those persons who ask for them, we should

383 say that these good things were not at His disposal; and if

384 He gave them to all who sought them, we should suppose that

385 such were the only rewards of His service; and such a service

386 would make us not godly, but greedy rather, and covetous.

387 Wherefore, though good and bad men suffer alike, we must

388 not suppose that there is no difference between the men themselves,

389 because there is no difference in what they both suffer.

390 For even in the likeness of the sufferings, there remains an

391 unlikeness in the sufferers; and though exposed to the same

392 anguish, virtue and vice are not the same thing. For as the

393 same fire causes gold to glow brightly, and chaff to smoke; and

394 under the same flail the straw is beaten small, while the grain

395 is cleansed; and as the lees are not mixed with the oil, though

396 squeezed out of the vat by the same pressure, so the same

397 violence of affliction proves, purges, clarifies the good, but

398 damns, ruins, exterminates the wicked. And thus it is that

399 in the same affliction the wicked detest God and blaspheme,

400 while the good pray and praise. So material a difference does

401 it make, not what ills are suffered, but what kind of man

402 suffers them. For, stirred up with the same movement, mud

403 exhales a horrible stench, and ointment emits a fragrant odour.

404 9. *Of the reasons for administering correction to bad and good together.*

405 What, then, have the Christians suffered in that calamitous

406 period, which would not profit every one who duly and faithfully

407 considered the following circumstances? First of all, they

408 must humbly consider those very sins which have provoked God

409 to fill the world with such terrible disasters; for although they be

410 far from the excesses of wicked, immoral, and ungodly men, yet

411 they do not judge themselves so clean removed from all faults

412 as to be too good to suffer for these even temporal ills. For

413 every man, however laudably he lives, yet yields in some points

414 to the lust of the flesh. Though he do not fall into gross enormity

415 of wickedness, and abandoned viciousness, and abominable

416 profanity, yet he slips into some sins, either rarely or so

417 much the more frequently as the sins seem of less account.

418 But not to mention this, where can we readily find a man who

419 holds in fit and just estimation those persons on account of

420 whose revolting pride, luxury, and avarice, and cursed iniquities

421 and impiety, God now smites the earth as His predictions

422 threatened? Where is the man who lives with them in the

423 style in which it becomes us to live with them? For often

424 we wickedly blind ourselves to the occasions of teaching and

425 admonishing them, sometimes even of reprimanding and chiding

426 them, either because we shrink from the labour or are

427 ashamed to offend them, or because we fear to lose good friendships,

428 lest this should stand in the way of our advancement,

429 or injure us in some worldly matter, which either our covetous

430 disposition desires to obtain, or our weakness shrinks from

431 losing. So that, although the conduct of wicked men is distasteful

432 to the good, and therefore they do not fall with them

433 into that damnation which in the next life awaits such persons,

434 yet, because they spare their damnable sins through fear, therefore,

435 even though their own sins be slight and venial, they are

436 justly scourged with the wicked in this world, though in eternity

437 they quite escape punishment. Justly, when God afflicts

438 them in common with the wicked, do they find this life bitter,

439 through love of whose sweetness they declined to be bitter to

440 these sinners.

441 If any one forbears to reprove and find fault with those

442 who are doing wrong, because he seeks a more seasonable

443 opportunity, or because he fears they may be made worse by

444 his rebuke, or that other weak persons may be disheartened

445 from endeavouring to lead a good and pious life, and may be

446 driven from the faith; this man's omission seems to be occasioned

447 not by covetousness, but by a charitable consideration.

448 But what is blameworthy is, that they who themselves revolt

449 from the conduct of the wicked, and live in quite another

450 fashion, yet spare those faults in other men which they ought

451 to reprehend and wean them from; and spare them because

452 they fear to give offence, lest they should injure their interests

453 in those things which good men may innocently and legitimately

454 use,—though they use them more greedily than becomes

455 persons who are strangers in this world, and profess the hope

456 of a heavenly country. For not only the weaker brethren,

457 who enjoy married life, and have children (or desire to have

458 them), and own houses and establishments, whom the apostle

459 addresses in the churches, warning and instructing them how

460 they should live, both the wives with their husbands, and the

461 husbands with their wives, the children with their parents,

462 and parents with their children, and servants with their masters,

463 and masters with their servants,—not only do these weaker

464 brethren gladly obtain and grudgingly lose many earthly and

465 temporal things on account of which they dare not offend men

466 whose polluted and wicked life greatly displeases them; but

467 those also who live at a higher level, who are not entangled in

468 the meshes of married life, but use meagre food and raiment,

469 do often take thought of their own safety and good name, and

470 abstain from finding fault with the wicked, because they fear

471 their wiles and violence. And although they do not fear them

472 to such an extent as to be drawn to the commission of like

473 iniquities, nay, not by any threats or violence soever; yet

474 those very deeds which they refuse to share in the commission

475 of, they often decline to find fault with, when possibly they

476 might by finding fault prevent their commission. They abstain

477 from interference, because they fear that, if it fail of good effect,

478 their own safety or reputation may be damaged or destroyed;

479 not because they see that their preservation and good name

480 are needful, that they may be able to influence those who need

481 their instruction, but rather because they weakly relish the

482 flattery and respect of men, and fear the judgments of the

483 people, and the pain or death of the body; that is to say,

484 their non-intervention is the result of selfishness, and not of

485 love.

486 Accordingly, this seems to me to be one principal reason

487 why the good are chastised along with the wicked, when God

488 is pleased to visit with temporal punishments the profligate

489 manners of a community. They are punished together, not

490 because they have spent an equally corrupt life, but because

491 the good as well as the wicked, though not equally with them,

492 love this present life; while they ought to hold it cheap, that

493 the wicked, being admonished and reformed by their example,

494 might lay hold of life eternal. And if they will not be the

495 companions of the good in seeking life everlasting, they should

496 be loved as enemies, and be dealt with patiently. For so long

497 as they live, it remains uncertain whether they may not come

498 to a better mind. These selfish persons have more cause to

499 fear than those to whom it was said through the prophet, "He

500 is taken away in his iniquity, but his blood will I require at

501 the watchman's hand."[46] For watchmen or overseers of the

502 people are appointed in churches, that they may unsparingly

503 rebuke sin. Nor is that man guiltless of the sin we speak of,

504 who, though he be not a watchman, yet sees in the conduct of

505 those with whom the relationships of this life bring him into

506 contact, many things that should be blamed, and yet overlooks

507 them, fearing to give offence, and lose such worldly blessings

508 as may legitimately be desired, but which he too eagerly

509 grasps. Then, lastly, there is another reason why the good

510 are afflicted with temporal calamities—the reason which Job's

511 case exemplifies: that the human spirit may be proved, and

512 that it may be manifested with what fortitude of pious trust,

513 and with how unmercenary a love, it cleaves to God.[47]

514 10. *That the saints lose nothing in losing temporal goods.*

515 These are the considerations which one must keep in view,

516 that he may answer the question whether any evil happens to

517 the faithful and godly which cannot be turned to profit. Or

518 shall we say that the question is needless, and that the apostle

519 is vapouring when he says, "We know that all things work

520 together for good to them that love God?"[48]

521 They lost all they had. Their faith? Their godliness?

522 The possessions of the hidden man of the heart, which in the

523 sight of God are of great price?[49] Did they lose these? For

524 these are the wealth of Christians, to whom the wealthy apostle

525 said, "Godliness with contentment is great gain. For we brought

526 nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing

527 out. And having food and raiment, let us be therewith content.

528 But they that will be rich fall into temptation and a

529 snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown

530 men in destruction and perdition. For the love of money is

531 the root of all evil; which, while some coveted after, they have

532 erred from the faith, and pierced themselves through with

533 many sorrows."[50]

534 They, then, who lost their worldly all in the sack of Rome,

535 if they owned their possessions as they had been taught by

536 the apostle, who himself was poor without, but rich within,—that

537 is to say, if they used the world as not using it,—could

538 say in the words of Job, heavily tried, but not overcome:

539 "Naked came I out of my mother's womb, and naked shall I

540 return thither: the Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away;

541 as it pleased the Lord, so has it come to pass: blessed be the

542 name of the Lord."[51] Like a good servant, Job counted the

543 will of his Lord his great possession, by obedience to which

544 his soul was enriched; nor did it grieve him to lose, while

545 yet living, those goods which he must shortly leave at his

546 death. But as to those feebler spirits who, though they

547 cannot be said to prefer earthly possessions to Christ, do yet

548 cleave to them with a somewhat immoderate attachment, they

549 have discovered by the pain of losing these things how much

550 they were sinning in loving them. For their grief is of their

551 own making; in the words of the apostle quoted above,

552 "they have pierced themselves through with many sorrows."

553 For it was well that they who had so long despised these

554 verbal admonitions should receive the teaching of experience.

555 For when the apostle says, "They that will be rich fall into

556 temptation," and so on, what he blames in riches is not the

557 possession of them, but the desire of them. For elsewhere he

558 says, "Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be

559 not high-minded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the

560 living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy; that

561 they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute,

562 willing to communicate; laying up in store for themselves

563 a good foundation against the time to come, that they

564 may lay hold on eternal life."[52] They who were making such

565 a use of their property have been consoled for light losses by

566 great gains, and have had more pleasure in those possessions

567 which they have securely laid past, by freely giving them

568 away, than grief in those which they entirely lost by an

569 anxious and selfish hoarding of them. For nothing could

570 perish on earth save what they would be ashamed to carry

571 away from earth. Our Lord's injunction runs, "Lay not up

572 for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth

573 corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal; but lay

574 up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor

575 rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor

576 steal: for where your treasure is, there will your heart be

577 also."[53] And they who have listened to this injunction have

578 proved in the time of tribulation how well they were advised

579 in not despising this most trustworthy teacher, and most

580 faithful and mighty guardian of their treasure. For if many

581 were glad that their treasure was stored in places which the

582 enemy chanced not to light upon, how much better founded

583 was the joy of those who, by the counsel of their God, had

584 fled with their treasure to a citadel which no enemy can possibly

585 reach! Thus our Paulinus, bishop of Nola,[54] who voluntarily

586 abandoned vast wealth and became quite poor, though

587 abundantly rich in holiness, when the barbarians sacked Nola,

588 and took him prisoner, used silently to pray, as he afterwards

589 told me, "O Lord, let me not be troubled for gold and silver,

590 for where all my treasure is Thou knowest." For all his

591 treasure was where he had been taught to hide and store it

592 by Him who had also foretold that these calamities would

593 happen in the world. Consequently those persons who obeyed

594 their Lord when He warned them where and how to lay up

595 treasure, did not lose even their earthly possessions in the

596 invasion of the barbarians; while those who are now repenting

597 that they did not obey Him have learnt the right use of

598 earthly goods, if not by the wisdom which would have prevented

599 their loss, at least by the experience which follows it.

600 But some good and Christian men have been put to the

601 torture, that they might be forced to deliver up their goods to

602 the enemy. They could indeed neither deliver nor lose that

603 good which made themselves good. If, however, they preferred

604 torture to the surrender of the mammon of iniquity,

605 then I say they were not good men. Rather they should

606 have been reminded that, if they suffered so severely for the

607 sake of money, they should endure all torment, if need be, for

608 Christ's sake; that they might be taught to love Him rather

609 who enriches with eternal felicity all who suffer for Him, and

610 not silver and gold, for which it was pitiable to suffer, whether

611 they preserved it by telling a lie, or lost it by telling the truth.

612 For under these tortures no one lost Christ by confessing Him,

613 no one preserved wealth save by denying its existence. So

614 that possibly the torture which taught them that they should

615 set their affections on a possession they could not lose, was

616 more useful than those possessions which, without any useful

617 fruit at all, disquieted and tormented their anxious owners.

618 But then we are reminded that some were tortured who had

619 no wealth to surrender, but who were not believed when they

620 said so. These too, however, had perhaps some craving for

621 wealth, and were not willingly poor with a holy resignation;

622 and to such it had to be made plain, that not the actual possession

623 alone, but also the desire of wealth, deserved such

624 excruciating pains. And even if they were destitute of any

625 hidden stores of gold and silver, because they were living

626 in hopes of a better life,—I know not indeed if any such

627 person was tortured on the supposition that he had wealth;

628 but if so, then certainly in confessing, when put to the question,

629 a holy poverty, he confessed Christ. And though it was

630 scarcely to be expected that the barbarians should believe

631 him, yet no confessor of a holy poverty could be tortured

632 without receiving a heavenly reward.

633 Again, they say that the long famine laid many a Christian

634 low. But this, too, the faithful turned to good uses by a pious

635 endurance of it. For those whom famine killed outright it

636 rescued from the ills of this life, as a kindly disease would

637 have done; and those who were only hunger-bitten were

638 taught to live more sparingly, and inured to longer fasts.

639 11. *Of the end of this life, whether it is material that it be long delayed.*

640 But, it is added, many Christians were slaughtered, and

641 were put to death in a hideous variety of cruel ways. Well,

642 if this be hard to bear, it is assuredly the common lot of all

643 who are born into this life. Of this at least I am certain,

644 that no one has ever died who was not destined to die some

645 time. Now the end of life puts the longest life on a par with

646 the shortest. For of two things which have alike ceased to

647 be, the one is not better, the other worse—the one greater, the

648 other less.[55] And of what consequence is it what kind of

649 death puts an end to life, since he who has died once is not

650 forced to go through the same ordeal a second time? And as

651 in the daily casualties of life every man is, as it were, threatened

652 with numberless deaths, so long as it remains uncertain

653 which of them is his fate, I would ask whether it is not better

654 to suffer one and die, than to live in fear of all? I am not

655 unaware of the poor-spirited fear which prompts us to choose

656 rather to live long in fear of so many deaths, than to die once

657 and so escape them all; but the weak and cowardly shrinking

658 of the flesh is one thing, and the well-considered and reasonable

659 persuasion of the soul quite another. That death is not

660 to be judged an evil which is the end of a good life; for

661 death becomes evil only by the retribution which follows it.

662 They, then, who are destined to die, need not be careful to

663 inquire what death they are to die, but into what place death

664 will usher them. And since Christians are well aware that

665 the death of the godly pauper whose sores the dogs licked

666 was far better than of the wicked rich man who lay in purple

667 and fine linen, what harm could these terrific deaths do to

668 the dead who had lived well?

669 12. *Of the burial of the dead: that the denial of it to Christians does them no

670 injury.*[56]

671 Further still, we are reminded that in such a carnage as

672 then occurred, the bodies could not even be buried. But

673 godly confidence is not appalled by so ill-omened a circumstance;

674 for the faithful bear in mind that assurance has been

675 given that not a hair of their head shall perish, and that,

676 therefore, though they even be devoured by beasts, their

677 blessed resurrection will not hereby be hindered. The Truth

678 would nowise have said, "Fear not them which kill the body,

679 but are not able to kill the soul,"[57] if anything whatever that

680 an enemy could do to the body of the slain could be detrimental

681 to the future life. Or will some one perhaps take so

682 absurd a position as to contend that those who kill the body

683 are not to be feared before death, and lest they kill the body,

684 but after death, lest they deprive it of burial? If this be so,

685 then that is false which Christ says, "Be not afraid of them

686 that kill the body, and after that have no more that they can

687 do;"[58] for it seems they can do great injury to the dead body.

688 Far be it from us to suppose that the Truth can be thus false.

689 They who kill the body are said "to do something," because

690 the death-blow is felt, the body still having sensation; but

691 after that, they have no more that they can do, for in the

692 slain body there is no sensation. And so there are indeed

693 many bodies of Christians lying unburied; but no one has

694 separated them from heaven, nor from that earth which is all

695 filled with the presence of Him who knows whence He will

696 raise again what He created. It is said, indeed, in the Psalm:

697 "The dead bodies of Thy servants have they given to be meat

698 unto the fowls of the heaven, the flesh of Thy saints unto the

699 beasts of the earth. Their blood have they shed like water

700 round about Jerusalem; and there was none to bury them."[59]

701 But this was said rather to exhibit the cruelty of those who

702 did these things, than the misery of those who suffered them.

703 To the eyes of men this appears a harsh and doleful lot, yet

704 "precious in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints."[60]

705 Wherefore all these last offices and ceremonies that concern

706 the dead, the careful funeral arrangements, and the equipment

707 of the tomb, and the pomp of obsequies, are rather the solace

708 of the living than the comfort of the dead. If a costly burial

709 does any good to a wicked man, a squalid burial, or none at all,

710 may harm the godly. His crowd of domestics furnished the

711 purple-clad Dives with a funeral gorgeous in the eye of man;

712 but in the sight of God that was a more sumptuous funeral

713 which the ulcerous pauper received at the hands of the angels,

714 who did not carry him out to a marble tomb, but bore him

715 aloft to Abraham's bosom.

716 The men against whom I have undertaken to defend the

717 city of God laugh at all this. But even their own philosophers[61]

718 have despised a careful burial; and often whole

719 armies have fought and fallen for their earthly country without

720 caring to inquire whether they would be left exposed on

721 the field of battle, or become the food of wild beasts. Of this

722 noble disregard of sepulture poetry has well said: "He who

723 has no tomb has the sky for his vault."[62] How much less

724 ought they to insult over the unburied bodies of Christians,

725 to whom it has been promised that the flesh itself shall be

726 restored, and the body formed anew, all the members of it

727 being gathered not only from the earth, but from the most

728 secret recesses of any other of the elements in which the dead

729 bodies of men have lain hid!

730 13. *Reasons for burying the bodies of the saints.*

731 Nevertheless the bodies of the dead are not on this account

732 to be despised and left unburied; least of all the bodies

733 of the righteous and faithful, which have been used by the

734 Holy Ghost as His organs and instruments for all good works.

735 For if the dress of a father, or his ring, or anything he wore,

736 be precious to his children, in proportion to the love they

737 bore him, with how much more reason ought we to care for

738 the bodies of those we love, which they wore far more closely

739 and intimately than any clothing! For the body is not an

740 extraneous ornament or aid, but a part of man's very nature.

741 And therefore to the righteous of ancient times the last offices

742 were piously rendered, and sepulchres provided for them, and

743 obsequies celebrated;[63] and they themselves, while yet alive,

744 gave commandment to their sons about the burial, and, on

745 occasion, even about the removal of their bodies to some

746 favourite place.[64] And Tobit, according to the angel's testimony,

747 is commended, and is said to have pleased God by

748 burying the dead.[65] Our Lord Himself, too, though He was

749 to rise again the third day, applauds, and commends to our

750 applause, the good work of the religious woman who poured

751 precious ointment over His limbs, and did it against His burial.[66]

752 And the Gospel speaks with commendation of those who were

753 careful to take down His body from the cross, and wrap it

754 lovingly in costly cerements, and see to its burial.[67] These

755 instances certainly do not prove that corpses have any feeling;

756 but they show that God's providence extends even to the

757 bodies of the dead, and that such pious offices are pleasing to

758 Him, as cherishing faith in the resurrection. And we may

759 also draw from them this wholesome lesson, that if God does

760 not forget even any kind office which loving care pays to the

761 unconscious dead, much more does He reward the charity we

762 exercise towards the living. Other things, indeed, which the

763 holy patriarchs said of the burial and removal of their bodies,

764 they meant to be taken in a prophetic sense; but of these we

765 need not here speak at large, what we have already said being

766 sufficient. But if the want of those things which are necessary

767 for the support of the living, as food and clothing, though

768 painful and trying, does not break down the fortitude and

769 virtuous endurance of good men, nor eradicate piety from their

770 souls, but rather renders it more fruitful, how much less can

771 the absence of the funeral, and of the other customary attentions

772 paid to the dead, render those wretched who are already

773 reposing in the hidden abodes of the blessed! Consequently,

774 though in the sack of Rome and of other towns the dead

775 bodies of the Christians were deprived of these last offices,

776 this is neither the fault of the living, for they could not render

777 them; nor an infliction to the dead, for they cannot feel the

778 loss.

779 14. *Of the captivity of the saints, and that divine consolation never failed them

780 therein.*

781 But, say they, many Christians were even led away captive.

782 This indeed were a most pitiable fate, if they could be

783 led away to any place where they could not find their God.

784 But for this calamity also sacred Scripture affords great consolation.

785 The three youths[68] were captives; Daniel was a

786 captive; so were other prophets: and God, the comforter, did

787 not fail them. And in like manner He has not failed His

788 own people in the power of a nation which, though barbarous,

789 is yet human,—He who did not abandon the prophet[69] in the

790 belly of a monster. These things, indeed, are turned to ridicule

791 rather than credited by those with whom we are debating;

792 though they believe what they read in their own books,

793 that Arion of Methymna, the famous lyrist,[70] when he was

794 thrown overboard, was received on a dolphin's back and carried

795 to land. But that story of ours about the prophet Jonah is

796 far more incredible,—more incredible because more marvellous,

797 and more marvellous because a greater exhibition of power.

798 >

799 >

800 >

801 15. *Of Regulus, in whom we have an example of the voluntary endurance of

802 > captivity for the sake of religion; which yet did not profit him, though he

803 > was a worshipper of the gods.*

804 But among their own famous men they have a very noble

805 example of the voluntary endurance of captivity in obedience

806 to a religious scruple. Marcus Attilius Regulus, a Roman

807 general, was a prisoner in the hands of the Carthaginians.

808 But they, being more anxious to exchange their prisoners with

809 the Romans than to keep them, sent Regulus as a special

810 envoy with their own ambassadors to negotiate this exchange,

811 but bound him first with an oath, that if he failed to accomplish

812 their wish, he would return to Carthage. He went,

813 and persuaded the senate to the opposite course, because he

814 believed it was not for the advantage of the Roman republic

815 to make an exchange of prisoners. After he had thus exerted

816 his influence, the Romans did not compel him to return to the

817 enemy; but what he had sworn he voluntarily performed.

818 But the Carthaginians put him to death with refined, elaborate,

819 and horrible tortures. They shut him up in a narrow

820 box, in which he was compelled to stand, and in which finely

821 sharpened nails were fixed all round about him, so that he

822 could not lean upon any part of it without intense pain; and

823 so they killed him by depriving him of sleep.[71] With justice,

824 indeed, do they applaud the virtue which rose superior to so

825 frightful a fate. However, the gods he swore by were those

826 who are now supposed to avenge the prohibition of their worship,

827 by inflicting these present calamities on the human race.

828 But if these gods, who were worshipped specially in this

829 behalf, that they might confer happiness in this life, either

830 willed or permitted these punishments to be inflicted on one

831 who kept his oath to them, what more cruel punishment

832 could they in their anger have inflicted on a perjured person?

833 But why may I not draw from my reasoning a double inference?

834 Regulus certainly had such reverence for the gods,

835 that for his oath's sake he would neither remain in his own

836 land, nor go elsewhere, but without hesitation returned to his

837 bitterest enemies. If he thought that this course would be

838 advantageous with respect to this present life, he was certainly

839 much deceived, for it brought his life to a frightful termination.

840 By his own example, in fact, he taught that the gods

841 do not secure the temporal happiness of their worshippers;

842 since he himself, who was devoted to their worship, was both

843 conquered in battle and taken prisoner, and then, because he

844 refused to act in violation of the oath he had sworn by them,

845 was tortured and put to death by a new, and hitherto unheard

846 of, and all too horrible kind of punishment. And on the supposition

847 that the worshippers of the gods are rewarded by

848 felicity in the life to come, why, then, do they calumniate

849 the influence of Christianity? why do they assert that this

850 disaster has overtaken the city because it has ceased to worship

851 its gods, since, worship them as assiduously as it may, it

852 may yet be as unfortunate as Regulus was? Or will some

853 one carry so wonderful a blindness to the extent of wildly

854 attempting, in the face of the evident truth, to contend that

855 though one man might be unfortunate, though a worshipper of

856 the gods, yet a whole city could not be so? That is to say,

857 the power of their gods is better adapted to preserve multitudes

858 than individuals,—as if a multitude were not composed

859 of individuals.

860 But if they say that M. Regulus, even while a prisoner

861 and enduring these bodily torments, might yet enjoy the

862 blessedness of a virtuous soul,[72] then let them recognise that

863 true virtue by which a city also may be blessed. For the

864 blessedness of a community and of an individual flow from

865 the same source; for a community is nothing else than a

866 harmonious collection of individuals. So that I am not concerned

867 meantime to discuss what kind of virtue Regulus

868 possessed: enough, that by his very noble example they are

869 forced to own that the gods are to be worshipped not for the

870 sake of bodily comforts or external advantages; for he preferred

871 to lose all such things rather than offend the gods by

872 whom he had sworn. But what can we make of men who

873 glory in having such a citizen, but dread having a city like

874 him? If they do not dread this, then let them acknowledge

875 that some such calamity as befell Regulus may also befall a

876 community, though they be worshipping their gods as diligently

877 as he; and let them no longer throw the blame of

878 their misfortunes on Christianity. But as our present concern

879 is with those Christians who were taken prisoners, let

880 those who take occasion from this calamity to revile our most

881 wholesome religion in a fashion not less imprudent than impudent,

882 consider this and hold their peace; for if it was no

883 reproach to their gods that a most punctilious worshipper of

884 theirs should, for the sake of keeping his oath to them, be

885 deprived of his native land without hope of finding another,

886 and fall into the hands of his enemies, and be put to death

887 by a long-drawn and exquisite torture, much less ought the

888 Christian name to be charged with the captivity of those who

889 believe in its power, since they, in confident expectation of a

890 heavenly country, know that they are pilgrims even in their

891 own homes.

892 >

893 >

894 >

895 16. *Of the violation of the consecrated and other Christian virgins to which they

896 > were subjected in captivity, and to which their own will gave no consent;

897 > and whether this contaminated their souls.*

898 But they fancy they bring a conclusive charge against

899 Christianity, when they aggravate the horror of captivity by

900 adding that not only wives and unmarried maidens, but even

901 consecrated virgins, were violated. But truly, with respect to

902 this, it is not Christian faith, nor piety, nor even the virtue

903 of chastity, which is hemmed into any difficulty: the only

904 difficulty is so to treat the subject as to satisfy at once

905 modesty and reason. And in discussing it we shall not be so

906 careful to reply to our accusers as to comfort our friends.

907 Let this, therefore, in the first place, be laid down as an unassailable

908 position, that the virtue which makes the life good

909 has its throne in the soul, and thence rules the members of

910 the body, which becomes holy in virtue of the holiness of the

911 will; and that while the will remains firm and unshaken,

912 nothing that another person does with the body, or upon the

913 body, is any fault of the person who suffers it, so long as he

914 cannot escape it without sin. But as not only pain may be

915 inflicted, but lust gratified on the body of another, whenever

916 anything of this latter kind takes place, shame invades even a

917 thoroughly pure spirit from which modesty has not departed,—shame,

918 lest that act which could not be suffered without

919 some sensual pleasure, should be believed to have been committed

920 also with some assent of the will.

921 17. *Of suicide committed through fear of punishment or dishonour.*

922 And consequently, even if some of these virgins killed themselves

923 to avoid such disgrace, who that has any human feeling

924 would refuse to forgive them? And as for those who would

925 not put an end to their lives, lest they might seem to escape

926 the crime of another by a sin of their own, he who lays this

927 to their charge as a great wickedness is himself not guiltless

928 of the fault of folly. For if it is not lawful to take the law

929 into our own hands, and slay even a guilty person, whose

930 death no public sentence has warranted, then certainly he

931 who kills himself is a homicide, and so much the guiltier of

932 his own death, as he was more innocent of that offence for

933 which he doomed himself to die. Do we justly execrate the

934 deed of Judas, and does truth itself pronounce that by hanging

935 himself he rather aggravated than expiated the guilt of

936 that most iniquitous betrayal, since, by despairing of God's

937 mercy in his sorrow that wrought death, he left to himself no

938 place for a healing penitence? How much more ought he to

939 abstain from laying violent hands on himself who has done

940 nothing worthy of such a punishment! For Judas, when he

941 killed himself, killed a wicked man; but he passed from this

942 life chargeable not only with the death of Christ, but with

943 his own: for though he killed himself on account of his crime,

944 his killing himself was another crime. Why, then, should a

945 man who has done no ill do ill to himself, and by killing

946 himself kill the innocent to escape another's guilty act, and

947 perpetrate upon himself a sin of his own, that the sin of

948 another may not be perpetrated on him?

949 18. *Of the violence which may be done to the body by another's lust, while the

950 mind remains inviolate.*

951 But is there a fear that even another's lust may pollute

952 the violated? It will not pollute, if it be another's: if it

953 pollute, it is not another's, but is shared also by the polluted.

954 But since purity is a virtue of the soul, and has for its companion

955 virtue the fortitude which will rather endure all ills

956 than consent to evil; and since no one, however magnanimous

957 and pure, has always the disposal of his own body, but can

958 control only the consent and refusal of his will, what sane

959 man can suppose that, if his body be seized and forcibly made

960 use of to satisfy the lust of another, he thereby loses his

961 purity? For if purity can be thus destroyed, then assuredly

962 purity is no virtue of the soul; nor can it be numbered

963 among those good things by which the life is made good, but

964 among the good things of the body, in the same category as

965 strength, beauty, sound and unbroken health, and, in short, all

966 such good things as may be diminished without at all diminishing

967 the goodness and rectitude of our life. But if purity

968 be nothing better than these, why should the body be perilled

969 that it may be preserved? If, on the other hand, it belongs

970 to the soul, then not even when the body is violated is it

971 lost. Nay more, the virtue of holy continence, when it resists

972 the uncleanness of carnal lust, sanctifies even the body, and

973 therefore when this continence remains unsubdued, even the

974 sanctity of the body is preserved, because the will to use it

975 holily remains, and, so far as lies in the body itself, the power

976 also.

977 For the sanctity of the body does not consist in the integrity

978 of its members, nor in their exemption from all touch;

979 for they are exposed to various accidents which do violence to

980 and wound them, and the surgeons who administer relief often

981 perform operations that sicken the spectator. A midwife,

982 suppose, has (whether maliciously or accidentally, or through

983 unskilfulness) destroyed the virginity of some girl, while

984 endeavouring to ascertain it: I suppose no one is so foolish

985 as to believe that, by this destruction of the integrity of one

986 organ, the virgin has lost anything even of her bodily sanctity.

987 And thus, so long as the soul keeps this firmness of purpose

988 which sanctifies even the body, the violence done by another's

989 lust makes no impression on this bodily sanctity, which is

990 preserved intact by one's own persistent continence. Suppose

991 a virgin violates the oath she has sworn to God, and goes to

992 meet her seducer with the intention of yielding to him, shall

993 we say that as she goes she is possessed even of bodily

994 sanctity, when already she has lost and destroyed that sanctity

995 of soul which sanctifies the body? Far be it from us to so

996 misapply words. Let us rather draw this conclusion, that while

997 the sanctity of the soul remains even when the body is

998 violated, the sanctity of the body is not lost; and that, in like

999 manner, the sanctity of the body is lost when the sanctity of

1000 the soul is violated, though the body itself remain intact.

1001 And therefore a woman who has been violated by the sin of

1002 another, and without any consent of her own, has no cause to

1003 put herself to death; much less has she cause to commit

1004 suicide in order to avoid such violation, for in that case she

1005 commits certain homicide to prevent a crime which is uncertain

1006 as yet, and not her own.

1007 19. *Of Lucretia, who put an end to her life because of the outrage done her.*

1008 This, then, is our position, and it seems sufficiently lucid.

1009 We maintain that when a woman is violated while her soul

1010 admits no consent to the iniquity, but remains inviolably

1011 chaste, the sin is not hers, but his who violates her. But do

1012 they against whom we have to defend not only the souls, but

1013 the sacred bodies too of these outraged Christian captives,—do

1014 they, perhaps, dare to dispute our position? But all know how

1015 loudly they extol the purity of Lucretia, that noble matron

1016 of ancient Rome. When King Tarquin's son had violated

1017 her body, she made known the wickedness of this young

1018 profligate to her husband Collatinus, and to Brutus her kinsman,

1019 men of high rank and full of courage, and bound them

1020 by an oath to avenge it. Then, heart-sick, and unable to bear

1021 the shame, she put an end to her life. What shall we call

1022 her? An adulteress, or chaste? There is no question which

1023 she was. Not more happily than truly did a declaimer say of

1024 this sad occurrence: "Here was a marvel: there were two,

1025 and only one committed adultery." Most forcibly and truly

1026 spoken. For this declaimer, seeing in the union of the two

1027 bodies the foul lust of the one, and the chaste will of the

1028 other, and giving heed not to the contact of the bodily members,

1029 but to the wide diversity of their souls, says: "There

1030 were two, but the adultery was committed only by one."

1031 But how is it, that she who was no partner to the crime

1032 bears the heavier punishment of the two? For the adulterer

1033 was only banished along with his father; she suffered the

1034 extreme penalty. If that was not impurity by which she

1035 was unwillingly ravished, then this is not justice by which

1036 she, being chaste, is punished. To you I appeal, ye laws

1037 and judges of Rome. Even after the perpetration of great

1038 enormities, you do not suffer the criminal to be slain untried.

1039 If, then, one were to bring to your bar this case, and were to

1040 prove to you that a woman not only untried, but chaste and

1041 innocent, had been killed, would you not visit the murderer

1042 with punishment proportionably severe? This crime was

1043 committed by Lucretia; that Lucretia so celebrated and

1044 lauded slew the innocent, chaste, outraged Lucretia. Pronounce

1045 sentence. But if you cannot, because there does not

1046 compear any one whom you can punish, why do you extol

1047 with such unmeasured laudation her who slew an innocent

1048 and chaste woman? Assuredly you will find it impossible

1049 to defend her before the judges of the realms below, if they be

1050 such as your poets are fond of representing them; for she is

1051 among those

1052 "Who guiltless sent themselves to doom,

1053 And all for loathing of the day,

1054 In madness threw their lives away."

1055 And if she with the others wishes to return,

1056 "Fate bars the way: around their keep

1057 The slow unlovely waters creep,

1058 And bind with ninefold chain."[73]

1059 Or perhaps she is not there, because she slew herself conscious

1060 of guilt, not of innocence? She herself alone knows

1061 her reason; but what if she was betrayed by the pleasure

1062 of the act, and gave some consent to Sextus, though so violently

1063 abusing her, and then was so affected with remorse,

1064 that she thought death alone could expiate her sin? Even

1065 though this were the case, she ought still to have held her

1066 hand from suicide, if she could with her false gods have

1067 accomplished a fruitful repentance. However, if such were

1068 the state of the case, and if it were false that there were two,

1069 but one only committed adultery; if the truth were that both

1070 were involved in it, one by open assault, the other by secret

1071 consent, then she did not kill an innocent woman; and therefore

1072 her erudite defenders may maintain that she is not

1073 among that class of the dwellers below "who guiltless sent

1074 themselves to doom." But this case of Lucretia is in such a

1075 dilemma, that if you extenuate the homicide, you confirm the

1076 adultery: if you acquit her of adultery, you make the charge

1077 of homicide heavier; and there is no way out of the dilemma,

1078 when one asks, If she was adulterous, why praise her? if

1079 chaste, why slay her?

1080 Nevertheless, for our purpose of refuting those who are

1081 unable to comprehend what true sanctity is, and who therefore

1082 insult over our outraged Christian women, it is enough that in

1083 the instance of this noble Roman matron it was said in her

1084 praise, "There were two, but the adultery was the crime

1085 of only one." For Lucretia was confidently believed to be

1086 superior to the contamination of any consenting thought to

1087 the adultery. And accordingly, since she killed herself for

1088 being subjected to an outrage in which she had no guilty

1089 part, it is obvious that this act of hers was prompted not by

1090 the love of purity, but by the overwhelming burden of her

1091 shame. She was ashamed that so foul a crime had been perpetrated

1092 upon her, though without her abetting; and this

1093 matron, with the Roman love of glory in her veins, was

1094 seized with a proud dread that, if she continued to live, it

1095 would be supposed she willingly did not resent the wrong

1096 that had been done her. She could not exhibit to men her

1097 conscience, but she judged that her self-inflicted punishment

1098 would testify her state of mind; and she burned with shame

1099 at the thought that her patient endurance of the foul affront

1100 that another had done her, should be construed into complicity

1101 with him. Not such was the decision of the Christian women

1102 who suffered as she did, and yet survive. They declined to

1103 avenge upon themselves the guilt of others, and so add crimes

1104 of their own to those crimes in which they had no share.

1105 For this they would have done had their shame driven them

1106 to homicide, as the lust of their enemies had driven them

1107 to adultery. Within their own souls, in the witness of

1108 their own conscience, they enjoy the glory of chastity. In

1109 the sight of God, too, they are esteemed pure, and this contents

1110 them; they ask no more: it suffices them to have

1111 opportunity of doing good, and they decline to evade the

1112 distress of human suspicion, lest they thereby deviate from

1113 the divine law.

1114 20. *That Christians have no authority for committing suicide in any

1115 circumstances whatever.*

1116 It is not without significance, that in no passage of the

1117 holy canonical books there can be found either divine precept

1118 or permission to take away our own life, whether for the sake

1119 of entering on the enjoyment of immortality, or of shunning,

1120 or ridding ourselves of anything whatever. Nay, the law,

1121 rightly interpreted, even prohibits suicide, where it says,

1122 "Thou shalt not kill." This is proved specially by the

1123 omission of the words "thy neighbour," which are inserted

1124 when false witness is forbidden: "Thou shalt not bear false

1125 witness against thy neighbour." Nor yet should any one on

1126 this account suppose he has not broken this commandment if

1127 he has borne false witness only against himself. For the love

1128 of our neighbour is regulated by the love of ourselves, as it is

1129 written, "Thou shalt love thy neighbour as thyself." If, then,

1130 he who makes false statements about himself is not less guilty

1131 of bearing false witness than if he had made them to the injury

1132 of his neighbour; although in the commandment prohibiting

1133 false witness only his neighbour is mentioned, and persons

1134 taking no pains to understand it might suppose that a man

1135 was allowed to be a false witness to his own hurt; how much

1136 greater reason have we to understand that a man may not

1137 kill himself, since in the commandment, "Thou shalt not kill,"

1138 there is no limitation added nor any exception made in favour

1139 of any one, and least of all in favour of him on whom the

1140 command is laid! And so some attempt to extend this command

1141 even to beasts and cattle, as if it forbade us to take life

1142 from any creature. But if so, why not extend it also to the

1143 plants, and all that is rooted in and nourished by the earth?

1144 For though this class of creatures have no sensation, yet they

1145 also are said to live, and consequently they can die; and therefore,

1146 if violence be done them, can be killed. So, too, the

1147 apostle, when speaking of the seeds of such things as these,

1148 says, "That which thou sowest is not quickened except it

1149 die;" and in the Psalm it is said, "He killed their vines with

1150 hail." Must we therefore reckon it a breaking of this commandment,

1151 "Thou shalt not kill," to pull a flower? Are we

1152 thus insanely to countenance the foolish error of the Manichæans?

1153 Putting aside, then, these ravings, if, when we say,

1154 Thou shalt not kill, we do not understand this of the plants,

1155 since they have no sensation, nor of the irrational animals

1156 that fly, swim, walk, or creep, since they are dissociated from

1157 us by their want of reason, and are therefore by the just

1158 appointment of the Creator subjected to us to kill or keep

1159 alive for our own uses; if so, then it remains that we understand

1160 that commandment simply of man. The commandment

1161 is, "Thou shalt not kill man;" therefore neither another nor

1162 yourself, for he who kills himself still kills nothing else than

1163 man.

1164 21. *Of the cases in which we may put men to death without incurring the guilt

1165 of murder.*

1166 However, there are some exceptions made by the divine

1167 authority to its own law, that men may not be put to death.

1168 These exceptions are of two kinds, being justified either by a

1169 general law, or by a special commission granted for a time to

1170 some individual. And in this latter case, he to whom authority

1171 is delegated, and who is but the sword in the hand of him

1172 who uses it, is not himself responsible for the death he deals.

1173 And, accordingly, they who have waged war in obedience to

1174 the divine command, or in conformity with His laws have

1175 represented in their persons the public justice or the wisdom

1176 of government, and in this capacity have put to death wicked

1177 men; such persons have by no means violated the commandment,

1178 "Thou shalt not kill." Abraham indeed was not merely

1179 deemed guiltless of cruelty, but was even applauded for his

1180 piety, because he was ready to slay his son in obedience to

1181 God, not to his own passion. And it is reasonably enough

1182 made a question, whether we are to esteem it to have been in

1183 compliance with a command of God that Jephthah killed his

1184 daughter, because she met him when he had vowed that he

1185 would sacrifice to God whatever first met him as he returned

1186 victorious from battle. Samson, too, who drew down the

1187 house on himself and his foes together, is justified only on

1188 this ground, that the Spirit who wrought wonders by him

1189 had given him secret instructions to do this. With the exception,

1190 then, of these two classes of cases, which are justified

1191 either by a just law that applies generally, or by a special intimation

1192 from God Himself, the fountain of all justice, whoever

1193 kills a man, either himself or another, is implicated in the

1194 guilt of murder.

1195 22. *That suicide can never be prompted by magnanimity.*

1196 But they who have laid violent hands on themselves are

1197 perhaps to be admired for their greatness of soul, though they

1198 cannot be applauded for the soundness of their judgment.

1199 However, if you look at the matter more closely, you will

1200 scarcely call it greatness of soul, which prompts a man to kill

1201 himself rather than bear up against some hardships of fortune,

1202 or sins in which he is not implicated. Is it not rather proof

1203 of a feeble mind, to be unable to bear either the pains of

1204 bodily servitude or the foolish opinion of the vulgar? And

1205 is not that to be pronounced the greater mind, which rather

1206 faces than flees the ills of life, and which, in comparison of

1207 the light and purity of conscience, holds in small esteem the

1208 judgment of men, and specially of the vulgar, which is frequently

1209 involved in a mist of error? And, therefore, if suicide is to be

1210 esteemed a magnanimous act, none can take higher rank for

1211 magnanimity than that Cleombrotus, who (as the story goes),

1212 when he had read Plato's book in which he treats of the

1213 immortality of the soul, threw himself from a wall, and so

1214 passed from this life to that which he believed to be better.

1215 For he was not hard pressed by calamity, nor by any accusation,

1216 false or true, which he could not very well have lived

1217 down: there was, in short, no motive but only magnanimity

1218 urging him to seek death, and break away from the sweet

1219 detention of this life. And yet that this was a magnanimous

1220 rather than a justifiable action, Plato himself, whom he had

1221 read, would have told him; for he would certainly have been

1222 forward to commit, or at least to recommend suicide, had not

1223 the same bright intellect which saw that the soul was immortal,

1224 discerned also that to seek immortality by suicide was

1225 to be prohibited rather than encouraged.

1226 Again, it is said many have killed themselves to prevent

1227 an enemy doing so. But we are not inquiring whether it has

1228 been done, but whether it ought to have been done. Sound

1229 judgment is to be preferred even to examples, and indeed

1230 examples harmonize with the voice of reason; but not all

1231 examples, but those only which are distinguished by their

1232 piety, and are proportionately worthy of imitation. For

1233 suicide we cannot cite the example of patriarchs, prophets, or

1234 apostles; though our Lord Jesus Christ, when He admonished

1235 them to flee from city to city if they were persecuted, might

1236 very well have taken that occasion to advise them to lay

1237 violent hands on themselves, and so escape their persecutors.

1238 But seeing He did not do this, nor proposed this mode of

1239 departing this life, though He were addressing His own

1240 friends for whom He had promised to prepare everlasting

1241 mansions, it is obvious that such examples as are produced

1242 from the "nations that forget God," give no warrant of imitation

1243 to the worshippers of the one true God.

1244 23. *What we are to think of the example of Cato, who slew himself because

1245 unable to endure Cæsar's victory.*

1246 Besides Lucretia, of whom enough has already been said,

1247 our advocates of suicide have some difficulty in finding any

1248 other prescriptive example, unless it be that of Cato, who

1249 killed himself at Utica. His example is appealed to, not

1250 because he was the only man who did so, but because he was

1251 so esteemed as a learned and excellent man, that it could

1252 plausibly be maintained that what he did was and is a good

1253 thing to do. But of this action of his, what can I say but

1254 that his own friends, enlightened men as he, prudently dissuaded

1255 him, and therefore judged his act to be that of a feeble

1256 rather than a strong spirit, and dictated not by honourable

1257 feeling forestalling shame, but by weakness shrinking from

1258 hardships? Indeed, Cato condemns himself by the advice he

1259 gave to his dearly loved son. For if it was a disgrace to live

1260 under Cæsar's rule, why did the father urge the son to this

1261 disgrace, by encouraging him to trust absolutely to Cæsar's

1262 generosity? Why did he not persuade him to die along

1263 with himself? If Torquatus was applauded for putting

1264 his son to death, when contrary to orders he had engaged,

1265 and engaged successfully, with the enemy, why did conquered

1266 Cato spare his conquered son, though he did not spare

1267 himself? Was it more disgraceful to be a victor contrary to

1268 orders, than to submit to a victor contrary to the received

1269 ideas of honour? Cato, then, cannot have deemed it to be

1270 shameful to live under Cæsar's rule, for had he done so, the

1271 father's sword would have delivered his son from this disgrace.

1272 The truth is, that his son, whom he both hoped and desired

1273 would be spared by Cæsar, was not more loved by him than

1274 Cæsar was envied the glory of pardoning him (as indeed

1275 Cæsar himself is reported to have said[74]); or if envy is too

1276 strong a word, let us say he was *ashamed* that this glory should

1277 be his.

1278 24. *That in that virtue in which Regulus excels Cato, Christians are

1279 pre-eminently distinguished.*

1280 Our opponents are offended at our preferring to Cato the

1281 saintly Job, who endured dreadful evils in his body rather

1282 than deliver himself from all torment by self-inflicted death;

1283 or other saints, of whom it is recorded in our authoritative

1284 and trustworthy books that they bore captivity and the oppression

1285 of their enemies rather than commit suicide. But their

1286 own books authorize us to prefer to Marcus Cato, Marcus

1287 Regulus. For Cato had never conquered Cæsar; and when

1288 conquered by him, disdained to submit himself to him, and

1289 that he might escape this submission put himself to death.

1290 Regulus, on the contrary, had formerly conquered the Carthaginians,

1291 and in command of the army of Rome had won for

1292 the Roman republic a victory which no citizen could bewail,

1293 and which the enemy himself was constrained to admire; yet

1294 afterwards, when he in his turn was defeated by them, he preferred

1295 to be their captive rather than to put himself beyond

1296 their reach by suicide. Patient under the domination of the

1297 Carthaginians, and constant in his love of the Romans, he

1298 neither deprived the one of his conquered body, nor the other

1299 of his unconquered spirit. Neither was it love of life that

1300 prevented him from killing himself. This was plainly enough

1301 indicated by his unhesitatingly returning, on account of his

1302 promise and oath, to the same enemies whom he had more

1303 grievously provoked by his words in the senate than even

1304 by his arms in battle. Having such a contempt of life, and

1305 preferring to end it by whatever torments excited enemies

1306 might contrive, rather than terminate it by his own hand,

1307 he could not more distinctly have declared how great a crime

1308 he judged suicide to be. Among all their famous and remarkable

1309 citizens, the Romans have no better man to boast of than

1310 this, who was neither corrupted by prosperity, for he remained

1311 a very poor man after winning such victories; nor broken by

1312 adversity, for he returned intrepidly to the most miserable

1313 end. But if the bravest and most renowned heroes, who had

1314 but an earthly country to defend, and who, though they had

1315 but false gods, yet rendered them a true worship, and carefully

1316 kept their oath to them; if these men, who by the custom

1317 and right of war put conquered enemies to the sword, yet

1318 shrank from putting an end to their own lives even when

1319 conquered by their enemies; if, though they had no fear at

1320 all of death, they would yet rather suffer slavery than commit

1321 suicide, how much rather must Christians, the worshippers of

1322 the true God, the aspirants to a heavenly citizenship, shrink

1323 from this act, if in God's providence they have been for a

1324 season delivered into the hands of their enemies to prove or

1325 to correct them! And, certainly, Christians subjected to this

1326 humiliating condition will not be deserted by the Most High,

1327 who for their sakes humbled Himself. Neither should they

1328 forget that they are bound by no laws of war, nor military

1329 orders, to put even a conquered enemy to the sword; and if

1330 a man may not put to death the enemy who has sinned, or

1331 may yet sin against him, who is so infatuated as to maintain

1332 that he may kill himself because an enemy has sinned, or is

1333 going to sin, against him?

1334 25. *That we should not endeavour by sin to obviate sin.*

1335 But, we are told, there is ground to fear that, when the

1336 body is subjected to the enemy's lust, the insidious pleasure

1337 of sense may entice the soul to consent to the sin, and steps

1338 must be taken to prevent so disastrous a result. And is not

1339 suicide the proper mode of preventing not only the enemy's

1340 sin, but the sin of the Christian so allured? Now, in the

1341 first place, the soul which is led by God and His wisdom,

1342 rather than by bodily concupiscence, will certainly never consent

1343 to the desire aroused in its own flesh by another's lust.

1344 And, at all events, if it be true, as the truth plainly declares,

1345 that suicide is a detestable and damnable wickedness, who is

1346 such a fool as to say, Let us sin now, that we may obviate a

1347 possible future sin; let us now commit murder, lest we perhaps

1348 afterwards should commit adultery? If we are so controlled

1349 by iniquity that innocence is out of the question, and

1350 we can at best but make a choice of sins, is not a future and

1351 uncertain adultery preferable to a present and certain murder?

1352 Is it not better to commit a wickedness which penitence may

1353 heal, than a crime which leaves no place for healing contrition?

1354 I say this for the sake of those men or women who

1355 fear they may be enticed into consenting to their violator's

1356 lust, and think they should lay violent hands on themselves,

1357 and so prevent, not another's sin, but their own. But far be

1358 it from the mind of a Christian confiding in God, and resting

1359 in the hope of His aid; far be it, I say, from such a mind

1360 to yield a shameful consent to pleasures of the flesh, howsoever

1361 presented. And if that lustful disobedience, which

1362 still dwells in our mortal members, follows its own law irrespective

1363 of our will, surely its motions in the body of one

1364 who rebels against them are as blameless as its motions in

1365 the body of one who sleeps.

1366 26. *That in certain peculiar cases the examples of the saints are not to be

1367 followed.*

1368 But, they say, in the time of persecution some holy women

1369 escaped those who menaced them with outrage, by casting

1370 themselves into rivers which they knew would drown them;

1371 and having died in this manner, they are venerated in the

1372 church catholic as martyrs. Of such persons I do not presume

1373 to speak rashly. I cannot tell whether there may not

1374 have been vouchsafed to the church some divine authority,

1375 proved by trustworthy evidences, for so honouring their memory:

1376 it may be that it is so. It may be they were not deceived by

1377 human judgment, but prompted by divine wisdom, to their

1378 act of self-destruction. We know that this was the case

1379 with Samson. And when God enjoins any act, and intimates

1380 by plain evidence that He has enjoined it, who will call

1381 obedience criminal? Who will accuse so religious a submission?

1382 But then every man is not justified in sacrificing his

1383 son to God, because Abraham was commendable in so doing.

1384 The soldier who has slain a man in obedience to the authority

1385 under which he is lawfully commissioned, is not accused

1386 of murder by any law of his state; nay, if he has not slain

1387 him, it is then he is accused of treason to the state, and of

1388 despising the law. But if he has been acting on his own

1389 authority, and at his own impulse, he has in this case

1390 incurred the crime of shedding human blood. And thus

1391 he is punished for doing without orders the very thing he

1392 is punished for neglecting to do when he has been ordered.

1393 If the commands of a general make so great a difference, shall

1394 the commands of God make none? He, then, who knows it

1395 is unlawful to kill himself, may nevertheless do so if he is

1396 ordered by Him whose commands we may not neglect. Only

1397 let him be very sure that the divine command has been

1398 signified. As for us, we can become privy to the secrets

1399 of conscience only in so far as these are disclosed to us, and

1400 so far only do we judge: "No one knoweth the things of a

1401 man, save the spirit of man which is in him."[75] But this we

1402 affirm, this we maintain, this we every way pronounce to be

1403 right, that no man ought to inflict on himself voluntary death,

1404 for this is to escape the ills of time by plunging into those of

1405 eternity; that no man ought to do so on account of another

1406 man's sins, for this were to escape a guilt which could not

1407 pollute him, by incurring great guilt of his own; that no man

1408 ought to do so on account of his own past sins, for he has all

1409 the more need of this life that these sins may be healed by

1410 repentance; that no man should put an end to this life to

1411 obtain that better life we look for after death, for those who

1412 die by their own hand have no better life after death.

1413 27. *Whether voluntary death should be sought in order to avoid sin.*

1414 There remains one reason for suicide which I mentioned

1415 before, and which is thought a sound one,—namely, to prevent

1416 one's falling into sin either through the blandishments of

1417 pleasure or the violence of pain. If this reason were a good

1418 one, then we should be impelled to exhort men at once to

1419 destroy themselves, as soon as they have been washed in the

1420 laver of regeneration, and have received the forgiveness of all

1421 sin. Then is the time to escape all future sin, when all past

1422 sin is blotted out. And if this escape be lawfully secured by

1423 suicide, why not then specially? Why does any baptized person

1424 hold his hand from taking his own life? Why does any

1425 person who is freed from the hazards of this life again expose

1426 himself to them, when he has power so easily to rid himself

1427 of them all, and when it is written, "He who loveth danger

1428 shall fall into it?"[76] Why does he love, or at least face, so

1429 many serious dangers, by remaining in this life from which

1430 he may legitimately depart? But is any one so blinded and

1431 twisted in his moral nature, and so far astray from the truth,

1432 as to think that, though a man ought to make away with himself

1433 for fear of being led into sin by the oppression of one

1434 man, his master, he ought yet to live, and so expose himself

1435 to the hourly temptations of this world, both to all those

1436 evils which the oppression of one master involves, and to

1437 numberless other miseries in which this life inevitably implicates

1438 us? What reason, then, is there for our consuming time

1439 in those exhortations by which we seek to animate the baptized,

1440 either to virginal chastity, or vidual continence, or

1441 matrimonial fidelity, when we have so much more simple

1442 and compendious a method of deliverance from sin, by persuading

1443 those who are fresh from baptism to put an end to

1444 their lives, and so pass to their Lord pure and well-conditioned?

1445 If any one thinks that such persuasion should be attempted, I

1446 say not he is foolish, but mad. With what face, then, can he

1447 say to any man, "Kill yourself, lest to your small sins you

1448 add a heinous sin, while you live under an unchaste master,

1449 whose conduct is that of a barbarian?" How can he say this,

1450 if he cannot without wickedness say, "Kill yourself, now that

1451 you are washed from all your sins, lest you fall again into

1452 similar or even aggravated sins, while you live in a world

1453 which has such power to allure by its unclean pleasures, to

1454 torment by its horrible cruelties, to overcome by its errors

1455 and terrors?" It is wicked to say this; it is therefore wicked

1456 to kill oneself. For if there could be any just cause of

1457 suicide, this were so. And since not even this is so, there is

1458 none.

1459 28. *By what judgment of God the enemy was permitted to indulge his lust on the

1460 bodies of continent Christians.*

1461 Let not your life, then, be a burden to you, ye faithful servants

1462 of Christ, though your chastity was made the sport

1463 of your enemies. You have a grand and true consolation, if

1464 you maintain a good conscience, and know that you did not

1465 consent to the sins of those who were permitted to commit

1466 sinful outrage upon you. And if you should ask why this

1467 permission was granted, indeed it is a deep providence of the

1468 Creator and Governor of the world; and "unsearchable are His

1469 judgments, and His ways past finding out."[77] Nevertheless,

1470 faithfully interrogate your own souls, whether ye have not

1471 been unduly puffed up by your integrity, and continence, and

1472 chastity; and whether ye have not been so desirous of the

1473 human praise that is accorded to these virtues, that ye have

1474 envied some who possessed them. I, for my part, do not

1475 know your hearts, and therefore I make no accusation; I do

1476 not even hear what your hearts answer when you question

1477 them. And yet, if they answer that it is as I have supposed

1478 it might be, do not marvel that you have lost that by which

1479 you can win men's praise, and retain that which cannot be

1480 exhibited to men. If you did not consent to sin, it was

1481 because God added His aid to His grace that it might not

1482 be lost, and because shame before men succeeded to human

1483 glory that it might not be loved. But in both respects even

1484 the fainthearted among you have a consolation, approved by

1485 the one experience, chastened by the other; justified by the

1486 one, corrected by the other. As to those whose hearts, when

1487 interrogated, reply that they have never been proud of the

1488 virtue of virginity, widowhood, or matrimonial chastity, but,

1489 condescending to those of low estate, rejoiced with trembling

1490 in these gifts of God, and that they have never envied any

1491 one the like excellences of sanctity and purity, but rose

1492 superior to human applause, which is wont to be abundant in

1493 proportion to the rarity of the virtue applauded, and rather

1494 desired that their own number be increased, than that by the

1495 smallness of their numbers each of them should be conspicuous;—even

1496 such faithful women, I say, must not complain

1497 that permission was given to the barbarians so grossly to

1498 outrage them; nor must they allow themselves to believe that

1499 God overlooked their character when He permitted acts which

1500 no one with impunity commits. For some most flagrant and

1501 wicked desires are allowed free play at present by the secret

1502 judgment of God, and are reserved to the public and final

1503 judgment. Moreover, it is possible that those Christian

1504 women, who are unconscious of any undue pride on account

1505 of their virtuous chastity, whereby they sinlessly suffered the

1506 violence of their captors, had yet some lurking infirmity which

1507 might have betrayed them into a proud and contemptuous

1508 bearing, had they not been subjected to the humiliation that

1509 befell them in the taking of the city. As, therefore, some

1510 men were removed by death, that no wickedness might change

1511 their disposition, so these women were outraged lest prosperity

1512 should corrupt their modesty. Neither those women, then,

1513 who were already puffed up by the circumstance that they

1514 were still virgins, nor those who might have been so puffed

1515 up had they not been exposed to the violence of the enemy,

1516 lost their chastity, but rather gained humility: the former

1517 were saved from pride already cherished, the latter from pride

1518 that would shortly have grown upon them.

1519 We must further notice that some of those sufferers may

1520 have conceived that continence is a bodily good, and abides

1521 so long as the body is inviolate, and did not understand that

1522 the purity both of the body and the soul rests on the stedfastness

1523 of the will strengthened by God's grace, and cannot

1524 be forcibly taken from an unwilling person. From this error

1525 they are probably now delivered. For when they reflect how

1526 conscientiously they served God, and when they settle again

1527 to the firm persuasion that He can in nowise desert those

1528 who so serve Him, and so invoke His aid; and when they

1529 consider, what they cannot doubt, how pleasing to Him is

1530 chastity, they are shut up to the conclusion that He could

1531 never have permitted these disasters to befall His saints, if by

1532 them that saintliness could be destroyed which He Himself

1533 had bestowed upon them, and delights to see in them.

1534 >

1535 >

1536 >

1537 29. *What the servants of Christ should say in reply to the unbelievers who cast in

1538 > their teeth that Christ did not rescue them from the fury of their enemies.*

1539 The whole family of God, most high and most true, has

1540 therefore a consolation of its own,—a consolation which cannot

1541 deceive, and which has in it a surer hope than the tottering

1542 and falling affairs of earth can afford. They will not refuse

1543 the discipline of this temporal life, in which they are schooled

1544 for life eternal; nor will they lament their experience of it,

1545 for the good things of earth they use as pilgrims who are not

1546 detained by them, and its ills either prove or improve them.

1547 As for those who insult over them in their trials, and when

1548 ills befall them say, "Where is thy God?"[78] we may ask them

1549 where their gods are when they suffer the very calamities for

1550 the sake of avoiding which they worship their gods, or maintain

1551 they ought to be worshipped; for the family of Christ is

1552 furnished with its reply: our God is everywhere present,

1553 wholly everywhere; not confined to any place. He can be

1554 present unperceived, and be absent without moving; when

1555 He exposes us to adversities, it is either to prove our perfections

1556 or correct our imperfections; and in return for our

1557 patient endurance of the sufferings of time, He reserves for us

1558 an everlasting reward. But who are you, that we should

1559 deign to speak with you even about your own gods, much

1560 less about our God, who is "to be feared above all gods? For

1561 all the gods of the nations are idols; but the Lord made the

1562 heavens."[79]

1563 30. *That those who complain of Christianity really desire to live without

1564 restraint in shameful luxury.*

1565 If the famous Scipio Nasica were now alive, who was once

1566 your pontiff, and was unanimously chosen by the senate,

1567 when, in the panic created by the Punic war, they sought for

1568 the best citizen to entertain the Phrygian goddess, he would

1569 curb this shamelessness of yours, though you would perhaps

1570 scarcely dare to look upon the countenance of such a man.

1571 For why in your calamities do you complain of Christianity,

1572 unless because you desire to enjoy your luxurious licence

1573 unrestrained, and to lead an abandoned and profligate life

1574 without the interruption of any uneasiness or disaster? For

1575 certainly your desire for peace, and prosperity, and plenty is

1576 not prompted by any purpose of using these blessings honestly,

1577 that is to say, with moderation, sobriety, temperance, and

1578 piety; for your purpose rather is to run riot in an endless

1579 variety of sottish pleasures, and thus to generate from your

1580 prosperity a moral pestilence which will prove a thousand-fold

1581 more disastrous than the fiercest enemies. It was such

1582 a calamity as this that Scipio, your chief pontiff, your best

1583 man in the judgment of the whole senate, feared when he refused

1584 to agree to the destruction of Carthage, Rome's rival;

1585 and opposed Cato, who advised its destruction. He feared

1586 security, that enemy of weak minds, and he perceived that a

1587 wholesome fear would be a fit guardian for the citizens. And

1588 he was not mistaken: the event proved how wisely he had

1589 spoken. For when Carthage was destroyed, and the Roman

1590 republic delivered from its great cause of anxiety, a crowd

1591 of disastrous evils forthwith resulted from the prosperous

1592 condition of things. First concord was weakened, and destroyed

1593 by fierce and bloody seditions; then followed, by a

1594 concatenation of baleful causes, civil wars, which brought in

1595 their train such massacres, such bloodshed, such lawless and

1596 cruel proscription and plunder, that those Romans who, in the

1597 days of their virtue, had expected injury only at the hands of

1598 their enemies, now that their virtue was lost, suffered greater

1599 cruelties at the hands of their fellow-citizens. The lust of

1600 rule, which with other vices existed among the Romans in

1601 more unmitigated intensity than among any other people, after

1602 it had taken possession of the more powerful few, subdued

1603 under its yoke the rest, worn and wearied.

1604 31. *By what steps the passion for governing increased among the Romans.*

1605 For at what stage would that passion rest when once it

1606 has lodged in a proud spirit, until by a succession of advances

1607 it has reached even the throne? And to obtain such advances

1608 nothing avails but unscrupulous ambition. But unscrupulous

1609 ambition has nothing to work upon, save in a nation corrupted

1610 by avarice and luxury. Moreover, a people becomes avaricious

1611 and luxurious by prosperity; and it was this which that very

1612 prudent man Nasica was endeavouring to avoid when he

1613 opposed the destruction of the greatest, strongest, wealthiest

1614 city of Rome's enemy. He thought that thus fear would act as

1615 a curb on lust, and that lust being curbed would not run riot

1616 in luxury, and that luxury being prevented avarice would be

1617 at an end; and that these vices being banished, virtue would

1618 flourish and increase, to the great profit of the state; and

1619 liberty, the fit companion of virtue, would abide unfettered.

1620 For similar reasons, and animated by the same considerate

1621 patriotism, that same chief pontiff of yours—I still refer to

1622 him who was adjudged Rome's best man without one dissentient

1623 voice—threw cold water on the proposal of the senate

1624 to build a circle of seats round the theatre, and in a very

1625 weighty speech warned them against allowing the luxurious

1626 manners of Greece to sap the Roman manliness, and persuaded

1627 them not to yield to the enervating and emasculating

1628 influence of foreign licentiousness. So authoritative and

1629 forcible were his words, that the senate was moved to prohibit

1630 the use even of those benches which hitherto had been

1631 customarily brought to the theatre for the temporary use of

1632 the citizens.[80] How eagerly would such a man as this have

1633 banished from Rome the scenic exhibitions themselves, had

1634 he dared to oppose the authority of those whom he supposed

1635 to be gods! For he did not know that they were malicious

1636 devils; or if he did, he supposed they should rather be propitiated

1637 than despised. For there had not yet been revealed to

1638 the Gentiles the heavenly doctrine which should purify their

1639 hearts by faith, and transform their natural disposition by

1640 humble godliness, and turn them from the service of proud

1641 devils to seek the things that are in heaven, or even above

1642 the heavens.

1643 32. *Of the establishment of scenic entertainments.*

1644 Know then, ye who are ignorant of this, and ye who feign

1645 ignorance be reminded, while you murmur against Him who

1646 has freed you from such rulers, that the scenic games, exhibitions

1647 of shameless folly and licence, were established at

1648 Rome, not by men's vicious cravings, but by the appointment

1649 of your gods. Much more pardonably might you have

1650 rendered divine honours to Scipio than to such gods as these.

1651 The gods were not so moral as their pontiff. But give me

1652 now your attention, if your mind, inebriated by its deep potations

1653 of error, can take in any sober truth. The gods enjoined

1654 that games be exhibited in their honour to stay a physical

1655 pestilence; their pontiff prohibited the theatre from being constructed,

1656 to prevent a moral pestilence. If, then, there remains

1657 in you sufficient mental enlightenment to prefer the soul to

1658 the body, choose whom you will worship. Besides, though

1659 the pestilence was stayed, this was not because the voluptuous

1660 madness of stage-plays had taken possession of a warlike

1661 people hitherto accustomed only to the games of the circus;

1662 but these astute and wicked spirits, foreseeing that in due

1663 course the pestilence would shortly cease, took occasion to

1664 infect, not the bodies, but the morals of their worshippers, with

1665 a far more serious disease. And in this pestilence these gods

1666 find great enjoyment, because it benighted the minds of men

1667 with so gross a darkness, and dishonoured them with so foul

1668 a deformity, that even quite recently (will posterity be able to

1669 credit it?) some of those who fled from the sack of Rome and

1670 found refuge in Carthage, were so infected with this disease,

1671 that day after day they seemed to contend with one another

1672 who should most madly run after the actors in the theatres.

1673 33. *That the overthrow of Rome has not corrected the vices of the Romans.*

1674 Oh infatuated men, what is this blindness, or rather madness,

1675 which possesses you? How is it that while, as we hear, even

1676 the eastern nations are bewailing your ruin, and while powerful

1677 states in the most remote parts of the earth are mourning

1678 your fall as a public calamity, ye yourselves should be crowding

1679 to the theatres, should be pouring into them and filling

1680 them; and, in short, be playing a madder part now than ever

1681 before? This was the foul plague-spot, this the wreck of

1682 virtue and honour that Scipio sought to preserve you from

1683 when he prohibited the construction of theatres; this was his

1684 reason for desiring that you might still have an enemy to fear,

1685 seeing as he did how easily prosperity would corrupt and

1686 destroy you. He did not consider that republic flourishing

1687 whose walls stand, but whose morals are in ruins. But the

1688 seductions of evil-minded devils had more influence with you

1689 than the precautions of prudent men. Hence the injuries

1690 you do, you will not permit to be imputed to you; but the

1691 injuries you suffer, you impute to Christianity. Depraved by

1692 good fortune, and not chastened by adversity, what you desire

1693 in the restoration of a peaceful and secure state, is not the

1694 tranquillity of the commonwealth, but the impunity of your

1695 own vicious luxury. Scipio wished you to be hard pressed

1696 by an enemy, that you might not abandon yourselves to luxurious

1697 manners; but so abandoned are you, that not even

1698 when crushed by the enemy is your luxury repressed. You

1699 have missed the profit of your calamity; you have been made

1700 most wretched, and have remained most profligate.

1701 34. *Of God's clemency in moderating the ruin of the city.*

1702 And that you are yet alive is due to God, who spares you that

1703 you may be admonished to repent and reform your lives.

1704 It is He who has permitted you, ungrateful as you are, to escape

1705 the sword of the enemy, by calling yourselves His servants,

1706 or by finding asylum in the sacred places of the martyrs.

1707 It is said that Romulus and Remus, in order to increase

1708 the population of the city they founded, opened a sanctuary

1709 in which every man might find asylum and absolution of all

1710 crime,—a remarkable foreshadowing of what has recently

1711 occurred in honour of Christ. The destroyers of Rome followed

1712 the example of its founders. But it was not greatly

1713 to their credit that the latter, for the sake of increasing the

1714 number of their citizens, did that which the former have done,

1715 lest the number of their enemies should be diminished.

1716 35. *Of the sons of the church who are hidden among the wicked, and of false

1717 Christians within the church.*

1718 Let these and similar answers (if any fuller and fitter answers

1719 can be found) be given to their enemies by the redeemed family

1720 of the Lord Christ, and by the pilgrim city of King Christ.

1721 But let this city bear in mind, that among her enemies lie hid

1722 those who are destined to be fellow-citizens, that she may

1723 not think it a fruitless labour to bear what they inflict as

1724 enemies until they become confessors of the faith. So, too,

1725 as long as she is a stranger in the world, the city of God has

1726 in her communion, and bound to her by the sacraments, some

1727 who shall not eternally dwell in the lot of the saints. Of

1728 these, some are not now recognised; others declare themselves,

1729 and do not hesitate to make common cause with

1730 our enemies in murmuring against God, whose sacramental

1731 badge they wear. These men you may to-day see thronging

1732 the churches with us, to-morrow crowding the theatres

1733 with the godless. But we have the less reason to despair of

1734 the reclamation even of such persons, if among our most

1735 declared enemies there are now some, unknown to themselves,

1736 who are destined to become our friends. In truth, these two

1737 cities are entangled together in this world, and intermixed

1738 until the last judgment effect their separation. I now proceed

1739 to speak, as God shall help me, of the rise, progress, and end

1740 of these two cities; and what I write, I write for the glory of

1741 the city of God, that, being placed in comparison with the

1742 other, it may shine with a brighter lustre.

1743 36. *What subjects are to be handled in the following discourse.*

1744 But I have still some things to say in confutation of those

1745 who refer the disasters of the Roman republic to our religion,

1746 because it prohibits the offering of sacrifices to the gods. For

1747 this end I must recount all, or as many as may seem sufficient,

1748 of the disasters which befell that city and its subject provinces,

1749 before these sacrifices were prohibited; for all these disasters

1750 they would doubtless have attributed to us, if at that time our

1751 religion had shed its light upon them, and had prohibited their

1752 sacrifices. I must then go on to show what social well-being

1753 the true God, in whose hand are all kingdoms, vouchsafed to

1754 grant to them that their empire might increase. I must show

1755 why He did so, and how their false gods, instead of at all aiding

1756 them, greatly injured them by guile and deceit. And, lastly, I

1757 must meet those who, when on this point convinced and confuted

1758 by irrefragable proofs, endeavour to maintain that they

1759 worship the gods, not hoping for the present advantages of this

1760 life, but for those which are to be enjoyed after death. And

1761 this, if I am not mistaken, will be the most difficult part of my

1762 task, and will be worthy of the loftiest argument; for we must

1763 then enter the lists with the philosophers, not the mere common

1764 herd of philosophers, but the most renowned, who in many points

1765 agree with ourselves, as regarding the immortality of the soul,

1766 and that the true God created the world, and by His providence

1767 rules all He has created. But as they differ from us

1768 on other points, we must not shrink from the task of exposing

1769 their errors, that, having refuted the gainsaying of the wicked

1770 with such ability as God may vouchsafe, we may assert the

1771 city of God, and true piety, and the worship of God, to which

1772 alone the promise of true and everlasting felicity is attached.

1773 Here, then, let us conclude, that we may enter on these subjects

1774 in a fresh book.

BOOK II

7 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

10 >

11 >

12 >

13 IN THIS BOOK AUGUSTINE REVIEWS THOSE CALAMITIES WHICH THE ROMANS SUFFERED

14 > BEFORE THE TIME OF CHRIST, AND WHILE THE WORSHIP OF THE

15 > FALSE GODS WAS UNIVERSALLY PRACTISED; AND DEMONSTRATES THAT, FAR

16 > FROM BEING PRESERVED FROM MISFORTUNE BY THE GODS, THE ROMANS

17 > HAVE BEEN BY THEM OVERWHELMED WITH THE ONLY, OR AT LEAST THE

18 > GREATEST, OF ALL CALAMITIES—THE CORRUPTION OF MANNERS, AND THE

19 > VICES OF THE SOUL.

20 1. *Of the limits which must be put to the necessity of replying to an adversary.*

21 If the feeble mind of man did not presume to resist the clear

22 evidence of truth, but yielded its infirmity to wholesome

23 doctrines, as to a health-giving medicine, until it obtained from

24 God, by its faith and piety, the grace needed to heal it, they

25 who have just ideas, and express them in suitable language,

26 would need to use no long discourse to refute the errors of

27 empty conjecture. But this mental infirmity is now more

28 prevalent and hurtful than ever, to such an extent that even

29 after the truth has been as fully demonstrated as man can

30 prove it to man, they hold for the very truth their own unreasonable

31 fancies, either on account of their great blindness,

32 which prevents them from seeing what is plainly set before

33 them, or on account of their opinionative obstinacy, which prevents

34 them from acknowledging the force of what they do see.

35 There therefore frequently arises a necessity of speaking more

36 fully on those points which are already clear, that we may, as

37 it were, present them not to the eye, but even to the touch,

38 so that they may be felt even by those who close their eyes

39 against them. And yet to what end shall we ever bring our

40 discussions, or what bounds can be set to our discourse, if we

41 proceed on the principle that we must always reply to those

42 who reply to us? For those who are either unable to understand

43 our arguments, or are so hardened by the habit of contradiction,

44 that though they understand they cannot yield to

45 them, reply to us, and, as it is written, "speak hard things,"[81]

46 and are incorrigibly vain. Now, if we were to propose to confute

47 their objections as often as they with brazen face chose

48 to disregard our arguments, and as often as they could by any

49 means contradict our statements, you see how endless, and

50 fruitless, and painful a task we should be undertaking. And

51 therefore I do not wish my writings to be judged even by you,

52 my son Marcellinus, nor by any of those others at whose service

53 this work of mine is freely and in all Christian charity

54 put, if at least you intend always to require a reply to every

55 exception which you hear taken to what you read in it; for

56 so you would become like those silly women of whom the

57 apostle says that they are "always learning, and never able

58 to come to the knowledge of the truth."[82]

59 2. *Recapitulation of the contents of the first book.*

60 In the foregoing book, having begun to speak of the city

61 of God, to which I have resolved, Heaven helping me, to consecrate

62 the whole of this work, it was my first endeavour

63 to reply to those who attribute the wars by which the world

64 is being devastated, and specially the recent sack of Rome

65 by the barbarians, to the religion of Christ, which prohibits

66 the offering of abominable sacrifices to devils. I have

67 shown that they ought rather to attribute it to Christ, that

68 for His name's sake the barbarians, in contravention of all

69 custom and law of war, threw open as sanctuaries the largest

70 churches, and in many instances showed such reverence to

71 Christ, that not only His genuine servants, but even those who

72 in their terror feigned themselves to be so, were exempted from

73 all those hardships which by the custom of war may lawfully

74 be inflicted. Then out of this there arose the question, why

75 wicked and ungrateful men were permitted to share in these

76 benefits; and why, too, the hardships and calamities of war

77 were inflicted on the godly as well as on the ungodly. And in

78 giving a suitably full answer to this large question, I occupied

79 some considerable space, partly that I might relieve the

80 anxieties which disturb many when they observe that the

81 blessings of God, and the common and daily human casualties,

82 fall to the lot of bad men and good without distinction; but

83 mainly that I might minister some consolation to those holy

84 and chaste women who were outraged by the enemy, in such

85 a way as to shock their modesty, though not to sully their

86 purity, and that I might preserve them from being ashamed

87 of life, though they have no guilt to be ashamed of. And

88 then I briefly spoke against those who with a most shameless

89 wantonness insult over those poor Christians who were subjected

90 to those calamities, and especially over those broken-hearted

91 and humiliated, though chaste and holy women; these

92 fellows themselves being most depraved and unmanly profligates,

93 quite degenerate from the genuine Romans, whose

94 famous deeds are abundantly recorded in history, and everywhere

95 celebrated, but who have found in their descendants the

96 greatest enemies of their glory. In truth, Rome, which was

97 founded and increased by the labours of these ancient heroes,

98 was more shamefully ruined by their descendants, while its

99 walls were still standing, than it is now by the razing of them.

100 For in this ruin there fell stones and timbers; but in the ruin

101 those profligates effected, there fell, not the mural, but the

102 moral bulwarks and ornaments of the city, and their hearts

103 burned with passions more destructive than the flames which

104 consumed their houses. Thus I brought my first book to a

105 close. And now I go on to speak of those calamities which

106 that city itself, or its subject provinces, have suffered since

107 its foundation; all of which they would equally have attributed

108 to the Christian religion, if at that early period the

109 doctrine of the gospel against their false and deceiving gods

110 had been as largely and freely proclaimed as now.

111 >

112 >

113 >

114 3. *That we need only to read history in order to see what calamities the Romans

115 > suffered before the religion of Christ began to compete with the worship of

116 > the gods.*

117 But remember that, in recounting these things, I have still

118 to address myself to ignorant men; so ignorant, indeed, as to

119 give birth to the common saying, "Drought and Christianity

120 go hand in hand."[83] There are indeed some among them who

121 are thoroughly well educated men, and have a taste for history,

122 in which the things I speak of are open to their observation;

123 but in order to irritate the uneducated masses against us, they

124 feign ignorance of these events, and do what they can to make

125 the vulgar believe that those disasters, which in certain places

126 and at certain times uniformly befall mankind, are the result

127 of Christianity, which is being everywhere diffused, and is

128 possessed of a renown and brilliancy which quite eclipse

129 their own gods.[84] Let them then, along with us, call to mind

130 with what various and repeated disasters the prosperity of

131 Rome was blighted, before ever Christ had come in the flesh,

132 and before His name had been blazoned among the nations

133 with that glory which they vainly grudge. Let them, if they

134 can, defend their gods in this article, since they maintain

135 that they worship them in order to be preserved from these

136 disasters, which they now impute to us if they suffer in the

137 least degree. For why did these gods permit the disasters

138 I am to speak of to fall on their worshippers before the

139 preaching of Christ's name offended them, and put an end to

140 their sacrifices?

141 >

142 >

143 >

144 4. *That the worshippers of the gods never received from them any healthy moral

145 > precepts, and that in celebrating their worship all sorts of impurities were

146 > practised.*

147 First of all, we would ask why their gods took no steps to

148 improve the morals of their worshippers. That the true God

149 should neglect those who did not seek His help, that was but

150 justice; but why did those gods, from whose worship ungrateful

151 men are now complaining that they are prohibited, issue

152 no laws which might have guided their devotees to a virtuous

153 life? Surely it was but just, that such care as men showed

154 to the worship of the gods, the gods on their part should have

155 to the conduct of men. But, it is replied, it is by his own

156 will a man goes astray. Who denies it? But none the less

157 was it incumbent on these gods, who were men's guardians,

158 to publish in plain terms the laws of a good life, and not to

159 conceal them from their worshippers. It was their part to

160 send prophets to reach and convict such as broke these laws,

161 and publicly to proclaim the punishments which await evildoers,

162 and the rewards which may be looked for by those that

163 do well. Did ever the walls of any of their temples echo to

164 any such warning voice? I myself, when I was a young

165 man, used sometimes to go to the sacrilegious entertainments

166 and spectacles; I saw the priests raving in religious excitement,

167 and heard the choristers; I took pleasure in the shameful

168 games which were celebrated in honour of gods and goddesses,

169 of the virgin Cœlestis,[85] and Berecynthia,[86] the mother of all the

170 gods. And on the holy day consecrated to her purification,

171 there were sung before her couch productions so obscene and

172 filthy for the ear—I do not say of the mother of the gods, but

173 of the mother of any senator or honest man—nay, so impure,

174 that not even the mother of the foul-mouthed players themselves

175 could have formed one of the audience. For natural

176 reverence for parents is a bond which the most abandoned

177 cannot ignore. And, accordingly, the lewd actions and filthy

178 words with which these players honoured the mother of the

179 gods, in presence of a vast assemblage and audience of both

180 sexes, they could not for very shame have rehearsed at home

181 in presence of their own mothers. And the crowds that were

182 gathered from all quarters by curiosity, offended modesty

183 must, I should suppose, have scattered in the confusion of

184 shame. If these are sacred rites, what is sacrilege? If this

185 is purification, what is pollution? This festivity was called

186 the Tables,[87] as if a banquet were being given at which unclean

187 devils might find suitable refreshment. For it is not difficult

188 to see what kind of spirits they must be who are delighted

189 with such obscenities, unless, indeed, a man be blinded by

190 these evil spirits passing themselves off under the name of

191 gods, and either disbelieves in their existence, or leads such a

192 life as prompts him rather to propitiate and fear them than the

193 true God.

194 5. *Of the obscenities practised in honour of the mother of the gods.*

195 In this matter I would prefer to have as my assessors in

196 judgment, not those men who rather take pleasure in these

197 infamous customs than take pains to put an end to them, but

198 that same Scipio Nasica who was chosen by the senate as

199 the citizen most worthy to receive in his hands the image of

200 that demon Cybele, and convey it into the city. He would

201 tell us whether he would be proud to see his own mother

202 so highly esteemed by the state as to have divine honours

203 adjudged to her; as the Greeks and Romans and other nations

204 have decreed divine honours to men who had been of material

205 service to them, and have believed that their mortal benefactors

206 were thus made immortal, and enrolled among the

207 gods.[88] Surely he would desire that his mother should enjoy

208 such felicity were it possible. But if we proceeded to ask

209 him whether, among the honours paid to her, he would wish

210 such shameful rites as these to be celebrated, would he not at

211 once exclaim that he would rather his mother lay stone-dead,

212 than survive as a goddess to lend her ear to these obscenities?

213 Is it possible that he who was of so severe a morality, that

214 he used his influence as a Roman senator to prevent the

215 building of a theatre in that city dedicated to the manly

216 virtues, would wish his mother to be propitiated as a goddess

217 with words which would have brought the blush to her cheek

218 when a Roman matron? Could he possibly believe that the

219 modesty of an estimable woman would be so transformed by

220 her promotion to divinity, that she would suffer herself to be

221 invoked and celebrated in terms so gross and immodest, that

222 if she had heard the like while alive upon earth, and had

223 listened without stopping her ears and hurrying from the

224 spot, her relatives, her husband, and her children would have

225 blushed for her? Therefore, the mother of the gods being

226 such a character as the most profligate man would be ashamed

227 to have for his mother, and meaning to enthral the minds of

228 the Romans, demanded for her service their best citizen, not

229 to ripen him still more in virtue by her helpful counsel, but

230 to entangle him by her deceit, like her of whom it is written,

231 "The adulteress will hunt for the precious soul."[89] Her intent

232 was to puff up this high-souled man by an apparently divine

233 testimony to his excellence, in order that he might rely upon

234 his own eminence in virtue, and make no further efforts after

235 true piety and religion, without which natural genius, however

236 brilliant, vapours into pride and comes to nothing. For what

237 but a guileful purpose could that goddess demand the best

238 man, seeing that in her own sacred festivals she requires such

239 obscenities as the best men would be covered with shame to

240 hear at their own tables?

241 6. *That the gods of the pagans never inculcated holiness of life.*

242 This is the reason why those divinities quite neglected the

243 lives and morals of the cities and nations who worshipped

244 them, and threw no dreadful prohibition in their way to

245 hinder them from becoming utterly corrupt, and to preserve

246 them from those terrible and detestable evils which visit not

247 harvests and vintages, not house and possessions, not the body

248 which is subject to the soul, but the soul itself, the spirit that

249 rules the whole man. If there was any such prohibition, let

250 it be produced, let it be proved. They will tell us that purity

251 and probity were inculcated upon those who were initiated in

252 the mysteries of religion, and that secret incitements to virtue

253 were whispered in the ear of the *élite*; but this is an idle

254 boast. Let them show or name to us the places which were

255 at any time consecrated to assemblages in which, instead of

256 the obscene songs and licentious acting of players, instead of

257 the celebration of those most filthy and shameless Fugalia[90]

258 (well called Fugalia, since they banish modesty and right

259 feeling), the people were commanded in the name of the gods

260 to restrain avarice, bridle impurity, and conquer ambition;

261 where, in short, they might learn in that school which Persius

262 vehemently lashes them to, when he says: "Be taught, ye

263 abandoned creatures, and ascertain the causes of things; what

264 we are, and for what end we are born; what is the law of

265 our success in life, and by what art we may turn the goal

266 without making shipwreck; what limit we should put to our

267 wealth, what we may lawfully desire, and what uses filthy

268 lucre serves; how much we should bestow upon our country

269 and our family; learn, in short, what God meant thee to be,

270 and what place He has ordered you to fill."[91] Let them name

271 to us the places where such instructions were wont to be

272 communicated from the gods, and where the people who worshipped

273 them were accustomed to resort to hear them, as we

274 can point to our churches built for this purpose in every land

275 where the Christian religion is received.

276 >

277 >

278 >

279 7. *That the suggestions of philosophers are precluded from having any moral

280 > effect, because they have not the authority which belongs to divine instruction,

281 > and because man's natural bias to evil induces him rather to follow

282 > the examples of the gods than to obey the precepts of men.*

283 But will they perhaps remind us of the schools of the

284 philosophers, and their disputations? In the first place, these

285 belong not to Rome, but to Greece; and even if we yield to

286 them that they are now Roman, because Greece itself has

287 become a Roman province, still the teachings of the philosophers

288 are not the commandments of the gods, but the discoveries

289 of men, who, at the prompting of their own speculative

290 ability, made efforts to discover the hidden laws of nature, and

291 the right and wrong in ethics, and in dialectic what was consequent

292 according to the rules of logic, and what was inconsequent

293 and erroneous. And some of them, by God's help,

294 made great discoveries; but when left to themselves they

295 were betrayed by human infirmity, and fell into mistakes. And

296 this was ordered by divine providence, that their pride might

297 be restrained, and that by their example it might be pointed

298 out that it is humility which has access to the highest regions.

299 But of this we shall have more to say, if the Lord God of

300 truth permit, in its own place.[92] However, if the philosophers

301 have made any discoveries which are sufficient to guide men

302 to virtue and blessedness, would it not have been greater

303 justice to vote divine honours to them? Were it not more

304 accordant with every virtuous sentiment to read Plato's writings

305 in a "Temple of Plato," than to be present in the temples

306 of devils to witness the priests of Cybele[93] mutilating themselves,

307 the effeminate being consecrated, the raving fanatics

308 cutting themselves, and whatever other cruel or shameful, or

309 shamefully cruel or cruelly shameful, ceremony is enjoined by

310 the ritual of such gods as these? Were it not a more suitable

311 education, and more likely to prompt the youth to virtue, if

312 they heard public recitals of the laws of the gods, instead of

313 the vain laudation of the customs and laws of their ancestors?

314 Certainly all the worshippers of the Roman gods, when once

315 they are possessed by what Persius calls "the burning poison

316 of lust,"[94] prefer to witness the deeds of Jupiter rather than to

317 hear what Plato taught or Cato censured. Hence the young

318 profligate in Terence, when he sees on the wall a fresco representing

319 the fabled descent of Jupiter into the lap of Danaë

320 in the form of a golden shower, accepts this as authoritative

321 precedent for his own licentiousness, and boasts that he is an

322 imitator of God. "And what God?" he says. "He who

323 with His thunder shakes the loftiest temples. And was I, a

324 poor creature compared to Him, to make bones of it? No;

325 I did it, and with all my heart."[95]

326 8. *That the theatrical exhibitions publishing the shameful actions of the gods,

327 propitiated rather than offended them.*

328 But, some one will interpose, these are the fables of poets,

329 not the deliverances of the gods themselves. Well, I have

330 no mind to arbitrate between the lewdness of theatrical entertainments

331 and of mystic rites; only this I say, and history

332 bears me out in making the assertion, that those same entertainments,

333 in which the fictions of poets are the main attraction,

334 were not introduced in the festivals of the gods by the

335 ignorant devotion of the Romans, but that the gods themselves

336 gave the most urgent commands to this effect, and indeed extorted

337 from the Romans these solemnities and celebrations in

338 their honour. I touched on this in the preceding book, and

339 mentioned that dramatic entertainments were first inaugurated

340 at Rome on occasion of a pestilence, and by authority of the

341 pontiff. And what man is there who is not more likely to

342 adopt, for the regulation of his own life, the examples that are

343 represented in plays which have a divine sanction, rather than

344 the precepts written and promulgated with no more than

345 human authority? If the poets gave a false representation

346 of Jove in describing him as adulterous, then it were to be expected

347 that the chaste gods should in anger avenge so wicked

348 a fiction, in place of encouraging the games which circulated

349 it. Of these plays, the most inoffensive are comedies and

350 tragedies, that is to say, the dramas which poets write for

351 the stage, and which, though they often handle impure subjects,

352 yet do so without the filthiness of language which characterizes

353 many other performances; and it is these dramas which

354 boys are obliged by their seniors to read and learn as a part

355 of what is called a liberal and gentlemanly education.[96]

356 9. *That the poetical licence which the Greeks, in obedience to their gods, allowed,

357 was restrained by the ancient Romans.*

358 The opinion of the ancient Romans on this matter is

359 attested by Cicero in his work *De Republica*, in which Scipio,

360 one of the interlocutors, says, "The lewdness of comedy could

361 never have been suffered by audiences, unless the customs of

362 society had previously sanctioned the same lewdness." And

363 in the earlier days the Greeks preserved a certain reasonableness

364 in their licence, and made it a law, that whatever comedy

365 wished to say of any one, it must say it of him by name.

366 And so in the same work of Cicero's, Scipio says, "Whom

367 has it not aspersed? Nay, whom has it not worried? Whom

368 has it spared? Allow that it may assail demagogues and

369 factions, men injurious to the commonwealth—a Cleon, a Cleophon,

370 a Hyperbolus. That is tolerable, though it had been

371 more seemly for the public censor to brand such men, than

372 for a poet to lampoon them; but to blacken the fame of

373 Pericles with scurrilous verse, after he had with the utmost

374 dignity presided over their state alike in war and in peace,

375 was as unworthy of a poet, as if our own Plautus or Nævius

376 were to bring Publius and Cneius Scipio on the comic stage, or

377 as if Cæcilius were to caricature Cato." And then a little after

378 he goes on: "Though our Twelve Tables attached the penalty

379 of death only to a very few offences, yet among these few this

380 was one: if any man should have sung a pasquinade, or have

381 composed a satire calculated to bring infamy or disgrace on

382 another person. Wisely decreed. For it is by the decisions

383 of magistrates, and by a well-informed justice, that our lives

384 ought to be judged, and not by the flighty fancies of poets;

385 neither ought we to be exposed to hear calumnies, save where

386 we have the liberty of replying, and defending ourselves before

387 an adequate tribunal." This much I have judged it advisable

388 to quote from the fourth book of Cicero's *De Republica*; and

389 I have made the quotation word for word, with the exception

390 of some words omitted, and some slightly transposed, for the

391 sake of giving the sense more readily. And certainly the

392 extract is pertinent to the matter I am endeavouring to explain.

393 Cicero makes some further remarks, and concludes

394 the passage by showing that the ancient Romans did not

395 permit any living man to be either praised or blamed on the

396 stage. But the Greeks, as I said, though not so moral, were

397 more logical in allowing this licence which the Romans forbade:

398 for they saw that their gods approved and enjoyed the

399 scurrilous language of low comedy when directed not only

400 against men, but even against themselves; and this, whether

401 the infamous actions imputed to them were the fictions of

402 poets, or were their actual iniquities commemorated and acted

403 in the theatres. And would that the spectators had judged

404 them worthy only of laughter, and not of imitation! Manifestly

405 it had been a stretch of pride to spare the good name

406 of the leading men and the common citizens, when the very

407 deities did not grudge that their own reputation should be

408 blemished.

409 10. *That the devils, in suffering either false or true crimes to be laid to their

410 charge, meant to do men a mischief.*

411 It is alleged, in excuse of this practice, that the stories told

412 of the gods are not true, but false, and mere inventions; but

413 this only makes matters worse, if we form our estimate by

414 the morality our religion teaches; and if we consider the

415 malice of the devils, what more wily and astute artifice could

416 they practise upon men? When a slander is uttered against

417 a leading statesman of upright and useful life, is it not reprehensible

418 in proportion to its untruth and groundlessness?

419 What punishment, then, shall be sufficient when the gods are

420 the objects of so wicked and outrageous an injustice? But

421 the devils, whom these men repute gods, are content that even

422 iniquities they are guiltless of should be ascribed to them, so

423 long as they may entangle men's minds in the meshes of these

424 opinions, and draw them on along with themselves to their

425 predestinated punishment: whether such things were actually

426 committed by the men whom these devils, delighting in

427 human infatuation, cause to be worshipped as gods, and in

428 whose stead they, by a thousand malign and deceitful artifices,

429 substitute themselves, and so receive worship; or whether,

430 though they were really the crimes of men, these wicked

431 spirits gladly allowed them to be attributed to higher beings,

432 that there might seem to be conveyed from heaven itself a

433 sufficient sanction for the perpetration of shameful wickedness.

434 The Greeks, therefore, seeing the character of the gods they

435 served, thought that the poets should certainly not refrain

436 from showing up human vices on the stage, either because

437 they desired to be like their gods in this, or because they were

438 afraid that, if they required for themselves a more unblemished

439 reputation than they asserted for the gods, they might provoke

440 them to anger.

441 >

442 >

443 >

444 11. *That the Greeks admitted players to offices of state, on the ground that men

445 > who pleased the gods should not be contemptuously treated by their fellows*.

446 It was a part of this same reasonableness of the Greeks

447 which induced them to bestow upon the actors of these same

448 plays no inconsiderable civic honours. In the above-mentioned

449 book of the *De Republica*, it is mentioned that Æschines,

450 a very eloquent Athenian, who had been a tragic actor in his

451 youth, became a statesman, and that the Athenians again and

452 again sent another tragedian, Aristodemus, as their plenipotentiary

453 to Philip. For they judged it unbecoming to condemn

454 and treat as infamous persons those who were the chief

455 actors in the scenic entertainments which they saw to be so

456 pleasing to the gods. No doubt this was immoral of the

457 Greeks, but there can be as little doubt they acted in conformity

458 with the character of their gods; for how could they

459 have presumed to protect the conduct of the citizens from

460 being cut to pieces by the tongues of poets and players, who

461 were allowed, and even enjoined by the gods, to tear their

462 divine reputation to tatters? And how could they hold in

463 contempt the men who acted in the theatres those dramas

464 which, as they had ascertained, gave pleasure to the gods

465 whom they worshipped? Nay, how could they but grant to

466 them the highest civic honours? On what plea could they

467 honour the priests who offered for them acceptable sacrifices

468 to the gods, if they branded with infamy the actors who in

469 behalf of the people gave to the gods that pleasure or honour

470 which they demanded, and which, according to the account of

471 the priests, they were angry at not receiving? Labeo,[97] whose

472 learning makes him an authority on such points, is of opinion

473 that the distinction between good and evil deities should find

474 expression in a difference of worship; that the evil should be

475 propitiated by bloody sacrifices and doleful rites, but the good

476 with a joyful and pleasant observance, as, *e.g.* (as he says himself),

477 with plays, festivals, and banquets.[98] All this we shall,

478 with God's help, hereafter discuss. At present, and speaking

479 to the subject on hand, whether all kinds of offerings are made

480 indiscriminately to all the gods, as if all were good (and it is

481 an unseemly thing to conceive that there are evil gods; but

482 these gods of the pagans are all evil, because they are not gods,

483 but evil spirits), or whether, as Labeo thinks, a distinction is

484 made between the offerings presented to the different gods,

485 the Greeks are equally justified in honouring alike the priests

486 by whom the sacrifices are offered, and the players by whom

487 the dramas are acted, that they may not be open to the charge

488 of doing an injury to all their gods, if the plays are pleasing

489 to all of them, or (which were still worse) to their good gods,

490 if the plays are relished only by them.

491 >

492 >

493 >

494 12. *That the Romans, by refusing to the poets the same licence in respect of men

495 > which they allowed them in the case of the gods, showed a more delicate

496 > sensitiveness regarding themselves than regarding the gods.*

497 The Romans, however, as Scipio boasts in that same discussion,

498 declined having their conduct and good name subjected

499 to the assaults and slanders of the poets, and went so far as

500 to make it a capital crime if any one should dare to compose

501 such verses. This was a very honourable course to pursue, so

502 far as they themselves were concerned, but in respect of the

503 gods it was proud and irreligious: for they knew that the

504 gods not only tolerated, but relished, being lashed by the injurious

505 expressions of the poets, and yet they themselves would

506 not suffer this same handling; and what their ritual prescribed

507 as acceptable to the gods, their law prohibited as injurious to

508 themselves. How then, Scipio, do you praise the Romans for

509 refusing this licence to the poets, so that no citizen could be

510 calumniated, while you know that the gods were not included

511 under this protection? Do you count your senate-house

512 worthy of so much higher a regard than the Capitol? Is the

513 one city of Rome more valuable in your eyes than the whole

514 heaven of gods, that you prohibit your poets from uttering

515 any injurious words against a citizen, though they may with

516 impunity cast what imputations they please upon the gods,

517 without the interference of senator, censor, prince, or pontiff?

518 It was, forsooth, intolerable that Plautus or Nævius should

519 attack Publius and Cneius Scipio, insufferable that Cæcilius

520 should lampoon Cato; but quite proper that your Terence

521 should encourage youthful lust by the wicked example of

522 supreme Jove.

523 >

524 >

525 >

526 13. *That the Romans should have understood that gods who desired to be worshipped

527 > in licentious entertainments were unworthy of divine honour.*

528 But Scipio, were he alive, would possibly reply: "How

529 could we attach a penalty to that which the gods themselves

530 have consecrated? For the theatrical entertainments in which

531 such things are said, and acted, and performed, were introduced

532 into Roman society by the gods, who ordered that they

533 should be dedicated and exhibited in their honour." But was

534 not this, then, the plainest proof that they were no true gods,

535 nor in any respect worthy of receiving divine honours from

536 the republic? Suppose they had required that in their

537 honour the citizens of Rome should be held up to ridicule,

538 every Roman would have resented the hateful proposal. How

539 then, I would ask, can they be esteemed worthy of worship,

540 when they propose that their own crimes be used as material

541 for celebrating their praises? Does not this artifice expose

542 them, and prove that they are detestable devils? Thus the

543 Romans, though they were superstitious enough to serve as

544 gods those who made no secret of their desire to be worshipped

545 in licentious plays, yet had sufficient regard to their hereditary

546 dignity and virtue, to prompt them to refuse to players any

547 such rewards as the Greeks accorded them. On this point

548 we have this testimony of Scipio, recorded in Cicero: "They

549 [the Romans] considered comedy and all theatrical performances

550 as disgraceful, and therefore not only debarred players

551 from offices and honours open to ordinary citizens, but also

552 decreed that their names should be branded by the censor, and

553 erased from the roll of their tribe." An excellent decree, and

554 another testimony to the sagacity of Rome; but I could wish

555 their prudence had been more thoroughgoing and consistent.

556 For when I hear that if any Roman citizen chose the stage as

557 his profession, he not only closed to himself every laudable

558 career, but even became an outcast from his own tribe, I cannot

559 but exclaim: This is the true Roman spirit, this is worthy of

560 a state jealous of its reputation. But then some one interrupts

561 my rapture, by inquiring with what consistency players are

562 debarred from all honours, while plays are counted among the

563 honours due to the gods? For a long while the virtue of

564 Rome was uncontaminated by theatrical exhibitions;[99] and if

565 they had been adopted for the sake of gratifying the taste of

566 the citizens, they would have been introduced hand in hand

567 with the relaxation of manners. But the fact is, that it was

568 the gods who demanded that they should be exhibited to

569 gratify them. With what justice, then, is the player excommunicated

570 by whom God is worshipped? On what pretext

571 can you at once adore him who exacts, and brand him who

572 acts these plays? This, then, is the controversy in which the

573 Greeks and Romans are engaged. The Greeks think they

574 justly honour players, because they worship the gods who

575 demand plays: the Romans, on the other hand, do not suffer

576 an actor to disgrace by his name his own plebeian tribe, far

577 less the senatorial order. And the whole of this discussion

578 may be summed up in the following syllogism. The Greeks

579 give us the major premiss: If such gods are to be worshipped,

580 then certainly such men may be honoured. The Romans add

581 the minor: But such men must by no means be honoured.

582 The Christians draw the conclusion: Therefore such gods must

583 by no means be worshipped.

584 14. *That Plato, who excluded poets from a well-ordered city, was better than

585 these gods who desire to be honoured by theatrical plays.*

586 We have still to inquire why the poets who write the

587 plays, and who by the law of the twelve tables are prohibited

588 from injuring the good name of the citizens, are reckoned more

589 estimable than the actors, though they so shamefully asperse

590 the character of the gods? Is it right that the actors of these

591 poetical and God-dishonouring effusions be branded, while

592 their authors are honoured? Must we not here award the

593 palm to a Greek, Plato, who, in framing his ideal republic,[100]

594 conceived that poets should be banished from the city as

595 enemies of the state? He could not brook that the gods be

596 brought into disrepute, nor that the minds of the citizens be

597 depraved and besotted, by the fictions of the poets. Compare

598 now human nature as you see it in Plato, expelling poets

599 from the city that the citizens be uninjured, with the divine

600 nature as you see it in these gods exacting plays in their

601 own honour. Plato strove, though unsuccessfully, to persuade

602 the light-minded and lascivious Greeks to abstain from so

603 much as writing such plays; the gods used their authority to

604 extort the acting of the same from the dignified and sober-minded

605 Romans. And not content with having them acted,

606 they had them dedicated to themselves, consecrated to themselves,

607 solemnly celebrated in their own honour. To which,

608 then, would it be more becoming in a state to decree divine

609 honours,—to Plato, who prohibited these wicked and licentious

610 plays, or to the demons who delighted in blinding men to the

611 truth of what Plato unsuccessfully sought to inculcate?

612 This philosopher, Plato, has been elevated by Labeo to the

613 rank of a demigod, and set thus upon a level with such as

614 Hercules and Romulus. Labeo ranks demigods higher than

615 heroes, but both he counts among the deities. But I have no

616 doubt that he thinks this man whom he reckons a demigod

617 worthy of greater respect not only than the heroes, but also

618 than the gods themselves. The laws of the Romans and the

619 speculations of Plato have this resemblance, that the latter

620 pronounces a wholesale condemnation of poetical fictions,

621 while the former restrain the licence of satire, at least so far

622 as men are the objects of it. Plato will not suffer poets

623 even to dwell in his city: the laws of Rome prohibit actors

624 from being enrolled as citizens; and if they had not feared to

625 offend the gods who had asked the services of the players, they

626 would in all likelihood have banished them altogether. It is

627 obvious, therefore, that the Romans could not receive, nor

628 reasonably expect to receive, laws for the regulation of their

629 conduct from their gods, since the laws they themselves enacted

630 far surpassed and put to shame the morality of the gods. The

631 gods demand stage-plays in their own honour; the Romans

632 exclude the players from all civic honours:[101] the former

633 commanded that they should be celebrated by the scenic representation

634 of their own disgrace; the latter commanded that

635 no poet should dare to blemish the reputation of any citizen.

636 But that demigod Plato resisted the lust of such gods as

637 these, and showed the Romans what their genius had left

638 incomplete; for he absolutely excluded poets from his ideal

639 state, whether they composed fictions with no regard to truth,

640 or set the worst possible examples before wretched men

641 under the guise of divine actions. We for our part, indeed,

642 reckon Plato neither a god nor a demigod; we would not

643 even compare him to any of God's holy angels, nor to the

644 truth-speaking prophets, nor to any of the apostles or martyrs

645 of Christ, nay, not to any faithful Christian man. The reason

646 of this opinion of ours we will, God prospering us, render in

647 its own place. Nevertheless, since they wish him to be considered

648 a demigod, we think he certainly is more entitled

649 to that rank, and is every way superior, if not to Hercules

650 and Romulus (though no historian could ever narrate nor any

651 poet sing of him that he had killed his brother, or committed

652 any crime), yet certainly to Priapus, or a Cynocephalus,[102] or

653 the Fever,[103]—divinities whom the Romans have partly received

654 from foreigners, and partly consecrated by home-grown rites.

655 How, then, could gods such as these be expected to promulgate

656 good and wholesome laws, either for the prevention of moral

657 and social evils, or for their eradication where they had already

658 sprung up?—gods who used their influence even to sow and

659 cherish profligacy, by appointing that deeds truly or falsely

660 ascribed to them should be published to the people by means

661 of theatrical exhibitions, and by thus gratuitously fanning the

662 flame of human lust with the breath of a seemingly divine

663 approbation. In vain does Cicero, speaking of poets, exclaim

664 against this state of things in these words: "When the

665 plaudits and acclamation of the people, who sit as infallible

666 judges, are won by the poets, what darkness benights the

667 mind, what fears invade, what passions inflame it!"[104]

668 15. *That it was vanity, not reason, which created some of the Roman gods.*

669 But is it not manifest that vanity rather than reason regulated

670 the choice of some of their false gods? This Plato,

671 whom they reckon a demigod, and who used all his eloquence

672 to preserve men from the most dangerous spiritual calamities,

673 has yet not been counted worthy even of a little shrine; but

674 Romulus, because they can call him their own, they have

675 esteemed more highly than many gods, though their secret doctrine

676 can allow him the rank only of a demigod. To him they

677 allotted a flamen, that is to say, a priest of a class so highly

678 esteemed in their religion (distinguished, too, by their conical

679 mitres), that for only three of their gods were flamens appointed—the

680 Flamen Dialis for Jupiter, Martialis for Mars, and Quirinalis

681 for Romulus (for when the ardour of his fellow-citizens

682 had given Romulus a seat among the gods, they gave him this

683 new name Quirinus). And thus by this honour Romulus has

684 been preferred to Neptune and Pluto, Jupiter's brothers, and

685 to Saturn himself, their father. They have assigned the same

686 priesthood to serve him as to serve Jove; and in giving Mars

687 (the reputed father of Romulus) the same honour, is this

688 not rather for Romulus' sake than to honour Mars?

689 >

690 >

691 >

692 16. *That if the gods had really possessed any regard for righteousness, the

693 > Romans should have received good laws from them, instead of having to

694 > borrow them from other nations.*

695 Moreover, if the Romans had been able to receive a rule of

696 life from their gods, they would not have borrowed Solon's

697 laws from the Athenians, as they did some years after Rome

698 was founded; and yet they did not keep them as they

699 received them, but endeavoured to improve and amend them.[105]

700 Although Lycurgus pretended that he was authorized by

701 Apollo to give laws to the Lacedemonians, the sensible

702 Romans did not choose to believe this, and were not induced

703 to borrow laws from Sparta. Numa Pompilius, who succeeded

704 Romulus in the kingdom, is said to have framed some laws,

705 which, however, were not sufficient for the regulation of civic

706 affairs. Among these regulations were many pertaining to

707 religious observances, and yet he is not reported to have

708 received even these from the gods. With respect, then, to

709 moral evils, evils of life and conduct,—evils which are so

710 mighty, that, according to the wisest pagans,[106] by them states

711 are ruined while their cities stand uninjured,—their gods

712 made not the smallest provision for preserving their worshippers

713 from these evils, but, on the contrary, took special pains

714 to increase them, as we have previously endeavoured to prove.

715 17. *Of the rape of the Sabine women, and other iniquities perpetrated in Rome's

716 palmiest days.*

717 But possibly we are to find the reason for this neglect of

718 the Romans by their gods, in the saying of Sallust, that

719 "equity and virtue prevailed among the Romans not more by

720 force of laws than of nature."[107] I presume it is to this inborn

721 equity and goodness of disposition we are to ascribe the rape

722 of the Sabine women. What, indeed, could be more equitable

723 and virtuous, than to carry off by force, as each man was

724 fit, and without their parents' consent, girls who were strangers

725 and guests, and who had been decoyed and entrapped by the

726 pretence of a spectacle! If the Sabines were wrong to deny

727 their daughters when the Romans asked for them, was it not

728 a greater wrong in the Romans to carry them off after that

729 denial? The Romans might more justly have waged war

730 against the neighbouring nation for having refused their

731 daughters in marriage when they first sought them, than for

732 having demanded them back when they had stolen them.

733 War should have been proclaimed at first: it was then that

734 Mars should have helped his warlike son, that he might by

735 force of arms avenge the injury done him by the refusal of

736 marriage, and might also thus win the women he desired.

737 There might have been some appearance of "right of war" in

738 a victor carrying off, in virtue of this right, the virgins who

739 had been without any show of right denied him; whereas

740 there was no "right of peace" entitling him to carry off those

741 who were not given to him, and to wage an unjust war with

742 their justly enraged parents. One happy circumstance was

743 indeed connected with this act of violence, viz., that though

744 it was commemorated by the games of the circus, yet even

745 this did not constitute it a precedent in the city or realm of

746 Rome. If one would find fault with the results of this act, it

747 must rather be on the ground that the Romans made Romulus

748 a god in spite of his perpetrating this iniquity; for one cannot

749 reproach them with making this deed any kind of precedent

750 for the rape of women.

751 Again, I presume it was due to this natural equity and

752 virtue, that after the expulsion of King Tarquin, whose son had

753 violated Lucretia, Junius Brutus the consul forced Lucius

754 Tarquinius Collatinus, Lucretia's husband and his own colleague,

755 a good and innocent man, to resign his office and go

756 into banishment, on the one sole charge that he was of the

757 name and blood of the Tarquins. This injustice was perpetrated

758 with the approval, or at least connivance, of the

759 people, who had themselves raised to the consular office both

760 Collatinus and Brutus. Another instance of this equity and

761 virtue is found in their treatment of Marcus Camillus. This

762 eminent man, after he had rapidly conquered the Veians, at

763 that time the most formidable of Rome's enemies, and who

764 had maintained a ten years' war, in which the Roman army had

765 suffered the usual calamities attendant on bad generalship,

766 after he had restored security to Rome, which had begun to

767 tremble for its safety, and after he had taken the wealthiest

768 city of the enemy, had charges brought against him by the

769 malice of those that envied his success, and by the insolence

770 of the tribunes of the people; and seeing that the city bore

771 him no gratitude for preserving it, and that he would

772 certainly be condemned, he went into exile, and even in his

773 absence was fined 10,000 asses. Shortly after, however, his

774 ungrateful country had again to seek his protection from the

775 Gauls. But I cannot now mention all the shameful and

776 iniquitous acts with which Rome was agitated, when the

777 aristocracy attempted to subject the people, and the people

778 resented their encroachments, and the advocates of either party

779 were actuated rather by the love of victory than by any equitable

780 or virtuous consideration.

781 >

782 >

783 >

784 18. *What the history of Sallust reveals regarding the life of the Romans, either

785 > when straitened by anxiety or relaxed in security.*

786 I will therefore pause, and adduce the testimony of Sallust

787 himself, whose words in praise of the Romans (that "equity

788 and virtue prevailed among them not more by force of laws

789 than of nature") have given occasion to this discussion. He

790 was referring to that period immediately after the expulsion

791 of the kings, in which the city became great in an incredibly

792 short space of time. And yet this same writer acknowledges

793 in the first book of his history, in the very exordium of his

794 work, that even at that time, when a very brief interval

795 had elapsed after the government had passed from kings to

796 consuls, the more powerful men began to act unjustly, and

797 occasioned the defection of the people from the patricians,

798 and other disorders in the city. For after Sallust had stated

799 that the Romans enjoyed greater harmony and a purer state

800 of society between the second and third Punic wars than at

801 any other time, and that the cause of this was not their love

802 of good order, but their fear lest the peace they had with

803 Carthage might be broken (this also, as we mentioned, Nasica

804 contemplated when he opposed the destruction of Carthage,

805 for he supposed that fear would tend to repress wickedness,

806 and to preserve wholesome ways of living), he then goes on to

807 say: "Yet, after the destruction of Carthage, discord, avarice,

808 ambition, and the other vices which are commonly generated

809 by prosperity, more than ever increased." If they "increased,"

810 and that "more than ever," then already they had appeared,

811 and had been increasing. And so Sallust adds this reason for

812 what he said. "For," he says, "the oppressive measures of

813 the powerful, and the consequent secessions of the plebs from

814 the patricians, and other civil dissensions, had existed from

815 the first, and affairs were administered with equity and well-tempered

816 justice for no longer a period than the short time

817 after the expulsion of the kings, while the city was occupied

818 with the serious Tuscan war and Tarquin's vengeance." You

819 see how, even in that brief period after the expulsion of the

820 kings, fear, he acknowledges, was the cause of the interval of

821 equity and good order. They were afraid, in fact, of the war

822 which Tarquin waged against them, after he had been driven

823 from the throne and the city, and had allied himself with the

824 Tuscans. But observe what he adds: "After that, the patricians

825 treated the people as their slaves, ordering them to be

826 scourged or beheaded just as the kings had done, driving

827 them from their holdings, and harshly tyrannizing over those

828 who had no property to lose. The people, overwhelmed by

829 these oppressive measures, and most of all by exorbitant

830 usury, and obliged to contribute both money and personal

831 service to the constant wars, at length took arms, and seceded

832 to Mount Aventine and Mount Sacer, and thus obtained for

833 themselves tribunes and protective laws. But it was only the

834 second Punic war that put an end on both sides to discord

835 and strife." You see what kind of men the Romans were,

836 even so early as a few years after the expulsion of the kings;

837 and it is of these men he says, that "equity and virtue prevailed

838 among them not more by force of law than of nature."

839 Now, if these were the days in which the Roman republic

840 shows fairest and best, what are we to say or think of the

841 succeeding age, when, to use the words of the same historian,

842 "changing little by little from the fair and virtuous city it

843 was, it became utterly wicked and dissolute?" This was, as he

844 mentions, after the destruction of Carthage. Sallust's brief

845 sum and sketch of this period may be read in his own history,

846 in which he shows how the profligate manners which were

847 propagated by prosperity resulted at last even in civil wars.

848 He says: "And from this time the primitive manners, instead

849 of undergoing an insensible alteration as hitherto they had

850 done, were swept away as by a torrent: the young men were

851 so depraved by luxury and avarice, that it may justly be said

852 that no father had a son who could either preserve his own

853 patrimony, or keep his hands off other men's." Sallust

854 adds a number of particulars about the vices of Sylla, and

855 the debased condition of the republic in general; and other

856 writers make similar observations, though in much less striking

857 language.

858 However, I suppose you now see, or at least any one who

859 gives his attention has the means of seeing, in what a sink

860 of iniquity that city was plunged before the advent of our

861 heavenly King. For these things happened not only before

862 Christ had begun to teach, but before He was even born of

863 the Virgin. If, then, they dare not impute to their gods the

864 grievous evils of those former times, more tolerable before the

865 destruction of Carthage, but intolerable and dreadful after it,

866 although it was the gods who by their malign craft instilled

867 into the minds of men the conceptions from which such

868 dreadful vices branched out on all sides, why do they impute

869 these present calamities to Christ, who teaches life-giving truth,

870 and forbids us to worship false and deceitful gods, and who,

871 abominating and condemning with His divine authority those

872 wicked and hurtful lusts of men, gradually withdraws His

873 own people from a world that is corrupted by these vices,

874 and is falling into ruins, to make of them an eternal city,

875 whose glory rests not on the acclamations of vanity, but on

876 the judgment of truth?

877 19. *Of the corruption which had grown upon the Roman republic before Christ

878 abolished the worship of the gods.*

879 Here, then, is this Roman republic, "which has changed

880 little by little from the fair and virtuous city it was, and has

881 become utterly wicked and dissolute." It is not I who am

882 the first to say this, but their own authors, from whom we

883 learned it for a fee, and who wrote it long before the coming

884 of Christ. You see how, before the coming of Christ, and

885 after the destruction of Carthage, "the primitive manners,

886 instead of undergoing insensible alteration, as hitherto they had

887 done, were swept away as by a torrent; and how depraved

888 by luxury and avarice the youth were." Let them now, on

889 their part, read to us any laws given by their gods to the

890 Roman people, and directed against luxury and avarice. And

891 would that they had only been silent on the subjects of

892 chastity and modesty, and had not demanded from the people

893 indecent and shameful practices, to which they lent a pernicious

894 patronage by their so-called divinity. Let them

895 read our commandments in the Prophets, Gospels, Acts of

896 the Apostles, or Epistles; let them peruse the large number

897 of precepts against avarice and luxury which are everywhere

898 read to the congregations that meet for this purpose, and

899 which strike the ear, not with the uncertain sound of a philosophical

900 discussion, but with the thunder of God's own oracle

901 pealing from the clouds. And yet they do not impute to their

902 gods the luxury and avarice, the cruel and dissolute manners,

903 that had rendered the republic utterly wicked and corrupt,

904 even before the coming of Christ; but whatever affliction

905 their pride and effeminacy have exposed them to in these

906 latter days, they furiously impute to our religion. If the

907 kings of the earth and all their subjects, if all princes and

908 judges of the earth, if young men and maidens, old and

909 young, every age, and both sexes; if they whom the Baptist

910 addressed, the publicans and the soldiers, were all together

911 to hearken to and observe the precepts of the Christian

912 religion regarding a just and virtuous life, then should the

913 republic adorn the whole earth with its own felicity, and

914 attain in life everlasting to the pinnacle of kingly glory.

915 But because this man listens, and that man scoffs, and most

916 are enamoured of the blandishments of vice rather than the

917 wholesome severity of virtue, the people of Christ, whatever

918 be their condition—whether they be kings, princes, judges,

919 soldiers, or provincials, rich or poor, bond or free, male or

920 female—are enjoined to endure this earthly republic, wicked

921 and dissolute as it is, that so they may by this endurance

922 win for themselves an eminent place in that most holy and

923 august assembly of angels and republic of heaven, in which

924 the will of God is the law.

925 20. *Of the kind of happiness and life truly delighted in by those who inveigh

926 against the Christian religion.*

927 But the worshippers and admirers of these gods delight in

928 imitating their scandalous iniquities, and are nowise concerned

929 that the republic be less depraved and licentious.

930 Only let it remain undefeated, they say, only let it flourish

931 and abound in resources; let it be glorious by its victories, or

932 still better, secure in peace; and what matters it to us?

933 This is our concern, that every man be able to increase his

934 wealth so as to supply his daily prodigalities, and so that the

935 powerful may subject the weak for their own purposes. Let

936 the poor court the rich for a living, and that under their protection

937 they may enjoy a sluggish tranquillity; and let the

938 rich abuse the poor as their dependants, to minister to their

939 pride. Let the people applaud not those who protect their

940 interests, but those who provide them with pleasure. Let no

941 severe duty be commanded, no impurity forbidden. Let kings

942 estimate their prosperity, not by the righteousness, but by the

943 servility of their subjects. Let the provinces stand loyal to

944 the kings, not as moral guides, but as lords of their possessions

945 and purveyors of their pleasures; not with a hearty

946 reverence, but a crooked and servile fear. Let the laws take

947 cognizance rather of the injury done to another man's property,

948 than of that done to one's own person. If a man be a

949 nuisance to his neighbour, or injure his property, family, or

950 person, let him be actionable; but in his own affairs let every

951 one with impunity do what he will in company with his own

952 family, and with those who willingly join him. Let there be

953 a plentiful supply of public prostitutes for every one who

954 wishes to use them, but specially for those who are too poor

955 to keep one for their private use. Let there be erected houses

956 of the largest and most ornate description: in these let there

957 be provided the most sumptuous banquets, where every one

958 who pleases may, by day or night, play, drink, vomit,[108] dissipate.

959 Let there be everywhere heard the rustling of dancers,

960 the loud, immodest laughter of the theatre; let a succession of

961 the most cruel and the most voluptuous pleasures maintain a

962 perpetual excitement. If such happiness is distasteful to any,

963 let him be branded as a public enemy; and if any attempt to

964 modify or put an end to it, let him be silenced, banished, put

965 an end to. Let these be reckoned the true gods, who procure

966 for the people this condition of things, and preserve it when

967 once possessed. Let them be worshipped as they wish; let

968 them demand whatever games they please, from or with their

969 own worshippers; only let them secure that such felicity be

970 not imperilled by foe, plague, or disaster of any kind. What

971 sane man would compare a republic such as this, I will not

972 say to the Roman empire, but to the palace of Sardanapalus,

973 the ancient king who was so abandoned to pleasures, that he

974 caused it to be inscribed on his tomb, that now that he was

975 dead, he possessed only those things which he had swallowed

976 and consumed by his appetites while alive? If these men

977 had such a king as this, who, while self-indulgent, should lay

978 no severe restraint on them, they would more enthusiastically

979 consecrate to him a temple and a flamen than the ancient

980 Romans did to Romulus.

981 21. *Cicero's opinion of the Roman republic.*

982 But if our adversaries do not care how foully and disgracefully

983 the Roman republic be stained by corrupt practices, so

984 long only as it holds together and continues in being, and

985 if they therefore pooh-pooh the testimony of Sallust to its

986 "utterly wicked and profligate" condition, what will they

987 make of Cicero's statement, that even in his time it had

988 become entirely extinct, and that there remained extant no

989 Roman republic at all? He introduces Scipio (the Scipio

990 who had destroyed Carthage) discussing the republic, at a time

991 when already there were presentiments of its speedy ruin by

992 that corruption which Sallust describes. In fact, at the time

993 when the discussion took place, one of the Gracchi, who,

994 according to Sallust, was the first great instigator of seditions,

995 had already been put to death. His death, indeed, is mentioned

996 in the same book. Now Scipio, in the end of the

997 second book, says: "As, among the different sounds which proceed

998 from lyres, flutes, and the human voice, there must be

999 maintained a certain harmony which a cultivated ear cannot

1000 endure to hear disturbed or jarring, but which may be elicited

1001 in full and absolute concord by the modulation even of voices

1002 very unlike one another; so, where reason is allowed to

1003 modulate the diverse elements of the state, there is obtained a

1004 perfect concord from the upper, lower, and middle classes as

1005 from various sounds; and what musicians call harmony in

1006 singing, is concord in matters of state, which is the strictest

1007 bond and best security of any republic, and which by no

1008 ingenuity can be retained where justice has become extinct."

1009 Then, when he had expatiated somewhat more fully, and had

1010 more copiously illustrated the benefits of its presence and the

1011 ruinous effects of its absence upon a state, Pilus, one of the

1012 company present at the discussion, struck in and demanded

1013 that the question should be more thoroughly sifted, and that

1014 the subject of justice should be freely discussed for the sake

1015 of ascertaining what truth there was in the maxim which was

1016 then becoming daily more current, that "the republic cannot

1017 be governed without injustice." Scipio expressed his willingness

1018 to have this maxim discussed and sifted, and gave it as

1019 his opinion that it was baseless, and that no progress could be

1020 made in discussing the republic unless it was established, not

1021 only that this maxim, that "the republic cannot be governed

1022 without injustice," was false, but also that the truth is, that it

1023 cannot be governed without the most absolute justice. And

1024 the discussion of this question, being deferred till the next

1025 day, is carried on in the third book with great animation.

1026 For Pilus himself undertook to defend the position that the

1027 republic cannot be governed without injustice, at the same

1028 time being at special pains to clear himself of any real participation

1029 in that opinion. He advocated with great keenness

1030 the cause of injustice against justice, and endeavoured by

1031 plausible reasons and examples to demonstrate that the former

1032 is beneficial, the latter useless, to the republic. Then, at the

1033 request of the company, Lælius attempted to defend justice,

1034 and strained every nerve to prove that nothing is so hurtful

1035 to a state as injustice; and that without justice a republic

1036 can neither be governed, nor even continue to exist.

1037 When this question has been handled to the satisfaction of

1038 the company, Scipio reverts to the original thread of discourse,

1039 and repeats with commendation his own brief definition of a

1040 republic, that it is the weal of the people. "The people" he

1041 defines as being not every assemblage or mob, but an assemblage

1042 associated by a common acknowledgment of law, and by

1043 a community of interests. Then he shows the use of definition

1044 in debate; and from these definitions of his own he

1045 gathers that a republic, or "weal of the people," then exists

1046 only when it is well and justly governed, whether by a

1047 monarch, or an aristocracy, or by the whole people. But

1048 when the monarch is unjust, or, as the Greeks say, a tyrant;

1049 or the aristocrats are unjust, and form a faction; or the

1050 people themselves are unjust, and become, as Scipio for want

1051 of a better name calls them, themselves the tyrant, then the

1052 republic is not only blemished (as had been proved the day

1053 before), but by legitimate deduction from those definitions, it

1054 altogether ceases to be. For it could not be the people's weal

1055 when a tyrant factiously lorded it over the state; neither

1056 would the people be any longer a people if it were unjust,

1057 since it would no longer answer the definition of a people—"an

1058 assemblage associated by a common acknowledgment of

1059 law, and by a community of interests."

1060 When, therefore, the Roman republic was such as Sallust

1061 described it, it was not "utterly wicked and profligate," as

1062 he says, but had altogether ceased to exist, if we are to admit

1063 the reasoning of that debate maintained on the subject of

1064 the republic by its best representatives. Tully himself, too,

1065 speaking not in the person of Scipio or any one else, but

1066 uttering his own sentiments, uses the following language in

1067 the beginning of the fifth book, after quoting a line from the

1068 poet Ennius, in which he said, "Rome's severe morality and

1069 her citizens are her safeguard." "This verse," says Cicero,

1070 "seems to me to have all the sententious truthfulness of an

1071 oracle. For neither would the citizens have availed without

1072 the morality of the community, nor would the morality of the

1073 commons without outstanding men have availed either to

1074 establish or so long to maintain in vigour so grand a republic

1075 with so wide and just an empire. Accordingly, before our

1076 day, the hereditary usages formed our foremost men, and they

1077 on their part retained the usages and institutions of their

1078 fathers. But our age, receiving the republic as a *chef-d'œuvre*

1079 of another age which has already begun to grow old, has not

1080 merely neglected to restore the colours of the original, but has

1081 not even been at the pains to preserve so much as the general

1082 outline and most outstanding features. For what survives

1083 of that primitive morality which the poet called Rome's safeguard?

1084 It is so obsolete and forgotten, that, far from practising

1085 it, one does not even know it. And of the citizens what

1086 shall I say? Morality has perished through poverty of great

1087 men; a poverty for which we must not only assign a reason,

1088 but for the guilt of which we must answer as criminals charged

1089 with a capital crime. For it is through our vices, and not by

1090 any mishap, that we retain only the name of a republic, and

1091 have long since lost the reality."

1092 This is the confession of Cicero, long indeed after the death

1093 of Africanus, whom he introduced as an interlocutor in his

1094 work *De Republica*, but still before the coming of Christ. Yet,

1095 if the disasters he bewails had been lamented after the Christian

1096 religion had been diffused, and had begun to prevail, is

1097 there a man of our adversaries who would not have thought

1098 that they were to be imputed to the Christians? Why, then,

1099 did their gods not take steps then to prevent the decay and

1100 extinction of that republic, over the loss of which Cicero, long

1101 before Christ had come in the flesh, sings so lugubrious a

1102 dirge? Its admirers have need to inquire whether, even in

1103 the days of primitive men and morals, true justice flourished

1104 in it; or was it not perhaps even then, to use the casual expression

1105 of Cicero, rather a coloured painting than the living

1106 reality? But, if God will, we shall consider this elsewhere.

1107 For I mean in its own place to show that—according to the

1108 definitions in which Cicero himself, using Scipio as his mouthpiece,

1109 briefly propounded what a republic is, and what a

1110 people is, and according to many testimonies, both of his own

1111 lips and of those who took part in that same debate—Rome

1112 never was a republic, because true justice had never a place

1113 in it. But accepting the more feasible definitions of a republic,

1114 I grant there was a republic of a certain kind, and certainly

1115 much better administered by the more ancient Romans than

1116 by their modern representatives. But the fact is, true justice

1117 has no existence save in that republic whose founder and

1118 ruler is Christ, if at least any choose to call this a republic;

1119 and indeed we cannot deny that it is the people's weal. But

1120 if perchance this name, which has become familiar in other

1121 connections, be considered alien to our common parlance, we

1122 may at all events say that in this city is true justice; the city

1123 of which Holy Scripture says, "Glorious things are said of

1124 thee, O city of God."

1125 22. *That the Roman gods never took any steps to prevent the republic from being

1126 ruined by immorality.*

1127 But what is relevant to the present question is this, that

1128 however admirable our adversaries say the republic was or is,

1129 it is certain that by the testimony of their own most learned

1130 writers it had become, long before the coming of Christ,

1131 utterly wicked and dissolute, and indeed had no existence,

1132 but had been destroyed by profligacy. To prevent this, surely

1133 these guardian gods ought to have given precepts of morals

1134 and a rule of life to the people by whom they were worshipped

1135 in so many temples, with so great a variety of priests

1136 and sacrifices, with such numberless and diverse rites, so

1137 many festal solemnities, so many celebrations of magnificent

1138 games. But in all this the demons only looked after their

1139 own interest, and cared not at all how their worshippers lived,

1140 or rather were at pains to induce them to lead an abandoned

1141 life, so long as they paid these tributes to their honour, and

1142 regarded them with fear. If any one denies this, let him

1143 produce, let him point to, let him read the laws which the

1144 gods had given against sedition, and which the Gracchi transgressed

1145 when they threw everything into confusion; or those

1146 Marius, and Cinna, and Carbo broke when they involved their

1147 country in civil wars, most iniquitous and unjustifiable in their

1148 causes, cruelly conducted, and yet more cruelly terminated; or

1149 those which Sylla scorned, whose life, character, and deeds, as

1150 described by Sallust and other historians, are the abhorrence

1151 of all mankind. Who will deny that at that time the

1152 republic had become extinct?

1153 Possibly they will be bold enough to suggest in defence

1154 of the gods, that they abandoned the city on account of the

1155 profligacy of the citizens, according to the lines of Virgil:

1156 "Gone from each fane, each sacred shrine,

1157 Are those who made this realm divine."[109]

1158 But, firstly, if it be so, then they cannot complain against the

1159 Christian religion, as if it were that which gave offence to

1160 the gods and caused them to abandon Rome, since the Roman

1161 immorality had long ago driven from the altars of the city a

1162 cloud of little gods, like as many flies. And yet where was

1163 this host of divinities, when, long before the corruption of the

1164 primitive morality, Rome was taken and burnt by the Gauls?

1165 Perhaps they were present, but asleep? For at that time the

1166 whole city fell into the hands of the enemy, with the single

1167 exception of the Capitoline hill; and this too would have been

1168 taken, had not—the watchful geese aroused the sleeping gods!

1169 And this gave occasion to the festival of the goose, in which

1170 Rome sank nearly to the superstition of the Egyptians, who

1171 worship beasts and birds. But of these adventitious evils

1172 which are inflicted by hostile armies or by some disaster, and

1173 which attach rather to the body than the soul, I am not

1174 meanwhile disputing. At present I speak of the decay of

1175 morality, which at first almost imperceptibly lost its brilliant

1176 hue, but afterwards was wholly obliterated, was swept away as

1177 by a torrent, and involved the republic in such disastrous

1178 ruin, that though the houses and walls remained standing,

1179 the leading writers do not scruple to say that the republic

1180 was destroyed. Now, the departure of the gods "from each

1181 fane, each sacred shrine," and their abandonment of the city

1182 to destruction, was an act of justice, if their laws inculcating

1183 justice and a moral life had been held in contempt by that

1184 city. But what kind of gods were these, pray, who declined

1185 to live with a people who worshipped them, and whose

1186 corrupt life they had done nothing to reform?

1187 23. *That the vicissitudes of this life are dependent not on the favour or hostility

1188 of demons, but on the will of the true God.*

1189 But, further, is it not obvious that the gods have abetted the

1190 fulfilment of men's desires, instead of authoritatively bridling

1191 them? For Marius, a low-born and self-made man, who ruthlessly

1192 provoked and conducted civil wars, was so effectually

1193 aided by them, that he was seven times consul, and died

1194 full of years in his seventh consulship, escaping the hands of

1195 Sylla, who immediately afterwards came into power. Why,

1196 then, did they not also aid him, so as to restrain him from so

1197 many enormities? For if it is said that the gods had no

1198 hand in his success, this is no trivial admission, that a man

1199 can attain the dearly coveted felicity of this life even though

1200 his own gods be not propitious; that men can be loaded with

1201 the gifts of fortune as Marius was, can enjoy health, power,

1202 wealth, honours, dignity, length of days, though the gods be

1203 hostile to him; and that, on the other hand, men can be tormented

1204 as Regulus was, with captivity, bondage, destitution,

1205 watchings, pain, and cruel death, though the gods be his friends.

1206 To concede this is to make a compendious confession that the

1207 gods are useless, and their worship superfluous. If the gods

1208 have taught the people rather what goes clean counter to the

1209 virtues of the soul, and that integrity of life which meets a

1210 reward after death; if even in respect of temporal and transitory

1211 blessings they neither hurt those whom they hate nor profit

1212 whom they love, why are they worshipped, why are they invoked

1213 with such eager homage? Why do men murmur in difficult

1214 and sad emergencies, as if the gods had retired in anger? and

1215 why, on their account, is the Christian religion injured by the

1216 most unworthy calumnies? If in temporal matters they have

1217 power either for good or for evil, why did they stand by Marius,

1218 the worst of Rome's citizens, and abandon Regulus, the best?

1219 Does this not prove themselves to be most unjust and wicked?

1220 And even if it be supposed that for this very reason they are

1221 the rather to be feared and worshipped, this is a mistake; for

1222 we do not read that Regulus worshipped them less assiduously

1223 than Marius. Neither is it apparent that a wicked life is to

1224 be chosen, on the ground that the gods are supposed to have

1225 favoured Marius more than Regulus. For Metellus, the

1226 most highly esteemed of all the Romans, who had five sons

1227 in the consulship, was prosperous even in this life; and

1228 Catiline, the worst of men, reduced to poverty and defeated

1229 in the war his own guilt had aroused, lived and perished

1230 miserably. Real and secure felicity is the peculiar possession

1231 of those who worship that God by whom alone it can be

1232 conferred.

1233 It is thus apparent, that when the republic was being

1234 destroyed by profligate manners, its gods did nothing to

1235 hinder its destruction by the direction or correction of its

1236 manners, but rather accelerated its destruction by increasing

1237 the demoralization and corruption that already existed. They

1238 need not pretend that their goodness was shocked by the

1239 iniquity of the city, and that they withdrew in anger. For

1240 they were there, sure enough; they are detected, convicted:

1241 they were equally unable to break silence so as to guide

1242 others, and to keep silence so as to conceal themselves. I

1243 do not dwell on the fact that the inhabitants of Minturnæ

1244 took pity on Marius, and commended him to the goddess

1245 Marica in her grove, that she might give him success in

1246 all things, and that from the abyss of despair in which he

1247 then lay he forthwith returned unhurt to Rome, and entered

1248 the city the ruthless leader of a ruthless army; and they

1249 who wish to know how bloody was his victory, how unlike a

1250 citizen, and how much more relentlessly than any foreign foe

1251 he acted, let them read the histories. But this, as I said, I

1252 do not dwell upon; nor do I attribute the bloody bliss of

1253 Marius to, I know not what Minturnian goddess [Marica], but

1254 rather to the secret providence of God, that the mouths of our

1255 adversaries might be shut, and that they who are not led by

1256 passion, but by prudent consideration of events, might be delivered

1257 from error. And even if the demons have any power

1258 in these matters, they have only that power which the secret

1259 decree of the Almighty allots to them, in order that we may

1260 not set too great store by earthly prosperity, seeing it is oftentimes

1261 vouchsafed even to wicked men like Marius; and that

1262 we may not, on the other hand, regard it as an evil, since

1263 we see that many good and pious worshippers of the one true

1264 God are, in spite of the demons, pre-eminently successful;

1265 and, finally, that we may not suppose that these unclean

1266 spirits are either to be propitiated or feared for the sake of

1267 earthly blessings or calamities: for as wicked men on earth

1268 cannot do all they would, so neither can these demons, but

1269 only in so far as they are permitted by the decree of Him

1270 whose judgments are fully comprehensible, justly reprehensible

1271 by none.

1272 24. *Of the deeds of Sylla, in which the demons boasted that he had their help.*

1273 It is certain that Sylla—whose rule was so cruel, that, in

1274 comparison with it, the preceding state of things which he

1275 came to avenge was regretted—when first he advanced towards

1276 Rome to give battle to Marius, found the auspices so favourable

1277 when he sacrificed, that, according to Livy's account, the

1278 augur Postumius expressed his willingness to lose his head if

1279 Sylla did not, with the help of the gods, accomplish what he

1280 designed. The gods, you see, had not departed from "every

1281 fane and sacred shrine," since they were still predicting the

1282 issue of these affairs, and yet were taking no steps to correct

1283 Sylla himself. Their presages promised him great prosperity, but

1284 no threatenings of theirs subdued his evil passions. And then,

1285 when he was in Asia conducting the war against Mithridates,

1286 a message from Jupiter was delivered to him by Lucius Titius,

1287 to the effect that he would conquer Mithridates; and so it came

1288 to pass. And afterwards, when he was meditating a return

1289 to Rome for the purpose of avenging in the blood of the

1290 citizens injuries done to himself and his friends, a second

1291 message from Jupiter was delivered to him by a soldier of

1292 the sixth legion, to the effect that it was he who had predicted

1293 the victory over Mithridates, and that now he promised to give

1294 him power to recover the republic from his enemies, though

1295 with great bloodshed. Sylla at once inquired of the soldier

1296 what form had appeared to him; and, on his reply, recognised

1297 that it was the same as Jupiter had formerly employed to

1298 convey to him the assurance regarding the victory over Mithridates.

1299 How, then, can the gods be justified in this matter

1300 for the care they took to predict these shadowy successes, and

1301 for their negligence in correcting Sylla, and restraining him

1302 from stirring up a civil war so lamentable and atrocious, that it

1303 not merely disfigured, but extinguished, the republic? The

1304 truth is, as I have often said, and as Scripture informs us, and

1305 as the facts themselves sufficiently indicate, the demons are

1306 found to look after their own ends only, that they may be

1307 regarded and worshipped as gods, and that men may be induced

1308 to offer to them a worship which associates them with

1309 their crimes, and involves them in one common wickedness

1310 and judgment of God.

1311 Afterwards, when Sylla had come to Tarentum, and had

1312 sacrificed there, he saw on the head of the victim's liver the

1313 likeness of a golden crown. Thereupon the same soothsayer

1314 Postumius interpreted this to signify a signal victory, and

1315 ordered that he only should eat of the entrails. A little

1316 afterwards, the slave of a certain Lucius Pontius cried out, "I

1317 am Bellona's messenger; the victory is yours, Sylla!" Then

1318 he added that the Capitol should be burned. As soon as he

1319 had uttered this prediction he left the camp, but returned the

1320 following day more excited than ever, and shouted, "The Capitol

1321 is fired!" And fired indeed it was. This it was easy for a

1322 demon both to foresee and quickly to announce. But observe,

1323 as relevant to our subject, what kind of gods they are under

1324 whom these men desire to live, who blaspheme the Saviour

1325 that delivers the wills of the faithful from the dominion of

1326 devils. The man cried out in prophetic rapture, "The victory

1327 is yours, Sylla!" And to certify that he spoke by a divine

1328 spirit, he predicted also an event which was shortly to happen,

1329 and which indeed did fall out, in a place from which he in

1330 whom this spirit was speaking was far distant. But he never

1331 cried, Forbear thy villanies, Sylla!—the villanies which were

1332 committed at Rome by that victor to whom a golden crown

1333 on the calf's liver had been shown as the divine evidence of

1334 his victory. If such signs as this were customarily sent by

1335 just gods, and not by wicked demons, then certainly the entrails

1336 he consulted should rather have given Sylla intimation

1337 of the cruel disasters that were to befall the city and himself.

1338 For that victory was not so conducive to his exaltation to

1339 power, as it was fatal to his ambition; for by it he became

1340 so insatiable in his desires, and was rendered so arrogant and

1341 reckless by prosperity, that he may be said rather to have

1342 inflicted a moral destruction on himself than corporal destruction

1343 on his enemies. But these truly woful and deplorable

1344 calamities the gods gave him no previous hint of, neither

1345 by entrails, augury, dream, nor prediction. For they feared

1346 his amendment more than his defeat. Yea, they took good

1347 care that this glorious conqueror of his own fellow-citizens

1348 should be conquered and led captive by his own infamous

1349 vices, and should thus be the more submissive slave of the

1350 demons themselves.

1351 25. *How powerfully the evil spirits incite men to wicked actions, by giving them

1352 the quasi-divine authority of their example.*

1353 Now, who does not hereby comprehend,—unless he has

1354 preferred to imitate such gods rather than by divine grace to

1355 withdraw himself from their fellowship,—who does not see

1356 how eagerly these evil spirits strive by their example to lend,

1357 as it were, divine authority to crime? Is not this proved by

1358 the fact that they were seen in a wide plain in Campania rehearsing

1359 among themselves the battle which shortly after took

1360 place there with great bloodshed between the armies of Rome?

1361 For at first there were heard loud crashing noises, and afterwards

1362 many reported that they had seen for some days together

1363 two armies engaged. And when this battle ceased, they

1364 found the ground all indented with just such footprints of

1365 men and horses as a great conflict would leave. If, then, the

1366 deities were veritably fighting with one another, the civil wars

1367 of men are sufficiently justified; yet, by the way, let it be observed

1368 that such pugnacious gods must be very wicked or very

1369 wretched. If, however, it was but a sham-fight, what did

1370 they intend by this, but that the civil wars of the Romans

1371 should seem no wickedness, but an imitation of the gods?

1372 For already the civil wars had begun; and before this, some

1373 lamentable battles and execrable massacres had occurred.

1374 Already many had been moved by the story of the soldier,

1375 who, on stripping the spoils of his slain foe, recognised in the

1376 stripped corpse his own brother, and, with deep curses on civil

1377 wars, slew himself there and then on his brother's body. To

1378 disguise the bitterness of such tragedies, and kindle increasing

1379 ardour in this monstrous warfare, these malign demons, who

1380 were reputed and worshipped as gods, fell upon this plan of

1381 revealing themselves in a state of civil war, that no compunction

1382 for fellow-citizens might cause the Romans to shrink

1383 from such battles, but that the human criminality might be

1384 justified by the divine example. By a like craft, too, did these

1385 evil spirits command that scenic entertainments, of which I

1386 have already spoken, should be instituted and dedicated to

1387 them. And in these entertainments the poetical compositions

1388 and actions of the drama ascribed such iniquities to the

1389 gods, that every one might safely imitate them, whether he

1390 believed the gods had actually done such things, or, not believing

1391 this, yet perceived that they most eagerly desired to be

1392 represented as having done them. And that no one might

1393 suppose, that in representing the gods as fighting with one

1394 another, the poets had slandered them, and imputed to them

1395 unworthy actions, the gods themselves, to complete the deception,

1396 confirmed the compositions of the poets by exhibiting

1397 their own battles to the eyes of men, not only through actions

1398 in the theatres, but in their own persons on the actual field.

1399 We have been forced to bring forward these facts, because

1400 their authors have not scrupled to say and to write that the

1401 Roman republic had already been ruined by the depraved

1402 moral habits of the citizens, and had ceased to exist before the

1403 advent of our Lord Jesus Christ. Now this ruin they do not

1404 impute to their own gods, though they impute to our Christ

1405 the evils of this life, which cannot ruin good men, be they

1406 alive or dead. And this they do, though our Christ has

1407 issued so many precepts inculcating virtue and restraining

1408 vice; while their own gods have done nothing whatever to

1409 preserve that republic that served them, and to restrain it

1410 from ruin by such precepts, but have rather hastened its

1411 destruction, by corrupting its morality through their pestilent

1412 example. No one, I fancy, will now be bold enough to say

1413 that the republic was then ruined because of the departure

1414 of the gods "from each fane, each sacred shrine," as if they

1415 were the friends of virtue, and were offended by the vices of

1416 men. No, there are too many presages from entrails, auguries,

1417 soothsayings, whereby they boastingly proclaimed themselves

1418 prescient of future events and controllers of the fortune of

1419 war,—all which prove them to have been present. And had

1420 they been indeed absent, the Romans would never in these

1421 civil wars have been so far transported by their own passions

1422 as they were by the instigations of these gods.

1423 26. *That the demons gave in secret certain obscure instructions in morals, while

1424 in public their own solemnities inculcated all wickedness.*

1425 Seeing that this is so,—seeing that the filthy and cruel

1426 deeds, the disgraceful and criminal actions of the gods, whether

1427 real or feigned, were at their own request published, and were

1428 consecrated, and dedicated in their honour as sacred and

1429 stated solemnities; seeing they vowed vengeance on those who

1430 refused to exhibit them to the eyes of all, that they might be

1431 proposed as deeds worthy of imitation, why is it that these

1432 same demons, who, by taking pleasure in such obscenities, acknowledge

1433 themselves to be unclean spirits, and by delighting

1434 in their own villanies and iniquities, real or imaginary, and by

1435 requesting from the immodest, and extorting from the modest,

1436 the celebration of these licentious acts, proclaim themselves

1437 instigators to a criminal and lewd life;—why, I ask, are they

1438 represented as giving some good moral precepts to a few of

1439 their own elect, initiated in the secrecy of their shrines? If

1440 it be so, this very thing only serves further to demonstrate the

1441 malicious craft of these pestilent spirits. For so great is the

1442 influence of probity and chastity, that all men, or almost all

1443 men, are moved by the praise of these virtues; nor is any

1444 man so depraved by vice, but he hath some feeling of honour

1445 left in him. So that, unless the devil sometimes transformed

1446 himself, as Scripture says, into an angel of light,[110] he could not

1447 compass his deceitful purpose. Accordingly, in public, a bold

1448 impurity fills the ear of the people with noisy clamour; in

1449 private, a feigned chastity speaks in scarce audible whispers to

1450 a few: an open stage is provided for shameful things, but on

1451 the praiseworthy the curtain falls: grace hides, disgrace flaunts:

1452 a wicked deed draws an overflowing house, a virtuous speech

1453 finds scarce a hearer, as though purity were to be blushed at,

1454 impurity boasted of. Where else can such confusion reign,

1455 but in devils' temples? Where, but in the haunts of deceit?

1456 For the secret precepts are given as a sop to the virtuous,

1457 who are few in number; the wicked examples are exhibited

1458 to encourage the vicious, who are countless.

1459 Where and when those initiated in the mysteries of Cœlestis

1460 received any good instructions, we know not. What we do

1461 know is, that before her shrine, in which her image is set, and

1462 amidst a vast crowd gathering from all quarters, and standing

1463 closely packed together, we were intensely interested spectators

1464 of the games which were going on, and saw, as we pleased to

1465 turn the eye, on this side a grand display of harlots, on the

1466 other the virgin goddess: we saw this virgin worshipped with

1467 prayer and with obscene rites. There we saw no shamefaced

1468 mimes, no actress overburdened with modesty: all that the

1469 obscene rites demanded was fully complied with. We were

1470 plainly shown what was pleasing to the virgin deity, and the

1471 matron who witnessed the spectacle returned home from the

1472 temple a wiser woman. Some, indeed, of the more prudent

1473 women turned their faces from the immodest movements of

1474 the players, and learned the art of wickedness by a furtive

1475 regard. For they were restrained, by the modest demeanour

1476 due to men, from looking boldly at the immodest gestures; but

1477 much more were they restrained from condemning with chaste

1478 heart the sacred rites of her whom they adored. And yet

1479 this licentiousness—which, if practised in one's home, could only

1480 be done there in secret—was practised as a public lesson in the

1481 temple; and if any modesty remained in men, it was occupied

1482 in marvelling that wickedness which men could not unrestrainedly

1483 commit should be part of the religious teaching of

1484 the gods, and that to omit its exhibition should incur the

1485 anger of the gods. What spirit can that be, which by a hidden

1486 inspiration stirs men's corruption, and goads them to adultery,

1487 and feeds on the full-fledged iniquity, unless it be the same that

1488 finds pleasure in such religious ceremonies, sets in the temples

1489 images of devils, and loves to see in play the images of vices;

1490 that whispers in secret some righteous sayings to deceive the

1491 few who are good, and scatters in public invitations to profligacy,

1492 to gain possession of the millions who are wicked?

1493 >

1494 >

1495 >

1496 27. *That the obscenities of those plays which the Romans consecrated in order

1497 > to propitiate their gods, contributed largely to the overthrow of public

1498 > order.*

1499 Cicero, a weighty man, and a philosopher in his way, when

1500 about to be made edile, wished the citizens to understand[111]

1501 that, among the other duties of his magistracy, he must propitiate

1502 Flora by the celebration of games. And these games

1503 are reckoned devout in proportion to their lewdness. In

1504 another place,[112] and when he was now consul, and the state in

1505 great peril, he says that games had been celebrated for ten

1506 days together, and that nothing had been omitted which could

1507 pacify the gods: as if it had not been more satisfactory to irritate

1508 the gods by temperance, than to pacify them by debauchery;

1509 and to provoke their hate by honest living, than soothe it by

1510 such unseemly grossness. For no matter how cruel was the

1511 ferocity of those men who were threatening the state, and on

1512 whose account the gods were being propitiated: it could not

1513 have been more hurtful than the alliance of gods who were

1514 won with the foulest vices. To avert the danger which

1515 threatened men's bodies, the gods were conciliated in a fashion

1516 that drove virtue from their spirits; and the gods did not

1517 enrol themselves as defenders of the battlements against the

1518 besiegers, until they had first stormed and sacked the morality

1519 of the citizens. This propitiation of such divinities,—a propitiation

1520 so wanton, so impure, so immodest, so wicked, so filthy,

1521 whose actors the innate and praiseworthy virtue of the Romans

1522 disabled from civic honours, erased from their tribe, recognised

1523 as polluted and made infamous;—this propitiation, I say, so

1524 foul, so detestable, and alien from every religious feeling, these

1525 fabulous and ensnaring accounts of the criminal actions of the

1526 gods, these scandalous actions which they either shamefully

1527 and wickedly committed, or more shamefully and wickedly

1528 feigned, all this the whole city learned in public both by the

1529 words and gestures of the actors. They saw that the gods

1530 delighted in the commission of these things, and therefore

1531 believed that they wished them not only to be exhibited to

1532 them, but to be imitated by themselves. But as for that good

1533 and honest instruction which they speak of, it was given in

1534 such secrecy, and to so few (if indeed given at all), that they

1535 seemed rather to fear it might be divulged, than that it might

1536 not be practised.

1537 28. *That the Christian religion is health-giving.*

1538 They, then, are but abandoned and ungrateful wretches, in

1539 deep and fast bondage to that malign spirit, who complain and

1540 murmur that men are rescued by the name of Christ from the

1541 hellish thraldom of these unclean spirits, and from a participation

1542 in their punishment, and are brought out of the night of

1543 pestilential ungodliness into the light of most healthful piety.

1544 Only such men could murmur that the masses flock to the

1545 churches and their chaste acts of worship, where a seemly

1546 separation of the sexes is observed; where they learn how they

1547 may so spend this earthly life, as to merit a blessed eternity

1548 hereafter; where Holy Scripture and instruction in righteousness

1549 are proclaimed from a raised platform in presence of all,

1550 that both they who do the word may hear to their salvation,

1551 and they who do it not may hear to judgment. And though

1552 some enter who scoff at such precepts, all their petulance is

1553 either quenched by a sudden change, or is restrained through

1554 fear or shame. For no filthy and wicked action is there set

1555 forth to be gazed at or to be imitated; but either the precepts

1556 of the true God are recommended, His miracles narrated, His

1557 gifts praised, or His benefits implored.

1558 29. *An exhortation to the Romans to renounce paganism.*

1559 This, rather, is the religion worthy of your desires, O admirable

1560 Roman race,—the progeny of your Scævolas and Scipios, of

1561 Regulus, and of Fabricius. This rather covet, this distinguish

1562 from that foul vanity and crafty malice of the devils. If there

1563 is in your nature any eminent virtue, only by true piety is it

1564 purged and perfected, while by impiety it is wrecked and

1565 punished. Choose now what you will pursue, that your praise

1566 may be not in yourself, but in the true God, in whom is no

1567 error. For of popular glory you have had your share; but by

1568 the secret providence of God, the true religion was not offered

1569 to your choice. Awake, it is now day; as you have already

1570 awaked in the persons of some in whose perfect virtue and

1571 sufferings for the true faith we glory: for they, contending

1572 on all sides with hostile powers, and conquering them all by

1573 bravely dying, have purchased for us this country of ours with

1574 their blood; to which country we invite you, and exhort you

1575 to add yourselves to the number of the citizens of this city,

1576 which also has a sanctuary[113] of its own in the true remission of

1577 sins. Do not listen to those degenerate sons of thine who

1578 slander Christ and Christians, and impute to them these disastrous

1579 times, though they desire times in which they may

1580 enjoy rather impunity for their wickedness than a peaceful life.

1581 Such has never been Rome's ambition even in regard to her

1582 earthly country. Lay hold now on the celestial country,

1583 which is easily won, and in which you will reign truly and

1584 for ever. For there shalt thou find no vestal fire, no Capitoline

1585 stone, but the one true God

1586 "No date, no goal will here ordain:

1587 But grant an endless, boundless reign."[114]

1588 No longer, then, follow after false and deceitful gods; abjure

1589 them rather, and despise them, bursting forth into true liberty.

1590 Gods they are not, but malignant spirits, to whom your eternal

1591 happiness will be a sore punishment. Juno, from whom you

1592 deduce your origin according to the flesh, did not so bitterly

1593 grudge Rome's citadels to the Trojans, as these devils whom

1594 yet ye repute gods, grudge an everlasting seat to the race of

1595 mankind. And thou thyself hast in no wavering voice passed

1596 judgment on them, when thou didst pacify them with games,

1597 and yet didst account as infamous the men by whom the plays

1598 were acted. Suffer us, then, to assert thy freedom against the

1599 unclean spirits who had imposed on thy neck the yoke of

1600 celebrating their own shame and filthiness. The actors of

1601 these divine crimes thou hast removed from offices of honour;

1602 supplicate the true God, that He may remove from thee those

1603 gods who delight in their crimes,—a most disgraceful thing if

1604 the crimes are really theirs, and a most malicious invention

1605 if the crimes are feigned. Well done, in that thou hast spontaneously

1606 banished from the number of your citizens all actors

1607 and players. Awake more fully: the majesty of God cannot be

1608 propitiated by that which defiles the dignity of man. How,

1609 then, can you believe that gods who take pleasure in such

1610 lewd plays, belong to the number of the holy powers of heaven,

1611 when the men by whom these plays are acted are by yourselves

1612 refused admission into the number of Roman citizens

1613 even of the lowest grade? Incomparably more glorious than

1614 Rome, is that heavenly city in which for victory you have

1615 truth; for dignity, holiness; for peace, felicity; for life, eternity.

1616 Much less does it admit into its society such gods, if thou dost

1617 blush to admit into thine such men. Wherefore, if thou wouldst

1618 attain to the blessed city, shun the society of devils. They

1619 who are propitiated by deeds of shame, are unworthy of the

1620 worship of right-hearted men. Let these, then, be obliterated

1621 from your worship by the cleansing of the Christian religion,

1622 as those men were blotted from your citizenship by the censor's

1623 mark.

1624 But, so far as regards carnal benefits, which are the only

1625 blessings the wicked desire to enjoy, and carnal miseries, which

1626 alone they shrink from enduring, we will show in the following

1627 book that the demons have not the power they are supposed

1628 to have; and although they had it, we ought rather on that

1629 account to despise these blessings, than for the sake of them

1630 to worship those gods, and by worshipping them to miss the

1631 attainment of these blessings they grudge us. But that they

1632 have not even this power which is ascribed to them by those

1633 who worship them for the sake of temporal advantages, this,

1634 I say, I will prove in the following book; so let us here close

1635 the present argument.

BOOK III

13 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

16 >

17 >

18 >

19 AS IN THE FOREGOING BOOK AUGUSTINE HAS PROVED REGARDING MORAL AND

20 > SPIRITUAL CALAMITIES, SO IN THIS BOOK HE PROVES REGARDING EXTERNAL

21 > AND BODILY DISASTERS, THAT SINCE THE FOUNDATION OF THE CITY THE

22 > ROMANS HAVE BEEN CONTINUALLY SUBJECT TO THEM; AND THAT EVEN

23 > WHEN THE FALSE GODS WERE WORSHIPPED WITHOUT A RIVAL, BEFORE THE

24 > ADVENT OF CHRIST, THEY AFFORDED NO RELIEF FROM SUCH CALAMITIES.

25 1. *Of the ills which alone the wicked fear, and which the world continually

26 suffered, even when the gods were worshipped.*

27 Of moral and spiritual evils, which are above all others to

28 be deprecated, I think enough has already been said to

29 show that the false gods took no steps to prevent the people

30 who worshipped them from being overwhelmed by such calamities,

31 but rather aggravated the ruin. I see I must now

32 speak of those evils which alone are dreaded by the heathen—famine,

33 pestilence, war, pillage, captivity, massacre, and the

34 like calamities, already enumerated in the first book. For

35 evil men account those things alone evil which do not make

36 men evil; neither do they blush to praise good things, and

37 yet to remain evil among the good things they praise. It

38 grieves them more to own a bad house than a bad life, as if

39 it were man's greatest good to have everything good but himself.

40 But not even such evils as were alone dreaded by the

41 heathen were warded off by their gods, even when they were

42 most unrestrictedly worshipped. For in various times and

43 places before the advent of our Redeemer, the human race was

44 crushed with numberless and sometimes incredible calamities;

45 and at that time what gods but those did the world worship,

46 if you except the one nation of the Hebrews, and, beyond them,

47 such individuals as the most secret and most just judgment

48 of God counted worthy of divine grace?[115] But that I may

49 not be prolix, I will be silent regarding the heavy calamities

50 that have been suffered by any other nations, and will speak

51 only of what happened to Rome and the Roman empire, by

52 which I mean Rome properly so called, and those lands which

53 already, before the coming of Christ, had by alliance or conquest

54 become, as it were, members of the body of the state.

55 2. *Whether the gods, whom the Greeks and Romans worshipped in common,

56 were justified in permitting the destruction of Ilium.*

57 First, then, why was Troy or Ilium, the cradle of the

58 Roman people (for I must not overlook nor disguise what I

59 touched upon in the first book[116]), conquered, taken, and destroyed

60 by the Greeks, though it esteemed and worshipped

61 the same gods as they? Priam, some answer, paid the

62 penalty of the perjury of his father Laomedon.[117] Then it is

63 true that Laomedon hired Apollo and Neptune as his workmen.

64 For the story goes that he promised them wages, and

65 then broke his bargain. I wonder that famous diviner Apollo

66 toiled at so huge a work, and never suspected Laomedon was

67 going to cheat him of his pay. And Neptune too, his uncle,

68 brother of Jupiter, king of the sea, it really was not seemly

69 that he should be ignorant of what was to happen. For he

70 is introduced by Homer[118] (who lived and wrote before the

71 building of Rome) as predicting something great of the posterity

72 of Æneas, who in fact founded Rome. And as Homer

73 says, Neptune also rescued Æneas in a cloud from the wrath of

74 Achilles, though (according to Virgil[119])

75 "All his will was to destroy

76 His own creation, perjured Troy."

77 Gods, then, so great as Apollo and Neptune, in ignorance of

78 the cheat that was to defraud them of their wages, built the

79 walls of Troy for nothing but thanks and thankless people.[120]

80 There may be some doubt whether it is not a worse crime to

81 believe such persons to be gods, than to cheat such gods.

82 Even Homer himself did not give full credence to the story;

83 for while he represents Neptune, indeed, as hostile to the

84 Trojans, he introduces Apollo as their champion, though the

85 story implies that both were offended by that fraud. If, therefore,

86 they believe their fables, let them blush to worship such

87 gods; if they discredit the fables, let no more be said of the

88 "Trojan perjury;" or let them explain how the gods hated

89 Trojan, but loved Roman perjury. For how did the conspiracy

90 of Catiline, even in so large and corrupt a city, find so abundant

91 a supply of men whose hands and tongues found them a

92 living by perjury and civic broils? What else but perjury

93 corrupted the judgments pronounced by so many of the senators?

94 What else corrupted the people's votes and decisions

95 of all causes tried before them? For it seems that the

96 ancient practice of taking oaths has been preserved even in

97 the midst of the greatest corruption, not for the sake of restraining

98 wickedness by religious fear, but to complete the tale

99 of crimes by adding that of perjury.

100 3. *That the gods could not be offended by the adultery of Paris, this crime being

101 so common among themselves.*

102 There is no ground, then, for representing the gods (by

103 whom, as they say, that empire stood, though they are proved

104 to have been conquered by the Greeks) as being enraged at the

105 Trojan perjury. Neither, as others again plead in their defence,

106 was it indignation at the adultery of Paris that caused

107 them to withdraw their protection from Troy. For their

108 habit is to be instigators and instructors in vice, not its

109 avengers. "The city of Rome," says Sallust, "was first built

110 and inhabited, as I have heard, by the Trojans, who, flying

111 their country, under the conduct of Æneas, wandered about

112 without making any settlement."[121] If, then, the gods were

113 of opinion that the adultery of Paris should be punished, it

114 was chiefly the Romans, or at least the Romans also, who

115 should have suffered; for the adultery was brought about by

116 Æneas' mother. But how could they hate in Paris a crime

117 which they made no objection to in their own sister Venus,

118 who (not to mention any other instance) committed adultery

119 with Anchises, and so became the mother of Æneas? Is it

120 because in the one case Menelaus[122] was aggrieved, while in

121 the other Vulcan[123] connived at the crime? For the gods, I

122 fancy, are so little jealous of their wives, that they make no

123 scruple of sharing them with men. But perhaps I may be

124 suspected of turning the myths into ridicule, and not handling

125 so weighty a subject with sufficient gravity. Well, then, let

126 us say that Æneas is not the son of Venus. I am willing to

127 I admit it; but is Romulus any more the son of Mars? For

128 why not the one as well as the other? Or is it lawful for

129 gods to have intercourse with women, unlawful for men to

130 have intercourse with goddesses? A hard, or rather an incredible

131 condition, that what was allowed to Mars by the law

132 of Venus, should not be allowed to Venus herself by her own

133 law. However, both cases have the authority of Rome; for

134 Cæsar in modern times believed no less that he was descended

135 from Venus,[124] than the ancient Romulus believed himself the

136 son of Mars.

137 4. *Of Varro's opinion, that it is useful for men to feign themselves the offspring

138 of the gods.*

139 Some one will say, But do you believe all this? Not I

140 indeed. For even Varro, a very learned heathen, all but

141 admits that these stories are false, though he does not boldly

142 and confidently say so. But he maintains it is useful for

143 states that brave men believe, though falsely, that they are

144 descended from the gods; for that thus the human spirit,

145 cherishing the belief of its divine descent, will both more

146 boldly venture into great enterprises, and will carry them out

147 more energetically, and will therefore by its very confidence

148 secure more abundant success. You see how wide a field is

149 opened to falsehood by this opinion of Varro's, which I have

150 expressed as well as I could in my own words; and how

151 comprehensible it is, that many of the religions and sacred

152 legends should be feigned in a community in which it was

153 judged profitable for the citizens that lies should be told even

154 about the gods themselves.

155 >

156 >

157 >

158 5. *That it is not credible that the gods should have punished the adultery of

159 > Paris, seeing they showed no indignation at the adultery of the mother of

160 > Romulus.*

161 But whether Venus could bear Æneas to a human father

162 Anchises, or Mars beget Romulus of the daughter of Numitor,

163 we leave as unsettled questions. For our own Scriptures

164 suggest the very similar question, whether the fallen angels

165 had sexual intercourse with the daughters of men, by which

166 the earth was at that time filled with giants, that is, with enormously

167 large and strong men. At present, then, I will limit

168 my discussion to this dilemma: If that which their books

169 relate about the mother of Æneas and the father of Romulus

170 be true, how can the gods be displeased with men for adulteries

171 which, when committed by themselves, excite no displeasure?

172 If it is false, not even in this case can the gods be angry that

173 men should really commit adulteries, which, even when falsely

174 attributed to the gods, they delight in. Moreover, if the

175 adultery of Mars be discredited, that Venus also may be freed

176 from the imputation, then the mother of Romulus is left unshielded

177 by the pretext of a divine seduction. For Sylvia

178 was a vestal priestess, and the gods ought to avenge this sacrilege

179 on the Romans with greater severity than Paris' adultery

180 on the Trojans. For even the Romans themselves in primitive

181 times used to go so far as to bury alive any vestal who

182 was detected in adultery, while women unconsecrated, though

183 they were punished, were never punished with death for that

184 crime; and thus they more earnestly vindicated the purity of

185 shrines they esteemed divine, than of the human bed.

186 6. *That the gods exacted no penalty for the fratricidal act of Romulus.*

187 I add another instance: If the sins of men so greatly incensed

188 those divinities, that they abandoned Troy to fire and

189 sword to punish the crime of Paris, the murder of Romulus'

190 brother ought to have incensed them more against the Romans

191 than the cajoling of a Greek husband moved them against the

192 Trojans: fratricide in a newly-born city should have provoked

193 them more than adultery in a city already flourishing. It

194 makes no difference to the question we now discuss, whether

195 Romulus ordered his brother to be slain, or slew him with his

196 own hand; a crime this latter which many shamelessly deny,

197 many through shame doubt, many in grief disguise. And we

198 shall not pause to examine and weigh the testimonies of historical

199 writers on the subject. All agree that the brother of

200 Romulus was slain, not by enemies, not by strangers. If it

201 was Romulus who either commanded or perpetrated this crime;

202 Romulus was more truly the head of the Romans than Paris

203 of the Trojans; why then did he who carried off another man's

204 wife bring down the anger of the gods on the Trojans, while he

205 who took his brother's life obtained the guardianship of those

206 same gods? If, on the other hand, that crime was not wrought

207 either by the hand or will of Romulus, then the whole city is

208 chargeable with it, because it did not see to its punishment,

209 and thus committed, not fratricide, but parricide, which is worse.

210 For both brothers were the founders of that city, of which the

211 one was by villany prevented from being a ruler. So far as

212 I see, then, no evil can be ascribed to Troy which warranted

213 the gods in abandoning it to destruction, nor any good to Rome

214 which accounts for the gods visiting it with prosperity; unless

215 the truth be, that they fled from Troy because they were

216 vanquished, and betook themselves to Rome to practise their

217 characteristic deceptions there. Nevertheless they kept a

218 footing for themselves in Troy, that they might deceive future

219 inhabitants who repeopled these lands; while at Rome, by a

220 wider exercise of their malignant arts, they exulted in more

221 abundant honours.

222 7. *Of the destruction of Ilium by Fimbria, a lieutenant of Marius.*

223 And surely we may ask what wrong poor Ilium had done,

224 that, in the first heat of the civil wars of Rome, it should

225 suffer at the hand of Fimbria, the veriest villain among

226 Marius' partisans, a more fierce and cruel destruction than

227 the Grecian sack.[125] For when the Greeks took it many

228 escaped, and many who did not escape were suffered to

229 live, though in captivity. But Fimbria from the first gave

230 orders that not a life should be spared, and burnt up together

231 the city and all its inhabitants. Thus was Ilium requited,

232 not by the Greeks, whom she had provoked by wrong-doing;

233 but by the Romans, who had been built out of her ruins;

234 while the gods, adored alike of both sides, did simply nothing,

235 or, to speak more correctly, could do nothing. Is it then true,

236 that at this time also, after Troy had repaired the damage

237 done by the Grecian fire, all the gods by whose help the kingdom

238 stood, "forsook each fane, each sacred shrine?"

239 But if so, I ask the reason; for in my judgment, the conduct

240 of the gods was as much to be reprobated as that of the

241 townsmen to be applauded. For these closed their gates

242 against Fimbria, that they might preserve the city for Sylla,

243 and were therefore burnt and consumed by the enraged

244 general. Now, up to this time, Sylla's cause was the more

245 worthy of the two; for till now he used arms to restore the

246 republic, and as yet his good intentions had met with no

247 reverses. What better thing, then, could the Trojans have

248 done? What more honourable, what more faithful to Rome, or

249 more worthy of her relationship, than to preserve their city for

250 the better part of the Romans, and to shut their gates against

251 a parricide of his country? It is for the defenders of the

252 gods to consider the ruin which this conduct brought on Troy.

253 The gods deserted an adulterous people, and abandoned Troy

254 to the fires of the Greeks, that out of her ashes a chaster

255 Rome might arise. But why did they a second time abandon

256 this same town, allied now to Rome, and not making

257 war upon her noble daughter, but preserving a most stedfast

258 and pious fidelity to Rome's most justifiable faction? Why did

259 they give her up to be destroyed, not by the Greek heroes,

260 but by the basest of the Romans? Or, if the gods did not

261 favour Sylla's cause, for which the unhappy Trojans maintained

262 their city, why did they themselves predict and promise

263 Sylla such successes? Must we call them flatterers of

264 the fortunate, rather than helpers of the wretched? Troy was

265 not destroyed, then, because the gods deserted it. For the

266 demons, always watchful to deceive, did what they could.

267 For, when all the statues were overthrown and burnt together

268 with the town, Livy tells us that only the image of Minerva

269 is said to have been found standing uninjured amidst the

270 ruins of her temple; not that it might be said in their praise,

271 "The gods who made this realm divine," but that it might not

272 be said in their defence, They are "gone from each fane, each

273 sacred shrine:" for that marvel was permitted to them, not

274 that they might be proved to be powerful, but that they might

275 be convicted of being present.

276 8. *Whether Rome ought to have been entrusted to the Trojan gods?*

277 Where, then, was the wisdom of entrusting Rome to the

278 Trojan gods, who had demonstrated their weakness in the

279 loss of Troy? Will some one say that, when Fimbria

280 stormed Troy, the gods were already resident in Rome?

281 How, then, did the image of Minerva remain standing?

282 Besides, if they were at Rome when Fimbria destroyed Troy,

283 perhaps they were at Troy when Rome itself was taken and set

284 on fire by the Gauls. But as they are very acute in hearing,

285 and very swift in their movements, they came quickly at the

286 cackling of the goose to defend at least the Capitol, though to

287 defend the rest of the city they were too long in being warned.

288 9. *Whether it is credible that the peace during the reign of Numa was brought

289 about by the gods.*

290 It is also believed that it was by the help of the gods that

291 the successor of Romulus, Numa Pompilius, enjoyed peace

292 during his entire reign, and shut the gates of Janus, which

293 are customarily kept open[126] during war. And it is supposed

294 he was thus requited for appointing many religious observances

295 among the Romans. Certainly that king would have

296 commanded our congratulations for so rare a leisure, had he

297 been wise enough to spend it on wholesome pursuits, and,

298 subduing a pernicious curiosity, had sought out the true God

299 with true piety. But as it was, the gods were not the authors

300 of his leisure; but possibly they would have deceived him less

301 had they found him busier. For the more disengaged they

302 found him, the more they themselves occupied his attention.

303 Varro informs us of all his efforts, and of the arts he employed

304 to associate these gods with himself and the city; and in its

305 own place, if God will, I shall discuss these matters. Meanwhile,

306 as we are speaking of the benefits conferred by the

307 gods, I readily admit that peace is a great benefit; but it is

308 a benefit of the true God, which, like the sun, the rain, and

309 other supports of life, is frequently conferred on the ungrateful

310 and wicked. But if this great boon was conferred on

311 Rome and Pompilius by their gods, why did they never afterwards

312 grant it to the Roman empire during even more meritorious

313 periods? Were the sacred rites more efficient at

314 their first institution than during their subsequent celebration?

315 But they had no existence in Numa's time, until he

316 added them to the ritual; whereas afterwards they had

317 already been celebrated and preserved, that benefit might

318 arise from them. How, then, is it that those forty-three, or

319 as others prefer it, thirty-nine years of Numa's reign, were

320 passed in unbroken peace, and yet that afterwards, when the

321 worship was established, and the gods themselves, who were

322 invoked by it, were the recognised guardians and patrons of

323 the city, we can with difficulty find during the whole period,

324 from the building of the city to the reign of Augustus, one

325 year—that, viz., which followed the close of the first Punic

326 war—in which, for a marvel, the Romans were able to shut

327 the gates of war?[127]

328 >

329 >

330 >

331 10. *Whether it was desirable that the Roman empire should be increased by such

332 > a furious succession of wars, when it might have been quiet and safe by

333 > following in the peaceful ways of Numa.*

334 Do they reply that the Roman empire could never have

335 been so widely extended, nor so glorious, save by constant

336 and unintermitting wars? A fit argument, truly! Why

337 must a kingdom be distracted in order to be great? In this

338 little world of man's body, is it not better to have a moderate

339 stature, and health with it, than to attain the huge dimensions

340 of a giant by unnatural torments, and when you attain it to

341 find no rest, but to be pained the more in proportion to the

342 size of your members? What evil would have resulted, or

343 rather what good would not have resulted, had those times

344 continued which Sallust sketched, when he says, "At first the

345 kings (for that was the first title of empire in the world) were

346 divided in their sentiments: part cultivated the mind, others

347 the body: at that time the life of men was led without

348 covetousness; every one was sufficiently satisfied with his

349 own!"[128] Was it requisite, then, for Rome's prosperity, that the

350 state of things which Virgil reprobates should succeed:

351 "At length stole on a baser age,

352 And war's indomitable rage,

353 And greedy lust of gain?"[129]

354 But obviously the Romans have a plausible defence for

355 undertaking and carrying on such disastrous wars,—to wit,

356 that the pressure of their enemies forced them to resist, so

357 that they were compelled to fight, not by any greed of human

358 applause, but by the necessity of protecting life and liberty.

359 Well, let that pass. Here is Sallust's account of the matter:

360 "For when their state, enriched with laws, institutions, territory,

361 seemed abundantly prosperous and sufficiently powerful,

362 according to the ordinary law of human nature, opulence gave

363 birth to envy. Accordingly, the neighbouring kings and states

364 took arms and assaulted them. A few allies lent assistance;

365 the rest, struck with fear, kept aloof from dangers. But the

366 Romans, watchful at home and in war, were active, made preparations,

367 encouraged one another, marched to meet their

368 enemies,—protected by arms their liberty, country, parents.

369 Afterwards, when they had repelled the dangers by their

370 bravery, they carried help to their allies and friends, and procured

371 alliances more by conferring than by receiving favours."[130]

372 This was to build up Rome's greatness by honourable means.

373 But, in Numa's reign, I would know whether the long peace

374 was maintained in spite of the incursions of wicked neighbours,

375 or if these incursions were discontinued that the peace

376 might be maintained? For if even then Rome was harassed

377 by wars, and yet did not meet force with force, the same

378 means she then used to quiet her enemies without conquering

379 them in war, or terrifying them with the onset of battle, she

380 might have used always, and have reigned in peace with the

381 gates of Janus shut. And if this was not in her power, then

382 Rome enjoyed peace not at the will of her gods, but at the

383 will of her neighbours round about, and only so long as they

384 cared to provoke her with no war, unless perhaps these pitiful

385 gods will dare to sell to one man as their favour what lies not

386 in their power to bestow, but in the will of another man.

387 These demons, indeed, in so far as they are permitted, can

388 terrify or incite the minds of wicked men by their own peculiar

389 wickedness. But if they always had this power, and if

390 no action were taken against their efforts by a more secret

391 and higher power, they would be supreme to give peace or

392 the victories of war, which almost always fall out through

393 some human emotion, and frequently in opposition to the will

394 of the gods, as is proved not only by lying legends, which

395 scarcely hint or signify any grain of truth, but even by

396 Roman history itself.

397 11. *Of the statue of Apollo at Cumæ, whose tears are supposed to have portended

398 disaster to the Greeks, whom the god was unable to succour.*

399 And it is still this weakness of the gods which is confessed

400 in the story of the Cuman Apollo, who is said to have wept

401 for four days during the war with the Achæans and King

402 Aristonicus. And when the augurs were alarmed at the

403 portent, and had determined to cast the statue into the sea,

404 the old men of Cumæ interposed, and related that a similar

405 prodigy had occurred to the same image during the wars

406 against Antiochus and against Perseus, and that by a decree

407 of the senate gifts had been presented to Apollo, because the

408 event had proved favourable to the Romans. Then soothsayers

409 were summoned who were supposed to have greater

410 professional skill, and they pronounced that the weeping of

411 Apollo's image was propitious to the Romans, because Cumæ

412 was a Greek colony, and that Apollo was bewailing (and

413 thereby presaging) the grief and calamity that was about to

414 light upon his own land of Greece, from which he had been

415 brought. Shortly afterwards it was reported that King Aristonicus

416 was defeated and made prisoner,—a defeat certainly

417 opposed to the will of Apollo; and this he indicated by even

418 shedding tears from his marble image. And this shows us

419 that, though the verses of the poets are mythical, they are not

420 altogether devoid of truth, but describe the manners of the

421 demons in a sufficiently fit style. For in Virgil Diana

422 mourned for Camilla,[131] and Hercules wept for Pallas doomed

423 to die.[132] This is perhaps the reason why Numa Pompilius,

424 too, when, enjoying prolonged peace, but without knowing or

425 inquiring from whom he received it, he began in his leisure

426 to consider to what gods he should entrust the safe keeping

427 and conduct of Rome, and not dreaming that the true,

428 almighty, and most high God cares for earthly affairs, but

429 recollecting only that the Trojan gods which Æneas had

430 brought to Italy had been able to preserve neither the Trojan

431 nor Lavinian kingdom founded by Æneas himself, concluded

432 that he must provide other gods as guardians of fugitives

433 and helpers of the weak, and add them to those earlier

434 divinities who had either come over to Rome with Romulus,

435 or when Alba was destroyed.

436 12. *That the Romans added a vast number of gods to those introduced by

437 Numa, and that their numbers helped them not at all.*

438 But though Pompilius introduced so ample a ritual, yet did

439 not Rome see fit to be content with it. For as yet Jupiter

440 himself had not his chief temple,—it being King Tarquin

441 who built the Capitol. And Æsculapius left Epidaurus for

442 Rome, that in this foremost city he might have a finer field

443 for the exercise of his great medical skill.[133] The mother of

444 the gods, too, came I know not whence from Pessinuns; it

445 being unseemly that, while her son presided on the Capitoline

446 hill, she herself should lie hid in obscurity. But if she is the

447 mother of all the gods, she not only followed some of her

448 children to Rome, but left others to follow her. I wonder,

449 indeed, if she were the mother of Cynocephalus, who a long

450 while afterwards came from Egypt. Whether also the goddess

451 Fever was her offspring, is a matter for her grandson Æsculapius[134]

452 to decide. But of whatever breed she be, the foreign

453 gods will not presume, I trust, to call a goddess base-born who

454 is a Roman citizen. Who can number the deities to whom

455 the guardianship of Rome was entrusted? Indigenous and

456 imported, both of heaven, earth, hell, seas, fountains, rivers;

457 and, as Varro says, gods certain and uncertain, male and

458 female: for, as among animals, so among all kinds of gods

459 are there these distinctions. Rome, then, enjoying the protection

460 of such a cloud of deities, might surely have been preserved

461 from some of those great and horrible calamities, of

462 which I can mention but a few. For by the great smoke of

463 her altars she summoned to her protection, as by a beacon-fire,

464 a host of gods, for whom she appointed and maintained

465 temples, altars, sacrifices, priests, and thus offended the true

466 and most high God, to whom alone all this ceremonial is lawfully

467 due. And, indeed, she was more prosperous when she

468 had fewer gods; but the greater she became, the more gods

469 she thought she should have, as the larger ship needs to be

470 manned by a larger crew. I suppose she despaired of the

471 smaller number, under whose protection she had spent comparatively

472 happy days, being able to defend her greatness.

473 For even under the kings (with the exception of Numa Pompilius,

474 of whom I have already spoken), how wicked a contentiousness

475 must have existed to occasion the death of

476 Romulus' brother!

477 13. *By what right or agreement the Romans obtained their first wives.*

478 How is it that neither Juno, who with her husband Jupiter

479 even then cherished

480 "Rome's sons, the nation of the gown,"[135]

481 nor Venus herself, could assist the children of the loved

482 Æneas to find wives by some right and equitable means?

483 For the lack of this entailed upon the Romans the lamentable

484 necessity of stealing their wives, and then waging war with

485 their fathers-in-law; so that the wretched women, before they

486 had recovered from the wrong done them by their husbands,

487 were dowried with the blood of their fathers. "But the

488 Romans conquered their neighbours." Yes; but with what

489 wounds on both sides, and with what sad slaughter of relatives

490 and neighbours! The war of Cæsar and Pompey was the

491 contest of only one father-in-law with one son-in-law; and

492 before it began, the daughter of Cæsar, Pompey's wife, was

493 already dead. But with how keen and just an accent of grief

494 does Lucan[136] exclaim: "I sing that worse than civil war

495 waged in the plains of Emathia, and in which the crime was

496 justified by the victory!"

497 The Romans, then, conquered that they might, with hands

498 stained in the blood of their fathers-in-law, wrench the

499 miserable girls from their embrace,—girls who dared not

500 weep for their slain parents, for fear of offending their victorious

501 husbands; and while yet the battle was raging, stood

502 with their prayers on their lips, and knew not for whom to

503 utter them. Such nuptials were certainly prepared for the

504 Roman people not by Venus, but Bellona; or possibly that

505 infernal fury Alecto had more liberty to injure them now that

506 Juno was aiding them, than when the prayers of that goddess

507 had excited her against Æneas. Andromache in captivity

508 was happier than these Roman brides. For though she was a

509 slave, yet, after she had become the wife of Pyrrhus, no more

510 Trojans fell by his hand; but the Romans slew in battle the

511 very fathers of the brides they fondled. Andromache, the

512 victor's captive, could only mourn, not fear, the death of her

513 people. The Sabine women, related to men still combatants,

514 feared the death of their fathers when their husbands went

515 out to battle, and mourned their death as they returned, while

516 neither their grief nor their fear could be freely expressed.

517 For the victories of their husbands, involving the destruction

518 of fellow-townsmen, relatives, brothers, fathers, caused either

519 pious agony or cruel exultation. Moreover, as the fortune of

520 war is capricious, some of them lost their husbands by the

521 sword of their parents, while others lost husband and father

522 together in mutual destruction. For the Romans by no means

523 escaped with impunity, but they were driven back within

524 their walls, and defended themselves behind closed gates; and

525 when the gates were opened by guile, and the enemy admitted

526 into the town, the Forum itself was the field of a hateful and

527 fierce engagement of fathers-in-law and sons-in-law. The

528 ravishers were indeed quite defeated, and, flying on all sides

529 to their houses, sullied with new shame their original shameful

530 and lamentable triumph. It was at this juncture that

531 Romulus, hoping no more from the valour of his citizens,

532 prayed Jupiter that they might stand their ground; and from

533 this occasion the god gained the name of Stator. But not

534 even thus would the mischief have been finished, had not the

535 ravished women themselves flashed out with dishevelled hair,

536 and cast themselves before their parents, and thus disarmed

537 their just rage, not with the arms of victory, but with the

538 supplications of filial affection. Then Romulus, who could

539 not brook his own brother as a colleague, was compelled to

540 accept Titus Tatius, king of the Sabines, as his partner on the

541 throne. But how long would he who misliked the fellowship

542 of his own twin-brother endure a stranger? So, Tatius being

543 slain, Romulus remained sole king, that he might be the

544 greater god. See what rights of marriage these were that

545 fomented unnatural wars. These were the Roman leagues of

546 kindred, relationship, alliance, religion. This was the life of

547 the city so abundantly protected by the gods. You see how

548 many severe things might be said on this theme; but our purpose

549 carries us past them, and requires our discourse for other

550 matters.

551 14. *Of the wickedness of the war waged by the Romans against the Albans, and

552 of the victories won by the lust of power.*

553 But what happened after Numa's reign, and under the other

554 kings, when the Albans were provoked into war, with sad results

555 not to themselves alone, but also to the Romans? The

556 long peace of Numa had become tedious; and with what

557 endless slaughter and detriment of both states did the Roman

558 and Alban armies bring it to an end! For Alba, which had

559 been founded by Ascanius, son of Æneas, and which was more

560 properly the mother of Rome than Troy herself, was provoked

561 to battle by Tullus Hostilius, king of Rome, and in the conflict

562 both inflicted and received such damage, that at length both

563 parties wearied of the struggle. It was then devised that the

564 war should be decided by the combat of three twin-brothers

565 from each army: from the Romans the three Horatii stood

566 forward, from the Albans the three Curiatii. Two of the

567 Horatii were overcome and disposed of by the Curiatii; but

568 by the remaining Horatius the three Curiatii were slain. Thus

569 Rome remained victorious, but with such a sacrifice that only

570 one survivor returned to his home. Whose was the loss on

571 both sides? Whose the grief, but of the offspring of Æneas, the

572 descendants of Ascanius, the progeny of Venus, the grandsons of

573 Jupiter? For this, too, was a "worse than civil" war, in which

574 the belligerent states were mother and daughter. And to this

575 combat of the three twin-brothers there was added another

576 atrocious and horrible catastrophe. For as the two nations

577 had formerly been friendly (being related and neighbours), the

578 sister of the Horatii had been betrothed to one of the Curiatii;

579 and she, when she saw her brother wearing the spoils of her

580 betrothed, burst into tears, and was slain by her own brother in

581 his anger. To me, this one girl seems to have been more humane

582 than the whole Roman people. I cannot think her to blame for

583 lamenting the man to whom already she had plighted her troth,

584 or, as perhaps she was doing, for grieving that her brother should

585 have slain him to whom he had promised his sister. For why

586 do we praise the grief of Æneas (in Virgil[137]) over the enemy cut

587 down even by his own hand? Why did Marcellus shed tears

588 over the city of Syracuse, when he recollected, just before he

589 destroyed, its magnificence and meridian glory, and thought

590 upon the common lot of all things? I demand, in the name

591 of humanity, that if men are praised for tears shed over enemies

592 conquered by themselves, a weak girl should not be

593 counted criminal for bewailing her lover slaughtered by the

594 hand of her brother. While, then, that maiden was weeping

595 for the death of her betrothed inflicted by her brother's hand,

596 Rome was rejoicing that such devastation had been wrought

597 on her mother state, and that she had purchased a victory with

598 such an expenditure of the common blood of herself and the

599 Albans.

600 Why allege to me the mere names and words of "glory" and

601 "victory?" Tear off the disguise of wild delusion, and look at

602 the naked deeds: weigh them naked, judge them naked. Let

603 the charge be brought against Alba, as Troy was charged with

604 adultery. There is no such charge, none like it found: the

605 war was kindled only in order that there

606 "Might sound in languid ears the cry

607 Of Tullus and of victory."[138]

608 This vice of restless ambition was the sole motive to that

609 social and parricidal war,—a vice which Sallust brands in

610 passing; for when he has spoken with brief but hearty commendation

611 of those primitive times in which life was spent

612 without covetousness, and every one was sufficiently satisfied

613 with what he had, he goes on: "But after Cyrus in Asia, and

614 the Lacedemonians and Athenians in Greece, began to subdue

615 cities and nations, and to account the lust of sovereignty a

616 sufficient ground for war, and to reckon that the greatest glory

617 consisted in the greatest empire;"[139] and so on, as I need not now

618 quote. This lust of sovereignty disturbs and consumes the

619 human race with frightful ills. By this lust Rome was overcome

620 when she triumphed over Alba, and praising her own

621 crime, called it glory. For, as our Scriptures say, "the wicked

622 boasteth of his heart's desire, and blesseth the covetous, whom

623 the Lord abhorreth."[140] Away, then, with these deceitful masks,

624 these deluding whitewashes, that things may be truthfully seen

625 and scrutinized. Let no man tell me that this and the other

626 was a "great" man, because he fought and conquered so and

627 so. Gladiators fight and conquer, and this barbarism has its

628 meed of praise; but I think it were better to take the consequences

629 of any sloth, than to seek the glory won by such

630 arms. And if two gladiators entered the arena to fight, one

631 being father, the other his son, who would endure such a spectacle?

632 who would not be revolted by it? How, then, could

633 that be a glorious war which a daughter-state waged against

634 its mother? Or did it constitute a difference, that the battlefield

635 was not an arena, and that the wide plains were filled

636 with the carcases not of two gladiators, but of many of the

637 flower of two nations; and that those contests were viewed not

638 by the amphitheatre, but by the whole world, and furnished a

639 profane spectacle both to those alive at the time, and to their

640 posterity, so long as the fame of it is handed down?

641 Yet those gods, guardians of the Roman empire, and, as it

642 were, theatric spectators of such contests as these, were not

643 satisfied until the sister of the Horatii was added by her

644 brother's sword as a third victim from the Roman side, so that

645 Rome herself, though she won the day, should have as many

646 deaths to mourn. Afterwards, as a fruit of the victory, Alba

647 was destroyed, though it was there the Trojan gods had formed

648 a third asylum after Ilium had been sacked by the Greeks, and

649 after they had left Lavinium, where Æneas had founded a

650 kingdom in a land of banishment. But probably Alba was

651 destroyed because from it too the gods had migrated, in their

652 usual fashion, as Virgil says:

653 "Gone from each fane, each sacred shrine,

654 Are those who made this realm divine."[141]

655 Gone, indeed, and from now their third asylum, that Rome

656 might seem all the wiser in committing herself to them after

657 they had deserted three other cities. Alba, whose king

658 Amulius had banished his brother, displeased them; Rome,

659 whose king Romulus had slain his brother, pleased them. But

660 before Alba was destroyed, its population, they say, was amalgamated

661 with the inhabitants of Rome, so that the two cities

662 were one. Well, admitting it was so, yet the fact remains

663 that the city of Ascanius, the third retreat of the Trojan gods,

664 was destroyed by the daughter-city. Besides, to effect this

665 pitiful conglomerate of the war's leavings, much blood was

666 spilt on both sides. And how shall I speak in detail of

667 the same wars, so often renewed in subsequent reigns, though

668 they seemed to have been finished by great victories; and of

669 wars that time after time were brought to an end by great

670 slaughters, and which yet time after time were renewed

671 by the posterity of those who had made peace and struck

672 treaties? Of this calamitous history we have no small proof,

673 in the fact that no subsequent king closed the gates of war;

674 and therefore, with all their tutelar gods, no one of them

675 reigned in peace.

676 15. *What manner of life and death the Roman kings had.*

677 And what was the end of the kings themselves? Of

678 Romulus, a flattering legend tells us that he was assumed into

679 heaven. But certain Roman historians relate that he was

680 torn in pieces by the senate for his ferocity, and that a man,

681 Julius Proculus, was suborned to give out that Romulus had

682 appeared to him, and through him commanded the Roman

683 people to worship him as a god; and that in this way the

684 people, who were beginning to resent the action of the senate,

685 were quieted and pacified. For an eclipse of the sun had also

686 happened; and this was attributed to the divine power of

687 Romulus by the ignorant multitude, who did not know that

688 it was brought about by the fixed laws of the sun's course:

689 though this grief of the sun might rather have been considered

690 proof that Romulus had been slain, and that the crime

691 was indicated by this deprivation of the sun's light; as, in

692 truth, was the case when the Lord was crucified through the

693 cruelty and impiety of the Jews. For it is sufficiently demonstrated

694 that this latter obscuration of the sun did not occur

695 by the natural laws of the heavenly bodies, because it was

696 then the Jewish passover, which is held only at full moon,

697 whereas natural eclipses of the sun happen only at the last

698 quarter of the moon. Cicero, too, shows plainly enough that

699 the apotheosis of Romulus was imaginary rather than real, when,

700 even while he is praising him in one of Scipio's remarks in the

701 *De Republica*, he says: "Such a reputation had he acquired,

702 that when he suddenly disappeared during an eclipse of the

703 sun, he was supposed to have been assumed into the number

704 of the gods, which could be supposed of no mortal who had

705 not the highest reputation for virtue."[142] By these words, "he

706 suddenly disappeared," we are to understand that he was mysteriously

707 made away with by the violence either of the tempest

708 or of a murderous assault. For their other writers speak not

709 only of an eclipse, but of a sudden storm also, which certainly

710 either afforded opportunity for the crime, or itself made an end

711 of Romulus. And of Tullus Hostilius, who was the third king

712 of Rome, and who was himself destroyed by lightning, Cicero

713 in the same book says, that "he was not supposed to have been

714 deified by this death, possibly because the Romans were unwilling

715 to vulgarize the promotion they were assured or persuaded

716 of in the case of Romulus, lest they should bring it

717 into contempt by gratuitously assigning it to all and sundry."

718 In one of his invectives,[143] too, he says, in round terms, "The

719 founder of this city, Romulus, we have raised to immortality

720 and divinity by kindly celebrating his services;" implying

721 that his deification was not real, but reputed, and called so

722 by courtesy on account of his virtues. In the dialogue *Hortensius*,

723 too, while speaking of the regular eclipses of the sun,

724 he says that they "produce the same darkness as covered

725 the death of Romulus, which happened during an eclipse

726 of the sun." Here you see he does not at all shrink from

727 speaking of his "death," for Cicero was more of a reasoner

728 than an eulogist.

729 The other kings of Rome, too, with the exception of Numa

730 Pompilius and Ancus Marcius, who died natural deaths, what

731 horrible ends they had! Tullus Hostilius, the conqueror and

732 destroyer of Alba, was, as I said, himself and all his house

733 consumed by lightning. Priscus Tarquinius was slain by his

734 predecessor's sons. Servius Tullius was foully murdered by

735 his son-in-law Tarquinius Superbus, who succeeded him on the

736 throne. Nor did so flagrant a parricide committed against

737 Rome's best king drive from their altars and shrines those gods

738 who were said to have been moved by Paris' adultery to treat

739 poor Troy in this style, and abandon it to the fire and sword

740 of the Greeks. Nay, the very Tarquin who had murdered, was

741 allowed to succeed his father-in-law. And this infamous parricide,

742 during the reign he had secured by murder, was allowed

743 to triumph in many victorious wars, and to build the Capitol

744 from their spoils; the gods meanwhile not departing, but abiding,

745 and abetting, and suffering their king Jupiter to preside and

746 reign over them in that very splendid Capitol, the work of a

747 parricide. For he did not build the Capitol in the days of

748 his innocence, and then suffer banishment for subsequent

749 crimes; but to that reign during which he built the Capitol,

750 he won his way by unnatural crime. And when he was afterwards

751 banished by the Romans, and forbidden the city, it

752 was not for his own but his son's wickedness in the affair of

753 Lucretia,—a crime perpetrated not only without his cognizance,

754 but in his absence. For at that time he was besieging

755 Ardea, and fighting Rome's battles; and we cannot say what

756 he would have done had he been aware of his son's crime.

757 Notwithstanding, though his opinion was neither inquired into

758 nor ascertained, the people stripped him of royalty; and when

759 he returned to Rome with his army, it was admitted, but he

760 was excluded, abandoned by his troops, and the gates shut in

761 his face. And yet, after he had appealed to the neighbouring

762 states, and tormented the Romans with calamitous but unsuccessful

763 wars, and when he was deserted by the ally on

764 whom he most depended, despairing of regaining the kingdom,

765 he lived a retired and quiet life for fourteen years, as it

766 is reported, in Tusculum, a Roman town; where he grew old

767 in his wife's company, and at last terminated his days in a

768 much more desirable fashion than his father-in-law, who had

769 perished by the hand of his son-in-law; his own daughter

770 abetting, if report be true. And this Tarquin the Romans

771 called, not the Cruel, nor the Infamous, but the Proud; their

772 own pride perhaps resenting his tyrannical airs. So little did

773 they make of his murdering their best king, his own father-in-law,

774 that they elected him their own king. I wonder if it

775 was not even more criminal in them to reward so bountifully

776 so great a criminal. And yet there was no word of the gods

777 abandoning the altars; unless, perhaps, some one will say in

778 defence of the gods, that they remained at Rome for the purpose

779 of punishing the Romans, rather than of aiding and profiting

780 them, seducing them by empty victories, and wearing them

781 out by severe wars. Such was the life of the Romans under

782 the kings during the much-praised epoch of the state which

783 extends to the expulsion of Tarquinius Superbus in the 243d

784 year, during which all those victories, which were bought with

785 so much blood and such disasters, hardly pushed Rome's

786 dominion twenty miles from the city; a territory which would

787 by no means bear comparison with that of any petty Gætulian

788 state.

789 >

790 >

791 >

792 16. *Of the first Roman consuls, the one of whom drove the other from the country,

793 > and shortly after perished at Rome by the hand of a wounded enemy,

794 > and so ended a career of unnatural murders.*

795 To this epoch let us add also that of which Sallust says,

796 that it was ordered with justice and moderation, while the

797 fear of Tarquin and of a war with Etruria was impending. For

798 so long as the Etrurians aided the efforts of Tarquin to regain

799 the throne, Rome was convulsed with distressing war. And

800 therefore he says that the state was ordered with justice and

801 moderation, through the pressure of fear, not through the influence

802 of equity. And in this very brief period, how calamitous

803 a year was that in which consuls were first created, when

804 the kingly power was abolished! They did not fulfil their

805 term of office. For Junius Brutus deprived his colleague

806 Lucius Tarquinius Collatinus, and banished him from the

807 city; and shortly after he himself fell in battle, at once

808 slaying and slain, having formerly put to death his own sons

809 and his brothers-in-law, because he had discovered that they

810 were conspiring to restore Tarquin. It is this deed that

811 Virgil shudders to record, even while he seems to praise it;

812 for when he says,

813 "And call his own rebellious seed

814 For menaced liberty to bleed,"

815 he immediately exclaims,

816 "Unhappy father! howsoe'er

817 The deed be judged by after days;"

818 that is to say, let posterity judge the deed as they please,

819 let them praise and extol the father who slew his sons, he is

820 unhappy. And then he adds, as if to console so unhappy a

821 man:

822 "His country's love shall all o'erbear,

823 And unextinguished thirst of praise."[144]

824 In the tragic end of Brutus, who slew his own sons, and

825 though he slew his enemy, Tarquin's son, yet could not survive

826 him, but was survived by Tarquin the elder, does not

827 the innocence of his colleague Collatinus seem to be vindicated,

828 who, though a good citizen, suffered the same punishment

829 as Tarquin himself, when that tyrant was banished?

830 For Brutus himself is said to have been a relative[145] of Tarquin.

831 But Collatinus had the misfortune to bear not only

832 the blood, but the name of Tarquin. To change his name,

833 then, not his country, would have been his fit penalty: to

834 abridge his name by this word, and be called simply L. Collatinus.

835 But he was not compelled to lose what he could

836 lose without detriment, but was stripped of the honour of the

837 first consulship, and was banished from the land he loved. Is

838 this, then, the glory of Brutus—this injustice, alike detestable

839 and profitless to the republic? Was it to this he was driven

840 by "his country's love, and unextinguished thirst of praise?"

841 When Tarquin the tyrant was expelled, L. Tarquinius Collatinus,

842 the husband of Lucretia, was created consul along

843 with Brutus. How justly the people acted, in looking more

844 to the character than the name of a citizen! How unjustly

845 Brutus acted, in depriving of honour and country his colleague

846 in that new office, whom he might have deprived of his name,

847 if it were so offensive to him! Such were the ills, such the

848 disasters, which fell out when the government was "ordered

849 with justice and moderation." Lucretius, too, who succeeded

850 Brutus, was carried off by disease before the end of that same

851 year. So P. Valerius, who succeeded Collatinus, and M. Horatius,

852 who filled the vacancy occasioned by the death of Lucretius,

853 completed that disastrous and funereal year, which had

854 five consuls. Such was the year in which the Roman republic

855 inaugurated the new honour and office of the consulship.

856 17. *Of the disasters which vexed the Roman republic after the inauguration of

857 the consulship, and of the non-intervention of the gods of Rome.*

858 After this, when their fears were gradually diminished,—not

859 because the wars ceased, but because they were not so

860 furious,—that period in which things were "ordered with

861 justice and moderation" drew to an end, and there followed

862 that state of matters which Sallust thus briefly sketches:

863 "Then began the patricians to oppress the people as slaves,

864 to condemn them to death or scourging, as the kings had

865 done, to drive them from their holdings, and to tyrannize over

866 those who had no property to lose. The people, overwhelmed

867 by these oppressive measures, and most of all by usury, and

868 obliged to contribute both money and personal service to the

869 constant wars, at length took arms and seceded to Mount

870 Aventine and Mount Sacer, and thus secured for themselves

871 tribunes and protective laws. But it was only the second

872 Punic war that put an end on both sides to discord and

873 strife."[146] But why should I spend time in writing such

874 things, or make others spend it in reading them? Let the

875 terse summary of Sallust suffice to intimate the misery of the

876 republic through all that long period till the second Punic

877 war,—how it was distracted from without by unceasing wars,

878 and torn with civil broils and dissensions. So that those

879 victories they boast were not the substantial joys of the

880 happy, but the empty comforts of wretched men, and seductive

881 incitements to turbulent men to concoct disasters upon

882 disasters. And let not the good and prudent Romans be

883 angry at our saying this; and indeed we need neither deprecate

884 nor denounce their anger, for we know they will harbour

885 none. For we speak no more severely than their own authors,

886 and much less elaborately and strikingly; yet they diligently

887 read these authors, and compel their children to learn them.

888 But they who are angry, what would they do to me were I

889 to say what Sallust says? "Frequent mobs, seditions, and at

890 last civil wars, became common, while a few leading men on

891 whom the masses were dependent, affected supreme power

892 under the seemly pretence of seeking the good of senate and

893 people; citizens were judged good or bad, without reference

894 to their loyalty to the republic (for all were equally corrupt);

895 but the wealthy and dangerously powerful were esteemed good

896 citizens, because they maintained the existing state of things."

897 Now, if those historians judged that an honourable freedom of

898 speech required that they should not be silent regarding the

899 blemishes of their own state, which they have in many places

900 loudly applauded in their ignorance of that other and true city

901 in which citizenship is an everlasting dignity; what does it

902 become us to do, whose liberty ought to be so much greater,

903 as our hope in God is better and more assured, when they

904 impute to our Christ the calamities of this age, in order that

905 men of the less instructed and weaker sort may be alienated

906 from that city in which alone eternal and blessed life can

907 be enjoyed? Nor do we utter against their gods anything

908 more horrible than their own authors do, whom they read and

909 circulate. For, indeed, all that we have said we have derived

910 from them, and there is much more to say of a worse kind

911 which we are unable to say.

912 Where, then, were those gods who are supposed to be justly

913 worshipped for the slender and delusive prosperity of this

914 world, when the Romans, who were seduced to their service

915 by lying wiles, were harassed by such calamities? Where

916 were they when Valerius the consul was killed while defending

917 the Capitol, that had been fired by exiles and slaves? He

918 was himself better able to defend the temple of Jupiter, than

919 that crowd of divinities with their most high and mighty king,

920 whose temple he came to the rescue of, were able to defend

921 him. Where were they when the city, worn out with unceasing

922 seditions, was waiting in some kind of calm for the return

923 of the ambassadors who had been sent to Athens to borrow

924 laws, and was desolated by dreadful famine and pestilence?

925 Where were they when the people, again distressed with

926 famine, created for the first time a prefect of the market; and

927 when Spurius Melius, who, as the famine increased, distributed

928 corn to the famishing masses, was accused of aspiring to royalty,

929 and at the instance of this same prefect, and on the authority

930 of the superannuated dictator L. Quintius, was put to death by

931 Quintus Servilius, master of the horse,—an event which occasioned

932 a serious and dangerous riot? Where were they when

933 that very severe pestilence visited Rome, on account of which

934 the people, after long and wearisome and useless supplications

935 of the helpless gods, conceived the idea of celebrating Lectisternia,

936 which had never been done before; that is to say,

937 they set couches in honour of the gods, which accounts for

938 the name of this sacred rite, or rather sacrilege?[147] Where

939 were they when, during ten successive years of reverses, the

940 Roman army suffered frequent and great losses among the

941 Veians, and would have been destroyed but for the succour

942 of Furius Camillus, who was afterwards banished by an ungrateful

943 country? Where were they when the Gauls took,

944 sacked, burned, and desolated Rome? Where were they when

945 that memorable pestilence wrought such destruction, in which

946 Furius Camillus too perished, who first defended the ungrateful

947 republic from the Veians, and afterwards saved it from the

948 Gauls? Nay, during this plague they introduced a new pestilence

949 of scenic entertainments, which spread its more fatal

950 contagion, not to the bodies, but the morals of the Romans?

951 Where were they when another frightful pestilence visited the

952 city—I mean the poisonings imputed to an incredible number

953 of noble Roman matrons, whose characters were infected with

954 a disease more fatal than any plague? Or when both consuls

955 at the head of the army were beset by the Samnites in

956 the Caudine Forks, and forced to strike a shameful treaty,

957 600 Roman knights being kept as hostages; while the troops,

958 having laid down their arms, and being stripped of everything,

959 were made to pass under the yoke with one garment each?

960 Or when, in the midst of a serious pestilence, lightning struck

961 the Roman camp and killed many? Or when Rome was

962 driven, by the violence of another intolerable plague, to send

963 to Epidaurus for Æsculapius as a god of medicine; since the

964 frequent adulteries of Jupiter in his youth had not perhaps

965 left this king of all who so long reigned in the Capitol, any

966 leisure for the study of medicine? Or when, at one time,

967 the Lucanians, Brutians, Samnites, Tuscans, and Senonian

968 Gauls conspired against Rome, and first slew her ambassadors,

969 then overthrew an army under the prætor, putting to the sword

970 13,000 men, besides the commander and seven tribunes? Or

971 when the people, after the serious and long-continued disturbances

972 at Rome, at last plundered the city and withdrew

973 to Janiculus; a danger so grave, that Hortensius was created

974 dictator,—an office which they had recourse to only in extreme

975 emergencies; and he, having brought back the people, died

976 while yet he retained his office,—an event without precedent

977 in the case of any dictator, and which was a shame to those

978 gods who had now Æsculapius among them?

979 At that time, indeed, so many wars were everywhere engaged

980 in, that through scarcity of soldiers they enrolled for

981 military service the *proletarii*, who received this name, because,

982 being too poor to equip for military service, they had

983 leisure to beget offspring.[148] Pyrrhus, king of Greece, and at

984 that time of wide-spread renown, was invited by the Tarentines

985 to enlist himself against Rome. It was to him that Apollo,

986 when consulted regarding the issue of his enterprise, uttered

987 with some pleasantry so ambiguous an oracle, that whichever

988 alternative happened, the god himself should be counted

989 divine. For he so worded the oracle,[149] that whether Pyrrhus

990 was conquered by the Romans, or the Romans by Pyrrhus,

991 the soothsaying god would securely await the issue. And

992 then what frightful massacres of both armies ensued! Yet

993 Pyrrhus remained conqueror, and would have been able now

994 to proclaim Apollo a true diviner, as he understood the oracle,

995 had not the Romans been the conquerors in the next engagement.

996 And while such disastrous wars were being waged, a

997 terrible disease broke out among the women. For the pregnant

998 women died before delivery. And Æsculapius, I fancy, excused

999 himself in this matter on the ground that he professed to be

1000 arch-physician, not midwife. Cattle, too, similarly perished;

1001 so that it was believed that the whole race of animals was

1002 destined to become extinct. Then what shall I say of that

1003 memorable winter in which the weather was so incredibly

1004 severe, that in the Forum frightfully deep snow lay for forty

1005 days together, and the Tiber was frozen? Had such things

1006 happened in our time, what accusations we should have heard

1007 from our enemies! And that other great pestilence, which

1008 raged so long and carried off so many; what shall I say of

1009 it? Spite of all the drugs of Æsculapius, it only grew worse

1010 in its second year, till at last recourse was had to the Sibylline

1011 books,—a kind of oracle which, as Cicero says in his *De

1012 Divinatione*, owes significance to its interpreters, who make

1013 doubtful conjectures as they can or as they wish. In this

1014 instance, the cause of the plague was said to be that so many

1015 temples had been used as private residences. And thus

1016 Æsculapius for the present escaped the charge of either ignominious

1017 negligence or want of skill. But why were so many

1018 allowed to occupy sacred tenements without interference, unless

1019 because supplication had long been addressed in vain to

1020 such a crowd of gods, and so by degrees the sacred places were

1021 deserted of worshippers, and being thus vacant, could without

1022 offence be put at least to some human uses? And the temples,

1023 which were at that time laboriously recognised and restored

1024 that the plague might be stayed, fell afterwards into disuse,

1025 and were again devoted to the same human uses. Had they

1026 not thus lapsed into obscurity, it could not have been pointed

1027 to as proof of Varro's great erudition, that in his work on

1028 sacred places he cites so many that were unknown. Meanwhile,

1029 the restoration of the temples procured no cure of the

1030 plague, but only a fine excuse for the gods.

1031 18. *The disasters suffered by the Romans in the Punic wars, which were not

1032 mitigated by the protection of the gods.*

1033 In the Punic wars, again, when victory hung so long in

1034 the balance between the two kingdoms, when two powerful

1035 nations were straining every nerve and using all their resources

1036 against one another, how many smaller kingdoms

1037 were crushed, how many large and flourishing cities were demolished,

1038 how many states were overwhelmed and ruined, how

1039 many districts and lands far and near were desolated! How

1040 often were the victors on either side vanquished! What

1041 multitudes of men, both of those actually in arms and

1042 of others, were destroyed! What huge navies, too, were

1043 crippled in engagements, or were sunk by every kind of

1044 marine disaster! Were we to attempt to recount or mention

1045 these calamities, we should become writers of history. At

1046 that period Rome was mightily perturbed, and resorted to

1047 vain and ludicrous expedients. On the authority of the

1048 Sibylline books, the secular games were re-appointed, which

1049 had been inaugurated a century before, but had faded into

1050 oblivion in happier times. The games consecrated to the infernal

1051 gods were also renewed by the pontiffs; for they, too,

1052 had sunk into disuse in the better times. And no wonder;

1053 for when they were renewed, the great abundance of dying

1054 men made all hell rejoice at its riches, and give itself up to

1055 sport: for certainly the ferocious wars, and disastrous quarrels,

1056 and bloody victories—now on one side, and now on the other—though

1057 most calamitous to men, afforded great sport and

1058 a rich banquet to the devils. But in the first Punic war

1059 there was no more disastrous event than the Roman defeat in

1060 which Regulus was taken. We made mention of him in the

1061 two former books as an incontestably great man, who had

1062 before conquered and subdued the Carthaginians, and who

1063 would have put an end to the first Punic war, had not an

1064 inordinate appetite for praise and glory prompted him to impose

1065 on the worn-out Carthaginians harder conditions than

1066 they could bear. If the unlooked-for captivity and unseemly

1067 bondage of this man, his fidelity to his oath, and his surpassingly

1068 cruel death, do not bring a blush to the face of the gods,

1069 it is true that they are brazen and bloodless.

1070 Nor were there wanting at that time very heavy disasters

1071 within the city itself. For the Tiber was extraordinarily

1072 flooded, and destroyed almost all the lower parts of the city;

1073 some buildings being carried away by the violence of the

1074 torrent, while others were soaked to rottenness by the water

1075 that stood round them even after the flood was gone. This

1076 visitation was followed by a fire which was still more destructive,

1077 for it consumed some of the loftier buildings round

1078 the Forum, and spared not even its own proper temple, that of

1079 Vesta, in which virgins chosen for this honour, or rather for

1080 this punishment, had been employed in conferring, as it were,

1081 everlasting life on fire, by ceaselessly feeding it with fresh

1082 fuel. But at the time we speak of, the fire in the temple was

1083 not content with being kept alive: it raged. And when the

1084 virgins, scared by its vehemence, were unable to save those

1085 fatal images which had already brought destruction on three

1086 cities[150] in which they had been received, Metellus the priest,

1087 forgetful of his own safety, rushed in and rescued the sacred

1088 things, though he was half roasted in doing so. For either

1089 the fire did not recognise even him, or else the goddess of fire

1090 was there,—a goddess who would not have fled from the fire

1091 supposing she had been there. But here you see how a man

1092 could be of greater service to Vesta than she could be to him.

1093 Now if these gods could not avert the fire from themselves,

1094 what help against flames or flood could they bring to the state

1095 of which they were the reputed guardians? Facts have shown

1096 that they were useless. These objections of ours would be

1097 idle if our adversaries maintained that their idols are consecrated

1098 rather as symbols of things eternal, than to secure the

1099 blessings of time; and that thus, though the symbols, like all

1100 material and visible things, might perish, no damage thereby

1101 resulted to the things for the sake of which they had been

1102 consecrated, while, as for the images themselves, they could be

1103 renewed again for the same purposes they had formerly served.

1104 But with lamentable blindness, they suppose that, through the

1105 intervention of perishable gods, the earthly well-being and temporal

1106 prosperity of the state can be preserved from perishing.

1107 And so, when they are reminded that even when the gods remained

1108 among them this well-being and prosperity were blighted,

1109 they blush to change the opinion they are unable to defend.

1110 19. *Of the calamity of the second Punic war, which consumed the strength

1111 of both parties.*

1112 As to the second Punic war, it were tedious to recount the

1113 disasters it brought on both the nations engaged in so protracted

1114 and shifting a war, that (by the acknowledgment even

1115 of those writers who have made it their object not so much to

1116 narrate the wars as to eulogize the dominion of Rome) the

1117 people who remained victorious were less like conquerors than

1118 conquered. For, when Hannibal poured out of Spain over the

1119 Pyrenees, and overran Gaul, and burst through the Alps, and

1120 during his whole course gathered strength by plundering and

1121 subduing as he went, and inundated Italy like a torrent, how

1122 bloody were the wars, and how continuous the engagements,

1123 that were fought! How often were the Romans vanquished!

1124 How many towns went over to the enemy, and how many

1125 were taken and subdued! What fearful battles there were,

1126 and how often did the defeat of the Romans shed lustre on the

1127 arms of Hannibal! And what shall I say of the wonderfully

1128 crushing defeat at Cannæ, where even Hannibal, cruel as he

1129 was, was yet sated with the blood of his bitterest enemies, and

1130 gave orders that they be spared? From this field of battle he

1131 sent to Carthage three bushels of gold rings, signifying that so

1132 much of the rank of Rome had that day fallen, that it was

1133 easier to give an idea of it by measure than by numbers; and

1134 that the frightful slaughter of the common rank and file whose

1135 bodies lay undistinguished by the ring, and who were numerous

1136 in proportion to their meanness, was rather to be conjectured

1137 than accurately reported. In fact, such was the scarcity

1138 of soldiers after this, that the Romans impressed their criminals

1139 on the promise of impunity, and their slaves by the bribe of

1140 liberty, and out of these infamous classes did not so much

1141 recruit as create an army. But these slaves, or, to give them

1142 all their titles, these freedmen who were enlisted to do battle

1143 for the republic of Rome, lacked arms. And so they took

1144 arms from the temples, as if the Romans were saying to their

1145 gods: Lay down those arms you have held so long in vain, if

1146 by chance our slaves may be able to use to purpose what you,

1147 our gods, have been impotent to use. At that time, too, the

1148 public treasury was too low to pay the soldiers, and private

1149 resources were used for public purposes; and so generously

1150 did individuals contribute of their property, that, saving the

1151 gold ring and bulla which each wore, the pitiful mark of his

1152 rank, no senator, and much less any of the other orders and

1153 tribes, reserved any gold for his own use. But if in our day

1154 they were reduced to this poverty, who would be able to

1155 endure their reproaches, barely endurable as they are now,

1156 when more money is spent on actors for the sake of a superfluous

1157 gratification, than was then disbursed to the legions?

1158 20. *Of the destruction of the Saguntines, who received no help from the Roman

1159 gods, though perishing on account of their fidelity to Rome.*

1160 But among all the disasters of the second Punic war, there

1161 occurred none more lamentable, or calculated to excite deeper

1162 complaint, than the fate of the Saguntines. This city of Spain,

1163 eminently friendly to Rome, was destroyed by its fidelity to

1164 the Roman people. For when Hannibal had broken treaty with

1165 the Romans, he sought occasion for provoking them to war,

1166 and accordingly made a fierce assault upon Saguntum. When

1167 this was reported at Rome, ambassadors were sent to Hannibal,

1168 urging him to raise the siege; and when this remonstrance was

1169 neglected, they proceeded to Carthage, lodged complaint against

1170 the breaking of the treaty, and returned to Rome without accomplishing

1171 their object. Meanwhile the siege went on; and

1172 in the eighth or ninth month, this opulent but ill-fated city,

1173 dear as it was to its own state and to Rome, was taken, and

1174 subjected to treatment which one cannot read, much less narrate,

1175 without horror. And yet, because it bears directly on

1176 the matter in hand, I will briefly touch upon it. First, then,

1177 famine wasted the Saguntines, so that even human corpses

1178 were eaten by some: so at least it is recorded. Subsequently,

1179 when thoroughly worn out, that they might at least escape the

1180 ignominy of falling into the hands of Hannibal, they publicly

1181 erected a huge funeral pile, and cast themselves into its flames,

1182 while at the same time they slew their children and themselves

1183 with the sword. Could these gods, these debauchees and

1184 gourmands, whose mouths water for fat sacrifices, and whose

1185 lips utter lying divinations,—could they not do anything in a

1186 case like this? Could they not interfere for the preservation of

1187 a city closely allied to the Roman people, or prevent it perishing

1188 for its fidelity to that alliance of which they themselves

1189 had been the mediators? Saguntum, faithfully keeping the

1190 treaty it had entered into before these gods, and to which it

1191 had firmly bound itself by an oath, was besieged, taken, and

1192 destroyed by a perjured person. If afterwards, when Hannibal

1193 was close to the walls of Rome, it was the gods who terrified

1194 him with lightning and tempest, and drove him to a distance,

1195 why, I ask, did they not thus interfere before? For I make

1196 bold to say, that this demonstration with the tempest would

1197 have been more honourably made in defence of the allies of

1198 Rome—who were in danger on account of their reluctance to

1199 break faith with the Romans, and had no resources of their

1200 own—than in defence of the Romans themselves, who were

1201 fighting in their own cause, and had abundant resources to

1202 oppose Hannibal. If, then, they had been the guardians of

1203 Roman prosperity and glory, they would have preserved that

1204 glory from the stain of this Saguntine disaster; and how silly

1205 it is to believe that Rome was preserved from destruction at

1206 the hands of Hannibal by the guardian care of those gods who

1207 were unable to rescue the city of Saguntum from perishing

1208 through its fidelity to the alliance of Rome. If the population

1209 of Saguntum had been Christian, and had suffered as it

1210 did for the Christian faith (though, of course, Christians would

1211 not have used fire and sword against their own persons), they

1212 would have suffered with that hope which springs from faith

1213 in Christ—the hope not of a brief temporal reward, but of unending

1214 and eternal bliss. What, then, will the advocates and

1215 apologists of these gods say in their defence, when charged

1216 with the blood of these Saguntines; for they are professedly

1217 worshipped and invoked for this very purpose of securing prosperity

1218 in this fleeting and transitory life? Can anything be

1219 said but what was alleged in the case of Regulus' death? For

1220 though there is a difference between the two cases, the one

1221 being an individual, the other a whole community, yet the

1222 cause of destruction was in both cases the keeping of their

1223 plighted troth. For it was this which made Regulus willing

1224 to return to his enemies, and this which made the Saguntines

1225 unwilling to revolt to their enemies. Does, then, the keeping

1226 of faith provoke the gods to anger? Or is it possible that not

1227 only individuals, but even entire communities, perish while

1228 the gods are propitious to them? Let our adversaries choose

1229 which alternative they will. If, on the one hand, those gods

1230 are enraged at the keeping of faith, let them enlist perjured

1231 persons as their worshippers. If, on the other hand, men and

1232 states can suffer great and terrible calamities, and at last perish

1233 while favoured by the gods, then does their worship not produce

1234 happiness as its fruit. Let those, therefore, who suppose

1235 that they have fallen into distress because their religious worship

1236 has been abolished, lay aside their anger; for it were quite

1237 possible that did the gods not only remain with them, but regard

1238 them with favour, they might yet be left to mourn an

1239 unhappy lot, or might, even like Regulus and the Saguntines,

1240 be horribly tormented, and at last perish miserably.

1241 21. *Of the ingratitude of Rome to Scipio, its deliverer, and of its manners

1242 during the period which Sallust describes as the best.*

1243 Omitting many things, that I may not exceed the limits

1244 of the work I have proposed to myself, I come to the epoch

1245 between the second and last Punic wars, during which, according

1246 to Sallust, the Romans lived with the greatest virtue and

1247 concord. Now, in this period of virtue and harmony, the

1248 great Scipio, the liberator of Rome and Italy, who had with

1249 surprising ability brought to a close the second Punic war—that

1250 horrible, destructive, dangerous contest—who had defeated

1251 Hannibal and subdued Carthage, and whose whole life is said

1252 to have been dedicated to the gods, and cherished in their

1253 temples,—this Scipio, after such a triumph, was obliged to

1254 yield to the accusations of his enemies, and to leave his

1255 country, which his valour had saved and liberated, to spend

1256 the remainder of his days in the town of Liternum, so

1257 indifferent to a recall from exile, that he is said to have

1258 given orders that not even his remains should lie in his

1259 ungrateful country. It was at that time also that the proconsul

1260 Cn. Manlius, after subduing the Galatians, introduced

1261 into Rome the luxury of Asia, more destructive than all

1262 hostile armies. It was then that iron bedsteads and expensive

1263 carpets were first used; then, too, that female singers

1264 were admitted at banquets, and other licentious abominations

1265 were introduced. But at present I meant to speak, not of the

1266 evils men voluntarily practise, but of those they suffer in spite

1267 of themselves. So that the case of Scipio, who succumbed to

1268 his enemies, and died in exile from the country he had rescued,

1269 was mentioned by me as being pertinent to the present discussion;

1270 for this was the reward he received from those

1271 Roman gods whose temples he saved from Hannibal, and

1272 who are worshipped only for the sake of securing temporal

1273 happiness. But since Sallust, as we have seen, declares that

1274 the manners of Rome were never better than at that time, I

1275 therefore judged it right to mention the Asiatic luxury then

1276 introduced, that it might be seen that what he says is true, only

1277 when that period is compared with the others, during which

1278 the morals were certainly worse, and the factions more violent.

1279 For at that time—I mean between the second and third Punic

1280 war—that notorious Lex Voconia was passed, which prohibited

1281 a man from making a woman, even an only daughter, his heir;

1282 than which law I am at a loss to conceive what could be

1283 more unjust. It is true that in the interval between these

1284 two Punic wars the misery of Rome was somewhat less.

1285 Abroad, indeed, their forces were consumed by wars, yet also

1286 consoled by victories; while at home there were not such

1287 disturbances as at other times. But when the last Punic war

1288 had terminated in the utter destruction of Rome's rival, which

1289 quickly succumbed to the other Scipio, who thus earned for

1290 himself the surname of Africanus, then the Roman republic was

1291 overwhelmed with such a host of ills, which sprang from the

1292 corrupt manners induced by prosperity and security, that the

1293 sudden overthrow of Carthage is seen to have injured Rome

1294 more seriously than her long-continued hostility. During the

1295 whole subsequent period down to the time of Cæsar Augustus,

1296 who seems to have entirely deprived the Romans of liberty,—a

1297 liberty, indeed, which in their own judgment was no longer

1298 glorious, but full of broils and dangers, and which now was

1299 quite enervated and languishing,—and who submitted all things

1300 again to the will of a monarch, and infused as it were a new

1301 life into the sickly old age of the republic, and inaugurated a

1302 fresh *régime*;—during this whole period, I say, many military

1303 disasters were sustained on a variety of occasions, all of which

1304 I here pass by. There was specially the treaty of Numantia,

1305 blotted as it was with extreme disgrace; for the sacred

1306 chickens, they say, flew out of the coop, and thus augured

1307 disaster to Mancinus the consul; just as if, during all these

1308 years in which that little city of Numantia had withstood the

1309 besieging army of Rome, and had become a terror to the

1310 republic, the other generals had all marched against it under

1311 unfavourable auspices.

1312 22. *Of the edict of Mithridates, commanding that all Roman citizens found in

1313 Asia should be slain.*

1314 These things, I say, I pass in silence; but I can by no

1315 means be silent regarding the order given by Mithridates,

1316 king of Asia, that on one day all Roman citizens residing

1317 anywhere in Asia (where great numbers of them were following

1318 their private business) should be put to death: and this

1319 order was executed. How miserable a spectacle was then

1320 presented, when each man was suddenly and treacherously

1321 murdered wherever he happened to be, in the field or on the

1322 road, in the town, in his own home, or in the street, in market

1323 or temple, in bed or at table! Think of the groans of the

1324 dying, the tears of the spectators, and even of the executioners

1325 themselves. For how cruel a necessity was it that compelled

1326 the hosts of these victims, not only to see these abominable

1327 butcheries in their own houses, but even to perpetrate them:

1328 to change their countenance suddenly from the bland kindliness

1329 of friendship, and in the midst of peace set about the

1330 business of war; and, shall I say, give and receive wounds,

1331 the slain being pierced in body, the slayer in spirit! Had

1332 all these murdered persons, then, despised auguries? Had

1333 they neither public nor household gods to consult when they

1334 left their homes and set out on that fatal journey? If they

1335 had not, our adversaries have no reason to complain of these

1336 Christian times in this particular, since long ago the Romans

1337 despised auguries as idle. If, on the other hand, they did

1338 consult omens, let them tell us what good they got thereby,

1339 even when such things were not prohibited, but authorized,

1340 by human, if not by divine law.

1341 23. *Of the internal disasters which vexed the Roman republic, and followed a

1342 portentous madness which seized all the domestic animals.*

1343 But let us now mention, as succinctly as possible, those

1344 disasters which were still more vexing, because nearer home;

1345 I mean those discords which are erroneously called civil, since

1346 they destroy civil interests. The seditions had now become

1347 urban wars, in which blood was freely shed, and in which parties

1348 raged against one another, not with wrangling and verbal

1349 contention, but with physical force and arms. What a sea of

1350 Roman blood was shed, what desolations and devastations were

1351 occasioned in Italy by wars social, wars servile, wars civil!

1352 Before the Latins began the social war against Rome, all the

1353 animals used in the service of man—dogs, horses, asses, oxen,

1354 and all the rest that are subject to man—suddenly grew wild,

1355 and forgot their domesticated tameness, forsook their stalls

1356 and wandered at large, and could not be closely approached

1357 either by strangers or their own masters without danger. If

1358 this was a portent, how serious a calamity must have been

1359 portended by a plague which, whether portent or no, was in

1360 itself a serious calamity! Had it happened in our day, the

1361 heathen would have been more rabid against us than their

1362 animals were against them.

1363 24. *Of the civil dissension occasioned by the sedition of the Gracchi.*

1364 The civil wars originated in the seditions which the

1365 Gracchi excited regarding the agrarian laws; for they were

1366 minded to divide among the people the lands which were

1367 wrongfully possessed by the nobility. But to reform an

1368 abuse of so long standing was an enterprise full of peril, or

1369 rather, as the event proved, of destruction. For what disasters

1370 accompanied the death of the elder Gracchus! what slaughter

1371 ensued when, shortly after, the younger brother met the same

1372 fate! For noble and ignoble were indiscriminately massacred;

1373 and this not by legal authority and procedure, but by mobs

1374 and armed rioters. After the death of the younger Gracchus,

1375 the consul Lucius Opimius, who had given battle to him

1376 within the city, and had defeated and put to the sword both

1377 himself and his confederates, and had massacred many of the

1378 citizens, instituted a judicial examination of others, and is

1379 reported to have put to death as many as 3000 men. From

1380 this it may be gathered how many fell in the riotous encounters,

1381 when the result even of a judicial investigation was

1382 so bloody. The assassin of Gracchus himself sold his head

1383 to the consul for its weight in gold, such being the previous

1384 agreement. In this massacre, too, Marcus Fulvius, a man of

1385 consular rank, with all his children, was put to death.

1386 25. *Of the temple of Concord, which was erected by a decree of the senate on the

1387 scene of these seditions and massacres.*

1388 A pretty decree of the senate it was, truly, by which the

1389 temple of Concord was built on the spot where that disastrous

1390 rising had taken place, and where so many citizens of every

1391 rank had fallen.[151] I suppose it was that the monument of the

1392 Gracchi's punishment might strike the eye and affect the

1393 memory of the pleaders. But what was this but to deride

1394 the gods, by building a temple to that goddess who, had she

1395 been in the city, would not have suffered herself to be torn

1396 by such dissensions? Or was it that Concord was chargeable

1397 with that bloodshed because she had deserted the minds of

1398 the citizens, and was therefore incarcerated in that temple?

1399 For if they had any regard to consistency, why did they not

1400 rather erect on that site a temple of Discord? Or is there

1401 a reason for Concord being a goddess while Discord is none?

1402 Does the distinction of Labeo hold here, who would have

1403 made the one a good, the other an evil deity?—a distinction

1404 which seems to have been suggested to him by the mere fact

1405 of his observing at Rome a temple to Fever as well as one to

1406 Health. But, on the same ground, Discord as well as Concord

1407 ought to be deified. A hazardous venture the Romans made

1408 in provoking so wicked a goddess, and in forgetting that the

1409 destruction of Troy had been occasioned by her taking offence.

1410 For, being indignant that she was not invited with the other

1411 gods [to the nuptials of Peleus and Thetis], she created dissension

1412 among the three goddesses by sending in the golden

1413 apple, which occasioned strife in heaven, victory to Venus,

1414 the rape of Helen, and the destruction of Troy. Wherefore,

1415 if she was perhaps offended that the Romans had not thought

1416 her worthy of a temple among the other gods in their city,

1417 and therefore disturbed the state with such tumults, to how

1418 much fiercer passion would she be roused when she saw the

1419 temple of her adversary erected on the scene of that massacre,

1420 or, in other words, on the scene of her own handiwork! Those

1421 wise and learned men are enraged at our laughing at these

1422 follies; and yet, being worshippers of good and bad divinities

1423 alike, they cannot escape this dilemma about Concord and

1424 Discord: either they have neglected the worship of these

1425 goddesses, and preferred Fever and War, to whom there are

1426 shrines erected of great antiquity, or they have worshipped

1427 them, and after all Concord has abandoned them, and Discord

1428 has tempestuously hurled them into civil wars.

1429 26. *Of the various kinds of wars which followed the building of the temple of

1430 Concord.*

1431 But they supposed that, in erecting the temple of Concord

1432 within the view of the orators, as a memorial of the punishment

1433 and death of the Gracchi, they were raising an effectual

1434 obstacle to sedition. How much effect it had, is indicated by

1435 the still more deplorable wars that followed. For after this

1436 the orators endeavoured not to avoid the example of the

1437 Gracchi, but to surpass their projects; as did Lucius Saturninus,

1438 a tribune of the people, and Caius Servilius the prætor,

1439 and some time after Marcus Drusus, all of whom stirred seditions

1440 which first of all occasioned bloodshed, and then the

1441 social wars by which Italy was grievously injured, and reduced

1442 to a piteously desolate and wasted condition. Then followed the

1443 servile war and the civil wars; and in them what battles were

1444 fought, and what blood was shed, so that almost all the peoples

1445 of Italy, which formed the main strength of the Roman empire,

1446 were conquered as if they were barbarians! Then even historians

1447 themselves find it difficult to explain how the servile war

1448 was begun by a very few, certainly less than seventy gladiators,

1449 what numbers of fierce and cruel men attached themselves to

1450 these, how many of the Roman generals this band defeated,

1451 and how it laid waste many districts and cities. And that

1452 was not the only servile war: the province of Macedonia, and

1453 subsequently Sicily and the sea-coast, were also depopulated

1454 by bands of slaves. And who can adequately describe either

1455 the horrible atrocities which the pirates first committed, or the

1456 wars they afterwards maintained against Rome?

1457 27. *Of the civil war between Marius and Sylla.*

1458 But when Marius, stained with the blood of his fellow-citizens,

1459 whom the rage of party had sacrificed, was in his turn

1460 vanquished and driven from the city, it had scarcely time to

1461 breathe freely, when, to use the words of Cicero, "Cinna and

1462 Marius together returned and took possession of it. Then,

1463 indeed, the foremost men in the state were put to death, its

1464 lights quenched. Sylla afterwards avenged this cruel victory;

1465 but we need not say with what loss of life, and with what ruin

1466 to the republic."[152] For of this vengeance, which was more

1467 destructive than if the crimes which it punished had been

1468 committed with impunity, Lucan says: "The cure was excessive,

1469 and too closely resembled the disease. The guilty

1470 perished, but when none but the guilty survived: and then

1471 private hatred and anger, unbridled by law, were allowed free

1472 indulgence."[153] In that war between Marius and Sylla, besides

1473 those who fell in the field of battle, the city, too, was filled

1474 with corpses in its streets, squares, markets, theatres, and

1475 temples; so that it is not easy to reckon whether the victors

1476 slew more before or after victory, that they might be, or because

1477 they were, victors. As soon as Marius triumphed, and

1478 returned from exile, besides the butcheries everywhere perpetrated,

1479 the head of the consul Octavius was exposed on the

1480 rostrum; Cæsar and Fimbria were assassinated in their own

1481 houses; the two Crassi, father and son, were murdered in one

1482 another's sight; Bebius and Numitorius were disembowelled by

1483 being dragged with hooks; Catulus escaped the hands of his

1484 enemies by drinking poison; Merula, the flamen of Jupiter,

1485 cut his veins and made a libation of his own blood to his god.

1486 Moreover, every one whose salutation Marius did not answer

1487 by giving his hand, was at once cut down before his face.

1488 28. *Of the victory of Sylla, the avenger of the cruelties of Marius.*

1489 Then followed the victory of Sylla, the so-called avenger of

1490 the cruelties of Marius. But not only was his victory purchased

1491 with great bloodshed; but when hostilities were finished,

1492 hostility survived, and the subsequent peace was bloody as the

1493 war. To the former and still recent massacres of the elder

1494 Marius, the younger Marius and Carbo, who belonged to the

1495 same party, added greater atrocities. For when Sylla approached,

1496 and they despaired not only of victory, but of life

1497 itself, they made a promiscuous massacre of friends and foes.

1498 And, not satisfied with staining every corner of Rome with

1499 blood, they besieged the senate, and led forth the senators to

1500 death from the curia as from a prison. Mucius Scævola the

1501 pontiff was slain at the altar of Vesta, which he had clung to

1502 because no spot in Rome was more sacred than her temple;

1503 and his blood well-nigh extinguished the fire which was kept

1504 alive by the constant care of the virgins. Then Sylla entered

1505 the city victorious, after having slaughtered in the Villa Publica,

1506 not by combat, but by an order, 7000 men who had surrendered,

1507 and were therefore unarmed; so fierce was the rage

1508 of peace itself, even after the rage of war was extinct. Moreover,

1509 throughout the whole city every partisan of Sylla slew

1510 whom he pleased, so that the number of deaths went beyond

1511 computation, till it was suggested to Sylla that he should allow

1512 some to survive, that the victors might not be destitute of

1513 subjects. Then this furious and promiscuous licence to murder

1514 was checked, and much relief was expressed at the publication

1515 of the prescription list, containing though it did the death-warrant

1516 of two thousand men of the highest ranks, the senatorial

1517 and equestrian. The large number was indeed saddening,

1518 but it was consolatory that a limit was fixed; nor was the

1519 grief at the numbers slain so great as the joy that the rest

1520 were secure. But this very security, hard-hearted as it was,

1521 could not but bemoan the exquisite torture applied to some of

1522 those who had been doomed to die. For one was torn to

1523 pieces by the unarmed hands of the executioners; men treating

1524 a living man more savagely than wild beasts are used to

1525 tear an abandoned corpse. Another had his eyes dug out, and

1526 his limbs cut away bit by bit, and was forced to live a long

1527 while, or rather to die a long while, in such torture. Some

1528 celebrated cities were put up to auction, like farms; and one

1529 was collectively condemned to slaughter, just as an individual

1530 criminal would be condemned to death. These things were

1531 done in peace when the war was over, not that victory might

1532 be more speedily obtained, but that, after being obtained, it

1533 might not be thought lightly of. Peace vied with war in

1534 cruelty, and surpassed it: for while war overthrew armed

1535 hosts, peace slew the defenceless. War gave liberty to him

1536 who was attacked, to strike if he could; peace granted to the

1537 survivors not life, but an unresisting death.

1538 >

1539 >

1540 >

1541 29. *A comparison of the disasters which Rome experienced during the Gothic

1542 > and Gallic invasions, with those occasioned by the authors of the civil wars.*

1543 What fury of foreign nations, what barbarian ferocity, can

1544 compare with this victory of citizens over citizens? Which

1545 was more disastrous, more hideous, more bitter to Rome: the

1546 recent Gothic and the old Gallic invasion, or the cruelty displayed

1547 by Marius and Sylla and their partisans against men

1548 who were members of the same body as themselves? The

1549 Gauls, indeed, massacred all the senators they found in any part

1550 of the city except the Capitol, which alone was defended; but

1551 they at least sold life to those who were in the Capitol, though

1552 they might have starved them out if they could not have

1553 stormed it. The Goths, again, spared so many senators, that

1554 it is the more surprising that they killed any. But Sylla,

1555 while Marius was still living, established himself as conqueror

1556 in the Capitol, which the Gauls had not violated, and thence

1557 issued his death-warrants; and when Marius had escaped by

1558 flight, though destined to return more fierce and bloodthirsty

1559 than ever, Sylla issued from the Capitol even decrees of the

1560 senate for the slaughter and confiscation of the property of

1561 many citizens. Then, when Sylla left, what did the Marian

1562 faction hold sacred or spare, when they gave no quarter even

1563 to Mucius, a citizen, a senator, a pontiff, and though clasping

1564 in piteous embrace the very altar in which, they say, reside

1565 the destinies of Rome? And that final proscription list of

1566 Sylla's, not to mention countless other massacres, despatched

1567 more senators than the Goths could even plunder.

1568 30. *Of the connection of the wars which with great severity and frequency

1569 followed one another before the advent of Christ.*

1570 With what effrontery, then, with what assurance, with what

1571 impudence, with what folly, or rather insanity, do they refuse

1572 to impute these disasters to their own gods, and impute the

1573 present to our Christ! These bloody civil wars, more distressing,

1574 by the avowal of their own historians, than any foreign wars,

1575 and which were pronounced to be not merely calamitous, but

1576 absolutely ruinous to the republic, began long before the coming

1577 of Christ, and gave birth to one another; so that a concatenation

1578 of unjustifiable causes led from the wars of Marius and

1579 Sylla to those of Sertorius and Catiline, of whom the one was

1580 proscribed, the other brought up by Sylla; from this to the

1581 war of Lepidus and Catulus, of whom the one wished to rescind,

1582 the other to defend the acts of Sylla; from this to the war of

1583 Pompey and Cæsar, of whom Pompey had been a partisan of

1584 Sylla, whose power he equalled or even surpassed, while Cæsar

1585 condemned Pompey's power because it was not his own, and

1586 yet exceeded it when Pompey was defeated and slain. From

1587 him the chain of civil wars extended to the second Cæsar,

1588 afterwards called Augustus, and in whose reign Christ was

1589 born. For even Augustus himself waged many civil wars;

1590 and in these wars many of the foremost men perished, among

1591 them that skilful manipulator of the republic, Cicero. Caius

1592 [Julius] Cæsar, when he had conquered Pompey, though he

1593 used his victory with clemency, and granted to men of the opposite

1594 faction both life and honours, was suspected of aiming

1595 at royalty, and was assassinated in the curia by a party of

1596 noble senators, who had conspired to defend the liberty of the

1597 republic. His power was then coveted by Antony, a man of

1598 very different character, polluted and debased by every kind of

1599 vice, who was strenuously resisted by Cicero on the same plea

1600 of defending the liberty of the republic. At this juncture that

1601 other Cæsar, the adopted son of Caius, and afterwards, as I

1602 said, known by the name of Augustus, had made his *début* as

1603 a young man of remarkable genius. This youthful Cæsar was

1604 favoured by Cicero, in order that his influence might counteract

1605 that of Antony; for he hoped that Cæsar would overthrow and

1606 blast the power of Antony, and establish a free state,—so blind

1607 and unaware of the future was he: for that very young man,

1608 whose advancement and influence he was fostering, allowed

1609 Cicero to be killed as the seal of an alliance with Antony, and

1610 subjected to his own rule the very liberty of the republic in

1611 defence of which he had made so many orations.

1612 >

1613 >

1614 >

1615 31. *That it is effrontery to impute the present troubles to Christ and the prohibition

1616 > of polytheistic worship, since even when the gods were worshipped

1617 > such calamities befell the people.*

1618 Let those who have no gratitude to Christ for His great

1619 benefits, blame their own gods for these heavy disasters. For

1620 certainly when these occurred the altars of the gods were kept

1621 blazing, and there rose the mingled fragrance of "Sabæan

1622 incense and fresh garlands;"[154] the priests were clothed with

1623 honour, the shrines were maintained in splendour; sacrifices,

1624 games, sacred ecstasies, were common in the temples; while the

1625 blood of the citizens was being so freely shed, not only in

1626 remote places, but among the very altars of the gods. Cicero

1627 did not choose to seek sanctuary in a temple, because Mucius

1628 had sought it there in vain. But they who most unpardonably

1629 calumniate this Christian era, are the very men who

1630 either themselves fled for asylum to the places specially dedicated

1631 to Christ, or were led there by the barbarians that they

1632 might be safe. In short, not to recapitulate the many

1633 instances I have cited, and not to add to their number others

1634 which it were tedious to enumerate, this one thing I am persuaded

1635 of, and this every impartial judgment will readily

1636 acknowledge, that if the human race had received Christianity

1637 before the Punic wars, and if the same desolating calamities

1638 which these wars brought upon Europe and Africa had followed

1639 the introduction of Christianity, there is no one of those

1640 who now accuse us who would not have attributed them to

1641 our religion. How intolerable would their accusations have

1642 been, at least so far as the Romans are concerned, if the

1643 Christian religion had been received and diffused prior to the

1644 invasion of the Gauls, or to the ruinous floods and fires which

1645 desolated Rome, or to those most calamitous of all events, the

1646 civil wars! And those other disasters, which were of so strange

1647 a nature that they were reckoned prodigies, had they happened

1648 since the Christian era, to whom but to the Christians would

1649 they have imputed these as crimes? I do not speak of those

1650 things which were rather surprising than hurtful,—oxen speaking,

1651 unborn infants articulating some words in their mothers'

1652 wombs, serpents flying, hens and women being changed into

1653 the other sex; and other similar prodigies which, whether true

1654 or false, are recorded not in their imaginative, but in their historical

1655 works, and which do not injure, but only astonish men.

1656 But when it rained earth, when it rained chalk, when it rained

1657 stones—not hailstones, but real stones—this certainly was

1658 calculated to do serious damage. We have read in their books

1659 that the fires of Etna, pouring down from the top of the mountain

1660 to the neighbouring shore, caused the sea to boil, so that

1661 rocks were burnt up, and the pitch of ships began to run,—a

1662 phenomenon incredibly surprising, but at the same time no

1663 less hurtful. By the same violent heat, they relate that on

1664 another occasion Sicily was filled with cinders, so that the

1665 houses of the city Catina were destroyed and buried under

1666 them,—a calamity which moved the Romans to pity them, and

1667 remit their tribute for that year. One may also read that

1668 Africa, which had by that time become a province of Rome,

1669 was visited by a prodigious multitude of locusts, which, after

1670 consuming the fruit and foliage of the trees, were driven into

1671 the sea in one vast and measureless cloud; so that when they

1672 were drowned and cast upon the shore the air was polluted,

1673 and so serious a pestilence produced that in the kingdom of

1674 Masinissa alone they say there perished 800,000 persons,

1675 besides a much greater number in the neighbouring districts.

1676 At Utica they assure us that, of 30,000 soldiers then garrisoning

1677 it, there survived only ten. Yet which of these disasters,

1678 suppose they happened now, would not be attributed to the

1679 Christian religion by those who thus thoughtlessly accuse us,

1680 and whom we are compelled to answer? And yet to their

1681 own gods they attribute none of these things, though they

1682 worship them for the sake of escaping lesser calamities of the

1683 same kind, and do not reflect that they who formerly worshipped

1684 them were not preserved from these serious disasters.

BOOK IV[155]

19 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

22 >

23 >

24 >

25 IN THIS BOOK IT IS PROVED THAT THE EXTENT AND LONG DURATION OF THE

26 > ROMAN EMPIRE IS TO BE ASCRIBED, NOT TO JOVE OR THE GODS OF THE

27 > HEATHEN, TO WHOM INDIVIDUALLY SCARCE EVEN SINGLE THINGS AND

28 > THE VERY BASEST FUNCTIONS WERE BELIEVED TO BE ENTRUSTED, BUT TO

29 > THE ONE TRUE GOD, THE AUTHOR OF FELICITY, BY WHOSE POWER AND

30 > JUDGMENT EARTHLY KINGDOMS ARE FOUNDED AND MAINTAINED.

31 1. *Of the things which have been discussed in the first book.*

32 Having begun to speak of the city of God, I have

33 thought it necessary first of all to reply to its enemies,

34 who, eagerly pursuing earthly joys, and gaping after transitory

35 things, throw the blame of all the sorrow they suffer in them—rather

36 through the compassion of God in admonishing,

37 than His severity in punishing—on the Christian religion,

38 which is the one salutary and true religion. And since there

39 is among them also an unlearned rabble, they are stirred up

40 as by the authority of the learned to hate us more bitterly,

41 thinking in their inexperience that things which have happened

42 unwontedly in their days were not wont to happen in

43 other times gone by; and whereas this opinion of theirs is confirmed

44 even by those who know that it is false, and yet dissemble

45 their knowledge in order that they may seem to have

46 just cause for murmuring against us, it was necessary, from

47 books in which their authors recorded and published the history

48 of bygone times that it might be known, to demonstrate

49 that it is far otherwise than they think; and at the same

50 time to teach that the false gods, whom they openly worshipped,

51 or still worship in secret, are most unclean spirits,

52 and most malignant and deceitful demons, even to such a

53 pitch that they take delight in crimes which, whether real or

54 only fictitious, are yet their own, which it has been their will

55 to have celebrated in honour of them at their own festivals;

56 so that human infirmity cannot be called back from the perpetration

57 of damnable deeds, so long as authority is furnished

58 for imitating them that seems even divine. These things we

59 have proved, not from our own conjectures, but partly from

60 recent memory, because we ourselves have seen such things

61 celebrated, and to such deities, partly from the writings of

62 those who have left these things on record to posterity, not as

63 if in reproach, but as in honour of their own gods. Thus

64 Varro, a most learned man among them, and of the weightiest

65 authority, when he made separate books concerning things

66 human and things divine, distributing some among the human,

67 others among the divine, according to the special dignity of

68 each, placed the scenic plays not at all among things human,

69 but among things divine; though, certainly, if only there

70 were good and honest men in the state, the scenic plays ought

71 not to be allowed even among things human. And this he

72 did not on his own authority, but because, being born and

73 educated at Rome, he found them among the divine things.

74 Now as we briefly stated in the end of the first book what

75 we intended afterwards to discuss, and as we have disposed

76 of a part of this in the next two books, we see what our

77 readers will expect us now to take up.

78 2. *Of those things which are contained in Books Second and Third.*

79 We had promised, then, that we would say something

80 against those who attribute the calamities of the Roman republic

81 to our religion, and that we would recount the evils,

82 as many and great as we could remember or might deem

83 sufficient, which that city, or the provinces belonging to its

84 empire, had suffered before their sacrifices were prohibited,

85 all of which would beyond doubt have been attributed to us,

86 if our religion had either already shone on them, or had thus

87 prohibited their sacrilegious rites. These things we have, as

88 we think, fully disposed of in the second and third books,

89 treating in the second of evils in morals, which alone or

90 chiefly are to be accounted evils; and in the third, of those

91 which only fools dread to undergo—namely, those of the body

92 or of outward things—which for the most part the good also

93 suffer. But those evils by which they themselves become

94 evil, they take, I do not say patiently, but with pleasure. And

95 how few evils have I related concerning that one city and its

96 empire! Not even all down to the time of Cæsar Augustus.

97 What if I had chosen to recount and enlarge on those evils,

98 not which men have inflicted on each other, such as the devastations

99 and destructions of war, but which happen in earthly

100 things, from the elements of the world itself? Of such evils

101 Apuleius speaks briefly in one passage of that book which he

102 wrote, *De Mundo*, saying that all earthly things are subject to

103 change, overthrow, and destruction.[156] For, to use his own

104 words, by excessive earthquakes the ground has burst asunder,

105 and cities with their inhabitants have been clean destroyed:

106 by sudden rains whole regions have been washed away; those

107 also which formerly had been continents, have been insulated

108 by strange and new-come waves, and others, by the subsiding

109 of the sea, have been made passable by the foot of man: by

110 winds and storms cities have been overthrown; fires have

111 flashed forth from the clouds, by which regions in the East

112 being burnt up have perished; and on the western coasts the

113 like destructions have been caused by the bursting forth of

114 waters and floods. So, formerly, from the lofty craters of Etna,

115 rivers of fire kindled by God have flowed like a torrent down

116 the steeps. If I had wished to collect from history wherever

117 I could, these and similar instances, where should I have

118 finished what happened even in those times before the name

119 of Christ had put down those of their idols, so vain and hurtful

120 to true salvation? I promised that I should also point

121 out which of their customs, and for what cause, the true God,

122 in whose power all kingdoms are, had deigned to favour to

123 the enlargement of their empire; and how those whom they

124 think gods can have profited them nothing, but much rather

125 hurt them by deceiving and beguiling them; so that it seems

126 to me I must now speak of these things, and chiefly of the

127 increase of the Roman empire. For I have already said not

128 a little, especially in the second book, about the many evils

129 introduced into their manners by the hurtful deceits of the

130 demons whom they worshipped as gods. But throughout all

131 the three books already completed, where it appeared suitable,

132 we have set forth how much succour God, through the name

133 of Christ, to whom the barbarians beyond the custom of war

134 paid so much honour, has bestowed on the good and bad,

135 according as it is written, "Who maketh His sun to rise on

136 the good and the evil, and giveth rain to the just and the

137 unjust."[157]

138 >

139 >

140 >

141 3. *Whether the great extent of the empire, which has been acquired only by wars,

142 > is to be reckoned among the good things either of the wise or the happy.*

143 Now, therefore, let us see how it is that they dare

144 to ascribe the very great extent and duration of the Roman

145 empire to those gods whom they contend that they worship

146 honourably, even by the obsequies of vile games and the

147 ministry of vile men: although I should like first to inquire

148 for a little what reason, what prudence, there is in wishing

149 to glory in the greatness and extent of the empire, when

150 you cannot point out the happiness of men who are always

151 rolling, with dark fear and cruel lust, in warlike slaughters

152 and in blood, which, whether shed in civil or foreign war, is

153 still human blood; so that their joy may be compared to glass

154 in its fragile splendour, of which one is horribly afraid lest it

155 should be suddenly broken in pieces. That this may be more

156 easily discerned, let us not come to nought by being carried

157 away with empty boasting, or blunt the edge of our attention

158 by loud-sounding names of things, when we hear of peoples,

159 kingdoms, provinces. But let us suppose a case of two men;

160 for each individual man, like one letter in a language, is as it

161 were the element of a city or kingdom, however far-spreading

162 in its occupation of the earth. Of these two men let us suppose

163 that one is poor, or rather of middling circumstances; the

164 other very rich. But the rich man is anxious with fears,

165 pining with discontent, burning with covetousness, never

166 secure, always uneasy, panting from the perpetual strife of

167 his enemies, adding to his patrimony indeed by these miseries

168 to an immense degree, and by these additions also heaping

169 up most bitter cares. But that other man of moderate wealth

170 is contented with a small and compact estate, most dear to

171 his own family, enjoying the sweetest peace with his kindred

172 neighbours and friends, in piety religious, benignant in mind,

173 healthy in body, in life frugal, in manners chaste, in conscience

174 secure. I know not whether any one can be such a fool, that

175 he dare hesitate which to prefer. As, therefore, in the case of

176 these two men, so in two families, in two nations, in two kingdoms,

177 this test of tranquillity holds good; and if we apply

178 it vigilantly and without prejudice, we shall quite easily see

179 where the mere show of happiness dwells, and where real

180 felicity. Wherefore if the true God is worshipped, and if He

181 is served with genuine rites and true virtue, it is advantageous

182 that good men should long reign both far and wide. Nor is

183 this advantageous so much to themselves, as to those over

184 whom they reign. For, so far as concerns themselves, their

185 piety and probity, which are great gifts of God, suffice to give

186 them true felicity, enabling them to live well the life that

187 now is, and afterwards to receive that which is eternal. In

188 this world, therefore, the dominion of good men is profitable, not

189 so much for themselves as for human affairs. But the dominion

190 of bad men is hurtful chiefly to themselves who rule, for

191 they destroy their own souls by greater licence in wickedness;

192 while those who are put under them in service are not hurt

193 except by their own iniquity. For to the just all the evils

194 imposed on them by unjust rulers are not the punishment

195 of crime, but the test of virtue. Therefore the good man,

196 although he is a slave, is free; but the bad man, even if he

197 reigns, is a slave, and that not of one man, but, what is far

198 more grievous, of as many masters as he has vices; of which

199 vices when the divine Scripture treats, it says, "For of whom

200 any man is overcome, to the same he is also the bond-slave."[158]

201 4. *How like kingdoms without justice are to robberies.*

202 Justice being taken away, then, what are kingdoms but

203 great robberies? For what are robberies themselves, but little

204 kingdoms? The band itself is made up of men; it is ruled

205 by the authority of a prince, it is knit together by the pact

206 of the confederacy; the booty is divided by the law agreed on.

207 If, by the admittance of abandoned men, this evil increases

208 to such a degree that it holds places, fixes abodes, takes possession

209 of cities, and subdues peoples, it assumes the more

210 plainly the name of a kingdom, because the reality is now

211 manifestly conferred on it, not by the removal of covetousness,

212 but by the addition of impunity. Indeed, that was an apt

213 and true reply which was given to Alexander the Great by a

214 pirate who had been seized. For when that king had asked

215 the man what he meant by keeping hostile possession of the

216 sea, he answered with bold pride, "What thou meanest by

217 seizing the whole earth; but because I do it with a petty

218 ship, I am called a robber, whilst thou who dost it with a

219 great fleet art styled emperor."[159]

220 5. *Of the runaway gladiators whose power became like that of royal dignity.*

221 I shall not therefore stay to inquire what sort of men

222 Romulus gathered together, seeing he deliberated much about

223 them,—how, being assumed out of that life they led into the

224 fellowship of his city, they might cease to think of the punishment

225 they deserved, the fear of which had driven them to

226 greater villanies; so that henceforth they might be made more

227 peaceable members of society. But this I say, that the Roman

228 empire, which by subduing many nations had already grown

229 great and an object of universal dread, was itself greatly

230 alarmed, and only with much difficulty avoided a disastrous

231 overthrow, because a mere handful of gladiators in Campania,

232 escaping from the games, had recruited a great army, appointed

233 three generals, and most widely and cruelly devastated Italy.

234 Let them say what god aided these men, so that from a small

235 and contemptible band of robbers they attained to a kingdom,

236 feared even by the Romans, who had such great forces and

237 fortresses. Or will they deny that they were divinely aided

238 because they did not last long?[160] As if, indeed, the life of

239 any man whatever lasted long. In that case, too, the gods

240 aid no one to reign, since all individuals quickly die; nor is

241 sovereign power to be reckoned a benefit, because in a little

242 time in every man, and thus in all of them one by one, it

243 vanishes like a vapour. For what does it matter to those

244 who worshipped the gods under Romulus, and are long since

245 dead, that after their death the Roman empire has grown so

246 great, while they plead their causes before the powers beneath?

247 Whether those causes are good or bad, it matters not to the

248 question before us. And this is to be understood of all those

249 who carry with them the heavy burden of their actions, having

250 in the few days of their life swiftly and hurriedly passed over

251 the stage of the imperial office, although the office itself has

252 lasted through long spaces of time, being filled by a constant

253 succession of dying men. If, however, even those benefits

254 which last only for the shortest time are to be ascribed to the aid

255 of the gods, these gladiators were not a little aided, who broke

256 the bonds of their servile condition, fled, escaped, raised a

257 great and most powerful army, obedient to the will and orders

258 of their chiefs and much feared by the Roman majesty, and

259 remaining unsubdued by several Roman generals, seized many

260 places, and, having won very many victories, enjoyed whatever

261 pleasures they wished, and did what their lust suggested,

262 and, until at last they were conquered, which was done with

263 the utmost difficulty, lived sublime and dominant. But let

264 us come to greater matters.

265 6. *Concerning the covetousness of Ninus, who was the first who made war on his

266 neighbours, that he might rule more widely.*

267 Justinus, who wrote Greek or rather foreign history in

268 Latin, and briefly, like Trogus Pompeius whom he followed,

269 begins his work thus: "In the beginning of the affairs of

270 peoples and nations the government was in the hands of kings,

271 who were raised to the height of this majesty not by courting

272 the people, but by the knowledge good men had of their moderation.

273 The people were held bound by no laws; the decisions

274 of the princes were instead of laws. It was the custom to

275 guard rather than to extend the boundaries of the empire; and

276 kingdoms were kept within the bounds of each ruler's native

277 land. Ninus king of the Assyrians first of all, through new

278 lust of empire, changed the old and, as it were, ancestral

279 custom of nations. He first made war on his neighbours,

280 and wholly subdued as far as to the frontiers of Libya the

281 nations as yet untrained to resist." And a little after he says:

282 "Ninus established by constant possession the greatness of the

283 authority he had gained. Having mastered his nearest neighbours,

284 he went on to others, strengthened by the accession of

285 forces, and by making each fresh victory the instrument of

286 that which followed, subdued the nations of the whole East."

287 Now, with whatever fidelity to fact either he or Trogus may

288 in general have written—for that they sometimes told lies is

289 shown by other more trustworthy writers—yet it is agreed

290 among other authors, that the kingdom of the Assyrians was

291 extended far and wide by King Ninus. And it lasted so long,

292 that the Roman empire has not yet attained the same age;

293 for, as those write who have treated of chronological history,

294 this kingdom endured for twelve hundred and forty years

295 from the first year in which Ninus began to reign, until it

296 was transferred to the Medes. But to make war on your

297 neighbours, and thence to proceed to others, and through mere

298 lust of dominion to crush and subdue people who do you no

299 harm, what else is this to be called than great robbery?

300 7. *Whether earthly kingdoms in their rise and fall have been either aided or

301 deserted by the help of the gods.*

302 If this kingdom was so great and lasting without the aid of

303 the gods, why is the ample territory and long duration of the

304 Roman empire to be ascribed to the Roman gods? For whatever

305 is the cause in it, the same is in the other also. But if

306 they contend that the prosperity of the other also is to be

307 attributed to the aid of the gods, I ask of which? For the

308 other nations whom Ninus overcame, did not then worship

309 other gods. Or if the Assyrians had gods of their own, who,

310 so to speak, were more skilful workmen in the construction

311 and preservation of the empire, whether are they dead, since

312 they themselves have also lost the empire; or, having been

313 defrauded of their pay, or promised a greater, have they chosen

314 rather to go over to the Medes, and from them again to the

315 Persians, because Cyrus invited them, and promised them

316 something still more advantageous? This nation, indeed,

317 since the time of the kingdom of Alexander the Macedonian,

318 which was as brief in duration as it was great in extent, has

319 preserved its own empire, and at this day occupies no small

320 territories in the East. If this is so, then either the gods are

321 unfaithful, who desert their own and go over to their enemies,

322 which Camillus, who was but a man, did not do, when, being

323 victor and subduer of a most hostile state, although he had

324 felt that Rome, for whom he had done so much, was ungrateful,

325 yet afterwards, forgetting the injury and remembering his

326 native land, he freed her again from the Gauls; or they are

327 not so strong as gods ought to be, since they can be overcome

328 by human skill or strength. Or if, when they carry on war

329 among themselves, the gods are not overcome by men, but

330 some gods who are peculiar to certain cities are perchance

331 overcome by other gods, it follows that they have quarrels

332 among themselves which they uphold, each for his own part.

333 Therefore a city ought not to worship its own gods, but rather

334 others who aid their own worshippers. Finally, whatever

335 may have been the case as to this change of sides, or flight,

336 or migration, or failure in battle on the part of the gods, the

337 name of Christ had not yet been proclaimed in those parts

338 of the earth when these kingdoms were lost and transferred

339 through great destructions in war. For if, after more than

340 twelve hundred years, when the kingdom was taken away

341 from the Assyrians, the Christian religion had there already

342 preached another eternal kingdom, and put a stop to the

343 sacrilegious worship of false gods, what else would the foolish

344 men of that nation have said, but that the kingdom which

345 had been so long preserved, could be lost for no other cause

346 than the desertion of their own religions and the reception of

347 Christianity? In which foolish speech that might have been

348 uttered, let those we speak of observe their own likeness, and

349 blush, if there is any sense of shame in them, because they

350 have uttered similar complaints; although the Roman empire

351 is afflicted rather than changed,—a thing which has befallen

352 it in other times also, before the name of Christ was heard,

353 and it has been restored after such affliction,—a thing which

354 even in these times is not to be despaired of. For who knows

355 the will of God concerning this matter?

356 >

357 >

358 >

359 8. *Which of the gods can the Romans suppose presided over the increase and

360 > preservation of their empire, when they have believed that even the care

361 > of single things could scarcely be committed to single gods?*

362 Next let us ask, if they please, out of so great a crowd of

363 gods which the Romans worship, whom in especial, or what

364 gods they believe to have extended and preserved that empire.

365 Now, surely of this work, which is so excellent and so very

366 full of the highest dignity, they dare not ascribe any part to

367 the goddess Cloacina;[161] or to Volupia, who has her appellation

368 from voluptuousness; or to Libentina, who has her name from

369 lust; or to Vaticanus, who presides over the screaming of

370 infants; or to Cunina, who rules over their cradles. But

371 how is it possible to recount in one part of this book all the

372 names of gods or goddesses, which they could scarcely comprise

373 in great volumes, distributing among these divinities

374 their peculiar offices about single things? They have not

375 even thought that the charge of their lands should be committed

376 to any one god: but they have entrusted their farms

377 to Rusina; the ridges of the mountains to Jugatinus; over

378 the downs they have set the goddess Collatina; over the

379 valleys, Vallonia. Nor could they even find one Segetia so

380 competent, that they could commend to her care all their corn

381 crops at once; but so long as their seed-corn was still under

382 the ground, they would have the goddess Seia set over it;

383 then, whenever it was above ground and formed straw, they

384 set over it the goddess Segetia; and when the grain was collected

385 and stored, they set over it the goddess Tutilina, that

386 it might be kept safe. Who would not have thought that

387 goddess Segetia sufficient to take care of the standing corn

388 until it had passed from the first green blades to the dry ears?

389 Yet she was not enough for men, who loved a multitude of

390 gods, that the miserable soul, despising the chaste embrace of

391 the one true God, should be prostituted to a crowd of demons.

392 Therefore they set Proserpina over the germinating seeds; over

393 the joints and knots of the stems, the god Nodotus; over the

394 sheaths enfolding the ears, the goddess Volutina; when the

395 sheaths opened that the spike might shoot forth, it was

396 ascribed to the goddess Patelana; when the stems stood all

397 equal with new ears, because the ancients described this

398 equalizing by the term *hostire*, it was ascribed to the goddess

399 Hostilina; when the grain was in flower, it was dedicated to

400 the goddess Flora; when full of milk, to the god Lacturnus;

401 when maturing, to the goddess Matuta; when the crop was

402 runcated,—that is, removed from the soil,—to the goddess

403 Runcina. Nor do I yet recount them all, for I am sick of

404 all this, though it gives them no shame. Only, I have said

405 these very few things, in order that it may be understood

406 they dare by no means say that the Roman empire has been

407 established, increased, and preserved by their deities, who had

408 all their own functions assigned to them in such a way, that

409 no general oversight was entrusted to any one of them.

410 When, therefore, could Segetia take care of the empire, who

411 was not allowed to take care of the corn and the trees?

412 When could Cunina take thought about war, whose oversight

413 was not allowed to go beyond the cradles of the babies?

414 When could Nodotus give help in battle, who had nothing to

415 do even with the sheath of the ear, but only with the knots of

416 the joints? Every one sets a porter at the door of his house,

417 and because he is a man, he is quite sufficient; but these

418 people have set three gods, Forculus to the doors, Cardea to

419 the hinge, Limentinus to the threshold.[162] Thus Forculus could

420 not at the same time take care also of the hinge and the

421 threshold.

422 9. *Whether the great extent and long duration of the Roman empire should be

423 ascribed to Jove, whom his worshippers believe to be the chief god.*

424 Therefore omitting, or passing by for a little, that crowd of

425 petty gods, we ought to inquire into the part performed by

426 the great gods, whereby Rome has been made so great as to

427 reign so long over so many nations. Doubtless, therefore, this

428 is the work of Jove. For they will have it that he is

429 the king of all the gods and goddesses, as is shown by his

430 sceptre and by the Capitol on the lofty hill. Concerning that

431 god they publish a saying which, although that of a poet, is

432 most apt, "All things are full of Jove."[163] Varro believes that

433 this god is worshipped, although called by another name, even

434 by those who worship one God alone without any image. But

435 if this is so, why has he been so badly used at Rome (and

436 indeed by other nations too), that an image of him should be

437 made?—a thing which was so displeasing to Varro himself,

438 that although he was overborne by the perverse custom of so

439 great a city, he had not the least hesitation in both saying

440 and writing, that those who have appointed images for the

441 people have both taken away fear and added error.

442 10. *What opinions those have followed who have set divers gods over divers

443 parts of the world.*

444 Why, also, is Juno united to him as his wife, who is called

445 at once "sister and yokefellow?"[164] Because, say they, we have

446 Jove in the ether, Juno in the air; and these two elements are

447 united, the one being superior, the other inferior. It is not

448 he, then, of whom it is said, "All things are full of Jove," if

449 Juno also fills some part. Does each fill either, and are both

450 of this couple in both of these elements, and in each of them

451 at the same time? Why, then, is the ether given to Jove, the

452 air to Juno? Besides, these two should have been enough.

453 Why is it that the sea is assigned to Neptune, the earth to

454 Pluto? And that these also might not be left without mates,

455 Salacia is joined to Neptune, Proserpine to Pluto. For they

456 say that, as Juno possesses the lower part of the heavens,—that

457 is, the air,—so Salacia possesses the lower part of the sea, and

458 Proserpine the lower part of the earth. They seek how they

459 may patch up these fables, but they find no way. For if

460 these things were so, their ancient sages would have maintained

461 that there are three chief elements of the world, not

462 four, in order that each of the elements might have a pair of

463 gods. Now, they have positively affirmed that the ether is

464 one thing, the air another. But water, whether higher or

465 lower, is surely water. Suppose it ever so unlike, can it ever

466 be so much so as no longer to be water? And the lower

467 earth, by whatever divinity it may be distinguished, what else

468 can it be than earth? Lo, then, since the whole physical

469 world is complete in these four or three elements, where shall

470 Minerva be? What should she possess, what should she fill?

471 For she is placed in the Capitol along with these two, although

472 she is not the offspring of their marriage. Or if they say that

473 she possesses the higher part of the ether,—and on that account

474 the poets have feigned that she sprang from the head of Jove,—why

475 then is she not rather reckoned queen of the gods, because

476 she is superior to Jove? Is it because it would be improper

477 to set the daughter before the father? Why, then, is not

478 that rule of justice observed concerning Jove himself toward

479 Saturn? Is it because he was conquered? Have they fought

480 then? By no means, say they; that is an old wife's fable.

481 Lo, we are not to believe fables, and must hold more worthy

482 opinions concerning the gods! Why, then, do they not assign

483 to the father of Jove a seat, if not of higher, at least of equal

484 honour? Because Saturn, say they, is length of time.[165] Therefore

485 they who worship Saturn worship Time; and it is insinuated

486 that Jupiter, the king of the gods, was born of Time. For

487 is anything unworthy said when Jupiter and Juno are said to

488 have been sprung from Time, if he is the heaven and she is

489 the earth, since both heaven and earth have been made, and

490 are therefore not eternal? For their learned and wise men

491 have this also in their books. Nor is that saying taken by

492 Virgil out of poetic figments, but out of the books of philosophers,

493 "Then Ether, the Father Almighty, in copious showers descended

494 Into his spouse's glad bosom, making it fertile,"[166]

495 —that is, into the bosom of Tellus, or the earth. Although

496 here, also, they will have it that there are some differences,

497 and think that in the earth herself Terra is one thing, Tellus

498 another, and Tellumo another. And they have all these as

499 gods, called by their own names, distinguished by their own

500 offices, and venerated with their own altars and rites. This

501 same earth also they call the mother of the gods, so that even

502 the fictions of the poets are more tolerable, if, according, not

503 to their poetical but sacred books, Juno is not only the sister

504 and wife, but also the mother of Jove. The same earth they

505 worship as Ceres, and also as Vesta; while yet they more

506 frequently affirm that Vesta is nothing else than fire, pertaining

507 to the hearths, without which the city cannot exist; and

508 therefore virgins are wont to serve her, because as nothing is

509 born of a virgin, so nothing is born of fire;—but all this

510 nonsense ought to be completely abolished and extinguished by

511 Him who is born of a virgin. For who can bear that, while

512 they ascribe to the fire so much honour, and, as it were,

513 chastity, they do not blush sometimes even to call Vesta

514 Venus, so that honoured virginity may vanish in her handmaidens?

515 For if Vesta is Venus, how can virgins rightly

516 serve her by abstaining from venery? Are there two Venuses,

517 the one a virgin, the other not a maid? Or rather, are there

518 three, one the goddess of virgins, who is also called Vesta,

519 another the goddess of wives, and another of harlots? To

520 her also the Phenicians offered a gift by prostituting their

521 daughters before they united them to husbands.[167] Which of

522 these is the wife of Vulcan? Certainly not the virgin, since

523 she has a husband. Far be it from us to say it is the harlot,

524 lest we should seem to wrong the son of Juno and fellow-worker

525 of Minerva. Therefore it is to be understood that

526 she belongs to the married people; but we would not wish

527 them to imitate her in what she did with Mars. "Again,"

528 say they, "you return to fables." What sort of justice is

529 that, to be angry with us because we say such things of their

530 gods, and not to be angry with themselves, who in their

531 theatres most willingly behold the crimes of their gods?

532 And,—a thing incredible, if it were not thoroughly well

533 proved,—these very theatric representations of the crimes

534 of their gods have been instituted in honour of these same

535 gods.

536 11. *Concerning the many gods whom the pagan doctors defend as being

537 one and the same Jove.*

538 Let them therefore assert as many things as ever they

539 please in physical reasonings and disputations. One while let

540 Jupiter be the soul of this corporeal world, who fills and

541 moves that whole mass, constructed and compacted out of

542 four, or as many elements as they please; another while, let

543 him yield to his sister and brothers their parts of it: now let

544 him be the ether, that from above he may embrace Juno, the

545 air spread out beneath; again, let him be the whole heaven

546 along with the air, and impregnate with fertilizing showers

547 and seeds the earth, as his wife, and, at the same time, his

548 mother (for this is not vile in divine beings); and yet again

549 (that it may not be necessary to run through them all), let

550 him, the one god, of whom many think it has been said by

551 a most noble poet,

552 "For God pervadeth all things,

553 All lands, and the tracts of the sea, and the depth of the heavens,"[168]—

554 let it be him who in the ether is Jupiter; in the air, Juno;

555 in the sea, Neptune; in the lower parts of the sea, Salacia;

556 in the earth, Pluto; in the lower part of the earth, Proserpine;

557 on the domestic hearths, Vesta; in the furnace of the workmen,

558 Vulcan; among the stars, Sol, and Luna, and the Stars; in

559 divination, Apollo; in merchandise, Mercury; in Janus, the

560 initiator; in Terminus, the terminator; Saturn, in time; Mars

561 and Bellona, in war; Liber, in vineyards; Ceres, in corn-fields;

562 Diana, in forests; Minerva, in learning. Finally, let it be him

563 who is in that crowd, as it were, of plebeian gods: let him

564 preside under the name of Liber over the seed of men, and

565 under that of Libera over that of women: let him be Diespiter,

566 who brings forth the birth to the light of day: let him

567 be the goddess Mena, whom they set over the menstruation

568 of women: let him be Lucina, who is invoked by women in

569 childbirth: let him bring help to those who are being born, by

570 taking them up from the bosom of the earth, and let him be

571 called Opis: let him open the mouth in the crying babe, and

572 be called the god Vaticanus: let him lift it from the earth,

573 and be called the goddess Levana; let him watch over cradles,

574 and be called the goddess Cunina: let it be no other than

575 he who is in those goddesses, who sing the fates of the

576 new born, and are called Carmentes: let him preside over

577 fortuitous events, and be called Fortuna: in the goddess

578 Rumina, let him milk out the breast to the little one, because

579 the ancients termed the breast *ruma*: in the goddess Potina,

580 let him administer drink: in the goddess Educa, let him supply

581 food: from the terror of infants, let him be styled Paventia:

582 from the hope which comes, Venilia; from voluptuousness,

583 Volupia; from action, Agenor: from the stimulants by which

584 man is spurred on to much action, let him be named the goddess

585 Stimula: let him be the goddess Strenia, for making

586 strenuous; Numeria, who teaches to number; Camœna, who

587 teaches to sing: let him be both the god Consus for granting

588 counsel, and the goddess Sentia for inspiring sentences: let

589 him be the goddess Juventas, who, after the robe of boyhood

590 is laid aside, takes charge of the beginning of the youthful

591 age: let him be Fortuna Barbata, who endues adults with a

592 beard, whom they have not chosen to honour; so that this

593 divinity, whatever it may be, should at least be a male god,

594 named either Barbatus, from *barba*, like Nodotus, from *nodus*;

595 or, certainly, not Fortuna, but because he has beards, Fortunius:

596 let him, in the god Jugatinus, yoke couples in marriage;

597 and when the girdle of the virgin wife is loosed, let

598 him be invoked as the goddess Virginiensis: let him be

599 Mutunus or Tuternus, who, among the Greeks, is called

600 Priapus. If they are not ashamed of it, let all these which

601 I have named, and whatever others I have not named (for I

602 have not thought fit to name all), let all these gods and

603 goddesses be that one Jupiter, whether, as some will have it,

604 all these are parts of him, or are his powers, as those think

605 who are pleased to consider him the soul of the world, which

606 is the opinion of most of their doctors, and these the greatest.

607 If these things are so (how evil they may be I do not yet

608 meanwhile inquire), what would they lose, if they, by a more

609 prudent abridgment, should worship one god? For what part

610 of him could be contemned if he himself should be worshipped?

611 But if they are afraid lest parts of him should be angry at

612 being passed by or neglected, then it is not the case, as they

613 will have it, that this whole is as the life of one living being,

614 which contains all the gods together, as if they were its virtues,

615 or members, or parts; but each part has its own life

616 separate from the rest, if it is so that one can be angered,

617 appeased, or stirred up more than another. But if it is said

618 that all together,—that is, the whole Jove himself,—would be

619 offended if his parts were not also worshipped singly and

620 minutely, it is foolishly spoken. Surely none of them could

621 be passed by if he who singly possesses them all should be

622 worshipped. For, to omit other things which are innumerable,

623 when they say that all the stars are parts of Jove,

624 and are all alive, and have rational souls, and therefore

625 without controversy are gods, can they not see how many they

626 do not worship, to how many they do not build temples or

627 set up altars, and to how very few, in fact, of the stars they

628 have thought of setting them up and offering sacrifice? If,

629 therefore, those are displeased who are not severally worshipped,

630 do they not fear to live with only a few appeased,

631 while all heaven is displeased? But if they worship all the

632 stars because they are part of Jove whom they worship, by

633 the same compendious method they could supplicate them all

634 in him alone. For in this way no one would be displeased,

635 since in him alone all would be supplicated. No one would

636 be contemned, instead of there being just cause of displeasure

637 given to the much greater number who are passed by in the

638 worship offered to some; especially when Priapus, stretched

639 out in vile nakedness, is preferred to those who shine from

640 their supernal abode.

641 12. *Concerning the opinion of those who have thought that God is the soul of

642 the world, and the world is the body of God.*

643 Ought not men of intelligence, and indeed men of every

644 kind, to be stirred up to examine the nature of this opinion?

645 For there is no need of excellent capacity for this task, that

646 putting away the desire of contention, they may observe that

647 if God is the soul of the world, and the world is as a body

648 to Him, who is the soul, He must be one living being consisting

649 of soul and body, and that this same God is a kind of

650 womb of nature containing all things in Himself, so that the

651 lives and souls of all living things are taken, according to the

652 manner of each one's birth, out of His soul which vivifies that

653 whole mass, and therefore nothing at all remains which is not

654 a part of God. And if this is so, who cannot see what impious

655 and irreligious consequences follow, such as that whatever

656 one may trample, he must trample a part of God, and in

657 slaying any living creature, a part of God must be slaughtered?

658 But I am unwilling to utter all that may occur to those who

659 think of it, yet cannot be spoken without irreverence.

660 13. *Concerning those who assert that only rational animals are parts of

661 the one God.*

662 But if they contend that only rational animals, such as

663 men, are parts of God, I do not really see how, if the whole

664 world is God, they can separate beasts from being parts of Him.

665 But what need is there of striving about that? Concerning the

666 rational animal himself,—that is, man,—what more unhappy

667 belief can be entertained than that a part of God is whipped

668 when a boy is whipped? And who, unless he is quite mad,

669 could bear the thought that parts of God can become lascivious,

670 iniquitous, impious, and altogether damnable? In brief, why

671 is God angry at those who do not worship Him, since these

672 offenders are parts of Himself? It remains, therefore, that

673 they must say that all the gods have their own lives; that

674 each one lives for himself, and none of them is a part of any

675 one; but that all are to be worshipped,—at least as many as

676 can be known and worshipped; for they are so many it is

677 impossible that all can be so. And of all these, I believe

678 that Jupiter, because he presides as king, is thought by them

679 to have both established and extended the Roman empire.

680 For if he has not done it, what other god do they believe

681 could have attempted so great a work, when they must all

682 be occupied with their own offices and works, nor can one

683 intrude on that of another? Could the kingdom of men then

684 be propagated and increased by the king of the gods?

685 >

686 >

687 >

688 14. *The enlargement of kingdoms is unsuitably ascribed to Jove; for if, as they

689 > will have it, Victoria is a goddess, she alone would suffice for this business.*

690 Here, first of all, I ask, why even the kingdom itself is not

691 some god? For why should not it also be so, if Victory is

692 a goddess? Or what need is there of Jove himself in this

693 affair, if Victory favours and is propitious, and always goes to

694 those whom she wishes to be victorious? With this goddess

695 favourable and propitious, even if Jove was idle and did

696 nothing, what nations could remain unsubdued, what kingdom

697 would not yield? But perhaps it is displeasing to good

698 men to fight with most wicked unrighteousness, and provoke

699 with voluntary war neighbours who are peaceable and do no

700 wrong, in order to enlarge a kingdom? If they feel thus, I

701 entirely approve and praise them.

702 15. *Whether it is suitable for good men to wish to rule more widely.*

703 Let them ask, then, whether it is quite fitting for good

704 men to rejoice in extended empire. For the iniquity of

705 those with whom just wars are carried on favours the growth

706 of a kingdom, which would certainly have been small if the

707 peace and justice of neighbours had not by any wrong provoked

708 the carrying on of war against them; and human affairs

709 being thus more happy, all kingdoms would have been small,

710 rejoicing in neighbourly concord; and thus there would have

711 been very many kingdoms of nations in the world, as there

712 are very many houses of citizens in a city. Therefore, to

713 carry on war and extend a kingdom over wholly subdued

714 nations seems to bad men to be felicity, to good men necessity.

715 But because it would be worse that the injurious should

716 rule over those who are more righteous, therefore even that is

717 not unsuitably called felicity. But beyond doubt it is greater

718 felicity to have a good neighbour at peace, than to conquer a

719 bad one by making war. Your wishes are bad, when you

720 desire that one whom you hate or fear should be in such a

721 condition that you can conquer him. If, therefore, by carrying

722 on wars that were just, not impious or unrighteous, the

723 Romans could have acquired so great an empire, ought they not

724 to worship as a goddess even the injustice of foreigners? For

725 we see that this has co-operated much in extending the empire,

726 by making foreigners so unjust that they became people with

727 whom just wars might be carried on, and the empire increased.

728 And why may not injustice, at least that of foreign nations,

729 also be a goddess, if Fear and Dread, and Ague have deserved

730 to be Roman gods? By these two, therefore,—that is, by

731 foreign injustice, and the goddess Victoria, for injustice stirs

732 up causes of wars, and Victoria brings these same wars to a

733 happy termination,—the empire has increased, even although

734 Jove has been idle. For what part could Jove have here,

735 when those things which might be thought to be his benefits

736 are held to be gods, called gods, worshipped as gods, and are

737 themselves invoked for their own parts? He also might have

738 some part here, if he himself might be called Empire, just as

739 she is called Victory. Or if empire is the gift of Jove, why

740 may not victory also be held to be his gift? And it certainly

741 would have been held to be so, had he been recognised and

742 worshipped, not as a stone in the Capitol, but as the true

743 King of kings and Lord of lords.

744 >

745 >

746 >

747 16. *What was the reason why the Romans, in detailing separate gods for all

748 > things and all movements of the mind, chose to have the temple of Quiet

749 > outside the gates.*

750 But I wonder very much, that while they assigned to separate

751 gods single things, and (well nigh) all movements of the mind;

752 that while they invoked the goddess Agenoria, who should

753 excite to action; the goddess Stimula, who should stimulate

754 to unusual action; the goddess Murcia, who should not move

755 men beyond measure, but make them, as Pomponius says,

756 *murcid*—that is, too slothful and inactive; the goddess

757 Strenua, who should make them strenuous; and that while

758 they offered to all these gods and goddesses solemn and public

759 worship, they should yet have been unwilling to give public

760 acknowledgment to her whom they name Quies because she

761 makes men quiet, but built her temple outside the Colline

762 gate. Whether was this a symptom of an unquiet mind, or

763 rather was it thus intimated that he who should persevere in

764 worshipping that crowd, not, to be sure, of gods, but of demons,

765 could not dwell with quiet; to which the true Physician calls,

766 saying, "Learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and

767 ye shall find rest unto your souls?"

768 17. *Whether, if the highest power belongs to Jove, Victoria also ought to be

769 worshipped.*

770 Or do they say, perhaps, that Jupiter sends the goddess

771 Victoria, and that she, as it were, acting in obedience to the

772 king of the gods, comes to those to whom he may have despatched

773 her, and takes up her quarters on their side? This

774 is truly said, not of Jove, whom they, according to their own

775 imagination, feign to be king of the gods, but of Him who is

776 the true eternal King, because he sends, not Victory, who is

777 no person, but His angel, and causes whom He pleases to conquer;

778 whose counsel may be hidden, but cannot be unjust.

779 For if Victory is a goddess, why is not Triumph also a god,

780 and joined to Victory either as husband, or brother, or son?

781 Indeed, they have imagined such things concerning the gods,

782 that if the poets had feigned the like, and they should have

783 been discussed by us, they would have replied that they were

784 laughable figments of the poets not to be attributed to true

785 deities. And yet they themselves did not laugh when they

786 were, not reading in the poets, but worshipping in the temples

787 such doating follies. Therefore they should entreat Jove

788 alone for all things, and supplicate him only. For if Victory

789 is a goddess, and is under him as her king, wherever he might

790 have sent her, she could not dare to resist and do her own

791 will rather than his.

792 18. *With what reason they who think Felicity and Fortune goddesses have

793 distinguished them.*

794 What shall we say, besides, of the idea that Felicity also is

795 a goddess? She has received a temple; she has merited an

796 altar; suitable rites of worship are paid to her. She alone,

797 then, should be worshipped. For where she is present, what

798 good thing can be absent? But what does a man wish, that

799 he thinks Fortune also a goddess and worships her? Is felicity

800 one thing, fortune another? Fortune, indeed, may be bad

801 as well as good; but felicity, if it could be bad, would not be

802 felicity. Certainly we ought to think all the gods of either

803 sex (if they also have sex) are only good. This says Plato;

804 this say other philosophers; this say all estimable rulers

805 of the republic and the nations. How is it, then, that the

806 goddess Fortune is sometimes good, sometimes bad? Is it

807 perhaps the case that when she is bad she is not a goddess,

808 but is suddenly changed into a malignant demon? How

809 many Fortunes are there then? Just as many as there are

810 men who are fortunate, that is, of good fortune. But since

811 there must also be very many others who at the very same

812 time are men of bad fortune, could she, being one and the

813 same Fortune, be at the same time both bad and good—the

814 one to these, the other to those? She who is the goddess, is

815 she always good? Then she herself is felicity. Why, then,

816 are two names given her? Yet this is tolerable; for it is

817 customary that one thing should be called by two names.

818 But why different temples, different altars, different rituals?

819 There is a reason, say they, because Felicity is she whom the

820 good have by previous merit; but fortune, which is termed

821 good without any trial of merit, befalls both good and bad

822 men fortuitously, whence also she is named Fortune. How,

823 therefore, is she good, who without any discernment comes

824 both to the good and to the bad? Why is she worshipped,

825 who is thus blind, running at random on any one whatever,

826 so that for the most part she passes by her worshippers, and

827 cleaves to those who despise her? Or if her worshippers

828 profit somewhat, so that they are seen by her and loved, then

829 she follows merit, and does not come fortuitously. What,

830 then, becomes of that definition of fortune? What becomes

831 of the opinion that she has received her very name from fortuitous

832 events? For it profits one nothing to worship her if

833 she is truly *fortune*. But if she distinguishes her worshippers,

834 so that she may benefit them, she is not fortune. Or does

835 Jupiter send her too, whither he pleases? Then let him alone

836 be worshipped; because Fortune is not able to resist him

837 when he commands her, and sends her where he pleases. Or,

838 at least, let the bad worship her, who do not choose to have

839 merit by which the goddess Felicity might be invited.

840 19. *Concerning Fortuna Muliebris.*[169]

841 To this supposed deity, whom they call Fortuna, they

842 ascribe so much, indeed, that they have a tradition that the

843 image of her, which was dedicated by the Roman matrons, and

844 called Fortuna Muliebris, has spoken, and has said, once and

845 again, that the matrons pleased her by their homage; which,

846 indeed, if it is true, ought not to excite our wonder. For it

847 is not so difficult for malignant demons to deceive, and they

848 ought the rather to advert to their wits and wiles, because it

849 is that goddess who comes by haphazard who has spoken,

850 and not she who comes to reward merit. For Fortuna was

851 loquacious, and Felicitas mute; and for what other reason

852 but that men might not care to live rightly, having made

853 Fortuna their friend, who could make them fortunate without

854 any good desert? And truly, if Fortuna speaks, she should at

855 least speak, not with a womanly, but with a manly voice; lest

856 they themselves who have dedicated the image should think

857 so great a miracle has been wrought by feminine loquacity.

858 >

859 >

860 >

861 20. *Concerning Virtue and Faith, which the pagans have honoured with temples

862 > and sacred rites, passing by other good qualities, which ought likewise to

863 > have been worshipped, if deity was rightly attributed to these.*

864 They have made Virtue also a goddess, which, indeed, if it

865 could be a goddess, had been preferable to many. And now,

866 because it is not a goddess, but a gift of God, let *it* be obtained

867 by prayer from Him, by whom alone it can be given, and the

868 whole crowd of false gods vanishes. But why is Faith believed

869 to be a goddess, and why does she herself receive temple and

870 altar? For whoever prudently acknowledges her makes his

871 own self an abode for her. But how do they know what

872 faith is, of which it is the prime and greatest function that

873 the true God may be believed in? But why had not virtue

874 sufficed? Does it not include faith also? Forasmuch as

875 they have thought proper to distribute virtue into four divisions—prudence,

876 justice, fortitude, and temperance—and as

877 each of these divisions has its own virtues, faith is among the

878 parts of justice, and has the chief place with as many of us as

879 know what that saying means, "The just shall live by faith."[170]

880 But if Faith is a goddess, I wonder why these keen lovers of a

881 multitude of gods have wronged so many other goddesses, by

882 passing them by, when they could have dedicated temples and

883 altars to them likewise. Why has temperance not deserved

884 to be a goddess, when some Roman princes have obtained no

885 small glory on account of her? Why, in fine, is fortitude not

886 a goddess, who aided Mucius when he thrust his right hand

887 into the flames; who aided Curtius, when for the sake of his

888 country he threw himself headlong into the yawning earth;

889 who aided Decius the sire, and Decius the son, when they

890 devoted themselves for the army?—though we might question

891 whether these men had *true* fortitude, if this concerned

892 our present discussion. Why have prudence and wisdom

893 merited no place among the gods? Is it because they are

894 all worshipped under the general name of Virtue itself?

895 Then they could thus worship the true God also, of whom

896 all the other gods are thought to be parts. But in that one

897 name of virtue is comprehended both faith and chastity, which

898 yet have obtained separate altars in temples of their own.

899 21. *That although not understanding them to be the gifts of God, they ought at

900 least to have been content with Virtue and Felicity.*

901 These, not verity but vanity has made goddesses. For

902 these are gifts of the true God, not themselves goddesses.

903 However, where virtue and felicity are, what else is sought

904 for? What can suffice the man whom virtue and felicity do

905 not suffice? For surely virtue comprehends all things we

906 need do, felicity all things we need wish for. If Jupiter,

907 then, was worshipped in order that he might give these two

908 things,—because, if extent and duration of empire is something

909 good, it pertains to this same felicity,—why is it not understood

910 that they are not goddesses, but the gifts of God? But

911 if they are judged to be goddesses, then at least that other

912 great crowd of gods should not be sought after. For, having

913 considered all the offices which their fancy has distributed

914 among the various gods and goddesses, let them find out, if

915 they can, anything which could be bestowed by any god whatever

916 on a man possessing virtue, possessing felicity. What

917 instruction could be sought either from Mercury or Minerva,

918 when Virtue already possessed all in herself? Virtue, indeed,

919 is defined by the ancients as itself the art of living well and

920 rightly. Hence, because virtue is called in Greek ἀρετὴ, it

921 has been thought the Latins have derived from it the term

922 *art*. But if Virtue cannot come except to the clever, what

923 need was there of the god Father Catius, who should make

924 men cautious, that is, acute, when Felicity could confer this?

925 Because, to be born clever belongs to felicity. Whence,

926 although goddess Felicity could not be worshipped by one

927 not yet born, in order that, being made his friend, she might

928 bestow this on him, yet she might confer this favour on

929 parents who were her worshippers, that clever children should

930 be born to them. What need had women in childbirth to

931 invoke Lucina, when, if Felicity should be present, they

932 would have, not only a good delivery, but good children too?

933 What need was there to commend the children to the goddess

934 Ops when they were being born; to the god Vaticanus in

935 their birth-cry; to the goddess Cunina when lying cradled;

936 to the goddess Rumina when sucking; to the god Statilinus

937 when standing; to the goddess Adeona when coming; to

938 Abeona when going away; to the goddess Mens that they

939 might have a good mind; to the god Volumnus, and the

940 goddess Volumna, that they might wish for good things; to

941 the nuptial gods, that they might make good matches; to the

942 rural gods, and chiefly to the goddess Fructesca herself, that

943 they might receive the most abundant fruits; to Mars and

944 Bellona, that they might carry on war well; to the goddess

945 Victoria, that they might be victorious; to the god Honor,

946 that they might be honoured; to the goddess Pecunia, that

947 they might have plenty money; to the god Aesculanus, and

948 his son Argentinus, that they might have brass and silver

949 coin? For they set down Aesculanus as the father of Argentinus

950 for this reason, that brass coin began to be used before

951 silver. But I wonder Argentinus has not begotten Aurinus,

952 since gold coin also has followed. Could they have him for a

953 god, they would prefer Aurinus both to his father Argentinus

954 and his grandfather Aesculanus, just as they set Jove before

955 Saturn. Therefore, what necessity was there on account of

956 these gifts, either of soul, or body, or outward estate, to worship

957 and invoke so great a crowd of gods, all of whom I have not

958 mentioned, nor have they themselves been able to provide for

959 all human benefits, minutely and singly methodized, minute

960 and single gods, when the one goddess Felicity was able,

961 with the greatest ease, compendiously to bestow the whole

962 of them? nor should any other be sought after, either for the

963 bestowing of good things, or for the averting of evil. For

964 why should they invoke the goddess Fessonia for the weary;

965 for driving away enemies, the goddess Pellonia; for the sick,

966 as a physician, either Apollo or Æsculapius, or both together

967 if there should be great danger? Neither should the god

968 Spiniensis be entreated that he might root out the thorns

969 from the fields; nor the goddess Rubigo that the mildew

970 might not come,—Felicitas alone being present and guarding,

971 either no evils would have arisen, or they would have been

972 quite easily driven away. Finally, since we treat of these

973 two goddesses, Virtue and Felicity, if felicity is the reward of

974 virtue, she is not a goddess, but a gift of God. But if she is

975 a goddess, why may she not be said to confer virtue itself,

976 inasmuch as it is a great felicity to attain virtue?

977 22. *Concerning the knowledge of the worship due to the gods, which Varro

978 glories in having himself conferred on the Romans.*

979 What is it, then, that Varro boasts he has bestowed as a

980 very great benefit on his fellow-citizens, because he not only

981 recounts the gods who ought to be worshipped by the Romans,

982 but also tells what pertains to each of them? "Just as it is

983 of no advantage," he says, "to know the name and appearance

984 of any man who is a physician, and not know that he is a

985 physician, so," he says, "it is of no advantage to know well

986 that Æsculapius is a god, if you are not aware that he can

987 bestow the gift of health, and consequently do not know why

988 you ought to supplicate him." He also affirms this by another

989 comparison, saying, "No one is able, not only to live well, but

990 even to live at all, if he does not know who is a smith, who a

991 baker, who a weaver, from whom he can seek any utensil,

992 whom he may take for a helper, whom for a leader, whom for a

993 teacher;" asserting, "that in this way it can be doubtful to no

994 one, that thus the knowledge of the gods is useful, if one can

995 know what force, and faculty, or power any god may have in

996 anything. For from this we may be able," he says, "to know

997 what god we ought to call to, and invoke for any cause; lest

998 we should do as too many are wont to do, and desire water

999 from Liber, and wine from Lymphs." Very useful, forsooth!

1000 Who would not give this man thanks if he could show true

1001 things, and if he could teach that the one true God, from whom

1002 all good things are, is to be worshipped by men?

1003 >

1004 >

1005 >

1006 23. *Concerning Felicity, whom the Romans, who venerate many gods, for a long

1007 > time did not worship with divine honour, though she alone would have

1008 > sufficed instead of all.*

1009 But how does it happen, if their books and rituals are true,

1010 and Felicity is a goddess, that she herself is not appointed as

1011 the only one to be worshipped, since she could confer all

1012 things, and all at once make men happy? For who wishes

1013 anything for any other reason than that he may become

1014 happy? Why was it left to Lucullus to dedicate a temple

1015 to so great a goddess at so late a date, and after so many

1016 Roman rulers? Why did Romulus himself, ambitious as he

1017 was of founding a fortunate city, not erect a temple to this

1018 goddess before all others? Why did he supplicate the other

1019 gods for anything, since he would have lacked nothing had she

1020 been with him? For even he himself would neither have

1021 been first a king, then afterwards, as they think, a god, if this

1022 goddess had not been propitious to him. Why, therefore, did

1023 he appoint as gods for the Romans, Janus, Jove, Mars, Picus,

1024 Faunus, Tiberinus, Hercules, and others, if there were more of

1025 them? Why did Titus Tatius add Saturn, Ops, Sun, Moon,

1026 Vulcan, Light, and whatever others he added, among whom

1027 was even the goddess Cloacina, while Felicity was neglected?

1028 Why did Numa appoint so many gods and so many goddesses

1029 without this one? Was it perhaps because he could not see

1030 her among so great a crowd? Certainly king Hostilius would

1031 not have introduced the new gods Fear and Dread to be propitiated,

1032 if he could have known or might have worshipped this

1033 goddess. For, in presence of Felicity, Fear and Dread would

1034 have disappeared,—I do not say propitiated, but put to flight.

1035 Next, I ask, how is it that the Roman empire had already

1036 immensely increased before any one worshipped Felicity? Was

1037 the empire, therefore, more great than happy? For how could

1038 true felicity be there, where there was not true piety? For

1039 piety is the genuine worship of the true God, and not the worship

1040 of as many demons as there are false gods. Yet even

1041 afterwards, when Felicity had already been taken into the

1042 number of the gods, the great infelicity of the civil wars

1043 ensued. Was Felicity perhaps justly indignant, both because

1044 she was invited so late, and was invited not to honour, but

1045 rather to reproach, because along with her were worshipped

1046 Priapus, and Cloacina, and Fear and Dread, and Ague, and

1047 others which were not gods to be worshipped, but the crimes

1048 of the worshippers? Last of all, if it seemed good to worship

1049 so great a goddess along with a most unworthy crowd, why at

1050 least was she not worshipped in a more honourable way than

1051 the rest? For is it not intolerable that Felicity is placed

1052 neither among the gods *Consentes*,[171] whom they allege to be

1053 admitted into the council of Jupiter, nor among the gods whom

1054 they term *Select*? Some temple might be made for her which

1055 might be pre-eminent, both in loftiness of site and dignity of

1056 style. Why, indeed, not something better than is made for

1057 Jupiter himself? For who gave the kingdom even to Jupiter

1058 but Felicity? I am supposing that when he reigned he was

1059 happy. Felicity, however, is certainly more valuable than a

1060 kingdom. For no one doubts that a man might easily be

1061 found who may fear to be made a king; but no one is found

1062 who is unwilling to be happy. Therefore, if it is thought they

1063 can be consulted by augury, or in any other way, the gods themselves

1064 should be consulted about this thing, whether they may

1065 wish to give place to Felicity. If, perchance, the place should

1066 already be occupied by the temples and altars of others, where

1067 a greater and more lofty temple might be built to Felicity,

1068 even Jupiter himself might give way, so that Felicity might

1069 rather obtain the very pinnacle of the Capitoline hill. For

1070 there is not any one who would resist Felicity, except, which

1071 is impossible, one who might wish to be unhappy. Certainly,

1072 if he should be consulted, Jupiter would in no case do what

1073 those three gods, Mars, Terminus, and Juventas, did, who positively

1074 refused to give place to their superior and king. For,

1075 as their books record, when king Tarquin wished to construct

1076 the Capitol, and perceived that the place which seemed to him

1077 to be the most worthy and suitable was preoccupied by other

1078 gods, not daring to do anything contrary to their pleasure, and

1079 believing that they would willingly give place to a god who

1080 was so great, and was their own master, because there were

1081 many of them there when the Capitol was founded, he inquired

1082 by augury whether they chose to give place to Jupiter, and

1083 they were all willing to remove thence except those whom I

1084 have named, Mars, Terminus, and Juventas; and therefore the

1085 Capitol was built in such a way that these three also might be

1086 within it, yet with such obscure signs that even the most learned

1087 men could scarcely know this. Surely, then, Jupiter himself

1088 would by no means despise Felicity as he was himself despised

1089 by Terminus, Mars, and Juventas. But even they themselves

1090 who had not given place to Jupiter, would certainly give place

1091 to Felicity, who had made Jupiter king over them. Or if they

1092 should not give place, they would act thus not out of contempt

1093 of her, but because they chose rather to be obscure in the house

1094 of Felicity, than to be eminent without her in their own places.

1095 Thus the goddess Felicity being established in the largest

1096 and loftiest place, the citizens should learn whence the furtherance

1097 of every good desire should be sought. And so, by the

1098 persuasion of nature herself, the superfluous multitude of other

1099 gods being abandoned, Felicity alone would be worshipped,

1100 prayer would be made to her alone, her temple alone would

1101 be frequented by the citizens who wished to be happy, which

1102 no one of them would not wish; and thus felicity, who was

1103 sought for from all the gods, would be sought for only from

1104 her own self. For who wishes to receive from any god anything

1105 else than felicity, or what he supposes to tend to felicity?

1106 Wherefore, if Felicity has it in her power to be with what

1107 man she pleases (and she has it if she is a goddess), what folly

1108 is it, after all, to seek from any other god her whom you can

1109 obtain by request from her own self! Therefore they ought to

1110 honour this goddess above other gods, even by dignity of place.

1111 For, as we read in their own authors, the ancient Romans paid

1112 greater honours to I know not what Summanus, to whom they

1113 attributed nocturnal thunderbolts, than to Jupiter, to whom

1114 diurnal thunderbolts were held to pertain. But, after a famous

1115 and conspicuous temple had been built to Jupiter, owing to

1116 the dignity of the building, the multitude resorted to him in

1117 so great numbers, that scarce one can be found who remembers

1118 even to have read the name of Summanus, which now he cannot

1119 once hear named. But if Felicity is not a goddess, because, as

1120 is true, it is a gift of God, that god must be sought who has

1121 power to give it, and that hurtful multitude of false gods must

1122 be abandoned which the vain multitude of foolish men follows

1123 after, making gods to itself of the gifts of God, and offending

1124 Himself whose gifts they are by the stubbornness of a proud

1125 will. For he cannot be free from infelicity who worships

1126 Felicity as a goddess, and forsakes God, the giver of felicity;

1127 just as he cannot be free from hunger who licks a painted loaf

1128 of bread, and does not buy it of the man who has a real one.

1129 24. *The reasons by which the pagans attempt to defend their worshipping

1130 among the gods the divine gifts themselves.*

1131 We may, however, consider their reasons. Is it to be

1132 believed, say they, that our forefathers were besotted even to

1133 such a degree as not to know that these things are divine

1134 gifts, and not gods? But as they knew that such things are

1135 granted to no one, except by some god freely bestowing them,

1136 they called the gods whose names they did not find out by the

1137 names of those things which they deemed to be given by them;

1138 sometimes slightly altering the name for that purpose, as, for

1139 example, from war they have named Bellona, not *bellum*; from

1140 cradles, Cunina, not *cunæ*; from standing corn, Segetia, not *seges*;

1141 from apples, Pomona, not *pomum*; from oxen, Bubona, not *bos*.

1142 Sometimes, again, with no alteration of the word, just as the

1143 things themselves are named, so that the goddess who gives

1144 money is called Pecunia, and money is not thought to be itself

1145 a goddess: so of Virtus, who gives virtue; Honor, who gives

1146 honour; Concordia, who gives concord; Victoria, who gives

1147 victory. So, they say, when Felicitas is called a goddess, what

1148 is meant is not the thing itself which is given, but that deity

1149 by whom felicity is given.

1150 25. *Concerning the one God only to be worshipped, who, although His name is

1151 unknown, is yet deemed to be the giver of felicity.*

1152 Having had that reason rendered to us, we shall perhaps

1153 much more easily persuade, as we wish, those whose heart has

1154 not become too much hardened. For if now human infirmity

1155 has perceived that felicity cannot be given except by some

1156 god; if this was perceived by those who worshipped so many

1157 gods, at whose head they set Jupiter himself; if, in their

1158 ignorance of the name of Him by whom felicity was given,

1159 they agreed to call Him by the name of that very thing which

1160 they believed He gave;—then it follows that they thought

1161 that felicity could not be given even by Jupiter himself, whom

1162 they already worshipped, but certainly by him whom they

1163 thought fit to worship under the name of Felicity itself. I

1164 thoroughly affirm the statement that they believed felicity to

1165 be given by a certain God whom they knew not: let Him

1166 therefore be sought after, let Him be worshipped, and it is

1167 enough. Let the train of innumerable demons be repudiated,

1168 and let this God suffice every man whom his gift suffices. For

1169 him, I say, God the giver of felicity will not be enough to

1170 worship, for whom felicity itself is not enough to receive.

1171 But let him for whom it suffices (and man has nothing more

1172 he ought to wish for) serve the one God, the giver of felicity.

1173 This God is not he whom they call Jupiter. For if they

1174 acknowledged him to be the giver of felicity, they would not

1175 seek, under the name of Felicity itself, for another god or goddess

1176 by whom felicity might be given; nor could they tolerate that

1177 Jupiter himself should be worshipped with such infamous attributes.

1178 For he is said to be the debaucher of the wives of others;

1179 he is the shameless lover and ravisher of a beautiful boy.

1180 26. *Of the scenic plays, the celebration of which the gods have exacted from

1181 their worshippers.*

1182 "But," says Cicero, "Homer invented these things, and

1183 transferred things human to the gods: I would rather transfer

1184 things divine to us."[172] The poet, by ascribing such crimes to

1185 the gods, has justly displeased the grave man. Why, then, are

1186 the scenic plays, where these crimes are habitually spoken of,

1187 acted, exhibited, in honour of the gods, reckoned among things

1188 divine by the most learned men? Cicero should exclaim, not

1189 against the inventions of the poets, but against the customs of

1190 the ancients. Would not they have exclaimed in reply, What

1191 have we done? The gods themselves have loudly demanded

1192 that these plays should be exhibited in their honour, have

1193 fiercely exacted them, have menaced destruction unless this

1194 was performed, have avenged its neglect with great severity,

1195 and have manifested pleasure at the reparation of such neglect.

1196 Among their virtuous and wonderful deeds the following is

1197 related. It was announced in a dream to Titus Latinius, a

1198 Roman rustic, that he should go to the senate and tell them

1199 to recommence the games of Rome, because on the first day

1200 of their celebration a condemned criminal had been led to

1201 punishment in sight of the people, an incident so sad as to

1202 disturb the gods who were seeking amusement from the

1203 games. And when the peasant who had received this intimation

1204 was afraid on the following day to deliver it to the

1205 senate, it was renewed next night in a severer form: he

1206 lost his son, because of his neglect. On the third night

1207 he was warned that a yet graver punishment was impending,

1208 if he should still refuse obedience. When even thus

1209 he did not dare to obey, he fell into a virulent and horrible

1210 disease. But then, on the advice of his friends, he gave

1211 information to the magistrates, and was carried in a litter

1212 into the senate, and having, on declaring his dream, immediately

1213 recovered strength, went away on his own feet whole.[173]

1214 The senate, amazed at so great a miracle, decreed that the

1215 games should be renewed at fourfold cost. What sensible

1216 man does not see that men, being put upon by malignant

1217 demons, from whose domination nothing save the grace of

1218 God through Jesus Christ our Lord sets free, have been compelled

1219 by force to exhibit to such gods as these, plays which,

1220 if well advised, they should condemn as shameful? Certain it

1221 is that in these plays the poetic crimes of the gods are celebrated,

1222 yet they are plays which were re-established by decree

1223 of the senate, under compulsion of the gods. In these plays

1224 the most shameless actors celebrated Jupiter as the corrupter

1225 of chastity, and thus gave him pleasure. If that was a fiction,

1226 he would have been moved to anger; but if he was delighted

1227 with the representation of his crimes, even although fabulous,

1228 then, when he happened to be worshipped, who but the devil

1229 could be served? Is it so that he could found, extend, and

1230 preserve the Roman empire, who was more vile than any

1231 Roman man whatever, to whom such things were displeasing?

1232 Could he give felicity who was so infelicitously worshipped,

1233 and who, unless he should be thus worshipped, was yet more

1234 infelicitously provoked to anger?

1235 27. *Concerning the three kinds of gods about which the pontiff Scævola has

1236 discoursed.*

1237 It is recorded that the very learned pontiff Scævola[174] had

1238 distinguished about three kinds of gods—one introduced by

1239 the poets, another by the philosophers, another by the statesmen.

1240 The first kind he declares to be trifling, because many

1241 unworthy things have been invented by the poets concerning

1242 the gods; the second does not suit states, because it contains

1243 some things that are superfluous, and some, too, which it would

1244 be prejudicial for the people to know. It is no great matter

1245 about the superfluous things, for it is a common saying of

1246 skilful lawyers, "Superfluous things do no harm."[175] But what

1247 are those things which do harm when brought before the

1248 multitude? "These," he says, "that Hercules, Æsculapius,

1249 Castor and Pollux, are not gods; for it is declared by learned

1250 men that these were but men, and yielded to the common

1251 lot of mortals." What else? "That states have not the

1252 true images of the gods; because the true God has neither

1253 sex, nor age, nor definite corporeal members." The pontiff is

1254 not willing that the people should know these things; for he

1255 does not think they are false. He thinks it expedient, therefore,

1256 that states should be deceived in matters of religion;

1257 which Varro himself does not hesitate even to say in his

1258 books about things divine. Excellent religion! to which the

1259 weak, who requires to be delivered, may flee for succour; and

1260 when he seeks for the truth by which he may be delivered, it

1261 is believed to be expedient for him that he be deceived. And,

1262 truly, in these same books, Scævola is not silent as to his

1263 reason for rejecting the poetic sort of gods,—to wit, "because

1264 they so disfigure the gods that they could not bear comparison

1265 even with good men, when they make one to commit

1266 theft, another adultery; or, again, to say or do something else

1267 basely and foolishly; as that three goddesses contested (with

1268 each other) the prize of beauty, and the two vanquished by

1269 Venus destroyed Troy; that Jupiter turned himself into a

1270 bull or swan that he might copulate with some one; that a

1271 goddess married a man, and Saturn devoured his children;

1272 that, in fine, there is nothing that could be imagined, either

1273 of the miraculous or vicious, which may not be found there,

1274 and yet is far removed from the nature of the gods." O chief

1275 pontiff Scævola, take away the plays if thou art able; instruct

1276 the people that they may not offer such honours to the immortal

1277 gods, in which, if they like, they may admire the crimes

1278 of the gods, and, so far as it is possible, may, if they please,

1279 imitate them. But if the people shall have answered thee,

1280 You, O pontiff, have brought these things in among us, then

1281 ask the gods themselves at whose instigation you have ordered

1282 these things, that they may not order such things to be offered

1283 to them. For if they are bad, and therefore in no way to be

1284 believed concerning the majority of the gods, the greater is the

1285 wrong done the gods about whom they are feigned with impunity.

1286 But they do not hear thee, they are demons, they

1287 teach wicked things, they rejoice in vile things; not only do

1288 they not count it a wrong if these things are feigned about

1289 them, but it is a wrong they are quite unable to bear if they

1290 are not acted at their stated festivals. But now, if thou

1291 wouldst call on Jupiter against them, chiefly for that reason

1292 that more of his crimes are wont to be acted in the scenic

1293 plays, is it not the case that, although you call him god

1294 Jupiter, by whom this whole world is ruled and administered,

1295 it is he to whom the greatest wrong is done by you, because

1296 you have thought he ought to be worshipped along with them,

1297 and have styled him their king?

1298 28. *Whether the worship of the gods has been of service to the Romans in

1299 obtaining and extending the empire.*

1300 Therefore such gods, who are propitiated by such honours,

1301 or rather are impeached by them (for it is a greater crime to

1302 delight in having such things said of them falsely, than even

1303 if they could be said truly), could never by any means have

1304 been able to increase and preserve the Roman empire. For

1305 if they could have done it, they would rather have bestowed

1306 so grand a gift on the Greeks, who, in this kind of divine

1307 things,—that is, in scenic plays,—have worshipped them more

1308 honourably and worthily, although they have not exempted

1309 themselves from those slanders of the poets, by whom they

1310 saw the gods torn in pieces, giving them licence to ill-use

1311 any man they pleased, and have not deemed the scenic

1312 players themselves to be base, but have held them worthy

1313 even of distinguished honour. But just as the Romans were

1314 able to have gold money, although they did not worship a

1315 god Aurinus, so also they could have silver and brass coin,

1316 and yet worship neither Argentinus nor his father Æsculanus;

1317 and so of all the rest, which it would be irksome for me to

1318 detail. It follows, therefore, both that they could not by any

1319 means attain such dominion if the true God was unwilling;

1320 and that if these gods, false and many, were unknown or contemned,

1321 and He alone was known and worshipped with sincere

1322 faith and virtue, they would both have a better kingdom here,

1323 whatever might be its extent, and whether they might have

1324 one here or not, would afterwards receive an eternal kingdom.

1325 29. *Of the falsity of the augury by which the strength and stability of the

1326 Roman empire was considered to be indicated.*

1327 For what kind of augury is that which they have declared

1328 to be most beautiful, and to which I referred a little ago, that

1329 Mars, and Terminus, and Juventas would not give place even

1330 to Jove the king of the gods? For thus, they say, it was

1331 signified that the nation dedicated to Mars,—that is, the Roman,—should

1332 yield to none the place it once occupied; likewise,

1333 that on account of the god Terminus, no one would be able to

1334 disturb the Roman frontiers; and also, that the Roman youth,

1335 because of the goddess Juventas, should yield to no one. Let

1336 them see, therefore, how they can hold him to be the king

1337 of their gods, and the giver of their own kingdom, if these

1338 auguries set him down for an adversary, to whom it would

1339 have been honourable not to yield. However, if these things

1340 are true, they need not be at all afraid. For they are not

1341 going to confess that the gods who would not yield to Jove

1342 have yielded to Christ. For, without altering the boundaries

1343 of the empire, Jesus Christ has proved Himself able to drive

1344 them, not only from their temples, but from the hearts of

1345 their worshippers. But, before Christ came in the flesh, and,

1346 indeed, before these things which we have quoted from their

1347 books could have been written, but yet after that auspice was

1348 made under king Tarquin, the Roman army has been divers

1349 times scattered or put to flight, and has shown the falseness

1350 of the auspice, which they derived from the fact that the goddess

1351 Juventas had not given place to Jove; and the nation

1352 dedicated to Mars was trodden down in the city itself by the

1353 invading and triumphant Gauls; and the boundaries of the

1354 empire, through the falling away of many cities to Hannibal,

1355 had been hemmed into a narrow space. Thus the beauty of

1356 the auspices is made void, and there has remained only the

1357 contumacy against Jove, not of gods, but of demons. For it

1358 is one thing not to have yielded, and another to have returned

1359 whither you have yielded. Besides, even afterwards, in the

1360 oriental regions, the boundaries of the Roman empire were

1361 changed by the will of Hadrian; for he yielded up to the

1362 Persian empire those three noble provinces, Armenia, Mesopotamia,

1363 and Assyria. Thus that god Terminus, who according

1364 to these books was the guardian of the Roman frontiers,

1365 and by that most beautiful auspice had not given place to

1366 Jove, would seem to have been more afraid of Hadrian, a

1367 king of men, than of the king of the gods. The aforesaid

1368 provinces having also been taken back again, almost within

1369 our own recollection the frontier fell back, when Julian, given

1370 up to the oracles of their gods, with immoderate daring ordered

1371 the victualling ships to be set on fire. The army being thus

1372 left destitute of provisions, and he himself also being presently

1373 killed by the enemy, and the legions being hard pressed, while

1374 dismayed by the loss of their commander, they were reduced

1375 to such extremities that no one could have escaped, unless by

1376 articles of peace the boundaries of the empire had then been

1377 established where they still remain; not, indeed, with so great

1378 a loss as was suffered by the concession of Hadrian, but still

1379 at a considerable sacrifice. It was a vain augury, then, that

1380 the god Terminus did not yield to Jove, since he yielded to

1381 the will of Hadrian, and yielded also to the rashness of Julian,

1382 and the necessity of Jovinian. The more intelligent and grave

1383 Romans have seen these things, but have had little power

1384 against the custom of the state, which was bound to observe

1385 the rites of the demons; because even they themselves, although

1386 they perceived that these things were vain, yet thought that

1387 the religious worship which is due to God should be paid to

1388 the nature of things which is established under the rule and

1389 government of the one true God, "serving," as saith the

1390 apostle, "the creature more than the Creator, who is blessed

1391 for evermore."[176] The help of this true God was necessary to

1392 send holy and truly pious men, who would die for the true

1393 religion that they might remove the false from among the

1394 living.

1395 30. *What kind of things even their worshippers have owned they have thought

1396 about the gods of the nations.*

1397 Cicero the augur laughs at auguries, and reproves men for

1398 regulating the purposes of life by the cries of crows and jackdaws.[177]

1399 But it will be said that an academic philosopher, who

1400 argues that all things are uncertain, is unworthy to have any

1401 authority in these matters. In the second book of his *De

1402 Natura Deorum*,[178] he introduces Lucilius Balbus, who, after

1403 showing that superstitions have their origin in physical and

1404 philosophical truths, expresses his indignation at the setting up

1405 of images and fabulous notions, speaking thus: "Do you not

1406 therefore see that from true and useful physical discoveries the

1407 reason may be drawn away to fabulous and imaginary gods?

1408 This gives birth to false opinions and turbulent errors, and

1409 superstitions well-nigh old-wifeish. For both the forms of

1410 the gods, and their ages, and clothing, and ornaments, are

1411 made familiar to us; their genealogies, too, their marriages,

1412 kinships, and all things about them, are debased to the likeness

1413 of human weakness. They are even introduced as having

1414 perturbed minds; for we have accounts of the lusts, cares,

1415 and angers of the gods. Nor, indeed, as the fables go, have

1416 the gods been without their wars and battles. And that not

1417 only when, as in Homer, some gods on either side have defended

1418 two opposing armies, but they have even carried on

1419 wars on their own account, as with the Titans or with the

1420 Giants. Such things it is quite absurd either to say or to

1421 believe: they are utterly frivolous and groundless." Behold,

1422 now, what is confessed by those who defend the gods of the

1423 nations. Afterwards he goes on to say that some things

1424 belong to superstition, but others to religion, which he thinks

1425 good to teach according to the Stoics. "For not only the

1426 philosophers," he says, "but also our forefathers, have made a

1427 distinction between superstition and religion. For those," he

1428 says, "who spent whole days in prayer, and offered sacrifice,

1429 that their children might outlive them, are called superstitious."[179]

1430 Who does not see that he is trying, while he fears

1431 the public prejudice, to praise the religion of the ancients, and

1432 that he wishes to disjoin it from superstition, but cannot find

1433 out how to do so? For if those who prayed and sacrificed

1434 all day were called superstitious by the ancients, were those

1435 also called so who instituted (what he blames) the images of

1436 the gods of diverse age and distinct clothing, and invented the

1437 genealogies of gods, their marriages, and kinships? When,

1438 therefore, these things are found fault with as superstitious,

1439 he implicates in that fault the ancients who instituted and

1440 worshipped such images. Nay, he implicates himself, who,

1441 with whatever eloquence he may strive to extricate himself

1442 and be free, was yet under the necessity of venerating these

1443 images; nor dared he so much as whisper in a discourse to the

1444 people what in this disputation he plainly sounds forth. Let

1445 us Christians, therefore, give thanks to the Lord our God,—not

1446 to heaven and earth, as that author argues, but to Him who

1447 has made heaven and earth; because these superstitions, which

1448 that Balbus, like a babbler,[180] scarcely reprehends, He, by the

1449 most deep lowliness of Christ, by the preaching of the apostles,

1450 by the faith of the martyrs dying for the truth and living

1451 with the truth, has overthrown, not only in the hearts of the

1452 religious, but even in the temples of the superstitious, by their

1453 own free service.

1454 >

1455 >

1456 >

1457 31. *Concerning the opinions of Varro, who, while reprobating the popular belief,

1458 > thought that their worship should be confined to one god, though he was

1459 > unable to discover the true God.*

1460 What says Varro himself, whom we grieve to have found,

1461 although not by his own judgment, placing the scenic plays

1462 among things divine? When in many passages he is exhorting,

1463 like a religious man, to the worship of the gods, does he

1464 not in doing so admit that he does not in his own judgment

1465 believe those things which he relates that the Roman state

1466 has instituted; so that he does not hesitate to affirm that if

1467 he were founding a new state, he could enumerate the gods

1468 and their names better by the rule of nature? But being

1469 born into a nation already ancient, he says that he finds himself

1470 bound to accept the traditional names and surnames of

1471 the gods, and the histories connected with them, and that his

1472 purpose in investigating and publishing these details is to incline

1473 the people to worship the gods, and not to despise them.

1474 By which words this most acute man sufficiently indicates

1475 that he does not publish all things, because they would not

1476 only have been contemptible to himself, but would have

1477 seemed despicable even to the rabble, unless they had been

1478 passed over in silence. I should be thought to conjecture

1479 these things, unless he himself, in another passage, had openly

1480 said, in speaking of religious rites, that many things are true

1481 which it is not only not useful for the common people to

1482 know, but that it is expedient that the people should think

1483 otherwise, even though falsely, and therefore the Greeks have

1484 shut up the religious ceremonies and mysteries in silence,

1485 and within walls. In this he no doubt expresses the policy

1486 of the so-called wise men by whom states and peoples are

1487 ruled. Yet by this crafty device the malign demons are

1488 wonderfully delighted, who possess alike the deceivers and the

1489 deceived, and from whose tyranny nothing sets free save the

1490 grace of God through Jesus Christ our Lord.

1491 The same most acute and learned author also says, that

1492 those alone seem to him to have perceived what God is, who

1493 have believed Him to be the soul of the world, governing it

1494 by design and reason.[181] And by this, it appears, that although

1495 he did not attain to the truth,—for the true God is not a

1496 soul, but the maker and author of the soul,—yet if he could

1497 have been free to go against the prejudices of custom, he could

1498 have confessed and counselled others that the one God ought

1499 to be worshipped, who governs the world by design and

1500 reason; so that on this subject only this point would remain

1501 to be debated with him, that he had called Him a soul, and

1502 not rather the creator of the soul. He says, also, that the

1503 ancient Romans, for more than a hundred and seventy years,

1504 worshipped the gods without an image.[182] "And if this

1505 custom," he says, "could have remained till now, the gods

1506 would have been more purely worshipped." In favour of

1507 this opinion, he cites as a witness among others the Jewish

1508 nation; nor does he hesitate to conclude that passage by

1509 saying of those who first consecrated images for the people,

1510 that they have both taken away religious fear from their

1511 fellow-citizens, and increased error, wisely thinking that the

1512 gods easily fall into contempt when exhibited under the

1513 stolidity of images. But as he does not say they have

1514 transmitted error, but that they have increased it, he therefore

1515 wishes it to be understood that there was error already

1516 when there were no images. Wherefore, when he says they

1517 alone have perceived what God is who have believed Him to

1518 be the governing soul of the world, and thinks that the rites

1519 of religion would have been more purely observed without

1520 images, who fails to see how near he has come to the truth?

1521 For if he had been able to do anything against so inveterate

1522 an error, he would certainly have given it as his opinion both

1523 that the one God should be worshipped, and that He should

1524 be worshipped without an image; and having so nearly discovered

1525 the truth, perhaps he might easily have been put in

1526 mind of the mutability of the soul, and might thus have perceived

1527 that the true God is that immutable nature which

1528 made the soul itself. Since these things are so, whatever

1529 ridicule such men have poured in their writings against the

1530 plurality of the gods, they have done so rather as compelled

1531 by the secret will of God to confess them, than as trying to

1532 persuade others. If, therefore, any testimonies are adduced

1533 by us from these writings, they are adduced for the confutation

1534 of those who are unwilling to consider from how great

1535 and malignant a power of the demons the singular sacrifice

1536 of the shedding of the most holy blood, and the gift of the

1537 imparted Spirit, can set us free.

1538 32. *In what interest the princes of the nations wished false religions to continue

1539 among the people subject to them.*

1540 Varro says also, concerning the generations of the gods, that

1541 the people have inclined to the poets rather than to the

1542 natural philosophers; and that therefore their forefathers,—that

1543 is, the ancient Romans,—believed both in the sex and

1544 the generations of the gods, and settled their marriages;

1545 which certainly seems to have been done for no other cause

1546 except that it was the business of such men as were prudent

1547 and wise to deceive the people in matters of religion, and in

1548 that very thing not only to worship, but also to imitate the

1549 demons, whose greatest lust is to deceive. For just as the

1550 demons cannot possess any but those whom they have deceived

1551 with guile, so also men in princely office, not indeed

1552 being just, but like demons, have persuaded the people in the

1553 name of religion to receive as true those things which they

1554 themselves knew to be false; in this way, as it were, binding

1555 them up more firmly in civil society, so that they might in

1556 like manner possess them as subjects. But who that was

1557 weak and unlearned could escape the deceits of both the

1558 princes of the state and the demons?

1559 33. *That the times of all kings and kingdoms are ordained by the judgment

1560 and power of the true God.*

1561 Therefore that God, the author and giver of felicity, because

1562 He alone is the true God, Himself gives earthly kingdoms both

1563 to good and bad. Neither does He do this rashly, and, as it were,

1564 fortuitously,—because He is God, not fortune,—but according

1565 to the order of things and times, which is hidden from us,

1566 but thoroughly known to Himself; which same order of times,

1567 however, He does not serve as subject to it, but Himself rules

1568 as lord and appoints as governor. Felicity He gives only to

1569 the good. Whether a man be a subject or a king makes no

1570 difference: he may equally either possess or not possess it.

1571 And it shall be full in that life where kings and subjects

1572 exist no longer. And therefore earthly kingdoms are given

1573 by Him both to the good and the bad; lest His worshippers,

1574 still under the conduct of a very weak mind, should covet

1575 these gifts from Him as some great things. And this is the

1576 mystery of the Old Testament, in which the New was hidden,

1577 that there even earthly gifts are promised: those who were

1578 spiritual understanding even then, although not yet openly

1579 declaring, both the eternity which was symbolized by these

1580 earthly things, and in what gifts of God true felicity could be

1581 found.

1582 34. *Concerning the kingdom of the Jews, which was founded by the one and true

1583 God, and preserved by Him as long as they remained in the true religion.*

1584 Therefore, that it might be known that these earthly good

1585 things, after which those pant who cannot imagine better

1586 things, remain in the power of the one God Himself, not of

1587 the many false gods whom the Romans have formerly believed

1588 worthy of worship, He multiplied His people in Egypt

1589 from being very few, and delivered them out of it by wonderful

1590 signs. Nor did their women invoke Lucina when their

1591 offspring was being incredibly multiplied; and that nation

1592 having increased incredibly, He Himself delivered, He Himself

1593 saved them from the hands of the Egyptians, who persecuted

1594 them, and wished to kill all their infants. Without the

1595 goddess Rumina they sucked; without Cunina they were cradled;

1596 without Educa and Potina they took food and drink; without

1597 all those puerile gods they were educated; without the nuptial

1598 gods they were married; without the worship of Priapus they

1599 had conjugal intercourse; without invocation of Neptune the

1600 divided sea opened up a way for them to pass over, and overwhelmed

1601 with its returning waves their enemies who pursued

1602 them. Neither did they consecrate any goddess Mannia when

1603 they received manna from heaven; nor, when the smitten rock

1604 poured forth water to them when they thirsted, did they

1605 worship Nymphs and Lymphs. Without the mad rites of

1606 Mars and Bellona they carried on war; and while, indeed,

1607 they did not conquer without victory, yet they did not hold it

1608 to be a goddess, but the gift of their God. Without Segetia

1609 they had harvests; without Bubona, oxen; honey without

1610 Mellona; apples without Pomona: and, in a word, everything

1611 for which the Romans thought they must supplicate so great

1612 a crowd of false gods, they received much more happily from

1613 the one true God. And if they had not sinned against Him

1614 with impious curiosity, which seduced them like magic arts,

1615 and drew them to strange gods and idols, and at last led them

1616 to kill Christ, their kingdom would have remained to them,

1617 and would have been, if not more spacious, yet more happy,

1618 than that of Rome. And now that they are dispersed through

1619 almost all lands and nations, it is through the providence of

1620 that one true God; that whereas the images, altars, groves,

1621 and temples of the false gods are everywhere overthrown, and

1622 their sacrifices prohibited, it may be shown from their books

1623 how this has been foretold by their prophets so long before;

1624 lest, perhaps, when they should be read in ours, they might

1625 seem to be invented by us. But now, reserving what is to

1626 follow for the following book, we must here set a bound to

1627 the prolixity of this one.

BOOK V[183]

25 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

28 >

29 >

30 >

31 AUGUSTINE FIRST DISCUSSES THE DOCTRINE OF FATE, FOR THE SAKE OF CONFUTING

32 > THOSE WHO ARE DISPOSED TO REFER TO FATE THE POWER AND

33 > INCREASE OF THE ROMAN EMPIRE, WHICH COULD NOT BE ATTRIBUTED TO

34 > FALSE GODS, AS HAS BEEN SHOWN IN THE PRECEDING BOOK. AFTER THAT,

35 > HE PROVES THAT THERE IS NO CONTRADICTION BETWEEN GOD'S PRESCIENCE

36 > AND OUR FREE WILL. HE THEN SPEAKS OF THE MANNERS OF THE ANCIENT

37 > ROMANS, AND SHOWS IN WHAT SENSE IT WAS DUE TO THE VIRTUE OF THE

38 > ROMANS THEMSELVES, AND IN HOW FAR TO THE COUNSEL OF GOD, THAT HE

39 > INCREASED THEIR DOMINION, THOUGH THEY DID NOT WORSHIP HIM.

40 > FINALLY, HE EXPLAINS WHAT IS TO BE ACCOUNTED THE TRUE HAPPINESS

41 > OF THE CHRISTIAN EMPERORS.

42 PREFACE.

43 Since, then, it is established that the complete attainment

44 of all we desire is that which constitutes felicity, which

45 is no goddess, but a gift of God, and that therefore men

46 can worship no god save Him who is able to make them

47 happy,—and were Felicity herself a goddess, she would with

48 reason be the only object of worship,—since, I say, this is

49 established, let us now go on to consider why God, who is able

50 to give with all other things those good gifts which can be

51 possessed by men who are not good, and consequently not

52 happy, has seen fit to grant such extended and long-continued

53 dominion to the Roman empire; for that this was not effected

54 by that multitude of false gods which they worshipped, we

55 have both already adduced, and shall, as occasion offers, yet

56 adduce considerable proof.

57 1. *That the cause of the Roman empire, and of all kingdoms, is neither fortuitous

58 nor consists in the position of the stars.*[184]

59 The cause, then, of the greatness of the Roman empire is

60 neither fortuitous nor fatal, according to the judgment or

61 opinion of those who call those things *fortuitous* which either

62 have no causes, or such causes as do not proceed from some

63 intelligible order, and those things *fatal* which happen independently

64 of the will of God and man, by the necessity of a

65 certain *order*. In a word, human kingdoms are established by

66 divine providence. And if any one attributes their existence to

67 fate, because he calls the will or the power of God itself by the

68 name of fate, let him keep his opinion, but correct his language.

69 For why does he not say at first what he will say afterwards,

70 when some one shall put the question to him, What he means

71 by *fate*? For when men hear that word, according to the

72 ordinary use of the language, they simply understand by it

73 the virtue of that particular position of the stars which may

74 exist at the time when any one is born or conceived, which

75 some separate altogether from the will of God, whilst others

76 affirm that this also is dependent on that will. But those who

77 are of opinion that, apart from the will of God, the stars determine

78 what we shall do, or what good things we shall possess,

79 or what evils we shall suffer, must be refused a hearing by all,

80 not only by those who hold the true religion, but by those who

81 wish to be the worshippers of any gods whatsoever, even false

82 gods. For what does this opinion really amount to but this,

83 that no god whatever is to be worshipped or prayed to?

84 Against these, however, our present disputation is not intended

85 to be directed, but against those who, in defence of those whom

86 they think to be gods, oppose the Christian religion. They,

87 however, who make the position of the stars depend on the

88 divine will, and in a manner decree what character each man

89 shall have, and what good or evil shall happen to him, if

90 they think that these same stars have that power conferred

91 upon them by the supreme power of God, in order that they

92 may determine these things according to their will, do a great

93 injury to the celestial sphere, in whose most brilliant senate,

94 and most splendid senate-house, as it were, they suppose that

95 wicked deeds are decreed to be done,—such deeds as that if any

96 terrestrial state should decree them, it would be condemned to

97 overthrow by the decree of the whole human race. What

98 judgment, then, is left to God concerning the deeds of men,

99 who is Lord both of the stars and of men, when to these deeds

100 a celestial necessity is attributed? Or, if they do not say that

101 the stars, though they have indeed received a certain power from

102 God, who is supreme, determine those things according to their

103 own discretion, but simply that His commands are fulfilled by

104 them instrumentally in the application and enforcing of such

105 necessities, are we thus to think concerning God even what

106 it seemed unworthy that we should think concerning the will

107 of the stars? But, if the stars are said rather to signify these

108 things than to effect them, so that that *position of the stars* is,

109 as it were, a kind of speech predicting, not causing future things,—for

110 this has been the opinion of men of no ordinary learning,—certainly

111 the mathematicians are not wont so to speak, saying,

112 for example, Mars in such or such a position *signifies* a homicide,

113 but *makes* a homicide. But, nevertheless, though we

114 grant that they do not speak as they ought, and that we ought

115 to accept as the proper form of speech that employed by the

116 philosophers in predicting those things which they think they

117 discover in the position of the stars, how comes it that they

118 have never been able to assign any cause why, in the life of

119 twins, in their actions, in the events which befall them, in

120 their professions, arts, honours, and other things pertaining to

121 human life, also in their very death, there is often so great a

122 difference, that, as far as these things are concerned, many

123 entire strangers are more like them than they are like each

124 other, though separated at birth by the smallest interval of

125 time, but at conception generated by the same act of copulation,

126 and at the same moment?

127 2. *On the difference in the health of twins.*

128 Cicero says that the famous physician Hippocrates has left

129 in writing that he had suspected that a certain pair of brothers

130 were twins, from the fact that they both took ill at once, and

131 their disease advanced to its crisis and subsided in the same

132 time in each of them.[185] Posidonius the Stoic, who was much

133 given to astrology, used to explain the fact by supposing that

134 they had been born and conceived under the same constellation.

135 In this question the conjecture of the physician is by

136 far more worthy to be accepted, and approaches much nearer

137 to credibility, since, according as the parents were affected in

138 body at the time of copulation, so might the first elements of

139 the fœtuses have been affected, so that all that was necessary

140 for their growth and development up till birth having been

141 supplied from the body of the same mother, they might be

142 born with like constitutions. Thereafter, nourished in the

143 same house, on the same kinds of food, where they would have

144 also the same kinds of air, the same locality, the same quality

145 of water,—which, according to the testimony of medical science,

146 have a very great influence, good or bad, on the condition of

147 bodily health,—and where they would also be accustomed to

148 the same kinds of exercise, they would have bodily constitutions

149 so similar that they would be similarly affected with sickness

150 at the same time and by the same causes. But, to wish

151 to adduce that particular position of the stars which existed

152 at the time when they were born or conceived as the cause of

153 their being simultaneously affected with sickness, manifests the

154 greatest arrogance, when so many beings of most diverse kinds,

155 in the most diverse conditions, and subject to the most diverse

156 events, may have been conceived and born at the same time,

157 and in the same district, lying under the same sky. But we

158 know that twins do not only act differently, and travel to very

159 different places, but that they also suffer from different kinds

160 of sickness; for which Hippocrates would give what is in my

161 opinion the simplest reason, namely, that, through diversity

162 of food and exercise, which arises not from the constitution of

163 the body, but from the inclination of the mind, they may have

164 come to be different from each other in respect of health.

165 Moreover, Posidonius, or any other asserter of the fatal influence

166 of the stars, will have enough to do to find anything

167 to say to this, if he be unwilling to impose upon the minds of

168 the uninstructed in things of which they are ignorant. But,

169 as to what they attempt to make out from that very small

170 interval of time elapsing between the births of twins, on account

171 of that point in the heavens where the mark of the

172 natal hour is placed, and which they call the "horoscope," it

173 is either disproportionately small to the diversity which is

174 found in the dispositions, actions, habits, and fortunes of twins,

175 or it is disproportionately great when compared with the estate

176 of twins, whether low or high, which is the same for both of

177 them, the cause for whose greatest difference they place, in

178 every case, in the hour on which one is born; and, for this

179 reason, if the one is born so immediately after the other that

180 there is no change in the horoscope, I demand an entire similarity

181 in all that respects them both, which can never be found

182 in the case of any twins. But if the slowness of the birth of

183 the second give time for a change in the horoscope, I demand

184 different parents, which twins can never have.

185 3. *Concerning the arguments which Nigidius the mathematician drew from

186 the potter's wheel, in the question about the birth of twins.*

187 It is to no purpose, therefore, that that famous fiction about

188 the potter's wheel is brought forward, which tells of the answer

189 which Nigidius is said to have given when he was perplexed

190 with this question, and on account of which he was called

191 *Figulus*.[186] For, having whirled round the potter's wheel with

192 all his strength, he marked it with ink, striking it twice with

193 the utmost rapidity, so that the strokes seemed to fall on the

194 very same part of it. Then, when the rotation had ceased,

195 the marks which he had made were found upon the rim of the

196 wheel at no small distance apart. Thus, said he, considering

197 the great rapidity with which the celestial sphere revolves,

198 even though twins were born with as short an interval between

199 their births as there was between the strokes which I gave this

200 wheel, that brief interval of time is equivalent to a very great

201 distance in the celestial sphere. Hence, said he, come whatever

202 dissimilitudes may be remarked in the habits and fortunes

203 of twins. This argument is more fragile than the vessels

204 which are fashioned by the rotation of that wheel. For if

205 there is so much significance in the heavens which cannot be

206 comprehended by observation of the constellations, that, in the

207 case of twins, an inheritance may fall to the one and not to

208 the other, why, in the case of others who are not twins, do

209 they dare, having examined their constellations, to declare such

210 things as pertain to that secret which no one can comprehend,

211 and to attribute them to the precise moment of the birth of each

212 individual? Now, if such predictions in connection with the

213 natal hours of others who are not twins are to be vindicated on

214 the ground that they are founded on the observation of more extended

215 spaces in the heavens, whilst those very small moments

216 of time which separated the births of twins, and correspond

217 to minute portions of celestial space, are to be connected with

218 trifling things about which the mathematicians are not wont

219 to be consulted,—for who would consult them as to when he is

220 to sit, when to walk abroad, when and on what he is to dine?—how

221 can we be justified in so speaking, when we can point

222 out such manifold diversity both in the habits, doings, and

223 destinies of twins?

224 4. *Concerning the twins Esau and Jacob, who were very unlike each other

225 both in their character and actions.*

226 In the time of the ancient fathers, to speak concerning

227 illustrious persons, there were born two twin brothers, the

228 one so immediately after the other, that the first took hold of

229 the heel of the second. So great a difference existed in their

230 lives and manners, so great a dissimilarity in their actions, so

231 great a difference in their parents' love for them respectively,

232 that the very contrast between them produced even a mutual

233 hostile antipathy. Do we mean, when we say that they were

234 so unlike each other, that when the one was walking the other

235 was sitting, when the one was sleeping the other was waking,—which

236 differences are such as are attributed to those minute

237 portions of space which cannot be appreciated by those who

238 note down the position of the stars which exists at the moment

239 of one's birth, in order that the mathematicians may be consulted

240 concerning it? One of these twins was for a long time

241 a hired servant; the other never served. One of them was

242 beloved by his mother; the other was not so. One of them

243 lost that honour which was so much valued among their

244 people; the other obtained it. And what shall we say of

245 their wives, their children, and their possessions? How different

246 they were in respect to all these! If, therefore, such

247 things as these are connected with those minute intervals of

248 time which elapse between the births of twins, and are not to

249 be attributed to the constellations, wherefore are they predicted

250 in the case of others from the examination of their constellations?

251 And if, on the other hand, these things are said to be

252 predicted, because they are connected, not with minute and

253 inappreciable moments, but with intervals of time which can be

254 observed and noted down, what purpose is that potter's wheel

255 to serve in this matter, except it be to whirl round men who

256 have hearts of clay, in order that they may be prevented from

257 detecting the emptiness of the talk of the mathematicians?

258 5. *In what manner the mathematicians are convicted of professing a vain science.*

259 Do not those very persons whom the medical sagacity of

260 Hippocrates led him to suspect to be twins, because their

261 disease was observed by him to develope to its crisis and to

262 subside again in the same time in each of them,—do not these,

263 I say, serve as a sufficient refutation of those who wish to

264 attribute to the influence of the stars that which was owing

265 to a similarity of bodily constitution? For wherefore were

266 they both sick of the same disease, and at the same time, and

267 not the one after the other in the order of their birth? (for

268 certainly they could not both be born at the same time.) Or,

269 if the fact of their having been born at different times by no

270 means necessarily implies that they must be sick at different

271 times, why do they contend that the difference in the time of

272 their births was the cause of their difference in other things?

273 Why could they travel in foreign parts at different times,

274 marry at different times, beget children at different times, and

275 do many other things at different times, by reason of their

276 having been born at different times, and yet could not, for

277 the same reason, also be sick at different times? For if a

278 difference in the moment of birth changed the horoscope, and

279 occasioned dissimilarity in all other things, why has that

280 simultaneousness which belonged to their conception remained

281 in their attacks of sickness? Or, if the destinies of health

282 are involved in the time of conception, but those of other

283 things be said to be attached to the time of birth, they ought

284 not to predict anything concerning health from examination

285 of the constellations of birth, when the hour of conception is

286 not also given, that its constellations may be inspected. But

287 if they say that they predict attacks of sickness without examining

288 the horoscope of conception, because these are indicated

289 by the moments of birth, how could they inform either

290 of these twins when he would be sick, from the horoscope of

291 his birth, when the other also, who had not the same horoscope

292 of birth, must of necessity fall sick at the same time? Again,

293 I ask, if the distance of time between the births of twins is

294 so great as to occasion a difference of their constellations on

295 account of the difference of their horoscopes, and therefore of

296 all the cardinal points to which so much influence is attributed,

297 that even from such change there comes a difference of destiny,

298 how is it possible that this should be so, since they cannot

299 have been conceived at different times? Or, if two conceived

300 at the same moment of time could have different destinies

301 with respect to their births, why may not also two born at

302 the same moment of time have different destinies for life and

303 for death? For if the one moment in which both were conceived

304 did not hinder that the one should be born before the

305 other, why, if two are born at the same moment, should anything

306 hinder them from dying at the same moment? If a

307 simultaneous conception allows of twins being differently

308 affected in the *womb*, why should not simultaneousness of

309 birth allow of any two individuals having different fortunes

310 in the *world*? and thus would all the fictions of this art, or

311 rather delusion, be swept away. What strange circumstance

312 is this, that two children conceived at the same time, nay, at

313 the same moment, under the same position of the stars, have

314 different fates which bring them to different hours of birth,

315 whilst two children, born of two different mothers, at the same

316 moment of time, under one and the same position of the stars,

317 cannot have different fates which shall conduct them by necessity

318 to diverse manners of life and of death? Are they at

319 conception as yet without destinies, because they can only

320 have them if they be born? What, therefore, do they mean

321 when they say that, if the hour of the conception be found,

322 many things can be predicted by these astrologers? from

323 which also arose that story which is reiterated by some, that

324 a certain sage chose an hour in which to lie with his wife, in

325 order to secure his begetting an illustrious son. From this

326 opinion also came that answer of Posidonius, the great astrologer

327 and also philosopher, concerning those twins who were

328 attacked with sickness at the same time, namely, "That this

329 had happened to them because they were conceived at the

330 same time, and born at the same time." For certainly he

331 added "conception," lest it should be said to him that they

332 could not both be *born* at the same time, knowing that at any

333 rate they must both have been conceived at the same time;

334 wishing thus to show that he did not attribute the fact of

335 their being similarly and simultaneously affected with sickness

336 to the similarity of their bodily constitutions as its proximate

337 cause, but that he held that even in respect of the similarity

338 of their health, they were bound together by a sidereal connection.

339 If, therefore, the time of conception has so much to

340 do with the similarity of destinies, these same destinies ought

341 not to be changed by the circumstances of birth; or, if the

342 destinies of twins be said to be changed because they are

343 born at different times, why should we not rather understand

344 that they had been already changed in order that they might

345 be born at different times? Does not, then, the will of men

346 living in the world change the destinies of birth, when the

347 order of birth can change the destinies they had at conception?

348 6. *Concerning twins of different sexes.*

349 But even in the very conception of twins, which certainly

350 occurs at the same moment in the case of both, it often happens

351 that the one is conceived a male, and the other a female.

352 I know two of different sexes who are twins. Both of them

353 are alive, and in the flower of their age; and though they

354 resemble each other in body, as far as difference of sex will

355 permit, still they are very different in the whole scope and

356 purpose of their lives (consideration being had of those differences

357 which necessarily exist between the lives of males and

358 females),—the one holding the office of a count, and being

359 almost constantly away from home with the army in foreign

360 service, the other never leaving her country's soil, or her

361 native district. Still more,—and this is more incredible, if the

362 destinies of the stars are to be believed in, though it is not

363 wonderful if we consider the wills of men, and the free gifts

364 of God,—he is married; she is a sacred virgin: he has begotten

365 a numerous offspring; she has never even married. But is

366 not the virtue of the horoscope very great? I think I have

367 said enough to show the absurdity of that. But, say those

368 astrologers, whatever be the virtue of the horoscope in other

369 respects, it is certainly of significance with respect to birth.

370 But why not also with respect to conception, which takes

371 place undoubtedly with one act of copulation? And, indeed,

372 so great is the force of nature, that after a woman has once

373 conceived, she ceases to be liable to conception. Or were

374 they, perhaps, changed at birth, either he into a male, or she

375 into a female, because of the difference in their horoscopes?

376 But, whilst it is not altogether absurd to say that certain

377 sidereal influences have some power to cause differences in

378 bodies alone,—as, for instance, we see that the seasons of the

379 year come round by the approaching and receding of the sun,

380 and that certain kinds of things are increased in size or

381 diminished by the waxings and wanings of the moon, such

382 as sea-urchins, oysters, and the wonderful tides of the ocean,—it

383 does not follow that the *wills of men* are to be made subject

384 to the position of the stars. The astrologers, however, when

385 they wish to bind our actions also to the constellations, only

386 set us on investigating whether, even in these bodies, the

387 changes may not be attributable to some other than a sidereal

388 cause. For what is there which more intimately concerns a

389 body than its sex? And yet, under the same position of the

390 stars, twins of different sexes may be conceived. Wherefore,

391 what greater absurdity can be affirmed or believed than that

392 the position of the stars, which was the same for both of them

393 at the time of conception, could not cause that the one child

394 should not have been of a different sex from her brother, with

395 whom she had a common constellation, whilst the position of

396 the stars which existed at the hour of their birth could cause

397 that she should be separated from him by the great distance

398 between marriage and holy virginity?

399 7. *Concerning the choosing of a day for marriage, or for planting, or sowing.*

400 Now, will any one bring forward this, that in choosing

401 certain particular days for particular actions, men bring about

402 certain new destinies for their actions? That man, for instance,

403 according to this doctrine, was not born to have an illustrious

404 son, but rather a contemptible one, and therefore, being a man

405 of learning, he chose an hour in which to lie with his wife.

406 He made, therefore, a destiny which he did not have before,

407 and from that destiny of his own making something began to

408 be fatal which was not contained in the destiny of his natal

409 hour. Oh, singular stupidity! A day is chosen on which to

410 marry; and for this reason, I believe, that unless a day be

411 chosen, the marriage may fall on an unlucky day, and turn

412 out an unhappy one. What then becomes of what the stars

413 have already decreed at the hour of birth? Can a man be

414 said to change by an act of choice that which has already

415 been determined for him, whilst that which he himself has

416 determined in the choosing of a day cannot be changed by

417 another power? Thus, if men alone, and not all things under

418 heaven, are subject to the influence of the stars, why do they

419 choose some days as suitable for planting vines or trees, or for

420 sowing grain, other days as suitable for taming beasts on, or

421 for putting the males to the females, that the cows and mares

422 may be impregnated, and for such-like things? If it be said

423 that certain chosen days have an influence on these things,

424 because the constellations rule over all terrestrial bodies,

425 animate and inanimate, according to differences in moments

426 of time, let it be considered what innumerable multitudes of

427 beings are born or arise, or take their origin at the very same

428 instant of time, which come to ends so different, that they

429 may persuade any little boy that these observations about

430 days are ridiculous. For who is so mad as to dare affirm

431 that all trees, all herbs, all beasts, serpents, birds, fishes,

432 worms, have each separately their own moments of birth or

433 commencement? Nevertheless, men are wont, in order to

434 try the skill of the mathematicians, to bring before them the

435 constellations of dumb animals, the constellations of whose

436 birth they diligently observe at home with a view to this

437 discovery; and they prefer those mathematicians to all others,

438 who say from the inspection of the constellations that they

439 indicate the birth of a beast and not of a man. They also

440 dare tell what kind of beast it is, whether it is a wool-bearing

441 beast, or a beast suited for carrying burthens, or one fit for

442 the plough, or for watching a house; for the astrologers are

443 also tried with respect to the fates of dogs, and their answers

444 concerning these are followed by shouts of admiration on the

445 part of those who consult them. They so deceive men as to

446 make them think that during the birth of a man the births

447 of all other beings are suspended, so that not even a fly comes

448 to life at the same time that he is being born, under the same

449 region of the heavens. And if this be admitted with respect

450 to the fly, the reasoning cannot stop there, but must ascend

451 from flies till it lead them up to camels and elephants. Nor

452 are they willing to attend to this, that when a day has been

453 chosen whereon to sow a field, so many grains fall into the

454 ground simultaneously, germinate simultaneously, spring up,

455 come to perfection, and ripen simultaneously; and yet, of all

456 the ears which are coeval, and, so to speak, *congerminal*, some

457 are destroyed by mildew, some are devoured by the birds, and

458 some are pulled by men. How can they say that all these

459 had their different constellations, which they see coming to so

460 different ends? Will they confess that it is folly to choose

461 days for such things, and to affirm that they do not come

462 within the sphere of the celestial decree, whilst they subject

463 men alone to the stars, on whom alone in the world God has

464 bestowed free wills? All these things being considered, we

465 have good reason to believe that, when the astrologers give

466 very many wonderful answers, it is to be attributed to the

467 occult inspiration of spirits not of the best kind, whose care

468 it is to insinuate into the minds of men, and to confirm in

469 them, those false and noxious opinions concerning the fatal

470 influence of the stars, and not to their marking and inspecting

471 of horoscopes, according to some kind of art which in reality

472 has no existence.

473 8. *Concerning those who call by the name of fate, not the position of the stars,

474 but the connection of causes which depends on the will of God.*

475 But, as to those who call by the name of fate, not the disposition

476 of the stars as it may exist when any creature is

477 conceived, or born, or commences its existence, but the whole

478 connection and train of causes which makes everything become

479 what it does become, there is no need that I should labour

480 and strive with them in a merely verbal controversy, since

481 they attribute the so-called order and connection of causes to

482 the will and power of God most high, who is most rightly

483 and most truly believed to know all things before they come

484 to pass, and to leave nothing unordained; from whom are all

485 powers, although the wills of all are not from Him. Now,

486 that it is chiefly the will of God most high, whose power

487 extends itself irresistibly through all things which they call

488 fate, is proved by the following verses, of which, if I mistake

489 not, Annæus Seneca is the author:—

490 "Father supreme, Thou ruler of the lofty heavens,

491 Lead me where'er it is Thy pleasure; I will give

492 A prompt obedience, making no delay,

493 Lo! here I am. Promptly I come to do Thy sovereign will;

494 If Thy command shall thwart my inclination, I will still

495 Follow Thee groaning, and the work assigned,

496 With all the suffering of a mind repugnant,

497 Will perform, being evil; which, had I been good,

498 I should have undertaken and performed, though hard,

499 With virtuous cheerfulness.

500 The Fates do lead the man that follows willing;

501 But the man that is unwilling, him they drag."[187]

502 Most evidently, in this last verse, he calls that "fate" which

503 he had before called "the will of the Father supreme," whom,

504 he says, he is ready to obey that he may be led, being willing,

505 not dragged, being unwilling, since "the Fates do lead the

506 man that follows willing, but the man that is unwilling, him

507 they drag."

508 The following Homeric lines, which Cicero translates into

509 Latin, also favour this opinion:—

510 "Such are the minds of men, as is the light

511 Which Father Jove himself doth pour

512 Illustrious o'er the fruitful earth."[188]

513 Not that Cicero wishes that a poetical sentiment should

514 have any weight in a question like this; for when he says

515 that the Stoics, when asserting the power of fate, were in the

516 habit of using these verses from Homer, he is not treating

517 concerning the opinion of that poet, but concerning that of

518 those philosophers, since by these verses, which they quote in

519 connection with the controversy which they hold about fate,

520 is most distinctly manifested what it is which they reckon

521 fate, since they call by the name of Jupiter him whom they

522 reckon the supreme god, from whom, they say, hangs the

523 whole chain of fates.

524 9. *Concerning the foreknowledge of God and the free will of man, in opposition

525 to the definition of Cicero.*

526 The manner in which Cicero addresses himself to the task

527 of refuting the Stoics, shows that he did not think he could

528 effect anything against them in argument unless he had first

529 demolished divination.[189] And this he attempts to accomplish

530 by denying that there is any knowledge of future things,

531 and maintains with all his might that there is no such knowledge

532 either in God or man, and that there is no prediction

533 of events. Thus he both denies the foreknowledge of God,

534 and attempts by vain arguments, and by opposing to himself

535 certain oracles very easy to be refuted, to overthrow all prophecy,

536 even such as is clearer than the light (though even

537 these oracles are not refuted by him).

538 But, in refuting these conjectures of the mathematicians, his

539 argument is triumphant, because truly these are such as destroy

540 and refute themselves. Nevertheless, they are far more tolerable

541 who assert the fatal influence of the stars than they who

542 deny the foreknowledge of future events. For, to confess that

543 God exists, and at the same time to deny that He has foreknowledge

544 of future things, is the most manifest folly. This

545 Cicero himself saw, and therefore attempted to assert the

546 doctrine embodied in the words of Scripture, "The fool hath

547 said in his heart, There is no God."[190] That, however, he did

548 not do in his own person, for he saw how odious and offensive

549 such an opinion would be; and, therefore in his book on the

550 nature of the gods,[191] he makes Cotta dispute concerning this

551 against the Stoics, and preferred to give his own opinion in

552 favour of Lucilius Balbus, to whom he assigned the defence of

553 the Stoical position, rather than in favour of Cotta, who maintained

554 that no divinity exists. However, in his book on

555 divination, he in his own person most openly opposes the

556 doctrine of the prescience of future things. But all this he

557 seems to do in order that he may not grant the doctrine of

558 fate, and by so doing destroy free will. For he thinks that,

559 the knowledge of future things being once conceded, fate follows

560 as so necessary a consequence that it cannot be denied.

561 But, let these perplexing debatings and disputations of the

562 philosophers go on as they may, we, in order that we may

563 confess the most high and true God Himself, do confess His

564 will, supreme power, and prescience. Neither let us be afraid

565 lest, after all, we do not do by will that which we do by will,

566 because He, whose foreknowledge is infallible, foreknew that

567 we would do it. It was this which Cicero was afraid of, and

568 therefore opposed foreknowledge. The Stoics also maintained

569 that all things do not come to pass by necessity, although

570 they contended that all things happen according to destiny.

571 What is it, then, that Cicero feared in the prescience of future

572 things? Doubtless it was this,—that if all future things

573 have been foreknown, they will happen in the order in which

574 they have been foreknown; and if they come to pass in this

575 order, there is a certain order of things foreknown by God;

576 and if a certain order of things, then a certain order of causes,

577 for nothing can happen which is not preceded by some efficient

578 cause. But if there is a certain order of causes according to

579 which everything happens which does happen, then by fate,

580 says he, all things happen which do happen. But if this be

581 so, then is there nothing in our own power, and there is no

582 such thing as freedom of will; and if we grant that, says he,

583 the whole economy of human life is subverted. In vain are

584 laws enacted. In vain are reproaches, praises, chidings, exhortations

585 had recourse to; and there is no justice whatever

586 in the appointment of rewards for the good, and punishments

587 for the wicked. And that consequences so disgraceful, and

588 absurd, and pernicious to humanity may not follow, Cicero

589 chooses to reject the foreknowledge of future things, and shuts

590 up the religious mind to this alternative, to make choice between

591 two things, either that something is in our own power,

592 or that there is foreknowledge,—both of which cannot be true;

593 but if the one is affirmed, the other is thereby denied. He

594 therefore, like a truly great and wise man, and one who consulted

595 very much and very skilfully for the good of humanity,

596 of those two chose the freedom of the will, to confirm which

597 he denied the foreknowledge of future things; and thus, wishing

598 to make men free, he makes them sacrilegious. But the

599 religious mind chooses both, confesses both, and maintains

600 both by the faith of piety. But how so? says Cicero; for the

601 knowledge of future things being granted, there follows a chain

602 of consequences which ends in this, that there can be nothing

603 depending on our own free wills. And further, if there is

604 anything depending on our wills, we must go backwards by

605 the same steps of reasoning till we arrive at the conclusion

606 that there is no foreknowledge of future things. For we go

607 backwards through all the steps in the following order:—If

608 there is free will, all things do not happen according to

609 fate; if all things do not happen according to fate, there is

610 not a certain order of causes; and if there is not a certain

611 order of causes, neither is there a certain order of things foreknown

612 by God,—for things cannot come to pass except they

613 are preceded by efficient causes,—but, if there is no fixed and

614 certain order of causes foreknown by God, all things cannot

615 be said to happen according as He foreknew that they would

616 happen. And further, if it is not true that all things happen

617 just as they have been foreknown by Him, there is not, says

618 he, in God any foreknowledge of future events.

619 Now, against the sacrilegious and impious darings of

620 reason, we assert both that God knows all things before

621 they come to pass, and that we do by our free will whatsoever

622 we know and feel to be done by us only because

623 we will it. But that all things come to pass by fate, we

624 do not say; nay we affirm that nothing comes to pass by

625 fate; for we demonstrate that the name of fate, as it is wont

626 to be used by those who speak of fate, meaning thereby the

627 position of the stars at the time of each one's conception

628 or birth, is an unmeaning word, for astrology itself is a delusion.

629 But an order of causes in which the highest efficiency

630 is attributed to the will of God, we neither deny nor do we

631 designate it by the name of fate, unless, perhaps, we may

632 understand fate to mean that which is spoken, deriving it from

633 *fari*, to speak; for we cannot deny that it is written in the

634 sacred Scriptures, "God hath spoken once; these two things

635 have I heard, that power belongeth unto God. Also unto

636 Thee, O God, belongeth mercy: for Thou wilt render unto

637 every man according to his works."[192] Now the expression,

638 "Once hath He spoken," is to be understood as meaning "*immovably*,"

639 that is, unchangeably hath He spoken, inasmuch as

640 He knows unchangeably all things which shall be, and all

641 things which He will do. We might, then, use the word fate

642 in the sense it bears when derived from *fari*, to speak, had it

643 not already come to be understood in another sense, into which

644 I am unwilling that the hearts of men should unconsciously

645 slide. But it does not follow that, though there is for God a

646 certain order of all causes, there must therefore be nothing

647 depending on the free exercise of our own wills, for our wills

648 themselves are included in that order of causes which is certain

649 to God, and is embraced by His foreknowledge, for human

650 wills are also causes of human actions; and He who foreknew

651 all the causes of things would certainly among those causes

652 not have been ignorant of our wills. For even that very concession

653 which Cicero himself makes is enough to refute him

654 in this argument. For what does it help him to say that

655 nothing takes place without a cause, but that every cause is

656 not fatal, there being a fortuitous cause, a natural cause, and

657 a voluntary cause? It is sufficient that he confesses that

658 whatever happens must be preceded by a cause. For we say

659 that those causes which are called fortuitous are not a mere

660 name for the absence of causes, but are only latent, and we

661 attribute them either to the will of the true God, or to that of

662 spirits of some kind or other. And as to natural causes, we by

663 no means separate them from the will of Him who is the author

664 and framer of all nature. But now as to voluntary causes.

665 They are referable either to God, or to angels, or to men, or to

666 animals of whatever description, if indeed those instinctive

667 movements of animals devoid of reason, by which, in accordance

668 with their own nature, they seek or shun various things,

669 are to be called wills. And when I speak of the wills of

670 angels, I mean either the wills of good angels, whom we call

671 the angels of God, or of the wicked angels, whom we call the

672 angels of the devil, or demons. Also by the wills of men I

673 mean the wills either of the good or of the wicked. And from

674 this we conclude that there are no efficient causes of all things

675 which come to pass unless voluntary causes, that is, such as

676 belong to that nature which is the spirit of life. For the air

677 or wind is called spirit, but, inasmuch as it is a body, it is not

678 the spirit of life. The spirit of life, therefore, which quickens

679 all things, and is the creator of every body, and of every

680 created spirit, is God Himself, the uncreated spirit. In His

681 supreme will resides the power which acts on the wills of all

682 created spirits, helping the good, judging the evil, controlling

683 all, granting power to some, not granting it to others. For,

684 as He is the creator of all natures, so also is He the bestower

685 of all powers, not of all wills; for wicked wills are not from

686 Him, being contrary to nature, which is from Him. As to

687 bodies, they are more subject to wills: some to our wills, by

688 which I mean the wills of all living mortal creatures, but

689 more to the wills of men than of beasts. But all of them are

690 most of all subject to the will of God, to whom all wills also

691 are subject, since they have no power except what He has

692 bestowed upon them. The cause of things, therefore, which

693 makes but is not made, is God; but all other causes both

694 make and are made. Such are all created spirits, and especially

695 the rational. Material causes, therefore, which may rather

696 be said to be made than to make, are not to be reckoned

697 among efficient causes, because they can only do what the

698 wills of spirits do by them. How, then, does an order of

699 causes which is certain to the foreknowledge of God necessitate

700 that there should be nothing which is dependent on our wills,

701 when our wills themselves have a very important place in the

702 order of causes? Cicero, then, contends with those who call

703 this order of causes fatal, or rather designate this order itself

704 by the name of fate; to which we have an abhorrence, especially

705 on account of the word, which men have become accustomed

706 to understand as meaning what is not true. But,

707 whereas he denies that the order of all causes is most certain,

708 and perfectly clear to the prescience of God, we detest his

709 opinion more than the Stoics do. For he either denies that

710 God exists,—which, indeed, in an assumed personage, he has

711 laboured to do, in his book *De Natura Deorum*,—or if he

712 confesses that He exists, but denies that He is prescient of

713 future things, what is that but just "the fool saying in his

714 heart there is no God?" For one who is not prescient of all

715 future things is not God. Wherefore our wills also have just

716 so much power as God willed and foreknew that they should

717 have; and therefore whatever power they have, they have it

718 within most certain limits; and whatever they are to do, they

719 are most assuredly to do, for He whose foreknowledge is infallible

720 foreknew that they would have the power to do it,

721 and would do it. Wherefore, if I should choose to apply the

722 name of fate to anything at all, I should rather say that fate

723 belongs to the weaker of two parties, will to the stronger, who

724 has the other in his power, than that the freedom of our will

725 is excluded by that order of causes, which, by an unusual

726 application of the word peculiar to themselves, the Stoics call

727 *Fate*.

728 10. *Whether our wills are ruled by necessity.*

729 Wherefore, neither is that necessity to be feared, for dread

730 of which the Stoics laboured to make such distinctions among

731 the causes of things as should enable them to rescue certain

732 things from the dominion of necessity, and to subject others to

733 it. Among those things which they wished not to be subject

734 to necessity they placed our wills, knowing that they would

735 not be free if subjected to necessity. For if that is to be

736 called *our necessity* which is not in our power, but even though

737 we be unwilling effects what it can effect,—as, for instance, the

738 necessity of death,—it is manifest that our wills by which we

739 live uprightly or wickedly are not under such a necessity;

740 for we do many things which, if we were not willing, we should

741 certainly not do. This is primarily true of the act of willing

742 itself,—for if we will, it *is*; if we will not, it *is* not,—for we

743 should not will if we were unwilling. But if we define necessity

744 to be that according to which we say that it is necessary

745 that anything be of such or such a nature, or be done in such and

746 such a manner, I know not why we should have any dread of

747 that necessity taking away the freedom of our will. For we

748 do not put the life of God or the foreknowledge of God under

749 necessity if we should say that it is necessary that God should

750 live for ever, and foreknow all things; as neither is His power

751 diminished when we say that He cannot die or fall into error,—for

752 this is in such a way impossible to Him, that if it were

753 possible for Him, He would be of less power. But assuredly

754 He is rightly called omnipotent, though He can neither die

755 nor fall into error. For He is called omnipotent on account

756 of His doing what He wills, not on account of His suffering

757 what He wills not; for if that should befall Him, He would by

758 no means be omnipotent. Wherefore, He cannot do some

759 things for the very reason that He is omnipotent. So also,

760 when we say that it is necessary that, when we will, we will

761 by free choice, in so saying we both affirm what is true beyond

762 doubt, and do not still subject our wills thereby to a necessity

763 which destroys liberty. Our wills, therefore, *exist* as *wills*, and

764 do themselves whatever we do by willing, and which would

765 not be done if we were unwilling. But when any one suffers

766 anything, being unwilling, by the will of another, even in that

767 case will retains its essential validity,—we do not mean the

768 will of the party who inflicts the suffering, for we resolve it

769 into the power of God. For if a will should simply exist, but

770 not be able to do what it wills, it would be overborne by a

771 more powerful will. Nor would this be the case unless there

772 had existed will, and that not the will of the other party, but

773 the will of him who willed, but was not able to accomplish

774 what he willed. Therefore, whatsoever a man suffers contrary

775 to his own will, he ought not to attribute to the will of men,

776 or of angels, or of any created spirit, but rather to His will

777 who gives power to wills. It is not the case, therefore, that

778 because God foreknew what would be in the power of our

779 wills, there is for that reason nothing in the power of our

780 wills. For he who foreknew this did not foreknow nothing.

781 Moreover, if He who foreknew what would be in the power of

782 our wills did not foreknow nothing, but something, assuredly,

783 even though He did foreknow, there is something in the power

784 of our wills. Therefore we are by no means compelled, either,

785 retaining the prescience of God, to take away the freedom of

786 the will, or, retaining the freedom of the will, to deny that He

787 is prescient of future things, which is impious. But we embrace

788 both. We faithfully and sincerely confess both. The

789 former, that we may believe well; the latter, that we may live

790 well. For he lives ill who does not believe well concerning

791 God. Wherefore, be it far from us, in order to maintain our

792 freedom, to deny the prescience of Him by whose help we are

793 or shall be free. Consequently, it is not in vain that laws are

794 enacted, and that reproaches, exhortations, praises, and vituperations

795 are had recourse to; for these also He foreknew, and

796 they are of great avail, even as great as He foreknew that they

797 would be of. Prayers, also, are of avail to procure those things

798 which He foreknew that He would grant to those who offered

799 them; and with justice have rewards been appointed for good

800 deeds, and punishments for sins. For a man does not therefore

801 sin because God foreknew that he would sin. Nay, it

802 cannot be doubted but that it is the man himself who sins

803 when he does sin, because He, whose foreknowledge is infallible,

804 foreknew not that fate, or fortune, or something else

805 would sin, but that the man himself would sin, who, if he

806 wills not, sins not. But if he shall not will to sin, even this

807 did God foreknow.

808 11. *Concerning the universal providence of God in the laws of which all things

809 are comprehended.*

810 Therefore God supreme and true, with His Word and Holy

811 Spirit (which three are one), one God omnipotent, creator and

812 maker of every soul and of every body; by whose gift all are

813 happy who are happy through verity and not through vanity;

814 who made man a rational animal consisting of soul and body,

815 who, when he sinned, neither permitted him to go unpunished,

816 nor left him without mercy; who has given to the good and

817 to the evil, being in common with stones, vegetable life in

818 common with trees, sensuous life in common with brutes,

819 intellectual life in common with angels alone; from whom

820 is every mode, every species, every order; from whom are

821 measure, number, weight; from whom is everything which

822 has an existence in nature, of whatever kind it be, and of

823 whatever value; from whom are the seeds of forms and the

824 forms of seeds, and the motion of seeds and of forms; who

825 gave also to flesh its origin, beauty, health, reproductive

826 fecundity, disposition of members, and the salutary concord of

827 its parts; who also to the irrational soul has given memory,

828 sense, appetite, but to the rational soul, in addition to these,

829 has given intelligence and will; who has not left, not to speak

830 of heaven and earth, angels and men, but not even the entrails

831 of the smallest and most contemptible animal, or the feather

832 of a bird, or the little flower of a plant, or the leaf of a tree,

833 without an harmony, and, as it were, a mutual peace among

834 all its parts;—that God can never be believed to have left

835 the kingdoms of men, their dominations and servitudes, outside

836 of the laws of His providence.

837 12. *By what virtues the ancient Romans merited that the true God, although they

838 did not worship Him, should enlarge their empire.*

839 Wherefore let us go on to consider what virtues of the

840 Romans they were which the true God, in whose power are

841 also the kingdoms of the earth, condescended to help in

842 order to raise the empire, and also for what reason He did so.

843 And, in order to discuss this question on clearer ground, we

844 have written the former books, to show that the power of

845 those gods, who, they thought, were to be worshipped with

846 such trifling and silly rites, had nothing to do in this matter;

847 and also what we have already accomplished of the present

848 volume, to refute the doctrine of fate, lest any one who might

849 have been already persuaded that the Roman empire was not

850 extended and preserved by the worship of these gods, might

851 still be attributing its extension and preservation to some kind

852 of fate, rather than to the most powerful will of God most

853 high. The ancient and primitive Romans, therefore, though

854 their history shows us that, like all the other nations, with

855 the sole exception of the Hebrews, they worshipped false gods,

856 and sacrificed victims, not to God, but to demons, have nevertheless

857 this commendation bestowed on them by their historian,

858 that they were "greedy of praise, prodigal of wealth, desirous

859 of great glory, and content with a moderate fortune."[193] Glory

860 they most ardently loved: for it they wished to live, for it

861 they did not hesitate to die. Every other desire was repressed

862 by the strength of their passion for that one thing. At length

863 their country itself, because it seemed inglorious to serve, but

864 glorious to rule and to command, they first earnestly desired

865 to be free, and then to be mistress. Hence it was that, not

866 enduring the domination of kings, they put the government

867 into the hands of two chiefs, holding office for a year, who

868 were called consuls, not kings or lords.[194] But royal pomp

869 seemed inconsistent with the administration of a ruler (*regentis*),

870 or the benevolence of one who consults (that is, for the

871 public good) (*consulentis*), but rather with the haughtiness of

872 a lord (*dominantis*). King Tarquin, therefore, having been

873 banished, and the consular government having been instituted,

874 it followed, as the same author already alluded to says in his

875 praises of the Romans, that "the state grew with amazing

876 rapidity after it had obtained liberty, so great a desire of

877 glory had taken possession of it." That eagerness for praise

878 and desire of glory, then, was that which accomplished those

879 many wonderful things, laudable, doubtless, and glorious according

880 to human judgment. The same Sallust praises the

881 great men of his own time, Marcus Cato, and Caius Cæsar,

882 saying that for a long time the republic had no one great in

883 virtue, but that within his memory there had been these two

884 men of eminent virtue, and very different pursuits. Now,

885 among the praises which he pronounces on Cæsar he put

886 this, that he wished for a great empire, an army, and a new

887 war, that he might have a sphere where his genius and virtue

888 might shine forth. Thus it was ever the prayer of men of

889 heroic character that Bellona would excite miserable nations

890 to war, and lash them into agitation with her bloody scourge,

891 so that there might be occasion for the display of their

892 valour. This, forsooth, is what that desire of praise and

893 thirst for glory did. Wherefore, by the love of liberty in the

894 first place, afterwards also by that of domination and through

895 the desire of praise and glory, they achieved many great things;

896 and their most eminent poet testifies to their having been

897 prompted by all these motives:

898 "Porsenna there, with pride elate,

899 Bids Rome to Tarquin ope her gate;

900 With arms he hems the city in,

901 Æneas' sons stand firm to win."[195]

902 At that time it was their greatest ambition either to die

903 bravely or to live free; but when liberty was obtained, so

904 great a desire of glory took possession of them, that liberty

905 alone was not enough unless domination also should be sought,

906 their great ambition being that which the same poet puts into

907 the mouth of Jupiter:

908 "Nay, Juno's self, whose wild alarms

909 Set ocean, earth, and heaven in arms,

910 Shall change for smiles her moody frown,

911 And vie with me in zeal to crown

912 Rome's sons, the nation of the gown.

913 So stands my will. There comes a day,

914 While Rome's great ages hold their way,

915 When old Assaracus's sons

916 Shall quit them on the myrmidons,

917 O'er Phthia and Mycenæ reign,

918 And humble Argos to their chain."[196]

919 Which things, indeed, Virgil makes Jupiter predict as future,

920 whilst, in reality, he was only himself passing in review in his

921 own mind things which were already done, and which were

922 beheld by him as present realities. But I have mentioned

923 them with the intention of showing that, next to liberty, the

924 Romans so highly esteemed domination, that it received a

925 place among those things on which they bestowed the greatest

926 praise. Hence also it is that that poet, preferring to the arts

927 of other nations those arts which peculiarly belong to the

928 Romans, namely, the arts of ruling and commanding, and of

929 subjugating and vanquishing nations, says,

930 "Others, belike, with happier grace,

931 From bronze or stone shall call the face,

932 Plead doubtful causes, map the skies,

933 And tell when planets set or rise;

934 But Roman thou, do thou control

935 The nations far and wide;

936 Be this thy genius, to impose

937 The rule of peace on vanquished foes,

938 Show pity to the humbled soul,

939 And crush the sons of pride."[197]

940 These arts they exercised with the more skill the less they

941 gave themselves up to pleasures, and to enervation of body

942 and mind in coveting and amassing riches, and through these

943 corrupting morals, by extorting them from the miserable

944 citizens and lavishing them on base stage-players. Hence

945 these men of base character, who abounded when Sallust

946 wrote and Virgil sang these things, did not seek after honours

947 and glory by these arts, but by treachery and deceit. Wherefore

948 the same says, "But at first it was rather ambition than

949 avarice that stirred the minds of men, which vice, however, is

950 nearer to virtue. For glory, honour, and power are desired

951 alike by the good man and by the ignoble; but the former,"

952 he says, "strives onward to them by the true way, whilst

953 the other, knowing nothing of the good arts, seeks them

954 by fraud and deceit."[198] And what is meant by seeking the

955 attainment of glory, honour, and power by good arts, is to seek

956 them by virtue, and not by deceitful intrigue; for the good

957 and the ignoble man alike desire these things, but the good

958 man strives to overtake them by the true way. The way is

959 virtue, along which he presses as to the goal of possession—namely,

960 to glory, honour, and power. Now that this was a

961 sentiment engrained in the Roman mind, is indicated even

962 by the temples of their gods; for they built in very close

963 proximity the temples of Virtue and Honour, worshipping

964 as gods the gifts of God. Hence we can understand what

965 they who were good thought to be the end of virtue, and to

966 what they ultimately referred it, namely, to honour; for, as

967 to the bad, they had no virtue though they desired honour,

968 and strove to possess it by fraud and deceit. Praise of a

969 higher kind is bestowed upon Cato, for he says of him,

970 "The less he sought glory, the more it followed him."[199] We

971 say praise of a higher kind; for the glory with the desire

972 of which the Romans burned is the judgment of men thinking

973 well of men. And therefore virtue is better, which is

974 content with no human judgment save that of one's own conscience.

975 Whence the apostle says, "For this is our glory,

976 the testimony of our conscience."[200] And in another place he

977 says, "But let every one prove his own work, and then he

978 shall have glory in himself, and not in another."[201] That glory,

979 honour, and power, therefore, which they desired for themselves,

980 and to which the good sought to attain by good arts,

981 should not be sought after by virtue, but virtue by them.

982 For there is no true virtue except that which is directed

983 towards that end in which is the highest and ultimate good

984 of man. Wherefore even the honours which Cato sought he

985 ought not to have sought, but the state ought to have conferred

986 them on him unsolicited, on account of his virtues.

987 But, of the two great Romans of that time, Cato was he

988 whose virtue was by far the nearest to the true idea of virtue.

989 Wherefore, let us refer to the opinion of Cato himself, to discover

990 what was the judgment he had formed concerning the

991 condition of the state both then and in former times. "I do

992 not think," he says, "that it was by arms that our ancestors

993 made the republic great from being small. Had that been the

994 case, the republic of our day would have been by far more

995 flourishing than that of their times, for the number of our

996 allies and citizens is far greater; and, besides, we possess a

997 far greater abundance of armour and of horses than they did.

998 But it was other things than these that made them great, and

999 we have none of them: industry at home, just government

1000 without, a mind free in deliberation, addicted neither to crime

1001 nor to lust. Instead of these, we have luxury and avarice,

1002 poverty in the state, opulence among citizens; we laud riches,

1003 we follow laziness; there is no difference made between the

1004 good and the bad; all the rewards of virtue are got possession

1005 of by intrigue. And no wonder, when every individual consults

1006 only for his own good, when ye are the slaves of pleasure

1007 at home, and, in public affairs, of money and favour, no wonder

1008 that an onslaught is made upon the unprotected republic."[202]

1009 He who hears these words of Cato or of Sallust probably

1010 thinks that such praise bestowed on the ancient Romans was

1011 applicable to all of them, or, at least, to very many of them.

1012 It is not so; otherwise the things which Cato himself writes,

1013 and which I have quoted in the second book of this work,

1014 would not be true. In that passage he says, that even from

1015 the very beginning of the state wrongs were committed by

1016 the more powerful, which led to the separation of the people

1017 from the fathers, besides which there were other internal dissensions;

1018 and the only time at which there existed a just and

1019 moderate administration was after the banishment of the kings,

1020 and that no longer than whilst they had cause to be afraid of

1021 Tarquin, and were carrying on the grievous war which had

1022 been undertaken on his account against Etruria; but afterwards

1023 the fathers oppressed the people as slaves, flogged them

1024 as the kings had done, drove them from their land, and, to

1025 the exclusion of all others, held the government in their own

1026 hands alone. And to these discords, whilst the fathers were

1027 wishing to rule, and the people were unwilling to serve, the

1028 second Punic war put an end; for again great fear began to

1029 press upon their disquieted minds, holding them back from

1030 those distractions by another and greater anxiety, and bringing

1031 them back to civil concord. But the great things which

1032 were then achieved were accomplished through the administration

1033 of a few men, who were good in their own way. And

1034 by the wisdom and forethought of these few good men, which

1035 first enabled the republic to endure these evils and mitigated

1036 them, it waxed greater and greater. And this the same historian

1037 affirms, when he says that, reading and hearing of the

1038 many illustrious achievements of the Roman people in peace

1039 and in war, by land and by sea, he wished to understand what

1040 it was by which these great things were specially sustained.

1041 For he knew that very often the Romans had with a small

1042 company contended with great legions of the enemy; and he

1043 knew also that with small resources they had carried on wars

1044 with opulent kings. And he says that, after having given

1045 the matter much consideration, it seemed evident to him that

1046 the pre-eminent virtue of a few citizens had achieved the

1047 whole, and that that explained how poverty overcame wealth,

1048 and small numbers great multitudes. But, he adds, after that

1049 the state had been corrupted by luxury and indolence, again

1050 the republic, by its own greatness, was able to bear the vices

1051 of its magistrates and generals. Wherefore even the praises

1052 of Cato are only applicable to a few; for only a few were

1053 possessed of that virtue which leads men to pursue after

1054 glory, honour, and power by the true way,—that is, by virtue

1055 itself. This industry at home, of which Cato speaks, was the

1056 consequence of a desire to enrich the public treasury, even

1057 though the result should be poverty at home; and therefore,

1058 when he speaks of the evil arising out of the corruption of

1059 morals, he reverses the expression, and says, "Poverty in the

1060 state, riches at home."

1061 13. *Concerning the love of praise, which, though it is a vice, is reckoned a virtue,

1062 because by it greater vice is restrained.*

1063 Wherefore, when the kingdoms of the East had been illustrious

1064 for a long time, it pleased God that there should also

1065 arise a Western empire, which, though later in time, should

1066 be more illustrious in extent and greatness. And, in order

1067 that it might overcome the grievous evils which existed among

1068 other nations, He purposely granted it to such men as, for the

1069 sake of honour, and praise, and glory, consulted well for their

1070 country, in whose glory they sought their own, and whose

1071 safety they did not hesitate to prefer to their own, suppressing

1072 the desire of wealth and many other vices for this one vice,

1073 namely, the love of praise. For he has the soundest perception

1074 who recognises that even the love of praise is a vice;

1075 nor has this escaped the perception of the poet Horace, who

1076 says,

1077 "You're bloated by ambition? take advice:

1078 Yon book will ease you if you read it thrice."[203]

1079 And the same poet, in a lyric song, hath thus spoken with

1080 the desire of repressing the passion for domination:

1081 "Rule an ambitious spirit, and thou hast

1082 A wider kingdom than if thou shouldst join

1083 To distant Gades Lybia, and thus

1084 Shouldst hold in service either Carthaginian."[204]

1085 Nevertheless, they who restrain baser lusts, not by the

1086 power of the Holy Spirit obtained by the faith of piety,

1087 or by the love of intelligible beauty, but by desire of human

1088 praise, or, at all events, restrain them better by the love of

1089 such praise, are not indeed yet holy, but only less base.

1090 Even Tully was not able to conceal this fact; for, in the

1091 same books which he wrote, *De Republica*, when speaking

1092 concerning the education of a chief of the state, who ought,

1093 he says, to be nourished on glory, goes on to say that their

1094 ancestors did many wonderful and illustrious things through

1095 desire of glory. So far, therefore, from resisting this vice, they

1096 even thought that it ought to be excited and kindled up, supposing

1097 that that would be beneficial to the republic. But not

1098 even in his books on philosophy does Tully dissimulate this

1099 poisonous opinion, for he there avows it more clearly than

1100 day. For when he is speaking of those studies which are to

1101 be pursued with a view to the *true good*, and not with the

1102 vainglorious desire of human praise, he introduces the following

1103 universal and general statement:

1104 >

1105 >

1106 >

1107 "Honour nourishes the arts, and all are stimulated to the prosecution of

1108 > studies by glory; and those pursuits are always neglected which are generally

1109 > discredited."[205]

1110 14. *Concerning the eradication of the love of human praise, because all the glory

1111 of the righteous is in God.*

1112 It is, therefore, doubtless far better to resist this desire

1113 than to yield to it, for the purer one is from this defilement,

1114 the liker is he to God; and, though this vice be not

1115 thoroughly eradicated from his heart,—for it does not cease to

1116 tempt even the minds of those who are making good progress

1117 in virtue,—at any rate, let the desire of glory be surpassed by

1118 the love of righteousness, so that, if there be seen anywhere

1119 "lying neglected things which are generally discredited," if

1120 they are good, if they are right, even the love of human

1121 praise may blush and yield to the love of truth. For so

1122 hostile is this vice to pious faith, if the love of glory be

1123 greater in the heart than the fear or love of God, that the

1124 Lord said, "How can ye believe, who look for glory from one

1125 another, and do not seek the glory which is from God alone?"[206]

1126 Also, concerning some who had believed on Him, but were

1127 afraid to confess Him openly, the evangelist says, "They loved

1128 the praise of men more than the praise of God;"[207] which did

1129 not the holy apostles, who, when they proclaimed the name

1130 of Christ in those places where it was not only discredited,

1131 and therefore neglected,—according as Cicero says, "Those

1132 things are always neglected which are generally discredited,"—but

1133 was even held in the utmost detestation, holding to

1134 what they had heard from the Good Master, who was also

1135 the physician of minds, "If any one shall deny me before

1136 men, him will I also deny before my Father who is in heaven,

1137 and before the angels of God,"[208] amidst maledictions and

1138 reproaches, and most grievous persecutions and cruel punishments,

1139 were not deterred from the preaching of human salvation

1140 by the noise of human indignation. And when, as they

1141 did and spake divine things, and lived divine lives, conquering,

1142 as it were, hard hearts, and introducing into them the peace

1143 of righteousness, great glory followed them in the church

1144 of Christ, they did not rest in that as in the end of their

1145 virtue, but, referring that glory itself to the glory of God, by

1146 whose grace they were what they were, they sought to kindle,

1147 also by that same flame, the minds of those for whose good

1148 they consulted, to the love of Him, by whom they could be

1149 made to be what they themselves were. For their Master had

1150 taught them not to seek to be good for the sake of human

1151 glory, saying, "Take heed that ye do not your righteousness

1152 before men to be seen of them, or otherwise ye shall not

1153 have a reward from your Father who is in heaven."[209] But

1154 again, lest, understanding this wrongly, they should, through

1155 fear of pleasing men, be less useful through concealing their

1156 goodness, showing for what end they ought to make it known,

1157 He says, "Let your works shine before men, that they may

1158 see your good deeds, and glorify your Father who is in

1159 heaven."[210] Not, observe, "that ye may be seen by them, that

1160 is, in order that their eyes may be directed upon you,"—for

1161 of yourselves ye are nothing,—but "that they may glorify

1162 your Father who is in heaven," by fixing their regards on

1163 whom they may become such as ye are. These the martyrs

1164 followed, who surpassed the Scævolas, and the Curtiuses, and

1165 the Deciuses, both in true virtue, because in true piety,

1166 and also in the greatness of their number. But since those

1167 Romans were in an earthly city, and had before them, as

1168 the end of all the offices undertaken in its behalf, its safety,

1169 and a kingdom, not in heaven, but in earth,—not in the sphere

1170 of eternal life, but in the sphere of demise and succession,

1171 where the dead are succeeded by the dying,—what else but

1172 glory should they love, by which they wished even after

1173 death to live in the mouths of their admirers?

1174 15. *Concerning the temporal reward which God granted to the virtues of the

1175 Romans.*

1176 Now, therefore, with regard to those to whom God did not

1177 purpose to give eternal life with His holy angels in His own

1178 celestial city, to the society of which that true piety which

1179 does not render the service of religion, which the Greeks call

1180 λατρεία, to any save the true God conducts, if He had also

1181 withheld from them the terrestrial glory of that most excellent

1182 empire, a reward would not have been rendered to their good

1183 arts,—that is, their virtues,—by which they sought to attain

1184 so great glory. For as to those who seem to do some good

1185 that they may receive glory from men, the Lord also says,

1186 "Verily I say unto you, they have received their reward."[211]

1187 So also these despised their own private affairs for the sake

1188 of the republic, and for its treasury resisted avarice, consulted

1189 for the good of their country with a spirit of freedom, addicted

1190 neither to what their laws pronounced to be crime nor to lust.

1191 By all these acts, as by the true way, they pressed forward to

1192 honours, power, and glory; they were honoured among almost

1193 all nations; they imposed the laws of their empire upon many

1194 nations; and at this day, both in literature and history, they

1195 are glorious among almost all nations. There is no reason why

1196 they should complain against the justice of the supreme and

1197 true God,—"they have received their reward."

1198 16. *Concerning the reward of the holy citizens of the celestial city, to whom the

1199 example of the virtues of the Roman are useful.*

1200 But the reward of the saints is far different, who even

1201 here endured reproaches for that city of God which is hateful

1202 to the lovers of this world. That city is eternal. There

1203 none are born, for none die. There is true and full felicity,—not

1204 a goddess, but a gift of God. Thence we receive the

1205 pledge of faith, whilst on our pilgrimage we sigh for its

1206 beauty. There rises not the sun on the good and the evil, but

1207 the Sun of Righteousness protects the good alone. There no

1208 great industry shall be expended to enrich the public treasury

1209 by suffering privations at home, for there is the common

1210 treasury of truth. And, therefore, it was not only for the

1211 sake of recompensing the citizens of Rome that her empire

1212 and glory had been so signally extended, but also that the

1213 citizens of that eternal city, during their pilgrimage here,

1214 might diligently and soberly contemplate these examples, and

1215 see what a love they owe to the supernal country on account

1216 of life eternal, if the terrestrial country was so much beloved

1217 by its citizens on account of human glory.

1218 17. *To what profit the Romans carried on wars, and how much they contributed

1219 to the well-being of those whom they conquered.*

1220 For, as far as this life of mortals is concerned, which is

1221 spent and ended in a few days, what does it matter under

1222 whose government a dying man lives, if they who govern do

1223 not force him to impiety and iniquity? Did the Romans at

1224 all harm those nations, on whom, when subjugated, they imposed

1225 their laws, except in as far as that was accomplished

1226 with great slaughter in war? Now, had it been done with

1227 consent of the nations, it would have been done with greater

1228 success, but there would have been no glory of conquest, for

1229 neither did the Romans themselves live exempt from those

1230 laws which they imposed on others. Had this been done

1231 without Mars and Bellona, so that there should have been no

1232 place for victory, no one conquering where no one had fought,

1233 would not the condition of the Romans and of the other

1234 nations have been one and the same, especially if that had been

1235 done at once which afterwards was done most humanely and

1236 most acceptably, namely, the admission of all to the rights of

1237 Roman citizens who belonged to the Roman empire, and if

1238 that had been made the privilege of all which was formerly

1239 the privilege of a few, with this one condition, that the

1240 humbler class who had no lands of their own should live at

1241 the public expense—an alimentary impost, which would have

1242 been paid with a much better grace by them into the hands

1243 of good administrators of the republic, of which they were

1244 members, by their own hearty consent, than it would have

1245 been paid with had it to be extorted from them as conquered

1246 men? For I do not see what it makes for the safety, good

1247 morals, and certainly not for the dignity, of men, that some

1248 have conquered and others have been conquered, except that

1249 it yields them that most insane pomp of human glory, in

1250 which "they have received their reward," who burned with

1251 excessive desire of it, and carried on most eager wars. For

1252 do not their lands pay tribute? Have they any privilege of

1253 learning what the others are not privileged to learn? Are

1254 there not many senators in the other countries who do not

1255 even know Rome by sight? Take away outward show,[212] and

1256 what are all men after all but men? But even though the

1257 perversity of the age should permit that all the better men

1258 should be more highly honoured than others, neither thus

1259 should human honour be held at a great price, for it is smoke

1260 which has no weight. But let us avail ourselves even in

1261 these things of the kindness of God. Let us consider how

1262 great things they despised, how great things they endured,

1263 what lusts they subdued for the sake of human glory, who

1264 merited that glory, as it were, in reward for such virtues; and

1265 let this be useful to us even in suppressing pride, so that, as

1266 that city in which it has been promised us to reign as far

1267 surpasses this one as heaven is distant from the earth, as

1268 eternal life surpasses temporal joy, solid glory empty praise,

1269 or the society of angels the society of mortals, or the glory of

1270 Him who made the sun and moon the light of the sun and

1271 moon, the citizens of so great a country may not seem to

1272 themselves to have done anything very great, if, in order to

1273 obtain it, they have done some good works or endured some

1274 evils, when those men for this terrestrial country already obtained,

1275 did such great things, suffered such great things. And

1276 especially are all these things to be considered, because the

1277 remission of sins which collects citizens to the celestial country

1278 has something in it to which a shadowy resemblance is found

1279 in that asylum of Romulus, whither escape from the punishment

1280 of all manner of crimes congregated that multitude with

1281 which the state was to be founded.

1282 >

1283 >

1284 >

1285 18. *How far Christians ought to be from boasting, if they have done anything

1286 > for the love of the eternal country, when the Romans did such great

1287 > things for human glory and a terrestrial city.*

1288 What great thing, therefore, is it for that eternal and celestial

1289 city to despise all the charms of this world, however pleasant,

1290 if for the sake of this terrestrial city Brutus could even put

1291 to death his son,—a sacrifice which the heavenly city compels

1292 no one to make? But certainly it is more difficult to put to

1293 death one's sons, than to do what is required to be done for

1294 the heavenly country, even to distribute to the poor those

1295 things which were looked upon as things to be amassed and

1296 laid up for one's children, or to let them go, if there arise any

1297 temptation which compels us to do so, for the sake of faith and

1298 righteousness. For it is not earthly riches which make us or

1299 our sons happy; for they must either be lost by us in our lifetime,

1300 or be possessed when we are dead, by whom we know not,

1301 or perhaps by whom we would not. But it is God who makes

1302 us happy, who is the true riches of minds. But of Brutus,

1303 even the poet who celebrates his praises testifies that it was

1304 the occasion of unhappiness to him that he slew his son, for

1305 he says,

1306 "And call his own rebellious seed

1307 For menaced liberty to bleed.

1308 Unhappy father! howsoe'er

1309 The deed be judged by after days."[213]

1310 But in the following verse he consoles him in his unhappiness,

1311 saying,

1312 "His country's love shall all o'erbear."

1313 There are those two things, namely, liberty and the desire

1314 of human praise, which compelled the Romans to admirable

1315 deeds. If, therefore, for the liberty of dying men, and for

1316 the desire of human praise which is sought after by mortals,

1317 sons could be put to death by a father, what great thing is it,

1318 if, for the true liberty which has made us free from the dominion

1319 of sin, and death, and the devil,—not through the desire

1320 of human praise, but through the earnest desire of freeing men,

1321 not from King Tarquin, but from demons and the prince of

1322 the demons,—we should, I do not say put to death our sons,

1323 but reckon among our sons Christ's poor ones? If, also,

1324 another Roman chief, surnamed Torquatus, slew his son, not

1325 because he fought against his country, but because, being

1326 challenged by an enemy, he through youthful impetuosity

1327 fought, though for his country, yet contrary to orders which

1328 he his father had given as general; and this he did, notwithstanding

1329 that his son was victorious, lest there should be more

1330 evil in the example of authority despised, than good in the

1331 glory of slaying an enemy;—if, I say, Torquatus acted thus,

1332 wherefore should they boast themselves, who, for the laws of

1333 a celestial country, despise all earthly good things, which are

1334 loved far less than sons? If Furius Camillus, who was condemned

1335 by those who envied him, notwithstanding that he

1336 had thrown off from the necks of his countrymen the yoke of

1337 their most bitter enemies, the Veientes, again delivered his

1338 ungrateful country from the Gauls, because he had no other

1339 in which he could have better opportunities for living a life

1340 of glory;—if Camillus did thus, why should he be extolled as

1341 having done some great thing, who, having, it may be, suffered

1342 in the church at the hands of carnal enemies most grievous

1343 and dishonouring injury, has not betaken himself to heretical

1344 enemies, or himself raised some heresy against her, but has

1345 rather defended her, as far as he was able, from the most pernicious

1346 perversity of heretics, since there is not another church,

1347 I say not in which one can live a life of glory, but in which

1348 eternal life can be obtained? If Mucius, in order that peace

1349 might be made with King Porsenna, who was pressing the

1350 Romans with a most grievous war, when he did not succeed

1351 in slaying Porsenna, but slew another by mistake for him,

1352 reached forth his right hand and laid it on a red-hot altar,

1353 saying that many such as he saw him to be had conspired for

1354 his destruction, so that Porsenna, terrified at his daring, and at

1355 the thought of a conspiracy of such as he, without any delay

1356 recalled all his warlike purposes, and made peace;—if, I say,

1357 Mucius did this, who shall speak of his meritorious claims to

1358 the kingdom of heaven, if for it he may have given to the flames

1359 not one hand, but even his whole body, and that not by his own

1360 spontaneous act, but because he was persecuted by another?

1361 If Curtius, spurring on his steed, threw himself all armed

1362 into a precipitous gulf, obeying the oracles of their gods,

1363 which had commanded that the Romans should throw into

1364 that gulf the best thing which they possessed, and they could

1365 only understand thereby that, since they excelled in men and

1366 arms, the gods had commanded that an armed man should be

1367 cast headlong into that destruction;—if he did this, shall we

1368 say that that man has done a great thing for the eternal city

1369 who may have died by a like death, not, however, precipitating

1370 himself spontaneously into a gulf, but having suffered this

1371 death at the hands of some enemy of his faith, more especially

1372 when he has received from his Lord, who is also King of

1373 his country, a more certain oracle, "Fear not them who kill

1374 the body, but cannot kill the soul?"[214] If the Decii dedicated

1375 themselves to death, consecrating themselves in a form of

1376 words, as it were, that falling, and pacifying by their blood

1377 the wrath of the gods, they might be the means of delivering

1378 the Roman army;—if they did this, let not the holy martyrs

1379 carry themselves proudly, as though they had done some meritorious

1380 thing for a share in that country where are eternal life

1381 and felicity, if even to the shedding of their blood, loving not

1382 only the brethren for whom it was shed, but, according as had

1383 been commanded them, even their enemies by whom it was

1384 being shed, they have vied with one another in faith of love

1385 and love of faith. If Marcus Pulvillus, when engaged in

1386 dedicating a temple to Jupiter, Juno, and Minerva, received

1387 with such indifference the false intelligence which was brought

1388 to him of the death of his son, with the intention of so agitating

1389 him that he should go away, and thus the glory of dedicating

1390 the temple should fall to his colleague;—if he received

1391 that intelligence with such indifference that he even ordered

1392 that his son should be cast out unburied, the love of glory

1393 having overcome in his heart the grief of bereavement, how

1394 shall any one affirm that he has done a great thing for the

1395 preaching of the gospel, by which the citizens of the heavenly

1396 city are delivered from divers errors, and gathered together

1397 from divers wanderings, to whom his Lord has said, when

1398 anxious about the burial of his father, "Follow me, and let

1399 the dead bury their dead?"[215] Regulus, in order not to break

1400 his oath, even with his most cruel enemies, returned to them

1401 from Rome itself, because (as he is said to have replied to the

1402 Romans when they wished to retain him) he could not have

1403 the dignity of an honourable citizen at Rome after having been

1404 a slave to the Africans, and the Carthaginians put him to

1405 death with the utmost tortures, because he had spoken against

1406 them in the senate. If Regulus acted thus, what tortures are

1407 not to be despised for the sake of good faith toward that

1408 country to whose beatitude faith itself leads? Or what will

1409 a man have rendered to the Lord for all He has bestowed upon

1410 him, if, for the faithfulness he owes to Him, he shall have

1411 suffered such things as Regulus suffered at the hands of his

1412 most ruthless enemies for the good faith which he owed to

1413 them? And how shall a Christian dare vaunt himself of his

1414 voluntary poverty, which he has chosen in order that during

1415 the pilgrimage of this life he may walk the more disencumbered

1416 on the way which leads to the country where the true riches

1417 are, even God Himself;—how, I say, shall he vaunt himself

1418 for this, when he hears or reads that Lucius Valerius, who

1419 died when he was holding the office of consul, was so poor

1420 that his funeral expenses were paid with money collected by

1421 the people?—or when he hears that Quintius Cincinnatus,

1422 who, possessing only four acres of land, and cultivating them

1423 with his own hands, was taken from the plough to be made

1424 dictator,—an office more honourable even than that of consul,—and

1425 that, after having won great glory by conquering the

1426 enemy, he preferred notwithstanding to continue in his poverty?

1427 Or how shall he boast of having done a great thing, who has

1428 not been prevailed upon by the offer of any reward of this

1429 world to renounce his connection with that heavenly and

1430 eternal country, when he hears that Fabricius could not be prevailed

1431 on to forsake the Roman city by the great gifts offered

1432 to him by Pyrrhus king of the Epirots, who promised him the

1433 fourth part of his kingdom, but preferred to abide there in his

1434 poverty as a private individual? For if, when their republic,—that

1435 is, the interest of the people, the interest of the country,

1436 the common interest,—was most prosperous and wealthy, they

1437 themselves were so poor in their own houses, that one of them,

1438 who had already been twice a consul, was expelled from that

1439 senate of poor men by the censor, because he was discovered

1440 to possess ten pounds weight of silver-plate,—since, I say,

1441 those very men by whose triumphs the public treasury was

1442 enriched were so poor, ought not all Christians, who make

1443 common property of their riches with a far nobler purpose,

1444 even that (according to what is written in the Acts of the

1445 Apostles) they may distribute to each one according to his

1446 need, and that no one may say that anything is his own, but

1447 that all things may be their common possession,[216]—ought they

1448 not to understand that they should not vaunt themselves, because

1449 they do that to obtain the society of angels, when those

1450 men did well-nigh the same thing to preserve the glory of the

1451 Romans?

1452 How could these, and whatever like things are found in the

1453 Roman history, have become so widely known, and have been

1454 proclaimed by so great a fame, had not the Roman empire,

1455 extending far and wide, been raised to its greatness by magnificent

1456 successes? Wherefore, through that empire, so extensive

1457 and of so long continuance, so illustrious and glorious

1458 also through the virtues of such great men, the reward which

1459 they sought was rendered to their earnest aspirations, and also

1460 examples are set before us, containing necessary admonition,

1461 in order that we may be stung with shame if we shall see that

1462 we have not held fast those virtues for the sake of the most

1463 glorious city of God, which are, in whatever way, resembled

1464 by those virtues which they held fast for the sake of the glory

1465 of a terrestrial city, and that, too, if we shall feel conscious

1466 that we have held them fast, we may not be lifted up with

1467 pride, because, as the apostle says, "The sufferings of the

1468 present time are not worthy to be compared to the glory

1469 which shall be revealed in us."[217] But so far as regards human

1470 and temporal glory, the lives of these ancient Romans were

1471 reckoned sufficiently worthy. Therefore, also, we see, in the

1472 light of that truth which, veiled in the Old Testament, is revealed

1473 in the New, namely, that it is not in view of terrestrial

1474 and temporal benefits, which divine providence grants promiscuously

1475 to good and evil, that God is to be worshipped, but in

1476 view of eternal life, everlasting gifts, and of the society of the

1477 heavenly city itself;—in the light of this truth we see that

1478 the Jews were most righteously given as a trophy to the glory

1479 of the Romans; for we see that these Romans, who rested on

1480 earthly glory, and sought to obtain it by virtues, such as they

1481 were, conquered those who, in their great depravity, slew and

1482 rejected the giver of true glory, and of the eternal city.

1483 19. *Concerning the difference between true glory and the desire of domination.*

1484 There is assuredly a difference between the desire of human

1485 glory and the desire of domination; for, though he who has

1486 an overweening delight in human glory will be also very prone

1487 to aspire earnestly after domination, nevertheless they who

1488 desire the true glory even of human praise strive not to displease

1489 those who judge well of them. For there are many

1490 good moral qualities, of which many are competent judges,

1491 although they are not possessed by many; and by those good

1492 moral qualities those men press on to glory, honour, and domination,

1493 of whom Sallust says, "But they press on by the true

1494 way."

1495 But whosoever, without possessing that desire of glory

1496 which makes one fear to displease those who judge his conduct,

1497 desires domination and power, very often seeks to obtain

1498 what he loves by most open crimes. Therefore he who desires

1499 glory presses on to obtain it either by the true way, or certainly

1500 by deceit and artifice, wishing to appear good when

1501 he is not. Therefore to him who possesses virtues it is a

1502 great virtue to despise glory; for contempt of it is seen by

1503 God, but is not manifest to human judgment. For whatever

1504 any one does before the eyes of men in order to show himself

1505 to be a despiser of glory, if they suspect that he is doing it

1506 in order to get greater praise,—that is, greater glory,—he has

1507 no means of demonstrating to the perceptions of those who

1508 suspect him that the case is really otherwise than they suspect

1509 it to be. But he who despises the judgment of praisers,

1510 despises also the rashness of suspectors. Their salvation, indeed,

1511 he does not despise, if he is truly good; for so great is

1512 the righteousness of that man who receives his virtues from

1513 the Spirit of God, that he loves his very enemies, and so loves

1514 them that he desires that his haters and detractors may be

1515 turned to righteousness, and become his associates, and that not

1516 in an earthly but in a heavenly country. But with respect

1517 to his praisers, though he sets little value on their praise, he

1518 does not set little value on their love; neither does he elude

1519 their praise, lest he should forfeit their love. And, therefore,

1520 he strives earnestly to have their praises directed to Him from

1521 whom every one receives whatever in him is truly praiseworthy.

1522 But he who is a despiser of glory, but is greedy of

1523 domination, exceeds the beasts in the vices of cruelty and

1524 luxuriousness. Such, indeed, were certain of the Romans,

1525 who, wanting the love of esteem, wanted not the thirst for

1526 domination; and that there were many such, history testifies.

1527 But it was Nero Cæsar who was the first to reach the summit,

1528 and, as it were, the citadel, of this vice; for so great was his

1529 luxuriousness, that one would have thought there was nothing

1530 manly to be dreaded in him, and such his cruelty, that, had

1531 not the contrary been known, no one would have thought

1532 there was anything effeminate in his character. Nevertheless

1533 power and domination are not given even to such men save

1534 by the providence of the most high God, when He judges that

1535 the state of human affairs is worthy of such lords. The divine

1536 utterance is clear on this matter; for the Wisdom of God thus

1537 speaks: "By me kings reign, and tyrants possess the land."[218]

1538 But, that it may not be thought that by "tyrants" is meant,

1539 not wicked and impious kings, but brave men, in accordance

1540 with the ancient use of the word, as when Virgil says,

1541 "For know that treaty may not stand

1542 Where king greets king and joins not hand,"[219]

1543 in another place it is most unambiguously said of God, that

1544 He "maketh the man who is an hypocrite to reign on account

1545 of the perversity of the people."[220] Wherefore, though I have,

1546 according to my ability, shown for what reason God, who

1547 alone is true and just, helped forward the Romans, who were

1548 good according to a certain standard of an earthly state, to

1549 the acquirement of the glory of so great an empire, there may

1550 be, nevertheless, a more hidden cause, known better to God

1551 than to us, depending on the diversity of the merits of the

1552 human race. Among all who are truly pious, it is at all

1553 events agreed that no one without true piety—that is, true

1554 worship of the true God—can have true virtue; and that it

1555 is not true virtue which is the slave of human praise. Though,

1556 nevertheless, they who are not citizens of the eternal city,

1557 which is called the city of God in the sacred Scriptures, are

1558 more useful to the earthly city when they possess even that

1559 virtue than if they had not even that. But there could be

1560 nothing more fortunate for human affairs than that, by the

1561 mercy of God, they who are endowed with true piety of life,

1562 if they have the skill for ruling people, should also have the

1563 power. But such men, however great virtues they may possess

1564 in this life, attribute it solely to the grace of God that He has

1565 bestowed it on them—willing, believing, seeking. And, at

1566 the same time, they understand how far they are short of that

1567 perfection of righteousness which exists in the society of those

1568 holy angels for which they are striving to fit themselves. But

1569 however much that virtue may be praised and cried up, which

1570 without true piety is the slave of human glory, it is not at

1571 all to be compared even to the feeble beginnings of the virtue

1572 of the saints, whose hope is placed in the grace and mercy of

1573 the true God.

1574 20. *That it is as shameful for the virtues to serve human glory as bodily pleasure.*

1575 Philosophers,—who place the end of human good in virtue

1576 itself, in order to put to shame certain other philosophers, who

1577 indeed approve of the virtues, but measure them all with

1578 reference to the end of bodily pleasure, and think that this

1579 pleasure is to be sought for its own sake, but the virtues on

1580 account of pleasure,—are wont to paint a kind of word-picture,

1581 in which Pleasure sits like a luxurious queen on a royal seat,

1582 and all the virtues are subjected to her as slaves, watching her

1583 nod, that they may do whatever she shall command. She

1584 commands Prudence to be ever on the watch to discover

1585 how Pleasure may rule, and be safe. Justice she orders to

1586 grant what benefits she can, in order to secure those friendships

1587 which are necessary for bodily pleasure; to do wrong

1588 to no one, lest, on account of the breaking of the laws, Pleasure

1589 be not able to live in security. Fortitude she orders to keep

1590 her mistress, that is, Pleasure, bravely in her mind, if any

1591 affliction befall her body which does not occasion death, in

1592 order that by remembrance of former delights she may mitigate

1593 the poignancy of present pain. Temperance she commands

1594 to take only a certain quantity even of the most

1595 favourite food, lest, through immoderate use, anything prove

1596 hurtful by disturbing the health of the body, and thus Pleasure,

1597 which the Epicureans make to consist chiefly in the health

1598 of the body, be grievously offended. Thus the virtues, with

1599 the whole dignity of their glory, will be the slaves of Pleasure,

1600 as of some imperious and disreputable woman.

1601 There is nothing, say our philosophers, more disgraceful

1602 and monstrous than this picture, and which the eyes of good

1603 men can less endure. And they say the truth. But I do

1604 not think that the picture would be sufficiently becoming,

1605 even if it were made so that the virtues should be represented

1606 as the slaves of human glory; for, though that glory

1607 be not a luxurious woman, it is nevertheless puffed up, and

1608 has much vanity in it. Wherefore it is unworthy of the

1609 solidity and firmness of the virtues to represent them as

1610 serving this glory, so that Prudence shall provide nothing,

1611 Justice distribute nothing, Temperance moderate nothing,

1612 except to the end that men may be pleased and vainglory

1613 served. Nor will they be able to defend themselves from the

1614 charge of such baseness, whilst they, by way of being despisers

1615 of glory, disregard the judgment of other men, seem to themselves

1616 wise, and please themselves. For their virtue,—if, indeed,

1617 it is virtue at all,—is only in another way subjected to

1618 human praise; for he who seeks to please himself seeks still

1619 to please man. But he who, with true piety towards God,

1620 whom he loves, believes, and hopes in, fixes his attention more

1621 on those things in which he displeases himself, than on those

1622 things, if there are any such, which please himself, or rather,

1623 not himself, but the truth, does not attribute that by which

1624 he can now please the truth to anything but to the mercy of

1625 Him whom he has feared to displease, giving thanks for what

1626 in him is healed, and pouring out prayers for the healing of

1627 that which is yet unhealed.

1628 21. *That the Roman dominion was granted by Him from whom is all power,

1629 and by whose providence all things are ruled.*

1630 These things being so, we do not attribute the power of

1631 giving kingdoms and empires to any save to the true God,

1632 who gives happiness in the kingdom of heaven to the pious

1633 alone, but gives kingly power on earth both to the pious and

1634 the impious, as it may please Him, whose good pleasure is

1635 always just. For though we have said something about the

1636 principles which guide His administration, in so far as it has

1637 seemed good to Him to explain it, nevertheless it is too much

1638 for us, and far surpasses our strength, to discuss the hidden

1639 things of men's hearts, and by a clear examination to determine

1640 the merits of various kingdoms. He, therefore, who is

1641 the one true God, who never leaves the human race without

1642 just judgment and help, gave a kingdom to the Romans when

1643 He would, and as great as He would, as He did also to the

1644 Assyrians, and even the Persians, by whom, as their own books

1645 testify, only two gods are worshipped, the one good and the

1646 other evil,—to say nothing concerning the Hebrew people, of

1647 whom I have already spoken as much as seemed necessary,

1648 who, as long as they were a kingdom, worshipped none save

1649 the true God. The same, therefore, who gave to the Persians

1650 harvests, though they did not worship the goddess Segetia,

1651 who gave the other blessings of the earth, though they did

1652 not worship the many gods which the Romans supposed to

1653 preside, each one over some particular thing, or even many of

1654 them over each several thing,—He, I say, gave the Persians

1655 dominion, though they worshipped none of those gods to

1656 whom the Romans believed themselves indebted for the

1657 empire. And the same is true in respect of men as well

1658 as nations. He who gave power to Marius gave it also to

1659 Caius Cæsar; He who gave it to Augustus gave it also to

1660 Nero; He also who gave it to the most benignant emperors,

1661 the Vespasians, father and son, gave it also to the cruel

1662 Domitian; and, finally, to avoid the necessity of going over

1663 them all, He who gave it to the Christian Constantine gave

1664 it also to the apostate Julian, whose gifted mind was deceived

1665 by a sacrilegious and detestable curiosity, stimulated by the

1666 love of power. And it was because he was addicted through

1667 curiosity to vain oracles, that, confident of victory, he burned

1668 the ships which were laden with the provisions necessary for

1669 his army, and therefore, engaging with hot zeal in rashly

1670 audacious enterprises, he was soon slain, as the just consequence

1671 of his recklessness, and left his army unprovisioned

1672 in an enemy's country, and in such a predicament that it

1673 never could have escaped, save by altering the boundaries of

1674 the Roman empire, in violation of that omen of the god Terminus

1675 of which I spoke in the preceding book; for the god

1676 Terminus yielded to necessity, though he had not yielded to

1677 Jupiter. Manifestly these things are ruled and governed by

1678 the one God according as He pleases; and if His motives are

1679 hid, are they therefore unjust?

1680 22. *The durations and issues of war depend on the will of God.*

1681 Thus also the durations of wars are determined by Him

1682 as He may see meet, according to His righteous will, and

1683 pleasure, and mercy, to afflict or to console the human race,

1684 so that they are sometimes of longer, sometimes of shorter

1685 duration. The war of the Pirates and the third Punic war

1686 were terminated with incredible celerity. Also the war of

1687 the fugitive gladiators, though in it many Roman generals

1688 and the consuls were defeated, and Italy was terribly wasted

1689 and ravaged, was nevertheless ended in the third year, having

1690 itself been, during its continuance, the end of much. The

1691 Picentes, the Marsi, and the Peligni, not distant but Italian

1692 nations, after a long and most loyal servitude under the

1693 Roman yoke, attempted to raise their heads into liberty,

1694 though many nations had now been subjected to the Roman

1695 power, and Carthage had been overthrown. In this Italian

1696 war the Romans were very often defeated, and two consuls

1697 perished, besides other noble senators; nevertheless this calamity

1698 was not protracted over a long space of time, for the

1699 fifth year put an end to it. But the second Punic war, lasting

1700 for the space of eighteen years, and occasioning the greatest

1701 disasters and calamities to the republic, wore out and well-nigh

1702 consumed the strength of the Romans; for in two battles

1703 about seventy thousand Romans fell.[221] The first Punic war

1704 was terminated after having been waged for three-and-twenty

1705 years. The Mithridatic war was waged for forty years. And

1706 that no one may think that in the early and much belauded

1707 times of the Romans they were far braver and more able

1708 to bring wars to a speedy termination, the Samnite war was

1709 protracted for nearly fifty years; and in this war the Romans

1710 were so beaten that they were even put under the yoke. But

1711 because they did not love glory for the sake of justice, but

1712 seemed rather to have loved justice for the sake of glory,

1713 they broke the peace and the treaty which had been concluded.

1714 These things I mention, because many, ignorant of past things,

1715 and some also dissimulating what they know, if in Christian

1716 times they see any war protracted a little longer than they

1717 expected, straightway make a fierce and insolent attack on

1718 our religion, exclaiming that, but for it, the deities would have

1719 been supplicated still, according to ancient rites; and then, by

1720 that bravery of the Romans, which, with the help of Mars and

1721 Bellona, speedily brought to an end such great wars, this war

1722 also would be speedily terminated. Let them, therefore, who

1723 have read history recollect what long-continued wars, having

1724 various issues and entailing woful slaughter, were waged by

1725 the ancient Romans, in accordance with the general truth

1726 that the earth, like the tempestuous deep, is subject to agitations

1727 from tempests—tempests of such evils, in various

1728 degrees,—and let them sometimes confess what they do not

1729 like to own, and not, by madly speaking against God, destroy

1730 themselves and deceive the ignorant.

1731 23. *Concerning the war in which Radagaisus, king of the Goths, a worshipper

1732 of demons, was conquered in one day, with all his mighty forces.*

1733 Nevertheless they do not mention with thanksgiving what

1734 God has very recently, and within our own memory, wonderfully

1735 and mercifully done, but as far as in them lies they

1736 attempt, if possible, to bury it in universal oblivion. But

1737 should we be silent about these things, we should be in like

1738 manner ungrateful. When Radagaisus, king of the Goths,

1739 having taken up his position very near to the city, with a vast

1740 and savage army, was already close upon the Romans, he was

1741 in one day so speedily and so thoroughly beaten, that, whilst

1742 not even one Roman was wounded, much less slain, far more

1743 than a hundred thousand of his army were prostrated, and he

1744 himself and his sons, having been captured, were forthwith

1745 put to death, suffering the punishment they deserved. For

1746 had so impious a man, with so great and so impious a host,

1747 entered the city, whom would he have spared? what tombs

1748 of the martyrs would he have respected? in his treatment

1749 of what person would he have manifested the fear of God?

1750 whose blood would he have refrained from shedding? whose

1751 chastity would he have wished to preserve inviolate? But

1752 how loud would they not have been in the praises of their

1753 gods! How insultingly they would have boasted, saying that

1754 Radagaisus had conquered, that he had been able to achieve

1755 such great things, because he propitiated and won over the

1756 gods by daily sacrifices,—a thing which the Christian religion

1757 did not allow the Romans to do! For when he was approaching

1758 to those places where he was overwhelmed at the nod of

1759 the Supreme Majesty, as his fame was everywhere increasing,

1760 it was being told us at Carthage that the pagans were believing,

1761 publishing, and boasting, that he, on account of the help

1762 and protection of the gods friendly to him, because of the

1763 sacrifices which he was said to be daily offering to them,

1764 would certainly not be conquered by those who were not

1765 performing such sacrifices to the Roman gods, and did not

1766 even permit that they should be offered by any one. And

1767 now these wretched men do not give thanks to God for His

1768 great mercy, who, having determined to chastise the corruption

1769 of men, which was worthy of far heavier chastisement

1770 than the corruption of the barbarians, tempered His indignation

1771 with such mildness as, in the first instance, to cause that

1772 the king of the Goths should be conquered in a wonderful

1773 manner, lest glory should accrue to demons, whom he was

1774 known to be supplicating, and thus the minds of the weak

1775 should be overthrown; and then, afterwards, to cause that,

1776 when Rome was to be taken, it should be taken by those

1777 barbarians who, contrary to any custom of all former wars,

1778 protected, through reverence for the Christian religion, those

1779 who fled for refuge to the sacred places, and who so opposed

1780 the demons themselves, and the rites of impious sacrifices,

1781 that they seemed to be carrying on a far more terrible war

1782 with them than with men. Thus did the true Lord and Governor

1783 of things both scourge the Romans mercifully, and, by the

1784 marvellous defeat of the worshippers of demons, show that

1785 those sacrifices were not necessary even for the safety of present

1786 things; so that, by those who do not obstinately hold out,

1787 but prudently consider the matter, true religion may not be

1788 deserted on account of the urgencies of the present time, but

1789 may be more clung to in most confident expectation of eternal

1790 life.

1791 24. *What was the happiness of the Christian emperors, and how far it was

1792 true happiness.*

1793 For neither do we say that certain Christian emperors were

1794 therefore happy because they ruled a long time, or, dying a

1795 peaceful death, left their sons to succeed them in the empire,

1796 or subdued the enemies of the republic, or were able both to

1797 guard against and to suppress the attempt of hostile citizens

1798 rising against them. These and other gifts or comforts of this

1799 sorrowful life even certain worshippers of demons have merited

1800 to receive, who do not belong to the kingdom of God to which

1801 these belong; and this is to be traced to the mercy of God,

1802 who would not have those who believe in Him desire such

1803 things as the highest good. But we say that they are happy

1804 if they rule justly; if they are not lifted up amid the praises

1805 of those who pay them sublime honours, and the obsequiousness

1806 of those who salute them with an excessive humility,

1807 but remember that they are men; if they make their power

1808 the handmaid of His majesty by using it for the greatest possible

1809 extension of His worship; if they fear, love, worship

1810 God; if more than their own they love that kingdom in which

1811 they are not afraid to have partners; if they are slow to

1812 punish, ready to pardon; if they apply that punishment as

1813 necessary to government and defence of the republic, and not

1814 in order to gratify their own enmity; if they grant pardon,

1815 not that iniquity may go unpunished, but with the hope that

1816 the transgressor may amend his ways; if they compensate

1817 with the lenity of mercy and the liberality of benevolence

1818 for whatever severity they may be compelled to decree; if

1819 their luxury is as much restrained as it might have been

1820 unrestrained; if they prefer to govern depraved desires rather

1821 than any nation whatever; and if they do all these things,

1822 not through ardent desire of empty glory, but through love of

1823 eternal felicity, not neglecting to offer to the true God, who

1824 is their God, for their sins, the sacrifices of humility, contrition,

1825 and prayer. Such Christian emperors, we say, are happy

1826 in the present time by hope, and are destined to be so in the

1827 enjoyment of the reality itself, when that which we wait for

1828 shall have arrived.

1829 25. *Concerning the prosperity which God granted to the Christian emperor

1830 Constantine.*

1831 For the good God, lest men, who believe that He is to be

1832 worshipped with a view to eternal life, should think that no

1833 one could attain to all this high estate, and to this terrestrial

1834 dominion, unless he should be a worshipper of the demons,—supposing

1835 that these spirits have great power with respect to

1836 such things,—for this reason He gave to the Emperor Constantine,

1837 who was not a worshipper of demons, but of the

1838 true God Himself, such fulness of earthly gifts as no one

1839 would even dare wish for. To him also He granted the

1840 honour of founding a city,[222] a companion to the Roman empire,

1841 the daughter, as it were, of Rome itself, but without any

1842 temple or image of the demons. He reigned for a long period

1843 as sole emperor, and unaided held and defended the whole

1844 Roman world. In conducting and carrying on wars he was

1845 most victorious; in overthrowing tyrants he was most successful.

1846 He died at a great age, of sickness and old age, and left

1847 his sons to succeed him in the empire.[223] But again, lest any

1848 emperor should become a Christian in order to merit the happiness

1849 of Constantine, when every one should be a Christian

1850 for the sake of eternal life, God took away Jovian far sooner

1851 than Julian, and permitted that Gratian should be slain by

1852 the sword of a tyrant. But in his case there was far more

1853 mitigation of the calamity than in the case of the great

1854 Pompey, for he could not be avenged by Cato, whom he had

1855 left, as it were, heir to the civil war. But Gratian, though

1856 pious minds require not such consolations, was avenged by

1857 Theodosius, whom he had associated with himself in the

1858 empire, though he had a little brother of his own, being more

1859 desirous of a faithful alliance than of extensive power.

1860 26. *On the faith and piety of Theodosius Augustus.*

1861 And on this account, Theodosius not only preserved during

1862 the lifetime of Gratian that fidelity which was due to him,

1863 but also, after his death, he, like a true Christian, took his

1864 little brother Valentinian under his protection, as joint emperor,

1865 after he had been expelled by Maximus, the murderer

1866 of his father. He guarded him with paternal affection, though

1867 he might without any difficulty have got rid of him, being

1868 entirely destitute of all resources, had he been animated with

1869 the desire of extensive empire, and not with the ambition of

1870 being a benefactor. It was therefore a far greater pleasure to

1871 him, when he had adopted the boy, and preserved to him his

1872 imperial dignity, to console him by his very humanity and

1873 kindness. Afterwards, when that success was rendering

1874 Maximus terrible, Theodosius, in the midst of his perplexing

1875 anxieties, was not drawn away to follow the suggestions of a

1876 sacrilegious and unlawful curiosity, but sent to John, whose

1877 abode was in the desert of Egypt,—for he had learned that this

1878 servant of God (whose fame was spreading abroad) was endowed

1879 with the gift of prophecy,—and from him he received assurance

1880 of victory. Immediately the slayer of the tyrant Maximus,

1881 with the deepest feelings of compassion and respect, restored

1882 the boy Valentinianus to his share in the empire from which

1883 he had been driven. Valentinianus being soon after slain by

1884 secret assassination, or by some other plot or accident, Theodosius,

1885 having again received a response from the prophet,

1886 and placing entire confidence in it, marched against the tyrant

1887 Eugenius, who had been unlawfully elected to succeed that

1888 emperor, and defeated his very powerful army, more by prayer

1889 than by the sword. Some soldiers who were at the battle

1890 reported to me that all the missiles they were throwing were

1891 snatched from their hands by a vehement wind, which blew

1892 from the direction of Theodosius' army upon the enemy; nor

1893 did it only drive with greater velocity the darts which were

1894 hurled against them, but also turned back upon their own

1895 bodies the darts which they themselves were throwing. And

1896 therefore the poet Claudian, although an alien from the name

1897 of Christ, nevertheless says in his praises of him, "O prince,

1898 too much beloved by God, for thee Æolus pours armed tempests

1899 from their caves; for thee the air fights, and the winds with

1900 one accord obey thy bugles."[224] But the victor, as he had

1901 believed and predicted, overthrew the statues of Jupiter, which

1902 had been, as it were, consecrated by I know not what kind

1903 of rites against him, and set up in the Alps. And the

1904 thunderbolts of these statues, which were made of gold, he

1905 mirthfully and graciously presented to his couriers, who (as

1906 the joy of the occasion permitted) were jocularly saying that

1907 they would be most happy to be struck by such thunderbolts.

1908 The sons of his own enemies, whose fathers had been slain

1909 not so much by his orders as by the vehemence of war, having

1910 fled for refuge to a church, though they were not yet Christians,

1911 he was anxious, taking advantage of the occasion, to bring

1912 over to Christianity, and treated them with Christian love.

1913 Nor did he deprive them of their property, but, besides allowing

1914 them to retain it, bestowed on them additional honours.

1915 He did not permit private animosities to affect the treatment

1916 of any man after the war. He was not like Cinna,

1917 and Marius, and Sylla, and other such men, who wished

1918 not to finish civil wars even when they were finished, but

1919 rather grieved that they had arisen at all, than wished that

1920 when they were finished they should harm any one. Amid

1921 all these events, from the very commencement of his reign, he

1922 did not cease to help the troubled church against the impious

1923 by most just and merciful laws, which the heretical Valens,

1924 favouring the Arians, had vehemently afflicted. Indeed, he

1925 rejoiced more to be a member of this church than he did

1926 to be a king upon the earth. The idols of the Gentiles he

1927 everywhere ordered to be overthrown, understanding well that

1928 not even terrestrial gifts are placed in the power of demons,

1929 but in that of the true God. And what could be more admirable

1930 than his religious humility, when, compelled by the

1931 urgency of certain of his intimates, he avenged the grievous

1932 crime of the Thessalonians, which at the prayer of the bishops

1933 he had promised to pardon, and, being laid hold of by the

1934 discipline of the church, did penance in such a way that the

1935 sight of his imperial loftiness prostrated made the people who

1936 were interceding for him weep more than the consciousness of

1937 offence had made them fear it when enraged? These and

1938 other similar good works, which it would be long to tell, he

1939 carried with him from this world of time, where the greatest

1940 human nobility and loftiness are but vapour. Of these works

1941 the reward is eternal happiness, of which God is the giver,

1942 though only to those who are sincerely pious. But all other

1943 blessings and privileges of this life, as the world itself, light,

1944 air, earth, water, fruits, and the soul of man himself, his body,

1945 senses, mind, life, He lavishes on good and bad alike. And

1946 among these blessings is also to be reckoned the possession of

1947 an empire, whose extent He regulates according to the requirements

1948 of His providential government at various times.

1949 Whence, I see, we must now answer those who, being confuted

1950 and convicted by the most manifest proofs, by which it

1951 is shown that for obtaining these terrestrial things, which are

1952 all the foolish desire to have, that multitude of false gods is

1953 of no use, attempt to assert that the gods are to be worshipped

1954 with a view to the interest, not of the present life, but of that

1955 which is to come after death. For as to those who, for the

1956 sake of the friendship of this world, are willing to worship

1957 vanities, and do not grieve that they are left to their puerile

1958 understandings, I think they have been sufficiently answered

1959 in these five books; of which books, when I had published

1960 the first three, and they had begun to come into the hands of

1961 many, I heard that certain persons were preparing against

1962 them an answer of some kind or other in writing. Then it

1963 was told me that they had already written their answer, but

1964 were waiting a time when they could publish it without

1965 danger. Such persons I would advise not to desire what

1966 cannot be of any advantage to them; for it is very easy for

1967 a man to seem to himself to have answered arguments, when

1968 he has only been unwilling to be silent. For what is more

1969 loquacious than vanity? And though it be able, if it like, to

1970 shout more loudly than the truth, it is not, for all that, more

1971 powerful than the truth. But let men consider diligently all

1972 the things that we have said, and if, perchance, judging without

1973 party spirit, they shall clearly perceive that they are such

1974 things as may rather be shaken than torn up by their most

1975 impudent garrulity, and, as it were, satirical and mimic levity,

1976 let them restrain their absurdities, and let them choose rather

1977 to be corrected by the wise than to be lauded by the foolish.

1978 For if they are waiting an opportunity, not for liberty to speak

1979 the truth, but for licence to revile, may not that befall them

1980 which Tully says concerning some one, "Oh, wretched man!

1981 who was at liberty to sin?"[225] Wherefore, whoever he be

1982 who deems himself happy because of licence to revile, he

1983 would be far happier if that were not allowed him at all; for

1984 he might all the while, laying aside empty boast, be contradicting

1985 those to whose views he is opposed by way of free

1986 consultation with them, and be listening, as it becomes him,

1987 honourably, gravely, candidly, to all that can be adduced by

1988 those whom he consults by friendly disputation.

BOOK VI

31 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

34 >

35 >

36 >

37 HITHERTO THE ARGUMENT HAS BEEN CONDUCTED AGAINST THOSE WHO BELIEVE

38 > THAT THE GODS ARE TO BE WORSHIPPED FOR THE SAKE OF TEMPORAL ADVANTAGES,

39 > NOW IT IS DIRECTED AGAINST THOSE WHO BELIEVE THAT THEY

40 > ARE TO BE WORSHIPPED FOR THE SAKE OF ETERNAL LIFE. AUGUSTINE

41 > DEVOTES THE FIVE FOLLOWING BOOKS TO THE CONFUTATION OF THIS LATTER

42 > BELIEF, AND FIRST OF ALL SHOWS HOW MEAN AN OPINION OF THE GODS

43 > WAS HELD BY VARRO HIMSELF, THE MOST ESTEEMED WRITER ON HEATHEN

44 > THEOLOGY. OF THIS THEOLOGY AUGUSTINE ADOPTS VARRO'S DIVISION INTO

45 > THREE KINDS, MYTHICAL, NATURAL, AND CIVIL; AND AT ONCE DEMONSTRATES

46 > THAT NEITHER THE MYTHICAL NOR THE CIVIL CAN CONTRIBUTE

47 > ANYTHING TO THE HAPPINESS OF THE FUTURE LIFE.

48 PREFACE.

49 In the five former books, I think I have sufficiently disputed

50 against those who believe that the many false gods,

51 which the Christian truth shows to be useless images, or unclean

52 spirits and pernicious demons, or certainly creatures, not

53 the Creator, are to be worshipped for the advantage of this

54 mortal life, and of terrestrial affairs, with that rite and service

55 which the Greeks call λατρεία, and which is due to the one

56 true God. And who does not know that, in the face of

57 excessive stupidity and obstinacy, neither these five nor any

58 other number of books whatsoever could be enough, when it is

59 esteemed the glory of vanity to yield to no amount of strength

60 on the side of truth,—certainly to his destruction over whom

61 so heinous a vice tyrannizes? For, notwithstanding all the

62 assiduity of the physician who attempts to effect a cure, the

63 disease remains unconquered, not through any fault of his, but

64 because of the incurableness of the sick man. But those who

65 thoroughly weigh the things which they read, having understood

66 and considered them, without any, or with no great and

67 excessive degree of that obstinacy which belongs to a long-cherished

68 error, will more readily judge that, in the five

69 books already finished, we have done more than the necessity

70 of the question demanded, than that we have given it less

71 discussion than it required. And they cannot have doubted

72 but that all the hatred which the ignorant attempt to bring

73 upon the Christian religion on account of the disasters of this

74 life, and the destruction and change which befall terrestrial

75 things, whilst the learned do not merely dissimulate, but encourage

76 that hatred, contrary to their own consciences, being

77 possessed by a mad impiety;—they cannot have doubted, I say,

78 but that this hatred is devoid of right reflection and reason,

79 and full of most light temerity, and most pernicious animosity.

80 1. *Of those who maintain that they worship the gods not for the sake of

81 temporal, but eternal advantages.*

82 Now, as, in the next place (as the promised order demands),

83 those are to be refuted and taught who contend that the gods

84 of the nations, which the Christian truth destroys, are to be

85 worshipped not on account of this life, but on account of that

86 which is to be after death, I shall do well to commence my

87 disputation with the truthful oracle of the holy psalm, "Blessed

88 is the man whose hope is the Lord God, and who respecteth

89 not Vanities and lying follies."[226] Nevertheless, in all vanities

90 and lying follies the philosophers are to be listened to with

91 far more toleration, who have repudiated those opinions and

92 errors of the people; for the people set up images to the

93 deities, and either feigned concerning those whom they call

94 immortal gods many false and unworthy things, or believed

95 them, already feigned, and, when believed, mixed them up

96 with their worship and sacred rites.

97 With those men who, though not by free avowal of their

98 convictions, do still testify that they disapprove of those things

99 by their muttering disapprobation during disputations on the

100 subject, it may not be very far amiss to discuss the following

101 question: Whether, for the sake of the life which is to be

102 after death, we ought to worship, not the one God, who made

103 all creatures spiritual and corporeal, but those many gods who,

104 as some of these philosophers hold, were made by that one God,

105 and placed by Him in their respective sublime spheres, and are

106 therefore considered more excellent and more noble than all the

107 others?[227] But who will assert that it must be affirmed and

108 contended that those gods, certain of whom I have mentioned

109 in the fourth book,[228] to whom are distributed, each to each, the

110 charges of minute things, do bestow eternal life? But will those

111 most skilled and most acute men, who glory in having written

112 for the great benefit of men, to teach on what account each god

113 is to be worshipped, and what is to be sought from each, lest

114 with most disgraceful absurdity, such as a mimic is wont for

115 the sake of merriment to exhibit, water should be sought from

116 Liber, wine from the Lymphs,—will those men indeed affirm

117 to any man supplicating the immortal gods, that when he

118 shall have asked wine from the Lymphs, and they shall have

119 answered him, "We have water, seek wine from Liber," he

120 may rightly say, "If ye have not wine, at least give me

121 eternal life?" What more monstrous than this absurdity?

122 Will not these Lymphs,—for they are wont to be very easily

123 made laugh,[229]—laughing loudly (if they do not attempt to

124 deceive like demons), answer the suppliant, "O man, dost

125 thou think that we have life (*vitam*) in our power, who thou

126 hearest have not even the vine (*vitem*)?" It is therefore most

127 impudent folly to seek and hope for eternal life from such

128 gods as are asserted so to preside over the separate minute

129 concernments of this most sorrowful and short life, and whatever

130 is useful for supporting and propping it, as that if anything

131 which is under the care and power of one be sought

132 from another, it is so incongruous and absurd that it appears

133 very like to mimic drollery,—which, when it is done by

134 mimics knowing what they are doing, is deservedly laughed

135 at in the theatre, but when it is done by foolish persons, who

136 do not know better, is more deservedly ridiculed in the world.

137 Wherefore, as concerns those gods which the states have

138 established, it has been cleverly invented and handed down to

139 memory by learned men, what god or goddess is to be supplicated

140 in relation to every particular thing,—what, for

141 instance, is to be sought from Liber, what from the Lymphs,

142 what from Vulcan, and so of all the rest, some of whom I

143 have mentioned in the fourth book, and some I have thought

144 right to omit. Further, if it is an error to seek wine from

145 Ceres, bread from Liber, water from Vulcan, fire from the

146 Lymphs, how much greater absurdity ought it to be thought,

147 if supplication be made to any one of these for eternal life?

148 Wherefore, if, when we were inquiring what gods or goddesses

149 are to be believed to be able to confer earthly kingdoms

150 upon men, all things having been discussed, it was shown

151 to be very far from the truth to think that even terrestrial

152 kingdoms are established by any of those many false deities,

153 is it not most insane impiety to believe that eternal life,

154 which is, without any doubt or comparison, to be preferred

155 to all terrestrial kingdoms, can be given to any one by any of

156 these gods? For the reason why such gods seemed to us not

157 to be able to give even an earthly kingdom, was not because

158 they are very great and exalted, whilst that is something small

159 and abject, which they, in their so great sublimity, would

160 not condescend to care for, but because, however deservedly

161 any one may, in consideration of human frailty, despise the

162 falling pinnacles of an earthly kingdom, these gods have presented

163 such an appearance as to seem most unworthy to have

164 the granting and preserving of even those entrusted to them;

165 and consequently, if (as we have taught in the two last books

166 of our work, where this matter is treated of) no god out of all

167 that crowd, either belonging to, as it were, the plebeian or to

168 the noble gods, is fit to give mortal kingdoms to mortals, how

169 much less is he able to make immortals of mortals?

170 And more than this, if, according to the opinion of those

171 with whom we are now arguing, the gods are to be worshipped,

172 not on account of the present life, but of that which is to be

173 after death, then, certainly, they are not to be worshipped on

174 account of those particular things which are distributed and

175 portioned out (not by any law of rational truth, but by mere

176 vain conjecture) to the power of such gods, as they believe they

177 ought to be worshipped, who contend that their worship is necessary

178 for all the desirable things of this mortal life, against whom

179 I have disputed sufficiently, as far as I was able, in the five preceding

180 books. These things being so, if the age itself of those

181 who worshipped the goddess Juventas should be characterized

182 by remarkable vigour, whilst her despisers should either die

183 within the years of youth, or should, during that period, grow

184 cold as with the torpor of old age; if bearded Fortuna should

185 cover the cheeks of her worshippers more handsomely and more

186 gracefully than all others, whilst we should see those by whom

187 she was despised either altogether beardless or ill-bearded;

188 even then we should most rightly say, that thus far these

189 several gods had power, limited in some way by their functions,

190 and that, consequently, neither ought eternal life to be sought

191 from Juventas, who could not give a beard, nor ought any

192 good thing after this life to be expected from Fortuna Barbata,

193 who has no power even in this life to give the age itself at

194 which the beard grows. But now, when their worship is

195 necessary not even on account of those very things which

196 they think are subjected to their power,—for many worshippers

197 of the goddess Juventas have not been at all vigorous at that

198 age, and many who do not worship her rejoice in youthful

199 strength; and also many suppliants of Fortuna Barbata have

200 either not been able to attain to any beard at all, not even an

201 ugly one, although they who adore her in order to obtain a

202 beard are ridiculed by her bearded despisers,—is the human

203 heart really so foolish as to believe that that worship of the

204 gods, which it acknowledges to be vain and ridiculous with

205 respect to those very temporal and swiftly passing gifts, over

206 each of which one of these gods is said to preside, is fruitful

207 in results with respect to eternal life? And that they are able

208 to give eternal life has not been affirmed even by those who,

209 that they might be worshipped by the silly populace, distributed

210 in minute division among them these temporal

211 occupations, that none of them might sit idle; for they had

212 supposed the existence of an exceedingly great number.

213 >

214 >

215 >

216 2. *What we are to believe that Varro thought concerning the gods of the nations,

217 > whose various kinds and sacred rites he has shown to be such that he

218 > would have acted more reverently towards them had he been altogether

219 > silent concerning them.*

220 Who has investigated those things more carefully than

221 Marcus Varro? Who has discovered them more learnedly?

222 Who has considered them more attentively? Who has distinguished

223 them more acutely? Who has written about them

224 more diligently and more fully?—who, though he is less

225 pleasing in his eloquence, is nevertheless so full of instruction

226 and wisdom, that in all the erudition which we call

227 secular, but they liberal, he will teach the student of things

228 as much as Cicero delights the student of words. And even

229 Tully himself renders him such testimony, as to say in his

230 Academic books that he had held that disputation which is

231 there carried on with Marcus Varro, "a man," he adds, "unquestionably

232 the acutest of all men, and, without any doubt,

233 the most learned."[230] He does not say the most eloquent or

234 the most fluent, for in reality he was very deficient in this

235 faculty, but he says, "of all men the most acute." And

236 in those books,—that is, the Academic,—where he contends

237 that all things are to be doubted, he adds of him,

238 "without any doubt the most learned." In truth, he was so

239 certain concerning this thing, that he laid aside that doubt

240 which he is wont to have recourse to in all things, as if,

241 when about to dispute in favour of the doubt of the Academics,

242 he had, with respect to this one thing, forgotten

243 that he was an Academic. But in the first book, when he

244 extols the literary works of the same Varro, he says, "Us

245 straying and wandering in our own city like strangers, thy

246 books, as it were, brought home, that at length we might

247 come to know of who we were and where we were. Thou

248 hast opened up to us the age of the country, the distribution

249 of seasons, the laws of sacred things, and of the priests; thou

250 hast opened up to us domestic and public discipline; thou

251 hast pointed out to us the proper places for religious ceremonies,

252 and hast informed us concerning sacred places. Thou

253 hast shown us the names, kinds, offices, causes of all divine

254 and human things."[231]

255 This man, then, of so distinguished and excellent acquirements,

256 and, as Terentian briefly says of him in a most elegant

257 verse,

258 "Varro, a man universally informed,"[232]

259 who read so much that we wonder when he had time to write,

260 wrote so much that we can scarcely believe any one could have

261 read it all,—this man, I say, so great in talent, so great in

262 learning, had he been an opposer and destroyer of the so-called

263 divine things of which he wrote, and had he said that they

264 pertained to superstition rather than to religion, might perhaps,

265 even in that case, not have written so many things

266 which are ridiculous, contemptible, detestable. But when he

267 so worshipped these same gods, and so vindicated their

268 worship, as to say, in that same literary work of his, that

269 he was afraid lest they should perish, not by an assault

270 by enemies, but by the negligence of the citizens, and that

271 from this ignominy they are being delivered by him, and are

272 being laid up and preserved in the memory of the good by

273 means of such books, with a zeal far more beneficial than that

274 through which Metellus is declared to have rescued the sacred

275 things of Vesta from the flames, and Æneas to have rescued

276 the Penates from the burning of Troy; and when he, nevertheless,

277 gives forth such things to be read by succeeding ages

278 as are deservedly judged by wise and unwise to be unfit to

279 be read, and to be most hostile to the truth of religion; what

280 ought we to think but that a most acute and learned man,—not,

281 however, made free by the Holy Spirit,—was overpowered

282 by the custom and laws of his state, and, not being able to be

283 silent about those things by which he was influenced, spoke

284 of them under pretence of commending religion?

285 3. *Varro's distribution of his book which he composed concerning the antiquities

286 of human and divine things.*

287 He wrote forty-one books of antiquities. These he divided

288 into human and divine things. Twenty-five he devoted to

289 human things, sixteen to divine things; following this plan in

290 that division,—namely, to give six books to each of the four

291 divisions of human things. For he directs his attention to

292 these considerations: who perform, where they perform, when

293 they perform, what they perform. Therefore in the first six

294 books he wrote concerning men; in the second six, concerning

295 places; in the third six, concerning times; in the fourth and

296 last six, concerning things. Four times six, however, make

297 only twenty-four. But he placed at the head of them one

298 separate work, which spoke of all these things conjointly.

299 In divine things, the same order he preserved throughout,

300 as far as concerns those things which are performed to the

301 gods. For sacred things are performed by men in places and

302 times. These four things I have mentioned he embraced in

303 twelve books, allotting three to each. For he wrote the first

304 three concerning men, the following three concerning places,

305 the third three concerning times, and the fourth three concerning

306 sacred rites,—showing who should perform, where they

307 should perform, when they should perform, what they should

308 perform, with most subtle distinction. But because it was

309 necessary to say—and that especially was expected—to whom

310 they should perform sacred rites, he wrote concerning the gods

311 themselves the last three books; and these five times three

312 made fifteen. But they are in all, as we have said, sixteen.

313 For he put also at the beginning of these one distinct book,

314 speaking by way of introduction of all which follows; which

315 being finished, he proceeded to subdivide the first three in

316 that fivefold distribution which pertain to men, making the

317 first concerning high priests, the second concerning augurs,

318 the third concerning the fifteen men presiding over the sacred

319 ceremonies.[233] The second three he made concerning places,

320 speaking in one of them concerning their chapels, in the

321 second concerning their temples, and in the third concerning

322 religious places. The next three which follow these, and pertain

323 to times,—that is, to festival days,—he distributed so as

324 to make one concerning holidays, the other concerning the

325 circus games, and the third concerning scenic plays. Of the

326 fourth three, pertaining to sacred things, he devoted one to

327 consecrations, another to private, the last to public, sacred

328 rites. In the three which remain, the gods themselves follow

329 this pompous train, as it were, for whom all this culture has

330 been expended. In the first book are the certain gods, in the

331 second the uncertain, in the third, and last of all, the chief

332 and select gods.

333 4. *That from the disputation of Varro, it follows that the worshippers of the

334 gods regard human things as more ancient than divine things.*

335 In this whole series of most beautiful and most subtle distributions

336 and distinctions, it will most easily appear evident

337 from the things we have said already, and from what is to be

338 said hereafter, to any man who is not, in the obstinacy of his

339 heart, an enemy to himself, that it is vain to seek and to hope

340 for, and even most impudent to wish for eternal life. For

341 these institutions are either the work of men, or of demons,—not

342 of those whom they call good demons, but, to speak more

343 plainly, of unclean, and, without controversy, malign spirits,

344 who with wonderful slyness and secretness suggest to the

345 thoughts of the impious, and sometimes openly present to

346 their understandings, noxious opinions, by which the human

347 mind grows more and more foolish, and becomes unable to

348 adapt itself to and abide in the immutable and eternal truth,

349 and seek to confirm these opinions by every kind of fallacious

350 attestation in their power. This very same Varro testifies

351 that he wrote first concerning human things, but afterwards

352 concerning divine things, because the states existed first, and

353 afterward these things were instituted by them. But the

354 true religion was not instituted by any earthly state, but

355 plainly it established the celestial city. It, however, is

356 inspired and taught by the true God, the giver of eternal life

357 to His true worshippers.

358 The following is the reason Varro gives when he confesses

359 that he had written first concerning human things, and afterwards

360 of divine things, because these divine things were instituted

361 by men:—"As the painter is before the painted

362 tablet, the mason before the edifice, so states are before those

363 things which are instituted by states." But he says that he

364 would have written first concerning the gods, afterwards concerning

365 men, if he had been writing concerning the whole

366 nature of the gods,—as if he were really writing concerning

367 some portion of, and not all, the nature of the gods; or as if,

368 indeed, some portion of, though not all, the nature of the gods

369 ought not to be put before that of men. How, then, comes it

370 that in those three last books, when he is diligently explaining

371 the certain, uncertain, and select gods, he seems to pass

372 over no portion of the nature of the gods? Why, then, does

373 he say, "If we had been writing on the whole nature of the

374 gods, we would first have finished the divine things before we

375 touched the human?" For he either writes concerning the

376 whole nature of the gods, or concerning some portion of it,

377 or concerning no part of it at all. If concerning it all, it is

378 certainly to be put before human things; if concerning some

379 part of it, why should it not, from the very nature of the case,

380 precede human things? Is not even some part of the gods

381 to be preferred to the whole of humanity? But if it is too

382 much to prefer a part of the divine to all human things, that

383 part is certainly worthy to be preferred to the Romans at

384 least. For he writes the books concerning human things, not

385 with reference to the whole world, but only to Rome; which

386 books he says he had properly placed, in the order of writing,

387 before the books on divine things, like a painter before the

388 painted tablet, or a mason before the building, most openly

389 confessing that, as a picture or a structure, even these divine

390 things were instituted by men. There remains only the third

391 supposition, that he is to be understood to have written concerning

392 no divine nature, but that he did not wish to say

393 this openly, but left it to the intelligent to infer; for when

394 one says "not all," usage understands that to mean "some,"

395 but it *may* be understood as meaning *none*, because that which

396 is *none* is neither all nor some. In fact, as he himself says,

397 if he had been writing concerning all the nature of the gods,

398 its due place would have been before human things in the

399 order of writing. But, as the truth declares, even though

400 Varro is silent, the divine nature should have taken precedence

401 of Roman things, though it were not *all*, but only *some*. But

402 it is properly put after, therefore it is *none*. His arrangement,

403 therefore, was due, not to a desire to give human things priority

404 to divine things, but to his unwillingness to prefer false things

405 to true. For in what he wrote on human things, he followed

406 the history of affairs; but in what he wrote concerning those

407 things which they call divine, what else did he follow but

408 mere conjectures about vain things? This, doubtless, is what,

409 in a subtle manner, he wished to signify; not only writing

410 concerning divine things after the human, but even giving

411 a reason why he did so; for if he had suppressed this, some,

412 perchance, would have defended his doing so in one way, and

413 some in another. But in that very reason he has rendered,

414 he has left nothing for men to conjecture at will, and has sufficiently

415 proved that he preferred men to the institutions of

416 men, not the nature of men to the nature of the gods. Thus

417 he confessed that, in writing the books concerning divine

418 things, he did not write concerning the truth which belongs

419 to nature, but the falseness which belongs to error; which

420 he has elsewhere expressed more openly (as I have mentioned

421 in the fourth book[234]), saying that, had he been founding a new

422 city himself, he would have written according to the order of

423 nature; but as he had only found an old one, he could not

424 but follow its custom.

425 5. *Concerning the three kinds of theology according to Varro, namely, one

426 fabulous, the other natural, the third civil.*

427 Now what are we to say of this proposition of his, namely,

428 that there are three kinds of theology, that is, of the account

429 which is given of the gods; and of these, the one is called

430 mythical, the other physical, and the third civil? Did the

431 Latin usage permit, we should call the kind which he has

432 placed first in order *fabular*,[235] but let us call it *fabulous*,[236] for

433 mythical is derived from the Greek μῦθος, a fable; but that

434 the second should be called *natural*, the usage of speech now

435 admits; the third he himself has designated in Latin, calling

436 it *civil*.[237] Then he says, "they call that kind *mythical* which

437 the poets chiefly use; *physical*, that which the philosophers

438 use; *civil*, that which the people use. As to the first I have

439 mentioned," says he, "in it are many fictions, which are contrary

440 to the dignity and nature of the immortals. For we

441 find in it that one god has been born from the head, another

442 from the thigh, another from drops of blood; also, in this

443 we find that gods have stolen, committed adultery, served

444 men; in a word, in this all manner of things are attributed

445 to the gods, such as may befall, not merely any man, but

446 even the most contemptible man." He certainly, where

447 he could, where he dared, where he thought he could do

448 it with impunity, has manifested, without any of the haziness

449 of ambiguity, how great injury was done to the nature

450 of the gods by lying fables; for he was speaking, not concerning

451 natural theology, not concerning civil, but concerning

452 fabulous theology, which he thought he could freely find fault

453 with.

454 Let us see, now, what he says concerning the second kind.

455 "The second kind which I have explained," he says, "is that

456 concerning which philosophers have left many books, in which

457 they treat such questions as these: what gods there are, where

458 they are, of what kind and character they are, since what time

459 they have existed, or if they have existed from eternity;

460 whether they are of fire, as Heraclitus believes; or of number,

461 as Pythagoras; or of atoms, as Epicurus says; and other such

462 things, which men's ears can more easily hear inside the walls

463 of a school than outside in the Forum." He finds fault with

464 nothing in this kind of theology which they call *physical*, and

465 which belongs to philosophers, except that he has related their

466 controversies among themselves, through which there has arisen

467 a multitude of dissentient sects. Nevertheless he has removed

468 this kind from the Forum, that is, from the populace, but he

469 has shut it up in schools. But that first kind, most false and

470 most base, he has not removed from the citizens. Oh, the religious

471 ears of the people, and among them even those of the

472 Romans, that are not able to bear what the philosophers dispute

473 concerning the gods! But when the poets sing and stage-players

474 act such things as are derogatory to the dignity and

475 the nature of the immortals, such as may befall not a man

476 merely, but the most contemptible man, they not only bear,

477 but willingly listen to. Nor is this all, but they even consider

478 that these things please the gods, and that they are

479 propitiated by them.

480 But some one may say, Let us distinguish these two kinds

481 of theology, the mythical and the physical,—that is, the

482 fabulous and the natural,—from this civil kind about which

483 we are now speaking. Anticipating this, he himself has distinguished

484 them. Let us see now how he explains the civil

485 theology itself. I see, indeed, why it should be distinguished

486 as fabulous, even because it is false, because it is base, because

487 it is unworthy. But to wish to distinguish the natural from

488 the civil, what else is that but to confess that the civil itself

489 is false? For if that be natural, what fault has it that it

490 should be excluded? And if this which is called civil be not

491 natural, what merit has it that it should be admitted? This,

492 in truth, is the cause why he wrote first concerning human

493 things, and afterwards concerning divine things; since in

494 divine things he did not follow nature, but the institution

495 of men. Let us look at this civil theology of his. "The

496 third kind," says he, "is that which citizens in cities, and

497 especially the priests, ought to know and to administer. From

498 it is to be known what god each one may suitably worship,

499 what sacred rites and sacrifices each one may suitably perform."

500 Let us still attend to what follows. "The first theology,"

501 he says, "is especially adapted to the theatre, the second

502 to the world, the third to the city." Who does not see to

503 which he gives the palm? Certainly to the second, which

504 he said above is that of the philosophers. For he testifies

505 that this pertains to the world, than which they think there

506 is nothing better. But those two theologies, the first and the

507 third,—to wit, those of the theatre and of the city,—has he

508 distinguished them or united them? For although we see

509 that the city is in the world, we do not see that it follows

510 that any things belonging to the city pertain to the world.

511 For it is possible that such things may be worshipped and

512 believed in the city, according to false opinions, as have no

513 existence either in the world or out of it. But where is the

514 theatre but in the city? Who instituted the theatre but the

515 state? For what purpose did it constitute it but for scenic

516 plays? And to what class of things do scenic plays belong

517 but to those divine things concerning which these books of

518 Varro's are written with so much ability?

519 6. *Concerning the mythic, that is, the fabulous, theology, and the civil,

520 against Varro.*

521 O Marcus Varro! thou art the most acute, and without

522 doubt the most learned, but still a man, not God,—now lifted

523 up by the Spirit of God to see and to announce divine things,

524 thou seest, indeed, that divine things are to be separated from

525 human trifles and lies, but thou fearest to offend those most

526 corrupt opinions of the populace, and their customs in public

527 superstitions, which thou thyself, when thou considerest them

528 on all sides, perceivest, and all your literature loudly pronounces

529 to be abhorrent from the nature of the gods, even

530 of such gods as the frailty of the human mind supposes to

531 exist in the elements of this world. What can the most

532 excellent human talent do here? What can human learning,

533 though manifold, avail thee in this perplexity? Thou

534 desirest to worship the natural gods; thou art compelled to

535 worship the civil. Thou hast found some of the gods to be

536 fabulous, on whom thou vomitest forth very freely what thou

537 thinkest, and, whether thou willest or not, thou wettest therewith

538 even the civil gods. Thou sayest, forsooth, that the

539 fabulous are adapted to the theatre, the natural to the world,

540 and the civil to the city; though the world is a divine work,

541 but cities and theatres are the works of men, and though the

542 gods who are laughed at in the theatre are not other than

543 those who are adored in the temples; and ye do not exhibit

544 games in honour of other gods than those to whom ye immolate

545 victims. How much more freely and more subtly

546 wouldst thou have decided these hadst thou said that some

547 gods are natural, others established by men; and concerning

548 those who have been so established, the literature of the poets

549 gives one account, and that of the priests another,—both of

550 which are, nevertheless, so friendly the one to the other,

551 through fellowship in falsehood, that they are both pleasing

552 to the demons, to whom the doctrine of the truth is hostile.

553 That theology, therefore, which they call natural, being

554 put aside for a moment, as it is afterwards to be discussed,

555 we ask if any one is really content to seek a hope for

556 eternal life from poetical, theatrical, scenic gods? Perish

557 the thought! The true God avert so wild and sacrilegious

558 a madness! What, is eternal life to be asked from those

559 gods whom these things pleased, and whom these things propitiate,

560 in which their own crimes are represented? No one,

561 as I think, has arrived at such a pitch of headlong and

562 furious impiety. So then, neither by the fabulous nor by

563 the civil theology does any one obtain eternal life. For the

564 one sows base things concerning the gods by feigning them,

565 the other reaps by cherishing them; the one scatters lies, the

566 other gathers them together; the one pursues divine things

567 with false crimes, the other incorporates among divine things

568 the plays which are made up of these crimes; the one sounds

569 abroad in human songs impious fictions concerning the gods,

570 the other consecrates these for the festivities of the gods

571 themselves; the one sings the misdeeds and crimes of the

572 gods, the other loves them; the one gives forth or feigns, the

573 other either attests the true or delights in the false. Both

574 are base; both are damnable. But the one which is theatrical

575 teaches public abomination, and that one which is of the city

576 adorns itself with that abomination. Shall eternal life be

577 hoped for from these, by which this short and temporal life

578 is polluted? Does the society of wicked men pollute our life

579 if they insinuate themselves into our affections, and win our

580 assent? and does not the society of demons pollute the life,

581 who are worshipped with their own crimes?—if with true

582 crimes, how wicked the demons! if with false, how wicked

583 the worship!

584 When we say these things, it may perchance seem to some

585 one who is very ignorant of these matters that only those

586 things concerning the gods which are sung in the songs of

587 the poets and acted on the stage are unworthy of the divine

588 majesty, and ridiculous, and too detestable to be celebrated,

589 whilst those sacred things which not stage-players but priests

590 perform are pure and free from all unseemliness. Had this

591 been so, never would any one have thought that these theatrical

592 abominations should be celebrated in their honour, never

593 would the gods themselves have ordered them to be performed

594 to them. But men are in nowise ashamed to perform these

595 things in the theatres, because similar things are carried on

596 in the temples. In short, when the fore-mentioned author

597 attempted to distinguish the civil theology from the fabulous

598 and natural, as a sort of third and distinct kind, he wished it

599 to be understood to be rather tempered by both than separated

600 from either. For he says that those things which the poets

601 write are less than the people ought to follow, whilst what

602 the philosophers say is more than it is expedient for the people

603 to pry into. "Which," says he, "differ in such a way, that

604 nevertheless not a few things from both of them have been

605 taken to the account of the civil theology; wherefore we will

606 indicate what the civil theology has in common with that of

607 the poet, though it ought to be more closely connected with

608 the theology of philosophers." Civil theology is therefore not

609 quite disconnected from that of the poets. Nevertheless, in

610 another place, concerning the generations of the gods, he says

611 that the people are more inclined toward the poets than toward

612 the physical theologists. For in this place he said what ought

613 to be done; in that other place, what was really done. He

614 said that the latter had written for the sake of utility, but the

615 poets for the sake of amusement. And hence the things from

616 the poets' writings, which the people ought not to follow, are

617 the crimes of the gods; which, nevertheless, amuse both the

618 people and the gods. For, for amusement's sake, he says, the

619 poets write, and not for that of utility; nevertheless they write

620 such things as the gods will desire, and the people perform.

621 7. *Concerning the likeness and agreement of the fabulous and civil theologies.*

622 That theology, therefore, which is fabulous, theatrical, scenic,

623 and full of all baseness and unseemliness, is taken up into

624 the civil theology; and part of that theology, which in its

625 totality is deservedly judged to be worthy of reprobation and

626 rejection, is pronounced worthy to be cultivated and observed;—not

627 at all an incongruous part, as I have undertaken to

628 show, and one which, being alien to the whole body, was

629 unsuitably attached to and suspended from it, but a part

630 entirely congruous with, and most harmoniously fitted to

631 the rest, as a member of the same body. For what else

632 do those images, forms, ages, sexes, characteristics of the

633 gods show? If the poets have Jupiter with a beard, and

634 Mercury beardless, have not the priests the same? Is the

635 Priapus of the priests less obscene than the Priapus of the

636 players? Does he receive the adoration of worshippers in a

637 different form from that in which he moves about the stage

638 for the amusement of spectators? Is not Saturn old and

639 Apollo young in the shrines where their images stand, as well

640 as when represented by actor's masks? Why are Forculus,

641 who presides over doors, and Limentinus, who presides over

642 thresholds and lintels, male gods, and Cardea between them

643 feminine, who presides over hinges? Are not those things

644 found in books on divine things, which grave poets have

645 deemed unworthy of their verses? Does the Diana of the

646 theatre carry arms, whilst the Diana of the city is simply a

647 virgin? Is the stage Apollo a lyrist, but the Delphic Apollo

648 ignorant of this art? But these things are decent compared

649 with the more shameful things. What was thought of Jupiter

650 himself by those who placed his wet nurse in the Capitol?

651 Did they not bear witness to Euhemerus, who, not with the

652 garrulity of a fable-teller, but with the gravity of an historian

653 who had diligently investigated the matter, wrote that all such

654 gods had been men and mortals? And they who appointed

655 the Epulones as parasites at the table of Jupiter, what else did

656 they wish for but mimic sacred rites? For if any mimic had

657 said that parasites of Jupiter were made use of at his table,

658 he would assuredly have appeared to be seeking to call forth

659 laughter. Varro said it,—not when he was mocking, but when

660 he was commending the gods did he say it. His books on

661 divine, not on human, things testify that he wrote this,—not

662 where he set forth the scenic games, but where he explained

663 the Capitoline laws. In a word, he is conquered, and

664 confesses that, as they made the gods with a human form, so

665 they believed that they are delighted with human pleasures.

666 For also malign spirits were not so wanting to their own

667 business as not to confirm noxious opinions in the minds of

668 men by converting them into sport. Whence also is that

669 story about the sacristan of Hercules, which says that, having

670 nothing to do, he took to playing at dice as a pastime, throwing

671 them alternately with the one hand for Hercules, with the

672 other for himself, with this understanding, that if he should

673 win, he should from the funds of the temple prepare himself

674 a supper, and hire a mistress; but if Hercules should win

675 the game, he himself should, at his own expense, provide the

676 same for the pleasure of Hercules. Then, when he had been

677 beaten by himself, as though by Hercules, he gave to the god

678 Hercules the supper he owed him, and also the most noble

679 harlot Larentina. But she, having fallen asleep in the temple,

680 dreamed that Hercules had had intercourse with her, and had

681 said to her that she would find her payment with the youth

682 whom she should first meet on leaving the temple, and that

683 she was to believe this to be paid to her by Hercules. And

684 so the first youth that met her on going out was the wealthy

685 Tarutius, who kept her a long time, and when he died left her

686 his heir. She, having obtained a most ample fortune, that she

687 should not seem ungrateful for the divine hire, in her turn

688 made the Roman people her heir, which she thought to be

689 most acceptable to the deities; and, having disappeared, the

690 will was found. By which meritorious conduct they say that

691 she gained divine honours.

692 Now had these things been feigned by the poets and acted

693 by the mimics, they would without any doubt have been said

694 to pertain to the fabulous theology, and would have been judged

695 worthy to be separated from the dignity of the civil theology.

696 But when these shameful things,—not of the poets, but of the

697 people; not of the mimics, but of the sacred things; not of

698 the theatres, but of the temples, that is, not of the fabulous,

699 but of the civil theology,—are reported by so great an author,

700 not in vain do the actors represent with theatrical art the

701 baseness of the gods, which is so great; but surely in vain do

702 the priests attempt, by rites called sacred, to represent their

703 nobleness of character, which has no existence. There are

704 sacred rites of Juno; and these are celebrated in her beloved

705 island, Samos, where she was given in marriage to Jupiter.

706 There are sacred rites of Ceres, in which Proserpine is sought

707 for, having been carried off by Pluto. There are sacred rites

708 Venus, in which, her beloved Adonis being slain by a boar's

709 tooth, the lovely youth is lamented. There are sacred rites of

710 the mother of the gods, in which the beautiful youth Atys,

711 loved by her, and castrated by her through a woman's jealousy,

712 is deplored by men who have suffered the like calamity, whom

713 they call Galli. Since, then, these things are more unseemly

714 than all scenic abomination, why is it that they strive to

715 separate, as it were, the fabulous fictions of the poet concerning

716 the gods, as, forsooth, pertaining to the theatre, from the

717 civil theology which they wish to belong to the city, as though

718 they were separating from noble and worthy things, things unworthy

719 and base? Wherefore there is more reason to thank

720 the stage-actors, who have spared the eyes of men, and have

721 not laid bare by theatrical exhibition all the things which are

722 hid by the walls of the temples. What good is to be thought

723 of their sacred rites which are concealed in darkness, when

724 those which are brought forth into the light are so detestable?

725 And certainly they themselves have seen what they transact

726 in secret through the agency of mutilated and effeminate men.

727 Yet they have *not* been able to conceal those same men miserably

728 and vilely enervated and corrupted. Let them persuade

729 whom they can that they transact anything holy through such

730 men, who, they cannot deny, are numbered, and live among

731 their sacred things. We know not what they transact, but

732 we know through whom they transact; for we know what

733 things are transacted on the stage, where never, even in a

734 chorus of harlots, hath one who is mutilated or an effeminate

735 appeared. And, nevertheless, even these things are acted by

736 vile and infamous characters; for, indeed, they ought not to

737 be acted by men of good character. What, then, are those

738 sacred rites, for the performance of which holiness has chosen

739 such men as not even the obscenity of the stage has admitted?

740 8. *Concerning the interpretations, consisting of natural explanations, which the

741 pagan teachers attempt to show for their gods.*

742 But all these things, they say, have certain physical, that

743 is, natural interpretations, showing their natural meaning;

744 as though in this disputation we were seeking physics and

745 not theology, which is the account, not of nature, but of God.

746 For although He who is the true God is God, not by opinion,

747 but by nature, nevertheless all nature is not God; for there

748 is certainly a nature of man, of a beast, of a tree, of a stone,—none

749 of which is God. For if, when the question is concerning

750 the mother of the gods, that from which the whole

751 system of interpretation starts certainly is, that the mother of

752 the gods is the earth, why do we make further inquiry? why

753 do we carry our investigation through all the rest of it?

754 What can more manifestly favour them who say that all those

755 gods were men? For they are earth-born in the sense that

756 the earth is their mother. But in the true theology the earth

757 is the work, not the mother, of God. But in whatever way

758 their sacred rites may be interpreted, and, whatever reference

759 they may have to the nature of things, it is not according to

760 nature, but contrary to nature, that men should be effeminates.

761 This disease, this crime, this abomination, has a recognised

762 place among those sacred things, though even depraved men

763 will scarcely be compelled by torments to confess they are

764 guilty of it. Again, if these sacred rites, which are proved to

765 be fouler than scenic abominations, are excused and justified

766 on the ground that they have their own interpretations, by

767 which they are shown to symbolize the nature of things, why

768 are not the poetical things in like manner excused and justified?

769 For many have interpreted even these in like fashion, to such

770 a degree that even that which they say is the most monstrous

771 and most horrible,—namely, that Saturn devoured his own

772 children,—has been interpreted by some of them to mean

773 that length of time, which is signified by the name of Saturn,

774 consumes whatever it begets; or that, as the same Varro

775 thinks, Saturn belongs to seeds which fall back again into the

776 earth from whence they spring. And so one interprets it in

777 one way, and one in another. And the same is to be said

778 of all the rest of this theology.

779 And, nevertheless, it is called the fabulous theology, and is

780 censured, cast off, rejected, together with all such interpretations

781 belonging to it. And not only by the natural theology,

782 which is that of the philosophers, but also by this civil theology,

783 concerning which we are speaking, which is asserted to pertain

784 to cities and peoples, it is judged worthy of repudiation, because

785 it has invented unworthy things concerning the gods.

786 Of which, I wot, this is the secret: that those most acute and

787 learned men, by whom those things were written, understood

788 that both theologies ought to be rejected,—to wit, both that

789 fabulous and this civil one,—but the former they dared to

790 reject, the latter they dared not; the former they set forth to

791 be censured, the latter they showed to be very like it; not that

792 it might be chosen to be held in preference to the other,

793 but that it might be understood to be worthy of being rejected

794 together with it. And thus, without danger to those who

795 feared to censure the civil theology, both of them being brought

796 into contempt, that theology which they call natural might

797 find a place in better disposed minds; for the civil and the

798 fabulous are both fabulous and both civil. He who shall

799 wisely inspect the vanities and obscenities of both will find

800 that they are both fabulous; and he who shall direct his

801 attention to the scenic plays pertaining to the fabulous theology

802 in the festivals of the civil gods, and in the divine rites

803 of the cities, will find they are both civil. How, then, can

804 the power of giving eternal life be attributed to any of those

805 gods whose own images and sacred rites convict them of being

806 most like to the fabulous gods, which are most openly reprobated,

807 in forms, ages, sex, characteristics, marriages, generations,

808 rites; in all which things they are understood either to have

809 been men, and to have had their sacred rites and solemnities

810 instituted in their honour according to the life or death of

811 each of them, the demons suggesting and confirming this error,

812 or certainly most foul spirits, who, taking advantage of some

813 occasion or other, have stolen into the minds of men to deceive

814 them?

815 9. *Concerning the special offices of the gods.*

816 And as to those very offices of the gods, so meanly and so

817 minutely portioned out, so that they say that they ought to be

818 supplicated, each one according to his special function,—about

819 which we have spoken much already, though not all that is to

820 be said concerning it,—are they not more consistent with

821 mimic buffoonery than divine majesty? If any one should

822 use two nurses for his infant, one of whom should give nothing

823 but food, the other nothing but drink, as these make use of

824 two goddesses for this purpose, Educa and Potina, he should

825 certainly seem to be foolish, and to do in his house a thing

826 worthy of a mimic. They would have Liber to have been

827 named from "liberation," because through him males at the

828 time of copulation are liberated by the emission of the seed.

829 They also say that Libera (the same in their opinion as Venus)

830 exercises the same function in the case of women, because they

831 say that they also emit seed; and they also say that on this

832 account the same part of the male and of the female is placed

833 in the temple, that of the male to Liber, and that of the female

834 to Libera. To these things they add the women assigned to

835 Liber, and the wine for exciting lust. Thus the Bacchanalia

836 are celebrated with the utmost insanity, with respect to which

837 Varro himself confesses that such things would not be done

838 by the Bacchanals except their minds were highly excited.

839 These things, however, afterwards displeased a saner senate,

840 and it ordered them to be discontinued. Here, at length, they

841 perhaps perceived how much power unclean spirits, when held

842 to be gods, exercise over the minds of men. These things,

843 certainly, were not to be done in the theatres; for there they

844 play, not rave, although to have gods who are delighted with

845 such plays is very like raving.

846 But what kind of distinction is this which he makes between

847 the religious and the superstitious man, saying that the gods

848 are feared[238] by the superstitious man, but are reverenced[239] as

849 parents by the religious man, not feared as enemies; and that

850 they are all so good that they will more readily spare those

851 who are impious than hurt one who is innocent? And yet he

852 tells us that three gods are assigned as guardians to a woman

853 after she has been delivered, lest the god Silvanus come in

854 and molest her; and that in order to signify the presence of

855 these protectors, three men go round the house during the night,

856 and first strike the threshold with a hatchet, next with a pestle,

857 and the third time sweep it with a brush, in order that these

858 symbols of agriculture having been exhibited, the god Silvanus

859 might be hindered from entering, because neither are trees cut

860 down or pruned without a hatchet, neither is grain ground

861 without a pestle, nor corn heaped up without a besom. Now

862 from these three things three gods have been named: Intercidona,

863 from the cut[240] made by the hatchet; Pilumnus, from the

864 pestle; Diverra, from the besom;—by which guardian gods the

865 woman who has been delivered is preserved against the power

866 of the god Silvanus. Thus the guardianship of kindly-disposed

867 gods would not avail against the malice of a mischievous god,

868 unless they were three to one, and fought against him, as it

869 were, with the opposing emblems of cultivation, who, being an

870 inhabitant of the woods, is rough, horrible, and uncultivated.

871 Is this the innocence of the gods? Is this their concord?

872 Are these the health-giving deities of the cities, more ridiculous

873 than the things which are laughed at in the theatres?

874 When a male and a female are united, the god Jugatinus presides.

875 Well, let this be borne with. But the married woman

876 must be brought home: the god Domiducus also is invoked.

877 That she may be in the house, the god Domitius is introduced.

878 That she may remain with her husband, the goddess Manturnæ

879 is used. What more is required? Let human modesty

880 be spared. Let the lust of flesh and blood go on with the

881 rest, the secret of shame being respected. Why is the bedchamber

882 filled with a crowd of deities, when even the groomsmen[241]

883 have departed? And, moreover, it is so filled, not that

884 in consideration of their presence more regard may be paid to

885 chastity, but that by their help the woman, naturally of the

886 weaker sex, and trembling with the novelty of her situation,

887 may the more readily yield her virginity. For there are the

888 goddess Virginiensis, and the god-father Subigus, and the

889 goddess-mother Prema, and the goddess Pertunda, and Venus,

890 and Priapus.[242] What is this? If it was absolutely necessary

891 that a man, labouring at this work, should be helped by the

892 gods, might not some one god or goddess have been sufficient?

893 Was Venus not sufficient alone, who is even said to be named

894 from this, that without her power a woman does not cease to

895 be a virgin? If there is any shame in men, which is not in

896 the deities, is it not the case that, when the married couple

897 believe that so many gods of either sex are present, and busy

898 at this work, they are so much affected with shame, that the

899 man is less moved, and the woman more reluctant? And

900 certainly, if the goddess Virginiensis is present to loose the

901 virgin's zone, if the god Subigus is present that the virgin

902 may be got under the man, if the goddess Prema is present

903 that, having been got under him, she may be kept down, and

904 may not move herself, what has the goddess Pertunda to do

905 there? Let her blush; let her go forth. Let the husband

906 himself do something. It is disgraceful that any one but himself

907 should do that from which she gets her name. But perhaps

908 she is tolerated because she is said to be a goddess, and

909 not a god. For if she were believed to be a male, and were

910 called Pertundus, the husband would demand more help against

911 him for the chastity of his wife than the newly-delivered

912 woman against Silvanus. But why am I saying this, when

913 Priapus, too, is there, a male to excess, upon whose immense

914 and most unsightly member the newly-married bride is commanded

915 to sit, according to the most honourable and most

916 religious custom of matrons?

917 Let them go on, and let them attempt with all the subtlety

918 they can to distinguish the civil theology from the fabulous,

919 the cities from the theatres, the temples from the stages, the

920 sacred things of the priests from the songs of the poets,

921 as honourable things from base things, truthful things from

922 fallacious, grave from light, serious from ludicrous, desirable

923 things from things to be rejected, we understand what they

924 do. They are aware that that theatrical and fabulous theology

925 hangs by the civil, and is reflected back upon it from the songs

926 of the poets as from a mirror; and thus, that theology having

927 been exposed to view which they do not dare to condemn, they

928 more freely assail and censure that picture of it, in order that

929 those who perceive what they mean may detest this very face

930 itself of which that is the picture,—which, however, the gods

931 themselves, as though seeing themselves in the same mirror,

932 love so much, that it is better seen in both of them who and

933 what they are. Whence, also, they have compelled their worshippers,

934 with terrible commands, to dedicate to them the uncleanness

935 of the fabulous theology, to put them among their

936 solemnities, and reckon them among divine things; and thus

937 they have both shown themselves more manifestly to be most

938 impure spirits, and have made that rejected and reprobated

939 theatrical theology a member and a part of this, as it were,

940 chosen and approved theology of the city, so that, though the

941 whole is disgraceful and false, and contains in it fictitious

942 gods, one part of it is in the literature of the priests, the other

943 in the songs of the poets. Whether it may have other parts

944 is another question. At present, I think, I have sufficiently

945 shown, on account of the division of Varro, that the theology

946 of the city and that of the theatre belong to one civil theology.

947 Wherefore, because they are both equally disgraceful, absurd,

948 shameful, false, far be it from religious men to hope for eternal

949 life from either the one or the other.

950 In fine, even Varro himself, in his account and enumeration

951 of the gods, starts from the moment of a man's conception.

952 He commences the series of those gods who take charge of

953 man with Janus, carries it on to the death of the man decrepit

954 with age, and terminates it with the goddess Nænia,

955 who is sung at the funerals of the aged. After that, he begins

956 to give an account of the other gods, whose province is not

957 man himself, but man's belongings, as food, clothing, and all

958 that is necessary for this life; and, in the case of all these,

959 he explains what is the special office of each, and for what

960 each ought to be supplicated. But with all this scrupulous

961 and comprehensive diligence, he has neither proved the existence,

962 nor so much as mentioned the name, of any god from

963 whom eternal life is to be sought,—the one object for which

964 we are Christians. Who, then, is so stupid as not to perceive

965 that this man, by setting forth and opening up so diligently

966 the civil theology, and by exhibiting its likeness to that fabulous,

967 shameful, and disgraceful theology, and also by teaching

968 that that fabulous sort is also a part of this other, was labouring

969 to obtain a place in the minds of men for none but that

970 natural theology which he says pertains to philosophers, with

971 such subtlety that he censures the fabulous, and, not daring

972 openly to censure the civil, shows its censurable character by

973 simply exhibiting it; and thus, both being reprobated by the

974 judgment of men of right understanding, the natural alone remains

975 to be chosen? But concerning this in its own place, by

976 the help of the true God, we have to discuss more diligently.

977 10. *Concerning the liberty of Seneca, who more vehemently censured the civil

978 theology than Varro did the fabulous.*

979 That liberty, in truth, which this man wanted, so that

980 he did not dare to censure that theology of the city, which

981 is very similar to the theatrical, so openly as he did the

982 theatrical itself, was, though not fully, yet in part possessed

983 by Annæus Seneca, whom we have some evidence to show to

984 have flourished in the times of our apostles. It was in part

985 possessed by him, I say, for he possessed it in writing, but

986 not in living. For in that book which he wrote against

987 superstition,[243] he more copiously and vehemently censured

988 that civil and urban theology than Varro the theatrical and

989 fabulous. For, when speaking concerning images, he says,

990 "They dedicate images of the sacred and inviolable immortals

991 in most worthless and motionless matter. They give them

992 the appearance of man, beasts, and fishes, and some make

993 them of mixed sex, and heterogeneous bodies. They call

994 them deities, when they are such that if they should get

995 breath and should suddenly meet them, they would be held

996 to be monsters." Then, a while afterwards, when extolling

997 the natural theology, he had expounded the sentiments of

998 certain philosophers, he opposes to himself a question, and

999 says, "Here some one says, Shall I believe that the heavens

1000 and the earth are gods, and that some are above the moon

1001 and some below it? Shall I bring forward either Plato or the

1002 peripatetic Strato, one of whom made God to be without a

1003 body, the other without a mind?" In answer to which he

1004 says, "And, really, what truer do the dreams of Titus Tatius,

1005 or Romulus, or Tullus Hostilius appear to thee? Tatius declared

1006 the divinity of the goddess Cloacina; Romulus that of

1007 Picus and Tiberinus; Tullus Hostilius that of Pavor and Pallor,

1008 the most disagreeable affections of men, the one of which

1009 is the agitation of the mind under fright, the other that of the

1010 body, not a disease, indeed, but a change of colour." Wilt

1011 thou rather believe that these are deities, and receive them

1012 into heaven? But with what freedom he has written concerning

1013 the rites themselves, cruel and shameful! "One,"

1014 he says, "castrates himself, another cuts his arms. Where

1015 will they find room for the fear of these gods when angry,

1016 who use such means of gaining their favour when propitious?

1017 But gods who wish to be worshipped in this fashion should

1018 be worshipped in none. So great is the frenzy of the mind

1019 when perturbed and driven from its seat, that the gods are

1020 propitiated by men in a manner in which not even men of

1021 the greatest ferocity and fable-renowned cruelty vent their

1022 rage. Tyrants have lacerated the limbs of some; they never

1023 ordered any one to lacerate his own. For the gratification of

1024 royal lust, some have been castrated; but no one ever, by

1025 the command of his lord, laid violent hands on himself to

1026 emasculate himself. They kill themselves in the temples.

1027 They supplicate with their wounds and with their blood. If

1028 any one has time to see the things they do and the things

1029 they suffer, he will find so many things unseemly for men of

1030 respectability, so unworthy of freemen, so unlike the doings

1031 of sane men, that no one would doubt that they are mad, had

1032 they been mad with the minority; but now the multitude of

1033 the insane is the defence of their sanity."

1034 He next relates those things which are wont to be done

1035 in the Capitol, and with the utmost intrepidity insists that

1036 they are such things as one could only believe to be done

1037 by men making sport, or by madmen. For, having spoken

1038 with derision of this, that in the Egyptian sacred rites Osiris,

1039 being lost, is lamented for, but straightway, when found, is

1040 the occasion of great joy by his reappearance, because both

1041 the losing and the finding of him are feigned; and yet that

1042 grief and that joy which are elicited thereby from those who

1043 have lost nothing and found nothing are real;—having, I say,

1044 so spoken of this, he says, "Still there is a fixed time for

1045 this frenzy. It is tolerable to go mad once in the year. Go

1046 into the Capitol. One is suggesting divine commands[244] to a

1047 god; another is telling the hours to Jupiter; one is a lictor;

1048 another is an anointer, who with the mere movement of his

1049 arms imitates one anointing. There are women who arrange

1050 the hair of Juno and Minerva, standing far away not only

1051 from her image, but even from her temple. These move their

1052 fingers in the manner of hair-dressers. There are some women

1053 who hold a mirror. There are some who are calling the gods

1054 to assist them in court. There are some who are holding up

1055 documents to them, and are explaining to them their cases.

1056 A learned and distinguished comedian, now old and decrepit,

1057 was daily playing the mimic in the Capitol, as though the gods

1058 would gladly be spectators of that which men had ceased to

1059 care about. Every kind of artificers working for the immortal

1060 gods is dwelling there in idleness." And a little after he says,

1061 "Nevertheless these, though they give themselves up to the

1062 gods for purposes superfluous enough, do not do so for any

1063 abominable or infamous purpose. There sit certain women in

1064 the Capitol who think they are beloved by Jupiter; nor are

1065 they frightened even by the look of the, if you will believe

1066 the poets, most wrathful Juno."

1067 This liberty Varro did not enjoy. It was only the poetical

1068 theology he seemed to censure. The civil, which this man

1069 cuts to pieces, he was not bold enough to impugn. But if we

1070 attend to the truth, the temples where these things are performed

1071 are far worse than the theatres where they are represented.

1072 Whence, with respect to these sacred rites of the

1073 civil theology, Seneca preferred, as the best course to be followed

1074 by a wise man, to feign respect for them in act, but to

1075 have no real regard for them at heart. "All which things,"

1076 he says, "a wise man will observe as being commanded by

1077 the laws, but not as being pleasing to the gods." And a little

1078 after he says, "And what of this, that we unite the gods in

1079 marriage, and that not even naturally, for we join brothers

1080 and sisters? We marry Bellona to Mars, Venus to Vulcan,

1081 Salacia to Neptune. Some of them we leave unmarried, as

1082 though there were no match for them, which is surely needless,

1083 especially when there are certain unmarried goddesses,

1084 as Populonia, or Fulgora, or the goddess Rumina, for whom

1085 I am not astonished that suitors have been awanting. All

1086 this ignoble crowd of gods, which the superstition of ages has

1087 amassed, we ought," he says, "to adore in such a way as to remember

1088 all the while that its worship belongs rather to custom

1089 than to reality." Wherefore, neither those laws nor customs

1090 instituted in the civil theology that which was pleasing to the

1091 gods, or which pertained to reality. But this man, whom

1092 philosophy had made, as it were, free, nevertheless, because

1093 he was an illustrious senator of the Roman people, worshipped

1094 what he censured, did what he condemned, adored

1095 what he reproached, because, forsooth, philosophy had taught

1096 him something great,—namely, not to be superstitious in the

1097 world, but, on account of the laws of cities and the customs

1098 of men, to be an actor, not on the stage, but in the temples,—conduct

1099 the more to be condemned, that those things which

1100 he was deceitfully acting he so acted that the people thought

1101 he was acting sincerely. But a stage-actor would rather

1102 delight people by acting plays than take them in by false

1103 pretences.

1104 11. *What Seneca thought concerning the Jews.*

1105 Seneca, among the other superstitions of civil theology,

1106 also found fault with the sacred things of the Jews, and

1107 especially the sabbaths, affirming that they act uselessly in

1108 keeping those seventh days, whereby they lose through idleness

1109 about the seventh part of their life, and also many

1110 things which demand immediate attention are damaged. The

1111 Christians, however, who were already most hostile to the

1112 Jews, he did not dare to mention, either for praise or blame,

1113 lest, if he praised them, he should do so against the ancient

1114 custom of his country, or, perhaps, if he should blame them,

1115 he should do so against his own will.

1116 When he was speaking concerning those Jews, he said,

1117 "When, meanwhile, the customs of that most accursed nation

1118 have gained such strength that they have been now received in

1119 all lands, the conquered have given laws to the conquerors."

1120 By these words he expresses his astonishment; and, not knowing

1121 what the providence of God was leading him to say, subjoins

1122 in plain words an opinion by which he showed what

1123 he thought about the meaning of those sacred institutions:

1124 "For," he says, "those, however, know the cause of their rites,

1125 whilst the greater part of the people know not why they perform

1126 theirs." But concerning the solemnities of the Jews,

1127 either why or how far they were instituted by divine authority,

1128 and afterwards, in due time, by the same authority taken

1129 away from the people of God, to whom the mystery of eternal

1130 life was revealed, we have both spoken elsewhere, especially

1131 when we were treating against the Manichæans, and also intend

1132 to speak in this work in a more suitable place.

1133 >

1134 >

1135 >

1136 12. *That when once the vanity of the gods of the nations has been exposed, it

1137 > cannot be doubted that they are unable to bestow eternal life on any one,

1138 > when they cannot afford help even with respect to the things of this temporal

1139 > life.*

1140 Now, since there are three theologies, which the Greeks

1141 call respectively mythical, physical, and political, and which

1142 may be called in Latin fabulous, natural, and civil; and since

1143 neither from the fabulous, which even the worshippers of

1144 many and false gods have themselves most freely censured,

1145 nor from the civil, of which that is convicted of being a part,

1146 or even worse than it, can eternal life be hoped for from any

1147 of these theologies,—if any one thinks that what has been

1148 said in this book is not enough for him, let him also add to

1149 it the many and various dissertations concerning God as the

1150 giver of felicity, contained in the former books, especially the

1151 fourth one.

1152 For to what but to felicity should men consecrate themselves,

1153 were felicity a goddess? However, as it is not a

1154 goddess, but a gift of God, to what God but the giver of

1155 happiness ought we to consecrate ourselves, who piously love

1156 eternal life, in which there is true and full felicity? But I

1157 think, from what has been said, no one ought to doubt that

1158 none of those gods is the giver of happiness, who are worshipped

1159 with such shame, and who, if they are not so worshipped,

1160 are more shamefully enraged, and thus confess that

1161 they are most foul spirits. Moreover, how can he give eternal

1162 life who cannot give happiness? For we mean by eternal life

1163 that life where there is endless happiness. For if the soul

1164 live in eternal punishments, by which also those unclean

1165 spirits shall be tormented, that is rather eternal death than

1166 eternal life. For there is no greater or worse death than

1167 when death never dies. But because the soul from its very

1168 nature, being created immortal, cannot be without some kind

1169 of life, its utmost death is alienation from the life of God in

1170 an eternity of punishment. So, then, He only who gives true

1171 happiness gives eternal life, that is, an endlessly happy life.

1172 And since those gods whom this civil theology worships have

1173 been proved to be unable to give this happiness, they ought

1174 not to be worshipped on account of those temporal and terrestrial

1175 things, as we showed in the five former books, much less

1176 on account of eternal life, which is to be after death, as

1177 we have sought to show in this one book especially, whilst

1178 the other books also lend it their co-operation. But since the

1179 strength of inveterate habit has its roots very deep, if any one

1180 thinks that I have not disputed sufficiently to show that this

1181 civil theology ought to be rejected and shunned, let him attend

1182 to another book which, with God's help, is to be joined to this

1183 one.

BOOK VII

37 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

40 >

41 >

42 >

43 IN THIS BOOK IT IS SHOWN THAT ETERNAL LIFE IS NOT OBTAINED BY THE

44 > WORSHIP OF JANUS, JUPITER, SATURN, AND THE OTHER "SELECT GODS" OF

45 > THE CIVIL THEOLOGY.

46 PREFACE.

47 It will be the duty of those who are endowed with quicker

48 and better understandings, in whose case the former books

49 are sufficient, and more than sufficient, to effect their intended

50 object, to bear with me with patience and equanimity whilst

51 I attempt with more than ordinary diligence to tear up and

52 eradicate depraved and ancient opinions hostile to the truth

53 of piety, which the long-continued error of the human race

54 has fixed very deeply in unenlightened minds; co-operating

55 also in this, according to my little measure, with the grace of

56 Him who, being the true God, is able to accomplish it, and

57 on whose help I depend in my work; and, for the sake of

58 others, such should not deem superfluous what they feel to be

59 no longer necessary for themselves. A very great matter is

60 at stake when the true and truly holy divinity is commended

61 to men as that which they ought to seek after and to worship;

62 not, however, on account of the transitory vapour of

63 mortal life, but on account of life eternal, which alone is

64 blessed, although the help necessary for this frail life we are

65 now living is also afforded us by it.

66 1. *Whether, since it is evident that Deity is not to be found in the civil theology,

67 we are to believe that it is to be found in the select gods.*

68 If there is any one whom the sixth book, which I have last

69 finished, has not persuaded that this divinity, or, so to speak,

70 deity—for this word also our authors do not hesitate to use,

71 in order to translate more accurately that which the Greeks

72 call θεότης;—if there is any one, I say, whom the sixth book

73 has not persuaded that this divinity or deity is not to be

74 found in that theology which they call civil, and which

75 Marcus Varro has explained in sixteen books,—that is, that

76 the happiness of eternal life is not attainable through the

77 worship of gods such as states have established to be worshipped,

78 and that in such a form,—perhaps, when he has read

79 this book, he will not have anything further to desire in order

80 to the clearing up of this question. For it is possible that

81 some one may think that at least the select and chief gods,

82 whom Varro comprised in his last book, and of whom we have

83 not spoken sufficiently, are to be worshipped on account of

84 the blessed life, which is none other than eternal. In respect

85 to which matter I do not say what Tertullian said, perhaps

86 more wittily than truly, "If gods are selected like onions,

87 certainly the rest are rejected as bad."[245] I do not say this,

88 for I see that even from among the select, some are selected

89 for some greater and more excellent office: as in warfare,

90 when recruits have been elected, there are some again elected

91 from among those for the performance of some greater military

92 service; and in the church, when persons are elected to be

93 overseers, certainly the rest are not rejected, since all good

94 Christians are deservedly called elect; in the erection of a

95 building corner stones are elected, though the other stones, which

96 are destined for other parts of the structure, are not rejected;

97 grapes are elected for eating, whilst the others, which we leave

98 for drinking, are not rejected. There is no need of adducing

99 many illustrations, since the thing is evident. Wherefore the

100 selection of certain gods from among many affords no proper

101 reason why either he who wrote on this subject, or the worshippers

102 of the gods, or the gods themselves, should be spurned.

103 We ought rather to seek to know what gods these are, and for

104 what purpose they may appear to have been selected.

105 2. *Who are the select gods, and whether they are held to be exempt from the

106 offices of the commoner gods.*

107 The following gods, certainly, Varro signalizes as select,

108 devoting one book to this subject: Janus, Jupiter, Saturn,

109 Genius, Mercury, Apollo, Mars, Vulcan, Neptune, Sol, Orcus,

110 father Liber, Tellus, Ceres, Juno, Luna, Diana, Minerva, Venus,

111 Vesta; of which twenty gods, twelve are males, and eight

112 females. Whether are these deities called select, because of

113 their higher spheres of administration in the world, or because

114 they have become better known to the people, and more worship

115 has been expended on them? If it be on account of the

116 greater works which are performed by them in the world, we

117 ought not to have found them among that, as it were, plebeian

118 crowd of deities, which has assigned to it the charge of minute

119 and trifling things. For, first of all, at the conception of a

120 fœtus, from which point all the works commence which have

121 been distributed in minute detail to many deities, Janus himself

122 opens the way for the reception of the seed; there also

123 is Saturn, on account of the seed itself; there is Liber,[246] who

124 liberates the male by the effusion of the seed; there is Libera,

125 whom they also would have to be Venus, who confers this

126 same benefit on the woman, namely, that she also be liberated

127 by the emission of the seed;—all these are of the number

128 of those who are called select. But there is also the goddess

129 Mena, who presides over the menses; though the daughter

130 of Jupiter, ignoble nevertheless. And this province of the

131 menses the same author, in his book on the select gods, assigns

132 to Juno herself, who is even queen among the select gods; and

133 here, as Juno Lucina, along with the same Mena, her stepdaughter,

134 she presides over the same blood. There also are

135 two gods, exceedingly obscure, Vitumnus and Sentinus—the

136 one of whom imparts life to the fœtus, and the other sensation;

137 and, of a truth, they bestow, most ignoble though they

138 be, far more than all those noble and select gods bestow. For,

139 surely, without life and sensation, what is the whole fœtus

140 which a woman carries in her womb, but a most vile and

141 worthless thing, no better than slime and dust?

142 >

143 >

144 >

145 3. *How there is no reason which can be shown for the selection of certain gods,

146 > when the administration of more exalted offices is assigned to many inferior

147 > gods.*

148 What is the cause, therefore, which has driven so many

149 select gods to these very small works, in which they are

150 excelled by Vitumnus and Sentinus, though little known and

151 sunk in obscurity, inasmuch as they confer the munificent

152 gifts of life and sensation? For the select Janus bestows an

153 entrance, and, as it were, a door[247] for the seed; the select

154 Saturn bestows the seed itself; the select Liber bestows on

155 men the emission of the same seed; Libera, who is Ceres or

156 Venus, confers the same on women; the select Juno confers

157 (not alone, but together with Mena, the daughter of Jupiter)

158 the menses, for the growth of that which has been conceived;

159 and the obscure and ignoble Vitumnus confers life, whilst the

160 obscure and ignoble Sentinus confers sensation;—which two

161 last things are as much more excellent than the others, as

162 they themselves are excelled by reason and intellect. For as

163 those things which reason and understand are preferable to

164 those which, without intellect and reason, as in the case of

165 cattle, live and feel; so also those things which have been

166 endowed with life and sensation are deservedly preferred to

167 those things which neither live nor feel. Therefore Vitumnus

168 the life-giver,[248] and Sentinus the sense-giver,[249] ought to have

169 been reckoned among the select gods, rather than Janus the

170 admitter of seed, and Saturn the giver or sower of seed, and

171 Liber and Libera the movers and liberators of seed; which

172 seed is not worth a thought, unless it attain to life and sensation.

173 Yet these select gifts are not given by select gods, but

174 by certain unknown, and, considering their dignity, neglected

175 gods. But if it be replied that Janus has dominion over all

176 beginnings, and therefore the opening of the way for conception

177 is not without reason assigned to him; and that Saturn

178 has dominion over all seeds, and therefore the sowing of the

179 seed whereby a human being is generated cannot be excluded

180 from his operation; that Liber and Libera have power over the

181 emission of all seeds, and therefore preside over those seeds

182 which pertain to the procreation of men; that Juno presides

183 over all purgations and births, and therefore she has also

184 charge of the purgations of women and the births of human

185 beings;—if they give this reply, let them find an answer to

186 the question concerning Vitumnus and Sentinus, whether they

187 are willing that these likewise should have dominion over all

188 things which live and feel. If they grant this, let them

189 observe in how sublime a position they are about to place

190 them. For to spring from seeds is in the earth and of the

191 earth, but to live and feel are supposed to be properties even

192 of the sidereal gods. But if they say that only such things

193 as come to life in flesh, and are supported by senses, are

194 assigned to Sentinus, why does not that God who made all

195 things live and feel, bestow on flesh also life and sensation,

196 in the universality of His operation conferring also on fœtuses

197 this gift? And what, then, is the use of Vitumnus and Sentinus?

198 But if these, as it were, extreme and lowest things

199 have been committed by Him who presides universally over

200 life and sense to these gods as to servants, are these select

201 gods then so destitute of servants, that they could not find any

202 to whom even they might commit those things, but with all

203 their dignity, for which they are, it seems, deemed worthy to

204 be selected, were compelled to perform their work along with

205 ignoble ones? Juno is select queen of the gods, and the

206 sister and wife of Jupiter; nevertheless she is Iterduca, the

207 conductor, to boys, and performs this work along with a most

208 ignoble pair—the goddesses Abeona and Adeona. There they

209 have also placed the goddess Mena, who gives to boys a good

210 mind, and she is not placed among the select gods; as if anything

211 greater could be bestowed on a man than a good mind.

212 But Juno is placed among the select because she is Iterduca

213 and Domiduca (she who conducts one on a journey, and

214 who conducts him home again); as if it is of any advantage

215 for one to make a journey, and to be conducted home again, if

216 his mind is not good. And yet the goddess who bestows that

217 gift has not been placed by the selectors among the select

218 gods, though she ought indeed to have been preferred even to

219 Minerva, to whom, in this minute distribution of work, they

220 have allotted the memory of boys. For who will doubt that

221 it is a far better thing to have a good mind, than ever so great

222 a memory? For no one is bad who has a good mind;[250] but

223 some who are very bad are possessed of an admirable memory,

224 and are so much the worse, the less they are able to forget

225 the bad things which they think. And yet Minerva is among

226 the select gods, whilst the goddess Mena is hidden by a worthless

227 crowd. What shall I say concerning Virtus? What concerning

228 Felicitas?—concerning whom I have already spoken

229 much in the fourth book,[251] to whom, though they held them

230 to be goddesses, they have not thought fit to assign a place

231 among the select gods, among whom they have given a place

232 to Mars and Orcus, the one the causer of death, the other the

233 receiver of the dead.

234 Since, therefore, we see that even the select gods themselves

235 work together with the others, like a senate with the people,

236 in all those minute works which have been minutely portioned

237 out among many gods; and since we find that far greater and

238 better things are administered by certain gods who have not

239 been reckoned worthy to be selected than by those who are

240 called select, it remains that we suppose that they were called

241 select and chief, not on account of their holding more exalted

242 offices in the world, but because it happened to them to become

243 better known to the people. And even Varro himself says,

244 that in that way obscurity had fallen to the lot of some father

245 gods and mother goddesses,[252] as it falls to the lot of men. If,

246 therefore, Felicity ought not perhaps to have been put among

247 the select gods, because they did not attain to that noble position

248 by merit, but by chance, Fortune at least should have been

249 placed among them, or rather before them; for they say that

250 that goddess distributes to every one the gifts she receives,

251 not according to any rational arrangement, but according as

252 chance may determine. She ought to have held the uppermost

253 place among the select gods, for among them chiefly it is that

254 she shows what power she has. For we see that they have

255 been selected not on account of some eminent virtue or rational

256 happiness, but by that random power of Fortune which the

257 worshippers of these gods think that she exerts. For that most

258 eloquent man Sallust also may perhaps have the gods themselves

259 in view when he says: "But, in truth, fortune rules in

260 everything; it renders all things famous or obscure, according

261 to caprice rather than according to truth."[253] For they cannot

262 discover a reason why Venus should have been made famous,

263 whilst Virtus has been made obscure, when the divinity of both

264 of them has been solemnly recognised by them, and their merits

265 are not to be compared. Again, if she has deserved a noble

266 position on account of the fact that she is much sought after—for

267 there are more who seek after Venus than after Virtus—why

268 has Minerva been celebrated whilst Pecunia has been

269 left in obscurity, although throughout the whole human race

270 avarice allures a far greater number than skill? And even

271 among those who are skilled in the arts, you will rarely find

272 a man who does not practise his own art for the purpose of

273 pecuniary gain; and that for the sake of which anything is

274 made, is always valued more than that which is made for the

275 sake of something else. If, then, this selection of gods has

276 been made by the judgment of the foolish multitude, why has

277 not the goddess Pecunia been preferred to Minerva, since there

278 are many artificers for the sake of money? But if this distinction

279 has been made by the few wise, why has Virtus been

280 preferred to Venus, when reason by far prefers the former?

281 At all events, as I have already said, Fortune herself—who,

282 according to those who attribute most influence to her, renders

283 all things famous or obscure according to caprice rather than

284 according to the truth—since she has been able to exercise so

285 much power even over the gods, as, according to her capricious

286 judgment, to render those of them famous whom she would,

287 and those obscure whom she would; Fortune herself ought to

288 occupy the place of pre-eminence among the select gods, since

289 over them also she has such pre-eminent power. Or must

290 we suppose that the reason why she is not among the select

291 is simply this, that even Fortune herself has had an adverse

292 fortune? She was adverse, then, to herself, since, whilst ennobling

293 others, she herself has remained obscure.

294 4. *The inferior gods, whose names are not associated with infamy, have been better

295 dealt with than the select gods, whose infamies are celebrated.*

296 However, any one who eagerly seeks for celebrity and renown,

297 might congratulate those select gods, and call them

298 fortunate, were it not that he saw that they have been selected

299 more to their injury than to their honour. For that low

300 crowd of gods have been protected by their very meanness

301 and obscurity from being overwhelmed with infamy. We

302 laugh, indeed, when we see them distributed by the mere

303 fiction of human opinions, according to the special works

304 assigned to them, like those who farm small portions of the

305 public revenue, or like workmen in the street of the silversmiths,[254]

306 where one vessel, in order that it may go out perfect,

307 passes through the hands of many, when it might have been

308 finished by one perfect workman. But the only reason why

309 the combined skill of many workmen was thought necessary,

310 was, that it is better that each part of an art should be learned

311 by a special workman, which can be done speedily and easily,

312 than that they should all be compelled to be perfect in one

313 art throughout all its parts, which they could only attain

314 slowly and with difficulty. Nevertheless there is scarcely to

315 be found one of the non-select gods who has brought infamy

316 on himself by any crime, whilst there is scarce any one of the

317 select gods who has not received upon himself the brand of

318 notable infamy. These latter have descended to the humble

319 works of the others, whilst the others have not come up to

320 their sublime crimes. Concerning Janus, there does not

321 readily occur to my recollection anything infamous; and

322 perhaps he was such an one as lived more innocently than

323 the rest, and further removed from misdeeds and crimes. He

324 kindly received and entertained Saturn when he was fleeing;

325 he divided his kingdom with his guest, so that each of them

326 had a city for himself,[255]—the one Janiculum, and the other

327 Saturnia. But those seekers after every kind of unseemliness

328 in the worship of the gods have disgraced him, whose life they

329 found to be less disgraceful than that of the other gods, with an

330 image of monstrous deformity, making it sometimes with two

331 faces, and sometimes, as it were, double, with four faces.[256] Did

332 they wish that, as the most of the select gods had lost shame[257]

333 through the perpetration of shameful crimes, his greater innocence

334 should be marked by a greater number of faces?[258]

335 5. *Concerning the more secret doctrine of the pagans, and concerning the

336 physical interpretations.*

337 But let us hear their own physical interpretations by which

338 they attempt to colour, as with the appearance of profounder

339 doctrine, the baseness of most miserable error. Varro, in the

340 first place, commends these interpretations so strongly as to say,

341 that the ancients invented the images, badges, and adornments

342 of the gods, in order that when those who went to the mysteries

343 should see them with their bodily eyes, they might with the eyes

344 of their mind see the soul of the world, and its parts, that is,

345 the true gods; and also that the meaning which was intended

346 by those who made their images with the human form, seemed

347 to be this,—namely, that the mind of mortals, which is in a

348 human body, is very like to the immortal mind,[259] just as vessels

349 might be placed to represent the gods, as, for instance, a wine-vessel

350 might be placed in the temple of Liber, to signify wine,

351 that which is contained being signified by that which contains.

352 Thus by an image which had the human form the rational

353 soul was signified, because the human form is the vessel, as it

354 were, in which that nature is wont to be contained which they

355 attribute to God, or to the gods. These are the mysteries of

356 doctrine to which that most learned man penetrated in order

357 that he might bring them forth to the light. But, O thou

358 most acute man, hast thou lost among those mysteries that

359 prudence which led thee to form the sober opinion, that those

360 who first established those images for the people took away

361 fear from the citizens and added error, and that the ancient

362 Romans honoured the gods more chastely without images?

363 For it was through consideration of them that thou wast

364 emboldened to speak these things against the later Romans.

365 For if those most ancient Romans also had worshipped images,

366 perhaps thou wouldst have suppressed by the silence of fear

367 all those sentiments (true sentiments, nevertheless) concerning

368 the folly of setting up images, and wouldst have extolled more

369 loftily, and more loquaciously, those mysterious doctrines consisting

370 of these vain and pernicious fictions. Thy soul, so

371 learned and so clever (and for this I grieve much for thee),

372 could never through these mysteries have reached its God; that

373 is, the God by whom, not with whom, it was made, of whom

374 it is not a part, but a work,—that God who is not the soul of

375 all things, but who made every soul, and in whose light alone

376 every soul is blessed, if it be not ungrateful for His grace.

377 But the things which follow in this book will show what is

378 the nature of these mysteries, and what value is to be set upon

379 them. Meanwhile, this most learned man confesses as his

380 opinion that the soul of the world and its parts are the true

381 gods, from which we perceive that his theology (to wit, that

382 same natural theology to which he pays great regard) has been

383 able, in its completeness, to extend itself even to the nature

384 of the rational soul. For in this book (concerning the select

385 gods) he says a very few things by anticipation concerning

386 the natural theology; and we shall see whether he has been

387 able in that book, by means of physical interpretations, to

388 refer to this natural theology that civil theology, concerning

389 which he wrote last when treating of the select gods. Now,

390 if he has been able to do this, the whole is natural; and

391 in that case, what need was there for distinguishing so carefully

392 the civil from the natural? But if it has been distinguished

393 by a veritable distinction, then, since not even this

394 natural theology with which he is so much pleased is true (for

395 though it has reached as far as the soul, it has not reached to

396 the true God who made the soul), how much more contemptible

397 and false is that civil theology which is chiefly occupied

398 about what is corporeal, as will be shown by its very interpretations,

399 which they have with such diligence sought out and

400 enucleated, some of which I must necessarily mention!

401 6. *Concerning the opinion of Varro, that God is the soul of the world, which

402 nevertheless, in its various parts, has many souls whose nature is divine.*

403 The same Varro, then, still speaking by anticipation, says

404 that he thinks that God is the soul of the world (which the

405 Greeks call κόσμος), and that this world itself is God; but as

406 a wise man, though he consists of body and mind, is nevertheless

407 called wise on account of his mind, so the world is called

408 God on account of mind, although it consists of mind and

409 body. Here he seems, in some fashion at least, to acknowledge

410 one God; but that he may introduce more, he adds that the

411 world is divided into two parts, heaven and earth, which are

412 again divided each into two parts, heaven into ether and air,

413 earth into water and land, of all which the ether is the highest,

414 the air second, the water third, and the earth the lowest. All

415 these four parts, he says, are full of souls; those which are in

416 the ether and air being immortal, and those which are in the

417 water and on the earth mortal. From the highest part of the

418 heavens to the orbit of the moon there are souls, namely, the

419 stars and planets; and these are not only understood to be

420 gods, but are seen to be such. And between the orbit of the

421 moon and the commencement of the region of clouds and winds

422 there are aerial souls; but these are seen with the mind, not

423 with the eyes, and are called Heroes, and Lares, and Genii.

424 This is the natural theology which is briefly set forth in these

425 anticipatory statements, and which satisfied not Varro only, but

426 many philosophers besides. This I must discuss more carefully,

427 when, with the help of God, I shall have completed what

428 I have yet to say concerning the civil theology, as far as it

429 concerns the select gods.

430 7. *Whether it is reasonable to separate Janus and Terminus as

431 two distinct deities.*

432 Who, then, is Janus, with whom Varro commences? He

433 is the world. Certainly a very brief and unambiguous reply.

434 Why, then, do they say that the beginnings of things pertain

435 to him, but the ends to another whom they call Terminus?

436 For they say that two months have been dedicated to these

437 two gods, with reference to beginnings and ends—January to

438 Janus, and February to Terminus—over and above those ten

439 months which commence with March and end with December.

440 And they say that that is the reason why the Terminalia

441 are celebrated in the month of February, the same month

442 in which the sacred purification is made which they call

443 Februum, and from which the month derives its name.[260]

444 Do the beginnings of things, therefore, pertain to the world,

445 which is Janus, and not also the ends, since another god

446 has been placed over them? Do they not own that all

447 things which they say begin in this world also come to an end

448 in this world? What folly it is, to give him only half power

449 in work, when in his image they give him two faces! Would

450 it not be a far more elegant way of interpreting the two-faced

451 image, to say that Janus and Terminus are the same, and that

452 the one face has reference to beginnings, the other to ends?

453 For one who works ought to have respect to both. For he

454 who in every forthputting of activity does not look back on

455 the beginning, does not look forward to the end. Wherefore

456 it is necessary that prospective intention be connected with

457 retrospective memory. For how shall one find how to finish

458 anything, if he has forgotten what it was which he had begun?

459 But if they thought that the blessed life is begun in this

460 world, and perfected beyond the world, and for that reason

461 attributed to Janus, that is, to the world, only the power of

462 beginnings, they should certainly have preferred Terminus to

463 him, and should not have shut him out from the number of

464 the select gods. Yet even now, when the beginnings and ends

465 of temporal things are represented by these two gods, more

466 honour ought to have been given to Terminus. For the greater

467 joy is that which is felt when anything is finished; but things

468 begun are always cause of much anxiety until they are brought

469 to an end, which end he who begins anything very greatly

470 longs for, fixes his mind on, expects, desires; nor does any one

471 ever rejoice over anything he has begun, unless it be brought

472 to an end.

473 8. *For what reason the worshippers of Janus have made his image with two

474 faces, when they would sometimes have it be seen with four.*

475 But now let the interpretation of the two-faced image be

476 produced. For they say that it has two faces, one before and

477 one behind, because our gaping mouths seem to resemble the

478 world: whence the Greeks call the palate οὐρανός, and some

479 Latin poets,[261] he says, have called the heavens palatum [the

480 palate]; and from the gaping mouth, they say, there is a way

481 out in the direction of the teeth, and a way in in the direction

482 of the gullet. See what the world has been brought to on

483 account of a Greek or a poetical word for our palate! Let

484 this god be worshipped only on account of saliva, which has

485 two open doorways under the heavens of the palate,—one

486 through which part of it may be spitten out, the other through

487 which part of it may be swallowed down. Besides, what is

488 more absurd than not to find in the world itself two doorways

489 opposite to each other, through which it may either receive

490 anything into itself, or cast it out from itself; and to seek of

491 our throat and gullet, to which the world has no resemblance,

492 to make up an image of the world in Janus, because the world

493 is said to resemble the *palate*, to which Janus bears no likeness?

494 But when they make him four-faced, and call him

495 double Janus, they interpret this as having reference to the

496 four quarters of the world, as though the world looked out on

497 anything, like Janus through his four faces. Again, if Janus

498 is the world, and the world consists of four quarters, then the

499 image of the two-faced Janus is false. Or if it is true, because

500 the whole world is sometimes understood by the expression east

501 and west, will any one call the world double when north and

502 south also are mentioned, as they call Janus double when he

503 has four faces? They have no way at all of interpreting, in

504 relation to the world, four doorways by which to go in and to

505 come out as they did in the case of the two-faced Janus, where

506 they found, at any rate in the human mouth, something

507 which answered to what they said about him; unless perhaps

508 Neptune come to their aid, and hand them a fish, which,

509 besides the mouth and gullet, has also the openings of the

510 gills, one on each side. Nevertheless, with all the doors, no

511 soul escapes this vanity but that one which hears the truth

512 saying, "I am the door."[262]

513 9. *Concerning the power of Jupiter, and a comparison of Jupiter with Janus.*

514 But they also show whom they would have Jove (who is

515 also called Jupiter) understood to be. He is the god, say

516 they, who has the power of the causes by which anything

517 comes to be in the world. And how great a thing this is,

518 that most noble verse of Virgil testifies:

519 "Happy is he who has learned the causes of things."[263]

520 But why is Janus preferred to him? Let that most acute

521 and most learned man answer us this question. "Because,"

522 says he, "Janus has dominion over first things, Jupiter over

523 highest[264] things. Therefore Jupiter is deservedly held to be

524 the king of all things; for highest things are better than first

525 things: for although first things precede in time, highest

526 things excel by dignity."

527 Now this would have been rightly said had the first parts

528 of things which are done been distinguished from the highest

529 parts; as, for instance, it is the beginning of a thing done to

530 set out, the highest part to arrive. The commencing to learn

531 is the first part of a thing begun, the acquirement of knowledge

532 is the highest part. And so of all things: the beginnings

533 are first, the ends highest. This matter, however, has

534 been already discussed in connection with Janus and Terminus.

535 But the causes which are attributed to Jupiter are things effecting,

536 not things effected; and it is impossible for them to be

537 prevented in time by things which are made or done, or by

538 the beginnings of such things; for the thing which makes is

539 always prior to the thing which is made. Therefore, though

540 the beginnings of things which are made or done pertain to

541 Janus, they are nevertheless not prior to the efficient causes

542 which they attribute to Jupiter. For as nothing takes place

543 without being preceded by an efficient cause, so without an

544 efficient cause nothing begins to take place. Verily, if the

545 people call this god Jupiter, in whose power are all the causes

546 of all natures which have been made, and of all natural things,

547 and worship him with such insults and infamous criminations,

548 they are guilty of more shocking sacrilege than if they should

549 totally deny the existence of any god. It would therefore

550 be better for them to call some other god by the name of

551 Jupiter—some one worthy of base and criminal honours;

552 substituting instead of Jupiter some vain fiction (as Saturn is

553 said to have had a stone given to him to devour instead of his

554 son), which they might make the subject of their blasphemies,

555 rather than speak of *that* god as both thundering and committing

556 adultery,—ruling the whole world, and laying himself out

557 for the commission of so many licentious acts,—having in his

558 power nature and the highest causes of all natural things, but

559 not having his own causes good.

560 Next, I ask what place they find any longer for this Jupiter

561 among the gods, if Janus is the world; for Varro defined the

562 true gods to be the soul of the world, and the parts of it. And

563 therefore whatever falls not within this definition, is certainly

564 not a true god, according to them. Will they then say that

565 Jupiter is the soul of the world, and Janus the body—that is,

566 this visible world? If they say this, it will not be possible

567 for them to affirm that Janus is a god. For even, according

568 to them, the body of the world is not a god, but the soul of

569 the world and its parts. Wherefore Varro, seeing this, says

570 that he thinks God is the soul of the world, and that this

571 world itself is God; but that as a wise man, though he consists

572 of soul and body, is nevertheless called wise from the

573 soul, so the world is called God from the soul, though it

574 consists of soul and body. Therefore the body of the world

575 alone is not God, but either the soul of it alone, or the soul

576 and the body together, yet so as that it is God not by virtue

577 of the body, but by virtue of the soul. If, therefore, Janus

578 is the world, and Janus is a god, will they say, in order that

579 Jupiter may be a god, that he is some part of Janus? For

580 they are wont rather to attribute universal existence to

581 Jupiter; whence the saying, "All things are full of Jupiter."[265]

582 Therefore they must think Jupiter also, in order that he may

583 be a god, and especially king of the gods, to be the world, that

584 he may rule over the other gods—according to them, his parts.

585 To this effect, also, the same Varro expounds certain verses

586 of Valerius Soranus[266] in that book which he wrote apart from

587 the others concerning the worship of the gods. These are the

588 verses:

589 "Almighty Jove, progenitor of kings, and things, and gods,

590 And eke the mother of the gods, god one and all."

591 But in the same book he expounds these verses by saying that

592 as the male emits seed, and the female receives it, so Jupiter,

593 whom they believed to be the world, both emits all seeds from

594 himself and receives them into himself. For which reason, he

595 says, Soranus wrote, "Jove, progenitor and mother;" and with

596 no less reason said that one and all were the same. For the

597 world is one, and in that one are all things.

598 10. *Whether the distinction between Janus and Jupiter is a proper one.*

599 Since, therefore, Janus is the world, and Jupiter is the world,

600 wherefore are Janus and Jupiter two gods, while the world is

601 but one? Why do they have separate temples, separate altars,

602 different rites, dissimilar images? If it be because the nature

603 of beginnings is one, and the nature of causes another, and the

604 one has received the name of Janus, the other of Jupiter; is

605 it then the case, that if one man has two distinct offices of

606 authority, or two arts, two judges or two artificers are spoken

607 of, because the nature of the offices or the arts is different?

608 So also with respect to one god: if he have the power of

609 beginnings and of causes, must he therefore be thought to be

610 two gods, because beginnings and causes are two things? But

611 if they think that this is right, let them also affirm that Jupiter

612 is as many gods as they have given him surnames, on account

613 of many powers; for the things from which these surnames

614 are applied to him are many and diverse. I shall mention a

615 few of them.

616 11. *Concerning the surnames of Jupiter, which are referred not to many gods,

617 but to one and the same god.*

618 They have called him Victor, Invictus, Opitulus, Impulsor,

619 Stator, Centumpeda, Supinalis, Tigillus, Almus, Ruminus, and

620 other names which it were long to enumerate. But these

621 surnames they have given to one god on account of diverse

622 causes and powers, but yet have not compelled him to be, on

623 account of so many things, as many gods. They gave him

624 these surnames because he conquered all things; because he

625 was conquered by none; because he brought help to the needy;

626 because he had the power of impelling, stopping, stablishing,

627 throwing on the back; because as a beam[267] he held together

628 and sustained the world; because he nourished all things;

629 because, like the pap,[268] he nourished animals. Here, we perceive,

630 are some great things and some small things; and yet

631 it is one who is said to perform them all. I think that the

632 causes and the beginnings of things, on account of which they

633 have thought that the one world is two gods, Jupiter and

634 Janus, are nearer to each other than the holding together of

635 the world, and the giving of the pap to animals; and yet, on

636 account of these two works so far apart from each other, both

637 in nature and dignity, there has not been any necessity for

638 the existence of two gods; but one Jupiter has been called,

639 on account of the one Tigillus, on account of the other

640 Ruminus. I am unwilling to say that the giving of the pap

641 to sucking animals might have become Juno rather than

642 Jupiter, especially when there was the goddess Rumina to

643 help and to serve her in this work; for I think it may be

644 replied that Juno herself is nothing else than Jupiter, according

645 to those verses of Valerius Soranus, where it has been

646 said:

647 "Almighty Jove, progenitor of kings, and things, and gods,

648 And eke the mother of the gods," etc.

649 Why, then, was he called Ruminus, when they who may perchance

650 inquire more diligently may find that he is also that

651 goddess Rumina?

652 If, then, it was rightly thought unworthy of the majesty of

653 the gods, that in one ear of corn one god should have the care

654 of the joint, another that of the husk, how much more unworthy

655 of that majesty is it, that one thing, and that of the

656 lowest kind, even the giving of the pap to animals that they

657 may be nourished, should be under the care of two gods, one

658 of whom is Jupiter himself, the very king of all things, who

659 does this not along with his own wife, but with some ignoble

660 Rumina (unless perhaps he himself is Rumina, being Ruminus

661 for males and Rumina for females)! I should certainly have

662 said that they had been unwilling to apply to Jupiter a

663 feminine name, had he not been styled in these verses "progenitor

664 and mother," and had I not read among other surnames

665 of his that of Pecunia [money], which we found as a

666 goddess among those petty deities, as I have already mentioned

667 in the fourth book. But since both males and females have

668 money [*pecuniam*], why has he not been called both Pecunius

669 and Pecunia? That is their concern.

670 12. *That Jupiter is also called Pecunia.*

671 How elegantly they have accounted for this name! "He

672 is also called Pecunia," say they, "because all things belong

673 to him." Oh how grand an explanation of the name of a

674 deity! Yes; he to whom all things belong is most meanly

675 and most contumeliously called Pecunia. In comparison of all

676 things which are contained by heaven and earth, what are all

677 things together which are possessed by men under the name

678 of money?[269] And this name, forsooth, hath avarice given to

679 Jupiter, that whoever was a lover of money might seem to

680 himself to love not an ordinary god, but the very king of all

681 things himself. But it would be a far different thing if he had

682 been called Riches. For riches are one thing, money another.

683 For we call rich the wise, the just, the good, who have either

684 no money or very little. For they are more truly rich in

685 possessing virtue, since by it, even as respects things necessary

686 for the body, they are content with what they have. But we

687 call the greedy poor, who are always craving and always wanting.

688 For they may possess ever so great an amount of money;

689 but whatever be the abundance of that, they are not able

690 but to want. And we properly call God Himself rich; not,

691 however, in money, but in omnipotence. Therefore they who

692 have abundance of money are called rich, but inwardly needy

693 if they are greedy. So also, those who have no money are

694 called poor, but inwardly rich if they are wise.

695 What, then, ought the wise man to think of this theology,

696 in which the king of the gods receives the name of that thing

697 "which no wise man has desired?"[270] For had there been anything

698 wholesomely taught by this philosophy concerning eternal

699 life, how much more appropriately would that god who is the

700 ruler of the world have been called by them, not money, but

701 wisdom, the love of which purges from the filth of avarice, that

702 is, of the love of money!

703 13. *That when it is expounded what Saturn is, what Genius is, it comes to

704 this, that both of them are shown to be Jupiter.*

705 But why speak more of this Jupiter, with whom perchance

706 all the rest are to be identified; so that, he being all, the

707 opinion as to the existence of many gods may remain as a

708 mere opinion, empty of all truth? And they are all to be

709 referred to him, if his various parts and powers are thought

710 of as so many gods, or if the principle of mind which they

711 think to be diffused through all things has received the names

712 of many gods from the various parts which the mass of this

713 visible world combines in itself, and from the manifold administration

714 of nature. For what is Saturn also? "One of the

715 principal gods," he says, "who has dominion over all sowings."

716 Does not the exposition of the verses of Valerius Soranus

717 teach that Jupiter is the world, and that he emits all seeds

718 from himself, and receives them into himself?

719 It is he, then, with whom is the dominion of all sowings.

720 What is Genius? "He is the god who is set over, and has

721 the power of begetting, all things." Who else than the world

722 do they believe to have this power, to which it has been said:

723 "Almighty Jove, progenitor and mother?"

724 And when in another place he says that Genius is the

725 rational soul of every one, and therefore exists separately in

726 each individual, but that the corresponding soul of the world

727 is God, he just comes back to this same thing,—namely, that

728 the soul of the world itself is to be held to be, as it were, the

729 universal genius. This, therefore, is what he calls Jupiter.

730 For if every genius is a god, and the soul of every man a

731 genius, it follows that the soul of every man is a god. But if

732 very absurdity compels even these theologists themselves to

733 shrink from this, it remains that they call that genius god by

734 special and pre-eminent distinction, whom they call the soul

735 of the world, and therefore Jupiter.

736 14. *Concerning the offices of Mercury and Mars.*

737 But they have not found how to refer Mercury and Mars

738 to any parts of the world, and to the works of God which are

739 in the elements; and therefore they have set them at least

740 over human works, making them assistants in speaking and in

741 carrying on wars. Now Mercury, if he has also the power of

742 the speech of the gods, rules also over the king of the gods himself,

743 if Jupiter, as he receives from him the faculty of speech,

744 also speaks according as it is his pleasure to permit him—which

745 surely is absurd; but if it is only the power over human

746 speech which is held to be attributed to him, then we say

747 it is incredible that Jupiter should have condescended to give

748 the pap not only to children, but also to beasts—from which

749 he has been surnamed Ruminus—and yet should have been

750 unwilling that the care of our speech, by which we excel the

751 beasts, should pertain to him. And thus speech itself both

752 belongs to Jupiter, and is Mercury. But if speech itself is

753 said to be Mercury, as those things which are said concerning

754 him by way of interpretation show it to be;—for he is said

755 to have been called Mercury, that is, he who runs between,[271]

756 because speech runs between men: they say also that the

757 Greeks call him Ἑρμῆς, because speech, or interpretation, which

758 certainly belongs to speech, is called by them ἑρμηνεία: also

759 he is said to preside over payments, because speech passes

760 between sellers and buyers: the wings, too, which he has on

761 his head and on his feet, they say, mean that speech passes

762 winged through the air: he is also said to have been called

763 the messenger,[272] because by means of speech all our thoughts

764 are expressed;[273]—if, therefore, speech itself is Mercury, then,

765 even by their own confession, he is not a god. But when

766 they make to themselves gods of such as are not even demons,

767 by praying to unclean spirits, they are possessed by such as

768 are not gods, but demons. In like manner, because they have

769 not been able to find for Mars any element or part of the

770 world in which he might perform some works of nature of

771 whatever kind, they have said that he is the god of war,

772 which is a work of men, and that not one which is considered

773 desirable by them. If, therefore, Felicitas should give perpetual

774 peace, Mars would have nothing to do. But if war

775 itself is Mars, as speech is Mercury, I wish it were as true

776 that there were no war to be falsely called a god, as it is true

777 that it is not a god.

778 15. *Concerning certain stars which the pagans have called by the names

779 of their gods.*

780 But possibly these stars which have been called by their

781 names are these gods. For they call a certain star Mercury,

782 and likewise a certain other star Mars. But among those

783 stars which are called by the names of gods, is that one which

784 they call Jupiter, and yet with them Jupiter is the world.

785 There also is that one they call Saturn, and yet they give to

786 him no small property besides,—namely, all seeds. There also

787 is that brightest of them all which is called by them Venus,

788 and yet they will have this same Venus to be also the moon:—not

789 to mention how Venus and Juno are said by them to

790 contend about that most brilliant star, as though about another

791 golden apple. For some say that Lucifer belongs to Venus, and

792 some to Juno. But, as usual, Venus conquers. For by far the

793 greatest number assign that star to Venus, so much so that

794 there is scarcely found one of them who thinks otherwise.

795 But since they call Jupiter the king of all, who will not laugh to

796 see his star so far surpassed in brilliancy by the star of Venus?

797 For it ought to have been as much more brilliant than the

798 rest, as he himself is more powerful. They answer that it

799 only appears so because it is higher up, and very much farther

800 away from the earth. If, therefore, its greater dignity has

801 deserved a higher place, why is Saturn higher in the heavens

802 than Jupiter? Was the vanity of the fable which made

803 Jupiter king not able to reach the stars? And has Saturn

804 been permitted to obtain at least in the heavens, what he

805 could not obtain in his own kingdom nor in the Capitol?

806 But why has Janus received no star? If it is because he

807 is the world, and they are all in him, the world is also

808 Jupiter's, and yet he has one. Did Janus compromise his case

809 as best he could, and instead of the one star which he does

810 not have among the heavenly bodies, accept so many faces

811 on earth? Again, if they think that on account of the stars

812 alone Mercury and Mars are parts of the world, in order that

813 they may be able to have them for gods, since speech and

814 war are not parts of the world, but acts of men, how is it

815 that they have made no altars, established no rites, built

816 no temples for Aries, and Taurus, and Cancer, and Scorpio,

817 and the rest which they number as the celestial signs, and

818 which consist not of single stars, but each of them of many

819 stars, which also they say are situated above those already

820 mentioned in the highest part of the heavens, where a more

821 constant motion causes the stars to follow an undeviating

822 course? And why have they not reckoned them as gods, I

823 do not say among those select gods, but not even among

824 those, as it were, plebeian gods?

825 16. *Concerning Apollo and Diana, and the other select gods whom they would

826 have to be parts of the world.*

827 Although they would have Apollo to be a diviner and

828 physician, they have nevertheless given him a place as some

829 part of the world. They have said that he is also the sun;

830 and likewise they have said that Diana, his sister, is the

831 moon, and the guardian of roads. Whence also they will

832 have her be a virgin, because a road brings forth nothing.

833 They also make both of them have arrows, because those

834 two planets send their rays from the heavens to the earth.

835 They make Vulcan to be the fire of the world; Neptune the

836 waters of the world; Father Dis, that is, Orcus, the earthy

837 and lowest part of the world. Liber and Ceres they set over

838 seeds,—the former over the seeds of males, the latter over

839 the seeds of females; or the one over the fluid part of seed,

840 but the other over the dry part. And all this together is

841 referred to the world, that is, to Jupiter, who is called "progenitor

842 and mother," because he emitted all seeds from himself,

843 and received them into himself. For they also make

844 this same Ceres to be the Great Mother, who they say is

845 none other than the earth, and call her also Juno. And

846 therefore they assign to her the second causes of things,

847 notwithstanding that it has been said to Jupiter, "progenitor

848 and mother of the gods;" because, according to them, the

849 whole world itself is Jupiter's. Minerva, also, because they

850 set her over human arts, and did not find even a star in

851 which to place her, has been said by them to be either the

852 highest æther, or even the moon. Also Vesta herself they

853 have thought to be the highest of the goddesses, because she

854 is the earth; although they have thought that the milder

855 fire of the world, which is used for the ordinary purposes

856 of human life, not the more violent fire, such as belongs to

857 Vulcan, is to be assigned to her. And thus they will have

858 all those select gods to be the world and its parts,—some of

859 them the whole world, others of them its parts; the whole

860 of it Jupiter,—its parts, Genius, Mater Magna, Sol and Luna,

861 or rather Apollo and Diana, and so on. And sometimes they

862 make one god many things; sometimes one thing many gods.

863 Many things are one god in the case of Jupiter; for both the

864 whole world is Jupiter, and the sky alone is Jupiter, and the

865 star alone is said and held to be Jupiter. Juno also is mistress

866 of second causes,—Juno is the air, Juno is the earth;

867 and had she won it over Venus, Juno would have been the

868 star. Likewise Minerva is the highest æther, and Minerva

869 is likewise the moon, which they suppose to be in the lowest

870 limit of the æther. And also they make one thing many

871 gods in this way. The world is both Janus and Jupiter;

872 also the earth is Juno, and Mater Magna, and Ceres.

873 17. *That even Varro himself pronounced his own opinions regarding the gods

874 ambiguous.*

875 And the same is true with respect to all the rest, as is true

876 with respect to those things which I have mentioned for the

877 sake of example. They do not explain them, but rather

878 involve them. They rush hither and thither, to this side or

879 to that, according as they are driven by the impulse of erratic

880 opinion; so that even Varro himself has chosen rather to

881 doubt concerning all things, than to affirm anything. For,

882 having written the first of the three last books concerning

883 the certain gods, and having commenced in the second of

884 these to speak of the uncertain gods, he says: "I ought not

885 to be censured for having stated in this book the doubtful

886 opinions concerning the gods. For he who, when he has

887 read them, shall think that they both ought to be, and can be,

888 conclusively judged of, will do so himself. For my own part,

889 I can be more easily led to doubt the things which I have

890 written in the first book, than to attempt to reduce all the

891 things I shall write in this one to any orderly system." Thus

892 he makes uncertain not only that book, concerning the uncertain

893 gods, but also that other concerning the certain gods.

894 Moreover, in that third book concerning the select gods, after

895 having exhibited by anticipation as much of the natural theology

896 as he deemed necessary, and when about to commence

897 to speak of the vanities and lying insanities of the civil

898 theology, where he was not only without the guidance of the

899 truth of things, but was also pressed by the authority of

900 tradition, he says: "I will write in this book concerning the

901 public gods of the Roman people, to whom they have dedicated

902 temples, and whom they have conspicuously distinguished

903 by many adornments; but, as Xenophon of Colophon

904 writes, I will state what I think, not what I am prepared

905 to maintain: it is for man to think those things, for God to

906 know them."

907 It is not, then, an account of things comprehended and

908 most certainly believed which he promised, when about to

909 write those things which were instituted by men. He only

910 timidly promises an account of things which are but the

911 subject of doubtful opinion. Nor, indeed, was it possible for

912 him to affirm with the same certainty that Janus was the

913 world, and such like things; or to discover with the same

914 certainty such things as how Jupiter was the son of Saturn,

915 while Saturn was made subject to him as king:—he could,

916 I say, neither affirm nor discover such things with the

917 same certainty with which he knew such things as that the

918 world existed, that the heavens and earth existed, the heavens

919 bright with stars, and the earth fertile through seeds; or with

920 the same perfect conviction with which he believed that this

921 universal mass of nature is governed and administered by a

922 certain invisible and mighty force.

923 18. *A more credible cause of the rise of pagan error.*

924 A far more credible account of these gods is given, when it

925 is said that they were men, and that to each one of them

926 sacred rites and solemnities were instituted, according to his

927 particular genius, manners, actions, circumstances; which

928 rites and solemnities, by gradually creeping through the souls

929 of men, which are like demons, and eager for things which

930 yield them sport, were spread far and wide; the poets adorning

931 them with lies, and false spirits seducing men to receive

932 them. For it is far more likely that some youth, either impious

933 himself, or afraid of being slain by an impious father,

934 being desirous to reign, dethroned his father, than that (according

935 to Varro's interpretation) Saturn was overthrown by

936 his son Jupiter; for cause, which belongs to Jupiter, is before

937 seed, which belongs to Saturn. For had this been so, Saturn

938 would never have been before Jupiter, nor would he have

939 been the father of Jupiter. For cause always precedes seed,

940 and is never generated from seed. But when they seek to

941 honour by natural interpretation most vain fables or deeds

942 of men, even the acutest men are so perplexed that we are

943 compelled to grieve for their folly also.

944 19. *Concerning the interpretations which compose the reason of the worship

945 of Saturn.*

946 They said, says Varro, that Saturn was wont to devour all

947 that sprang from him, because seeds returned to the earth

948 from whence they sprang. And when it is said that a lump

949 of earth was put before Saturn to be devoured instead of

950 Jupiter, it is signified, he says, that before the art of ploughing

951 was discovered, seeds were buried in the earth by the

952 hands of men. The earth itself, then, and not seeds, should

953 have been called Saturn, because it in a manner devours what

954 it has brought forth, when the seeds which have sprung from

955 it return again into it. And what has Saturn's receiving of

956 a lump of earth instead of Jupiter to do with this, that the

957 seeds were covered in the soil by the hands of men? Was

958 the seed kept from being devoured, like other things, by being

959 covered with the soil? For what they say would imply that

960 he who put on the soil took away the seed, as Jupiter is said

961 to have been taken away when the lump of soil was offered

962 to Saturn instead of him, and not rather that the soil, by

963 covering the seed, only caused it to be devoured the more

964 eagerly. Then, in that way, Jupiter is the seed, and not the

965 cause of the seed, as was said a little before.

966 But what shall men do who cannot find anything wise to

967 say, because they are interpreting foolish things? Saturn

968 has a pruning-knife. That, says Varro, is on account of

969 agriculture. Certainly in Saturn's reign there as yet existed

970 no agriculture, and therefore the former times of Saturn are

971 spoken of, because, as the same Varro interprets the fables,

972 the primeval men lived on those seeds which the earth produced

973 spontaneously. Perhaps he received a pruning-knife

974 when he had lost his sceptre; that he who had been a king,

975 and lived at ease during the first part of his time, should

976 become a laborious workman whilst his son occupied the

977 throne. Then he says that boys were wont to be immolated

978 to him by certain peoples, the Carthaginians for instance;

979 and also that adults were immolated by some nations, for

980 example the Gauls—because, of all seeds, the human race

981 is the best. What need we say more concerning this most

982 cruel vanity? Let us rather attend to and hold by this, that

983 these interpretations are not carried up to the true God,—a

984 living, incorporeal, unchangeable nature, from whom a blessed

985 life enduring for ever may be obtained,—but that they end

986 in things which are corporeal, temporal, mutable, and mortal.

987 And whereas it is said in the fables that Saturn castrated

988 his father Cœlus, this signifies, says Varro, that the divine

989 seed belongs to Saturn, and not to Cœlus; for this reason,

990 as far as a reason can be discovered, namely, that in heaven[274]

991 nothing is born from seed. But, lo! Saturn, if he is the son

992 of Cœlus, is the son of Jupiter. For they affirm times without

993 number, and that emphatically, that the heavens[275] are

994 Jupiter. Thus those things which come not of the truth, do

995 very often, without being impelled by any one, themselves

996 overthrow one another. He says that Saturn was called

997 Κρόνος, which in the Greek tongue signifies a space of time,[276]

998 because, without that, seed cannot be productive. These and

999 many other things are said concerning Saturn, and they are

1000 all referred to seed. But Saturn surely, with all that great

1001 power, might have sufficed for seed. Why are other gods

1002 demanded for it, especially Liber and Libera, that is, Ceres?—concerning

1003 whom again, as far as seed is concerned, he

1004 says as many things as if he had said nothing concerning

1005 Saturn.

1006 20. *Concerning the rites of Eleusinian Ceres*.

1007 Now among the rites of Ceres, those Eleusinian rites are

1008 much famed which were in the highest repute among the

1009 Athenians, of which Varro offers no interpretation except

1010 with respect to corn, which Ceres discovered, and with respect

1011 to Proserpine, whom Ceres lost, Orcus having carried her

1012 away. And this Proserpine herself, he says, signifies the

1013 fecundity of seeds. But as this fecundity departed at a

1014 certain season, whilst the earth wore an aspect of sorrow

1015 through the consequent sterility, there arose an opinion that

1016 the daughter of Ceres, that is, fecundity itself, who was called

1017 Proserpine, from *proserpere* (to creep forth, to spring), had

1018 been carried away by Orcus, and detained among the inhabitants

1019 of the nether world; which circumstance was celebrated

1020 with public mourning. But since the same fecundity again

1021 returned, there arose joy because Proserpine had been given

1022 back by Orcus, and thus these rites were instituted. Then

1023 Varro adds, that many things are taught in the mysteries of

1024 Ceres which only refer to the discovery of fruits.

1025 21. *Concerning the shamefulness of the rites which are celebrated in honour

1026 of Liber*.

1027 Now as to the rites of Liber, whom they have set over

1028 liquid seeds, and therefore not only over the liquors of fruits,

1029 among which wine holds, so to speak, the primacy, but also

1030 over the seeds of animals:—as to these rites, I am unwilling

1031 to undertake to show to what excess of turpitude they had

1032 reached, because that would entail a lengthened discourse,

1033 though I am not unwilling to do so as a demonstration of the

1034 proud stupidity of those who practise them. Among other

1035 rites which I am compelled from the greatness of their number

1036 to omit, Varro says that in Italy, at the places where roads

1037 crossed each other, the rites of Liber were celebrated with

1038 such unrestrained turpitude, that the private parts of a man

1039 were worshipped in his honour. Nor was this abomination

1040 transacted in secret, that some regard at least might be paid

1041 to modesty, but was openly and wantonly displayed. For

1042 during the festival of Liber, this obscene member, placed on

1043 a car, was carried with great honour, first over the cross-roads

1044 in the country, and then into the city. But in the town of

1045 Lavinium a whole month was devoted to Liber alone, during

1046 the days of which all the people gave themselves up to the

1047 most dissolute conversation, until that member had been

1048 carried through the forum and brought to rest in its own

1049 place; on which unseemly member it was necessary that

1050 the most honourable matron should place a wreath in the

1051 presence of all the people. Thus, forsooth, was the god Liber

1052 to be appeased in order to the growth of seeds. Thus was

1053 enchantment to be driven away from fields, even by a matron's

1054 being compelled to do in public what not even a harlot ought

1055 to be permitted to do in a theatre, if there were matrons

1056 among the spectators. For these reasons, then, Saturn alone

1057 was not believed to be sufficient for seeds,—namely, that the

1058 impure mind might find occasions for multiplying the gods;

1059 and that, being righteously abandoned to uncleanness by the

1060 one true God, and being prostituted to the worship of many

1061 false gods, through an avidity for ever greater and greater

1062 uncleanness, it should call these sacrilegious rites sacred

1063 things, and should abandon itself to be violated and polluted

1064 by crowds of foul demons.

1065 22. *Concerning Neptune, and Salacia, and Venilia*.

1066 Now Neptune had Salacia to wife, who they say is the

1067 nether waters of the sea. Wherefore was Venilia also joined

1068 to him? Was it not simply through the lust of the soul

1069 desiring a greater number of demons to whom to prostitute

1070 itself, and not because this goddess was necessary to the perfection

1071 of their sacred rites? But let the interpretation of this

1072 illustrious theology be brought forward to restrain us from

1073 this censuring by rendering a satisfactory reason. Venilia,

1074 says this theology, is the wave which comes to the shore,

1075 Salacia the wave which returns into the sea. Why, then, are

1076 there two goddesses, when it is one wave which comes and

1077 returns? Certainly it is mad lust itself, which in its eagerness

1078 for many deities resembles the waves which break on the

1079 shore. For though the water which goes is not different from

1080 that which returns, still the soul which goes and returns not

1081 is defiled by two demons, whom it has taken occasion by this

1082 false pretext to invite. I ask thee, O Varro, and you who

1083 have read such works of learned men, and think ye have

1084 learned something great,—I ask you to interpret this, I do not

1085 say in a manner consistent with the eternal and unchangeable

1086 nature which alone is God, but only in a manner consistent

1087 with the doctrine concerning the soul of the world and its

1088 parts, which ye think to be the true gods. It is a somewhat

1089 more tolerable thing that ye have made that part of the soul

1090 of the world which pervades the sea your god Neptune. Is

1091 the wave, then, which comes to the shore and returns to the

1092 main, two parts of the world, or two parts of the soul of the

1093 world? Who of you is so silly as to think so? Why, then,

1094 have they made to you two goddesses? The only reason

1095 seems to be, that your wise ancestors have provided, not that

1096 many gods should rule you, but that many of such demons as

1097 are delighted with those vanities and falsehoods should possess

1098 you. But why has that Salacia, according to this interpretation,

1099 lost the lower part of the sea, seeing that she was represented

1100 as subject to her husband? For in saying that she

1101 is the receding wave, ye have put her on the surface. Was

1102 she enraged at her husband for taking Venilia as a concubine,

1103 and thus drove him from the upper part of the sea?

1104 >

1105 >

1106 >

1107 23. *Concerning the earth, which Varro affirms to be a goddess, because that soul

1108 > of the world which he thinks to be God pervades also this lowest part of

1109 > his body, and imparts to it a divine force.*

1110 Surely the earth, which we see full of its own living creatures,

1111 is one; but for all that, it is but a mighty mass among

1112 the elements, and the lowest part of the world. Why, then,

1113 would they have it to be a goddess? Is it because it is fruitful?

1114 Why, then, are not men rather held to be gods, who

1115 render it fruitful by cultivating it; but though they plough

1116 it, do not adore it? But, say they, the part of the soul of the

1117 world which pervades it makes it a goddess. As if it were

1118 not a far more evident thing, nay, a thing which is not called

1119 in question, that there is a soul in man. And yet men are

1120 not held to be gods, but (a thing to be sadly lamented), with

1121 wonderful and pitiful delusion, are subjected to those who are

1122 not gods, and than whom they themselves are better, as the

1123 objects of deserved worship and adoration. And certainly the

1124 same Varro, in the book concerning the select gods, affirms

1125 that there are three grades of soul in universal nature. One

1126 which pervades all the living parts of the body, and has not

1127 sensation, but only the power of life,—that principle which

1128 penetrates into the bones, nails, and hair. By this principle

1129 in the world trees are nourished, and grow without being possessed

1130 of sensation, and live in a manner peculiar to themselves.

1131 The second grade of soul is that in which there is

1132 sensation. This principle penetrates into the eyes, ears,

1133 nostrils, mouth, and the organs of sensation. The third grade

1134 of soul is the highest, and is called mind, where intelligence

1135 has its throne. This grade of soul no mortal creatures except

1136 man are possessed of. Now this part of the soul of the world,

1137 Varro says, is called God, and in us is called Genius. And the

1138 stones and earth in the world, which we see, and which are

1139 not pervaded by the power of sensation, are, as it were, the

1140 bones and nails of God. Again, the sun, moon, and stars,

1141 which we perceive, and by which He perceives, are His organs

1142 of perception. Moreover, the ether is His mind; and by the

1143 virtue which is in it, which penetrates into the stars, it also

1144 makes them gods; and because it penetrates through them

1145 into the earth, it makes it the goddess Tellus, whence again it

1146 enters and permeates the sea and ocean, making them the god

1147 Neptune.

1148 Let him return from this, which he thinks to be natural

1149 theology, back to that from which he went out, in order

1150 to rest from the fatigue occasioned by the many turnings and

1151 windings of his path. Let him return, I say, let him return

1152 to the civil theology. I wish to detain him there a

1153 while. I have somewhat to say which has to do with that

1154 theology. I am not yet saying, that if the earth and stones

1155 are similar to our bones and nails, they are in like manner

1156 devoid of intelligence, as they are devoid of sensation. Nor

1157 am I saying that, if our bones and nails are said to have intelligence,

1158 because they are in a man who has intelligence, he

1159 who says that the things analogous to these in the world are

1160 gods, is as stupid as he is who says that our bones and nails

1161 are men. We shall perhaps have occasion to dispute these

1162 things with the philosophers. At present, however, I wish to

1163 deal with Varro as a political theologian. For it is possible

1164 that, though he may seem to have wished to lift up his head,

1165 as it were, into the liberty of natural theology, the consciousness

1166 that the book with which he was occupied was one concerning

1167 a subject belonging to civil theology, may have caused

1168 him to relapse into the point of view of that theology, and to

1169 say this in order that the ancestors of his nation, and other

1170 states, might not be believed to have bestowed on Neptune an

1171 irrational worship. What I am to say is this: Since the earth

1172 is one, why has not that part of the soul of the world which

1173 permeates the earth made it that one goddess which he calls

1174 Tellus? But had it done so, what then had become of Orcus,

1175 the brother of Jupiter and Neptune, whom they call Father

1176 Dis?[277] And where, in that case, had been his wife Proserpine,

1177 who, according to another opinion given in the same book, is

1178 called, not the fecundity of the earth, but its lower part?[278]

1179 But if they say that part of the soul of the world, when it

1180 permeates the upper part of the earth, makes the god Father

1181 Dis, but when it pervades the nether part of the same the

1182 goddess Proserpine; what, in that case, will that Tellus be?

1183 For all that which she was has been divided into these two

1184 parts, and these two gods; so that it is impossible to find

1185 what to make or where to place her as a third goddess, except

1186 it be said that those divinities Orcus and Proserpine are the

1187 one goddess Tellus, and that they are not three gods, but one

1188 or two, whilst notwithstanding they are called three, held to

1189 be three, worshipped as three, having their own several altars,

1190 their own shrines, rites, images, priests, whilst their own false

1191 demons also through these things defile the prostituted soul.

1192 Let this further question be answered: What part of the earth

1193 does a part of the soul of the world permeate in order to make

1194 the god Tellumo? No, says he; but the earth being one and

1195 the same, has a double life,—the masculine, which produces

1196 seed, and the feminine, which receives and nourishes the seed.

1197 Hence it has been called Tellus from the feminine principle,

1198 and Tellumo from the masculine. Why, then, do the priests,

1199 as he indicates, perform divine service to four gods, two others

1200 being added,—namely, to Tellus, Tellumo, Altor, and Rusor?

1201 We have already spoken concerning Tellus and Tellumo. But

1202 why do they worship Altor?[279] Because, says he, all that

1203 springs of the earth is nourished by the earth. Wherefore

1204 do they worship Rusor?[280] Because all things return back

1205 again to the place whence they proceeded.

1206 >

1207 >

1208 >

1209 24. *Concerning the surnames of Tellus and their significations, which, although

1210 > they indicate many properties, ought not to have established the opinion

1211 > that there is a corresponding number of gods.*

1212 The one earth, then, on account of this fourfold virtue,

1213 ought to have had four surnames, but not to have been considered

1214 as four gods,—as Jupiter and Juno, though they have

1215 so many surnames, are for all that only single deities,—for by

1216 all these surnames it is signified that a manifold virtue belongs

1217 to one god or to one goddess; but the multitude of surnames

1218 does not imply a multitude of gods. But as sometimes

1219 even the vilest women themselves grow tired of those crowds

1220 which they have sought after under the impulse of wicked

1221 passion, so also the soul, become vile, and prostituted to impure

1222 spirits, sometimes begins to loathe to multiply to itself

1223 gods to whom to surrender itself to be polluted by them, as

1224 much as it once delighted in so doing. For Varro himself,

1225 as if ashamed of that crowd of gods, would make Tellus to be

1226 one goddess. "They say," says he, "that whereas the one

1227 great mother has a tympanum, it is signified that she is the

1228 orb of the earth; whereas she has towers on her head, towns

1229 are signified; and whereas seats are fixed round about her, it

1230 is signified that whilst all things move, she moves not. And

1231 their having made the Galli to serve this goddess, signifies

1232 that they who are in need of seed ought to follow the earth,

1233 for in it all seeds are found. By their throwing themselves

1234 down before her, it is taught," he says, "that they who cultivate

1235 the earth should not sit idle, for there is always something

1236 for them to do. The sound of the cymbals signifies the

1237 noise made by the throwing of iron utensils, and by men's

1238 hands, and all other noises connected with agricultural operations;

1239 and these cymbals are of brass, because the ancients

1240 used brazen utensils in their agriculture before iron was discovered.

1241 They place beside the goddess an unbound and

1242 tame lion, to show that there is no kind of land so wild and

1243 so excessively barren as that it would be profitless to attempt

1244 to bring it in and cultivate it." Then he adds that, because

1245 they gave many names and surnames to mother Tellus, it

1246 came to be thought that these signified many gods. "They

1247 think," says he, "that Tellus is Ops, because the earth is improved

1248 by labour; Mother, because it brings forth much;

1249 Great, because it brings forth seed; Proserpine, because fruits

1250 creep forth from it; Vesta, because it is invested with herbs.

1251 And thus," says he, "they not at all absurdly identify other

1252 goddesses with the earth." If, then, it is one goddess (though,

1253 if the truth were consulted, it is not even that), why do they

1254 nevertheless separate it into many? Let there be many

1255 names of one goddess, and let there not be as many goddesses

1256 as there are names.

1257 But the authority of the erring ancients weighs heavily on

1258 Varro, and compels him, after having expressed this opinion,

1259 to show signs of uneasiness; for he immediately adds,

1260 "With which things the opinion of the ancients, who thought

1261 that there were really many goddesses, does not conflict."

1262 How does it not conflict, when it is entirely a different thing

1263 to say that one goddess has many names, and to say that

1264 there are many goddesses? But it is possible, he says, that

1265 the same thing may both be one, and yet have in it a plurality

1266 of things. I grant that there are many things in one man;

1267 are there therefore in him many men? In like manner, in

1268 one goddess there are many things; are there therefore also

1269 many goddesses? But let them divide, unite, multiply, reduplicate,

1270 and implicate as they like.

1271 These are the famous mysteries of Tellus and the Great

1272 Mother, all of which are shown to have reference to mortal

1273 seeds and to agriculture. Do these things, then,—namely,

1274 the tympanum, the towers, the Galli, the tossing to and fro

1275 of limbs, the noise of cymbals, the images of lions,—do these

1276 things, having this reference and this end, promise eternal

1277 life? Do the mutilated Galli, then, serve this Great Mother

1278 in order to signify that they who are in need of seed should

1279 follow the earth, as though it were not rather the case that

1280 this very service caused them to want seed? For whether do

1281 they, by following this goddess, acquire seed, being in want of

1282 it, or, by following her, lose seed when they have it? Is this

1283 to interpret or to deprecate? Nor is it considered to what a

1284 degree malign demons have gained the upper hand, inasmuch

1285 as they have been able to exact such cruel rites without having

1286 dared to promise any great things in return for them. Had

1287 the earth not been a goddess, men would have, by labouring,

1288 laid their hands on *it* in order to obtain seed through it, and

1289 would not have laid violent hands on themselves in order to

1290 lose seed on account of it. Had it not been a goddess, it

1291 would have become so fertile by the hands of others, that it

1292 would not have compelled a man to be rendered barren by

1293 his own hands; nor that in the festival of Liber an honourable

1294 matron put a wreath on the private parts of a man in

1295 the sight of the multitude, where perhaps her husband was

1296 standing by blushing and perspiring, if there is any shame left

1297 in men; and that in the celebration of marriages the newly-married

1298 bride was ordered to sit upon Priapus. These things

1299 are bad enough, but they are small and contemptible in comparison

1300 with that most cruel abomination, or most abominable

1301 cruelty, by which either set is so deluded that neither perishes

1302 of its wound. There the enchantment of fields is feared; here

1303 the amputation of members is not feared. There the modesty

1304 of the bride is outraged, but in such a manner as that neither

1305 her fruitfulness nor even her virginity is taken away; here

1306 a man is so mutilated that he is neither changed into a woman

1307 nor remains a man.

1308 25. *The interpretation of the mutilation of Atys which the doctrine of the

1309 Greek sages set forth.*

1310 Varro has not spoken of that Atys, nor sought out any

1311 interpretation for him, in memory of whose being loved by

1312 Ceres the Gallus is mutilated. But the learned and wise

1313 Greeks have by no means been silent about an interpretation

1314 so holy and so illustrious. The celebrated philosopher Porphyry

1315 has said that Atys signifies the flowers of spring, which

1316 is the most beautiful season, and therefore was mutilated

1317 because the flower falls before the fruit appears.[281] They

1318 have not, then, compared the man himself, or rather that

1319 semblance of a man they called Atys, to the flower, but his

1320 male organs,—these, indeed, fell whilst he was living. Did

1321 I say fell? nay, truly they did not fall, nor were they plucked

1322 off, but torn away. Nor when that flower was lost did any

1323 fruit follow, but rather sterility. What, then, do they say

1324 is signified by the castrated Atys himself, and whatever remained

1325 to him after his castration? To what do they refer

1326 that? What interpretation does that give rise to? Do they,

1327 after vain endeavours to discover an interpretation, seek to

1328 persuade men that that is rather to be believed which report

1329 has made public, and which has also been written concerning

1330 his having been a mutilated man? Our Varro has very properly

1331 opposed this, and has been unwilling to state it; for it

1332 certainly was not unknown to that most learned man.

1333 26. *Concerning the abomination of the sacred rites of the Great Mother*.

1334 Concerning the effeminates consecrated to the same Great

1335 Mother, in defiance of all the modesty which belongs to men

1336 and women, Varro has not wished to say anything, nor do I

1337 remember to have read anywhere aught concerning them.

1338 These effeminates, no later than yesterday, were going through

1339 the streets and places of Carthage with anointed hair, whitened

1340 faces, relaxed bodies, and feminine gait, exacting from the

1341 people the means of maintaining their ignominious lives.

1342 Nothing has been said concerning them. Interpretation

1343 failed, reason blushed, speech was silent. The Great Mother

1344 has surpassed all her sons, not in greatness of deity, but of

1345 crime. To this monster not even the monstrosity of Janus is

1346 to be compared. His deformity was only in his image; hers

1347 was the deformity of cruelty in her sacred rites. He has a

1348 redundancy of members in stone images; she inflicts the loss

1349 of members on men. This abomination is not surpassed by

1350 the licentious deeds of Jupiter, so many and so great. He,

1351 with all his seductions of women, only disgraced heaven with

1352 one Ganymede; she, with so many avowed and public effeminates,

1353 has both defiled the earth and outraged heaven. Perhaps

1354 we may either compare Saturn to this Magna Mater, or

1355 even set him before her in this kind of abominable cruelty,

1356 for he mutilated his father. But at the festivals of Saturn

1357 men could rather be slain by the hands of others than mutilated

1358 by their own. He devoured his sons, as the poets say,

1359 and the natural theologists interpret this as they list. History

1360 says he slew them. But the Romans never received,

1361 like the Carthaginians, the custom of sacrificing their sons to

1362 him. This Great Mother of the gods, however, has brought

1363 mutilated men into Roman temples, and has preserved that

1364 cruel custom, being believed to promote the strength of the

1365 Romans by emasculating their men. Compared with this

1366 evil, what are the thefts of Mercury, the wantonness of Venus,

1367 and the base and flagitious deeds of the rest of them, which

1368 we might bring forward from books, were it not that they are

1369 daily sung and danced in the theatres? But what are these

1370 things to so great an evil,—an evil whose magnitude was only

1371 proportioned to the greatness of the Great Mother,—especially

1372 as these are said to have been invented by the poets?

1373 as if the poets had also invented this, that they are acceptable

1374 to the gods. Let it be imputed, then, to the audacity

1375 and impudence of the poets that these things have been sung

1376 and written of. But that they have been incorporated into

1377 the body of divine rites and honours, the deities themselves

1378 demanding and extorting that incorporation, what is that but

1379 the crime of the gods? nay more, the confession of demons

1380 and the deception of wretched men? But as to this, that

1381 the Great Mother is considered to be worshipped in the appropriate

1382 form when she is worshipped by the consecration of

1383 mutilated men, this is not an invention of the poets, nay,

1384 they have rather shrunk from it with horror than sung of it.

1385 Ought any one, then, to be consecrated to these select gods,

1386 that he may live blessedly after death, consecrated to whom

1387 he could not live decently before death, being subjected to such

1388 foul superstitions, and bound over to unclean demons? But

1389 all these things, says Varro, are to be referred to the world.[282]

1390 Let him consider if it be not rather to the unclean.[283] But

1391 why not refer that to the world which is demonstrated to be

1392 in the world? We, however, seek for a mind which, trusting

1393 to true religion, does not adore the world as its god, but for

1394 the sake of God praises the world as a work of God, and,

1395 purified from mundane defilements, comes pure[284] to God Himself

1396 who founded the world.[285]

1397 >

1398 >

1399 >

1400 27. *Concerning the figments of the physical theologists, who neither worship the

1401 > true divinity, nor perform the worship wherewith the true divinity should

1402 > be served.*

1403 We see that these select gods have, indeed, become more

1404 famous than the rest; not, however, that their merits may be

1405 brought to light, but that their opprobrious deeds may not

1406 be hid. Whence it is more credible that they were men, as

1407 not only poetic but also historical literature has handed down.

1408 For this which Virgil says,

1409 "Then from Olympus' heights came down

1410 Good Saturn, exiled from his throne

1411 By Jove, his mightier heir;"[286]

1412 and what follows with reference to this affair, is fully related

1413 by the historian Euhemerus, and has been translated into

1414 Latin by Ennius. And as they who have written before us

1415 in the Greek or in the Latin tongue against such errors as

1416 these have said much concerning this matter, I have thought

1417 it unnecessary to dwell upon it. When I consider those physical

1418 reasons, then, by which learned and acute men attempt to

1419 turn human things into divine things, all I see is that they

1420 have been able to refer these things only to temporal works

1421 and to that which has a corporeal nature, and even though

1422 invisible still mutable; and this is by no means the true God.

1423 But if this worship had been performed as the symbolism of

1424 ideas at least congruous with religion, though it would indeed

1425 have been cause of grief that the true God was not announced

1426 and proclaimed by its symbolism, nevertheless it could have

1427 been in some degree borne with, when it did not occasion

1428 and command the performance of such foul and abominable

1429 things. But since it is impiety to worship the body or the

1430 soul for the true God, by whose indwelling alone the soul is

1431 happy, how much more impious is it to worship those things

1432 through which neither soul nor body can obtain either salvation

1433 or human honour? Wherefore if with temple, priest, and

1434 sacrifice, which are due to the true God, any element of the

1435 world be worshipped, or any created spirit, even though not

1436 impure and evil, that worship is still evil, not because the

1437 things are evil by which the worship is performed, but because

1438 those things ought only to be used in the worship of Him to

1439 whom alone such worship and service are due. But if any

1440 one insist that he worships the one true God,—that is, the

1441 Creator of every soul and of every body,—with stupid and

1442 monstrous idols, with human victims, with putting a wreath

1443 on the male organ, with the wages of unchastity, with the

1444 cutting of limbs, with emasculation, with the consecration of

1445 effeminates, with impure and obscene plays, such a one does

1446 not sin because he worships One who ought not to be worshipped,

1447 but because he worships Him who ought to be worshipped

1448 in a way in which He ought not to be worshipped.

1449 But he who worships with such things,—that is, foul and

1450 obscene things,—and that not the true God, namely, the

1451 maker of soul and body, but a creature, even though not a

1452 wicked creature, whether it be soul or body, or soul and body

1453 together, twice sins against God, because he both worships

1454 for God what is not God, and also worships with such things

1455 as neither God nor what is not God ought to be worshipped

1456 with. It is, indeed, manifest how these pagans worship,—that

1457 is, how shamefully and criminally they worship; but what or

1458 whom they worship would have been left in obscurity, had

1459 not their history testified that those same confessedly base

1460 and foul rites were rendered in obedience to the demands of

1461 the gods, who exacted them with terrible severity. Wherefore

1462 it is evident beyond doubt that this whole civil theology is

1463 occupied in inventing means for attracting wicked and most

1464 impure spirits, inviting them to visit senseless images, and

1465 through these to take possession of stupid hearts.

1466 28. *That the doctrine of Varro concerning theology is in no part consistent

1467 with itself*.

1468 To what purpose, then, is it that this most learned and most

1469 acute man Varro attempts, as it were, with subtle disputation,

1470 to reduce and refer all these gods to heaven and earth? He

1471 cannot do it. They go out of his hands like water; they

1472 shrink back; they slip down and fall. For when about to

1473 speak of the females, that is, the goddesses, he says, "Since,

1474 as I observed in the first book concerning places, heaven and

1475 earth are the two origins of the gods, on which account they

1476 are called celestials and terrestrials, and as I began in the former

1477 books with heaven, speaking of Janus, whom some have said

1478 to be heaven, and others the earth, so I now commence with

1479 Tellus in speaking concerning the goddesses." I can understand

1480 what embarrassment so great a mind was experiencing.

1481 For he is influenced by the perception of a certain plausible

1482 resemblance, when he says that the heaven is that which does,

1483 and the earth that which suffers, and therefore attributes the

1484 masculine principle to the one, and the feminine to the other,—not

1485 considering that it is rather He who made both heaven

1486 and earth who is the maker of both activity and passivity.

1487 On this principle he interprets the celebrated mysteries of the

1488 Samothracians, and promises, with an air of great devoutness,

1489 that he will by writing expound these mysteries, which have

1490 not been so much as known to his countrymen, and will send

1491 them his exposition. Then he says that he had from many

1492 proofs gathered that, in those mysteries, among the images

1493 one signifies heaven, another the earth, another the patterns

1494 of things, which Plato calls ideas. He makes Jupiter to

1495 signify heaven, Juno the earth, Minerva the ideas. Heaven,

1496 by which anything is made; the earth, from which it is made;

1497 and the pattern, according to which it is made. But, with

1498 respect to the last, I am forgetting to say that Plato attributed

1499 so great an importance to these ideas as to say, not that anything

1500 was made by heaven according to them, but that according

1501 to them heaven itself was made.[287] To return, however,—it

1502 is to be observed that Varro has, in the book on the select

1503 gods, lost that theory of these gods, in whom he has, as it

1504 were, embraced all things. For he assigns the male gods to

1505 heaven, the females to earth; among which latter he has

1506 placed Minerva, whom he had before placed above heaven

1507 itself. Then the male god Neptune is in the sea, which

1508 pertains rather to earth than to heaven. Last of all, father

1509 Dis, who is called in Greek Πλούτων, another male god,

1510 brother of both (Jupiter and Neptune), is also held to be

1511 a god of the earth, holding the upper region of the earth

1512 himself, and allotting the nether region to his wife Proserpine.

1513 How, then, do they attempt to refer the gods to heaven, and

1514 the goddesses to earth? What solidity, what consistency,

1515 what sobriety has this disputation? But that Tellus is the

1516 origin of the goddesses,—the great mother, to wit, beside whom

1517 there is continually the noise of the mad and abominable

1518 revelry of effeminates and mutilated men, and men who cut

1519 themselves, and indulge in frantic gesticulations,—how is it,

1520 then, that Janus is called the head of the gods, and Tellus the

1521 head of the goddesses? In the one case error does not make

1522 one head, and in the other frenzy does not make a sane one.

1523 Why do they vainly attempt to refer these to the world?

1524 Even if they could do so, no pious person worships the world

1525 for the true God. Nevertheless, plain truth makes it evident

1526 that they are not able even to do this. Let them rather

1527 identify them with dead men and most wicked demons, and

1528 no further question will remain.

1529 29. *That all things which the physical theologists have referred to the world and

1530 its parts, they ought to have referred to the one true God*.

1531 For all those things which, according to the account given

1532 of those gods, are referred to the world by so-called physical

1533 interpretation, may, without any religious scruple, be rather

1534 assigned to the true God, who made heaven and earth, and

1535 created every soul and every body; and the following is the

1536 manner in which we see that this may be done. We worship

1537 God,—not heaven and earth, of which two parts this world

1538 consists, nor the soul or souls diffused through all living

1539 things,—but God who made heaven and earth, and all things

1540 which are in them; who made every soul, whatever be the

1541 nature of its life, whether it have life without sensation and

1542 reason, or life with sensation, or life with both sensation and

1543 reason.

1544 >

1545 >

1546 >

1547 30. *How piety distinguishes the Creator from the creatures, so that, instead of

1548 > one God, there are not worshipped as many gods as there are works of the

1549 > one author.*

1550 And now, to begin to go over those works of the one true

1551 God, on account of which these have made to themselves

1552 many and false gods, whilst they attempt to give an honourable

1553 interpretation to their many most abominable and most

1554 infamous mysteries,—we worship that God who has appointed

1555 to the natures created by Him both the beginnings and the

1556 end of their existing and moving; who holds, knows, and disposes

1557 the causes of things; who hath created the virtue of

1558 seeds; who hath given to what creatures He would a rational

1559 soul, which is called mind; who hath bestowed the faculty and

1560 use of speech; who hath imparted the gift of foretelling future

1561 things to whatever spirits it seemed to Him good; who also

1562 Himself predicts future things, through whom He pleases,

1563 and through whom He will removes diseases; who, when the

1564 human race is to be corrected and chastised by wars, regulates

1565 also the beginnings, progress, and ends of these wars;

1566 who hath created and governs the most vehement and most

1567 violent fire of this world, in due relation and proportion to

1568 the other elements of immense nature; who is the governor

1569 of all the waters; who hath made the sun brightest of all

1570 material lights, and hath given him suitable power and

1571 motion; who hath not withdrawn, even from the inhabitants

1572 of the nether world, His dominion and power; who hath

1573 appointed to mortal natures their suitable seed and nourishment,

1574 dry or liquid; who establishes and makes fruitful the

1575 earth; who bountifully bestows its fruits on animals and on

1576 men; who knows and ordains, not only principal causes, but

1577 also subsequent causes; who hath determined for the moon

1578 her motion; who affords ways in heaven and on earth for

1579 passage from one place to another; who hath granted also to

1580 human minds, which He hath created, the knowledge of the

1581 various arts for the help of life and nature; who hath

1582 appointed the union of male and female for the propagation

1583 of offspring; who hath favoured the societies of men with the

1584 gift of terrestrial fire for the simplest and most familiar purposes,

1585 to burn on the hearth and to give light. These are,

1586 then, the things which that most acute and most learned man

1587 Varro has laboured to distribute among the select gods, by I

1588 know not what physical interpretation, which he has got from

1589 other sources, and also conjectured for himself. But these

1590 things the one true God makes and does, but as *the same* God,—that

1591 is, as He who is wholly everywhere, included in no

1592 space, bound by no chains, mutable in no part of His being,

1593 filling heaven and earth with omnipresent power, not with a

1594 needy nature. Therefore He governs all things in such a

1595 manner as to allow them to perform and exercise their own

1596 proper movements. For although they can be nothing without

1597 Him, they are not what He is. He does also many things

1598 through angels; but only from Himself does He beatify angels.

1599 So also, though He send angels to men for certain purposes,

1600 He does not for all that beatify men by the good inherent in

1601 the angels, but by Himself, as He does the angels themselves.

1602 31. *What benefits God gives to the followers of the truth to enjoy over and above

1603 His general bounty.*

1604 For, besides such benefits as, according to this administration

1605 of nature of which we have made some mention, He

1606 lavishes on good and bad alike, we have from Him a great

1607 manifestation of great love, which belongs only to the good.

1608 For although we can never sufficiently give thanks to Him,

1609 that we are, that we live, that we behold heaven and earth,

1610 that we have mind and reason by which to seek after Him

1611 who made all these things, nevertheless, what hearts, what

1612 number of tongues, shall affirm that they are sufficient to

1613 render thanks to Him for this, that He hath not wholly

1614 departed from us, laden and overwhelmed with sins, averse to

1615 the contemplation of His light, and blinded by the love of

1616 darkness, that is, of iniquity, but hath sent to us His own

1617 Word, who is His only Son, that by His birth and suffering

1618 for us in the flesh, which He assumed, we might know how

1619 much God valued man, and that by that unique sacrifice we

1620 might be purified from all our sins, and that, love being shed

1621 abroad in our hearts by His Spirit, we might, having surmounted

1622 all difficulties, come into eternal rest, and the

1623 ineffable sweetness of the contemplation of Himself?

1624 32. *That at no time in the past was the mystery of Christ's redemption awanting,

1625 but was at all times declared, though in various forms.*

1626 This mystery of eternal life, even from the beginning of the

1627 human race, was, by certain signs and sacraments suitable to

1628 the times, announced through angels to those to whom it was

1629 meet. Then the Hebrew people was congregated into one

1630 republic, as it were, to perform this mystery; and in that republic

1631 was foretold, sometimes through men who understood

1632 what they spake, and sometimes through men who understood

1633 not, all that had transpired since the advent of Christ until now,

1634 and all that will transpire. This same nation, too, was afterwards

1635 dispersed through the nations, in order to testify to the

1636 scriptures in which eternal salvation in Christ had been declared.

1637 For not only the prophecies which are contained in words, nor

1638 only the precepts for the right conduct of life, which teach

1639 morals and piety, and are contained in the sacred writings,—not

1640 only these, but also the rites, priesthood, tabernacle or temple,

1641 altars, sacrifices, ceremonies, and whatever else belongs to that

1642 service which is due to God, and which in Greek is properly

1643 called λατρεία,—all these signified and fore-announced those

1644 things which we who believe in Jesus Christ unto eternal life

1645 believe to have been fulfilled, or behold in process of fulfilment,

1646 or confidently believe shall yet be fulfilled.

1647 33. *That only through the Christian religion could the deceit of malign spirits,

1648 who rejoice in the errors of men, have been manifested.*

1649 This, the only true religion, has alone been able to manifest

1650 that the gods of the nations are most impure demons, who

1651 desire to be thought gods, availing themselves of the names of

1652 certain defunct souls, or the appearance of mundane creatures,

1653 and with proud impurity rejoicing in things most base and

1654 infamous, as though in divine honours, and envying human

1655 souls their conversion to the true God. From whose most

1656 cruel and most impious dominion a man is liberated when he

1657 believes on Him who has afforded an example of humility,

1658 following which men may rise as great as was that pride by

1659 which they fell. Hence are not only those gods, concerning

1660 whom we have already spoken much, and many others belonging

1661 to different nations and lands, but also those of whom we

1662 are now treating, who have been selected as it were into the

1663 senate of the gods,—selected, however, on account of the

1664 notoriousness of their crimes, not on account of the dignity

1665 of their virtues,—whose sacred things Varro attempts to

1666 refer to certain natural reasons, seeking to make base things

1667 honourable, but cannot find how to square and agree with

1668 these reasons, because these are not the causes of those rites,

1669 which he thinks, or rather wishes to be thought to be so. For

1670 had not only these, but also all others of this kind, been real

1671 causes, even though they had nothing to do with the true God

1672 and eternal life, which is to be sought in religion, they would,

1673 by affording some sort of reason drawn from the nature of

1674 things, have mitigated in some degree that offence which was

1675 occasioned by some turpitude or absurdity in the sacred rites,

1676 which was not understood. This he attempted to do in

1677 respect to certain fables of the theatres, or mysteries of the

1678 shrines; but he did not acquit the theatres of likeness to the

1679 shrines, but rather condemned the shrines for likeness to the

1680 theatres. However, he in some way made the attempt to

1681 soothe the feelings shocked by horrible things, by rendering

1682 what he would have to be natural interpretations.

1683 >

1684 >

1685 >

1686 34. *Concerning the books of Numa Pompilius, which the senate ordered to be

1687 > burned, in order that the causes of sacred rites therein assigned should

1688 > not become known.*.

1689 But, on the other hand, we find, as the same most learned

1690 man has related, that the causes of the sacred rites which

1691 were given from the books of Numa Pompilius could by no

1692 means be tolerated, and were considered unworthy, not only

1693 to become known to the religious by being read, but even to

1694 lie written in the darkness in which they had been concealed.

1695 For now let me say what I promised in the third book of this

1696 work to say in its proper place. For, as we read in the same

1697 Varro's book on the worship of the gods, "A certain one

1698 Terentius had a field at the Janiculum, and once, when his

1699 ploughman was passing the plough near to the tomb of Numa

1700 Pompilius, he turned up from the ground the books of Numa,

1701 in which were written the causes of the sacred institutions;

1702 which books he carried to the prætor, who, having read the

1703 beginnings of them, referred to the senate what seemed to be

1704 a matter of so much importance. And when the chief senators

1705 had read certain of the causes why this or that rite was instituted,

1706 the senate assented to the dead Numa, and the conscript

1707 fathers, as though concerned for the interests of religion,

1708 ordered the prætor to burn the books."[288] Let each one believe

1709 what he thinks; nay, let every champion of such impiety

1710 say whatever mad contention may suggest. For my part, let

1711 it suffice to suggest that the causes of those sacred things

1712 which were written down by King Numa Pompilius, the

1713 institutor of the Roman rites, ought never to have become

1714 known to people or senate, or even to the priests themselves;

1715 and also that Numa himself attained to these secrets of

1716 demons by an illicit curiosity, in order that he might write

1717 them down, so as to be able, by reading, to be reminded of

1718 them. However, though he was king, and had no cause to

1719 be afraid of any one, he neither dared to teach them to any

1720 one, nor to destroy them by obliteration, or any other form of

1721 destruction. Therefore, because he was unwilling that any

1722 one should know them, lest men should be taught infamous

1723 things, and because he was afraid to violate them, lest he

1724 should enrage the demons against himself, he buried them in

1725 what he thought a safe place, believing that a plough could

1726 not approach his sepulchre. But the senate, fearing to condemn

1727 the religious solemnities of their ancestors, and therefore

1728 compelled to assent to Numa, were nevertheless so convinced

1729 that those books were pernicious, that they did not order

1730 them to be buried again, knowing that human curiosity would

1731 thereby be excited to seek with far greater eagerness after

1732 the matter already divulged, but ordered the scandalous relics

1733 to be destroyed with fire; because, as they thought it was now

1734 a necessity to perform those sacred rites, they judged that the

1735 error arising from ignorance of their causes was more tolerable

1736 than the disturbance which the knowledge of them would

1737 occasion the state.

1738 35. *Concerning the hydromancy through which Numa was befooled by certain

1739 images of demons seen in the water.*

1740 For Numa himself also, to whom no prophet of God, no

1741 holy angel was sent, was driven to have recourse to hydromancy,

1742 that he might see the images of the gods in the water

1743 (or, rather, appearances whereby the demons made sport of

1744 him), and might learn from them what he ought to ordain and

1745 observe in the sacred rites. This kind of divination, says

1746 Varro, was introduced from the Persians, and was used by

1747 Numa himself, and at an after time by the philosopher

1748 Pythagoras. In this divination, he says, they also inquire at

1749 the inhabitants of the nether world, and make use of blood;

1750 and this the Greeks call νεκρομαντείαν. But whether it be

1751 called necromancy or hydromancy it is the same thing, for in

1752 either case the dead are supposed to foretell future things.

1753 But by what artifices these things are done, let themselves

1754 consider; for I am unwilling to say that these artifices were

1755 wont to be prohibited by the laws, and to be very severely

1756 punished even in the Gentile states, before the advent of our

1757 Saviour. I am unwilling, I say, to affirm this, for perhaps

1758 even such things were then allowed. However, it was by

1759 these arts that Pompilius learned those sacred rites which he

1760 gave forth as facts, whilst he concealed their causes; for

1761 even he himself was afraid of that which he had learned.

1762 The senate also caused the books in which those causes were

1763 recorded to be burned. What is it, then, to me, that Varro

1764 attempts to adduce all sorts of fanciful physical interpretations,

1765 which if these books had contained, they would certainly

1766 not have been burned? For otherwise the conscript fathers

1767 would also have burned those books which Varro published

1768 and dedicated to the high priest Cæsar.[289] Now Numa is said

1769 to have married the nymph Egeria, because (as Varro explains

1770 it in the forementioned book) he carried forth[290] water

1771 wherewith to perform his hydromancy. Thus facts are wont

1772 to be converted into fables through false colourings. It was

1773 by that hydromancy, then, that that over-curious Roman king

1774 learned both the sacred rites which were to be written in the

1775 books of the priests, and also the causes of those rites,—which

1776 latter, however, he was unwilling that any one besides himself

1777 should know. Wherefore he made these causes, as it were,

1778 to die along with himself, taking care to have them written

1779 by themselves, and removed from the knowledge of men by

1780 being buried in the earth. Wherefore the things which are

1781 written in those books were either abominations of demons,

1782 so foul and noxious as to render that whole civil theology

1783 execrable even in the eyes of such men as those senators, who

1784 had accepted so many shameful things in the sacred rites

1785 themselves, or they were nothing else than the accounts of

1786 dead men, whom, through the lapse of ages, almost all the

1787 Gentile nations had come to believe to be immortal gods;

1788 whilst those same demons were delighted even with such rites,

1789 having presented themselves to receive worship under pretence

1790 of being those very dead men whom they had caused to be

1791 thought immortal gods by certain fallacious miracles, performed

1792 in order to establish that belief. But, by the hidden providence

1793 of the true God, these demons were permitted to confess

1794 these things to their friend Numa, having been gained by those

1795 arts through which necromancy could be performed, and yet

1796 were not constrained to admonish him rather at his death to

1797 burn than to bury the books in which they were written.

1798 But, in order that these books might be unknown, the demons

1799 could not resist the plough by which they were thrown up, or

1800 the pen of Varro, through which the things which were done

1801 in reference to this matter have come down even to our knowledge.

1802 For they are not able to effect anything which they

1803 are not allowed; but they are permitted to influence those

1804 whom God, in His deep and just judgment, according to their

1805 deserts, gives over either to be simply afflicted by them, or to

1806 be also subdued and deceived. But how pernicious these

1807 writings were judged to be, or how alien from the worship of

1808 the true Divinity, may be understood from the fact that the

1809 senate preferred to burn what Pompilius had hid, rather than

1810 to fear what he feared, so that he could not dare to do that.

1811 Wherefore let him who does not desire to live a pious life

1812 even now, seek eternal life by means of such rites. But let

1813 him who does not wish to have fellowship with malign demons

1814 have no fear for the noxious superstition wherewith they are

1815 worshipped, but let him recognise the true religion by which

1816 they are unmasked and vanquished.

BOOK VIII

43 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

46 >

47 >

48 >

49 AUGUSTINE COMES NOW TO THE THIRD KIND OF THEOLOGY, THAT IS, THE

50 > NATURAL, AND TAKES UP THE QUESTION, WHETHER THE WORSHIP OF

51 > THE GODS OF THE NATURAL THEOLOGY IS OF ANY AVAIL TOWARDS

52 > SECURING BLESSEDNESS IN THE LIFE TO COME. THIS QUESTION HE

53 > PREFERS TO DISCUSS WITH THE PLATONISTS, BECAUSE THE PLATONIC

54 > SYSTEM IS "FACILE PRINCEPS" AMONG PHILOSOPHIES, AND MAKES THE

55 > NEAREST APPROXIMATION TO CHRISTIAN TRUTH. IN PURSUING THIS

56 > ARGUMENT, HE FIRST REFUTES APULEIUS, AND ALL WHO MAINTAIN THAT

57 > THE DEMONS SHOULD BE WORSHIPPED AS MESSENGERS AND MEDIATORS

58 > BETWEEN GODS AND MEN; DEMONSTRATING THAT BY NO POSSIBILITY CAN

59 > MEN BE RECONCILED TO GOOD GODS BY DEMONS, WHO ARE THE SLAVES OF

60 > VICE, AND WHO DELIGHT IN AND PATRONIZE WHAT GOOD AND WISE

61 > MEN ABHOR AND CONDEMN,—THE BLASPHEMOUS FICTIONS OF POETS,

62 > THEATRICAL EXHIBITIONS, AND MAGICAL ARTS.

63 1. *That the question of natural theology is to be discussed with those philosophers

64 who sought a more excellent wisdom*.

65 We shall require to apply our mind with far greater

66 intensity to the present question than was requisite

67 in the solution and unfolding of the questions handled in the

68 preceding books; for it is not with ordinary men, but with

69 philosophers that we must confer concerning the theology

70 which they call natural. For it is not like the fabulous, that

71 is, the theatrical; nor the civil, that is, the urban theology:

72 the one of which displays the crimes of the gods, whilst the

73 other manifests their criminal desires, which demonstrate them

74 to be rather malign demons than gods. It is, we say, with

75 philosophers we have to confer with respect to this theology,—men

76 whose very name, if rendered into Latin, signifies those

77 who profess the love of wisdom. Now, if wisdom is God,

78 who made all things, as is attested by the divine authority

79 and truth,[291] then the philosopher is a lover of God. But since

80 the thing itself, which is called by this name, exists not in all

81 who glory in the name,—for it does not follow, of course, that

82 all who are called philosophers are lovers of true wisdom,—we

83 must needs select from the number of those with whose

84 opinions we have been able to acquaint ourselves by reading,

85 some with whom we may not unworthily engage in the treatment

86 of this question. For I have not in this work undertaken

87 to refute all the vain opinions of the philosophers,

88 but only such as pertain to theology, which Greek word we

89 understand to mean an account or explanation of the divine

90 nature. Nor, again, have I undertaken to refute all the vain

91 theological opinions of all the philosophers, but only of such

92 of them as, agreeing in the belief that there is a divine nature,

93 and that this divine nature is concerned about human affairs,

94 do nevertheless deny that the worship of the one unchangeable

95 God is sufficient for the obtaining of a blessed life after death,

96 as well as at the present time; and hold that, in order to

97 obtain that life, many gods, created, indeed, and appointed to

98 their several spheres by that one God, are to be worshipped.

99 These approach nearer to the truth than even Varro; for,

100 whilst he saw no difficulty in extending natural theology in

101 its entirety even to the world and the soul of the world, these

102 acknowledge God as existing above all that is of the nature of

103 soul, and as the Creator not only of this visible world, which

104 is often called heaven and earth, but also of every soul whatsoever,

105 and as Him who gives blessedness to the rational soul,—of

106 which kind is the human soul,—by participation in His

107 own unchangeable and incorporeal light. There is no one,

108 who has even a slender knowledge of these things, who does

109 not know of the Platonic philosophers, who derive their name

110 from their master Plato. Concerning this Plato, then, I will

111 briefly state such things as I deem necessary to the present

112 question, mentioning beforehand those who preceded him in

113 time in the same department of literature.

114 2. *Concerning the two schools of philosophers, that is, the Italic and Ionic, and

115 their founders.*

116 As far as concerns the literature of the Greeks, whose

117 language holds a more illustrious place than any of the languages

118 of the other nations, history mentions two schools of

119 philosophers, the one called the Italic school, originating in

120 that part of Italy which was formerly called Magna Græcia;

121 the other called the Ionic school, having its origin in those

122 regions which are still called by the name of Greece. The

123 Italic school had for its founder Pythagoras of Samos, to whom

124 also the term "philosophy" is said to owe its origin. For

125 whereas formerly those who seemed to excel others by the

126 laudable manner in which they regulated their lives were

127 called sages, Pythagoras, on being asked what he professed,

128 replied that he was a philosopher, that is, a student or lover

129 of wisdom; for it seemed to him to be the height of arrogance

130 to profess oneself a sage.[292] The founder of the Ionic school,

131 again, was Thales of Miletus, one of those seven who were

132 styled the "seven sages," of whom six were distinguished by

133 the kind of life they lived, and by certain maxims which they

134 gave forth for the proper conduct of life. Thales was distinguished

135 as an investigator into the nature of things; and, in

136 order that he might have successors in his school, he committed

137 his dissertations to writing. That, however, which

138 especially rendered him eminent was his ability, by means of

139 astronomical calculations, even to predict eclipses of the sun

140 and moon. He thought, however, that water was the first

141 principle of things, and that of it all the elements of the

142 world, the world itself, and all things which are generated in

143 it, ultimately consist. Over all this work, however, which,

144 when we consider the world, appears so admirable, he set

145 nothing of the nature of divine mind. To him succeeded

146 Anaximander, his pupil, who held a different opinion concerning

147 the nature of things; for he did not hold that all things

148 spring from one principle, as Thales did, who held that principle

149 to be water, but thought that each thing springs from its

150 own proper principle. These principles of things he believed

151 to be infinite in number, and thought that they generated

152 innumerable worlds, and all the things which arise in them.

153 He thought, also, that these worlds are subject to a perpetual

154 process of alternate dissolution and regeneration, each one

155 continuing for a longer or shorter period of time, according

156 to the nature of the case; nor did he, any more than Thales,

157 attribute anything to a divine mind in the production of all

158 this activity of things. Anaximander left as his successor his

159 disciple Anaximenes, who attributed all the causes of things

160 to an infinite air. He neither denied nor ignored the existence

161 of gods, but, so far from believing that the air was made by

162 them, he held, on the contrary, that they sprang from the air.

163 Anaxagoras, however, who was his pupil, perceived that a

164 divine mind was the productive cause of all things which we

165 see, and said that all the various kinds of things, according

166 to their several modes and species, were produced out of an

167 infinite matter consisting of homogeneous particles, but by the

168 efficiency of a divine mind. Diogenes, also, another pupil of

169 Anaximenes, said that a certain air was the original substance

170 of things out of which all things were produced, but that it

171 was possessed of a divine reason, without which nothing could

172 be produced from it. Anaxagoras was succeeded by his disciple

173 Archelaus, who also thought that all things consisted of

174 homogeneous particles, of which each particular thing was

175 made, but that those particles were pervaded by a divine

176 mind, which perpetually energized all the eternal bodies,

177 namely, those particles, so that they are alternately united

178 and separated. Socrates, the master of Plato, is said to have

179 been the disciple of Archelaus; and on Plato's account it is

180 that I have given this brief historical sketch of the whole

181 history of these schools.

182 3. *Of the Socratic philosophy.*

183 Socrates is said to have been the first who directed the

184 entire effort of philosophy to the correction and regulation of

185 manners, all who went before him having expended their

186 greatest efforts in the investigation of physical, that is, natural

187 phenomena. However, it seems to me that it cannot be

188 certainly discovered whether Socrates did this because he was

189 wearied of obscure and uncertain things, and so wished to

190 direct his mind to the discovery of something manifest and

191 certain, which was necessary in order to the obtaining of a

192 blessed life,—that one great object toward which the labour,

193 vigilance, and industry of all philosophers seem to have been

194 directed,—or whether (as some yet more favourable to him

195 suppose) he did it because he was unwilling that minds

196 defiled with earthly desires should essay to raise themselves

197 upward to divine things. For he saw that the causes of

198 things were sought for by them,—which causes he believed to

199 be ultimately reducible to nothing else than the will of the

200 one true and supreme God,—and on this account he thought

201 they could only be comprehended by a purified mind; and

202 therefore that all diligence ought to be given to the purification

203 of the life by good morals, in order that the mind,

204 delivered from the depressing weight of lusts, might raise

205 itself upward by its native vigour to eternal things, and

206 might, with purified understanding, contemplate that nature

207 which is incorporeal and unchangeable light, where live the

208 causes of all created natures. It is evident, however, that

209 he hunted out and pursued, with a wonderful pleasantness

210 of style and argument, and with a most pointed and insinuating

211 urbanity, the foolishness of ignorant men, who thought

212 that they knew this or that,—sometimes confessing his own

213 ignorance, and sometimes dissimulating his knowledge, even

214 in those very moral questions to which he seems to have

215 directed the whole force of his mind. And hence there arose

216 hostility against him, which ended in his being calumniously

217 impeached, and condemned to death. Afterwards, however,

218 that very city of the Athenians, which had publicly condemned

219 him, did publicly bewail him,—the popular indignation

220 having turned with such vehemence on his accusers, that

221 one of them perished by the violence of the multitude, whilst

222 the other only escaped a like punishment by voluntary and

223 perpetual exile.

224 Illustrious, therefore, both in his life and in his death,

225 Socrates left very many disciples of his philosophy, who

226 vied with one another in desire for proficiency in handling

227 those moral questions which concern the chief good

228 (*summum bonum*), the possession of which can make a man

229 blessed; and because, in the disputations of Socrates, where

230 he raises all manner of questions, makes assertions, and

231 then demolishes them, it did not evidently appear what he

232 held to be the chief good, every one took from these disputations

233 what pleased him best, and every one placed the

234 final good[293] in whatever it appeared to himself to consist.

235 Now, that which is called the final good is that at which,

236 when one has arrived, he is blessed. But so diverse were

237 the opinions held by those followers of Socrates concerning

238 this final good, that (a thing scarcely to be credited with

239 respect to the followers of one master) some placed the chief

240 good in pleasure, as Aristippus, others in virtue, as Antisthenes.

241 Indeed, it were tedious to recount the various

242 opinions of various disciples.

243 4. *Concerning Plato, the chief among the disciples of Socrates, and his

244 threefold division of philosophy.*

245 But, among the disciples of Socrates, Plato was the one who

246 shone with a glory which far excelled that of the others, and

247 who not unjustly eclipsed them all. By birth an Athenian

248 of honourable parentage, he far surpassed his fellow-disciples

249 in natural endowments, of which he was possessed in a wonderful

250 degree. Yet, deeming himself and the Socratic discipline

251 far from sufficient for bringing philosophy to perfection, he

252 travelled as extensively as he was able, going to every place

253 famed for the cultivation of any science of which he could

254 make himself master. Thus he learned from the Egyptians

255 whatever they held and taught as important; and from Egypt,

256 passing into those parts of Italy which were filled with the

257 fame of the Pythagoreans, he mastered, with the greatest

258 facility, and under the most eminent teachers, all the Italic

259 philosophy which was then in vogue. And, as he had a

260 peculiar love for his master Socrates, he made him the speaker

261 in all his dialogues, putting into his mouth whatever he had

262 learned, either from others, or from the efforts of his own

263 powerful intellect, tempering even his moral disputations with

264 the grace and politeness of the Socratic style. And, as the

265 study of wisdom consists in action and contemplation, so that

266 one part of it may be called active, and the other contemplative,—the

267 active part having reference to the conduct of life,

268 that is, to the regulation of morals, and the contemplative part

269 to the investigation into the causes of nature and into pure

270 truth,—Socrates is said to have excelled in the active part of

271 that study, while Pythagoras gave more attention to its contemplative

272 part, on which he brought to bear all the force of

273 his great intellect. To Plato is given the praise of having

274 perfected philosophy by combining both parts into one. He

275 then divides it into three parts,—the first moral, which is

276 chiefly occupied with action; the second natural, of which the

277 object is contemplation; and the third rational, which discriminates

278 between the true and the false. And though this

279 last is necessary both to action and contemplation, it is

280 contemplation, nevertheless, which lays peculiar claim to the

281 office of investigating the nature of truth. Thus this tripartite

282 division is not contrary to that which made the study of

283 wisdom to consist in action and contemplation. Now, as to

284 what Plato thought with respect to each of these parts,—that

285 is, what he believed to be the end of all actions, the cause of

286 all natures, and the light of all intelligences,—it would be a

287 question too long to discuss, and about which we ought not

288 to make any rash affirmation. For, as Plato liked and constantly

289 affected the well-known method of his master Socrates,

290 namely, that of dissimulating his knowledge or his opinions,

291 it is not easy to discover clearly what he himself thought on

292 various matters, any more than it is to discover what were

293 the real opinions of Socrates. We must, nevertheless, insert

294 into our work certain of those opinions which he expresses in

295 his writings, whether he himself uttered them, or narrates

296 them as expressed by others, and seems himself to approve

297 of,—opinions sometimes favourable to the true religion, which

298 our faith takes up and defends, and sometimes contrary to it,

299 as, for example, in the questions concerning the existence of

300 one God or of many, as it relates to the truly blessed life

301 which is to be after death. For those who are praised as

302 having most closely followed Plato, who is justly preferred to

303 all the other philosophers of the Gentiles, and who are said

304 to have manifested the greatest acuteness in understanding

305 him, do perhaps entertain such an idea of God as to admit

306 that in Him are to be found the cause of existence, the ultimate

307 reason for the understanding, and the end in reference

308 to which the whole life is to be regulated. Of which three

309 things, the first is understood to pertain to the natural, the

310 second to the rational, and the third to the moral part of

311 philosophy. For if man has been so created as to attain,

312 through that which is most excellent in him, to that which

313 excels all things,—that is, to the one true and absolutely good

314 God, without whom no nature exists, no doctrine instructs, no

315 exercise profits,—let Him be sought in whom all things are

316 secure to us, let Him be discovered in whom all truth becomes

317 certain to us, let Him be loved in whom all becomes right

318 to us.

319 >

320 >

321 >

322 5. *That it is especially with the Platonists that we must carry on our disputations

323 > on matters of theology, their opinions being preferable to those of all

324 > other philosophers.*

325 If, then, Plato defined the wise man as one who imitates,

326 knows, loves this God, and who is rendered blessed through

327 fellowship with Him in His own blessedness, why discuss

328 with the other philosophers? It is evident that none come

329 nearer to us than the Platonists. To them, therefore, let that

330 fabulous theology give place which delights the minds of men

331 with the crimes of the gods; and that civil theology also, in

332 which impure demons, under the name of gods, have seduced

333 the peoples of the earth given up to earthly pleasures, desiring

334 to be honoured by the errors of men, and, by filling the minds

335 of their worshippers with impure desires, exciting them to

336 make the representation of their crimes one of the rites of

337 their worship, whilst they themselves found in the spectators

338 of these exhibitions a most pleasing spectacle,—a theology in

339 which, whatever was honourable in the temple, was defiled by

340 its mixture with the obscenity of the theatre, and whatever

341 was base in the theatre was vindicated by the abominations

342 of the temples. To these philosophers also the interpretations

343 of Varro must give place, in which he explains the sacred rites

344 as having reference to heaven and earth, and to the seeds and

345 operations of perishable things; for, in the first place, those

346 rites have not the signification which he would have men believe

347 is attached to them, and therefore truth does not follow

348 him in his attempt so to interpret them; and even if they

349 had this signification, still those things ought not to be worshipped

350 by the rational soul as its god which are placed below

351 it in the scale of nature, nor ought the soul to prefer to itself

352 as gods things to which the true God has given it the preference.

353 The same must be said of those writings pertaining to

354 the sacred rites, which Numa Pompilius took care to conceal

355 by causing them to be buried along with himself, and which,

356 when they were afterwards turned up by the plough, were

357 burned by order of the senate. And, to treat Numa with

358 all honour, let us mention as belonging to the same rank as

359 these writings that which Alexander of Macedon wrote to his

360 mother as communicated to him by Leo, an Egyptian high

361 priest. In this letter not only Picus and Faunus, and Æneas

362 and Romulus, or even Hercules and Æsculapius and Liber,

363 born of Semele, and the twin sons of Tyndareus, or any

364 other mortals who have been deified, but even the principal

365 gods themselves,[294] to whom Cicero, in his Tusculan questions,[295]

366 alludes without mentioning their names, Jupiter, Juno,

367 Saturn, Vulcan, Vesta, and many others whom Varro attempts

368 to identify with the parts or the elements of the world, are

369 shown to have been men. There is, as we have said, a similarity

370 between this case and that of Numa; for, the priest

371 being afraid because he had revealed a mystery, earnestly

372 begged of Alexander to command his mother to burn the letter

373 which conveyed these communications to her. Let these two

374 theologies, then, the fabulous and the civil, give place to the

375 Platonic philosophers, who have recognised the true God as

376 the author of all things, the source of the light of truth, and

377 the bountiful bestower of all blessedness. And not these only,

378 but to these great acknowledgers of so great a God, those

379 philosophers must yield who, having their mind enslaved to

380 their body, supposed the principles of all things to be material;

381 as Thales, who held that the first principle of all things was

382 water; Anaximenes, that it was air; the Stoics, that it was

383 fire; Epicurus, who affirmed that it consisted of atoms, that

384 is to say, of minute corpuscules; and many others whom it is

385 needless to enumerate, but who believed that bodies, simple

386 or compound, animate or inanimate, but nevertheless bodies,

387 were the cause and principle of all things. For some of them—as,

388 for instance, the Epicureans—believed that living things

389 could originate from things without life; others held that all

390 things living or without life spring from a living principle,

391 but that, nevertheless, all things, being material, spring from

392 a material principle. For the Stoics thought that fire, that

393 is, one of the four material elements of which this visible

394 world is composed, was both living and intelligent, the maker

395 of the world and of all things contained in it,—that it was

396 in fact God. These and others like them have only been able

397 to suppose that which their hearts enslaved to sense have

398 vainly suggested to them. And yet they have within themselves

399 something which they could not see: they represented

400 to themselves inwardly things which they had seen without,

401 even when they were not seeing them, but only thinking of

402 them. But this representation in thought is no longer a

403 body, but only the similitude of a body; and that faculty of

404 the mind by which this similitude of a body is seen is neither

405 a body nor the similitude of a body; and the faculty which

406 judges whether the representation is beautiful or ugly is

407 without doubt superior to the object judged of. This principle

408 is the understanding of man, the rational soul; and it is

409 certainly not a body, since that similitude of a body which it

410 beholds and judges of is itself not a body. The soul is neither

411 earth, nor water, nor air, nor fire, of which four bodies, called

412 the four elements, we see that this world is composed. And

413 if the soul is not a body, how should God, its Creator, be a

414 body? Let all those philosophers, then, give place, as we

415 have said, to the Platonists, and those also who have been

416 ashamed to say that God is a body, but yet have thought that

417 our souls are of the same nature as God. They have not been

418 staggered by the great changeableness of the soul,—an attribute

419 which it would be impious to ascribe to the divine nature,—but

420 they say it is the body which changes the soul, for in

421 itself it is unchangeable. As well might they say, "Flesh is

422 wounded by some body, for in itself it is invulnerable." In a

423 word, that which is unchangeable can be changed by nothing,

424 so that that which can be changed by the body cannot properly

425 be said to be immutable.

426 6. *Concerning the meaning of the Platonists in that part of philosophy called

427 physical.*

428 These philosophers, then, whom we see not undeservedly

429 exalted above the rest in fame and glory, have seen that no

430 material body is God, and therefore they have transcended

431 all bodies in seeking for God. They have seen that whatever

432 is changeable is not the most high God, and therefore they

433 have transcended every soul and all changeable spirits in

434 seeking the supreme. They have seen also that, in every

435 changeable thing, the form which makes it that which it is,

436 whatever be its mode or nature, can only *be* through Him

437 who truly *is*, because He is unchangeable. And therefore,

438 whether we consider the whole body of the world, its figure,

439 qualities, and orderly movement, and also all the bodies

440 which are in it; or whether we consider all life, either that

441 which nourishes and maintains, as the life of trees, or that

442 which, besides this, has also sensation, as the life of beasts;

443 or that which adds to all these intelligence, as the life of

444 man; or that which does not need the support of nutriment,

445 but only maintains, feels, understands, as the life of angels,—all

446 can only *be* through Him who absolutely *is*. For to Him

447 it is not one thing to *be*, and another to live, as though He

448 could *be*, not living; nor is it to Him one thing to live, and

449 another thing to understand, as though He could live, not

450 understanding; nor is it to Him one thing to understand,

451 another thing to be blessed, as though He could understand

452 and not be blessed. But to Him to live, to understand, to

453 be blessed, are to *be*. They have understood, from this unchangeableness

454 and this simplicity, that all things must have

455 been made by Him, and that He could Himself have been

456 made by none. For they have considered that whatever is

457 is either body or life, and that life is something better than

458 body, and that the nature of body is sensible, and that of

459 life intelligible. Therefore they have preferred the intelligible

460 nature to the sensible. We mean by sensible things such

461 things as can be perceived by the sight and touch of the body;

462 by intelligible things, such as can be understood by the sight

463 of the mind. For there is no corporeal beauty, whether in

464 the condition of a body, as figure, or in its movement, as in

465 music, of which it is not the mind that judges. But this

466 could never have been, had there not existed in the mind

467 itself a superior form of these things, without bulk, without

468 noise of voice, without space and time. But even in respect

469 of these things, had the mind not been mutable, it would not

470 have been possible for one to judge better than another with

471 regard to sensible forms. He who is clever judges better

472 than he who is slow, he who is skilled than he who is unskilful,

473 he who is practised than he who is unpractised; and

474 the same person judges better after he has gained experience

475 than he did before. But that which is capable of more and

476 less is mutable; whence able men, who have thought deeply

477 on these things, have gathered that the first form is not to

478 be found in those things whose form is changeable. Since,

479 therefore, they saw that body and mind might be more or

480 less beautiful in form, and that, if they wanted form, they

481 could have no existence, they saw that there is some existence

482 in which is the first form, unchangeable, and therefore

483 not admitting of degrees of comparison, and in that they most

484 rightly believed was the first principle of things, which was

485 not made, and by which all things were made. Therefore

486 that which is known of God He manifested to them when

487 His invisible things were seen by them, being understood

488 by those things which have been made; also His eternal

489 power and Godhead by whom all visible and temporal things

490 have been created.[296] We have said enough upon that part of

491 theology which they call physical, that is, natural.

492 7. *How much the Platonists are to be held as excelling other philosophers in

493 logic*, i.e. *rational philosophy.*

494 Then, again, as far as regards the doctrine which treats of

495 that which they call logic, that is, rational philosophy, far be

496 it from us to compare them with those who attributed to

497 the bodily senses the faculty of discriminating truth, and

498 thought that all we learn is to be measured by their untrustworthy

499 and fallacious rules. Such were the Epicureans,

500 and all of the same school. Such also were the Stoics, who

501 ascribed to the bodily senses that expertness in disputation

502 which they so ardently love, called by them dialectic, asserting

503 that from the senses the mind conceives the notions

504 (ἔννοιαι) of those things which they explicate by definition.

505 And hence is developed the whole plan and connection of

506 their learning and teaching. I often wonder, with respect to

507 this, how they can say that none are beautiful but the wise;

508 for by what bodily sense have they perceived that beauty,

509 by what eyes of the flesh have they seen wisdom's comeliness

510 of form? Those, however, whom we justly rank before

511 all others, have distinguished those things which are conceived

512 by the mind from those which are perceived by the

513 senses, neither taking away from the senses anything to

514 which they are competent, nor attributing to them anything

515 beyond their competency. And the light of our understandings,

516 by which all things are learned by us, they have affirmed

517 to be that selfsame God by whom all things were made.

518 8. *That the Platonists hold the first rank in moral philosophy also.*

519 The remaining part of philosophy is morals, or what is

520 called by the Greeks ἠθική, in which is discussed the question

521 concerning the chief good,—that which will leave us nothing

522 further to seek in order to be blessed, if only we make all

523 our actions refer to it, and seek it not for the sake of something

524 else, but for its own sake. Therefore it is called the

525 end, because we wish other things on account of it, but itself

526 only for its own sake. This beatific good, therefore, according

527 to some, comes to a man from the body, according to others,

528 from the mind, and, according to others, from both together.

529 For they saw that man himself consists of soul and body;

530 and therefore they believed that from either of these two,

531 or from both together, their well-being must proceed, consisting

532 in a certain final good, which could render them blessed,

533 and to which they might refer all their actions, not requiring

534 anything ulterior to which to refer that good itself. This is

535 why those who have added a third kind of good things, which

536 they call extrinsic,—as honour, glory, wealth, and the like,—have

537 not regarded them as part of the final good, that is, to be

538 sought after for their own sake, but as things which are to be

539 sought for the sake of something else, affirming that this kind

540 of good is good to the good, and evil to the evil. Wherefore,

541 whether they have sought the good of man from the

542 mind or from the body, or from both together, it is still only

543 from man they have supposed that it must be sought. But

544 they who have sought it from the body have sought it from

545 the inferior part of man; they who have sought it from the

546 mind, from the superior part; and they who have sought it

547 from both, from the whole man. Whether, therefore, they

548 have sought it from any part, or from the whole man, still

549 they have only sought it from man; nor have these differences,

550 being three, given rise only to three dissentient sects

551 of philosophers, but to many. For diverse philosophers have

552 held diverse opinions, both concerning the good of the body,

553 and the good of the mind, and the good of both together.

554 Let, therefore, all these give place to those philosophers who

555 have not affirmed that a man is blessed by the enjoyment of

556 the body, or by the enjoyment of the mind, but by the enjoyment

557 of God,—enjoying Him, however, not as the mind does

558 the body or itself, or as one friend enjoys another, but as the

559 eye enjoys light, if, indeed, we may draw any comparison

560 between these things. But what the nature of this comparison

561 is, will, if God help me, be shown in another place, to the

562 best of my ability. At present, it is sufficient to mention

563 that Plato determined the final good to be to live according

564 to virtue, and affirmed that he only can attain to virtue who

565 knows and imitates God,—which knowledge and imitation are

566 the only cause of blessedness. Therefore he did not doubt

567 that to philosophize is to love God, whose nature is incorporeal.

568 Whence it certainly follows that the student of

569 wisdom, that is, the philosopher, will then become blessed

570 when he shall have begun to enjoy God. For though he is

571 not necessarily blessed who enjoys that which he loves (for

572 many are miserable by loving that which ought not to be

573 loved, and still more miserable when they enjoy it), nevertheless

574 no one is blessed who does not enjoy that which he loves.

575 For even they who love things which ought not to be loved

576 do not count themselves blessed by loving merely, but by

577 enjoying them. Who, then, but the most miserable will deny

578 that he is blessed, who enjoys that which he loves, and loves

579 the true and highest good? But the true and highest good,

580 according to Plato, is God, and therefore he would call him

581 a philosopher who loves God; for philosophy is directed to the

582 obtaining of the blessed life, and he who loves God is blessed

583 in the enjoyment of God.

584 9. *Concerning that philosophy which has come nearest to the Christian faith.*

585 Whatever philosophers, therefore, thought concerning the

586 supreme God, that He is both the maker of all created things,

587 the light by which things are known, and the good in reference

588 to which things are to be done; that we have in Him the

589 first principle of nature, the truth of doctrine, and the happiness

590 of life,—whether these philosophers may be more suitably

591 called Platonists, or whether they may give some other name

592 to their sect; whether, we say, that only the chief men of the

593 Ionic school, such as Plato himself, and they who have well

594 understood him, have thought thus; or whether we also include

595 the Italic school, on account of Pythagoras and the

596 Pythagoreans, and all who may have held like opinions; and,

597 lastly, whether also we include all who have been held wise

598 men and philosophers among all nations who are discovered to

599 have seen and taught this, be they Atlantics, Libyans, Egyptians,

600 Indians, Persians, Chaldeans, Scythians, Gauls, Spaniards, or

601 of other nations,—we prefer these to all other philosophers,

602 and confess that they approach nearest to us.

603 10. *That the excellency of the Christian religion is above all the science of

604 philosophers.*

605 For although a Christian man instructed only in ecclesiastical

606 literature may perhaps be ignorant of the very name of

607 Platonists, and may not even know that there have existed

608 two schools of philosophers speaking the Greek tongue, to

609 wit, the Ionic and Italic, he is nevertheless not so deaf with

610 respect to human affairs, as not to know that philosophers

611 profess the study, and even the possession, of wisdom. He

612 is on his guard, however, with respect to those who philosophize

613 according to the elements of this world, not according

614 to God, by whom the world itself was made; for he is warned

615 by the precept of the apostle, and faithfully hears what has

616 been said, "Beware that no one deceive you through philosophy

617 and vain deceit, according to the elements of the world."[297]

618 Then, that he may not suppose that all philosophers are such

619 as do this, he hears the same apostle say concerning certain

620 of them, "Because that which is known of God is manifest

621 among them, for God has manifested it to them. For His

622 invisible things from the creation of the world are clearly

623 seen, being understood by the things which are made, also

624 His eternal power and Godhead."[298] And, when speaking to

625 the Athenians, after having spoken a mighty thing concerning

626 God, which few are able to understand, "In Him we live, and

627 move, and have our being,"[299] he goes on to say, "As certain

628 also of your own have said." He knows well, too, to be on

629 his guard against even these philosophers in their errors. For

630 where it has been said by him, "that God has manifested to

631 them by those things which are made His invisible things, that

632 they might be seen by the understanding," there it has also

633 been said that they did not rightly worship God Himself,

634 because they paid divine honours, which are due to Him

635 alone, to other things also to which they ought not to have

636 paid them,—"because, knowing God, they glorified Him not as

637 God; neither were thankful, but became vain in their imaginations,

638 and their foolish heart was darkened. Professing

639 themselves to be wise, they became fools, and changed the

640 glory of the incorruptible God into the likeness of the image

641 of corruptible man, and of birds, and fourfooted beasts, and

642 creeping things;"[300]—where the apostle would have us

643 understand him as meaning the Romans, and Greeks, and

644 Egyptians, who gloried in the name of wisdom; but concerning

645 this we will dispute with them afterwards. With

646 respect, however, to that wherein they agree with us we

647 prefer them to all others, namely, concerning the one God,

648 the author of this universe, who is not only above every body,

649 being incorporeal, but also above all souls, being incorruptible—our

650 principle, our light, our good. And though the

651 Christian man, being ignorant of their writings, does not use

652 in disputation words which he has not learned,—not calling

653 that part of philosophy natural (which is the Latin term), or

654 physical (which is the Greek one), which treats of the investigation

655 of nature; or that part rational, or logical, which deals

656 with the question how truth may be discovered; or that part

657 moral, or ethical, which concerns morals, and shows how good

658 is to be sought, and evil to be shunned,—he is not, therefore,

659 ignorant that it is from the one true and supremely good God

660 that we have that nature in which we are made in the image

661 of God, and that doctrine by which we know Him and ourselves,

662 and that grace through which, by cleaving to Him, we

663 are blessed. This, therefore, is the cause why we prefer these

664 to all the others, because, whilst other philosophers have worn

665 out their minds and powers in seeking the causes of things,

666 and endeavouring to discover the right mode of learning and

667 of living, these, by knowing God, have found where resides the

668 cause by which the universe has been constituted, and the

669 light by which truth is to be discovered, and the fountain at

670 which felicity is to be drunk. All philosophers, then, who

671 have had these thoughts concerning God, whether Platonists

672 or others, agree with us. But we have thought it better to

673 plead our cause with the Platonists, because their writings are

674 better known. For the Greeks, whose tongue holds the highest

675 place among the languages of the Gentiles, are loud in their

676 praises of these writings; and the Latins, taken with their

677 excellence, or their renown, have studied them more heartily

678 than other writings, and, by translating them into our tongue,

679 have given them greater celebrity and notoriety.

680 11. *How Plato has been able to approach so nearly to Christian knowledge.*

681 Certain partakers with us in the grace of Christ, wonder

682 when they hear and read that Plato had conceptions concerning

683 God, in which they recognise considerable agreement with

684 the truth of our religion. Some have concluded from this,

685 that when he went to Egypt he had heard the prophet Jeremiah,

686 or, whilst travelling in the same country, had read the

687 prophetic scriptures, which opinion I myself have expressed

688 in certain of my writings.[301] But a careful calculation of dates,

689 contained in chronological history, shows that Plato was born

690 about a hundred years after the time in which Jeremiah prophesied,

691 and, as he lived eighty-one years, there are found to

692 have been about seventy years from his death to that time

693 when Ptolemy, king of Egypt, requested the prophetic scriptures

694 of the Hebrew people to be sent to him from Judea,

695 and committed them to seventy Hebrews, who also knew the

696 Greek tongue, to be translated and kept. Therefore, on that

697 voyage of his, Plato could neither have seen Jeremiah, who

698 was dead so long before, nor have read those same scriptures

699 which had not yet been translated into the Greek language, of

700 which he was a master, unless, indeed, we say that, as he

701 was most earnest in the pursuit of knowledge, he also studied

702 those writings through an interpreter, as he did those of the

703 Egyptians,—not, indeed, writing a translation of them (the

704 facilities for doing which were only gained even by Ptolemy

705 in return for munificent acts of kindness,[302] though fear of his

706 kingly authority might have seemed a sufficient motive), but

707 learning as much as he possibly could concerning their contents

708 by means of conversation. What warrants this supposition is

709 the opening verses of Genesis: "In the beginning God made

710 the heaven and earth. And the earth was invisible, and

711 without order; and darkness was over the abyss: and the

712 Spirit of God moved over the waters."[303] For in the *Timæus*,

713 when writing on the formation of the world, he says that God

714 first united earth and fire; from which it is evident that he

715 assigns to fire a place in heaven. This opinion bears a certain

716 resemblance to the statement, "In the beginning God made

717 heaven and earth." Plato next speaks of those two intermediary

718 elements, water and air, by which the other two

719 extremes, namely, earth and fire, were mutually united;

720 from which circumstance he is thought to have so understood

721 the words, "The Spirit of God moved over the waters." For,

722 not paying sufficient attention to the designations given by

723 those scriptures to the Spirit of God, he may have thought

724 that the four elements are spoken of in that place, because

725 the air also is called spirit.[304] Then, as to Plato's saying that

726 the philosopher is a lover of God, nothing shines forth more

727 conspicuously in those sacred writings. But the most striking

728 thing in this connection, and that which most of all inclines

729 me almost to assent to the opinion that Plato was not ignorant

730 of those writings, is the answer which was given to the question

731 elicited from the holy Moses when the words of God

732 were conveyed to him by the angel; for, when he asked what

733 was the name of that God who was commanding him to go

734 and deliver the Hebrew people out of Egypt, this answer was

735 given: "I am who am; and thou shalt say to the children of

736 Israel, He who *is* sent me unto you;"[305] as though compared

737 with Him that truly *is*, because He is unchangeable, those

738 things which have been created mutable *are* not,—a truth

739 which Plato vehemently held, and most diligently commended.

740 And I know not whether this sentiment is anywhere to be

741 found in the books of those who were before Plato, unless in

742 that book where it is said, "I am who am; and thou shalt

743 say to the children of Israel, *Who is* sent me unto you."

744 >

745 >

746 >

747 12. *That even the Platonists, though they say these things concerning the one

748 > true God, nevertheless thought that sacred rites were to be performed in

749 > honour of many gods.*

750 But we need not determine from what source he learned

751 these things,—whether it was from the books of the ancients

752 who preceded him, or, as is more likely, from the words of

753 the apostle: "Because that which is known of God has been

754 manifested among them, for God hath manifested it to them.

755 For His invisible things from the creation of the world are

756 clearly seen, being understood by those things which have

757 been made, also His eternal power and Godhead."[306] From

758 whatever source he may have derived this knowledge, then, I

759 think I have made it sufficiently plain that I have not chosen

760 the Platonic philosophers undeservedly as the parties with

761 whom to discuss; because the question we have just taken

762 up concerns the natural theology,—the question, namely,

763 whether sacred rites are to be performed to one God, or to

764 many, for the sake of the happiness which is to be after death.

765 I have specially chosen them because their juster thoughts

766 concerning the one God who made heaven and earth, have

767 made them illustrious among philosophers. This has given

768 them such superiority to all others in the judgment of posterity,

769 that, though Aristotle, the disciple of Plato, a man of

770 eminent abilities, inferior in eloquence to Plato, yet far superior

771 to many in that respect, had founded the Peripatetic sect,—so

772 called because they were in the habit of walking about during

773 their disputations,—and though he had, through the greatness

774 of his fame, gathered very many disciples into his school, even

775 during the life of his master; and though Plato at his death

776 was succeeded in his school, which was called the Academy,

777 by Speusippus, his sister's son, and Xenocrates, his beloved

778 disciple, who, together with their successors, were called from

779 this name of the school, Academics; nevertheless the most

780 illustrious recent philosophers, who have chosen to follow Plato,

781 have been unwilling to be called Peripatetics, or Academics,

782 but have preferred the name of Platonists. Among these

783 were the renowned Plotinus, Iamblichus, and Porphyry, who

784 were Greeks, and the African Apuleius, who was learned both

785 in the Greek and Latin tongues. All these, however, and the

786 rest who were of the same school, and also Plato himself,

787 thought that sacred rites ought to be performed in honour of

788 many gods.

789 13. *Concerning the opinion of Plato, according to which he defined the gods

790 as beings entirely good and the friends of virtue.*

791 Therefore, although in many other important respects they

792 differ from us, nevertheless with respect to this particular

793 point of difference, which I have just stated, as it is one of

794 great moment, and the question on hand concerns it, I will

795 first ask them to what gods they think that sacred rites are

796 to be performed,—to the good or to the bad, or to both the

797 good and the bad? But we have the opinion of Plato affirming

798 that all the gods are good, and that there is not one of the

799 gods bad. It follows, therefore, that these are to be performed

800 to the good, for then they are performed to gods; for if they

801 are not good, neither are they gods. Now, if this be the case

802 (for what else ought we to believe concerning the gods?), certainly

803 it explodes the opinion that the bad gods are to be

804 propitiated by sacred rites in order that they may not harm

805 us, but the good gods are to be invoked in order that they

806 may assist us. For there are no bad gods, and it is to the

807 good that, as they say, the due honour of such rites is to

808 be paid. Of what character, then, are those gods who love

809 scenic displays, even demanding that a place be given them

810 among divine things, and that they be exhibited in their

811 honour? The power of these gods proves that they exist,

812 but their liking such things proves that they are bad. For it

813 is well known what Plato's opinion was concerning scenic

814 plays. He thinks that the poets themselves, because they

815 have composed songs so unworthy of the majesty and goodness

816 of the gods, ought to be banished from the state. Of

817 what character, therefore, are those gods who contend with

818 Plato himself about those scenic plays? He does not suffer

819 the gods to be defamed by false crimes; the gods command

820 those same crimes to be celebrated in their own honour.

821 In fine, when they ordered these plays to be inaugurated,

822 they not only demanded base things, but also did cruel things,

823 taking from Titus Latinius his son, and sending a disease

824 upon him because he had refused to obey them, which they

825 removed when he had fulfilled their commands. Plato, however,

826 bad though they were, did not think they were to be

827 feared; but, holding to his opinion with the utmost firmness

828 and constancy, does not hesitate to remove from a well-ordered

829 state all the sacrilegious follies of the poets, with

830 which these gods are delighted because they themselves are

831 impure. But Labeo places this same Plato (as I have mentioned

832 already in the second book[307]) among the demi-gods.

833 Now Labeo thinks that the bad deities are to be propitiated

834 with bloody victims, and by fasts accompanied with the same,

835 but the good deities with plays, and all other things which

836 are associated with joyfulness. How comes it, then, that the

837 demi-god Plato so persistently dares to take away those pleasures,

838 because he deems them base, not from the demi-gods

839 but from the gods, and these the good gods? And, moreover,

840 those very gods themselves do certainly refute the opinion of

841 Labeo, for they showed themselves in the case of Latinius to

842 be not only wanton and sportive, but also cruel and terrible.

843 Let the Platonists, therefore, explain these things to us, since,

844 following the opinion of their master, they think that all the

845 gods are good and honourable, and friendly to the virtues of

846 the wise, holding it unlawful to think otherwise concerning

847 any of the gods. We will explain it, say they. Let us then

848 attentively listen to them.

849 >

850 >

851 >

852 14. *Of the opinion of those who have said that rational souls are of three kinds,

853 > to wit, those of the celestial gods, those of the aerial demons, and those of

854 > terrestrial men.*

855 There is, say they, a threefold division of all animals endowed

856 with a rational soul, namely, into gods, men, and demons.

857 The gods occupy the loftiest region, men the lowest, the

858 demons the middle region. For the abode of the gods is

859 heaven, that of men the earth, that of the demons the air.

860 As the dignity of their regions is diverse, so also is that of

861 their natures; therefore the gods are better than men and

862 demons. Men have been placed below the gods and demons,

863 both in respect of the order of the regions they inhabit, and

864 the difference of their merits. The demons, therefore, who

865 hold the middle place, as they are inferior to the gods, than

866 whom they inhabit a lower region, so they are superior to

867 men, than whom they inhabit a loftier one. For they have

868 immortality of body in common with the gods, but passions of

869 the mind in common with men. On which account, say they,

870 it is not wonderful that they are delighted with the obscenities

871 of the theatre, and the fictions of the poets, since they are

872 also subject to human passions, from which the gods are far

873 removed, and to which they are altogether strangers. Whence

874 we conclude that it was not the gods, who are all good and

875 highly exalted, that Plato deprived of the pleasure of theatric

876 plays, by reprobating and prohibiting the fictions of the poets,

877 but the demons.

878 Of these things many have written: among others Apuleius,

879 the Platonist of Madaura, who composed a whole work on the

880 subject, entitled, *Concerning the God of Socrates*. He there

881 discusses and explains of what kind that deity was who attended

882 on Socrates, a sort of familiar, by whom it is said he

883 was admonished to desist from any action which would not

884 turn out to his advantage. He asserts most distinctly, and

885 proves at great length, that it was not a god but a demon;

886 and he discusses with great diligence the opinion of Plato

887 concerning the lofty estate of the gods, the lowly estate of men,

888 and the middle estate of demons. These things being so,

889 how did Plato dare to take away, if not from the gods, whom

890 he removed from all human contagion, certainly from the

891 demons, all the pleasures of the theatre, by expelling the poets

892 from the state? Evidently in this way he wished to admonish

893 the human soul, although still confined in these moribund

894 members, to despise the shameful commands of the demons,

895 and to detest their impurity, and to choose rather the splendour

896 of virtue. But if Plato showed himself virtuous in

897 answering and prohibiting these things, then certainly it was

898 shameful of the demons to command them. Therefore either

899 Apuleius is wrong, and Socrates' familiar did not belong to

900 this class of deities, or Plato held contradictory opinions, now

901 honouring the demons, now removing from the well-regulated

902 state the things in which they delighted, or Socrates is not to

903 be congratulated on the friendship of the demon, of which

904 Apuleius was so ashamed that he entitled his book *On the

905 God of Socrates*, whilst according to the tenor of his discussion,

906 wherein he so diligently and at such length distinguishes

907 gods from demons, he ought not to have entitled it, *Concerning

908 the God*, but *Concerning the Demon of Socrates*. But he

909 preferred to put this into the discussion itself rather than into

910 the title of his book. For, through the sound doctrine which

911 has illuminated human society, all, or almost all men have

912 such a horror at the name of demons, that every one who,

913 before reading the dissertation of Apuleius, which sets forth

914 the dignity of demons, should have read the title of the book,

915 *On the Demon of Socrates*, would certainly have thought that

916 the author was not a sane man. But what did even Apuleius

917 find to praise in the demons, except subtlety and strength of

918 body and a higher place of habitation? For when he spoke

919 generally concerning their manners, he said nothing that was

920 good, but very much that was bad. Finally, no one, when he

921 has read that book, wonders that they desired to have even

922 the obscenity of the stage among divine things, or that, wishing

923 to be thought gods, they should be delighted with the

924 crimes of the gods, or that all those sacred solemnities, whose

925 obscenity occasions laughter, and whose shameful cruelty causes

926 horror, should be in agreement with their passions.

927 15. *That the demons are not better than men because of their aerial bodies,

928 or on account of their superior place of abode.*

929 Wherefore let not the mind truly religious, and submitted

930 to the true God, suppose that demons are better than men,

931 because they have better bodies. Otherwise it must put

932 many beasts before itself which are superior to us both in

933 acuteness of the senses, in ease and quickness of movement,

934 in strength and in long-continued vigour of body. What

935 man can equal the eagle or the vulture in strength of vision?

936 Who can equal the dog in acuteness of smell? Who can

937 equal the hare, the stag, and all the birds in swiftness? Who

938 can equal in strength the lion or the elephant? Who can

939 equal in length of life the serpents, which are affirmed to

940 put off old age along with their skin, and to return to youth

941 again? But as we are better than all these by the possession

942 of reason and understanding, so we ought also to be better

943 than the demons by living good and virtuous lives. For

944 divine providence gave to them bodies of a better quality

945 than ours, that that in which we excel them might in this

946 way be commended to us as deserving to be far more cared

947 for than the body, and that we should learn to despise the

948 bodily excellence of the demons compared with goodness of

949 life, in respect of which we are better than they, knowing that

950 we too shall have immortality of body,—not an immortality

951 tortured by eternal punishment, but that which is consequent

952 on purity of soul.

953 But now, as regards loftiness of place, it is altogether ridiculous

954 to be so influenced by the fact that the demons inhabit

955 the air, and we the earth, as to think that on that account

956 they are to be put before us; for in this way we put all the

957 birds before ourselves. But the birds, when they are weary

958 with flying, or require to repair their bodies with food, come

959 back to the earth to rest or to feed, which the demons, they

960 say, do not. Are they, therefore, inclined to say that the

961 birds are superior to us, and the demons superior to the birds?

962 But if it be madness to think so, there is no reason why we

963 should think that, on account of their inhabiting a loftier

964 element, the demons have a claim to our religious submission.

965 But as it is really the case that the birds of the air are not

966 only not put before us who dwell on the earth, but are even

967 subjected to us on account of the dignity of the rational soul

968 which is in us, so also it is the case that the demons, though

969 they are aerial, are not better than we who are terrestrial

970 because the air is higher than the earth, but, on the contrary,

971 men are to be put before demons because their despair is not

972 to be compared to the hope of pious men. Even that law of

973 Plato's, according to which he mutually orders and arranges

974 the four elements, inserting between the two extreme elements—namely,

975 fire, which is in the highest degree mobile, and the

976 immoveable earth—the two middle ones, air and water, that

977 by how much the air is higher up than the water, and the fire

978 than the air, by so much also are the waters higher than

979 the earth,—this law, I say, sufficiently admonishes us not to

980 estimate the merits of animated creatures according to the

981 grades of the elements. And Apuleius himself says that man

982 is a terrestrial animal in common with the rest, who is nevertheless

983 to be put far before aquatic animals, though Plato puts

984 the waters themselves before the land. By this he would

985 have us understand that the same order is not to be observed

986 when the question concerns the merits of animals, though it

987 seems to be the true one in the gradation of bodies; for it

988 appears to be possible that a soul of a higher order may inhabit

989 a body of a lower, and a soul of a lower order a body

990 of a higher.

991 16. *What Apuleius the Platonist thought concerning the manners and

992 actions of demons.*

993 The same Apuleius, when speaking concerning the manners

994 of demons, said that they are agitated with the same perturbations

995 of mind as men; that they are provoked by injuries,

996 propitiated by services and by gifts, rejoice in honours, are

997 delighted with a variety of sacred rites, and are annoyed if

998 any of them be neglected. Among other things, he also says

999 that on them depend the divinations of augurs, soothsayers,

1000 and prophets, and the revelations of dreams; and that from

1001 them also are the miracles of the magicians. But, when

1002 giving a brief definition of them, he says, "Demons are of an

1003 animal nature, passive in soul, rational in mind, aerial in body,

1004 eternal in time." "Of which five things, the three first are

1005 common to them and us, the fourth peculiar to themselves,

1006 and the fifth common to them with the gods."[308] But I see

1007 that they have in common with the gods two of the first things,

1008 which they have in common with us. For he says that the

1009 gods also are animals; and when he is assigning to every

1010 order of beings its own element, he places us among the other

1011 terrestrial animals which live and feel upon the earth. Wherefore,

1012 if the demons are animals as to genus, this is common to

1013 them, not only with men, but also with the gods and with

1014 beasts; if they are rational as to their mind, this is common

1015 to them with the gods and with men; if they are eternal in

1016 time, this is common to them with the gods only; if they are

1017 passive as to their soul, this is common to them with men

1018 only; if they are aerial in body, in this they are alone. Therefore

1019 it is no great thing for them to be of an animal nature,

1020 for so also are the beasts; in being rational as to mind, they

1021 are not above ourselves, for so are we also; and as to their

1022 being eternal as to time, what is the advantage of that if

1023 they are not blessed? for better is temporal happiness than

1024 eternal misery. Again, as to their being passive in soul, how

1025 are they in this respect above us, since we also are so, but

1026 would not have been so had we not been miserable? Also,

1027 as to their being aerial in body, how much value is to be set

1028 on that, since a soul of any kind whatsoever is to be set above

1029 every body? and therefore religious worship, which ought to

1030 be rendered from the soul, is by no means due to that thing

1031 which is inferior to the soul. Moreover, if he had, among

1032 those things which he says belong to demons, enumerated

1033 virtue, wisdom, happiness, and affirmed that they have those

1034 things in common with the gods, and, like them, eternally, he

1035 would assuredly have attributed to them something greatly to

1036 be desired, and much to be prized. And even in that case it

1037 would not have been our duty to worship them like God on

1038 account of these things, but rather to worship Him from whom

1039 we know they had received them. But how much less are

1040 they really worthy of divine honour,—those aerial animals who

1041 are only rational that they may be capable of misery, passive

1042 that they may be actually miserable, and eternal that it may

1043 be impossible for them to end their misery!

1044 17. *Whether it is proper that men should worship those spirits from whose

1045 vices it is necessary that they be freed.*

1046 Wherefore, to omit other things, and confine our attention

1047 to that which he says is common to the demons with us, let us

1048 ask this question: If all the four elements are full of their own

1049 animals, the fire and the air of immortal, and the water and the

1050 earth of mortal ones, why are the souls of demons agitated by

1051 the whirlwinds and tempests of passions?—for the Greek word

1052 πάθος means perturbation, whence he chose to call the demons

1053 "passive in soul," because the word passion, which is derived

1054 from πάθος, signified a commotion of the mind contrary to

1055 reason. Why, then, are these things in the minds of demons

1056 which are not in beasts? For if anything of this kind appears

1057 in beasts, it is not perturbation, because it is not contrary to

1058 reason, of which they are devoid. Now it is foolishness or

1059 misery which is the cause of these perturbations in the case of

1060 men, for we are not yet blessed in the possession of that perfection

1061 of wisdom which is promised to us at last, when we

1062 shall be set free from our present mortality. But the gods,

1063 they say, are free from these perturbations, because they are

1064 not only eternal, but also blessed; for they also have the same

1065 kind of rational souls, but most pure from all spot and plague.

1066 Wherefore, if the gods are free from perturbation because they

1067 are blessed, not miserable animals, and the beasts are free

1068 from them because they are animals which are capable neither

1069 of blessedness nor misery, it remains that the demons, like

1070 men, are subject to perturbations because they are not blessed

1071 but miserable animals. What folly, therefore, or rather what

1072 madness, to submit ourselves through any sentiment of religion

1073 to demons, when it belongs to the true religion to deliver us

1074 from that depravity which makes us like to them! For

1075 Apuleius himself, although he is very sparing toward them,

1076 and thinks they are worthy of divine honours, is nevertheless

1077 compelled to confess that they are subject to anger; and the

1078 true religion commands us not to be moved with anger, but

1079 rather to resist it. The demons are won over by gifts; and

1080 the true religion commands us to favour no one on account of

1081 gifts received. The demons are flattered by honours; but the

1082 true religion commands us by no means to be moved by such

1083 things. The demons are haters of some men and lovers of

1084 others, not in consequence of a prudent and calm judgment,

1085 but because of what he calls their "passive soul;" whereas the

1086 true religion commands us to love even our enemies. Lastly,

1087 the true religion commands us to put away all disquietude

1088 of heart, and agitation of mind, and also all commotions and

1089 tempests of the soul, which Apuleius asserts to be continually

1090 swelling and surging in the souls of demons. Why, therefore,

1091 except through foolishness and miserable error, shouldst thou

1092 humble thyself to worship a being to whom thou desirest to

1093 be unlike in thy life? And why shouldst thou pay religious

1094 homage to him whom thou art unwilling to imitate, when it

1095 is the highest duty of religion to imitate Him whom thou worshippest?

1096 >

1097 >

1098 >

1099 18. *What kind of religion that is which teaches that men ought to employ the

1100 > advocacy of demons in order to be recommended to the favour of the good

1101 > gods.*

1102 In vain, therefore, have Apuleius, and they who think with

1103 him, conferred on the demons the honour of placing them in

1104 the air, between the ethereal heavens and the earth, that they

1105 may carry to the gods the prayers of men, to men the answers of

1106 the gods; for Plato held, they say, that no god has intercourse

1107 with man. They who believe these things have thought it unbecoming

1108 that men should have intercourse with the gods, and

1109 the gods with men, but a befitting thing that the demons

1110 should have intercourse with both gods and men, presenting to

1111 the gods the petitions of men, and conveying to men what the

1112 gods have granted; so that a chaste man, and one who is a

1113 stranger to the crimes of the magic arts, must use as patrons,

1114 through whom the gods may be induced to hear him, demons

1115 who love these crimes, although the very fact of his not loving

1116 them ought to have recommended him to them as one who

1117 deserved to be listened to with greater readiness and willingness

1118 on their part. They love the abominations of the stage,

1119 which chastity does not love. They love, in the sorceries of

1120 the magicians, "*a thousand arts of inflicting harm*,"[309] which innocence

1121 does not love. Yet both chastity and innocence, if

1122 they wish to obtain anything from the gods, will not be able

1123 to do so by their own merits, except their enemies act as

1124 mediators on their behalf. Apuleius need not attempt to

1125 justify the fictions of the poets, and the mockeries of the stage.

1126 If human modesty can act so faithlessly towards itself as not

1127 only to love shameful things, but even to think that they are

1128 pleasing to the divinity, we can cite on the other side their

1129 own highest authority and teacher, Plato.

1130 19. *Of the impiety of the magic art, which is dependent on the assistance

1131 of malign spirits.*

1132 Moreover, against those magic arts, concerning which some

1133 men, exceedingly wretched and exceedingly impious, delight

1134 to boast, may not public opinion itself be brought forward as

1135 a witness? For why are those arts so severely punished by

1136 the laws, if they are the works of deities who ought to be

1137 worshipped? Shall it be said that the Christians have ordained

1138 those laws by which magic arts are punished? With what

1139 other meaning, except that these sorceries are without doubt

1140 pernicious to the human race, did the most illustrious poet

1141 say,

1142 "By heaven, I swear, and your dear life,

1143 Unwillingly these arms I wield,

1144 And take, to meet the coming strife,

1145 Enchantment's sword and shield."[310]

1146 And that also which he says in another place concerning

1147 magic arts,

1148 "I've seen him to another place transport the standing corn,"[311]

1149 has reference to the fact that the fruits of one field are said to

1150 be transferred to another by these arts which this pestiferous

1151 and accursed doctrine teaches. Does not Cicero inform us that,

1152 among the laws of the Twelve Tables, that is, the most ancient

1153 laws of the Romans, there was a law written which appointed

1154 a punishment to be inflicted on him who should do this?[312]

1155 Lastly, was it before Christian judges that Apuleius himself

1156 was accused of magic arts?[313] Had he known these arts to be

1157 divine and pious, and congruous with the works of divine

1158 power, he ought not only to have confessed, but also to have

1159 professed them, rather blaming the laws by which these things

1160 were prohibited and pronounced worthy of condemnation, while

1161 they ought to have been held worthy of admiration and respect.

1162 For by so doing, either he would have persuaded the judges to

1163 adopt his own opinion, or, if they had shown their partiality

1164 for unjust laws, and condemned him to death notwithstanding

1165 his praising and commending such things, the demons would

1166 have bestowed on his soul such rewards as he deserved, who,

1167 in order to proclaim and set forth their divine works, had not

1168 feared the loss of his human life. As our martyrs, when that

1169 religion was charged on them as a crime, by which they knew

1170 they were made safe and most glorious throughout eternity,

1171 did not choose, by denying it, to escape temporal punishments,

1172 but rather by confessing, professing, and proclaiming it, by

1173 enduring all things for it with fidelity and fortitude, and by

1174 dying for it with pious calmness, put to shame the law by

1175 which that religion was prohibited, and caused its revocation.

1176 But there is extant a most copious and eloquent oration of

1177 this Platonic philosopher, in which he defends himself against

1178 the charge of practising these arts, affirming that he is wholly

1179 a stranger to them, and only wishing to show his innocence

1180 by denying such things as cannot be innocently committed.

1181 But all the miracles of the magicians, who he thinks are justly

1182 deserving of condemnation, are performed according to the

1183 teaching and by the power of demons. Why, then, does he

1184 think that they ought to be honoured? For he asserts that

1185 they are necessary, in order to present our prayers to the gods,

1186 and yet their works are such as we must shun if we wish our

1187 prayers to reach the true God. Again, I ask, what kind of

1188 prayers of men does he suppose are presented to the good

1189 gods by the demons? If magical prayers, they will have none

1190 such; if lawful prayers, they will not receive them through

1191 such beings. But if a sinner who is penitent pour out prayers,

1192 especially if he has committed any crime of sorcery, does he

1193 receive pardon through the intercession of those demons by

1194 whose instigation and help he has fallen into the sin he mourns?

1195 or do the demons themselves, in order that they may merit

1196 pardon for the penitent, first become penitents because they

1197 have deceived them? This no one ever said concerning the

1198 demons; for had this been the case, they would never have

1199 dared to seek for themselves divine honours. For how should

1200 they do so who desired by penitence to obtain the grace of

1201 pardon, seeing that such detestable pride could not exist along

1202 with a humility worthy of pardon?

1203 20. *Whether we are to believe that the good gods are more willing to have

1204 intercourse with demons than with men.*

1205 But does any urgent and most pressing cause compel the

1206 demons to mediate between the gods and men, that they may

1207 offer the prayers of men, and bring back the answers from the

1208 gods? and if so, what, pray, is that cause, what is that so

1209 great necessity? Because, say they, no god has intercourse

1210 with man. Most admirable holiness of God, which has no

1211 intercourse with a supplicating man, and yet has intercourse

1212 with an arrogant demon! which has no intercourse with a

1213 penitent man, and yet has intercourse with a deceiving demon!

1214 which has no intercourse with a man fleeing for refuge to the

1215 divine nature, and yet has intercourse with a demon feigning

1216 divinity! which has no intercourse with a man seeking pardon,

1217 and yet has intercourse with a demon persuading to wickedness!

1218 which has no intercourse with a man expelling the

1219 poets by means of philosophical writings from a well-regulated

1220 state, and yet has intercourse with a demon requesting

1221 from the princes and priests of a state the theatrical performance

1222 of the mockeries of the poets! which has no intercourse

1223 with the man who prohibits the ascribing of crime to the

1224 gods, and yet has intercourse with a demon who takes delight

1225 in the fictitious representation of their crimes! which has no

1226 intercourse with a man punishing the crimes of the magicians

1227 by just laws, and yet has intercourse with a demon teaching

1228 and practising magical arts! which has no intercourse with a

1229 man shunning the imitation of a demon, and yet has intercourse

1230 with a demon lying in wait for the deception of a

1231 man!

1232 21. *Whether the gods use the demons as messengers and interpreters, and whether

1233 they are deceived by them willingly, or without their own knowledge.*

1234 But herein, no doubt, lies the great necessity for this

1235 absurdity, so unworthy of the gods, that the ethereal gods,

1236 who are concerned about human affairs, would not know what

1237 terrestrial men were doing unless the aerial demons should

1238 bring them intelligence, because the ether is suspended far

1239 away from the earth and far above it, but the air is contiguous

1240 both to the ether and to the earth. O admirable wisdom!

1241 what else do these men think concerning the gods who, they

1242 say, are all in the highest degree good, but that they are

1243 concerned about human affairs, lest they should seem unworthy

1244 of worship, whilst, on the other hand, from the

1245 distance between the elements, they are ignorant of terrestrial

1246 things? It is on this account that they have supposed

1247 the demons to be necessary as agents, through whom the

1248 gods may inform themselves with respect to human affairs,

1249 and through whom, when necessary, they may succour men;

1250 and it is on account of this office that the demons themselves

1251 have been held as deserving of worship. If this be the case,

1252 then a demon is better known by these good gods through

1253 nearness of body, than a man is by goodness of mind. O

1254 mournful necessity! or shall I not rather say detestable and

1255 vain error, that I may not impute vanity to the divine nature!

1256 For if the gods can, with their minds free from the hindrance

1257 of bodies, see our mind, they do not need the demons as

1258 messengers from our mind to them; but if the ethereal gods,

1259 by means of their bodies, perceive the corporeal indices of

1260 minds, as the countenance, speech, motion, and thence understand

1261 what the demons tell them, then it is also possible that

1262 they may be deceived by the falsehoods of demons. Moreover,

1263 if the divinity of the gods cannot be deceived by the demons,

1264 neither can it be ignorant of our actions. But I would they

1265 would tell me whether the demons have informed the gods

1266 that the fictions of the poets concerning the crimes of the

1267 gods displease Plato, concealing the pleasure which they themselves

1268 take in them; or whether they have concealed both, and

1269 have preferred that the gods should be ignorant with respect

1270 to this whole matter, or have told both, as well the pious

1271 prudence of Plato with respect to the gods as their own lust,

1272 which is injurious to the gods; or whether they have concealed

1273 Plato's opinion, according to which he was unwilling that the

1274 gods should be defamed with falsely alleged crimes through

1275 the impious licence of the poets, whilst they have not been

1276 ashamed nor afraid to make known their own wickedness,

1277 which make them love theatrical plays, in which the infamous

1278 deeds of the gods are celebrated. Let them choose which

1279 they will of these four alternatives, and let them consider how

1280 much evil any one of them would require them to think of the

1281 gods. For if they choose the first, they must then confess that

1282 it was not possible for the good gods to dwell with the good

1283 Plato, though he sought to prohibit things injurious to them,

1284 whilst they dwelt with evil demons, who exulted in their

1285 injuries; and this because they suppose that the good gods

1286 can only know a good man, placed at so great a distance from

1287 them, through the mediation of evil demons, whom they could

1288 know on account of their nearness to themselves.[314] If they

1289 shall choose the second, and shall say that both these things

1290 are concealed by the demons, so that the gods are wholly

1291 ignorant both of Plato's most religious law and the sacrilegious

1292 pleasure of the demons, what, in that case, can the

1293 gods know to any profit with respect to human affairs through

1294 these mediating demons, when they do not know those things

1295 which are decreed, through the piety of good men, for the

1296 honour of the good gods against the lust of evil demons?

1297 But if they shall choose the third, and reply that these intermediary

1298 demons have communicated, not only the opinion

1299 of Plato, which prohibited wrongs to be done to the gods,

1300 but also their own delight in these wrongs, I would ask if

1301 such a communication is not rather an insult? Now the

1302 gods, hearing both and knowing both, not only permit the

1303 approach of those malign demons, who desire and do things

1304 contrary to the dignity of the gods and the religion of Plato,

1305 but also, through these wicked demons, who are near to them,

1306 send good things to the good Plato, who is far away from

1307 them; for they inhabit such a place in the concatenated

1308 series of the elements, that they can come into contact with

1309 those by whom they are accused, but not with him by whom

1310 they are defended,—knowing the truth on both sides, but not

1311 being able to change the weight of the air and the earth.

1312 There remains the fourth supposition; but it is worse than the

1313 rest. For who will suffer it to be said that the demons have

1314 made known the calumnious fictions of the poets concerning

1315 the immortal gods, and also the disgraceful mockeries of the

1316 theatres, and their own most ardent lust after, and most sweet

1317 pleasure in these things, whilst they have concealed from

1318 them that Plato, with the gravity of a philosopher, gave it as

1319 his opinion that all these things ought to be removed from a

1320 well-regulated republic; so that the good gods are now compelled,

1321 through such messengers, to know the evil doings of

1322 the most wicked beings, that is to say, of the messengers

1323 themselves, and are not allowed to know the good deeds of

1324 the philosophers, though the former are for the injury, but

1325 these latter for the honour of the gods themselves?

1326 22. *That we must, notwithstanding the opinion of Apuleius, reject the worship

1327 of demons.*

1328 None of these four alternatives, then, is to be chosen; for

1329 we dare not suppose such unbecoming things concerning the

1330 gods as the adoption of any one of them would lead us to

1331 think. It remains, therefore, that no credence whatever is to

1332 be given to the opinion of Apuleius and the other philosophers

1333 of the same school, namely, that the demons act as messengers

1334 and interpreters between the gods and men to carry our petitions

1335 from us to the gods, and to bring back to us the help of

1336 the gods. On the contrary, we must believe them to be spirits

1337 most eager to inflict harm, utterly alien from righteousness,

1338 swollen with pride, pale with envy, subtle in deceit; who dwell

1339 indeed in this air as in a prison, in keeping with their own

1340 character, because, cast down from the height of the higher

1341 heaven, they have been condemned to dwell in this element

1342 as the just reward of irretrievable transgression. But, though

1343 the air is situated above the earth and the waters, they are

1344 not on that account superior in merit to men, who, though

1345 they do not surpass them as far as their earthly bodies are

1346 concerned, do nevertheless far excel them through piety of

1347 mind,—they having made choice of the true God as their

1348 helper. Over many, however, who are manifestly unworthy of

1349 participation in the true religion, they tyrannize as over captives

1350 whom they have subdued,—the greatest part of whom

1351 they have persuaded of their divinity by wonderful and lying

1352 signs, consisting either of deeds or of predictions. Some,

1353 nevertheless, who have more attentively and diligently considered

1354 their vices, they have not been able to persuade that

1355 they are gods, and so have feigned themselves to be messengers

1356 between the gods and men. Some, indeed, have thought that

1357 not even this latter honour ought to be acknowledged as

1358 belonging to them, not believing that they were gods, because

1359 they saw that they were wicked, whereas the gods, according

1360 to their view, are all good. Nevertheless they dared not say

1361 that they were wholly unworthy of all divine honour, for

1362 fear of offending the multitude, by whom, through inveterate

1363 superstition, the demons were served by the performance of

1364 many rites, and the erection of many temples.

1365 23. *What Hermes Trismegistus thought concerning idolatry, and from what

1366 source he knew that the superstitions of Egypt were to be abolished.*

1367 The Egyptian Hermes, whom they call Trismegistus, had

1368 a different opinion concerning those demons. Apuleius,

1369 indeed, denies that they are gods; but when he says that

1370 they hold a middle place between the gods and men, so that

1371 they seem to be necessary for men as mediators between them

1372 and the gods, he does not distinguish between the worship

1373 due to them and the religious homage due to the supernal

1374 gods. This Egyptian, however, says that there are some gods

1375 made by the supreme God, and some made by men. Any

1376 one who hears this, as I have stated it, no doubt supposes

1377 that it has reference to images, because they are the works

1378 of the hands of men; but he asserts that visible and tangible

1379 images are, as it were, only the bodies of the gods, and that

1380 there dwell in them certain spirits, which have been invited

1381 to come into them, and which have power to inflict harm, or

1382 to fulfil the desires of those by whom divine honours and

1383 services are rendered to them. To unite, therefore, by a

1384 certain art, those invisible spirits to visible and material

1385 things, so as to make, as it were, animated bodies, dedicated

1386 and given up to those spirits who inhabit them,—this,

1387 he says, is to make gods, adding that men have received

1388 this great and wonderful power. I will give the

1389 words of this Egyptian as they have been translated into

1390 our tongue: "And, since we have undertaken to discourse

1391 concerning the relationship and fellowship between men

1392 and the gods, know, O Æsculapius, the power and strength

1393 of man. As the Lord and Father, or that which is highest,

1394 even God, is the maker of the celestial gods, so man is the

1395 maker of the gods who are in the temples, content to dwell

1396 near to men."[315] And a little after he says, "Thus humanity,

1397 always mindful of its nature and origin, perseveres in the

1398 imitation of divinity; and as the Lord and Father made

1399 eternal gods, that they should be like Himself, so humanity

1400 fashioned its own gods according to the likeness of its own

1401 countenance." When this Æsculapius, to whom especially

1402 he was speaking, had answered him, and had said, "Dost thou

1403 mean the statues, O Trismegistus?"—"Yes, the statues," replied

1404 he, "however unbelieving thou art, O Æsculapius,—the statues,

1405 animated, and full of sensation and spirit, and who do such

1406 great and wonderful things,—the statues, prescient of future

1407 things, and foretelling them by lot, by prophet, by dreams, and

1408 many other things, who bring diseases on men and cure

1409 them again, giving them joy or sorrow according to their

1410 merits. Dost thou not know, Æsculapius, that Egypt is an

1411 image of heaven, or, more truly, a translation and descent of all

1412 things which are ordered and transacted there,—that it is, in

1413 truth, if we may say so, to be the temple of the whole world?

1414 And yet, as it becomes the prudent man to know all things

1415 beforehand, ye ought not to be ignorant of this, that there is

1416 a time coming when it shall appear that the Egyptians have

1417 all in vain, with pious mind, and with most scrupulous diligence,

1418 waited on the divinity, and when all their holy worship

1419 shall come to nought, and be found to be in vain."

1420 Hermes then follows out at great length the statements of

1421 this passage, in which he seems to predict the present time, in

1422 which the Christian religion is overthrowing all lying figments

1423 with a vehemence and liberty proportioned to its superior truth

1424 and holiness, in order that the grace of the true Saviour may

1425 deliver men from those gods which man has made, and subject

1426 them to that God by whom man was made. But when

1427 Hermes predicts these things, he speaks as one who is a

1428 friend to these same mockeries of demons, and does not

1429 clearly express the name of Christ. On the contrary, he

1430 deplores, as if it had already taken place, the future abolition

1431 of those things by the observance of which there was maintained

1432 in Egypt a resemblance of heaven,—he bears witness to

1433 Christianity by a kind of mournful prophecy. Now it was

1434 with reference to such that the apostle said, that "knowing

1435 God, they glorified Him not as God, neither were thankful,

1436 but became vain in their imaginations, and their foolish heart

1437 was darkened; professing themselves to be wise, they became

1438 fools, and changed the glory of the incorruptible God into the

1439 likeness of the image of corruptible man,"[316] and so on, for the

1440 whole passage is too long to quote. For Hermes makes many

1441 such statements agreeable to the truth concerning the one

1442 true God who fashioned this world. And I know not how

1443 he has become so bewildered by that "darkening of the heart"

1444 as to stumble into the expression of a desire that men should

1445 always continue in subjection to those gods which he confesses

1446 to be made by men, and to bewail their future removal;

1447 as if there could be anything more wretched than mankind

1448 tyrannized over by the work of his own hands, since man,

1449 by worshipping the works of his own hands, may more easily

1450 cease to be man, than the works of his hands can, through his

1451 worship of them, become gods. For it can sooner happen

1452 that man, who has received an honourable position, may,

1453 through lack of understanding, become comparable to the

1454 beasts, than that the works of man may become preferable to

1455 the work of God, made in His own image, that is, to man

1456 himself. Wherefore deservedly is man left to fall away from

1457 Him who made him, when he prefers to himself that which

1458 he himself has made.

1459 For these vain, deceitful, pernicious, sacrilegious things did

1460 the Egyptian Hermes sorrow, because he knew that the time

1461 was coming when they should be removed. But his sorrow

1462 was as impudently expressed as his knowledge was imprudently

1463 obtained; for it was not the Holy Spirit who revealed these

1464 things to him, as He had done to the holy prophets, who, foreseeing

1465 these things, said with exultation, "If a man shall make

1466 gods, lo, they are no gods;"[317] and in another place, "And it shall

1467 come to pass in that day, saith the Lord, that I will cut off

1468 the names of the idols out of the land, and they shall no more

1469 be remembered."[318] But the holy Isaiah prophesies expressly

1470 concerning Egypt in reference to this matter, saying, "And the

1471 idols of Egypt shall be moved at His presence, and their heart

1472 shall be overcome in them,"[319] and other things to the same effect.

1473 And with the prophet are to be classed those who rejoiced that

1474 that which they knew was to come had actually come,—as

1475 Simeon, or Anna, who immediately recognised Jesus when He

1476 was born, or Elisabeth, who in the Spirit recognised Him

1477 when He was conceived, or Peter, who said by the revelation

1478 of the Father, "Thou art Christ, the Son of the living God."[320]

1479 But to this Egyptian those spirits indicated the time of their

1480 own destruction, who also, when the Lord was present in the

1481 flesh, said with trembling, "Art Thou come hither to destroy

1482 us before the time?"[321] meaning by destruction before the time,

1483 either that very destruction which they expected to come,

1484 but which they did not think would come so suddenly as it

1485 appeared to have done, or only that destruction which consisted

1486 in their being brought into contempt by being made

1487 known. And, indeed, this was a destruction before the time,

1488 that is, before the time of judgment, when they are to be

1489 punished with eternal damnation, together with all men who

1490 are implicated in their wickedness, as the true religion declares,

1491 which neither errs nor leads into error; for it is not

1492 like him who, blown hither and thither by every wind of

1493 doctrine, and mixing true things with things which are false,

1494 bewails as about to perish a religion which he afterwards

1495 confesses to be error.

1496 24. *How Hermes openly confessed the error of his forefathers, the coming

1497 destruction of which he nevertheless bewailed.*

1498 After a long interval, Hermes again comes back to the

1499 subject of the gods which men have made, saying as follows:

1500 "But enough on this subject. Let us return to man and to

1501 reason, that divine gift on account of which man has been

1502 called a rational animal. For the things which have been

1503 said concerning man, wonderful though they are, are less

1504 wonderful than those which have been said concerning reason.

1505 For man to discover the divine nature, and to make it, surpasses

1506 the wonder of all other wonderful things. Because,

1507 therefore, our forefathers erred very far with respect to the

1508 knowledge of the gods, through incredulity and through want

1509 of attention to their worship and service, they invented this

1510 art of making gods; and this art once invented, they associated

1511 with it a suitable virtue borrowed from universal nature, and,

1512 being incapable of making souls, they evoked those of demons

1513 or of angels, and united them with these holy images and

1514 divine mysteries, in order that through these souls the images

1515 might have power to do good or harm to men." I know not

1516 whether the demons themselves could have been made, even

1517 by adjuration, to confess as he has confessed in these words:

1518 "Because our forefathers erred very far with respect to the

1519 knowledge of the gods, through incredulity and through want

1520 of attention to their worship and service, they invented the

1521 art of making gods." Does he say that it was a moderate

1522 degree of error which resulted in their discovery of the art

1523 of making gods, or was he content to say "they erred?" No;

1524 he must needs add "very far," and say, "*They erred very far.*"

1525 It was this great error and incredulity, then, of their forefathers

1526 who did not attend to the worship and service of the

1527 gods, which was the origin of the art of making gods. And

1528 yet this wise man grieves over the ruin of this art at some

1529 future time, as if it were a divine religion. Is he not verily

1530 compelled by divine influence, on the one hand, to reveal the

1531 past error of his forefathers, and by a diabolical influence, on

1532 the other hand, to bewail the future punishment of demons?

1533 For if their forefathers, by erring very far with respect to

1534 the knowledge of the gods, through incredulity and aversion

1535 of mind from their worship and service, invented the art of

1536 making gods, what wonder is it that all that is done by this

1537 detestable art, which is opposed to the divine religion, should

1538 be taken away by that religion, when truth corrects error,

1539 faith refutes incredulity, and conversion rectifies aversion?

1540 For if he had only said, without mentioning the cause, that

1541 his forefathers had discovered the art of making gods, it would

1542 have been our duty, if we paid any regard to what is right

1543 and pious, to consider and to see that they could never have

1544 attained to this art if they had not erred from the truth, if

1545 they had believed those things which are worthy of God, if

1546 they had attended to divine worship and service. However,

1547 if we alone should say that the causes of this art were to be

1548 found in the great error and incredulity of men, and aversion

1549 of the mind erring from and unfaithful to divine religion, the

1550 impudence of those who resist the truth were in some way

1551 to be borne with; but when he who admires in man, above

1552 all other things, this power which it has been granted him to

1553 practise, and sorrows because a time is coming when all those

1554 figments of gods invented by men shall even be commanded

1555 by the laws to be taken away,—when even this man confesses

1556 nevertheless, and explains the causes which led to the

1557 discovery of this art, saying that their ancestors, through great

1558 error and incredulity, and through not attending to the worship

1559 and service of the gods, invented this art of making gods,—what

1560 ought we to say, or rather to do, but to give to the

1561 Lord our God all the thanks we are able, because He has

1562 taken away those things by causes the contrary of those

1563 which led to their institution? For that which the prevalence

1564 of error instituted, the way of truth took away; that

1565 which incredulity instituted, faith took away; that which

1566 aversion from divine worship and service instituted, conversion

1567 to the one true and holy God took away. Nor was this

1568 the case only in Egypt, for which country alone the spirit of

1569 the demons lamented in Hermes, but in all the earth, which

1570 sings to the Lord a new song,[322] as the truly holy and truly

1571 prophetic Scriptures have predicted, in which it is written,

1572 "Sing unto the Lord a new song; sing unto the Lord, all the

1573 earth." For the title of this psalm is, "When the house

1574 was built after the captivity." For a house is being built

1575 to the Lord in all the earth, even the city of God, which

1576 is the holy Church, after that captivity in which demons

1577 held captive those men who, through faith in God, became

1578 living stones in the house. For although man made gods, it

1579 did not follow that he who made them was not held captive

1580 by them, when, by worshipping them, he was drawn into

1581 fellowship with them,—into the fellowship not of stolid idols,

1582 but of cunning demons; for what are idols but what they

1583 are represented to be in the same Scriptures, "They have eyes,

1584 but they do not see,"[323] and, though artistically fashioned, are

1585 still without life and sensation? But unclean spirits, associated

1586 through that wicked art with these same idols, have

1587 miserably taken captive the souls of their worshippers, by

1588 bringing them down into fellowship with themselves. Whence

1589 the apostle says, "We know that an idol is nothing, but

1590 those things which the Gentiles sacrifice they sacrifice to

1591 demons, and not to God; and I would not ye should have

1592 fellowship with demons."[324] After this captivity, therefore, in

1593 which men were held by malign demons, the house of God

1594 is being built in all the earth; whence the title of that psalm

1595 in which it is said, "Sing unto the Lord a new song; sing

1596 unto the Lord, all the earth. Sing unto the Lord, bless His

1597 name; declare well His salvation from day to day. Declare

1598 His glory among the nations, among all people His wonderful

1599 things. For great is the Lord, and much to be praised: He is

1600 terrible above all gods. For all the gods of the nations are

1601 demons: but the Lord made the heavens."[325]

1602 Wherefore he who sorrowed because a time was coming when

1603 the worship of idols should be abolished, and the domination of

1604 the demons over those who worshipped them, wished, under the

1605 influence of a demon, that that captivity should always continue,

1606 at the cessation of which that psalm celebrates the building of

1607 the house of the Lord in all the earth. Hermes foretold these

1608 things with grief, the prophet with joyfulness; and because

1609 the Spirit is victorious who sang these things through the

1610 ancient prophets, even Hermes himself was compelled in a

1611 wonderful manner to confess, that those very things which

1612 he wished not to be removed, and at the prospect of whose

1613 removal he was sorrowful, had been instituted, not by prudent,

1614 faithful, and religious, but by erring and unbelieving men,

1615 averse to the worship and service of the gods. And although

1616 he calls them gods, nevertheless, when he says that they were

1617 made by such men as we certainly ought not to be, he shows,

1618 whether he will or not, that they are not to be worshipped by

1619 those who do not resemble these image-makers, that is, by prudent,

1620 faithful, and religious men, at the same time also making

1621 it manifest that the very men who made them involved themselves

1622 in the worship of those as gods who were not gods.

1623 For true is the saying of the prophet, "If a man *make* gods,

1624 lo, they are no gods."[326] Such gods, therefore, acknowledged

1625 by such worshippers and made by such men, did Hermes call

1626 "gods made by men," that is to say, demons, through some

1627 art of I know not what description, bound by the chains of

1628 their own lusts to images. But, nevertheless, he did not

1629 agree with that opinion of the Platonic Apuleius, of which

1630 we have already shown the incongruity and absurdity, namely,

1631 that they were interpreters and intercessors between the gods

1632 whom God made, and men whom the same God made, bringing

1633 to God the prayers of men, and from God the gifts given in

1634 answer to these prayers. For it is exceedingly stupid to

1635 believe that gods whom men have made have more influence

1636 with gods whom God has made than men themselves have,

1637 whom the very same God has made. And consider, too, that

1638 it is a demon which, bound by a man to an image by means

1639 of an impious art, has been made a god, but a god to such a

1640 man only, not to every man. What kind of god, therefore, is

1641 that which no man would make but one erring, incredulous,

1642 and averse to the true God? Moreover, if the demons which

1643 are worshipped in the temples, being introduced by some kind

1644 of strange art into images, that is, into visible representations

1645 of themselves, by those men who by this art made gods when

1646 they were straying away from, and were averse to the worship

1647 and service of the gods,—if, I say, those demons are neither

1648 mediators nor interpreters between men and the gods, both

1649 on account of their own most wicked and base manners, and

1650 because men, though erring, incredulous, and averse from the

1651 worship and service of the gods, are nevertheless beyond

1652 doubt better than the demons whom they themselves have

1653 evoked, then it remains to be affirmed that what power they

1654 possess they possess as demons, doing harm by bestowing

1655 pretended benefits,—harm all the greater for the deception,—or

1656 else openly and undisguisedly doing evil to men. They cannot,

1657 however, do anything of this kind unless where they are permitted

1658 by the deep and secret providence of God, and then

1659 only so far as they are permitted. When, however, they are

1660 permitted, it is not because they, being midway between

1661 men and the gods, have through the friendship of the gods

1662 great power over men; for these demons cannot possibly be

1663 friends to the good gods who dwell in the holy and heavenly

1664 habitation, by whom we mean holy angels and rational creatures,

1665 whether thrones, or dominations, or principalities, or

1666 powers, from whom they are as far separated in disposition

1667 and character as vice is distant from virtue, wickedness from

1668 goodness.

1669 25. *Concerning those things which may be common to the holy angels

1670 and to men.*

1671 Wherefore we must by no means seek, through the supposed

1672 mediation of demons, to avail ourselves of the benevolence or

1673 beneficence of the gods, or rather of the good angels, but

1674 through resembling them in the possession of a good will,

1675 through which we are with them, and live with them, and

1676 worship with them the same God, although we cannot see

1677 them with the eyes of our flesh. But it is not in locality

1678 we are distant from them, but in merit of life, caused by our

1679 miserable unlikeness to them in will, and by the weakness

1680 of our character; for the mere fact of our dwelling on earth

1681 under the conditions of life in the flesh does not prevent our

1682 fellowship with them. It is only prevented when we, in the

1683 impurity of our hearts, mind earthly things. But in this

1684 present time, while we are being healed that we may eventually

1685 be as they are, we are brought near to them by faith, if

1686 by their assistance we believe that He who is their blessedness

1687 is also ours.

1688 26. *That all the religion of the pagans has reference to dead men.*

1689 It is certainly a remarkable thing how this Egyptian, when

1690 expressing his grief that a time was coming when those things

1691 would be taken away from Egypt, which he confesses to have

1692 been invented by men erring, incredulous, and averse to the

1693 service of divine religion, says, among other things, "Then

1694 shall that land, the most holy place of shrines and temples,

1695 be full of sepulchres and dead men," as if, in sooth, if these

1696 things were not taken away, men would not die! as if dead

1697 bodies could be buried elsewhere than in the ground! as if,

1698 as time advanced, the number of sepulchres must not necessarily

1699 increase in proportion to the increase of the number of

1700 the dead! But they who are of a perverse mind, and opposed

1701 to us, suppose that what he grieves for is that the memorials

1702 of our martyrs were to succeed to their temples and shrines,

1703 in order, forsooth, that they may have grounds for thinking

1704 that gods were worshipped by the pagans in temples, but that

1705 dead men are worshipped by us in sepulchres. For with such

1706 blindness do impious men, as it were, stumble over mountains,

1707 and will not see the things which strike their own eyes, that

1708 they do not attend to the fact that in all the literature of the

1709 pagans there are not found any, or scarcely any gods, who

1710 have not been men, to whom, when dead, divine honours have

1711 been paid. I will not enlarge on the fact that Varro says

1712 that all dead men are thought by them to be gods Manes, and

1713 proves it by those sacred rites which are performed in honour

1714 of almost all the dead, among which he mentions funeral

1715 games, considering this the very highest proof of divinity,

1716 because games are only wont to be celebrated in honour of

1717 divinities. Hermes himself, of whom we are now treating, in

1718 that same book in which, as if foretelling future things, he

1719 says with sorrow, "Then shall that land, the most holy place

1720 of shrines and temples, be full of sepulchres and dead men,"

1721 testifies that the gods of Egypt were dead men. For, having

1722 said that their forefathers, erring very far with respect to the

1723 knowledge of the gods, incredulous and inattentive to the

1724 divine worship and service, invented the art of making gods,

1725 with which art, when invented, they associated the appropriate

1726 virtue which is inherent in universal nature, and by mixing

1727 up that virtue with this art, they called forth the souls of

1728 demons or of angels (for they could not make souls), and

1729 caused them to take possession of, or associate themselves

1730 with holy images and divine mysteries, in order that through

1731 these souls the images might have power to do good or harm

1732 to men;—having said this, he goes on, as it were, to prove

1733 it by illustrations, saying, "Thy grandsire, O Æsculapius, the

1734 first discoverer of medicine, to whom a temple was consecrated

1735 in a mountain of Libya, near to the shore of the crocodiles, in

1736 which temple lies his earthly man, that is, his body,—for the

1737 better part of him, or rather the whole of him, if the whole

1738 man is in the intelligent life, went back to heaven,—affords

1739 even now by his divinity all those helps to infirm men, which

1740 formerly he was wont to afford to them by the art of medicine."

1741 He says, therefore, that a dead man was worshipped

1742 as a god in that place where he had his sepulchre. He

1743 deceives men by a falsehood, for the man "went back to

1744 heaven." Then he adds, "Does not Hermes, who was my

1745 grandsire, and whose name I bear, abiding in the country

1746 which is called by his name, help and preserve all mortals

1747 who come to him from every quarter?" For this elder

1748 Hermes, that is, Mercury, who, he says, was his grandsire, is

1749 said to be buried in Hermopolis, that is, in the city called

1750 by his name; so here are two gods whom he affirms to

1751 have been men, Æsculapius and Mercury. Now concerning

1752 Æsculapius, both the Greeks and the Latins think the same

1753 thing; but as to Mercury, there are many who do not think

1754 that he was formerly a mortal, though Hermes testifies that

1755 he was his grandsire. But are these two different individuals

1756 who were called by the same name? I will not dispute much

1757 whether they are different individuals or not. It is sufficient

1758 to know that this Mercury of whom Hermes speaks is, as well

1759 as Æsculapius, a god who once was a man, according to the

1760 testimony of this same Trismegistus, esteemed so great by his

1761 countrymen, and also the grandson of Mercury himself.

1762 Hermes goes on to say, "But do we know how many good

1763 things Isis, the wife of Osiris, bestows when she is propitious,

1764 and what great opposition she can offer when enraged?"

1765 Then, in order to show that there were gods made by men

1766 through this art, he goes on to say, "For it is easy for earthly

1767 and mundane gods to be angry, being made and composed by

1768 men out of either nature;" thus giving us to understand that

1769 he believed that demons were formerly the souls of dead men,

1770 which, as he says, by means of a certain art invented by men

1771 very far in error, incredulous, and irreligious, were caused to

1772 take possession of images, because they who made such gods

1773 were not able to make souls. When, therefore, he says "either

1774 nature," he means soul and body,—the demon being the soul,

1775 and the image the body. What, then, becomes of that mournful

1776 complaint, that the land of Egypt, the most holy place

1777 of shrines and temples, was to be full of sepulchres and

1778 dead men? Verily, the fallacious spirit, by whose inspiration

1779 Hermes spoke these things, was compelled to confess through

1780 him that even already that land was full of sepulchres and

1781 of dead men, whom they were worshipping as gods. But it

1782 was the grief of the demons which was expressing itself

1783 through his mouth, who were sorrowing on account of the

1784 punishments which were about to fall upon them at the

1785 tombs of the martyrs. For in many such places they are

1786 tortured and compelled to confess, and are cast out of the

1787 bodies of men, of which they had taken possession.

1788 27. *Concerning the nature of the honour which the Christians pay to

1789 their martyrs.*

1790 But, nevertheless, we do not build temples, and ordain

1791 priests, rites, and sacrifices for these same martyrs; for they

1792 are not our gods, but their God is our God. Certainly we

1793 honour their reliquaries, as the memorials of holy men of God

1794 who strove for the truth even to the death of their bodies,

1795 that the true religion might be made known, and false and

1796 fictitious religions exposed. For if there were some before

1797 them who thought that these religions were really false and

1798 fictitious, they were afraid to give expression to their convictions.

1799 But who ever heard a priest of the faithful, standing

1800 at an altar built for the honour and worship of God over the

1801 holy body of some martyr, say in the prayers, I offer to thee

1802 a sacrifice, O Peter, or O Paul, or O Cyprian? for it is to

1803 God that sacrifices are offered at their tombs,—the God who

1804 made them both men and martyrs, and associated them with

1805 holy angels in celestial honour; and the reason why we pay

1806 such honours to their memory is, that by so doing we may

1807 both give thanks to the true God for their victories, and, by

1808 recalling them afresh to remembrance, may stir ourselves up

1809 to imitate them by seeking to obtain like crowns and palms,

1810 calling to our help that same God on whom they called.

1811 Therefore, whatever honours the religious may pay in the

1812 places of the martyrs, they are but honours rendered to their

1813 memory,[327] not sacred rites or sacrifices offered to dead men as

1814 to gods. And even such as bring thither food,—which, indeed,

1815 is not done by the better Christians, and in most places of

1816 the world is not done at all,—do so in order that it may be

1817 sanctified to them through the merits of the martyrs, in the

1818 name of the Lord of the martyrs, first presenting the food

1819 and offering prayer, and thereafter taking it away to be eaten,

1820 or to be in part bestowed upon the needy.[328] But he who

1821 knows the one sacrifice of Christians, which is the sacrifice

1822 offered in those places, also knows that these are not sacrifices

1823 offered to the martyrs. It is, then, neither with divine honours

1824 nor with human crimes, by which they worship their gods,

1825 that we honour our martyrs; neither do we offer sacrifices to

1826 them, or convert the crimes of the gods into their sacred rites.

1827 For let those who will and can read the letter of Alexander

1828 to his mother Olympias, in which he tells the things which

1829 were revealed to him by the priest Leon, and let those who

1830 have read it recall to memory what it contains, that they

1831 may see what great abominations have been handed down to

1832 memory, not by poets, but by the mystic writings of the

1833 Egyptians, concerning the goddess Isis, the wife of Osiris, and

1834 the parents of both, all of whom, according to these writings,

1835 were royal personages. Isis, when sacrificing to her parents,

1836 is said to have discovered a crop of barley, of which she

1837 brought some ears to the king her husband, and his councillor

1838 Mercurius, and hence they identify her with Ceres. Those

1839 who read the letter may there see what was the character of

1840 those people to whom when dead sacred rites were instituted

1841 as to gods, and what those deeds of theirs were which furnished

1842 the occasion for these rites. Let them not once dare to compare

1843 in any respect those people, though they hold them to be

1844 gods, to our holy martyrs, though we do not hold them to be

1845 gods. For we do not ordain priests and offer sacrifices to our

1846 martyrs, as they do to their dead men, for that would be incongruous,

1847 undue, and unlawful, such being due only to God;

1848 and thus we do not delight them with their own crimes, or

1849 with such shameful plays as those in which the crimes of

1850 the gods are celebrated, which are either real crimes committed

1851 by them at a time when they were men, or else, if

1852 they never were men, fictitious crimes invented for the pleasure

1853 of noxious demons. The god of Socrates, if he had a

1854 god, cannot have belonged to this class of demons. But

1855 perhaps they who wished to excel in this art of making gods,

1856 imposed a god of this sort on a man who was a stranger to,

1857 and innocent of any connection with that art. What need we

1858 say more? No one who is even moderately wise imagines

1859 that demons are to be worshipped on account of the blessed

1860 life which is to be after death. But perhaps they will say

1861 that all the gods are good, but that of the demons some are

1862 bad and some good, and that it is the good who are to be

1863 worshipped, in order that through them we may attain to the

1864 eternally blessed life. To the examination of this opinion we

1865 will devote the following book.

BOOK IX

49 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

52 >

53 >

54 >

55 HAVING IN THE PRECEDING BOOK SHOWN THAT THE WORSHIP OF DEMONS MUST

56 > BE ABJURED, SINCE THEY IN A THOUSAND WAYS PROCLAIM THEMSELVES TO

57 > BE WICKED SPIRITS, AUGUSTINE IN THIS BOOK MEETS THOSE WHO ALLEGE

58 > A DISTINCTION AMONG DEMONS, SOME BEING EVIL, WHILE OTHERS ARE

59 > GOOD; AND, HAVING EXPLODED THIS DISTINCTION, HE PROVES THAT TO NO

60 > DEMON, BUT TO CHRIST ALONE, BELONGS THE OFFICE OF PROVIDING MEN

61 > WITH ETERNAL BLESSEDNESS.

62 1. *The point at which the discussion has arrived, and what remains to be

63 handled.*

64 Some have advanced the opinion that there are both good

65 and bad gods; but some, thinking more respectfully of

66 the gods have attributed to them so much honour and praise

67 as to preclude the supposition of any god being wicked. But

68 those who have maintained that there are wicked gods as well

69 as good ones have included the demons under the name

70 "gods," and sometimes, though more rarely, have called the

71 gods demons; so that they admit that Jupiter, whom they

72 make the king and head of all the rest, is called a demon by

73 Homer.[329] Those, on the other hand, who maintain that the

74 gods are all good, and far more excellent than the men who

75 are justly called good, are moved by the actions of the demons,

76 which they can neither deny nor impute to the gods whose

77 goodness they affirm, to distinguish between gods and demons;

78 so that, whenever they find anything offensive in the deeds or

79 sentiments by which unseen spirits manifest their power, they

80 believe this to proceed not from the gods, but from the demons.

81 At the same time they believe that, as no god can hold direct

82 intercourse with men, these demons hold the position of mediators,

83 ascending with prayers, and returning with gifts. This

84 is the opinion of the Platonists, the ablest and most esteemed

85 of their philosophers, with whom we therefore chose to debate

86 this question,—whether the worship of a number of gods is of

87 any service towards obtaining blessedness in the future life.

88 And this is the reason why, in the preceding book, we have

89 inquired how the demons, who take pleasure in such things

90 as good and wise men loathe and execrate, in the sacrilegious

91 and immoral fictions which the poets have written, not of men,

92 but of the gods themselves, and in the wicked and criminal

93 violence of magical arts, can be regarded as more nearly related

94 and more friendly to the gods than men are, and can mediate

95 between good men and the good gods; and it has been demonstrated

96 that this is absolutely impossible.

97 2. *Whether among the demons, inferior to the gods, there are any good spirits

98 under whose guardianship the human soul might reach true blessedness.*

99 This book, then, ought, according to the promise made in

100 the end of the preceding one, to contain a discussion, not of

101 the difference which exists among the gods, who, according to

102 the Platonists, are all good, nor of the difference between gods

103 and demons, the former of whom they separate by a wide

104 interval from men, while the latter are placed intermediately

105 between the gods and men, but of the difference, since they

106 make one, among the demons themselves. This we shall

107 discuss so far as it bears on our theme. It has been the

108 common and usual belief that some of the demons are bad,

109 others good; and this opinion, whether it be that of the

110 Platonists or any other sect, must by no means be passed over

111 in silence, lest some one suppose he ought to cultivate the

112 good demons in order that by their mediation he may be

113 accepted by the gods, all of whom he believes to be good, and

114 that he may live with them after death; whereas he would

115 thus be ensnared in the toils of wicked spirits, and would

116 wander far from the true God, with whom alone, and in

117 whom alone, the human soul, that is to say, the soul that is

118 rational and intellectual, is blessed.

119 3. *What Apuleius attributes to the demons, to whom, though he does not deny

120 them reason, he does not ascribe virtue.*

121 What, then, is the difference between good and evil demons?

122 For the Platonist Apuleius, in a treatise on this whole subject,[330]

123 while he says a great deal about their aerial bodies, has not

124 a word to say of the spiritual virtues with which, if they

125 were good, they must have been endowed. Not a word has

126 he said, then, of that which could give them happiness; but

127 proof of their misery he has given, acknowledging that their

128 mind, by which they rank as reasonable beings, is not only

129 not imbued and fortified with virtue so as to resist all unreasonable

130 passions, but that it is somehow agitated with

131 tempestuous emotions, and is thus on a level with the mind

132 of foolish men. His own words are: "It is this class of

133 demons the poets refer to, when, without serious error, they

134 feign that the gods hate and love individuals among men,

135 prospering and ennobling some, and opposing and distressing

136 others. Therefore pity, indignation, grief, joy, every human

137 emotion is experienced by the demons, with the same mental

138 disturbance, and the same tide of feeling and thought. These

139 turmoils and tempests banish them far from the tranquillity of

140 the celestial gods." Can there be any doubt that in these

141 words it is not some inferior part of their spiritual nature, but

142 the very mind by which the demons hold their rank as rational

143 beings, which he says is tossed with passion like a stormy sea?

144 They cannot, then, be compared even to wise men, who with

145 undisturbed mind resist these perturbations to which they

146 are exposed in this life, and from which human infirmity is

147 never exempt, and who do not yield themselves to approve

148 of or perpetrate anything which might deflect them from

149 the path of wisdom and law of rectitude. They resemble in

150 character, though not in bodily appearance, wicked and foolish

151 men. I might indeed say they are worse, inasmuch as they

152 have grown old in iniquity, and incorrigible by punishment.

153 Their mind, as Apuleius says, is a sea tossed with tempest,

154 having no rallying point of truth or virtue in their soul from

155 which they can resist their turbulent and depraved emotions.

156 4. *The opinion of the Peripatetics and Stoics about mental emotions.*

157 Among the philosophers there are two opinions about these

158 mental emotions, which the Greeks call πάθη, while some of

159 our own writers, as Cicero, call them perturbations,[331] some

160 affections, and some, to render the Greek word more accurately,

161 passions. Some say that even the wise man is subject

162 to these perturbations, though moderated and controlled by

163 reason, which imposes laws upon them, and so restrains them

164 within necessary bounds. This is the opinion of the Platonists

165 and Aristotelians; for Aristotle was Plato's disciple, and the

166 founder of the Peripatetic school. But others, as the Stoics,

167 are of opinion that the wise man is not subject to these perturbations.

168 But Cicero, in his book *De Finibus*, shows that

169 the Stoics are here at variance with the Platonists and Peripatetics

170 rather in words than in reality; for the Stoics decline

171 to apply the term "goods" to external and bodily advantages,[332]

172 because they reckon that the only good is virtue, the art of

173 living well, and this exists only in the mind. The other

174 philosophers, again, use the simple and customary phraseology,

175 and do not scruple to call these things goods, though in comparison

176 of virtue, which guides our life, they are little and of

177 small esteem. And thus it is obvious that, whether these

178 outward things are called goods or advantages, they are held

179 in the same estimation by both parties, and that in this

180 matter the Stoics are pleasing themselves merely with a novel

181 phraseology. It seems, then, to me that in this question,

182 whether the wise man is subject to mental passions, or wholly

183 free from them, the controversy is one of words rather than

184 of things; for I think that, if the reality and not the mere

185 sound of the words is considered, the Stoics hold precisely the

186 same opinion as the Platonists and Peripatetics. For, omitting

187 for brevity's sake other proofs which I might adduce in support

188 of this opinion, I will state but one which I consider

189 conclusive. Aulus Gellius, a man of extensive erudition, and

190 gifted with an eloquent and graceful style, relates, in his work

191 entitled *Noctes Atticæ*,[333] that he once made a voyage with an

192 eminent Stoic philosopher; and he goes on to relate fully and

193 with gusto what I shall barely state, that when the ship was

194 tossed and in danger from a violent storm, the philosopher

195 grew pale with terror. This was noticed by those on board,

196 who, though themselves threatened with death, were curious

197 to see whether a philosopher would be agitated like other

198 men. When the tempest had passed over, and as soon as

199 their security gave them freedom to resume their talk, one

200 of the passengers, a rich and luxurious Asiatic, begins to

201 banter the philosopher, and rally him because he had even

202 become pale with fear, while he himself had been unmoved

203 by the impending destruction. But the philosopher availed

204 himself of the reply of Aristippus the Socratic, who, on finding

205 himself similarly bantered by a man of the same character,

206 answered, "You had no cause for anxiety for the soul of a

207 profligate debauchee, but I had reason to be alarmed for the

208 soul of Aristippus." The rich man being thus disposed of,

209 Aulus Gellius asked the philosopher, in the interests of science

210 and not to annoy him, what was the reason of his fear? And

211 he, willing to instruct a man so zealous in the pursuit of

212 knowledge, at once took from his wallet a book of Epictetus

213 the Stoic,[334] in which doctrines were advanced which precisely

214 harmonized with those of Zeno and Chrysippus, the founders

215 of the Stoical school. Aulus Gellius says that he read in

216 this book that the Stoics maintain that there are certain

217 impressions made on the soul by external objects which they

218 call *phantasiæ*, and that it is not in the power of the soul to

219 determine whether or when it shall be invaded by these.

220 When these impressions are made by alarming and formidable

221 objects, it must needs be that they move the soul even of the

222 wise man, so that for a little he trembles with fear, or is

223 depressed by sadness, these impressions anticipating the work

224 of reason and self-control; but this does not imply that the

225 mind accepts these evil impressions, or approves or consents

226 to them. For this consent is, they think, in a man's power;

227 there being this difference between the mind of the wise man

228 and that of the fool, that the fool's mind yields to these passions

229 and consents to them, while that of the wise man, though it

230 cannot help being invaded by them, yet retains with unshaken

231 firmness a true and steady persuasion of those things which

232 it ought rationally to desire or avoid. This account of what

233 Aulus Gellius relates that he read in the book of Epictetus

234 about the sentiments and doctrines of the Stoics I have given

235 as well as I could, not, perhaps, with his choice language, but

236 with greater brevity, and, I think, with greater clearness.

237 And if this be true, then there is no difference, or next to

238 none, between the opinion of the Stoics and that of the other

239 philosophers regarding mental passions and perturbations, for

240 both parties agree in maintaining that the mind and reason of

241 the wise man are not subject to these. And perhaps what

242 the Stoics mean by asserting this, is that the wisdom which

243 characterizes the wise man is clouded by no error and sullied

244 by no taint, but, with this reservation that his wisdom

245 remains undisturbed, he is exposed to the impressions which

246 the goods and ills of this life (or, as they prefer to call them,

247 the advantages or disadvantages) make upon them. For we

248 need not say that if that philosopher had thought nothing of

249 those things which he thought he was forthwith to lose, life

250 and bodily safety, he would not have been so terrified by his

251 danger as to betray his fear by the pallor of his cheek.

252 Nevertheless, he might suffer this mental disturbance, and

253 yet maintain the fixed persuasion that life and bodily safety,

254 which the violence of the tempest threatened to destroy, are

255 not those good things which make their possessors good, as

256 the possession of righteousness does. But in so far as they

257 persist that we must call them not goods but advantages,

258 they quarrel about words and neglect things. For what

259 difference does it make whether goods or advantages be the

260 better name, while the Stoic no less than the Peripatetic is

261 alarmed at the prospect of losing them, and while, though they

262 name them differently, they hold them in like esteem? Both

263 parties assure us that, if urged to the commission of some

264 immorality or crime by the threatened loss of these goods or

265 advantages, they would prefer to lose such things as preserve

266 bodily comfort and security rather than commit such things

267 as violate righteousness. And thus the mind in which this

268 resolution is well grounded suffers no perturbations to prevail

269 with it in opposition to reason, even though they assail the

270 weaker parts of the soul; and not only so, but it rules over

271 them, and, while it refuses its consent and resists them, administers

272 a reign of virtue. Such a character is ascribed to

273 Æneas by Virgil when he says,

274 "He stands immovable by tears,

275 Nor tenderest words with pity hears."[335]

276 5. *That the passions which assail the souls of Christians do not seduce them

277 to vice, but exercise their virtue.*

278 We need not at present give a careful and copious exposition

279 of the doctrine of Scripture, the sum of Christian knowledge, regarding

280 these passions. It subjects the mind itself to God, that

281 He may rule and aid it, and the passions, again, to the mind,

282 to moderate and bridle them, and turn them to righteous uses.

283 In our ethics, we do not so much inquire whether a pious soul

284 is angry, as why he is angry; not whether he is sad, but what

285 is the cause of his sadness; not whether he fears, but what he

286 fears. For I am not aware that any right thinking person

287 would find fault with anger at a wrongdoer which seeks his

288 amendment, or with sadness which intends relief to the

289 suffering, or with fear lest one in danger be destroyed. The

290 Stoics, indeed, are accustomed to condemn compassion.[336] But

291 how much more honourable had it been in that Stoic we have

292 been telling of, had he been disturbed by compassion prompting

293 him to relieve a fellow-creature, than to be disturbed by

294 the fear of shipwreck! Far better, and more humane, and

295 more consonant with pious sentiments, are the words of Cicero

296 in praise of Cæsar, when he says, "Among your virtues none

297 is more admirable and agreeable than your compassion."[337]

298 And what is compassion but a fellow-feeling for another's

299 misery, which prompts us to help him if we can? And this

300 emotion is obedient to reason, when compassion is shown

301 without violating right, as when the poor are relieved, or the

302 penitent forgiven. Cicero, who knew how to use language,

303 did not hesitate to call this a virtue, which the Stoics are not

304 ashamed to reckon among the vices, although, as the book

305 of that eminent Stoic, Epictetus, quoting the opinions of Zeno

306 and Chrysippus, the founders of the school, has taught us,

307 they admit that passions of this kind invade the soul of the

308 wise man, whom they would have to be free from all vice.

309 Whence it follows that these very passions are not judged by

310 them to be vices, since they assail the wise man without

311 forcing him to act against reason and virtue; and that, therefore,

312 the opinion of the Peripatetics or Platonists and of the Stoics

313 is one and the same. But, as Cicero says,[338] mere logomachy

314 is the bane of these pitiful Greeks, who thirst for contention

315 rather than for truth. However, it may justly be asked,

316 whether our subjection to these affections, even while we

317 follow virtue, is a part of the infirmity of this life? For

318 the holy angels feel no anger while they punish those whom

319 the eternal law of God consigns to punishment, no fellow-feeling

320 with misery while they relieve the miserable, no fear

321 while they aid those who are in danger; and yet ordinary

322 language ascribes to them also these mental emotions, because,

323 though they have none of our weakness, their acts resemble

324 the actions to which these emotions move us; and thus even

325 God Himself is said in Scripture to be angry, and yet without

326 any perturbation. For this word is used of the effect of His

327 vengeance, not of the disturbing mental affection.

328 6. *Of the passions which, according to Apuleius, agitate the demons who are

329 supposed by him to mediate between gods and men.*

330 Deferring for the present the question about the holy angels,

331 let us examine the opinion of the Platonists, that the demons

332 who mediate between gods and men are agitated by passions.

333 For if their mind, though exposed to their incursion, still

334 remained free and superior to them, Apuleius could not have

335 said that their hearts are tossed with passions as the sea by

336 stormy winds.[339] Their mind, then,—that superior part of their

337 soul whereby they are rational beings, and which, if it actually

338 exists in them, should rule and bridle the turbulent passions

339 of the inferior parts of the soul,—this mind of theirs, I say, is,

340 according to the Platonist referred to, tossed with a hurricane

341 of passions. The mind of the demons, therefore, is subject to

342 the emotions of fear, anger, lust, and all similar affections.

343 What part of them, then, is free, and endued with wisdom,

344 so that they are pleasing to the gods, and the fit guides of

345 men into purity of life, since their very highest part, being the

346 slave of passion and subject to vice, only makes them more

347 intent on deceiving and seducing, in proportion to the mental

348 force and energy of desire they possess?

349 >

350 >

351 >

352 7. *That the Platonists maintain that the poets wrong the gods by representing

353 > them as distracted by party feeling, to which the demons, and not the gods,

354 > are subject.*

355 But if any one says that it is not of all the demons, but

356 only of the wicked, that the poets, not without truth, say that

357 they violently love or hate certain men,—for it was of them

358 Apuleius said that they were driven about by strong currents

359 of emotion,—how can we accept this interpretation, when

360 Apuleius, in the very same connection, represents all the

361 demons, and not only the wicked, as intermediate between

362 gods and men by their aerial bodies? The fiction of the poets,

363 according to him, consists in their making gods of demons,

364 and giving them the names of gods, and assigning them as

365 allies or enemies to individual men, using this poetical licence,

366 though they profess that the gods are very different in character

367 from the demons, and far exalted above them by their

368 celestial abode and wealth of beatitude. This, I say, is the

369 poets' fiction, to say that these are gods who are not gods, and

370 that, under the names of gods, they fight among themselves

371 about the men whom they love or hate with keen partisan

372 feeling. Apuleius says that this is not far from the truth,

373 since, though they are wrongfully called by the names of the

374 gods, they are described in their own proper character as demons.

375 To this category, he says, belongs the Minerva of Homer,

376 "who interposed in the ranks of the Greeks to restrain

377 Achilles."[340] For that this was Minerva he supposes to be

378 poetical fiction; for he thinks that Minerva is a goddess, and

379 he places her among the gods whom he believes to be all good

380 and blessed in the sublime ethereal region, remote from intercourse

381 with men. But that there was a demon favourable

382 to the Greeks and adverse to the Trojans, as another, whom

383 the same poet mentions under the name of Venus or Mars

384 (gods exalted above earthly affairs in their heavenly habitations),

385 was the Trojans' ally and the foe of the Greeks, and

386 that these demons fought for those they loved against those

387 they hated,—in all this he owned that the poets stated something

388 very like the truth. For they made these statements

389 about beings to whom he ascribes the same violent and tempestuous

390 passions as disturb men, and who are therefore

391 capable of loves and hatreds not justly formed, but formed in a

392 party spirit, as the spectators in races or hunts take fancies

393 and prejudices. It seems to have been the great fear of this

394 Platonist that the poetical fictions should be believed of the

395 gods, and not of the demons who bore their names.

396 8. *How Apuleius defines the gods who dwell in heaven, the demons who occupy

397 the air, and men who inhabit earth.*

398 The definition which Apuleius gives of demons, and in

399 which he of course includes all demons, is that they are in

400 nature animals, in soul subject to passion, in mind reasonable,

401 in body aerial, in duration eternal. Now in these five qualities

402 he has named absolutely nothing which is proper to good men

403 and not also to bad. For when Apuleius had spoken of the

404 celestials first, and had then extended his description so as to

405 include an account of those who dwell far below on the earth,

406 that, after describing the two extremes of rational being, he

407 might proceed to speak of the intermediate demons, he says,

408 "Men, therefore, who are endowed with the faculty of reason

409 and speech, whose soul is immortal and their members mortal,

410 who have weak and anxious spirits, dull and corruptible

411 bodies, dissimilar characters, similar ignorance, who are obstinate

412 in their audacity, and persistent in their hope, whose

413 labour is vain, and whose fortune is ever on the wane, their

414 race immortal, themselves perishing, each generation replenished

415 with creatures whose life is swift and their wisdom slow, their

416 death sudden and their life a wail,—these are the men who

417 dwell on the earth."[341] In recounting so many qualities which

418 belong to the large proportion of men, did he forget that which

419 is the property of the few when he speaks of their wisdom

420 being slow? If this had been omitted, this his description

421 of the human race, so carefully elaborated, would have been

422 defective. And when he commended the excellence of the

423 gods, he affirmed that they excelled in that very blessedness

424 to which he thinks men must attain by wisdom. And therefore,

425 if he had wished us to believe that some of the demons

426 are good, he should have inserted in his description something

427 by which we might see that they have, in common with the

428 gods, some share of blessedness, or, in common with men, some

429 wisdom. But, as it is, he has mentioned no good quality by

430 which the good may be distinguished from the bad. For

431 although he refrained from giving a full account of their

432 wickedness, through fear of offending, not themselves but their

433 worshippers, for whom he was writing, yet he sufficiently indicated

434 to discerning readers what opinion he had of them; for

435 only in the one article of the eternity of their bodies does he

436 assimilate them to the gods, all of whom, he asserts, are good

437 and blessed, and absolutely free from what he himself calls the

438 stormy passions of the demons; and as to the soul, he quite

439 plainly affirms that they resemble men and not the gods, and

440 that this resemblance lies not in the possession of wisdom, which

441 even men can attain to, but in the perturbation of passions

442 which sway the foolish and wicked, but is so ruled by the good

443 and wise that they prefer not to admit rather than to conquer

444 it. For if he had wished it to be understood that the demons

445 resembled the gods in the eternity not of their bodies but of

446 their souls, he would certainly have admitted men to share in

447 this privilege, because, as a Platonist, he of course must hold

448 that the human soul is eternal. Accordingly, when describing

449 this race of living beings, he said that their souls were immortal,

450 their members mortal. And, consequently, if men

451 have not eternity in common with the gods because they have

452 mortal bodies, demons have eternity in common with the gods

453 because their bodies are immortal.

454 9. *Whether the intercession of the demons can secure for men the friendship

455 of the celestial gods.*

456 How, then, can men hope for a favourable introduction to

457 the friendship of the gods by such mediators as these, who

458 are, like men, defective in that which is the better part of

459 every living creature, viz. the soul, and who resemble the gods

460 only in the body, which is the inferior part? For a living

461 creature or animal consists of soul and body, and of these two

462 parts the soul is undoubtedly the better; even though vicious

463 and weak, it is obviously better than even the soundest and

464 strongest body, for the greater excellence of its nature is not

465 reduced to the level of the body even by the pollution of vice,

466 as gold, even when tarnished, is more precious than the purest

467 silver or lead. And yet these mediators, by whose interposition

468 things human and divine are to be harmonized, have an

469 eternal body in common with the gods, and a vicious soul in

470 common with men,—as if the religion by which these demons

471 are to unite gods and men were a bodily, and not a spiritual

472 matter. What wickedness, then, or punishment has suspended

473 these false and deceitful mediators, as it were head downwards,

474 so that their inferior part, their body, is linked to the gods

475 above, and their superior part, the soul, bound to men beneath;

476 united to the celestial gods by the part that serves, and miserable,

477 together with the inhabitants of earth, by the part that

478 rules? For the body is the servant, as Sallust says: "We

479 use the soul to rule, the body to obey;"[342] adding, "the one we

480 have in common with the gods, the other with the brutes."

481 For he was here speaking of men; and they have, like the

482 brutes, a mortal body. These demons, whom our philosophic

483 friends have provided for us as mediators with the gods, may

484 indeed say of the soul and body, the one we have in common

485 with the gods, the other with men; but, as I said, they

486 are as it were suspended and bound head downwards, having

487 the slave, the body, in common with the gods, the master,

488 the soul, in common with miserable men,—their inferior part

489 exalted, their superior part depressed. And therefore, if any

490 one supposes that, because they are not subject, like terrestrial

491 animals, to the separation of soul and body by death, they

492 therefore resemble the gods in their eternity, their body must

493 not be considered a chariot of an eternal triumph, but rather

494 the chain of an eternal punishment.

495 10. *That, according to Plotinus, men, whose body is mortal, are less wretched

496 than demons, whose body is eternal.*

497 Plotinus, whose memory is quite recent,[343] enjoys the reputation

498 of having understood Plato better than any other of his

499 disciples. In speaking of human souls, he says, "The Father

500 in compassion made their bonds mortal;"[344] that is to say, he

501 considered it due to the Father's mercy that men, having a

502 mortal body, should not be for ever confined in the misery of

503 this life. But of this mercy the demons have been judged

504 unworthy, and they have received, in conjunction with a soul

505 subject to passions, a body not mortal like man's, but eternal.

506 For they should have been happier than men if they had, like

507 men, had a mortal body, and, like the gods, a blessed soul.

508 And they should have been equal to men, if in conjunction

509 with a miserable soul they had at least received, like men, a

510 mortal body, so that death might have freed them from

511 trouble, if, at least, they should have attained some degree

512 of piety. But, as it is, they are not only no happier than men,

513 having, like them, a miserable soul, they are also more wretched,

514 being eternally bound to the body; for he does not leave us

515 to infer that by some progress in wisdom and piety they can

516 become gods, but expressly says that they are demons for ever.

517 11. *Of the opinion of the Platonists, that the souls of men become demons

518 when disembodied.*

519 He[345] says, indeed, that the souls of men are demons, and

520 that men become *Lares* if they are good, *Lemures* or *Larvæ* if

521 they are bad, and *Manes* if it is uncertain whether they deserve

522 well or ill. Who does not see at a glance that this is

523 a mere whirlpool sucking men to moral destruction? For,

524 however wicked men have been, if they suppose they shall

525 become Larvæ or divine Manes, they will become the worse

526 the more love they have for inflicting injury; for, as the Larvæ

527 are hurtful demons made out of wicked men, these men must

528 suppose that after death they will be invoked with sacrifices

529 and divine honours that they may inflict injuries. But this

530 question we must not pursue. He also states that the

531 blessed are called in Greek εὐδαίμονες, because they are good

532 souls, that is to say, good demons, confirming his opinion that

533 the souls of men are demons.

534 12. *Of the three opposite qualities by which the Platonists distinguish between

535 the nature of men and that of demons.*

536 But at present we are speaking of those beings whom he

537 described as being properly intermediate between gods and

538 men, in nature animals, in mind rational, in soul subject to

539 passion, in body aerial, in duration eternal. When he had

540 distinguished the gods, whom he placed in the highest heaven,

541 from men, whom he placed on earth, not only by position but

542 also by the unequal dignity of their natures, he concluded in

543 these words: "You have here two kinds of animals: the

544 gods, widely distinguished from men by sublimity of abode,

545 perpetuity of life, perfection of nature; for their habitations

546 are separated by so wide an interval that there can be no

547 intimate communication between them, and while the vitality

548 of the one is eternal and indefeasible, that of the others is

549 fading and precarious, and while the spirits of the gods are

550 exalted in bliss, those of men are sunk in miseries."[346] Here

551 I find three opposite qualities ascribed to the extremes of

552 being, the highest and lowest. For, after mentioning the three

553 qualities for which we are to admire the gods, he repeated,

554 though in other words, the same three as a foil to the defects of

555 man. The three qualities are, "sublimity of abode, perpetuity

556 of life, perfection of nature." These he again mentioned so

557 as to bring out their contrasts in man's condition. As he had

558 mentioned "sublimity of abode," he says, "Their habitations

559 are separated by so wide an interval;" as he had mentioned

560 "perpetuity of life," he says, that "while divine life is

561 eternal and indefeasible, human life is fading and precarious;"

562 and as he had mentioned "perfection of nature," he says, that

563 "while the spirits of the gods are exalted in bliss, those of

564 men are sunk in miseries." These three things, then, he predicates

565 of the gods, exaltation, eternity, blessedness; and of

566 man he predicates the opposite, lowliness of habitation, mortality,

567 misery.

568 >

569 >

570 >

571 13. *How the demons can mediate between gods and men if they have nothing

572 > in common with both, being neither blessed like the gods, nor miserable like

573 > men.*

574 If, now, we endeavour to find between these opposites the

575 mean occupied by the demons, there can be no question as to

576 their local position; for, between the highest and lowest place,

577 there is a place which is rightly considered and called the

578 middle place. The other two qualities remain, and to them

579 we must give greater care, that we may see whether they are

580 altogether foreign to the demons, or how they are so bestowed

581 upon them without infringing upon their mediate position.

582 We may dismiss the idea that they are foreign to them. For

583 we cannot say that the demons, being rational animals, are

584 neither blessed nor wretched, as we say of the beasts and

585 plants, which are void of feeling and reason, or as we say of

586 the middle place, that it is neither the highest nor the lowest.

587 The demons, being rational, must be either miserable or blessed.

588 And, in like manner, we cannot say that they are neither

589 mortal nor immortal; for all living things either live eternally

590 or end life in death. Our author, besides, stated that

591 the demons are eternal. What remains for us to suppose,

592 then, but that these mediate beings are assimilated to the gods

593 in one of the two remaining qualities, and to men in the other?

594 For if they received both from above, or both from beneath,

595 they should no longer be mediate, but either rise to the gods

596 above, or sink to men beneath. Therefore, as it has been

597 demonstrated that they must possess these two qualities, they

598 will hold their middle place if they receive one from each

599 party. Consequently, as they cannot receive their eternity

600 from beneath, because it is not there to receive, they must get

601 it from above; and accordingly they have no choice but to

602 complete their mediate position by accepting misery from men.

603 According to the Platonists, then, the gods, who occupy the

604 highest place, enjoy eternal blessedness, or blessed eternity;

605 men, who occupy the lowest, a mortal misery, or a miserable

606 mortality; and the demons, who occupy the mean, a miserable

607 eternity, or an eternal misery. As to those five things which

608 Apuleius included in his definition of demons, he did not

609 show, as he promised, that the demons are mediate. For three

610 of them, that their nature is animal, their mind rational, their

611 soul subject to passions, he said that they have in common

612 with men; one thing, their eternity, in common with the gods;

613 and one proper to themselves, their aerial body. How, then,

614 are they intermediate, when they have three things in common

615 with the lowest, and only one in common with the highest?

616 Who does not see that the intermediate position is abandoned

617 in proportion as they tend to, and are depressed towards, the

618 lowest extreme? But perhaps we are to accept them as

619 intermediate because of their one property of an aerial

620 body, as the two extremes have each their proper body,

621 the gods an ethereal, men a terrestrial body, and because

622 two of the qualities they possess in common with man they

623 possess also in common with the gods, namely, their animal

624 nature and rational mind. For Apuleius himself, in speaking

625 of gods and men, said, "You have two animal natures." And

626 Platonists are wont to ascribe a rational mind to the gods.

627 Two qualities remain, their liability to passion, and their

628 eternity,—the first of which they have in common with men,

629 the second with the gods; so that they are neither wafted to

630 the highest nor depressed to the lowest extreme, but perfectly

631 poised in their intermediate position. But then, this is the

632 very circumstance which constitutes the eternal misery, or

633 miserable eternity, of the demons. For he who says that

634 their soul is subject to passions would also have said that

635 they are miserable, had he not blushed for their worshippers.

636 Moreover, as the world is governed, not by fortuitous haphazard,

637 but, as the Platonists themselves avow, by the providence

638 of the supreme God, the misery of the demons would

639 not be eternal unless their wickedness were great.

640 If, then, the blessed are rightly styled *eudemons*, the demons

641 intermediate between gods and men are not eudemons. What,

642 then, is the local position of those good demons, who, above

643 men but beneath the gods, afford assistance to the former,

644 minister to the latter? For if they are good and eternal,

645 they are doubtless blessed. But eternal blessedness destroys

646 their intermediate character, giving them a close resemblance

647 to the gods, and widely separating them from men. And

648 therefore the Platonists will in vain strive to show how the

649 good demons, if they are both immortal and blessed, can justly

650 be said to hold a middle place between the gods, who are

651 immortal and blessed, and men, who are mortal and miserable.

652 For if they have both immortality and blessedness in common

653 with the gods, and neither of these in common with men, who

654 are both miserable and mortal, are they not rather remote

655 from men and united with the gods, than intermediate between

656 them? They would be intermediate if they held one of their

657 qualities in common with the one party, and the other with

658 the other, as man is a kind of mean between angels and

659 beasts,—the beast being an irrational and mortal animal, the

660 angel a rational and immortal one, while man, inferior to the

661 angel and superior to the beast, and having in common with

662 the one mortality, and with the other reason, is a rational and

663 mortal animal. So, when we seek for an intermediate between

664 the blessed immortals and miserable mortals, we should find

665 a being which is either mortal and blessed, or immortal and

666 miserable.

667 14. *Whether men, though mortal, can enjoy true blessedness.*

668 It is a great question among men, whether man can be

669 mortal and blessed. Some, taking the humbler view of his

670 condition, have denied that he is capable of blessedness so

671 long as he continues in this mortal life; others, again, have

672 spurned this idea, and have been bold enough to maintain

673 that, even though mortal, men may be blessed by attaining

674 wisdom. But if this be the case, why are not these wise men

675 constituted mediators between miserable mortals and the

676 blessed immortals, since they have blessedness in common

677 with the latter, and mortality in common with the former?

678 Certainly, if they are blessed, they envy no one (for what

679 more miserable than envy?), but seek with all their might

680 to help miserable mortals on to blessedness, so that after

681 death they may become immortal, and be associated with the

682 blessed and immortal angels.

683 15. *Of the man Christ Jesus, the Mediator between God and men*.

684 But if, as is much more probable and credible, it must

685 needs be that all men, so long as they are mortal, are also

686 miserable, we must seek an intermediate who is not only man,

687 but also God, that, by the interposition of His blessed mortality,

688 He may bring men out of their mortal misery to a

689 blessed immortality. In this intermediate two things are

690 requisite, that He become mortal, and that He do not continue

691 mortal. He did become mortal, not rendering the divinity

692 of the Word infirm, but assuming the infirmity of flesh.

693 Neither did He continue mortal in the flesh, but raised it from

694 the dead; for it is the very fruit of His mediation that those,

695 for the sake of whose redemption He became the Mediator,

696 should not abide eternally in bodily death. Wherefore it

697 became the Mediator between us and God to have both a

698 transient mortality and a permanent blessedness, that by that

699 which is transient He might be assimilated to mortals, and

700 might translate them from mortality to that which is permanent.

701 Good angels, therefore, cannot mediate between

702 miserable mortals and blessed immortals, for they themselves

703 also are both blessed and immortal; but evil angels can mediate,

704 because they are immortal like the one party, miserable like

705 the other. To these is opposed the good Mediator, who, in

706 opposition to their immortality and misery, has chosen to be

707 mortal for a time, and has been able to continue blessed in

708 eternity. It is thus He has destroyed, by the humility of

709 His death and the benignity of His blessedness, those proud

710 immortals and hurtful wretches, and has prevented them from

711 seducing to misery by their boast of immortality those men

712 whose hearts He has cleansed by faith, and whom He has

713 thus freed from their impure dominion.

714 Man, then, mortal and miserable, and far removed from the

715 immortal and the blessed, what medium shall he choose by

716 which he may be united to immortality and blessedness?

717 The immortality of the demons, which might have some

718 charm for man, is miserable; the mortality of Christ, which

719 might offend man, exists no longer. In the one there is

720 the fear of an eternal misery; in the other, death, which

721 could not be eternal, can no longer be feared, and blessedness,

722 which is eternal, must be loved. For the immortal and

723 miserable mediator interposes himself to prevent us from

724 passing to a blessed immortality, because that which hinders

725 such a passage, namely, misery, continues in him; but the

726 mortal and blessed Mediator interposed Himself, in order that,

727 having passed through mortality, He might of mortals make

728 immortals (showing His power to do this in His own resurrection),

729 and from being miserable to raise them to the blessed

730 company from the number of whom He had Himself never departed.

731 There is, then, a wicked mediator, who separates friends,

732 and a good Mediator, who reconciles enemies. And those who

733 separate are numerous, because the multitude of the blessed are

734 blessed only by their participation in the one God; of which

735 participation the evil angels being deprived, they are wretched,

736 and interpose to hinder rather than to help to this blessedness,

737 and by their very number prevent us from reaching that one

738 beatific good, to obtain which we need not many but one

739 Mediator, the uncreated Word of God, by whom all things

740 were made, and in partaking of whom we are blessed. I do

741 not say that He is Mediator because He is the Word, for as

742 the Word He is supremely blessed and supremely immortal,

743 and therefore far from miserable mortals; but He is Mediator

744 as He is man, for by His humanity He shows us that, in

745 order to obtain that blessed and beatific good, we need not

746 seek other mediators to lead us through the successive steps

747 of this attainment, but that the blessed and beatific God,

748 having Himself become a partaker of our humanity, has

749 afforded us ready access to the participation of His divinity.

750 For in delivering us from our mortality and misery, He does

751 not lead us to the immortal and blessed angels, so that we

752 should become immortal and blessed by participating in their

753 nature, but He leads us straight to that Trinity, by participating

754 in which the angels themselves are blessed. Therefore,

755 when He chose to be in the form of a servant, and lower than

756 the angels, that He might be our Mediator, He remained

757 higher than the angels, in the form of God,—Himself at once

758 the way of life on earth and life itself in heaven.

759 >

760 >

761 >

762 16. *Whether it is reasonable in the Platonists to determine that the celestial gods

763 > decline contact with earthly things and intercourse with men, who therefore

764 > require the intercession of the demons.*

765 That opinion, which the same Platonist avers that Plato

766 uttered, is not true, "that no god holds intercourse with men."[347]

767 And this, he says, is the chief evidence of their exaltation, that

768 they are never contaminated by contact with men. He admits,

769 therefore, that the demons are contaminated; and it follows

770 that they cannot cleanse those by whom they are themselves

771 contaminated, and thus all alike become impure, the demons

772 by associating with men, and men by worshipping the demons.

773 Or, if they say that the demons are not contaminated by

774 associating and dealing with men, then they are better than the

775 gods, for the gods, were they to do so, would be contaminated.

776 For this, we are told, is the glory of the gods, that they are so

777 highly exalted that no human intercourse can sully them.

778 He affirms, indeed, that the supreme God, the Creator of all

779 things, whom we call the true God, is spoken of by Plato as

780 the only God whom the poverty of human speech fails even

781 passably to describe; and that even the wise, when their

782 mental energy is as far as possible delivered from the trammels

783 of connection with the body, have only such gleams of

784 insight into His nature as may be compared to a flash of

785 lightning illumining the darkness. If, then, this supreme

786 God, who is truly exalted above all things, does nevertheless

787 visit the minds of the wise, when emancipated from the body,

788 with an intelligible and ineffable presence, though this be

789 only occasional, and as it were a swift flash of light athwart

790 the darkness, why are the other gods so sublimely removed

791 from all contact with men, as if they would be polluted by it?

792 as if it were not a sufficient refutation of this to lift up our

793 eyes to those heavenly bodies which give the earth its needful

794 light. If the stars, though they, by his account, are visible

795 gods, are not contaminated when we look at them, neither are

796 the demons contaminated when men see them quite closely.

797 But perhaps it is the human voice, and not the eye, which

798 pollutes the gods; and therefore the demons are appointed to

799 mediate and carry men's utterances to the gods, who keep

800 themselves remote through fear of pollution? What am I to

801 say of the other senses? For by smell neither the demons,

802 who are present, nor the gods, though they were present and

803 inhaling the exhalations of living men, would be polluted if they

804 are not contaminated with the effluvia of the carcases offered

805 in sacrifice. As for taste, they are pressed by no necessity of

806 repairing bodily decay, so as to be reduced to ask food from men.

807 And touch is in their own power. For while it may seem that

808 contact is so called, because the sense of touch is specially

809 concerned in it, yet the gods, if so minded, might mingle with

810 men, so as to see and be seen, hear and be heard; and where

811 is the need of touching? For men would not dare to desire

812 this, if they were favoured with the sight or conversation of

813 gods or good demons; and if through excessive curiosity they

814 should desire it, how could they accomplish their wish without

815 the consent of the god or demon, when they cannot touch

816 so much as a sparrow unless it be caged?

817 There is, then, nothing to hinder the gods from mingling in

818 a bodily form with men, from seeing and being seen, from

819 speaking and hearing. And if the demons do thus mix with

820 men, as I said, and are not polluted, while the gods, were they

821 to do so, should be polluted, then the demons are less liable to

822 pollution than the gods. And if even the demons are contaminated,

823 how can they help men to attain blessedness after

824 death, if, so far from being able to cleanse them, and present

825 them clean to the unpolluted gods, these mediators are themselves

826 polluted? And if they cannot confer this benefit on

827 men, what good can their friendly mediation do? Or shall

828 its result be, not that men find entrance to the gods, but that

829 men and demons abide together in a state of pollution, and

830 consequently of exclusion from blessedness? Unless, perhaps,

831 some one may say that, like sponges or things of that sort, the

832 demons themselves, in the process of cleansing their friends,

833 become themselves the filthier in proportion as the others

834 become clean. But if this is the solution, then the gods, who

835 shun contact or intercourse with men for fear of pollution, mix

836 with demons who are far more polluted. Or perhaps the

837 gods, who cannot cleanse men without polluting themselves,

838 can without pollution cleanse the demons who have been contaminated

839 by human contact? Who can believe such follies,

840 unless the demons have practised their deceit upon him? If

841 seeing and being seen is contamination, and if the gods, whom

842 Apuleius himself calls visible, "the brilliant lights of the

843 world,"[348] and the other stars, are seen by men, are we to believe

844 that the demons, who cannot be seen unless they please, are

845 safer from contamination? Or if it is only the seeing and not

846 the being seen which contaminates, then they must deny that

847 these gods of theirs, these brilliant lights of the world, see

848 men when their rays beam upon the earth. Their rays are

849 not contaminated by lighting on all manner of pollution, and

850 are we to suppose that the gods would be contaminated if

851 they mixed with men, and even if contact were needed in

852 order to assist them? For there is contact between the earth

853 and the sun's or moon's rays, and yet this does not pollute

854 the light.

855 >

856 >

857 >

858 17. *That to obtain the blessed life, which consists in partaking of the supreme

859 > good, man needs such mediation as is furnished not by a demon, but by

860 > Christ alone.*

861 I am considerably surprised that such learned men, men

862 who pronounce all material and sensible things to be altogether

863 inferior to those that are spiritual and intelligible,

864 should mention bodily contact in connection with the blessed

865 life. Is that sentiment of Plotinus forgotten?—"We must fly

866 to our beloved fatherland. There is the Father, there our all.

867 What fleet or flight shall convey us thither? Our way is, to

868 become like God."[349] If, then, one is nearer to God the liker

869 he is to Him, there is no other distance from God than unlikeness

870 to Him. And the soul of man is unlike that incorporeal

871 and unchangeable and eternal essence, in proportion as

872 it craves things temporal and mutable. And as the things

873 beneath, which are mortal and impure, cannot hold intercourse

874 with the immortal purity which is above, a mediator is indeed

875 needed to remove this difficulty; but not a mediator who resembles

876 the highest order of being by possessing an immortal

877 body, and the lowest by having a diseased soul, which makes

878 him rather grudge that we be healed than help our cure. We

879 need a Mediator who, being united to us here below by the mortality

880 of His body, should at the same time be able to afford us

881 truly divine help in cleansing and liberating us by means of

882 the immortal righteousness of His spirit, whereby He remained

883 heavenly even while here upon earth. Far be it from the

884 incontaminable God to fear pollution from the man[350] He assumed,

885 or from the men among whom He lived in the form

886 of a man. For, though His incarnation showed us nothing

887 else, these two wholesome facts were enough, that true

888 divinity cannot be polluted by flesh, and that demons are not

889 to be considered better than ourselves because they have not

890 flesh.[351] This, then, as Scripture says, is the "Mediator between

891 God and man, the man Christ Jesus,"[352] of whose divinity,

892 whereby He is equal to the Father, and humanity, whereby

893 He has become like us, this is not the place to speak as fully

894 as I could.

895 18. *That the deceitful demons, while promising to conduct men to God by their

896 intercession, mean to turn them from the path of truth.*

897 As to the demons, these false and deceitful mediators, who,

898 though their uncleanness of spirit frequently reveals their

899 misery and malignity, yet, by virtue of the levity of their aerial

900 bodies and the nature of the places they inhabit, do contrive

901 to turn us aside and hinder our spiritual progress; they do

902 not help us towards God, but rather prevent us from reaching

903 Him. Since even in the bodily way, which is erroneous and

904 misleading, and in which righteousness does not walk,—for we

905 must rise to God not by bodily ascent, but by incorporeal or

906 spiritual conformity to Him,—in this bodily way, I say, which

907 the friends of the demons arrange according to the weight of

908 the various elements, the aerial demons being set between the

909 ethereal gods and earthy men, they imagine the gods to have

910 this privilege, that by this local interval they are preserved

911 from the pollution of human contact. Thus they believe that

912 the demons are contaminated by men rather than men cleansed

913 by the demons, and that the gods themselves should be polluted

914 unless their local superiority preserved them. Who is

915 so wretched a creature as to expect purification by a way in

916 which men are contaminating, demons contaminated, and gods

917 contaminable? Who would not rather choose that way whereby

918 we escape the contamination of the demons, and are cleansed

919 from pollution by the incontaminable God, so as to be associated

920 with the uncontaminated angels?

921 19. *That even among their own worshippers the name "demon" has never a

922 good signification.*

923 But as some of these demonolators, as I may call them,

924 and among them Labeo, allege that those whom they call

925 demons are by others called angels, I must, if I would not

926 seem to dispute merely about words, say something about the

927 good angels. The Platonists do not deny their existence, but

928 prefer to call them good demons. But we, following Scripture,

929 according to which we are Christians, have learned that some

930 of the angels are good, some bad, but never have we read in

931 Scripture of good demons; but wherever this or any cognate

932 term occurs, it is applied only to wicked spirits. And this

933 usage has become so universal, that, even among those who

934 are called pagans, and who maintain that demons as well as

935 gods should be worshipped, there is scarcely a man, no matter

936 how well read and learned, who would dare to say by way of

937 praise to his slave, You have a demon, or who could doubt

938 that the man to whom he said this would consider it a curse?

939 Why, then, are we to subject ourselves to the necessity of

940 explaining away what we have said when we have given

941 offence by using the word demon, with which every one, or

942 almost every one, connects a bad meaning, while we can so

943 easily evade this necessity by using the word angel?

944 20. *Of the kind of knowledge which puffs up the demons.*

945 However, the very origin of the name suggests something

946 worthy of consideration, if we compare it with the divine

947 books. They are called demons from a Greek word meaning

948 knowledge.[353] Now the apostle, speaking with the Holy Spirit,

949 says, "Knowledge puffeth up, but charity buildeth up."[354]

950 And this can only be understood as meaning that without

951 charity knowledge does no good, but inflates a man or magnifies

952 him with an empty windiness. The demons, then, have

953 knowledge without charity, and are thereby so inflated or

954 proud, that they crave those divine honours and religious services

955 which they know to be due to the true God, and still,

956 as far as they can, exact these from all over whom they have

957 influence. Against this pride of the demons, under which the

958 human race was held subject as its merited punishment, there

959 was exerted the mighty influence of the humility of God, who

960 appeared in the form of a servant; but men, resembling the

961 demons in pride, but not in knowledge, and being puffed up

962 with uncleanness, failed to recognise Him.

963 21. *To what extent the Lord was pleased to make Himself known to the demons.*

964 The devils themselves knew this manifestation of God so

965 well, that they said to the Lord, though clothed with the

966 infirmity of flesh, "What have we to do with Thee, Jesus of

967 Nazareth? Art Thou come to destroy us before the time?"[355]

968 From these words, it is clear that they had great knowledge,

969 and no charity. They feared His power to punish, and did not

970 love His righteousness. He made known to them so much

971 as He pleased, and He was pleased to make known so much

972 as was needful. But He made Himself known, not as to the

973 holy angels, who know Him as the Word of God, and rejoice

974 in His eternity, which they partake, but as was requisite to

975 strike with terror the beings from whose tyranny He was going

976 to free those who were predestined to His kingdom and the

977 glory of it, eternally true and truly eternal. He made Himself

978 known, therefore, to the demons, not by that which is life

979 eternal, and the unchangeable light which illumines the pious,

980 whose souls are cleansed by the faith that is in Him, but by

981 some temporal effects of His power, and evidences of His

982 mysterious presence, which were more easily discerned by the

983 angelic senses even of wicked spirits than by human infirmity.

984 But when He judged it advisable gradually to suppress these

985 signs, and to retire into deeper obscurity, the prince of the

986 demons doubted whether He were the Christ, and endeavoured

987 to ascertain this by tempting Him, in so far as He permitted

988 Himself to be tempted, that He might adapt the manhood He

989 wore to be an example for our imitation. But after that

990 temptation, when, as Scripture says, He was ministered to[356] by

991 the angels who are good and holy, and therefore objects of

992 terror to the impure spirits, He revealed more and more distinctly

993 to the demons how great He was, so that, even though

994 the infirmity of His flesh might seem contemptible, none dared

995 to resist His authority.

996 22. *The difference between the knowledge of the holy angels and that

997 of the demons.*

998 The good angels, therefore, hold cheap all that knowledge

999 of material and transitory things which the demons are so

1000 proud of possessing,—not that they are ignorant of these things,

1001 but because the love of God, whereby they are sanctified, is

1002 very dear to them, and because, in comparison of that not

1003 merely immaterial but also unchangeable and ineffable beauty,

1004 with the holy love of which they are inflamed, they despise

1005 all things which are beneath it, and all that is not it, that they

1006 may with every good thing that is in them enjoy that good

1007 which is the source of their goodness. And therefore they

1008 have a more certain knowledge even of those temporal and

1009 mutable things, because they contemplate their principles and

1010 causes in the word of God, by which the world was made,—those

1011 causes by which one thing is approved, another rejected,

1012 and all arranged. But the demons do not behold in the wisdom

1013 of God these eternal, and, as it were, cardinal causes of things

1014 temporal, but only foresee a larger part of the future than

1015 men do, by reason of their greater acquaintance with the signs

1016 which are hidden from us. Sometimes, too, it is their own intentions

1017 they predict. And, finally, the demons are frequently,

1018 the angels never, deceived. For it is one thing, by the aid

1019 of things temporal and changeable, to conjecture the changes

1020 that may occur in time, and to modify such things by one's

1021 own will and faculty,—and this is to a certain extent permitted

1022 to the demons,—it is another thing to foresee the

1023 changes of times in the eternal and immutable laws of God,

1024 which live in His wisdom, and to know the will of God, the

1025 most infallible and powerful of all causes, by participating in

1026 His spirit; and this is granted to the holy angels by a just

1027 discretion. And thus they are not only eternal, but blessed

1028 And the good wherein they are blessed is God, by whom they

1029 were created. For without end they enjoy the contemplation

1030 and participation of Him.

1031 23. *That the name of gods is falsely given to the gods of the Gentiles, though

1032 Scripture applies it both to the holy angels and just men.*

1033 If the Platonists prefer to call these angels gods rather than

1034 demons, and to reckon them with those whom Plato, their

1035 founder and master, maintains were created by the supreme

1036 God,[357] they are welcome to do so, for I will not spend strength

1037 in fighting about words. For if they say that these beings

1038 are immortal, and yet created by the supreme God, blessed

1039 but by cleaving to their Creator and not by their own power,

1040 they say what we say, whatever name they call these beings

1041 by. And that this is the opinion either of all or the best of

1042 the Platonists can be ascertained by their writings. And regarding

1043 the name itself, if they see fit to call such blessed and

1044 immortal creatures gods, this need not give rise to any serious

1045 discussion between us, since in our own Scriptures we read,

1046 "The God of gods, the Lord hath spoken;"[358] and again, "Confess

1047 to the God of gods;"[359] and again, "He is a great King

1048 above all gods."[360] And where it is said, "He is to be feared

1049 above all gods," the reason is forthwith added, for it follows,

1050 "for all the gods of the nations are idols, but the Lord made

1051 the heavens."[361] He said, "above all gods," but added, "of the

1052 nations;" that is to say, above all those whom the nations

1053 count gods, in other words, demons. By them He is to be

1054 feared with that terror in which they cried to the Lord, "Hast

1055 Thou come to destroy us?" But where it is said, "the God of

1056 gods," it cannot be understood as the god of the demons; and

1057 far be it from us to say that "great King above all gods"

1058 means "great King above all demons." But the same Scripture

1059 also calls men who belong to God's people "gods:" "I have said,

1060 Ye are gods, and all of you children of the Most High."[362] Accordingly,

1061 when God is styled God of gods, this may be understood

1062 of these gods; and so, too, when He is styled a great

1063 King above all gods.

1064 Nevertheless, some one may say, if men are called gods

1065 because they belong to God's people, whom He addresses by

1066 means of men and angels, are not the immortals, who already

1067 enjoy that felicity which men seek to attain by worshipping

1068 God, much more worthy of the title? And what shall we

1069 reply to this, if not that it is not without reason that in holy

1070 Scripture men are more expressly styled gods than those immortal

1071 and blessed spirits to whom we hope to be equal in

1072 the resurrection, because there was a fear that the weakness

1073 of unbelief, being overcome with the excellence of these beings,

1074 might presume to constitute some of them a god? In the

1075 case of men this was a result that need not be guarded against.

1076 Besides, it was right that the men belonging to God's people

1077 should be more expressly called gods, to assure and certify

1078 them that He who is called God of gods is their God; because,

1079 although those immortal and blessed spirits who dwell

1080 in the heavens are called gods, yet they are not called gods of

1081 gods, that is to say, gods of the men who constitute God's

1082 people, and to whom it is said, "I have said, Ye are gods, and

1083 all of you the children of the Most High." Hence the saying

1084 of the apostle, "Though there be that are called gods, whether

1085 in heaven or in earth, as there be gods many and lords many,

1086 but to us there is but one God, the Father, of whom are all

1087 things, and we in Him; and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom

1088 are all things, and we by Him."[363]

1089 We need not, therefore, laboriously contend about the name,

1090 since the reality is so obvious as to admit of no shadow of

1091 doubt. That which we say, that the angels who are sent to

1092 announce the will of God to men belong to the order of blessed

1093 immortals, does not satisfy the Platonists, because they believe

1094 that this ministry is discharged, not by those whom they call

1095 gods, in other words, not by blessed immortals, but by demons,

1096 whom they dare not affirm to be blessed, but only immortal,

1097 or if they do rank them among the blessed immortals, yet only

1098 as good demons, and not as gods who dwell in the heaven of

1099 heavens remote from all human contact. But, though it may

1100 seem mere wrangling about a name, yet the name of demon

1101 is so detestable that we cannot bear in any sense to apply it

1102 to the holy angels. Now, therefore, let us close this book in

1103 the assurance that, whatever we call these immortal and

1104 blessed spirits, who yet are only creatures, they do not act as

1105 mediators to introduce to everlasting felicity miserable mortals,

1106 from whom they are severed by a twofold distinction. And

1107 those others who are mediators, in so far as they have immortality

1108 in common with their superiors, and misery in

1109 common with their inferiors (for they are justly miserable in

1110 punishment of their wickedness), cannot bestow upon us, but

1111 rather grudge that we should possess, the blessedness from

1112 which they themselves are excluded. And so the friends of

1113 the demons have nothing considerable to allege why we should

1114 rather worship them as our helpers than avoid them as traitors

1115 to our interests. As for those spirits who are good, and who

1116 are therefore not only immortal but also blessed, and to whom

1117 they suppose we should give the title of gods, and offer worship

1118 and sacrifices for the sake of inheriting a future life, we

1119 shall, by God's help, endeavour in the following book to show

1120 that these spirits, call them by what name, and ascribe to them

1121 what nature you will, desire that religious worship be paid to

1122 God alone, by whom they were created, and by whose communications

1123 of Himself to them they are blessed.

BOOK X

55 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

58 >

59 >

60 >

61 IN THIS BOOK AUGUSTINE TEACHES THAT THE GOOD ANGELS WISH GOD ALONE,

62 > WHOM THEY THEMSELVES SERVE, TO RECEIVE THAT DIVINE HONOUR WHICH

63 > IS RENDERED BY SACRIFICE, AND WHICH IS CALLED "LATREIA." HE THEN

64 > GOES ON TO DISPUTE AGAINST PORPHYRY ABOUT THE PRINCIPLE AND WAY

65 > OF THE SOUL'S CLEANSING AND DELIVERANCE.

66 >

67 >

68 >

69 1. *That the Platonists themselves have determined that God alone can confer

70 > happiness either on angels or men, but that it yet remains a question

71 > whether those spirits whom they direct us to worship, that we may obtain

72 > happiness, wish sacrifice to be offered to themselves, or to the one God

73 > only.*

74 It is the decided opinion of all who use their brains, that

75 all men desire to be happy. But who are happy, or

76 how they become so, these are questions about which the

77 weakness of human understanding stirs endless and angry

78 controversies, in which philosophers have wasted their strength

79 and expended their leisure. To adduce and discuss their

80 various opinions would be tedious, and is unnecessary. The

81 reader may remember what we said in the eighth book, while

82 making a selection of the philosophers with whom we might

83 discuss the question regarding the future life of happiness,

84 whether we can reach it by paying divine honours to the one

85 true God, the Creator of all gods, or by worshipping many

86 gods, and he will not expect us to repeat here the same

87 argument, especially as, even if he has forgotten it, he may

88 refresh his memory by reperusal. For we made selection of

89 the Platonists, justly esteemed the noblest of the philosophers,

90 because they had the wit to perceive that the human soul,

91 immortal and rational, or intellectual, as it is, cannot be happy

92 except by partaking of the light of that God by whom both

93 itself and the world were made; and also that the happy life

94 which all men desire cannot be reached by any who does not

95 cleave with a pure and holy love to that one supreme good,

96 the unchangeable God. But as even these philosophers,

97 whether accommodating to the folly and ignorance of the

98 people, or, as the apostle says, "becoming vain in their imaginations,"[364]

99 supposed or allowed others to suppose that many

100 gods should be worshipped, so that some of them considered

101 that divine honour by worship and sacrifice should be rendered

102 even to the demons (an error I have already exploded),

103 we must now, by God's help, ascertain what is thought about

104 our religious worship and piety by those immortal and blessed

105 spirits, who dwell in the heavenly places among dominations,

106 principalities, powers, whom the Platonists call gods, and

107 some either good demons, or, like us, angels,—that is to say,

108 to put it more plainly, whether the angels desire us to offer

109 sacrifice and worship, and to consecrate our possessions and

110 ourselves, to them, or only to God, theirs and ours.

111 For this is the worship which is due to the Divinity, or,

112 to speak more accurately, to the Deity; and, to express this

113 worship in a single word, as there does not occur to me any

114 Latin term sufficiently exact, I shall avail myself, whenever

115 necessary, of a Greek word. Λατρεία, whenever it occurs in

116 Scripture, is rendered by the word service. But that service

117 which is due to men, and in reference to which the apostle

118 writes that servants must be subject to their own masters,[365] is

119 usually designated by another word in Greek,[366] whereas the

120 service which is paid to God alone by worship, is always, or

121 almost always, called λατρεία in the usage of those who wrote

122 from the divine oracles. This cannot so well be called simply

123 "cultus," for in that case it would not seem to be due exclusively

124 to God; for the same word is applied to the respect

125 we pay either to the memory or the living presence of men.

126 From it, too, we derive the words agriculture, colonist, and

127 others.[367] And the heathen call their gods "cœlicolæ," not because

128 they worship heaven, but because they dwell in it, and

129 as it were colonize it,—not in the sense in which we call those

130 colonists who are attached to their native soil to cultivate it

131 under the rule of the owners, but in the sense in which the

132 great master of the Latin language says, "There was an ancient

133 city inhabited by Tyrian colonists."[368] He called them colonists,

134 not because they cultivated the soil, but because they inhabited

135 the city. So, too, cities that have hived off from

136 larger cities are called colonies. Consequently, while it is

137 quite true that, using the word in a special sense, "cult" can

138 be rendered to none but God, yet, as the word is applied to

139 other things besides, the cult due to God cannot in Latin be

140 expressed by this word alone.

141 The word "religion" might seem to express more definitely

142 the worship due to God alone, and therefore Latin translators

143 have used this word to represent θρησκεία; yet, as not

144 only the uneducated, but also the best instructed, use the word

145 religion to express human ties, and relationships, and affinities,

146 it would inevitably introduce ambiguity to use this word in

147 discussing the worship of God, unable as we are to say that

148 religion is nothing else than the worship of God, without contradicting

149 the common usage which applies this word to the

150 observance of social relationships. "Piety," again, or, as the

151 Greeks say, εὐσέβεια, is commonly understood as the proper

152 designation of the worship of God. Yet this word also is used

153 of dutifulness to parents. The common people, too, use it of

154 works of charity, which, I suppose, arises from the circumstance

155 that God enjoins the performance of such works, and

156 declares that He is pleased with them instead of, or in preference

157 to sacrifices. From this usage it has also come to pass

158 that God Himself is called pious,[369] in which sense the Greeks

159 never use εὐσεβεῖν, though εὐσέβεια is applied to works of

160 charity by their common people also. In some passages of

161 Scripture, therefore, they have sought to preserve the distinction

162 by using not εὐσέβεια, the more general word, but

163 θεοσέβεια, which literally denotes the worship of God. We,

164 on the other hand, cannot express either of these ideas by one

165 word. This worship, then, which in Greek is called λατρεία,

166 and in Latin "servitus" [service], but the service due to God

167 only; this worship, which in Greek is called θρησκεία, and in

168 Latin "religio," but the religion by which we are bound to God

169 only; this worship, which they call θεοσέβεια, but which we

170 cannot express in one word, but call it the worship of God,—this,

171 we say, belongs only to that God who is the true God, and

172 who makes His worshippers gods.[370] And therefore, whoever

173 these immortal and blessed inhabitants of heaven be, if they do

174 not love us, and wish us to be blessed, then we ought not to

175 worship them; and if they do love us and desire our happiness,

176 they cannot wish us to be made happy by any other

177 means than they themselves have enjoyed,—for how could

178 they wish our blessedness to flow from one source, theirs from

179 another?

180 2. *The opinion of Plotinus the Platonist regarding enlightenment from above.*

181 But with these more estimable philosophers we have no

182 dispute in this matter. For they perceived, and in various

183 forms abundantly expressed in their writings, that these spirits

184 have the same source of happiness as ourselves,—a certain

185 intelligible light, which is their God, and is different from

186 themselves, and illumines them that they may be penetrated

187 with light, and enjoy perfect happiness in the participation of

188 God. Plotinus, commenting on Plato, repeatedly and strongly

189 asserts that not even the soul which they believe to be the

190 soul of the world, derives its blessedness from any other

191 source than we do, viz. from that Light which is distinct from

192 it and created it, and by whose intelligible illumination it

193 enjoys light in things intelligible. He also compares those

194 spiritual things to the vast and conspicuous heavenly bodies,

195 as if God were the sun, and the soul the moon; for they

196 suppose that the moon derives its light from the sun. That

197 great Platonist, therefore, says that the rational soul, or rather

198 the intellectual soul,—in which class he comprehends the

199 souls of the blessed immortals who inhabit heaven,—has no

200 nature superior to it save God, the Creator of the world and

201 the soul itself, and that these heavenly spirits derive their

202 blessed life, and the light of truth, from the same source as

203 ourselves, agreeing with the gospel where we read, "There was

204 a man sent from God whose name was John; the same came

205 for a witness to bear witness of that Light, that through Him

206 all might believe. He was not that Light, but that he might

207 bear witness of the Light. That was the true Light which

208 lighteth every man that cometh into the world;"[371]—a distinction

209 which sufficiently proves that the rational or intellectual

210 soul such as John had cannot be its own light, but

211 needs to receive illumination from another, the true Light.

212 This John himself avows when he delivers his witness: "We

213 have all received of His fulness."[372]

214 >

215 >

216 >

217 3. *That the Platonists, though knowing something of the Creator of the universe,

218 > have misunderstood the true worship of God, by giving divine honour to

219 > angels, good or bad.*

220 This being so, if the Platonists, or those who think with

221 them, knowing God, glorified Him as God and gave thanks, if

222 they did not become vain in their own thoughts, if they did

223 not originate or yield to the popular errors, they would certainly

224 acknowledge that neither could the blessed immortals

225 retain, nor we miserable mortals reach, a happy condition

226 without worshipping the one God of gods, who is both theirs

227 and ours. To Him we owe the service which is called in

228 Greek λατρεία, whether we render it outwardly or inwardly;

229 for we are all His temple, each of us severally and all of us

230 together, because He condescends to inhabit each individually

231 and the whole harmonious body, being no greater in all than

232 in each, since He is neither expanded nor divided. Our heart

233 when it rises to Him is His altar; the priest who intercedes

234 for us is His Only-begotten; we sacrifice to Him bleeding

235 victims when we contend for His truth even unto blood; to

236 Him we offer the sweetest incense when we come before Him

237 burning with holy and pious love; to Him we devote and

238 surrender ourselves and His gifts in us; to Him, by solemn

239 feasts and on appointed days, we consecrate the memory of

240 His benefits, lest through the lapse of time ungrateful oblivion

241 should steal upon us; to Him we offer on the altar of our

242 heart the sacrifice of humility and praise, kindled by the fire

243 of burning love. It is that we may see Him, so far as He

244 can be seen; it is that we may cleave to Him, that we are

245 cleansed from all stain of sins and evil passions, and are consecrated

246 in His name. For He is the fountain of our happiness,

247 He the end of all our desires. Being attached to Him, or

248 rather let me say, re-attached,—for we had detached ourselves

249 and lost hold of Him,—being, I say, re-attached to Him,[373] we

250 tend towards Him by love, that we may rest in Him, and find

251 our blessedness by attaining that end. For our good, about

252 which philosophers have so keenly contended, is nothing else

253 than to be united to God. It is, if I may say so, by spiritually

254 embracing Him that the intellectual soul is filled and impregnated

255 with true virtues. We are enjoined to love this good

256 with all our heart, with all our soul, with all our strength.

257 To this good we ought to be led by those who love us, and

258 to lead those we love. Thus are fulfilled those two commandments

259 on which hang all the law and the prophets: "Thou

260 shalt love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all

261 thy mind, and with all thy soul;" and "Thou shalt love thy

262 neighbour as thyself."[374] For, that man might be intelligent in

263 his self-love, there was appointed for him an end to which

264 he might refer all his actions, that he might be blessed. For

265 he who loves himself wishes nothing else than this. And the

266 end set before him is "to draw near to God."[375] And so, when

267 one who has this intelligent self-love is commanded to love

268 his neighbour as himself, what else is enjoined than that he

269 shall do all in his power to commend to him the love of God?

270 This is the worship of God, this is true religion, this right

271 piety, this the service due to God only. If any immortal

272 power, then, no matter with what virtue endowed, loves us as

273 himself, he must desire that we find our happiness by submitting

274 ourselves to Him, in submission to whom he himself finds

275 happiness. If he does not worship God, he is wretched, because

276 deprived of God; if he worships God, he cannot wish

277 to be worshipped in God's stead. On the contrary, these

278 higher powers acquiesce heartily in the divine sentence in

279 which it is written, "He that sacrificeth unto any god, save

280 unto the Lord only, he shall be utterly destroyed."[376]

281 4. *That sacrifice is due to the true God only.*

282 But, putting aside for the present the other religious services

283 with which God is worshipped, certainly no man would dare

284 to say that sacrifice is due to any but God. Many parts,

285 indeed, of divine worship are unduly used in showing honour

286 to men, whether through an excessive humility or pernicious

287 flattery; yet, while this is done, those persons who are thus

288 worshipped and venerated, or even adored, are reckoned no

289 more than human; and who ever thought of sacrificing save

290 to one whom he knew, supposed, or feigned to be a god?

291 And how ancient a part of God's worship sacrifice is, those

292 two brothers, Cain and Abel, sufficiently show, of whom God

293 rejected the elder's sacrifice, and looked favourably on the

294 younger's.

295 5. *Of the sacrifices which God does not require, but wished to be observed for the

296 exhibition of those things which He does require.*

297 And who is so foolish as to suppose that the things offered

298 to God are needed by Him for some uses of His own? Divine

299 Scripture in many places explodes this idea. Not to be wearisome,

300 suffice it to quote this brief saying from a psalm: "I

301 have said to the Lord, Thou art my God: for Thou needest

302 not my goodness."[377] We must believe, then, that God has no

303 need, not only of cattle, or any other earthly and material

304 thing, but even of man's righteousness, and that whatever

305 right worship is paid to God profits not Him, but man. For

306 no man would say he did a benefit to a fountain by drinking,

307 or to the light by seeing. And the fact that the ancient

308 church offered animal sacrifices, which the people of God

309 now-a-days reads of without imitating, proves nothing else

310 than this, that those sacrifices signified the things which we

311 do for the purpose of drawing near to God, and inducing our

312 neighbour to do the same. A sacrifice, therefore, is the visible

313 sacrament or sacred sign of an invisible sacrifice. Hence that

314 penitent in the psalm, or it may be the Psalmist himself,

315 entreating God to be merciful to his sins, says, "If Thou

316 desiredst sacrifice, I would give it: Thou delightest not in

317 whole burnt-offerings. The sacrifice of God is a broken heart:

318 a heart contrite and humble God will not despise."[378] Observe

319 how, in the very words in which he is expressing God's refusal

320 of sacrifice, he shows that God requires sacrifice. He does

321 not desire the sacrifice of a slaughtered beast, but He desires

322 the sacrifice of a contrite heart. Thus, that sacrifice which he

323 says God does not wish, is the symbol of the sacrifice which

324 God does wish. God does not wish sacrifices in the sense

325 in which foolish people think He wishes them, viz. to gratify

326 His own pleasure. For if He had not wished that the sacrifices

327 He requires, as, *e.g.*, a heart contrite and humbled by

328 penitent sorrow, should be symbolized by those sacrifices

329 which He was thought to desire because pleasant to Himself,

330 the old law would never have enjoined their presentation;

331 and they were destined to be merged when the fit opportunity

332 arrived, in order that men might not suppose that the sacrifices

333 themselves, rather than the things symbolized by them,

334 were pleasing to God or acceptable in us. Hence, in another

335 passage from another psalm, he says, "If I were hungry, I

336 would not tell thee; for the world is mine and the fulness

337 thereof. Will I eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the blood of

338 goats?"[379] as if He should say, Supposing such things were

339 necessary to me, I would never ask thee for what I have in

340 my own hand. Then he goes on to mention what these

341 signify: "Offer unto God the sacrifice of praise, and pay thy

342 vows unto the Most High. And call upon me in the day of

343 trouble: I will deliver thee, and thou shalt glorify me."[380] So

344 in another prophet: "Wherewith shall I come before the

345 Lord, and bow myself before the High God? Shall I come

346 before Him with burnt-offerings, with calves of a year old?

347 Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten

348 thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my first-born for my

349 transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul?

350 Hath He showed thee, O man, what is good; and what doth

351 the Lord require of thee, but to do justly, and to love mercy,

352 and to walk humbly with thy God?"[381] In the words of this

353 prophet, these two things are distinguished and set forth with

354 sufficient explicitness, that God does not require these sacrifices

355 for their own sakes, and that He does require the sacrifices

356 which they symbolize. In the epistle entitled "To the

357 Hebrews" it is said, "To do good and to communicate, forget

358 not: for with such sacrifices God is well pleased."[382] And so,

359 when it is written, "I desire mercy rather than sacrifice,"[383]

360 nothing else is meant than that one sacrifice is preferred to

361 another; for that which in common speech is called sacrifice

362 is only the symbol of the true sacrifice. Now mercy is the

363 true sacrifice, and therefore it is said, as I have just quoted,

364 "with such sacrifices God is well pleased." All the divine

365 ordinances, therefore, which we read concerning the sacrifices

366 in the service of the tabernacle or the temple, we are to refer

367 to the love of God and our neighbour. For "on these two

368 commandments," as it is written, "hang all the law and the

369 prophets."[384]

370 6. *Of the true and perfect sacrifice.*

371 Thus a true sacrifice is every work which is done that we

372 may be united to God in holy fellowship, and which has a

373 reference to that supreme good and end in which alone we

374 can be truly blessed.[385] And therefore even the mercy we

375 show to men, if it is not shown for God's sake, is not a

376 sacrifice. For, though made or offered by man, sacrifice is

377 a divine thing, as those who called it *sacrifice*[386] meant to

378 indicate. Thus man himself, consecrated in the name of God,

379 and vowed to God, is a sacrifice in so far as he dies to the

380 world that he may live to God. For this is a part of that

381 mercy which each man shows to himself; as it is written,

382 "Have mercy on thy soul by pleasing God."[387] Our body, too,

383 is a sacrifice when we chasten it by temperance, if we do so

384 as we ought, for God's sake, that we may not yield our members

385 instruments of unrighteousness unto sin, but instruments

386 of righteousness unto God.[388] Exhorting to this sacrifice, the

387 apostle says, "I beseech you, therefore, brethren, by the mercy

388 of God, that ye present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy,

389 acceptable to God, which is your reasonable service."[389] If,

390 then, the body, which, being inferior, the soul uses as a servant

391 or instrument, is a sacrifice when it is used rightly, and with

392 reference to God, how much more does the soul itself become

393 a sacrifice when it offers itself to God, in order that, being

394 inflamed by the fire of His love, it may receive of His beauty

395 and become pleasing to Him, losing the shape of earthly

396 desire, and being remoulded in the image of permanent loveliness?

397 And this, indeed, the apostle subjoins, saying, "And be

398 not conformed to this world; but be ye transformed in the

399 renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good,

400 and acceptable, and perfect will of God."[390] Since, therefore,

401 true sacrifices are works of mercy to ourselves or others, done

402 with a reference to God, and since works of mercy have no

403 other object than the relief of distress or the conferring of

404 happiness, and since there is no happiness apart from that

405 good of which it is said, "It is good for me to be very near to

406 God,"[391] it follows that the whole redeemed city, that is to say,

407 the congregation or community of the saints, is offered to God

408 as our sacrifice through the great High Priest, who offered

409 Himself to God in His passion for us, that we might be

410 members of this glorious head, according to the form of a

411 servant. For it was this form He offered, in this He was

412 offered, because it is according to it He is Mediator, in this

413 He is our Priest, in this the Sacrifice. Accordingly, when

414 the apostle had exhorted us to present our bodies a living

415 sacrifice, holy, acceptable to God, our reasonable service, and

416 not to be conformed to the world, but to be transformed in the

417 renewing of our mind, that we might prove what is that good,

418 and acceptable, and perfect will of God, that is to say, the true

419 sacrifice of ourselves, he says, "For I say, through the grace

420 of God which is given unto me, to every man that is among

421 you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought to

422 think, but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt to

423 every man the measure of faith. For, as we have many

424 members in one body, and all members have not the same

425 office, so we, being many, are one body in Christ, and every

426 one members one of another, having gifts differing according

427 to the grace that is given to us."[392] This is the sacrifice of

428 Christians: we, being many, are one body in Christ. And this

429 also is the sacrifice which the Church continually celebrates in

430 the sacrament of the altar, known to the faithful, in which

431 she teaches that she herself is offered in the offering she

432 makes to God.

433 7. *Of the love of the holy angels, which prompts them to desire that we worship

434 the one true God, and not themselves.*

435 It is very right that these blessed and immortal spirits,

436 who inhabit celestial dwellings, and rejoice in the communications

437 of their Creator's fulness, firm in His eternity, assured

438 in His truth, holy by His grace, since they compassionately

439 and tenderly regard us miserable mortals, and wish us to

440 become immortal and happy, do not desire us to sacrifice to

441 themselves, but to Him whose sacrifice they know themselves

442 to be in common with us. For we and they together are the

443 one city of God, to which it is said in the psalm, "Glorious

444 things are spoken of thee, O city of God;"[393] the human part

445 sojourning here below, the angelic aiding from above. For

446 from that heavenly city, in which God's will is the intelligible

447 and unchangeable law, from that heavenly council-chamber,—for

448 they sit in counsel regarding us,—that holy Scripture, descended

449 to us by the ministry of angels, in which it is written,

450 "He that sacrificeth unto any god, save unto the Lord only,

451 he shall be utterly destroyed,"[394]—this Scripture, this law, these

452 precepts, have been confirmed by such miracles, that it is sufficiently

453 evident to whom these immortal and blessed spirits,

454 who desire us to be like themselves, wish us to sacrifice.

455 8. *Of the miracles which God has condescended to adhibit, through the ministry

456 of angels, to His promises for the confirmation of the faith of the godly.*

457 I should seem tedious were I to recount all the ancient

458 miracles, which were wrought in attestation of God's promises

459 which He made to Abraham thousands of years ago,

460 that in his seed all the nations of the earth should be blessed.[395]

461 For who can but marvel that Abraham's barren wife should

462 have given birth to a son at an age when not even a prolific

463 woman could bear children; or, again, that when Abraham

464 sacrificed, a flame from heaven should have run between the

465 divided parts;[396] or that the angels in human form, whom he

466 had hospitably entertained, and who had renewed God's promise

467 of offspring, should also have predicted the destruction

468 of Sodom by fire from heaven;[397] and that his nephew Lot

469 should have been rescued from Sodom by the angels as the

470 fire was just descending, while his wife, who looked back as

471 she went, and was immediately turned into salt, stood as a

472 sacred beacon warning us that no one who is being saved

473 should long for what he is leaving? How striking also were

474 the wonders done by Moses to rescue God's people from the

475 yoke of slavery in Egypt, when the magi of the Pharaoh, that

476 is, the king of Egypt, who tyrannized over this people, were

477 suffered to do some wonderful things that they might be

478 vanquished all the more signally! They did these things by

479 the magical arts and incantations to which the evil spirits or

480 demons are addicted; while Moses, having as much greater

481 power as he had right on his side, and having the aid of

482 angels, easily conquered them in the name of the Lord who

483 made heaven and earth. And, in fact, the magicians failed

484 at the third plague; whereas Moses, dealing out the miracles

485 delegated to him, brought ten plagues upon the land, so that

486 the hard hearts of Pharaoh and the Egyptians yielded, and

487 the people were let go. But, quickly repenting, and essaying

488 to overtake the departing Hebrews, who had crossed the

489 sea on dry ground, they were covered and overwhelmed in

490 the returning waters. What shall I say of those frequent

491 and stupendous exhibitions of divine power, while the people

492 were conducted through the wilderness?—of the waters which

493 could not be drunk, but lost their bitterness, and quenched

494 the thirsty, when at God's command a piece of wood was cast

495 into them? of the manna that descended from heaven to

496 appease their hunger, and which begat worms and putrefied

497 when any one collected more than the appointed quantity,

498 and yet, though double was gathered on the day before the

499 Sabbath (it not being lawful to gather it on that day), remained

500 fresh? of the birds which filled the camp, and turned

501 appetite into satiety when they longed for flesh, which it

502 seemed impossible to supply to so vast a population? of the

503 enemies who met them, and opposed their passage with arms,

504 and were defeated without the loss of a single Hebrew, when

505 Moses prayed with his hands extended in the form of a cross?

506 of the seditious persons who arose among God's people, and

507 separated themselves from the divinely-ordered community,

508 and were swallowed up alive by the earth, a visible token of

509 an invisible punishment? of the rock struck with the rod,

510 and pouring out waters more than enough for all the host? of

511 the deadly serpents' bites, sent in just punishment of sin, but

512 healed by looking at the lifted brazen serpent, so that not only

513 were the tormented people healed, but a symbol of the crucifixion

514 of death set before them in this destruction of death by

515 death? It was this serpent which was preserved in memory

516 of this event, and was afterwards worshipped by the mistaken

517 people as an idol, and was destroyed by the pious and God-fearing

518 king Hezekiah, much to his credit.

519 9. *Of the illicit arts connected with demonolatry, and of which the Platonist

520 Porphyry adopts some, and discards others.*

521 These miracles, and many others of the same nature, which

522 it were tedious to mention, were wrought for the purpose of

523 commending the worship of the one true God, and prohibiting

524 the worship of a multitude of false gods. Moreover, they were

525 wrought by simple faith and godly confidence, not by the incantations

526 and charms composed under the influence of a

527 criminal tampering with the unseen world, of an art which

528 they call either magic, or by the more abominable title necromancy,[398]

529 or the more honourable designation theurgy; for they

530 wish to discriminate between those whom the people call

531 magicians, who practise necromancy, and are addicted to illicit

532 arts and condemned, and those others who seem to them to

533 be worthy of praise for their practice of theurgy,—the truth,

534 however, being that both classes are the slaves of the deceitful

535 rites of the demons whom they invoke under the names

536 of angels.

537 For even Porphyry promises some kind of purgation of the

538 soul by the help of theurgy, though he does so with some

539 hesitation and shame, and denies that this art can secure to

540 any one a return to God; so that you can detect his opinion

541 vacillating between the profession of philosophy and an art

542 which he feels to be presumptuous and sacrilegious. For at

543 one time he warns us to avoid it as deceitful, and prohibited

544 by law, and dangerous to those who practise it; then again,

545 as if in deference to its advocates, he declares it useful for

546 cleansing one part of the soul, not, indeed, the intellectual part,

547 by which the truth of things intelligible, which have no sensible

548 images, is recognised, but the spiritual part, which takes cognizance

549 of the images of things material. This part, he says,

550 is prepared and fitted for intercourse with spirits and angels,

551 and for the vision of the gods, by the help of certain theurgic

552 consecrations, or, as they call them, mysteries. He acknowledges,

553 however, that these theurgic mysteries impart to the

554 intellectual soul no such purity as fits it to see its God, and

555 recognise the things that truly exist. And from this acknowledgment

556 we may infer what kind of gods these are, and what

557 kind of vision of them is imparted by theurgic consecrations,

558 if by it one cannot see the things which truly exist. He says,

559 further, that the rational, or, as he prefers calling it, the intellectual

560 soul, can pass into the heavens without the spiritual

561 part being cleansed by theurgic art, and that this art cannot

562 so purify the spiritual part as to give it entrance to immortality

563 and eternity. And therefore, although he distinguishes angels

564 from demons, asserting that the habitation of the latter is in

565 the air, while the former dwell in the ether and empyrean,

566 and although he advises us to cultivate the friendship of some

567 demon, who may be able after our death to assist us, and

568 elevate us at least a little above the earth,—for he owns that

569 it is by another way we must reach the heavenly society of

570 the angels,—he at the same time distinctly warns us to avoid

571 the society of demons, saying that the soul, expiating its sin

572 after death, execrates the worship of demons by whom it was

573 entangled. And of theurgy itself, though he recommends it

574 as reconciling angels and demons, he cannot deny that it treats

575 with powers which either themselves envy the soul its purity,

576 or serve the arts of those who do envy it. He complains of

577 this through the mouth of some Chaldæan or other: "A good

578 man in Chaldæa complains," he says, "that his most strenuous

579 efforts to cleanse his soul were frustrated, because another man,

580 who had influence in these matters, and who envied him

581 purity, had prayed to the powers, and bound them by his conjuring

582 not to listen to his request. Therefore," adds Porphyry,

583 "what the one man bound, the other could not loose." And

584 from this he concludes that theurgy is a craft which accomplishes

585 not only good but evil among gods and men; and that

586 the gods also have passions, and are perturbed and agitated

587 by the emotions which Apuleius attributed to demons and

588 men, but from which he preserved the gods by that sublimity of

589 residence, which, in common with Plato, he accorded to them.

590 10. *Concerning theurgy, which promises a delusive purification of the soul

591 by the invocation of demons.*

592 But here we have another and a much more learned Platonist

593 than Apuleius, Porphyry, to wit, asserting that, by I know

594 not what theurgy, even the gods themselves are subjected to

595 passions and perturbations; for by adjurations they were so

596 bound and terrified that they could not confer purity of soul,—were

597 so terrified by him who imposed on them a wicked

598 command, that they could not by the same theurgy be freed

599 from that terror, and fulfil the righteous behest of him who

600 prayed to them, or do the good he sought. Who does not see

601 that all these things are fictions of deceiving demons, unless

602 he be a wretched slave of theirs, and an alien from the grace of

603 the true Liberator? For if the Chaldæan had been dealing

604 with good gods, certainly a well-disposed man, who sought to

605 purify his own soul, would have had more influence with them

606 than an evil-disposed man seeking to hinder him. Or, if the

607 gods were just, and considered the man unworthy of the

608 purification he sought, at all events they should not have been

609 terrified by an envious person, nor hindered, as Porphyry avows,

610 by the fear of a stronger deity, but should have simply denied

611 the boon on their own free judgment. And it is surprising

612 that that well-disposed Chaldæan, who desired to purify his

613 soul by theurgical rites, found no superior deity who could

614 either terrify the frightened gods still more, and force them to

615 confer the boon, or compose their fears, and so enable them to

616 do good without compulsion,—even supposing that the good

617 theurgist had no rites by which he himself might purge away

618 the taint of fear from the gods whom he invoked for the purification

619 of his own soul. And why is it that there is a god

620 who has power to terrify the inferior gods, and none who has

621 power to free them from fear? Is there found a god who listens

622 to the envious man, and frightens the gods from doing good?

623 and is there not found a god who listens to the well-disposed

624 man, and removes the fear of the gods that they may do him

625 good? O excellent theurgy! O admirable purification of the

626 soul!—a theurgy in which the violence of an impure envy has

627 more influence than the entreaty of purity and holiness.

628 Rather let us abominate and avoid the deceit of such wicked

629 spirits, and listen to sound doctrine. As to those who perform

630 these filthy cleansings by sacrilegious rites, and see in

631 their initiated state (as he further tells us, though we may

632 question this vision) certain wonderfully lovely appearances

633 of angels or gods, this is what the apostle refers to when he

634 speaks of "Satan transforming himself into an angel of light."[399]

635 For these are the delusive appearances of that spirit who longs

636 to entangle wretched souls in the deceptive worship of many

637 and false gods, and to turn them aside from the true worship

638 of the true God, by whom alone they are cleansed and healed,

639 and who, as was said of Proteus, "turns himself into all

640 shapes,"[400] equally hurtful, whether he assaults us as an enemy,

641 or assumes the disguise of a friend.

642 11. *Of Porphyry's epistle to Anebo, in which he asks for information about

643 the differences among demons.*

644 It was a better tone which Porphyry adopted in his letter

645 to Anebo the Egyptian, in which, assuming the character of

646 an inquirer consulting him, he unmasks and explodes these

647 sacrilegious arts. In that letter, indeed, he repudiates all

648 demons, whom he maintains to be so foolish as to be attracted

649 by the sacrificial vapours, and therefore residing not in the

650 ether, but in the air beneath the moon, and indeed in the

651 moon itself. Yet he has not the boldness to attribute to all

652 the demons all the deceptions and malicious and foolish

653 practices which justly move his indignation. For, though he

654 acknowledges that as a race demons are foolish, he so far accommodates

655 himself to popular ideas as to call some of them

656 benignant demons. He expresses surprise that sacrifices not

657 only incline the gods, but also compel and force them to do

658 what men wish; and he is at a loss to understand how the

659 sun and moon, and other visible celestial bodies,—for bodies he

660 does not doubt that they are,—are considered gods, if the gods

661 are distinguished from the demons by their incorporeality; also,

662 if they are gods, how some are called beneficent and others

663 hurtful, and how they, being corporeal, are numbered with the

664 gods, who are incorporeal. He inquires further, and still as

665 one in doubt, whether diviners and wonderworkers are men of

666 unusually powerful souls, or whether the power to do these

667 things is communicated by spirits from without. He inclines

668 to the latter opinion, on the ground that it is by the use of

669 stones and herbs that they lay spells on people, and open

670 closed doors, and do similar wonders. And on this account,

671 he says, some suppose that there is a race of beings whose

672 property it is to listen to men,—a race deceitful, full of contrivances,

673 capable of assuming all forms, simulating gods,

674 demons, and dead men,—and that it is this race which brings

675 about all these things which have the appearance of good or

676 evil, but that what is really good they never help us in, and

677 are indeed unacquainted with, for they make wickedness easy,

678 but throw obstacles in the path of those who eagerly follow

679 virtue; and that they are filled with pride and rashness,

680 delight in sacrificial odours, are taken with flattery. These and

681 the other characteristics of this race of deceitful and malicious

682 spirits, who come into the souls of men and delude their senses,

683 both in sleep and waking, he describes not as things of which

684 he is himself convinced, but only with so much suspicion and

685 doubt as to cause him to speak of them as commonly received

686 opinions. We should sympathize with this great philosopher

687 in the difficulty he experienced in acquainting himself with

688 and confidently assailing the whole fraternity of devils, which

689 any Christian old woman would unhesitatingly describe and

690 most unreservedly detest. Perhaps, however, he shrank from

691 offending Anebo, to whom he was writing, himself the most

692 eminent patron of these mysteries, or the others who marvelled

693 at these magical feats as divine works, and closely allied to

694 the worship of the gods.

695 However, he pursues this subject, and, still in the character

696 of an inquirer, mentions some things which no sober judgment

697 could attribute to any but malicious and deceitful powers.

698 He asks why, after the better class of spirits have been invoked,

699 the worse should be commanded to perform the wicked

700 desires of men; why they do not hear a man who has just left

701 a woman's embrace, while they themselves make no scruple of

702 tempting men to incest and adultery; why their priests are

703 commanded to abstain from animal food for fear of being polluted

704 by the corporeal exhalations, while they themselves are

705 attracted by the fumes of sacrifices and other exhalations;

706 why the initiated are forbidden to touch a dead body, while

707 their mysteries are celebrated almost entirely by means of dead

708 bodies; why it is that a man addicted to any vice should utter

709 threats, not to a demon or to the soul of a dead man, but to

710 the sun and moon, or some of the heavenly bodies, which he

711 intimidates by imaginary terrors, that he may wring from them

712 a real boon,—for he threatens that he will demolish the sky,

713 and such like impossibilities,—that those gods, being alarmed,

714 like silly children, with imaginary and absurd threats, may

715 do what they are ordered. Porphyry further relates that a

716 man Chæremon, profoundly versed in these sacred or rather

717 sacrilegious mysteries, had written that the famous Egyptian

718 mysteries of Isis and her husband Osiris had very great influence

719 with the gods to compel them to do what they were

720 ordered, when he who used the spells threatened to divulge

721 or do away with these mysteries, and cried with a threatening

722 voice that he would scatter the members of Osiris if they

723 neglected his orders. Not without reason is Porphyry surprised

724 that a man should utter such wild and empty threats

725 against the gods,—not against gods of no account, but against

726 the heavenly gods, and those that shine with sidereal light,—and

727 that these threats should be effectual to constrain them

728 with resistless power, and alarm them so that they fulfil his

729 wishes. Not without reason does he, in the character of an

730 inquirer into the reasons of these surprising things, give it to

731 be understood that they are done by that race of spirits which

732 he previously described as if quoting other people's opinions,—spirits

733 who deceive not, as he said, by nature, but by their

734 own corruption, and who simulate gods and dead men, but

735 not, as he said, demons, for demons they really are. As to

736 his idea that by means of herbs, and stones, and animals, and

737 certain incantations and noises, and drawings, sometimes fanciful,

738 and sometimes copied from the motions of the heavenly

739 bodies, men create upon earth powers capable of bringing

740 about various results, all that is only the mystification which

741 these demons practise on those who are subject to them, for

742 the sake of furnishing themselves with merriment at the expense

743 of their dupes. Either, then, Porphyry was sincere in

744 his doubts and inquiries, and mentioned these things to demonstrate

745 and put beyond question that they were the work,

746 not of powers which aid us in obtaining life, but of deceitful

747 demons; or, to take a more favourable view of the philosopher,

748 he adopted this method with the Egyptian who was wedded to

749 these errors, and was proud of them, that he might not offend

750 him by assuming the attitude of a teacher, nor discompose his

751 mind by the altercation of a professed assailant, but, by assuming

752 the character of an inquirer, and the humble attitude

753 of one who was anxious to learn, might turn his attention

754 to these matters, and show how worthy they are to be despised

755 and relinquished. Towards the conclusion of his letter, he

756 requests Anebo to inform him what the Egyptian wisdom indicates

757 as the way to blessedness. But as to those who hold

758 intercourse with the gods, and pester them only for the sake

759 of finding a runaway slave, or acquiring property, or making a

760 bargain of a marriage, or such things, he declares that their

761 pretensions to wisdom are vain. He adds that these same

762 gods, even granting that on other points their utterances were

763 true, were yet so ill-advised and unsatisfactory in their disclosures

764 about blessedness, that they cannot be either gods or

765 good demons, but are either that spirit who is called the deceiver,

766 or mere fictions of the imagination.

767 12. *Of the miracles wrought by the true God through the ministry of the

768 holy angels.*

769 Since by means of these arts wonders are done which quite

770 surpass human power, what choice have we but to believe that

771 these predictions and operations, which seem to be miraculous

772 and divine, and which at the same time form no part of the worship

773 of the one God, in adherence to whom, as the Platonists

774 themselves abundantly testify, all blessedness consists, are the

775 pastime of wicked spirits, who thus seek to seduce and hinder

776 the truly godly? On the other hand, we cannot but believe

777 that all miracles, whether wrought by angels or by other

778 means, so long as they are so done as to commend the worship

779 and religion of the one God in whom alone is blessedness, are

780 wrought by those who love us in a true and godly sort, or

781 through their means, God Himself working in them. For we

782 cannot listen to those who maintain that the invisible God

783 works no visible miracles; for even they believe that He

784 made the world, which surely they will not deny to be visible.

785 Whatever marvel happens in this world, it is certainly less

786 marvellous than this whole world itself,—I mean the sky and

787 earth, and all that is in them,—and these God certainly

788 made. But, as the Creator Himself is hidden and incomprehensible

789 to man, so also is the manner of creation.

790 Although, therefore, the standing miracle of this visible world

791 is little thought of, because always before us, yet, when we

792 arouse ourselves to contemplate it, it is a greater miracle than

793 the rarest and most unheard-of marvels. For man himself is

794 a greater miracle than any miracle done through his instrumentality.

795 Therefore God, who made the visible heaven and earth,

796 does not disdain to work visible miracles in heaven or earth,

797 that He may thereby awaken the soul which is immersed in

798 things visible to worship Himself, the Invisible. But the place

799 and time of these miracles are dependent on His unchangeable

800 will, in which things future are ordered as if already they were

801 accomplished. For He moves things temporal without Himself

802 moving in time. He does not in one way know things that

803 are to be, and, in another, things that have been; neither does

804 He listen to those who pray otherwise than as He sees those

805 that will pray. For, even when His angels hear us, it is He

806 Himself who hears us in them, as in His true temple not

807 made with hands, as in those men who are His saints; and

808 His answers, though accomplished in time, have been arranged

809 by His eternal appointment.

810 13. *Of the invisible God, who has often made Himself visible, not as He really is,

811 but as the beholders could bear the sight.*

812 Neither need we be surprised that God, invisible as He is,

813 should often have appeared visibly to the patriarchs. For

814 as the sound which communicates the thought conceived in

815 the silence of the mind is not the thought itself, so the form

816 by which God, invisible in His own nature, became visible,

817 was not God Himself. Nevertheless it is He Himself who

818 was seen under that form, as that thought itself is heard in

819 the sound of the voice; and the patriarchs recognised that,

820 though the bodily form was not God, they saw the invisible

821 God. For, though Moses conversed with God, yet he said,

822 'If I have found grace in Thy sight, show me Thyself, that

823 I may see and know Thee.'[401] And as it was fit that the law,

824 which was given, not to one man or a few enlightened men,

825 but to the whole of a populous nation, should be accompanied

826 by awe-inspiring signs, great marvels were wrought, by the

827 ministry of angels, before the people on the mount where the

828 law was being given to them through one man, while the

829 multitude beheld the awful appearances. For the people of

830 Israel believed Moses, not as the Lacedæmonians believed their

831 Lycurgus, because he had received from Jupiter or Apollo the

832 laws he gave them. For when the law which enjoined the

833 worship of one God was given to the people, marvellous signs

834 and earthquakes, such as the divine wisdom judged sufficient,

835 were brought about in the sight of all, that they might know

836 that it was the Creator who could thus use creation to promulgate

837 His law.

838 >

839 >

840 >

841 14. *That the one God is to be worshipped not only for the sake of eternal

842 > blessings, but also in connection with temporal prosperity, because all

843 > things are regulated by His providence.*

844 The education of the human race, represented by the people

845 of God, has advanced, like that of an individual, through certain

846 epochs, or, as it were, ages, so that it might gradually rise

847 from earthly to heavenly things, and from the visible to the

848 invisible. This object was kept so clearly in view, that, even

849 in the period when temporal rewards were promised, the one

850 God was presented as the object of worship, that men might

851 not acknowledge any other than the true Creator and Lord of

852 the spirit, even in connection with the earthly blessings of

853 this transitory life. For he who denies that all things, which

854 either angels or men can give us, are in the hand of the one

855 Almighty, is a madman. The Platonist Plotinus discourses

856 concerning providence, and, from the beauty of flowers and

857 foliage, proves that from the supreme God, whose beauty is

858 unseen and ineffable, providence reaches down even to these

859 earthly things here below; and he argues that all these frail

860 and perishing things could not have so exquisite and elaborate

861 a beauty, were they not fashioned by Him whose unseen and

862 unchangeable beauty continually pervades all things.[402] This

863 is proved also by the Lord Jesus, where He says, 'Consider

864 the lilies, how they grow; they toil not, neither do they spin.

865 And yet I say unto you that Solomon in all his glory was not

866 arrayed like one of these. But if God so clothe the grass of

867 the field, which to-day is and to-morrow is cast into the oven,

868 how much more shall He clothe you, O ye of little faith!'[403]

869 It was best, therefore, that the soul of man, which was still

870 weakly desiring earthly things, should be accustomed to seek

871 from God alone even these petty temporal boons, and the

872 earthly necessaries of this transitory life, which are contemptible

873 in comparison with eternal blessings, in order that the

874 desire even of these things might not draw it aside from the

875 worship of Him, to whom we come by despising and forsaking

876 such things.

877 15. *Of the ministry of the holy angels, by which they fulfil the providence

878 of God.*

879 And so it has pleased Divine Providence, as I have said,

880 and as we read in the Acts of the Apostles,[404] that the law

881 enjoining the worship of one God should be given by the

882 disposition of angels. But among them the person of God

883 Himself visibly appeared, not, indeed, in His proper substance,

884 which ever remains invisible to mortal eyes, but by the infallible

885 signs furnished by creation in obedience to its Creator.

886 He made use, too, of the words of human speech, uttering

887 them syllable by syllable successively, though in His own

888 nature He speaks not in a bodily but in a spiritual way;

889 not to sense, but to the mind; not in words that occupy

890 time, but, if I may so say, eternally, neither beginning to

891 speak nor coming to an end. And what He says is accurately

892 heard, not by the bodily but by the mental ear of His ministers

893 and messengers, who are immortally blessed in the enjoyment

894 of His unchangeable truth; and the directions which they in

895 some ineffable way receive, they execute without delay or

896 difficulty in the sensible and visible world. And this law

897 was given in conformity with the age of the world, and contained

898 at the first earthly promises, as I have said, which,

899 however, symbolized eternal ones; and these eternal blessings

900 few understood, though many took a part in the celebration

901 of their visible signs. Nevertheless, with one consent both

902 the words and the visible rites of that law enjoin the worship

903 of one God,—not one of a crowd of gods, but Him who made

904 heaven and earth, and every soul and every spirit which is

905 other than Himself. He created; all else was created; and,

906 both for being and well-being, all things need Him who

907 created them.

908 >

909 >

910 >

911 16. *Whether those angels who demand that we pay them divine honour, or

912 > those who teach us to render holy service, not to themselves, but to God,

913 > are to be trusted about the way to life eternal.*

914 What angels, then, are we to believe in this matter of blessed

915 and eternal life?—those who wish to be worshipped with religious

916 rites and observances, and require that men sacrifice to them;

917 or those who say that all this worship is due to one God, the

918 Creator, and teach us to render it with true piety to Him, by

919 the vision of whom they are themselves already blessed, and

920 in whom they promise that we shall be so? For that vision

921 of God is the beauty of a vision so great, and is so infinitely

922 desirable, that Plotinus does not hesitate to say that he who

923 enjoys all other blessings in abundance, and has not this, is

924 supremely miserable.[405] Since, therefore, miracles are wrought

925 by some angels to induce us to worship this God, by others,

926 to induce us to worship themselves; and since the former forbid

927 us to worship these, while the latter dare not forbid us to

928 worship God, which are we to listen to? Let the Platonists

929 reply, or any philosophers, or the theurgists, or rather, *periurgists*,[406]—for

930 this name is good enough for those who practise

931 such arts. In short, let all men answer,—if, at least, there

932 survives in them any spark of that natural perception which,

933 as rational beings, they possess when created,—let them, I say,

934 tell us whether we should sacrifice to the gods or angels who

935 order us to sacrifice to them, or to that One to whom we are

936 ordered to sacrifice by those who forbid us to worship either

937 themselves or these others. If neither the one party nor the

938 other had wrought miracles, but had merely uttered commands,

939 the one to sacrifice to themselves, the other forbidding that,

940 and ordering us to sacrifice to God, a godly mind would have

941 been at no loss to discern which command proceeded from

942 proud arrogance, and which from true religion. I will say

943 more. If miracles had been wrought only by those who demand

944 sacrifice for themselves, while those who forbade this, and

945 enjoined sacrificing to the one God only, thought fit entirely

946 to forego the use of visible miracles, the authority of the latter

947 was to be preferred by all who would use, not their eyes only,

948 but their reason. But since God, for the sake of commending

949 to us the oracles of His truth, has, by means of these immortal

950 messengers, who proclaim His majesty and not their own pride,

951 wrought miracles of surpassing grandeur, certainty, and distinctness,

952 in order that the weak among the godly might not

953 be drawn away to false religion by those who require us to

954 sacrifice to them and endeavour to convince us by stupendous

955 appeals to our senses, who is so utterly unreasonable as not to

956 choose and follow the truth, when he finds that it is heralded

957 by even more striking evidences than falsehood?

958 As for those miracles which history ascribes to the gods

959 of the heathen,—I do not refer to those prodigies which at

960 intervals happen from some unknown physical causes, and

961 which are arranged and appointed by Divine Providence, such

962 as monstrous births, and unusual meteorological phenomena,

963 whether startling only, or also injurious, and which are said

964 to be brought about and removed by communication with

965 demons, and by their most deceitful craft,—but I refer to

966 these prodigies which manifestly enough are wrought by their

967 power and force, as, that the household gods which Æneas

968 carried from Troy in his flight moved from place to place;

969 that Tarquin cut a whetstone with a razor; that the Epidaurian

970 serpent attached himself as a companion to Æsculapius on his

971 voyage to Rome; that the ship in which the image of the

972 Phrygian mother stood, and which could not be moved by a

973 host of men and oxen, was moved by one weak woman, who

974 attached her girdle to the vessel and drew it, as proof of her

975 chastity; that a vestal, whose virginity was questioned, removed

976 the suspicion by carrying from the Tiber a sieve full of water

977 without any of it dropping: these, then, and the like, are by

978 no means to be compared for greatness and virtue to those

979 which, we read, were wrought among God's people. How

980 much less can we compare those marvels, which even the laws

981 of heathen nations prohibit and punish,—I mean the magical

982 and theurgic marvels, of which the great part are merely

983 illusions practised upon the senses, as the drawing down of

984 the moon, "that," as Lucan says, "it may shed a stronger

985 influence on the plants?"[407] And if some of these do seem to

986 equal those which are wrought by the godly, the end for

987 which they are wrought distinguishes the two, and shows that

988 ours are incomparably the more excellent. For those miracles

989 commend the worship of a plurality of gods, who deserve

990 worship the less the more they demand it; but these of ours

991 commend the worship of the one God, who, both by the testimony

992 of His own Scriptures, and by the eventual abolition of

993 sacrifices, proves that He needs no such offerings. If, therefore,

994 any angels demand sacrifice for themselves, we must

995 prefer those who demand it, not for themselves, but for God,

996 the Creator of all, whom they serve. For thus they prove

997 how sincerely they love us, since they wish by sacrifice to

998 subject us, not to themselves, but to Him by the contemplation

999 of whom they themselves are blessed, and to bring us to Him

1000 from whom they themselves have never strayed. If, on the

1001 other hand, any angels wish us to sacrifice, not to one, but to

1002 many, not, indeed, to themselves, but to the gods whose angels

1003 they are, we must in this case also prefer those who are the

1004 angels of the one God of gods, and who so bid us to worship

1005 Him as to preclude our worshipping any other. But, further,

1006 if it be the case, as their pride and deceitfulness rather indicate,

1007 that they are neither good angels nor the angels of good

1008 gods, but wicked demons, who wish sacrifice to be paid, not to

1009 the one only and supreme God, but to themselves, what better

1010 protection against them can we choose than that of the one

1011 God whom the good angels serve, the angels who bid us

1012 sacrifice, not to themselves, but to Him whose sacrifice we

1013 ourselves ought to be?

1014 17. *Concerning the ark of the covenant, and the miraculous signs whereby God

1015 authenticated the law and the promise.*

1016 On this account it was that the law of God, given by the

1017 disposition of angels, and which commanded that the one God

1018 of gods alone receive sacred worship, to the exclusion of all

1019 others, was deposited in the ark, called the ark of the testimony.

1020 By this name it is sufficiently indicated, not that

1021 God, who was worshipped by all those rites, was shut up and

1022 enclosed in that place, though His responses emanated from

1023 it along with signs appreciable by the senses, but that His

1024 will was declared from that throne. The law itself, too, was

1025 engraven on tables of stone, and, as I have said, deposited in

1026 the ark, which the priests carried with due reverence during

1027 the sojourn in the wilderness, along with the tabernacle, which

1028 was in like manner called the tabernacle of the testimony;

1029 and there was then an accompanying sign, which appeared as

1030 a cloud by day and as a fire by night; when the cloud

1031 moved, the camp was shifted, and where it stood the camp

1032 was pitched. Besides these signs, and the voices which proceeded

1033 from the place where the ark was, there were other

1034 miraculous testimonies to the law. For when the ark was

1035 carried across Jordan, on the entrance to the land of promise,

1036 the upper part of the river stopped in its course, and the

1037 lower part flowed on, so as to present both to the ark and the

1038 people dry ground to pass over. Then, when it was carried

1039 seven times round the first hostile and polytheistic city they

1040 came to, its walls suddenly fell down, though assaulted by no

1041 hand, struck by no battering-ram. Afterwards, too, when

1042 they were now resident in the land of promise, and the ark

1043 had, in punishment of their sin, been taken by their enemies,

1044 its captors triumphantly placed it in the temple of their

1045 favourite god, and left it shut up there, but, on opening the

1046 temple next day, they found the image they used to pray to

1047 fallen to the ground and shamefully shattered. Then, being

1048 themselves alarmed by portents, and still more shamefully

1049 punished, they restored the ark of the testimony to the people

1050 from whom they had taken it. And what was the manner of

1051 its restoration? They placed it on a wagon, and yoked to

1052 it cows from which they had taken the calves, and let

1053 them choose their own course, expecting that in this way the

1054 divine will would be indicated; and the cows, without any

1055 man driving or directing them, steadily pursued the way to

1056 the Hebrews, without regarding the lowing of their calves,

1057 and thus restored the ark to its worshippers. To God these

1058 and such like wonders are small, but they are mighty to terrify

1059 and give wholesome instruction to men. For if philosophers,

1060 and especially the Platonists, are with justice esteemed wiser

1061 than other men, as I have just been mentioning, because they

1062 taught that even these earthly and insignificant things are

1063 ruled by Divine Providence, inferring this from the numberless

1064 beauties which are observable not only in the bodies of animals,

1065 but even in plants and grasses, how much more plainly do

1066 these things attest the presence of divinity which happen at

1067 the time predicted, and in which that religion is commended

1068 which forbids the offering of sacrifice to any celestial, terrestrial,

1069 or infernal being, and commands it to be offered to God only,

1070 who alone blesses us by His love for us, and by our love to

1071 Him, and who, by arranging the appointed times of those

1072 sacrifices, and by predicting that they were to pass into a better

1073 sacrifice by a better Priest, testified that He has no appetite

1074 for these sacrifices, but through them indicated others of more

1075 substantial blessing,—and all this not that He Himself may

1076 be glorified by these honours, but that we may be stirred up

1077 to worship and cleave to Him, being inflamed by His love,

1078 which is our advantage rather than His?

1079 18. *Against those who deny that the books of the Church are to be believed about

1080 the miracles whereby the people of God were educated.*

1081 Will some one say that these miracles are false, that they

1082 never happened, and that the records of them are lies? Whoever

1083 says so, and asserts that in such matters no records whatever

1084 can be credited, may also say that there are no gods who

1085 care for human affairs. For they have induced men to worship

1086 them only by means of miraculous works, which the

1087 heathen histories testify, and by which the gods have made a

1088 display of their own power rather than done any real service.

1089 This is the reason why we have not undertaken in this work,

1090 of which we are now writing the tenth book, to refute those

1091 who either deny that there is any divine power, or contend

1092 that it does not interfere with human affairs, but those who

1093 prefer their own god to our God, the Founder of the holy and

1094 most glorious city, not knowing that He is also the invisible

1095 and unchangeable Founder of this visible and changing world,

1096 and the truest bestower of the blessed life which resides not

1097 in things created, but in Himself. For thus speaks His most

1098 trustworthy prophet: "It is good for me to be united to God."[408]

1099 Among philosophers it is a question, what is that end and

1100 good to the attainment of which all our duties are to have a

1101 relation? The Psalmist did not say, It is good for me to have

1102 great wealth, or to wear imperial insignia, purple, sceptre,

1103 and diadem; or, as some even of the philosophers have not

1104 blushed to say, It is good for me to enjoy sensual pleasure;

1105 or, as the better men among them seemed to say, My good is

1106 my spiritual strength; but, "It is good for me to be united

1107 to God." This he had learned from Him whom the holy

1108 angels, with the accompanying witness of miracles, presented

1109 as the sole object of worship. And hence he himself became

1110 the sacrifice of God, whose spiritual love inflamed him, and

1111 into whose ineffable and incorporeal embrace he yearned to

1112 cast himself. Moreover, if the worshippers of many gods

1113 (whatever kind of gods they fancy their own to be) believe

1114 that the miracles recorded in their civil histories, or in the

1115 books of magic, or of the more respectable theurgy, were

1116 wrought by these gods, what reason have they for refusing

1117 to believe the miracles recorded in those writings, to which

1118 we owe a credence as much greater as He is greater to whom

1119 alone these writings teach us to sacrifice?

1120 19. *On the reasonableness of offering, as the true religion teaches, a visible

1121 sacrifice to the one true and invisible God.*

1122 As to those who think that these visible sacrifices are suitably

1123 offered to other gods, but that invisible sacrifices, the

1124 graces of purity of mind and holiness of will, should be offered,

1125 as greater and better, to the invisible God, Himself greater

1126 and better than all others, they must be oblivious that these

1127 visible sacrifices are signs of the invisible, as the words we

1128 utter are the signs of things. And therefore, as in prayer or

1129 praise we direct intelligible words to Him to whom in our

1130 heart we offer the very feelings we are expressing, so we are

1131 to understand that in sacrifice we offer visible sacrifice only

1132 to Him to whom in our heart we ought to present ourselves

1133 an invisible sacrifice. It is then that the angels, and all those

1134 superior powers who are mighty by their goodness and piety,

1135 regard us with pleasure, and rejoice with us and assist us to

1136 the utmost of their power. But if we offer such worship to

1137 them, they decline it; and when on any mission to men they

1138 become visible to the senses, they positively forbid it. Examples

1139 of this occur in holy writ. Some fancied they should,

1140 by adoration or sacrifice, pay the same honour to angels as is

1141 due to God, and were prevented from doing so by the angels

1142 themselves, and ordered to render it to Him to whom alone

1143 they know it to be due. And the holy angels have in this

1144 been imitated by holy men of God. For Paul and Barnabas,

1145 when they had wrought a miracle of healing in Lycaonia, were

1146 thought to be gods, and the Lycaonians desired to sacrifice to

1147 them, and they humbly and piously declined this honour, and

1148 announced to them the God in whom they should believe.

1149 And those deceitful and proud spirits, who exact worship, do

1150 so simply because they know it to be due to the true God.

1151 For that which they take pleasure in is not, as Porphyry says

1152 and some fancy, the smell of the victims, but divine honours.

1153 They have, in fact, plenty odours on all hands, and if they

1154 wished more, they could provide them for themselves. But

1155 the spirits who arrogate to themselves divinity are delighted

1156 not with the smoke of carcases, but with the suppliant spirit

1157 which they deceive and hold in subjection, and hinder from

1158 drawing near to God, preventing him from offering himself in

1159 sacrifice to God by inducing him to sacrifice to others.

1160 20. *Of the supreme and true sacrifice which was effected by the Mediator between

1161 God and men.*

1162 And hence that true Mediator, in so far as, by assuming

1163 the form of a servant, He became the Mediator between God

1164 and men, the man Christ Jesus, though in the form of God

1165 He received sacrifice together with the Father, with whom He

1166 is one God, yet in the form of a servant He chose rather to

1167 be than to receive a sacrifice, that not even by this instance

1168 any one might have occasion to suppose that sacrifice should

1169 be rendered to any creature. Thus He is both the Priest

1170 who offers and the Sacrifice offered. And He designed that

1171 there should be a daily sign of this in the sacrifice of the

1172 Church, which, being His body, learns to offer herself through

1173 Him. Of this true Sacrifice the ancient sacrifices of the saints

1174 were the various and numerous signs; and it was thus variously

1175 figured, just as one thing is signified by a variety of words,

1176 that there may be less weariness when we speak of it much.

1177 To this supreme and true sacrifice all false sacrifices have

1178 given place.

1179 >

1180 >

1181 >

1182 21. *Of the power delegated to demons for the trial and glorification of the saints,

1183 > who conquer not by propitiating the spirits of the air, but by abiding in

1184 > God.*

1185 The power delegated to the demons at certain appointed

1186 and well-adjusted seasons, that they may give expression

1187 to their hostility to the city of God by stirring up against

1188 it the men who are under their influence, and may not

1189 only receive sacrifice from those who willingly offer it,

1190 but may also extort it from the unwilling by violent persecution;—this

1191 power is found to be not merely harmless, but

1192 even useful to the Church, completing as it does the number

1193 of martyrs, whom the city of God esteems as all the more

1194 illustrious and honoured citizens, because they have striven

1195 even to blood against the sin of impiety. If the ordinary

1196 language of the Church allowed it, we might more elegantly

1197 call these men our heroes. For this name is said to be

1198 derived from Juno, who in Greek is called Hêrê, and hence,

1199 according to the Greek myths, one of her sons was called

1200 Heros. And these fables mystically signified that Juno was

1201 mistress of the air, which they suppose to be inhabited by

1202 the demons and the heroes, understanding by heroes the souls

1203 of the well-deserving dead. But for a quite opposite reason

1204 would we call our martyrs heroes,—supposing, as I said, that

1205 the usage of ecclesiastical language would admit of it,—not

1206 because they lived along with the demons in the air, but

1207 because they conquered these demons or powers of the air,

1208 and among them Juno herself, be she what she may, not

1209 unsuitably represented, as she commonly is by the poets, as

1210 hostile to virtue, and jealous of men of mark aspiring to the

1211 heavens. Virgil, however, unhappily gives way, and yields to

1212 her; for, though he represents her as saying, "I am conquered

1213 by Æneas,"[409] Helenus gives Æneas himself this religious

1214 advice:

1215 "Pay vows to Juno: overbear

1216 Her queenly soul with gift and prayer."[410]

1217 In conformity with this opinion, Porphyry—expressing, however,

1218 not so much his own views as other people's—says that

1219 a good god or genius cannot come to a man unless the evil

1220 genius has been first of all propitiated, implying that the evil

1221 deities had greater power than the good; for, until they have

1222 been appeased and give place, the good can give no assistance;

1223 and if the evil deities oppose, the good can give no

1224 help; whereas the evil can do injury without the good being

1225 able to prevent them. This is not the way of the true and

1226 truly holy religion; not thus do our martyrs conquer Juno,

1227 that is to say, the powers of the air, who envy the virtues of

1228 the pious. Our heroes, if we could so call them, overcome

1229 Hêrê, not by suppliant gifts, but by divine virtues. As

1230 Scipio, who conquered Africa by his valour, is more suitably

1231 styled Africanus than if he had appeased his enemies

1232 by gifts, and so won their mercy.

1233 22. *Whence the saints derive power against demons and true purification

1234 of heart.*

1235 It is by true piety that men of God cast out the hostile

1236 power of the air which opposes godliness; it is by exorcising

1237 it, not by propitiating it; and they overcome all the temptations

1238 of the adversary by praying, not to him, but to their

1239 own God against him. For the devil cannot conquer or

1240 subdue any but those who are in league with sin; and

1241 therefore he is conquered in the name of Him who assumed

1242 humanity, and that without sin, that Himself being both

1243 Priest and Sacrifice, He might bring about the remission of

1244 sins, that is to say, might bring it about through the Mediator

1245 between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, by whom we are

1246 reconciled to God, the cleansing from sin being accomplished.

1247 For men are separated from God only by sins, from which we

1248 are in this life cleansed not by our own virtue, but by the

1249 divine compassion; through His indulgence, not through our

1250 own power. For, whatever virtue we call our own is itself

1251 bestowed upon us by His goodness. And we might attribute

1252 too much to ourselves while in the flesh, unless we lived in

1253 the receipt of pardon until we laid it down. This is the

1254 reason why there has been vouchsafed to us, through the

1255 Mediator, this grace, that we who are polluted by sinful flesh

1256 should be cleansed by the likeness of sinful flesh. By this

1257 grace of God, wherein He has shown His great compassion

1258 toward us, we are both governed by faith in this life, and,

1259 after this life, are led onwards to the fullest perfection by the

1260 vision of immutable truth.

1261 23. *Of the principles which, according to the Platonists, regulate the

1262 purification of the soul.*

1263 Even Porphyry asserts that it was revealed by divine

1264 oracles that we are not purified by any sacrifices[411] to sun

1265 or moon, meaning it to be inferred that we are not purified

1266 by sacrificing to any gods. For what mysteries can purify,

1267 if those of the sun and moon, which are esteemed the chief

1268 of the celestial gods, do not purify? He says, too, in the

1269 same place, that "principles" can purify, lest it should be

1270 supposed, from his saying that sacrificing to the sun and

1271 moon cannot purify, that sacrificing to some other of the host

1272 of gods might do so. And what he as a Platonist means by

1273 "principles," we know.[412] For he speaks of God the Father and

1274 God the Son, whom he calls (writing in Greek) the intellect

1275 or mind of the Father;[413] but of the Holy Spirit he says either

1276 nothing, or nothing plainly, for I do not understand what other

1277 he speaks of as holding the middle place between these two.

1278 For if, like Plotinus in his discussion regarding the three

1279 principal substances,[414] he wished us to understand by this

1280 third the soul of nature, he would certainly not have given

1281 it the middle place between these two, that is, between the

1282 Father and the Son. For Plotinus places the soul of nature

1283 after the intellect of the Father, while Porphyry, making it

1284 the mean, does not place it after, but between the others.

1285 No doubt he spoke according to his light, or as he thought

1286 expedient; but we assert that the Holy Spirit is the Spirit

1287 not of the Father only, nor of the Son only, but of both.

1288 For philosophers speak as they have a mind to, and in the

1289 most difficult matters do not scruple to offend religious ears;

1290 but we are bound to speak according to a certain rule, lest

1291 freedom of speech beget impiety of opinion about the matters

1292 themselves of which we speak.

1293 24. *Of the one only true principle which alone purifies and renews

1294 human nature.*

1295 Accordingly, when we speak of God, we do not affirm two

1296 or three principles, no more than we are at liberty to affirm

1297 two or three gods; although, speaking of each, of the Father,

1298 or of the Son, or of the Holy Ghost, we confess that each is

1299 God: and yet we do not say, as the Sabellian heretics say,

1300 that the Father is the same as the Son, and the Holy Spirit

1301 the same as the Father and the Son; but we say that the

1302 Father is the Father of the Son, and the Son the Son of the

1303 Father, and that the Holy Spirit of the Father and the Son

1304 is neither the Father nor the Son. It was therefore truly

1305 said that man is cleansed only by a Principle, although the

1306 Platonists erred in speaking in the plural of *principles*. But

1307 Porphyry, being under the dominion of these envious powers,

1308 whose influence he was at once ashamed of and afraid to

1309 throw off, refused to recognise that Christ is the Principle by

1310 whose incarnation we are purified. Indeed he despised Him,

1311 because of the flesh itself which He assumed, that He might

1312 offer a sacrifice for our purification,—a great mystery, unintelligible

1313 to Porphyry's pride, which that true and benignant

1314 Redeemer brought low by His humility, manifesting Himself

1315 to mortals by the mortality which He assumed, and which

1316 the malignant and deceitful mediators are proud of wanting,

1317 promising, as the boon of immortals, a deceptive assistance to

1318 wretched men. Thus the good and true Mediator showed

1319 that it is sin which is evil, and not the substance or nature

1320 of flesh; for this, together with the human soul, could without

1321 sin be both assumed and retained, and laid down in death,

1322 and changed to something better by resurrection. He showed

1323 also that death itself, although the punishment of sin, was

1324 submitted to by Him for our sakes without sin, and must

1325 not be evaded by sin on our part, but rather, if opportunity

1326 serves, be borne for righteousness' sake. For he was able

1327 to expiate sins by dying, because He both died, and not for

1328 sin of His own. But He has not been recognised by Porphyry

1329 as the Principle, otherwise he would have recognised

1330 Him as the Purifier. The Principle is neither the flesh nor

1331 the human soul in Christ, but the Word by which all things

1332 were made. The flesh, therefore, does not by its own virtue

1333 purify, but by virtue of the Word by which it was assumed,

1334 when "the Word became flesh and dwelt among us."[415] For,

1335 speaking mystically of eating His flesh, when those who did

1336 not understand Him were offended and went away, saying,

1337 "This is an hard saying, who can hear it?" He answered to

1338 the rest who remained, "It is the Spirit that quickeneth;

1339 the flesh profiteth nothing."[416] The Principle, therefore, having

1340 assumed a human soul and flesh, cleanses the soul and flesh

1341 of believers. Therefore, when the Jews asked Him who He

1342 was, He answered that He was the *Principle*.[417] And this we

1343 carnal and feeble men, liable to sin, and involved in the darkness

1344 of ignorance, could not possibly understand, unless we

1345 were cleansed and healed by Him, both by means of what we

1346 were, and of what we were not. For we were men, but we

1347 were not righteous; whereas in His incarnation there was a

1348 human nature, but it was righteous, and not sinful. This

1349 is the mediation whereby a hand is stretched to the lapsed

1350 and fallen; this is the seed "ordained by angels," by whose

1351 ministry the law also was given enjoining the worship of one

1352 God, and promising that this Mediator should come.

1353 25. *That all the saints, both under the law and before it, were justified by faith

1354 in the mystery of Christ's incarnation.*

1355 It was by faith in this mystery, and godliness of life, that

1356 purification was attainable even by the saints of old, whether

1357 before the law was given to the Hebrews (for God and the

1358 angels were even then present as instructors), or in the periods

1359 under the law, although the promises of spiritual things, being

1360 presented in figure, seemed to be carnal, and hence the name

1361 of Old Testament. For it was then the prophets lived, by

1362 whom, as by angels, the same promise was announced; and

1363 among them was he whose grand and divine sentiment regarding

1364 the end and supreme good of man I have just now quoted,

1365 "It is good for me to cleave to God."[418] In this psalm the distinction

1366 between the Old and New Testaments is distinctly

1367 announced. For the Psalmist says, that when he saw that

1368 the carnal and earthly promises were abundantly enjoyed by

1369 the ungodly, his feet were almost gone, his steps had well-nigh

1370 slipped; and that it seemed to him as if he had served

1371 God in vain, when he saw that those who despised God increased

1372 in that prosperity which he looked for at God's hand.

1373 He says, too, that, in investigating this matter with the desire

1374 of understanding why it was so, he had laboured in vain,

1375 until he went into the sanctuary of God, and understood the

1376 end of those whom he had erroneously considered happy.

1377 Then he understood that they were cast down by that very

1378 thing, as he says, which they had made their boast, and that

1379 they had been consumed and perished for their iniquities;

1380 and that that whole fabric of temporal prosperity had become

1381 as a dream when one awaketh, and suddenly finds himself

1382 destitute of all the joys he had imaged in sleep. And, as

1383 in this earth or earthy city they seemed to themselves to be

1384 great, he says, "O Lord, in Thy city Thou wilt reduce their

1385 image to nothing." He also shows how beneficial it had

1386 been for him to seek even earthly blessings only from the

1387 one true God, in whose power are all things, for he says, "As

1388 a beast was I before Thee, and I am always with Thee." "As

1389 a beast," he says, meaning that he was stupid. For I ought

1390 to have sought from Thee such things as the ungodly could

1391 not enjoy as well as I, and not those things which I saw

1392 them enjoying in abundance, and hence concluded I was serving

1393 Thee in vain, because they who declined to serve Thee

1394 had what I had not. Nevertheless, "I am always with Thee,"

1395 because even in my desire for such things I did not pray to

1396 other gods. And consequently he goes on, "Thou hast holden

1397 me by my right hand, and by Thy counsel Thou hast guided

1398 me, and with glory hast taken me up;" as if all earthly advantages

1399 were left-hand blessings, though, when he saw them

1400 enjoyed by the wicked, his feet had almost gone. "For what,"

1401 he says, "have I in heaven, and what have I desired from

1402 Thee upon earth?" He blames himself, and is justly displeased

1403 with himself; because, though he had in heaven so

1404 vast a possession (as he afterwards understood), he yet sought

1405 from his God on earth a transitory and fleeting happiness,—a

1406 happiness of mire, we may say. "My heart and my flesh," he

1407 says, "fail, O God of my heart." Happy failure, from things

1408 below to things above! And hence in another psalm he

1409 says, "My soul longeth, yea, even faileth, for the courts of the

1410 Lord."[419] Yet, though he had said of both his heart and his

1411 flesh that they were failing, he did not say, O God of my

1412 heart and my flesh, but, O God of my heart; for by the

1413 heart the flesh is made clean. Therefore, says the Lord,

1414 "Cleanse that which is within, and the outside shall be clean

1415 also."[420] He then says that God Himself,—not anything

1416 received from Him, but Himself,—is his portion. "The God

1417 of my heart, and my portion for ever." Among the various

1418 objects of human choice, God alone satisfied him. "For, lo,"

1419 he says, "they that are far from Thee shall perish: Thou destroyest

1420 all them that go a-whoring from Thee,"—that is, who

1421 prostitute themselves to many gods. And then follows the

1422 verse for which all the rest of the psalm seems to prepare:

1423 "It is good for me to cleave to God,"—not to go far off; not

1424 to go a-whoring with a multitude of gods. And then shall

1425 this union with God be perfected, when all that is to be redeemed

1426 in us has been redeemed. But for the present we

1427 must, as he goes on to say, "place our hope in God." "For

1428 that which is seen," says the apostle, "is not hope. For what

1429 a man sees, why does he yet hope for? But if we hope for

1430 that we see not, then do we with patience wait for it."[421]

1431 Being, then, for the present established in this hope, let us do

1432 what the Psalmist further indicates, and become in our measure

1433 angels or messengers of God, declaring His will, and

1434 praising His glory and His grace. For when he had said,

1435 "To place my hope in God," he goes on, "that I may declare

1436 all Thy praises in the gates of the daughter of Zion." This

1437 is the most glorious city of God; this is the city which knows

1438 and worships one God: she is celebrated by the holy angels,

1439 who invite us to their society, and desire us to become fellow-citizens

1440 with them in this city; for they do not wish us to

1441 worship them as our gods, but to join them in worshipping

1442 their God and ours; nor to sacrifice to them, but, together with

1443 them, to become a sacrifice to God. Accordingly, whoever

1444 will lay aside malignant obstinacy, and consider these things,

1445 shall be assured that all these blessed and immortal spirits,

1446 who do not envy us (for if they envied they were not blessed),

1447 but rather love us, and desire us to be as blessed as themselves,

1448 look on us with greater pleasure, and give us greater

1449 assistance, when we join them in worshipping one God,

1450 Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, than if we were to offer to

1451 themselves sacrifice and worship.

1452 26. *Of Porphyry's weakness in wavering between the confession of the true God

1453 and the worship of demons.*

1454 I know not how it is so, but it seems to me that Porphyry

1455 blushed for his friends the theurgists; for he knew all that

1456 I have adduced, but did not frankly condemn polytheistic

1457 worship. He said, in fact, that there are some angels who

1458 visit earth, and reveal divine truth to theurgists, and others

1459 who publish on earth the things that belong to the Father,

1460 His height and depth. Can we believe, then, that the angels

1461 whose office it is to declare the will of the Father, wish us to

1462 be subject to any but Him whose will they declare? And

1463 hence, even this Platonist himself judiciously observes that we

1464 should rather imitate than invoke them. We ought not, then,

1465 to fear that we may offend these immortal and happy subjects

1466 of the one God by not sacrificing to them; for this they

1467 know to be due only to the one true God, in allegiance to

1468 whom they themselves find their blessedness, and therefore

1469 they will not have it given to them, either in figure or in the

1470 reality, which the mysteries of sacrifice symbolized. Such

1471 arrogance belongs to proud and wretched demons, whose disposition

1472 is diametrically opposite to the piety of those who are

1473 subject to God, and whose blessedness consists in attachment

1474 to Him. And, that we also may attain to this bliss, they aid

1475 us, as is fit, with sincere kindliness, and usurp over us no

1476 dominion, but declare to us Him under whose rule we are then

1477 fellow-subjects. Why, then, O philosopher, do you still fear

1478 to speak freely against the powers which are inimical both to

1479 true virtue and to the gifts of the true God? Already you

1480 have discriminated between the angels who proclaim God's

1481 will, and those who visit theurgists, drawn down by I know

1482 not what art. Why do you still ascribe to these latter the

1483 honour of declaring divine truth? If they do not declare the

1484 will of the Father, what divine revelations can they make?

1485 Are not these the evil spirits who were bound over by the

1486 incantations of an envious man,[422] that they should not grant

1487 purity of soul to another, and could not, as you say, be set

1488 free from these bonds by a good man anxious for purity, and

1489 recover power over their own actions? Do you still doubt

1490 whether these are wicked demons; or do you, perhaps, feign

1491 ignorance, that you may not give offence to the theurgists, who

1492 have allured you by their secret rites, and have taught you,

1493 as a mighty boon, these insane and pernicious devilries? Do

1494 you dare to elevate above the air, and even to heaven, these

1495 envious powers, or pests, let me rather call them, less worthy

1496 of the name of sovereign than of slaves, as you yourself own;

1497 and are you not ashamed to place them even among your

1498 sidereal gods, and so put a slight upon the stars themselves?

1499 27. *Of the impiety of Porphyry, which is worse than even the mistake of

1500 Apuleius.*

1501 How much more tolerable and accordant with human feeling

1502 is the error of your Platonist co-sectary Apuleius! for he

1503 attributed the diseases and storms of human passions only

1504 to the demons who occupy a grade beneath the moon, and

1505 makes even this avowal as by constraint regarding gods whom

1506 he honours; but the superior and celestial gods, who inhabit

1507 the ethereal regions, whether visible, as the sun, moon, and

1508 other luminaries, whose brilliancy makes them conspicuous, or

1509 invisible, but believed in by him, he does his utmost to remove

1510 beyond the slightest stain of these perturbations. It is

1511 not, then, from Plato, but from your Chaldæan teachers you

1512 have learned to elevate human vices to the ethereal and empyreal

1513 regions of the world and to the celestial firmament,

1514 in order that your theurgists might be able to obtain from

1515 your gods divine revelations; and yet you make yourself

1516 superior to these divine revelations by your intellectual life,

1517 which dispenses with these theurgic purifications as not

1518 needed by a philosopher. But, by way of rewarding your

1519 teachers, you recommend these arts to other men, who, not

1520 being philosophers, may be persuaded to use what you acknowledge

1521 to be useless to yourself, who are capable of higher

1522 things; so that those who cannot avail themselves of the

1523 virtue of philosophy, which is too arduous for the multitude,

1524 may, at your instigation, betake themselves to theurgists by

1525 whom they may be purified, not, indeed, in the intellectual, but

1526 in the spiritual part of the soul. Now, as the persons who are

1527 unfit for philosophy form incomparably the majority of mankind,

1528 more may be compelled to consult these secret and illicit

1529 teachers of yours than frequent the Platonic schools. For

1530 these most impure demons, pretending to be ethereal gods,

1531 whose herald and messenger you have become, have promised

1532 that those who are purified by theurgy in the spiritual part of

1533 their soul shall not indeed return to the Father, but shall

1534 dwell among the ethereal gods above the aerial regions. But

1535 such fancies are not listened to by the multitudes of men

1536 whom Christ came to set free from the tyranny of demons.

1537 For in Him they have the most gracious cleansing, in which

1538 mind, spirit, and body alike participate. For, in order that

1539 He might heal the whole man from the plague of sin, He

1540 took without sin the whole human nature. Would that you

1541 had known Him, and would that you had committed yourself

1542 for healing to Him rather than to your own frail and infirm

1543 human virtue, or to pernicious and curious arts! He would

1544 not have deceived you; for Him your own oracles, on your

1545 own showing, acknowledged holy and immortal. It is of Him,

1546 too, that the most famous poet speaks, poetically indeed, since

1547 he applies it to the person of another, yet truly, if you refer it

1548 to Christ, saying, "Under thine auspices, if any traces of our

1549 crimes remain, they shall be obliterated, and earth freed from

1550 its perpetual fear."[423] By which he indicates that, by reason of

1551 the infirmity which attaches to this life, the greatest progress in

1552 virtue and righteousness leaves room for the existence, if not

1553 of crimes, yet of the traces of crimes, which are obliterated only

1554 by that Saviour of whom this verse speaks. For that he

1555 did not say this at the prompting of his own fancy, Virgil tells

1556 us in almost the last verse of that 4th Eclogue, when he

1557 says, "The last age predicted by the Cumæan sibyl has now

1558 arrived;" whence it plainly appears that this had been dictated

1559 by the Cumæan sibyl. But those theurgists, or rather

1560 demons, who assume the appearance and form of gods, pollute

1561 rather than purify the human spirit by false appearances and

1562 the delusive mockery of unsubstantial forms. How can those

1563 whose own spirit is unclean cleanse the spirit of man? Were

1564 they not unclean, they would not be bound by the incantations

1565 of an envious man, and would neither be afraid nor grudge

1566 to bestow that hollow boon which they promise. But it is

1567 sufficient for our purpose that you acknowledge that the intellectual

1568 soul, that is, our mind, cannot be justified by

1569 theurgy; and that even the spiritual or inferior part of our

1570 soul cannot by this act be made eternal and immortal, though

1571 you maintain that it can be purified by it. Christ, however,

1572 promises life eternal; and therefore to Him the world flocks,

1573 greatly to your indignation, greatly also to your astonishment

1574 and confusion. What avails your forced avowal that theurgy

1575 leads men astray, and deceives vast numbers by its ignorant

1576 and foolish teaching, and that it is the most manifest mistake

1577 to have recourse by prayer and sacrifice to angels and principalities,

1578 when at the same time, to save yourself from the

1579 charge of spending labour in vain on such arts, you direct

1580 men to the theurgists, that by their means men, who do not

1581 live by the rule of the intellectual soul, may have their spiritual

1582 soul purified?

1583 28. *How it is that Porphyry has been so blind as not to recognise the true

1584 wisdom—Christ.*

1585 You drive men, therefore, into the most palpable error. And

1586 yet you are not ashamed of doing so much harm, though

1587 you call yourself a lover of virtue and wisdom. Had you

1588 been true and faithful in this profession, you would have recognised

1589 Christ, the virtue of God and the wisdom of God,

1590 and would not, in the pride of vain science, have revolted from

1591 His wholesome humility. Nevertheless you acknowledge that

1592 the spiritual part of the soul can be purified by the virtue of

1593 chastity without the aid of those theurgic arts and mysteries

1594 which you wasted your time in learning. You even say,

1595 sometimes, that these mysteries do not raise the soul after

1596 death, so that, after the termination of this life, they seem to be

1597 of no service even to the part you call spiritual; and yet you

1598 recur on every opportunity to these arts, for no other purpose,

1599 so far as I see, than to appear an accomplished theurgist, and

1600 gratify those who are curious in illicit arts, or else to inspire

1601 others with the same curiosity. But we give you all praise

1602 for saying that this art is to be feared, both on account of the

1603 legal enactments against it, and by reason of the danger involved

1604 in the very practice of it. And would that in this,

1605 at least, you were listened to by its wretched votaries, that

1606 they might be withdrawn from entire absorption in it, or might

1607 even be preserved from tampering with it at all! You say,

1608 indeed, that ignorance, and the numberless vices resulting from

1609 it, cannot be removed by any mysteries, but only by the πατρικὸς

1610 νοῦς, that is, the Father's mind or intellect conscious of

1611 the Father's will. But that Christ is this mind you do not

1612 believe; for Him you despise on account of the body He took

1613 of a woman and the shame of the cross; for your lofty wisdom

1614 spurns such low and contemptible things, and soars to more

1615 exalted regions. But He fulfils what the holy prophets truly

1616 predicted regarding Him: "I will destroy the wisdom of the

1617 wise, and bring to nought the prudence of the prudent."[424]

1618 For He does not destroy and bring to nought His own gift in

1619 them, but what they arrogate to themselves, and do not hold

1620 of Him. And hence the apostle, having quoted this testimony

1621 from the prophet, adds, "Where is the wise? where is the

1622 scribe? where is the disputer of this world? Hath not God

1623 made foolish the wisdom of this world? For after that, in

1624 the wisdom of God, the world by wisdom knew not God, it

1625 pleased God by the foolishness of preaching to save them that

1626 believe. For the Jews require a sign, and the Greeks seek

1627 after wisdom; but we preach Christ crucified, unto the Jews

1628 a stumbling-block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but unto

1629 them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ the

1630 power of God, and the wisdom of God. Because the foolishness

1631 of God is wiser than men; and the weakness of God is

1632 stronger than men."[425] This is despised as a weak and foolish

1633 thing by those who are wise and strong in themselves; yet

1634 this is the grace which heals the weak, who do not proudly

1635 boast a blessedness of their own, but rather humbly acknowledge

1636 their real misery.

1637 29. *Of the incarnation of our Lord Jesus Christ, which the Platonists

1638 in their impiety blush to acknowledge.*

1639 You proclaim the Father and His Son, whom you call the

1640 Father's intellect or mind, and between these a third, by whom

1641 we suppose you mean the Holy Spirit, and in your own fashion

1642 you call these three Gods. In this, though your expressions

1643 are inaccurate, you do in some sort, and as through a veil, see

1644 what we should strive towards; but the incarnation of the

1645 unchangeable Son of God, whereby we are saved, and are

1646 enabled to reach the things we believe, or in part understand,

1647 this is what you refuse to recognise. You see in a fashion,

1648 although at a distance, although with filmy eye, the country

1649 in which we should abide; but the way to it you know not.

1650 Yet you believe in grace, for you say it is granted to few to

1651 reach God by virtue of intelligence. For you do not say, "Few

1652 have thought fit or have wished," but, "It has been granted

1653 to few,"—distinctly acknowledging God's grace, not man's

1654 sufficiency. You also use this word more expressly, when, in

1655 accordance with the opinion of Plato, you make no doubt that

1656 in this life a man cannot by any means attain to perfect

1657 wisdom, but that whatever is lacking is in the future life

1658 made up to those who live intellectually, by God's providence

1659 and grace. Oh, had you but recognised the grace of God in

1660 Jesus Christ our Lord, and that very incarnation of His,

1661 wherein He assumed a human soul and body, you might

1662 have seemed the brightest example of grace![426] But what am

1663 I doing? I know it is useless to speak to a dead man,—useless,

1664 at least, so far as regards you, but perhaps not in

1665 vain for those who esteem you highly, and love you on

1666 account of their love of wisdom or curiosity about those arts

1667 which you ought not to have learned; and these persons I

1668 address in your name. The grace of God could not have

1669 been more graciously commended to us than thus, that the

1670 only Son of God, remaining unchangeable in Himself, should

1671 assume humanity, and should give us the hope of His love,

1672 by means of the mediation of a human nature, through which

1673 we, from the condition of men, might come to Him who was so

1674 far off,—the immortal from the mortal; the unchangeable from

1675 the changeable; the just from the unjust; the blessed from

1676 the wretched. And, as He had given us a natural instinct to

1677 desire blessedness and immortality, He Himself continuing

1678 to be blessed, but assuming mortality, by enduring what we

1679 fear, taught us to despise it, that what we long for He might

1680 bestow upon us.

1681 But in order to your acquiescence in this truth, it is lowliness

1682 that is requisite, and to this it is extremely difficult to bend

1683 you. For what is there incredible, especially to men like you,

1684 accustomed to speculation, which might have predisposed you

1685 to believe in this,—what is there incredible, I say, in the

1686 assertion that God assumed a human soul and body? You

1687 yourselves ascribe such excellence to the intellectual soul,

1688 which is, after all, the human soul, that you maintain that it

1689 can become consubstantial with that intelligence of the Father

1690 whom you believe in as the Son of God. What incredible

1691 thing is it, then, if some one soul be assumed by Him in an

1692 ineffable and unique manner for the salvation of many?

1693 Moreover, our nature itself testifies that a man is incomplete

1694 unless a body be united with the soul. This certainly would

1695 be more incredible, were it not of all things the most common;

1696 for we should more easily believe in a union between spirit

1697 and spirit, or, to use your own terminology, between the

1698 incorporeal and the incorporeal, even though the one were

1699 human, the other divine, the one changeable and the other

1700 unchangeable, than in a union between the corporeal and the

1701 incorporeal. But perhaps it is the unprecedented birth of a

1702 body from a virgin that staggers you? But, so far from this

1703 being a difficulty, it ought rather to assist you to receive our

1704 religion, that a miraculous person was born miraculously. Or,

1705 do you find a difficulty in the fact that, after His body had

1706 been given up to death, and had been changed into a higher

1707 kind of body by resurrection, and was now no longer mortal

1708 but incorruptible, He carried it up into heavenly places?

1709 Perhaps you refuse to believe this, because you remember that

1710 Porphyry, in these very books from which I have cited so

1711 much, and which treat of the return of the soul, so frequently

1712 teaches that a body of every kind is to be escaped from, in

1713 order that the soul may dwell in blessedness with God. But

1714 here, in place of following Porphyry, you ought rather to have

1715 corrected him, especially since you agree with him in believing

1716 such incredible things about the soul of this visible world and

1717 huge material frame. For, as scholars of Plato, you hold that

1718 the world is an animal, and a very happy animal, which you

1719 wish to be also everlasting. How, then, is it never to be loosed

1720 from a body, and yet never lose its happiness, if, in order to

1721 the happiness of the soul, the body must be left behind? The

1722 sun, too, and the other stars, you not only acknowledge to be

1723 bodies, in which you have the cordial assent of all seeing men,

1724 but also, in obedience to what you reckon a profounder insight,

1725 you declare that they are very blessed animals, and eternal,

1726 together with their bodies. Why is it, then, that when the

1727 Christian faith is pressed upon you, you forget, or pretend to

1728 ignore, what you habitually discuss or teach? Why is it that

1729 you refuse to be Christians, on the ground that you hold

1730 opinions which, in fact, you yourselves demolish? Is it not

1731 because Christ came in lowliness, and ye are proud? The

1732 precise nature of the resurrection bodies of the saints may

1733 sometimes occasion discussion among those who are best read

1734 in the Christian Scriptures; yet there is not among us the

1735 smallest doubt that they shall be everlasting, and of a nature

1736 exemplified in the instance of Christ's risen body. But whatever

1737 be their nature, since we maintain that they shall be

1738 absolutely incorruptible and immortal, and shall offer no

1739 hindrance to the soul's contemplation by which it is fixed

1740 in God, and as you say that among the celestials the bodies

1741 of the eternally blessed are eternal, why do you maintain that,

1742 in order to blessedness, every body must be escaped from?

1743 Why do you thus seek such a plausible reason for escaping

1744 from the Christian faith, if not because, as I again say, Christ

1745 is humble and ye proud? Are ye ashamed to be corrected?

1746 This is the vice of the proud. It is, forsooth, a degradation

1747 for learned men to pass from the school of Plato to the discipleship

1748 of Christ, who by His Spirit taught a fisherman to think

1749 and to say, "In the beginning was the Word, and the Word

1750 was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the

1751 beginning with God. All things were made by Him; and

1752 without Him was not anything made that was made. In Him

1753 was life; and the life was the light of men. And the light

1754 shineth in darkness; and the darkness comprehended it not."[427]

1755 The old saint Simplicianus, afterwards bishop of Milan, used to

1756 tell me that a certain Platonist was in the habit of saying that

1757 this opening passage of the holy gospel, entitled "According

1758 to John," should be written in letters of gold, and hung up in

1759 all churches in the most conspicuous place. But the proud

1760 scorn to take God for their Master, because "the Word was

1761 made flesh and dwelt among us."[428] So that, with these miserable

1762 creatures, it is not enough that they are sick, but they boast

1763 of their sickness, and are ashamed of the medicine which could

1764 heal them. And, doing so, they secure not elevation, but a more

1765 disastrous fall.

1766 30. *Porphyry's emendations and modifications of Platonism.*

1767 If it is considered unseemly to emend anything which Plato

1768 has touched, why did Porphyry himself make emendations,

1769 and these not a few? for it is very certain that Plato wrote

1770 that the souls of men return after death to the bodies of

1771 beasts.[429] Plotinus also, Porphyry's teacher, held this opinion;[430]

1772 yet Porphyry justly rejected it. He was of opinion that

1773 human souls return indeed into human bodies, but not into

1774 the bodies they had left, but other new bodies. He shrank

1775 from the other opinion, lest a woman who had returned into

1776 a mule might possibly carry her own son on her back. He

1777 did not shrink, however, from a theory which admitted the

1778 possibility of a mother coming back into a girl and marrying

1779 her own son. How much more honourable a creed is that

1780 which was taught by the holy and truthful angels, uttered by

1781 the prophets who were moved by God's Spirit, preached by

1782 Him who was foretold as the coming Saviour by His forerunning

1783 heralds, and by the apostles whom He sent forth,

1784 and who filled the whole world with the gospel,—how much

1785 more honourable, I say, is the belief that souls return once

1786 for all to their own bodies, than that they return again and

1787 again to divers bodies? Nevertheless Porphyry, as I have

1788 said, did considerably improve upon this opinion, in so far, at

1789 least, as he maintained that human souls could transmigrate

1790 only into human bodies, and made no scruple about demolishing

1791 the bestial prisons into which Plato had wished to cast

1792 them. He says, too, that God put the soul into the world

1793 that it might recognise the evils of matter, and return to the

1794 Father, and be for ever emancipated from the polluting contact

1795 of matter. And although here is some inappropriate

1796 thinking (for the soul is rather given to the body that it may

1797 do good; for it would not learn evil unless it did it), yet he

1798 corrects the opinion of other Platonists, and that on a point

1799 of no small importance, inasmuch as he avows that the soul,

1800 which is purged from all evil and received to the Father's

1801 presence, shall never again suffer the ills of this life. By

1802 this opinion he quite subverted the favourite Platonic dogma,

1803 that as dead men are made out of living ones, so living men

1804 are made out of dead ones; and he exploded the idea which

1805 Virgil seems to have adopted from Plato, that the purified

1806 souls which have been sent into the Elysian fields (the poetic

1807 name for the joys of the blessed) are summoned to the river

1808 Lethe, that is, to the oblivion of the past,

1809 "That earthward they may pass once more,

1810 Remembering not the things before,

1811 And with a blind propension yearn

1812 To fleshly bodies to return."[431]

1813 This found no favour with Porphyry, and very justly; for it

1814 is indeed foolish to believe that souls should desire to return

1815 from that life, which cannot be very blessed unless by the

1816 assurance of its permanence, and to come back into this life,

1817 and to the pollution of corruptible bodies, as if the result of

1818 perfect purification were only to make defilement desirable.

1819 For if perfect purification effects the oblivion of all evils, and

1820 the oblivion of evils creates a desire for a body in which the

1821 soul may again be entangled with evils, then the supreme

1822 felicity will be the cause of infelicity, and the perfection of

1823 wisdom the cause of foolishness, and the purest cleansing the

1824 cause of defilement. And, however long the blessedness of

1825 the soul last, it cannot be founded on truth, if, in order to be

1826 blessed, it must be deceived. For it cannot be blessed unless

1827 it be free from fear. But, to be free from fear, it must be

1828 under the *false* impression that it shall be always blessed,—the

1829 false impression, for it is destined to be also at some time

1830 miserable. How, then, shall the soul rejoice in truth, whose

1831 joy is founded on falsehood? Porphyry saw this, and therefore

1832 said that the purified soul returns to the Father, that it

1833 may never more be entangled in the polluting contact with

1834 evil. The opinion, therefore, of some Platonists, that there is

1835 a necessary revolution carrying souls away and bringing them

1836 round again to the same things, is false. But, were it true,

1837 what were the advantage of knowing it? Would the Platonists

1838 presume to allege their superiority to us, because we

1839 were in this life ignorant of what they themselves were doomed

1840 to be ignorant of when perfected in purity and wisdom in

1841 another and better life, and which they must be ignorant of

1842 if they are to be blessed? If it were most absurd and foolish

1843 to say so, then certainly we must prefer Porphyry's opinion

1844 to the idea of a circulation of souls through constantly alternating

1845 happiness and misery. And if this is just, here is a

1846 Platonist emending Plato, here is a man who saw what Plato

1847 did not see, and who did not shrink from correcting so illustrious

1848 a master, but preferred truth to Plato.

1849 31. *Against the arguments on which the Platonists ground their assertion that

1850 the human soul is co-eternal with God.*

1851 Why, then, do we not rather believe the divinity in those

1852 matters, which human talent cannot fathom? Why do we

1853 not credit the assertion of divinity, that the soul is not co-eternal

1854 with God, but is created, and once was not? For the

1855 Platonists seemed to themselves to allege an adequate reason

1856 for their rejection of this doctrine, when they affirmed that

1857 nothing could be everlasting which had not always existed.

1858 Plato, however, in writing concerning the world and the gods

1859 in it, whom the Supreme made, most expressly states that

1860 they had a beginning and yet would have no end, but, by the

1861 sovereign will of the Creator, would endure eternally. But,

1862 by way of interpreting this, the Platonists have discovered

1863 that he meant a beginning, not of time, but of cause. "For

1864 as if a foot," they say, "had been always from eternity in

1865 dust, there would always have been a print underneath it;

1866 and yet no one would doubt that this print was made by the

1867 pressure of the foot, nor that, though the one was made by

1868 the other, neither was prior to the other; so," they say, "the

1869 world and the gods created in it have always been, their

1870 Creator always existing, and yet they were made." If, then,

1871 the soul has always existed, are we to say that its wretchedness

1872 has always existed? For if there is something in it

1873 which was not from eternity, but began in time, why is it

1874 impossible that the soul itself, though not previously existing,

1875 should begin to be in time? Its blessedness, too, which, as

1876 he owns, is to be more stable, and indeed endless, after the

1877 soul's experience of evils,—this undoubtedly has a beginning

1878 in time, and yet is to be always, though previously it had no

1879 existence. This whole argumentation, therefore, to establish

1880 that nothing can be endless except that which has had no

1881 beginning, falls to the ground. For here we find the blessedness

1882 of the soul, which has a beginning, and yet has no end.

1883 And, therefore, let the incapacity of man give place to the

1884 authority of God; and let us take our belief regarding the

1885 true religion from the ever-blessed spirits, who do not seek for

1886 themselves that honour which they know to be due to their

1887 God and ours, and who do not command us to sacrifice save

1888 only to Him, whose sacrifice, as I have often said already,

1889 and must often say again, we and they ought together to be,

1890 offered through that Priest who offered Himself to death a

1891 sacrifice for us, in that human nature which He assumed, and

1892 according to which He desired to be our Priest.

1893 >

1894 >

1895 >

1896 32. *Of the universal way of the soul's deliverance, which Porphyry did not find

1897 > because he did not rightly seek it, and which the grace of Christ has alone

1898 > thrown open.*

1899 This is the religion which possesses the universal way for

1900 delivering the soul; for, except by this way, none can be

1901 delivered. This is a kind of royal way, which alone leads to

1902 a kingdom which does not totter like all temporal dignities,

1903 but stands firm on eternal foundations. And when Porphyry

1904 says, towards the end of the first book *De Regressu Animæ*,

1905 that no system of doctrine which furnishes the universal way

1906 for delivering the soul has as yet been received, either from

1907 the truest philosophy, or from the ideas and practices of the

1908 Indians, or from the reasoning[432] of the Chaldæans, or from any

1909 source whatever, and that no historical reading had made

1910 him acquainted with that way, he manifestly acknowledges

1911 that there is such a way, but that as yet he was not acquainted

1912 with it. Nothing of all that he had so laboriously learned

1913 concerning the deliverance of the soul, nothing of all that he

1914 seemed to others, if not to himself, to know and believe, satisfied

1915 him. For he perceived that there was still wanting a

1916 commanding authority which it might be right to follow in a

1917 matter of such importance. And when he says that he had

1918 not learned from any truest philosophy a system which possessed

1919 the universal way of the soul's deliverance, he shows

1920 plainly enough, as it seems to me, either that the philosophy

1921 of which he was a disciple was not the truest, or that it did

1922 not comprehend such a way. And how can that be the truest

1923 philosophy which does not possess this way? For what else

1924 is the universal way of the soul's deliverance than that by

1925 which all souls universally are delivered, and without which,

1926 therefore, no soul is delivered? And when he says, in addition,

1927 "or from the ideas and practices of the Indians, or from

1928 the reasoning of the Chaldæans, or from any source whatever,"

1929 he declares in the most unequivocal language that this universal

1930 way of the soul's deliverance was not embraced in what

1931 he had learned either from the Indians or the Chaldæans; and

1932 yet he could not forbear stating that it was from the Chaldæans

1933 he had derived these divine oracles of which he makes such

1934 frequent mention. What, therefore, does he mean by this

1935 universal way of the soul's deliverance, which had not yet

1936 been made known by any truest philosophy, or by the doctrinal

1937 systems of those nations which were considered to have

1938 great insight in things divine, because they indulged more

1939 freely in a curious and fanciful science and worship of angels?

1940 What is this universal way of which he acknowledges his

1941 ignorance, if not a way which does not belong to one nation

1942 as its special property, but is common to all, and divinely

1943 bestowed? Porphyry, a man of no mediocre abilities, does

1944 not question that such a way exists; for he believes that

1945 Divine Providence could not have left men destitute of this

1946 universal way of delivering the soul. For he does not say

1947 that this way does not exist, but that this great boon and

1948 assistance has not yet been discovered, and has not come to

1949 his knowledge. And no wonder; for Porphyry lived in an age

1950 when this universal way of the soul's deliverance,—in other

1951 words, the Christian religion,—was exposed to the persecutions

1952 of idolaters and demon-worshippers, and earthly rulers,[433] that

1953 the number of martyrs or witnesses for the truth might be

1954 completed and consecrated, and that by them proof might be

1955 given that we must endure all bodily sufferings in the cause

1956 of the holy faith, and for the commendation of the truth.

1957 Porphyry, being a witness of these persecutions, concluded

1958 that this way was destined to a speedy extinction, and that it,

1959 therefore, was not the universal way of the soul's deliverance,

1960 and did not see that the very thing that thus moved him, and

1961 deterred him from becoming a Christian, contributed to the

1962 confirmation and more effectual commendation of our religion.

1963 This, then, is the universal way of the soul's deliverance,

1964 the way that is granted by the divine compassion to the

1965 nations universally. And no nation to which the knowledge

1966 of it has already come, or may hereafter come, ought to

1967 demand, Why so soon? or, Why so late?—for the design of

1968 Him who sends it is impenetrable by human capacity. This

1969 was felt by Porphyry when he confined himself to saying that

1970 this gift of God was not yet received, and had not yet come

1971 to his knowledge. For, though this was so, he did not on

1972 that account pronounce that the way itself had no existence.

1973 This, I say, is the universal way for the deliverance

1974 of believers, concerning which the faithful Abraham received

1975 the divine assurance, "In thy seed shall all nations be

1976 blessed."[434] He, indeed, was by birth a Chaldæan; but, that

1977 he might receive these great promises, and that there might

1978 be propagated from him a seed "disposed by angels in the

1979 hand of a Mediator,"[435] in whom this universal way, thrown

1980 open to all nations for the deliverance of the soul, might be

1981 found, he was ordered to leave his country, and kindred, and

1982 father's house. Then was he himself, first of all, delivered

1983 from the Chaldæan superstitions, and by his obedience worshipped

1984 the one true God, whose promises he faithfully

1985 trusted. This is the universal way, of which it is said in

1986 holy prophecy, "God be merciful unto us, and bless us, and

1987 cause His face to shine upon us; that Thy way may be

1988 known upon earth, Thy saving health among all nations."[436]

1989 And hence, when our Saviour, so long after, had taken flesh

1990 of the seed of Abraham, He says of Himself, "I am the way,

1991 the truth, and the life."[437] This is the universal way, of which

1992 so long before it had been predicted, "And it shall come to

1993 pass in the last days, that the mountain of the Lord's house

1994 shall be established in the top of the mountains, and shall be

1995 exalted above the hills; and all nations shall flow unto it.

1996 And many people shall go and say, Come ye, and let us go

1997 up to the mountain of the Lord, to the house of the God of

1998 Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways, and we will walk

1999 in His paths: for out of Sion shall go forth the law, and the

2000 word of the Lord from Jerusalem."[438] This way, therefore, is not

2001 the property of one, but of all nations. The law and the word

2002 of the Lord did not remain in Zion and Jerusalem, but issued

2003 thence to be universally diffused. And therefore the Mediator

2004 Himself, after His resurrection, says to His alarmed disciples,

2005 "These are the words which I spake unto you while I was yet

2006 with you, that all things must be fulfilled which were written

2007 in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms,

2008 concerning me. Then opened He their understandings that

2009 they might understand the Scriptures, and said unto them,

2010 Thus it is written, and thus it behoved Christ to suffer, and

2011 to rise from the dead the third day: and that repentance and

2012 remission of sins should be preached in His name among all

2013 nations, beginning at Jerusalem."[439] This is the universal way

2014 of the soul's deliverance, which the holy angels and the holy

2015 prophets formerly disclosed where they could among the few

2016 men who found the grace of God, and especially in the Hebrew

2017 nation, whose commonwealth was, as it were, consecrated to

2018 prefigure and fore-announce the city of God which was to be

2019 gathered from all nations, by their tabernacle, and temple, and

2020 priesthood, and sacrifices. In some explicit statements, and

2021 in many obscure foreshadowings, this way was declared; but

2022 latterly came the Mediator Himself in the flesh, and His

2023 blessed apostles, revealing how the grace of the New Testament

2024 more openly explained what had been obscurely hinted

2025 to preceding generations, in conformity with the relation of

2026 the ages of the human race, and as it pleased God in His

2027 wisdom to appoint, who also bore them witness with signs

2028 and miracles, some of which I have cited above. For not

2029 only were there visions of angels, and words heard from those

2030 heavenly ministrants, but also men of God, armed with the

2031 word of simple piety, cast out unclean spirits from the bodies

2032 and senses of men, and healed deformities and sicknesses;

2033 the wild beasts of earth and sea, the birds of air, inanimate

2034 things, the elements, the stars, obeyed their divine commands;

2035 the powers of hell gave way before them, the dead were restored

2036 to life. I say nothing of the miracles peculiar and

2037 proper to the Saviour's own person, especially the nativity

2038 and the resurrection; in the one of which He wrought only

2039 the mystery of a virgin maternity, while in the other He

2040 furnished an instance of the resurrection which all shall at

2041 last experience. This way purifies the whole man, and prepares

2042 the mortal in all his parts for immortality. For, to

2043 prevent us from seeking for one purgation for the part which

2044 Porphyry calls intellectual, and another for the part he calls

2045 spiritual, and another for the body itself, our most mighty

2046 and truthful Purifier and Saviour assumed the whole human

2047 nature. Except by this way, which has been present among

2048 men both during the period of the promises and of the proclamation

2049 of their fulfilment, no man has been delivered, no

2050 man is delivered, no man shall be delivered.

2051 As to Porphyry's statement that the universal way of the

2052 soul's deliverance had not yet come to his knowledge by any

2053 acquaintance he had with history, I would ask, what more

2054 remarkable history can be found than that which has taken

2055 possession of the whole world by its authoritative voice? or

2056 what more trustworthy than that which narrates past events,

2057 and predicts the future with equal clearness, and in the unfulfilled

2058 predictions of which we are constrained to believe by

2059 those that are already fulfilled? For neither Porphyry nor

2060 any Platonists can despise divination and prediction, even of

2061 things that pertain to this life and earthly matters, though

2062 they justly despise ordinary soothsaying and the divination

2063 that is connected with magical arts. They deny that these

2064 are the predictions of great men, or are to be considered

2065 important, and they are right; for they are founded, either

2066 on the foresight of subsidiary causes, as to a professional eye

2067 much of the course of a disease is foreseen by certain premonitory

2068 symptoms, or the unclean demons predict what

2069 they have resolved to do, that they may thus work upon the

2070 thoughts and desires of the wicked with an appearance of

2071 authority, and incline human frailty to imitate their impure

2072 actions. It is not such things that the saints who walk in

2073 the universal way care to predict as important, although, for

2074 the purpose of commending the faith, they knew and often

2075 predicted even such things as could not be detected by human

2076 observation, nor be readily verified by experience. But there

2077 were other truly important and divine events which they predicted,

2078 in so far as it was given them to know the will of

2079 God. For the incarnation of Christ, and all those important

2080 marvels that were accomplished in Him, and done in His

2081 name; the repentance of men and the conversion of their wills

2082 to God; the remission of sins, the grace of righteousness, the

2083 faith of the pious, and the multitudes in all parts of the world

2084 who believe in the true divinity; the overthrow of idolatry

2085 and demon worship, and the testing of the faithful by trials;

2086 the purification of those who persevered, and their deliverance

2087 from all evil; the day of judgment, the resurrection of the

2088 dead, the eternal damnation of the community of the ungodly,

2089 and the eternal kingdom of the most glorious city of God,

2090 ever-blessed in the enjoyment of the vision of God,—these

2091 things were predicted and promised in the Scriptures of this

2092 way; and of these we see so many fulfilled, that we justly

2093 and piously trust that the rest will also come to pass. As

2094 for those who do not believe, and consequently do not understand,

2095 that this is the way which leads straight to the vision

2096 of God and to eternal fellowship with Him, according to the

2097 true predictions and statements of the Holy Scriptures, they

2098 may storm at our position, but they cannot storm it.

2099 And therefore, in these ten books, though not meeting, I

2100 dare say, the expectation of some, yet I have, as the true God

2101 and Lord has vouchsafed to aid me, satisfied the desire of

2102 certain persons, by refuting the objections of the ungodly,

2103 who prefer their own gods to the Founder of the holy city,

2104 about which we undertook to speak. Of these ten books, the

2105 first five were directed against those who think we should

2106 worship the gods for the sake of the blessings of this life, and

2107 the second five against those who think we should worship

2108 them for the sake of the life which is to be after death. And

2109 now, in fulfilment of the promise I made in the first book, I

2110 shall go on to say, as God shall aid me, what I think needs

2111 to be said regarding the origin, history, and deserved ends of

2112 the two cities, which, as already remarked, are in this world

2113 commingled and implicated with one another.

BOOK XI

61 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

64 >

65 >

66 >

67 HERE BEGINS THE SECOND PART[440] OF THIS WORK, WHICH TREATS OF THE ORIGIN,

68 > HISTORY, AND DESTINIES OF THE TWO CITIES, THE EARTHLY AND THE

69 > HEAVENLY. IN THE FIRST PLACE, AUGUSTINE SHOWS IN THIS BOOK HOW

70 > THE TWO CITIES WERE FORMED ORIGINALLY, BY THE SEPARATION OF THE

71 > GOOD AND BAD ANGELS; AND TAKES OCCASION TO TREAT OF THE CREATION

72 > OF THE WORLD, AS IT IS DESCRIBED IN HOLY SCRIPTURE IN THE BEGINNING

73 > OF THE BOOK OF GENESIS.

74 1. *Of this part of the work, wherein we begin to explain the origin and end

75 of the two cities.*

76 The city of God we speak of is the same to which testimony

77 is borne by that Scripture, which excels all the

78 writings of all nations by its divine authority, and has brought

79 under its influence all kinds of minds, and this not by a

80 casual intellectual movement, but obviously by an express

81 providential arrangement. For there it is written, "Glorious

82 things are spoken of thee, O city of God."[441] And in another

83 psalm we read, "Great is the Lord, and greatly to be praised in

84 the city of our God, in the mountain of His holiness, increasing

85 the joy of the whole earth."[442] And, a little after, in the

86 same psalm, "As we have heard, so have we seen in the city

87 of the Lord of hosts, in the city of our God. God has established

88 it for ever." And in another, "There is a river the

89 streams whereof shall make glad the city of our God, the holy

90 place of the tabernacles of the Most High. God is in the

91 midst of her, she shall not be moved."[443] From these and

92 similar testimonies, all of which it were tedious to cite, we

93 have learned that there is a city of God, and its Founder has

94 inspired us with a love which makes us covet its citizenship.

95 To this Founder of the holy city the citizens of the earthly

96 city prefer their own gods, not knowing that He is the God

97 of gods, not of false, *i.e.* of impious and proud gods, who,

98 being deprived of His unchangeable and freely communicated

99 light, and so reduced to a kind of poverty-stricken power,

100 eagerly grasp at their own private privileges, and seek divine

101 honours from their deluded subjects; but of the pious and

102 holy gods, who are better pleased to submit themselves to one,

103 than to subject many to themselves, and who would rather

104 worship God than be worshipped as God. But to the enemies

105 of this city we have replied in the ten preceding books, according

106 to our ability and the help afforded by our Lord

107 and King. Now, recognising what is expected of me, and

108 not unmindful of my promise, and relying, too, on the same

109 succour, I will endeavour to treat of the origin, and progress,

110 and deserved destinies of the two cities (the earthly and the

111 heavenly, to wit), which, as we said, are in this present world

112 commingled, and as it were entangled together. And, first, I

113 will explain how the foundations of these two cities were

114 originally laid, in the difference that arose among the angels.

115 2. *Of the knowledge of God, to which no man can attain save through the

116 Mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus.*

117 It is a great and very rare thing for a man, after he has

118 contemplated the whole creation, corporeal and incorporeal,

119 and has discerned its mutability, to pass beyond it, and, by

120 the continued soaring of his mind, to attain to the unchangeable

121 substance of God, and, in that height of contemplation, to

122 learn from God Himself that none but He has made all that

123 is not of the divine essence. For God speaks with a man

124 not by means of some audible creature dinning in his ears, so

125 that atmospheric vibrations connect Him that makes with

126 him that hears the sound, nor even by means of a spiritual

127 being with the semblance of a body, such as we see in dreams

128 or similar states; for even in this case He speaks as if to the

129 ears of the body, because it is by means of the semblance of

130 a body He speaks, and with the appearance of a real interval of

131 space,—for visions are exact representations of bodily objects.

132 Not by these, then, does God speak, but by the truth itself,

133 if any one is prepared to hear with the mind rather than with

134 the body. For He speaks to that part of man which is better

135 than all else that is in him, and than which God Himself

136 alone is better. For since man is most properly understood

137 (or, if that cannot be, then, at least, *believed*) to be made in

138 God's image, no doubt it is that part of him by which he

139 rises above those lower parts he has in common with the

140 beasts, which brings him nearer to the Supreme. But since

141 the mind itself, though naturally capable of reason and intelligence,

142 is disabled by besotting and inveterate vices not

143 merely from delighting and abiding in, but even from tolerating

144 His unchangeable light, until it has been gradually healed,

145 and renewed, and made capable of such felicity, it had, in

146 the first place, to be impregnated with faith, and so purified.

147 And that in this faith it might advance the more confidently

148 towards the truth, the truth itself, God, God's Son, assuming

149 humanity without destroying His divinity,[444] established and

150 founded this faith, that there might be a way for man to

151 man's God through a God-man. For this is the Mediator

152 between God and men, the man Christ Jesus. For it is as

153 man that He is the Mediator and the Way. Since, if the

154 way lieth between him who goes, and the place whither he

155 goes, there is hope of his reaching it; but if there be no way,

156 or if he know not where it is, what boots it to know whither

157 he should go? Now the only way that is infallibly secured

158 against all mistakes, is when the very same person is at once

159 God and man, God our end, man our way.[445]

160 3. *Of the authority of the canonical Scriptures composed by the Divine Spirit.*

161 This Mediator, having spoken what He judged sufficient,

162 first by the prophets, then by His own lips, and afterwards by

163 the apostles, has besides produced the Scripture which is called

164 canonical, which has paramount authority, and to which we

165 yield assent in all matters of which we ought not to be

166 ignorant, and yet cannot know of ourselves. For if we attain

167 the knowledge of present objects by the testimony of our own

168 senses,[446] whether internal or external, then, regarding objects

169 remote from our own senses, we need others to bring their

170 testimony, since we cannot know them by our own, and we

171 credit the persons to whom the objects have been or are

172 sensibly present. Accordingly, as in the case of visible objects

173 which we have not seen, we trust those who have, (and likewise

174 with all sensible objects,) so in the case of things which

175 are perceived[447] by the mind and spirit, *i.e.* which are remote

176 from our own interior sense, it behoves us to trust those who

177 have seen them set in that incorporeal light, or abidingly

178 contemplate them.

179 4. *That the world is neither without beginning, nor yet created by a new decree

180 of God, by which He afterwards willed what He had not before willed.*

181 Of all visible things, the world is the greatest; of all invisible,

182 the greatest is God. But, that the world is, we see;

183 that God is, we believe. That God made the world, we can

184 believe from no one more safely than from God Himself. But

185 where have we heard Him? Nowhere more distinctly than in

186 the Holy Scriptures, where His prophet said, "In the beginning

187 God created the heavens and the earth."[448] Was the prophet

188 present when God made the heavens and the earth? No;

189 but the wisdom of God, by whom all things were made, was

190 there,[449] and wisdom insinuates itself into holy souls, and makes

191 them the friends of God and His prophets, and noiselessly

192 informs them of His works. They are taught also by the

193 angels of God, who always behold the face of the Father,[450] and

194 announce His will to whom it befits. Of these prophets was

195 he who said and wrote, "In the beginning God created the

196 heavens and the earth." And so fit a witness was he of God,

197 that the same Spirit of God, who revealed these things to him,

198 enabled him also so long before to predict that our faith also

199 would be forthcoming.

200 But why did God choose then to create the heavens and

201 earth which up to that time He had not made?[451] If they

202 who put this question wish to make out that the world is

203 eternal and without beginning, and that consequently it has

204 not been made by God, they are strangely deceived, and rave

205 in the incurable madness of impiety. For, though the voices of

206 the prophets were silent, the world itself, by its well-ordered

207 changes and movements, and by the fair appearance of all

208 visible things, bears a testimony of its own, both that it has

209 been created, and also that it could not have been created save

210 by God, whose greatness and beauty are unutterable and invisible.

211 As for those[452] who own, indeed, that it was made by

212 God, and yet ascribe to it not a temporal but only a creational

213 beginning, so that in some scarcely intelligible way the world

214 should always have existed a created world, they make an

215 assertion which seems to them to defend God from the charge

216 of arbitrary hastiness, or of suddenly conceiving the idea of

217 creating the world as a quite new idea, or of casually changing

218 His will, though He be unchangeable. But I do not see

219 how this supposition of theirs can stand in other respects, and

220 chiefly in respect of the soul; for if they contend that it is

221 co-eternal with God, they will be quite at a loss to explain

222 whence there has accrued to it new misery, which through a

223 previous eternity had not existed. For if they said that its

224 happiness and misery ceaselessly alternate, they must say,

225 further, that this alternation will continue for ever; whence

226 will result this absurdity, that, though the soul is called

227 blessed, it is not so in this, that it foresees its own misery and

228 disgrace. And yet, if it does not foresee it, and supposes that

229 it will be neither disgraced nor wretched, but always blessed,

230 then it is blessed because it is deceived; and a more foolish

231 statement one cannot make. But if their idea is that the

232 soul's misery has alternated with its bliss during the ages of

233 the past eternity, but that now, when once the soul has been

234 set free, it will return henceforth no more to misery, they are

235 nevertheless of opinion that it has never been truly blessed

236 before, but begins at last to enjoy a new and uncertain happiness;

237 that is to say, they must acknowledge that some new

238 thing, and that an important and signal thing, happens to the

239 soul which never in a whole past eternity happened it before.

240 And if they deny that God's eternal purpose included this

241 new experience of the soul, they deny that He is the Author

242 of its blessedness, which is unspeakable impiety. If, on the

243 other hand, they say that the future blessedness of the soul is

244 the result of a new decree of God, how will they show that

245 God is not chargeable with that mutability which displeases

246 them? Further, if they acknowledge that it was created in

247 time, but will never perish in time,—that it has, like number,[453]

248 a beginning but no end,—and that, therefore, having once made

249 trial of misery, and been delivered from it, it will never again

250 return thereto, they will certainly admit that this takes place

251 without any violation of the immutable counsel of God. Let

252 them, then, in like manner believe regarding the world that it

253 too could be made in time, and yet that God, in making it,

254 did not alter His eternal design.

255 5. *That we ought not to seek to comprehend the infinite ages of time before

256 the world, nor the infinite realms of space.*

257 Next, we must see what reply can be made to those who

258 agree that God is the Creator of the world, but have difficulties

259 about the time of its creation, and what reply, also, they can

260 make to difficulties we might raise about the place of its

261 creation. For, as they demand why the world was created

262 then and no sooner, we may ask why it was created just here

263 where it is, and not elsewhere. For if they imagine infinite

264 spaces of time before the world, during which God could not

265 have been idle, in like manner they may conceive outside the

266 world infinite realms of space, in which, if any one says that

267 the Omnipotent cannot hold His hand from working, will it

268 not follow that they must adopt Epicurus' dream of innumerable

269 worlds? with this difference only, that he asserts that

270 they are formed and destroyed by the fortuitous movements

271 of atoms, while they will hold that they are made by God's

272 hand, if they maintain that, throughout the boundless immensity

273 of space, stretching interminably in every direction round the

274 world, God cannot rest, and that the worlds which they suppose

275 Him to make cannot be destroyed. For here the question

276 is with those who, with ourselves, believe that God is spiritual,

277 and the Creator of all existences but Himself. As for others,

278 it is a condescension to dispute with them on a religious

279 question, for they have acquired a reputation only among men

280 who pay divine honours to a number of gods, and have

281 become conspicuous among the other philosophers for no other

282 reason than that, though they are still far from the truth,

283 they are near it in comparison with the rest. While these,

284 then, neither confine in any place, nor limit, nor distribute the

285 divine substance, but, as is worthy of God, own it to be wholly

286 though spiritually present everywhere, will they perchance say

287 that this substance is absent from such immense spaces outside

288 the world, and is occupied in one only, (and that a very little

289 one compared with the infinity beyond,) the one, namely, in

290 which is the world? I think they will not proceed to this

291 absurdity. Since they maintain that there is but one world,

292 of vast material bulk, indeed, yet finite, and in its own determinate

293 position, and that this was made by the working of

294 God, let them give the same account of God's resting in the

295 infinite times before the world as they give of His resting in

296 the infinite spaces outside of it. And as it does not follow

297 that God set the world in the very spot it occupies and no

298 other by accident rather than by divine reason, although no

299 human reason can comprehend why it was so set, and though

300 there was no merit in the spot chosen to give it the precedence

301 of infinite others, so neither does it follow that we should

302 suppose that God was guided by chance when He created the

303 world in that and no earlier time, although previous times

304 had been running by during an infinite past, and though there

305 was no difference by which one time could be chosen in preference

306 to another. But if they say that the thoughts of

307 men are idle when they conceive infinite places, since there

308 is no place beside the world, we reply that, by the same

309 showing, it is vain to conceive of the past times of God's rest,

310 since there is no time before the world.

311 6. *That the world and time had both one beginning, and the one did not

312 anticipate the other.*

313 For if eternity and time are rightly distinguished by this,

314 that time does not exist without some movement and transition,

315 while in eternity there is no change, who does not see that

316 there could have been no time had not some creature been

317 made, which by some motion could give birth to change,—the

318 various parts of which motion and change, as they cannot be

319 simultaneous, succeed one another,—and thus, in these shorter

320 or longer intervals of duration, time would begin? Since

321 then, God, in whose eternity is no change at all, is the Creator

322 and Ordainer of time, I do not see how He can be said to

323 have created the world after spaces of time had elapsed, unless

324 it be said that prior to the world there was some creature by

325 whose movement time could pass. And if the sacred and

326 infallible Scriptures say that in the beginning God created

327 the heavens and the earth, in order that it may be understood

328 that He had made nothing previously,—for if He had made

329 anything before the rest, this thing would rather be said to

330 have been made "in the beginning,"—then assuredly the

331 world was made, not in time, but simultaneously with time.

332 For that which is made in time is made both after and before

333 some time,—after that which is past, before that which is

334 future. But none could then be past, for there was no creature

335 by whose movements its duration could be measured.

336 But simultaneously with time the world was made, if in the

337 world's creation change and motion were created, as seems

338 evident from the order of the first six or seven days. For in

339 these days the morning and evening are counted, until, on the

340 sixth day, all things which God then made were finished, and

341 on the seventh the rest of God was mysteriously and sublimely

342 signalized. What kind of days these were it is extremely

343 difficult, or perhaps impossible for us to conceive, and how

344 much more to say!

345 7. *Of the nature of the first days, which are said to have had morning

346 and evening, before there was a sun.*

347 We see, indeed, that our ordinary days have no evening but

348 by the setting, and no morning but by the rising, of the sun;

349 but the first three days of all were passed without sun, since

350 it is reported to have been made on the fourth day. And first

351 of all, indeed, light was made by the word of God, and God,

352 we read, separated it from the darkness, and called the light

353 Day, and the darkness Night; but what kind of light that was,

354 and by what periodic movement it made evening and morning,

355 is beyond the reach of our senses; neither can we understand

356 how it was, and yet must unhesitatingly believe it. For either

357 it was some material light, whether proceeding from the upper

358 parts of the world, far removed from our sight, or from the

359 spot where the sun was afterwards kindled; or under the

360 name of light the holy city was signified, composed of holy

361 angels and blessed spirits, the city of which the apostle says,

362 "Jerusalem which is above is our eternal mother in heaven;"[454]

363 and in another place, "For ye are all the children of the light,

364 and the children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of

365 darkness."[455] Yet in some respects we may appropriately speak

366 of a morning and evening of this day also. For the knowledge

367 of the creature is, in comparison of the knowledge of the

368 Creator, but a twilight; and so it dawns and breaks into

369 morning when the creature is drawn to the praise and love

370 of the Creator; and night never falls when the Creator is not

371 forsaken through love of the creature. In fine, Scripture,

372 when it would recount those days in order, never mentions

373 the word night. It never says, "Night was," but "The evening

374 and the morning were the first day." So of the second and

375 the rest. And, indeed, the knowledge of created things contemplated

376 by themselves is, so to speak, more colourless than

377 when they are seen in the wisdom of God, as in the art by

378 which they were made. Therefore evening is a more suitable

379 figure than night; and yet, as I said, morning returns when

380 the creature returns to the praise and love of the Creator.

381 When it does so in the knowledge of itself, that is the first

382 day; when in the knowledge of the firmament, which is the

383 name given to the sky between the waters above and those

384 beneath, that is the second day; when in the knowledge of

385 the earth, and the sea, and all things that grow out of the

386 earth, that is the third day; when in the knowledge of the

387 greater and less luminaries, and all the stars, that is the fourth

388 day; when in the knowledge of all animals that swim in the

389 waters and that fly in the air, that is the fifth day; when in

390 the knowledge of all animals that live on the earth, and of

391 man himself, that is the sixth day.[456]

392 8. *What we are to understand of God's resting on the seventh day, after

393 the six days' work.*

394 When it is said that God rested on the seventh day from

395 all His works, and hallowed it, we are not to conceive of this

396 in a childish fashion, as if work were a toil to God, who "spake

397 and it was done,"—spake by the spiritual and eternal, not

398 audible and transitory word. But God's rest signifies the

399 rest of those who rest in God, as the joy of a house means

400 the joy of those in the house who rejoice, though not the

401 house, but something else, causes the joy. How much more

402 intelligible is such phraseology, then, if the house itself, by its

403 own beauty, makes the inhabitants joyful! For in this case

404 we not only call it joyful by that figure of speech in which

405 the thing containing is used for the thing contained (as when

406 we say, "The theatres applaud," "The meadows low," meaning

407 that the men in the one applaud, and the oxen in the other

408 low), but also by that figure in which the cause is spoken of

409 as if it were the effect, as when a letter is said to be joyful,

410 because it makes its readers so. Most appropriately, therefore,

411 the sacred narrative states that God rested, meaning thereby

412 that those rest who are in Him, and whom He makes to rest.

413 And this the prophetic narrative promises also to the men to

414 whom it speaks, and for whom it was written, that they themselves,

415 after those good works which God does in and by

416 them, if they have managed by faith to get near to God in

417 this life, shall enjoy in Him eternal rest. This was prefigured

418 to the ancient people of God by the rest enjoined in

419 their sabbath law, of which, in its own place, I shall speak

420 more at large.

421 9. *What the Scriptures teach us to believe concerning the creation of

422 the angels.*

423 At present, since I have undertaken to treat of the origin

424 of the holy city, and first of the holy angels, who constitute

425 a large part of this city, and indeed the more blessed part,

426 since they have never been expatriated, I will give myself to

427 the task of explaining, by God's help, and as far as seems

428 suitable, the Scriptures which relate to this point. Where

429 Scripture speaks of the world's creation, it is not plainly said

430 whether or when the angels were created; but if mention of

431 them is made, it is implicitly under the name of "heaven,"

432 when it is said, "In the beginning God created the heavens

433 and the earth," or perhaps rather under the name of "light,"

434 of which presently. But that they were wholly omitted, I

435 am unable to believe, because it is written that God on the

436 seventh day rested from all His works which He made; and

437 this very book itself begins, "In the beginning God created

438 the heavens and the earth," so that before heaven and earth

439 God seems to have made nothing. Since, therefore, He began

440 with the heavens and the earth,—and the earth itself, as Scripture

441 adds, was at first invisible and formless, light not being

442 as yet made, and darkness covering the face of the deep (that

443 is to say, covering an undefined chaos of earth and sea, for

444 where light is not, darkness must needs be),—and then when

445 all things, which are recorded to have been completed in six

446 days, were created and arranged, how should the angels be

447 omitted, as if they were not among the works of God, from

448 which on the seventh day He rested? Yet, though the fact

449 that the angels are the work of God is not omitted here, it is

450 indeed not explicitly mentioned; but elsewhere Holy Scripture

451 asserts it in the clearest manner. For in the Hymn of

452 the Three Children in the Furnace it was said, "O all ye works

453 of the Lord, bless ye the Lord;"[457] and among these works

454 mentioned afterwards in detail, the angels are named. And

455 in the psalm it is said, "Praise ye the Lord from the heavens,

456 praise Him in the heights. Praise ye Him, all His angels;

457 praise ye Him, all His hosts. Praise ye Him, sun and moon;

458 praise Him, all ye stars of light. Praise Him, ye heaven of

459 heavens; and ye waters that be above the heavens. Let them

460 praise the name of the Lord; for He commanded, and they

461 were created."[458] Here the angels are most expressly and by

462 divine authority said to have been made by God, for of them

463 among the other heavenly things it is said, "He commanded,

464 and they were created." Who, then, will be bold enough to

465 suggest that the angels were made after the six days' creation?

466 If any one is so foolish, his folly is disposed of by a scripture

467 of like authority, where God says, "When the stars were

468 made, the angels praised me with a loud voice."[459] The angels

469 therefore existed before the stars; and the stars were made

470 the fourth day. Shall we then say that they were made the

471 third day? Far from it; for we know what was made

472 that day. The earth was separated from the water, and each

473 element took its own distinct form, and the earth produced all

474 that grows on it. On the second day, then? Not even on

475 this; for on it the firmament was made between the waters

476 above and beneath, and was called "Heaven," in which firmament

477 the stars were made on the fourth day. There is no

478 question, then, that if the angels are included in the works of

479 God during these six days, they are that light which was

480 called "Day," and whose unity Scripture signalizes by calling

481 that day not the "first day," but "one day."[460] For the second

482 day, the third, and the rest are not other days; but the same

483 "one" day is repeated to complete the number six or seven,

484 so that there should be knowledge both of God's works and

485 of His rest. For when God said, "Let there be light, and

486 there was light," if we are justified in understanding in this

487 light the creation of the angels, then certainly they were

488 created partakers of the eternal light which is the unchangeable

489 Wisdom of God, by which all things were made, and

490 whom we call the only-begotten Son of God; so that they,

491 being illumined by the Light that created them, might themselves

492 become light and be called "Day," in participation of

493 that unchangeable Light and Day which is the Word of God,

494 by whom both themselves and all else were made. "The true

495 Light, which lighteth every man that cometh into the world,"[461]—this

496 Light lighteth also every pure angel, that he may be

497 light not in himself, but in God; from whom if an angel

498 turn away, he becomes impure, as are all those who are called

499 unclean spirits, and are no longer light in the Lord, but darkness

500 in themselves, being deprived of the participation of Light

501 eternal. For evil has no positive nature; but the loss of good

502 has received the name "evil."[462]

503 10. *Of the simple and unchangeable Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, one

504 God, in whom substance and quality are identical.*

505 There is, accordingly, a good which is alone simple, and

506 therefore alone unchangeable, and this is God. By this Good

507 have all others been created, but not simple, and therefore not

508 unchangeable. "Created," I say,—that is, made, not begotten.

509 For that which is begotten of the simple Good is simple as

510 itself, and the same as itself. These two we call the Father

511 and the Son; and both together with the Holy Spirit are one

512 God; and to this Spirit the epithet Holy is in Scripture, as it

513 were, appropriated. And He is another than the Father and

514 the Son, for He is neither the Father nor the Son. I say

515 "another," not "another thing," because He is equally with

516 them the simple Good, unchangeable and co-eternal. And

517 this Trinity is one God; and none the less simple because a

518 Trinity. For we do not say that the nature of the good is

519 simple, because the Father alone possesses it, or the Son alone,

520 or the Holy Ghost alone; nor do we say, with the Sabellian

521 heretics, that it is only nominally a Trinity, and has no real

522 distinction of persons; but we say it is simple, because it is

523 what it has, with the exception of the relation of the persons

524 to one another. For, in regard to this relation, it is true that

525 the Father has a Son, and yet is not Himself the Son; and

526 the Son has a Father, and is not Himself the Father. But,

527 as regards Himself, irrespective of relation to the other, each

528 is what He has; thus, He is in Himself living, for He has

529 life, and is Himself the Life which He has.

530 It is for this reason, then, that the nature of the Trinity is

531 called simple, because it has not anything which it can lose,

532 and because it is not one thing and its contents another, as a

533 cup and the liquor, or a body and its colour, or the air and

534 the light or heat of it, or a mind and its wisdom. For none

535 of these is what it has: the cup is not liquor, nor the body

536 colour, nor the air light and heat, nor the mind wisdom. And

537 hence they can be deprived of what they have, and can be

538 turned or changed into other qualities and states, so that the

539 cup may be emptied of the liquid of which it is full, the body

540 be discoloured, the air darken, the mind grow silly. The incorruptible

541 body which is promised to the saints in the resurrection

542 cannot, indeed, lose its quality of incorruption, but

543 the bodily substance and the quality of incorruption are not

544 the same thing. For the quality of incorruption resides

545 entire in each several part, not greater in one and less in

546 another; for no part is more incorruptible than another. The

547 body, indeed, is itself greater in whole than in part; and one

548 part of it is larger, another smaller, yet is not the larger more

549 incorruptible than the smaller. The body, then, which is not

550 in each of its parts a whole body, is one thing; incorruptibility,

551 which is throughout complete, is another thing;—for

552 every part of the incorruptible body, however unequal to the

553 rest otherwise, is equally incorrupt. For the hand, *e.g.*, is

554 not more incorrupt than the finger because it is larger than

555 the finger; so, though finger and hand are unequal, their incorruptibility

556 is equal. Thus, although incorruptibility is

557 inseparable from an incorruptible body, yet the substance of

558 the body is one thing, the quality of incorruption another.

559 And therefore the body is not what it has. The soul itself,

560 too, though it be always wise (as it will be eternally when it

561 is redeemed), will be so by participating in the unchangeable

562 wisdom, which it is not; for though the air be never robbed

563 of the light that is shed abroad in it, it is not on that account

564 the same thing as the light. I do not mean that the soul is

565 air, as has been supposed by some who could not conceive a

566 spiritual nature;[463] but, with much dissimilarity, the two things

567 have a kind of likeness, which makes it suitable to say that

568 the immaterial soul is illumined with the immaterial light of

569 the simple wisdom of God, as the material air is irradiated

570 with material light, and that, as the air, when deprived of

571 this light, grows dark, (for material darkness is nothing else

572 than air wanting light,[464]) so the soul, deprived of the light of

573 wisdom, grows dark.

574 According to this, then, those things which are essentially

575 and truly divine are called simple, because in them quality

576 and substance are identical, and because they are divine, or

577 wise, or blessed in themselves, and without extraneous supplement.

578 In Holy Scripture, it is true, the Spirit of wisdom is

579 called "manifold"[465] because it contains many things in it; but

580 what it contains it also is, and it being one is all these things.

581 For neither are there many wisdoms, but one, in which are

582 untold and infinite treasures of things intellectual, wherein

583 are all invisible and unchangeable reasons of things visible

584 and changeable which were created by it.[466] For God made

585 nothing unwittingly; not even a human workman can be said

586 to do so. But if He knew all that He made, He made only

587 those things which He had known. Whence flows a very

588 striking but true conclusion, that this world could not be

589 known to us unless it existed, but could not have existed

590 unless it had been known to God.

591 11. *Whether the angels that fell partook of the blessedness which the holy

592 angels have always enjoyed from the time of their creation.*

593 And since these things are so, those spirits whom we call

594 angels were never at any time or in any way darkness, but, as

595 soon as they were made, were made light; yet they were not

596 so created in order that they might exist and live in any way

597 whatever, but were enlightened that they might live wisely

598 and blessedly. Some of them, having turned away from this

599 light, have not won this wise and blessed life, which is certainly

600 eternal, and accompanied with the sure confidence of its

601 eternity; but they have still the life of reason, though darkened

602 with folly, and this they cannot lose, even if they would.

603 But who can determine to what extent they were partakers

604 of that wisdom before they fell? And how shall we say that

605 they participated in it equally with those who through it are

606 truly and fully blessed, resting in a true certainty of eternal

607 felicity? For if they had equally participated in this true

608 knowledge, then the evil angels would have remained eternally

609 blessed equally with the good, because they were equally expectant

610 of it. For, though a life be never so long, it cannot

611 be truly called eternal if it is destined to have an end; for

612 it is called life inasmuch as it is lived, but eternal because it

613 has no end. Wherefore, although everything eternal is not

614 therefore blessed (for hell-fire is eternal), yet if no life can be

615 truly and perfectly blessed except it be eternal, the life of

616 these angels was not blessed, for it was doomed to end, and

617 therefore not eternal, whether they knew it or not. In the

618 one case fear, in the other ignorance, prevented them from

619 being blessed. And even if their ignorance was not so great

620 as to breed in them a wholly false expectation, but left them

621 wavering in uncertainty whether their good would be eternal

622 or would some time terminate, this very doubt concerning so

623 grand a destiny was incompatible with the plenitude of

624 blessedness which we believe the holy angels enjoyed. For

625 we do not so narrow and restrict the application of the term

626 "blessedness" as to apply it to God only,[467] though doubtless

627 He is so truly blessed that greater blessedness cannot be; and,

628 in comparison of His blessedness, what is that of the angels,

629 though, according to their capacity, they be perfectly blessed?

630 12. *A comparison of the blessedness of the righteous, who have not yet received the

631 divine reward, with that of our first parents in paradise.*

632 And the angels are not the only members of the rational

633 and intellectual creation whom we call blessed. For who

634 will take upon him to deny that those first men in Paradise

635 were blessed previously to sin, although they were uncertain

636 how long their blessedness was to last, and whether it would

637 be eternal (and eternal it would have been had they not

638 sinned),—who, I say, will do so, seeing that even now we not

639 unbecomingly call those blessed whom we see leading a

640 righteous and holy life in hope of immortality, who have no

641 harrowing remorse of conscience, but obtain readily divine remission

642 of the sins of their present infirmity? These, though

643 they are certain that they shall be rewarded if they persevere,

644 are not certain that they will persevere. For what man can

645 know that he will persevere to the end in the exercise and

646 increase of grace, unless he has been certified by some revelation

647 from Him who, in His just and secret judgment, while

648 He deceives none, informs few regarding this matter? Accordingly,

649 so far as present comfort goes, the first man in

650 Paradise was more blessed than any just man in this insecure

651 state; but as regards the hope of future good, every man who

652 not merely supposes, but certainly knows that he shall eternally

653 enjoy the most high God in the company of angels,

654 and beyond the reach of ill,—this man, no matter what bodily

655 torments afflict him, is more blessed than was he who, even

656 in that great felicity of Paradise, was uncertain of his fate.[468]

657 >

658 >

659 >

660 13. *Whether all the angels were so created in one common state of felicity, that

661 > those who fell were not aware that they would fall, and that those who

662 > stood received assurance of their own perseverance after the ruin of the

663 > fallen.*

664 From all this, it will readily occur to any one that the

665 blessedness which an intelligent being desires as its legitimate

666 object results from a combination of these two things,

667 namely, that it uninterruptedly enjoy the unchangeable good,

668 which is God; and that it be delivered from all dubiety, and

669 know certainly that it shall eternally abide in the same enjoyment.

670 That it is so with the angels of light we piously

671 believe; but that the fallen angels, who by their own default

672 lost that light, did not enjoy this blessedness even before they

673 sinned, reason bids us conclude. Yet if their life was of any

674 duration before they fell, we must allow them a blessedness

675 of some kind, though not that which is accompanied with

676 foresight. Or, if it seems hard to believe that, when the angels

677 were created, some were created in ignorance either of their

678 perseverance or their fall, while others were most certainly

679 assured of the eternity of their felicity,—if it is hard to believe

680 that they were not all from the beginning on an equal footing,

681 until these who are now evil did of their own will fall away

682 from the light of goodness, certainly it is much harder to

683 believe that the holy angels are now uncertain of their eternal

684 blessedness, and do not know regarding themselves as much

685 as we have been able to gather regarding them from the Holy

686 Scriptures. For what catholic Christian does not know that

687 no new devil will ever arise among the good angels, as he

688 knows that this present devil will never again return into the

689 fellowship of the good? For the truth in the gospel promises

690 to the saints and the faithful that they will be equal to

691 the angels of God; and it is also promised them that they

692 will "go away into life eternal."[469] But if we are certain that

693 we shall never lapse from eternal felicity, while they are not

694 certain, then we shall not be their equals, but their superiors.

695 But as the truth never deceives, and as we shall be their

696 equals, they must be certain of their blessedness. And because

697 the evil angels could not be certain of that, since their

698 blessedness was destined to come to an end, it follows either

699 that the angels were unequal, or that, if equal, the good angels

700 were assured of the eternity of their blessedness after the

701 perdition of the others; unless, possibly, some one may say

702 that the words of the Lord about the devil, "He was a

703 murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth,"[470]

704 are to be understood as if he was not only a murderer from

705 the beginning of the human race, when man, whom he could

706 kill by his deceit, was made, but also that he did not abide

707 in the truth from the time of his own creation, and was

708 accordingly never blessed with the holy angels, but refused

709 to submit to his Creator, and proudly exulted as if in a

710 private lordship of his own, and was thus deceived and deceiving.

711 For the dominion of the Almighty cannot be eluded;

712 and he who will not piously submit himself to things as they

713 are, proudly feigns, and mocks himself with a state of things

714 that does not exist; so that what the blessed Apostle John

715 says thus becomes intelligible: "The devil sinneth from the

716 beginning,"[471]—that is, from the time he was created he refused

717 righteousness which none but a will piously subject to God

718 can enjoy. Whoever adopts this opinion at least disagrees

719 with those heretics the Manichees, and with any other pestilential

720 sect that may suppose that the devil has derived from

721 some adverse evil principle a nature proper to himself.

722 These persons are so befooled by error, that, although they

723 acknowledge with ourselves the authority of the gospels,

724 they do not notice that the Lord did not say, "The devil was

725 naturally a stranger to the truth," but "The devil abode not

726 in the truth," by which He meant us to understand that he

727 had fallen from the truth, in which, if he had abode, he would

728 have become a partaker of it, and have remained in blessedness

729 along with the holy angels.[472]

730 14. *An explanation of what is said of the devil, that he did not abide in the

731 truth, because the truth was not in him.*

732 Moreover, as if we had been inquiring why the devil did

733 not abide in the truth, our Lord subjoins the reason, saying,

734 "because the truth is not in him." Now, it would be in him

735 had he abode in it. But the phraseology is unusual. For,

736 as the words stand, "He abode not in the truth, because the

737 truth is not in him," it seems as if the truth's not being in

738 him were the cause of his not abiding in it; whereas his not

739 abiding in the truth is rather the cause of its not being in

740 him. The same form of speech is found in the psalm: "I

741 have called upon Thee, for Thou hast heard me, O God,"[473]

742 where we should expect it to be said, Thou hast heard me,

743 O God, for I have called upon Thee. But when he had said,

744 "I have called," then, as if some one were seeking proof of

745 this, he demonstrates the effectual earnestness of his prayer

746 by the effect of God's hearing it; as if he had said, The proof

747 that I have prayed is that Thou hast heard me.

748 15. *How we are to understand the words, "The devil sinneth from the

749 beginning."*

750 As for what John says about the devil, "The devil sinneth

751 from the beginning,"[474] they[475] who suppose it is meant hereby

752 that the devil was made with a sinful nature, misunderstand

753 it; for if sin be natural, it is not sin at all. And how do

754 they answer the prophetic proofs,—either what Isaiah says

755 when he represents the devil under the person of the king of

756 Babylon, "How art thou fallen, O Lucifer, son of the morning!"[476]

757 or what Ezekiel says, "Thou hast been in Eden, the

758 garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering,"[477]

759 where it is meant that he was some time without sin; for

760 a little after it is still more explicitly said, "Thou wast

761 perfect in thy ways?" And if these passages cannot well be

762 otherwise interpreted, we must understand by this one also,

763 "He abode not in the truth," that he was once in the truth,

764 but did not remain in it. And from this passage, "The devil

765 sinneth from the beginning," it is not to be supposed that he

766 sinned from the beginning of his created existence, but from

767 the beginning of his sin, when by his pride he had once

768 commenced to sin. There is a passage, too, in the Book of

769 Job, of which the devil is the subject: "This is the beginning

770 of the creation of God, which He made to be a sport to His

771 angels,"[478] which agrees with the psalm, where it is said,

772 "There is that dragon which Thou hast made to be a sport

773 therein."[479] But these passages are not to lead us to suppose

774 that the devil was originally created to be the sport of the

775 angels, but that he was doomed to this punishment after his

776 sin. His beginning, then, is the handiwork of God; for there

777 is no nature, even among the least, and lowest, and last of the

778 beasts, which was not the work of Him from whom has proceeded

779 all measure, all form, all order, without which nothing

780 can be planned or conceived. How much more, then, is this

781 angelic nature, which surpasses in dignity all else that He has

782 made, the handiwork of the Most High!

783 16. *Of the ranks and differences of the creatures, estimated by their utility, or

784 according to the natural gradations of being.*

785 For, among those beings which exist, and which are not of

786 God the Creator's essence, those which have life are ranked

787 above those which have none; those that have the power of

788 generation, or even of desiring, above those which want this

789 faculty. And, among things that have life, the sentient are

790 higher than those which have no sensation, as animals are

791 ranked above trees. And, among the sentient, the intelligent

792 are above those that have not intelligence,—men, *e.g.*, above

793 cattle. And, among the intelligent, the immortal, such as the

794 angels, above the mortal, such as men. These are the gradations

795 according to the order of nature; but according to the

796 utility each man finds in a thing, there are various standards

797 of value, so that it comes to pass that we prefer some things

798 that have no sensation to some sentient beings. And so strong

799 is this preference, that, had we the power, we would abolish

800 the latter from nature altogether, whether in ignorance of the

801 place they hold in nature, or, though we know it, sacrificing

802 them to our own convenience. Who, *e.g.*, would not rather

803 have bread in his house than mice, gold than fleas? But

804 there is little to wonder at in this, seeing that even when

805 valued by men themselves (whose nature is certainly of the

806 highest dignity), more is often given for a horse than for a

807 slave, for a jewel than for a maid. Thus the reason of one

808 contemplating nature prompts very different judgments from

809 those dictated by the necessity of the needy, or the desire of

810 the voluptuous; for the former considers what value a thing

811 in itself has in the scale of creation, while necessity considers

812 how it meets its need; reason looks for what the mental light

813 will judge to be true, while pleasure looks for what pleasantly

814 titillates the bodily sense. But of such consequence in

815 rational natures is the weight, so to speak, of will and of love,

816 that though in the order of nature angels rank above men, yet,

817 by the scale of justice, good men are of greater value than

818 bad angels.

819 17. *That the flaw of wickedness is not nature, but contrary to nature, and has

820 its origin, not in the Creator, but in the will.*

821 It is with reference to the nature, then, and not to the

822 wickedness of the devil, that we are to understand these

823 words, "This is the beginning of God's handiwork;"[480] for,

824 without doubt, wickedness can be a flaw or vice[481] only where

825 the nature previously was not vitiated. Vice, too, is so contrary

826 to nature, that it cannot but damage it. And therefore

827 departure from God would be no vice, unless in a nature

828 whose property it was to abide with God. So that even the

829 wicked will is a strong proof of the goodness of the nature.

830 But God, as He is the supremely good Creator of good

831 natures, so is He of evil wills the most just Ruler; so that,

832 while they make an ill use of good natures, He makes a good

833 use even of evil wills. Accordingly, He caused the devil (good

834 by God's creation, wicked by his own will) to be cast down

835 from his high position, and to become the mockery of His

836 angels,—that is, He caused his temptations to benefit those

837 whom he wishes to injure by them. And because God, when

838 He created him, was certainly not ignorant of his future

839 malignity, and foresaw the good which He Himself would

840 bring out of his evil, therefore says the psalm, "This leviathan

841 whom Thou hast made to be a sport therein,"[482] that we may see

842 that, even while God in His goodness created him good, He

843 yet had already foreseen and arranged how He would make

844 use of him when he became wicked.

845 18. *Of the beauty of the universe, which becomes, by God's ordinance, more

846 brilliant by the opposition of contraries.*

847 For God would never have created any, I do not say angel,

848 but even man, whose future wickedness He foreknew, unless

849 He had equally known to what uses in behalf of the good

850 He could turn him, thus embellishing the course of the

851 ages, as it were an exquisite poem set off with antitheses.

852 For what are called antitheses are among the most elegant

853 of the ornaments of speech. They might be called in Latin

854 "oppositions," or, to speak more accurately, "contrapositions;"

855 but this word is not in common use among us,[483] though the

856 Latin, and indeed the languages of all nations, avail themselves

857 of the same ornaments of style. In the Second Epistle

858 to the Corinthians the Apostle Paul also makes a graceful use

859 of antithesis, in that place where he says, "By the armour of

860 righteousness on the right hand and on the left, by honour

861 and dishonour, by evil report and good report: as deceivers,

862 and yet true; as unknown, and yet well known; as dying,

863 and, behold, we live; as chastened, and not killed; as sorrowful,

864 yet alway rejoicing; as poor, yet making many rich; as

865 having nothing, and yet possessing all things."[484] As, then,

866 these oppositions of contraries lend beauty to the language,

867 so the beauty of the course of this world is achieved by the

868 opposition of contraries, arranged, as it were, by an eloquence

869 not of words, but of things. This is quite plainly stated in

870 the Book of Ecclesiasticus, in this way: "Good is set against

871 evil, and life against death: so is the sinner against the godly.

872 So look upon all the works of the Most High, and these are

873 two and two, one against another."[485]

874 19. *What, seemingly, we are to understand by the words, "God divided the

875 light from the darkness."*

876 Accordingly, though the obscurity of the divine word has certainly

877 this advantage, that it causes many opinions about the

878 truth to be started and discussed, each reader seeing some fresh

879 meaning in it, yet, whatever is said to be meant by an obscure

880 passage should be either confirmed by the testimony of obvious

881 facts, or should be asserted in other and less ambiguous texts.

882 This obscurity is beneficial, whether the sense of the author is at

883 last reached after the discussion of many other interpretations,

884 or whether, though that sense remain concealed, other truths are

885 brought out by the discussion of the obscurity. To me it does

886 not seem incongruous with the working of God, if we understand

887 that the angels were created when that first light was

888 made, and that a separation was made between the holy and the

889 unclean angels, when, as is said, "God divided the light from

890 the darkness; and God called the light Day, and the darkness

891 He called Night." For He alone could make this discrimination,

892 who was able also, before they fell, to foreknow that they

893 would fall, and that, being deprived of the light of truth, they

894 would abide in the darkness of pride. For, so far as regards

895 the day and night, with which we are familiar, He commanded

896 those luminaries of heaven that are obvious to our

897 senses to divide between the light and the darkness. "Let

898 there be," He says, "lights in the firmament of the heaven, to

899 divide the day from the night;" and shortly after He says,

900 "And God made two great lights; the greater light to rule

901 the day, and the lesser light to rule the night: the stars also.

902 And God set them in the firmament of the heaven, to give

903 light upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the

904 night, and to divide the light from the darkness."[486] But

905 between that light, which is the holy company of the angels

906 spiritually radiant with the illumination of the truth, and

907 that opposing darkness, which is the noisome foulness of the

908 spiritual condition of those angels who are turned away from

909 the light of righteousness, only He Himself could divide, from

910 whom their wickedness (not of nature, but of will), while yet

911 it was future, could not be hidden or uncertain.

912 20. *Of the words which follow the separation of light and darkness, "And God

913 saw the light that it was good."*

914 Then, we must not pass from this passage of Scripture

915 without noticing that when God said, "Let there be light,

916 and there was light," it was immediately added, "And God

917 saw the light that it was good." No such expression followed

918 the statement that He separated the light from the darkness,

919 and called the light Day and the darkness Night, lest the seal

920 of His approval might seem to be set on such darkness, as

921 well as on the light. For when the darkness was not subject

922 of disapprobation, as when it was divided by the heavenly

923 bodies from this light which our eyes discern, the statement

924 that God saw that it was good is inserted, not before, but

925 after the division is recorded. "And God set them," so runs

926 the passage, "in the firmament of the heaven, to give light

927 upon the earth, and to rule over the day and over the night,

928 and to divide the light from the darkness: and God saw that

929 it was good." For He approved of both, because both were

930 sinless. But where God said, "Let there be light, and there

931 was light; and God saw the light that it was good;" and

932 the narrative goes on, "and God divided the light from the

933 darkness: and God called the light Day, and the darkness He

934 called Night," there was not in this place subjoined the statement,

935 "And God saw that it was good," lest both should be

936 designated good, while one of them was evil, not by nature,

937 but by its own fault. And therefore, in this case, the light

938 alone received the approbation of the Creator, while the angelic

939 darkness, though it had been ordained, was yet not approved.

940 21. *Of God's eternal and unchangeable knowledge and will, whereby all He has

941 made pleased Him in the eternal design as well as in the actual result.*

942 For what else is to be understood by that invariable refrain,

943 "And God saw that it was good," than the approval of the

944 work in its design, which is the wisdom of God? For certainly

945 God did not in the actual achievement of the work

946 first learn that it was good, but, on the contrary, nothing

947 would have been made had it not been first known by Him.

948 While, therefore, He sees that that is good which, had He not

949 seen it before it was made, would never have been made, it is

950 plain that He is not discovering, but teaching that it is good.

951 Plato, indeed, was bold enough to say that, when the universe

952 was completed, God was, as it were, elated with joy.[487] And

953 Plato was not so foolish as to mean by this that God was

954 rendered more blessed by the novelty of His creation; but he

955 wished thus to indicate that the work now completed met with

956 its Maker's approval, as it had while yet in design. It is not

957 as if the knowledge of God were of various kinds, knowing

958 in different ways things which as yet are not, things which

959 are, and things which have been. For not in our fashion

960 does He look forward to what is future, nor at what is present,

961 nor back upon what is past; but in a manner quite different

962 and far and profoundly remote from our way of thinking. For

963 He does not pass from this to that by transition of thought,

964 but beholds all things with absolute unchangeableness; so

965 that of those things which emerge in time, the future, indeed,

966 are not yet, and the present are now, and the past no longer

967 are; but all of these are by Him comprehended in His stable

968 and eternal presence. Neither does He see in one fashion by

969 the eye, in another by the mind, for He is not composed of

970 mind and body; nor does His present knowledge differ from

971 that which it ever was or shall be, for those variations of time,

972 past, present, and future, though they alter our knowledge, do

973 not affect His, "with whom is no variableness, neither shadow

974 of turning."[488] Neither is there any growth from thought to

975 thought in the conceptions of Him whose spiritual vision

976 all things which He knows are at once embraced. For as

977 without any movement that time can measure, He Himself

978 moves all temporal things, so He knows all times with a

979 knowledge that time cannot measure. And therefore He

980 saw that what He had made was good, when He saw that it

981 was good to make it. And when He saw it made, He had

982 not on that account a twofold nor any way increased knowledge

983 of it; as if He had less knowledge before He made

984 what He saw. For certainly He would not be the perfect

985 worker He is, unless His knowledge were so perfect as to

986 receive no addition from His finished works. Wherefore, if

987 the only object had been to inform us who made the light, it

988 had been enough to say, "God made the light;" and if further

989 information regarding the means by which it was made had

990 been intended, it would have sufficed to say, "And God said,

991 Let there be light, and there was light," that we might know

992 not only that God had made the world, but also that He had

993 made it by the word. But because it was right that three

994 leading truths regarding the creature be intimated to us, viz.,

995 who made it, by what means, and why, it is written, "God

996 said, Let there be light, and there was light. And God saw

997 the light that it was good." If, then, we ask who made it,

998 it was "God." If, by what means, He said "Let it be," and

999 it was. If we ask, why He made it, "it was good." Neither

1000 is there any author more excellent than God, nor any skill

1001 more efficacious than the word of God, nor any cause better

1002 than that good might be created by the good God. This also

1003 Plato has assigned as the most sufficient reason for the creation

1004 of the world, that good works might be made by a good God;[489]

1005 whether he read this passage, or, perhaps, was informed of

1006 these things by those who had read them, or, by his quick-sighted

1007 genius, penetrated to things spiritual and invisible

1008 through the things that are created, or was instructed regarding

1009 them by those who had discerned them.

1010 22. *Of those who do not approve of certain things which are a part of this good

1011 creation of a good Creator, and who think that there is some natural evil.*

1012 This cause, however, of a good creation, namely, the goodness

1013 of God,—this cause, I say, so just and fit, which, when

1014 piously and carefully weighed, terminates all the controversies

1015 of those who inquire into the origin of the world, has not been

1016 recognised by some heretics,[490] because there are, forsooth, many

1017 things, such as fire, frost, wild beasts, and so forth, which do

1018 not suit but injure this thin-blooded and frail mortality of our

1019 flesh, which is at present under just punishment. They do

1020 not consider how admirable these things are in their own

1021 places, how excellent in their own natures, how beautifully

1022 adjusted to the rest of creation, and how much grace they

1023 contribute to the universe by their own contributions as to a

1024 commonwealth; and how serviceable they are even to ourselves,

1025 if we use them with a knowledge of their fit adaptations,—so

1026 that even poisons, which are destructive when used

1027 injudiciously, become wholesome and medicinal when used

1028 in conformity with their qualities and design; just as, on the

1029 other hand, those things which give us pleasure, such as food,

1030 drink, and the light of the sun, are found to be hurtful when

1031 immoderately or unseasonably used. And thus divine providence

1032 admonishes us not foolishly to vituperate things, but to

1033 investigate their utility with care; and, where our mental

1034 capacity or infirmity is at fault, to believe that there is a

1035 utility, though hidden, as we have experienced that there were

1036 other things which we all but failed to discover. For this

1037 concealment of the use of things is itself either an exercise of

1038 our humility or a levelling of our pride; for no nature at all

1039 is evil, and this is a name for nothing but the want of good.

1040 But from things earthly to things heavenly, from the visible

1041 to the invisible, there are some things better than others; and

1042 for this purpose are they unequal, in order that they might

1043 all exist. Now God is in such sort a great worker in great

1044 things, that He is not less in little things,—for these little

1045 things are to be measured not by their own greatness (which

1046 does not exist), but by the wisdom of their Designer; as, in

1047 the visible appearance of a man, if one eyebrow be shaved off,

1048 how nearly nothing is taken from the body, but how much

1049 from the beauty!—for that is not constituted by bulk, but by

1050 the proportion and arrangement of the members. But we

1051 do not greatly wonder that persons, who suppose that some

1052 evil nature has been generated and propagated by a kind of

1053 opposing principle proper to it, refuse to admit that the cause

1054 of the creation was this, that the good God produced a good

1055 creation. For they believe that He was driven to this enterprise

1056 of creation by the urgent necessity of repulsing the evil

1057 that warred against Him, and that He mixed His good nature

1058 with the evil for the sake of restraining and conquering it;

1059 and that this nature of His, being thus shamefully polluted,

1060 and most cruelly oppressed and held captive, He labours to

1061 cleanse and deliver it, and with all His pains does not wholly

1062 succeed; but such part of it as could not be cleansed from

1063 that defilement is to serve as a prison and chain of the conquered

1064 and incarcerated enemy. The Manichæans would not

1065 drivel, or rather, rave in such a style as this, if they believed

1066 the nature of God to be, as it is, unchangeable and absolutely

1067 incorruptible, and subject to no injury; and if, moreover, they

1068 held in Christian sobriety, that the soul which has shown

1069 itself capable of being altered for the worse by its own will,

1070 and of being corrupted by sin, and so, of being deprived of the

1071 light of eternal truth,—that this soul, I say, is not a part of

1072 God, nor of the same nature as God, but is created by Him,

1073 and is far different from its Creator.

1074 23. *Of the error in which the doctrine of Origen is involved.*

1075 But it is much more surprising that some even of those

1076 who, with ourselves, believe that there is one only source of

1077 all things, and that no nature which is not divine can exist

1078 unless originated by that Creator, have yet refused to accept

1079 with a good and simple faith this so good and simple a reason

1080 of the world's creation, that a good God made it good; and

1081 that the things created, being different from God, were inferior

1082 to Him, and yet were good, being created by none other than

1083 He. But they say that souls, though not, indeed, parts of God,

1084 but created by Him, sinned by abandoning God; that, in proportion

1085 to their various sins, they merited different degrees of

1086 debasement from heaven to earth, and diverse bodies as prison-houses;

1087 and that this is the world, and this the cause of its

1088 creation, not the production of good things, but the restraining

1089 of evil. Origen is justly blamed for holding this opinion. For

1090 in the books which he entitles περὶ ἀρχῶν, that is, *Of origins*,

1091 this is his sentiment, this his utterance. And I cannot sufficiently

1092 express my astonishment, that a man so erudite and

1093 well versed in ecclesiastical literature, should not have observed,

1094 in the first place, how opposed this is to the meaning of this

1095 authoritative Scripture, which, in recounting all the works of

1096 God, regularly adds, "And God saw that it was good;" and,

1097 when all were completed, inserts the words, "And God saw

1098 everything that He had made, and, behold, it was very good."[491]

1099 Was it not obviously meant to be understood that there was

1100 no other cause of the world's creation than that good creatures

1101 should be made by a good God? In this creation, had no one

1102 sinned, the world would have been filled and beautified with

1103 natures good without exception; and though there is sin, all

1104 things are not therefore full of sin, for the great majority of

1105 the heavenly inhabitants preserve their nature's integrity.

1106 And the sinful will, though it violated the order of its own

1107 nature, did not on that account escape the laws of God, who

1108 justly orders all things for good. For as the beauty of a

1109 picture is increased by well-managed shadows, so, to the eye

1110 that has skill to discern it, the universe is beautified even by

1111 sinners, though, considered by themselves, their deformity is

1112 a sad blemish.

1113 In the second place, Origen, and all who think with him,

1114 ought to have seen that if it were the true opinion that the

1115 world was created in order that souls might, for their sins, be

1116 accommodated with bodies in which they should be shut up

1117 as in houses of correction, the more venial sinners receiving

1118 lighter and more ethereal bodies, while the grosser and graver

1119 sinners received bodies more crass and grovelling, then it

1120 would follow that the devils, who are deepest in wickedness,

1121 ought, rather than even wicked men, to have earthly bodies, since

1122 these are the grossest and least ethereal of all. But in point

1123 of fact, that we might see that the deserts of souls are not to

1124 be estimated by the qualities of bodies, the wickedest devil

1125 possesses an ethereal body, while man, wicked, it is true, but

1126 with a wickedness small and venial in comparison with his,

1127 received even before his sin a body of clay. And what more

1128 foolish assertion can be advanced than that God, by this sun of

1129 ours, did not design to benefit the material creation, or lend

1130 lustre to its loveliness, and therefore created one single sun

1131 for this single world, but that it so happened that one soul

1132 only had so sinned as to deserve to be enclosed in such a

1133 body as it is? On this principle, if it had chanced that not

1134 one, but two, yea, or ten, or a hundred had sinned similarly,

1135 and with a like degree of guilt, then this world would have

1136 one hundred suns. And that such is not the case, is due not

1137 to the considerate foresight of the Creator, contriving the

1138 safety and beauty of things material, but rather to the fact

1139 that so fine a quality of sinning was hit upon by only one

1140 soul, so that it alone has merited such a body. Manifestly

1141 persons holding such opinions should aim at confining, not

1142 souls of which they know not what they say, but themselves,

1143 lest they fall, and deservedly, far indeed from the truth. And

1144 as to these three answers which I formerly recommended when

1145 in the case of any creature the questions are put, Who made

1146 it? By what means? Why? that it should be replied, God, By

1147 the Word, Because it was good,—as to these three answers, it

1148 is very questionable whether the Trinity itself is thus mystically

1149 indicated, that is, the Father, the Son, and the Holy

1150 Ghost, or whether there is some good reason for this acceptation

1151 in this passage of Scripture,—this, I say, is questionable,

1152 and one can't be expected to explain everything in one volume.

1153 24. *Of the divine Trinity, and the indications of its presence scattered everywhere

1154 among its works.*

1155 We believe, we maintain, we faithfully preach, that the

1156 Father begat the Word, that is, Wisdom, by which all things

1157 were made, the only-begotten Son, one as the Father is one,

1158 eternal as the Father is eternal, and, equally with the Father,

1159 supremely good; and that the Holy Spirit is the Spirit alike

1160 of Father and of Son, and is Himself consubstantial and co-eternal

1161 with both; and that this whole is a Trinity by reason

1162 of the individuality[492] of the persons, and one God by reason

1163 of the indivisible divine substance, as also one Almighty by

1164 reason of the indivisible omnipotence; yet so that, when we

1165 inquire regarding each singly, it is said that each is God

1166 and Almighty; and, when we speak of all together, it is said

1167 that there are not three Gods, nor three Almighties, but one

1168 God Almighty; so great is the indivisible unity of these

1169 Three, which requires that it be so stated. But, whether

1170 the Holy Spirit of the Father, and of the Son, who are both

1171 good, can be with propriety called the goodness of both, because

1172 He is common to both, I do not presume to determine

1173 hastily. Nevertheless, I would have less hesitation in saying

1174 that He is the holiness of both, not as if He were a divine

1175 attribute merely, but Himself also the divine substance, and

1176 the third person in the Trinity. I am the rather emboldened

1177 to make this statement, because, though the Father is a spirit,

1178 and the Son a spirit, and the Father holy, and the Son holy,

1179 yet the third person is distinctively called the Holy Spirit,

1180 as if He were the substantial holiness consubstantial with the

1181 other two. But if the divine goodness is nothing else than

1182 the divine holiness, then certainly it is a reasonable studiousness,

1183 and not presumptuous intrusion, to inquire whether the

1184 same Trinity be not hinted at in an enigmatical mode of

1185 speech, by which our inquiry is stimulated, when it is written

1186 who made each creature, and by what means, and why. For

1187 it is the Father of the Word who said, Let there be. And

1188 that which was made when He spoke was certainly made by

1189 means of the Word. And by the words, "God saw that it

1190 was good," it is sufficiently intimated that God made what

1191 was made not from any necessity, nor for the sake of supplying

1192 any want, but solely from His own goodness, *i.e.*, because

1193 it was good. And this is stated after the creation had taken

1194 place, that there might be no doubt that the thing made satisfied

1195 the goodness on account of which it was made. And if

1196 we are right in understanding that this goodness is the Holy

1197 Spirit, then the whole Trinity is revealed to us in the creation.

1198 In this, too, is the origin, the enlightenment, the blessedness

1199 of the holy city which is above among the holy angels.

1200 For if we inquire whence it is, God created it; or whence its

1201 wisdom, God illumined it; or whence its blessedness, God is

1202 its bliss. It has its form by subsisting in Him; its enlightenment

1203 by contemplating Him; its joy by abiding in Him. It

1204 is; it sees; it loves. In God's eternity is its life; in God's

1205 truth its light; in God's goodness its joy.

1206 25. *Of the division of philosophy into three parts.*

1207 As far as one can judge, it is for the same reason that

1208 philosophers have aimed at a threefold division of science,

1209 or rather, were enabled to see that there was a threefold division

1210 (for they did not invent, but only discovered it), of which

1211 one part is called physical, another logical, the third ethical.

1212 The Latin equivalents of these names are now naturalized in

1213 the writings of many authors, so that these divisions are called

1214 natural, rational, and moral, on which I have touched slightly

1215 in the eighth book. Not that I would conclude that these

1216 philosophers, in this threefold division, had any thought of a

1217 trinity in God, although Plato is said to have been the first

1218 to discover and promulgate this distribution, and he saw that

1219 God alone could be the author of nature, the bestower of intelligence,

1220 and the kindler of love by which life becomes good

1221 and blessed. But certain it is that, though philosophers disagree

1222 both regarding the nature of things, and the mode of

1223 investigating truth, and of the good to which all our actions

1224 ought to tend, yet in these three great general questions all

1225 their intellectual energy is spent. And though there be a

1226 confusing diversity of opinion, every man striving to establish

1227 his own opinion in regard to each of these questions, yet no

1228 one of them all doubts that nature has some cause, science

1229 some method, life some end and aim. Then, again, there are

1230 three things which every artificer must possess if he is to effect

1231 anything,—nature, education, practice. Nature is to be judged

1232 by capacity, education by knowledge, practice by its fruit. I

1233 am aware that, properly speaking, fruit is what one enjoys, use

1234 [practice] what one uses. And this seems to be the difference

1235 between them, that we are said to *enjoy* that which in itself,

1236 and irrespective of other ends, delights us; to *use* that which

1237 we seek for the sake of some end beyond. For which reason

1238 the things of time are to be used rather than enjoyed, that we

1239 may deserve to enjoy things eternal; and not as those perverse

1240 creatures who would fain enjoy money and use God,—not

1241 spending money for God's sake, but worshipping God for

1242 money's sake. However, in common parlance, we both use

1243 fruits and enjoy uses. For we correctly speak of the "fruits

1244 of the field," which certainly we all use in the present life.

1245 And it was in accordance with this usage that I said that

1246 there were three things to be observed in a man, nature,

1247 education, practice. From these the philosophers have elaborated,

1248 as I said, the threefold division of that science by

1249 which a blessed life is attained: the natural having respect to

1250 nature, the rational to education, the moral to practice. If,

1251 then, we were ourselves the authors of our nature, we should

1252 have generated knowledge in ourselves, and should not require

1253 to reach it by education, *i.e.*, by learning it from others. Our

1254 love, too, proceeding from ourselves and returning to us, would

1255 suffice to make our life blessed, and would stand in need of no

1256 extraneous enjoyment. But now, since our nature has God as

1257 its requisite author, it is certain that we must have Him for

1258 our teacher that we may be wise; Him, too, to dispense to us

1259 spiritual sweetness that we may be blessed.

1260 26. *Of the image of the supreme Trinity, which we find in some sort in human

1261 nature even in its present state.*

1262 And we indeed recognise in ourselves the image of God,

1263 that is, of the supreme Trinity, an image which, though it be

1264 not equal to God, or rather, though it be very far removed from

1265 Him,—being neither co-eternal, nor, to say all in a word, consubstantial

1266 with Him,—is yet nearer to Him in nature than

1267 any other of His works, and is destined to be yet restored,

1268 that it may bear a still closer resemblance. For we both are,

1269 and know that we are, and delight in our being, and our

1270 knowledge of it. Moreover, in these three things no true-seeming

1271 illusion disturbs us; for we do not come into contact

1272 with these by some bodily sense, as we perceive the things

1273 outside of us,—colours, *e.g.*, by seeing, sounds by hearing,

1274 smells by smelling, tastes by tasting, hard and soft objects by

1275 touching,—of all which sensible objects it is the images

1276 resembling them, but not themselves which we perceive in

1277 the mind and hold in the memory, and which excite us to

1278 desire the objects. But, without any delusive representation

1279 of images or phantasms, I am most certain that I am, and

1280 that I know and delight in this. In respect of these truths,

1281 I am not at all afraid of the arguments of the Academicians,

1282 who say, What if you are deceived? For if I am deceived,

1283 I am.[493] For he who is not, cannot be deceived; and if I am

1284 deceived, by this same token I am. And since I am if I am

1285 deceived, how am I deceived in believing that I am? for it is

1286 certain that I am if I am deceived. Since, therefore, I, the

1287 person deceived, should be, even if I were deceived, certainly

1288 I am not deceived in this knowledge that I am. And, consequently,

1289 neither am I deceived in knowing that I know.

1290 For, as I know that I am, so I know this also, that I know.

1291 And when I love these two things, I add to them a certain

1292 third thing, namely, my love, which is of equal moment. For

1293 neither am I deceived in this, that I love, since in those

1294 things which I love I am not deceived; though even if these

1295 were false, it would still be true that I *loved* false things.

1296 For how could I justly be blamed and prohibited from loving

1297 false things, if it were false that I loved them? But, since

1298 they are true and real, who doubts that when they are loved,

1299 the love of them is itself true and real? Further, as there is

1300 no one who does not wish to be happy, so there is no one

1301 who does not wish to be. For how can he be happy, if he

1302 is nothing?

1303 27. *Of existence, and knowledge of it, and the love of both.*

1304 And truly the very fact of existing is by some natural spell

1305 so pleasant, that even the wretched are, for no other reason,

1306 unwilling to perish; and, when they feel that they are

1307 wretched, wish not that they themselves be annihilated, but

1308 that their misery be so. Take even those who, both in their

1309 own esteem, and in point of fact, are utterly wretched, and

1310 who are reckoned so, not only by wise men on account of

1311 their folly, but by those who count themselves blessed, and

1312 who think them wretched because they are poor and destitute,—if

1313 any one should give these men an immortality, in

1314 which their misery should be deathless, and should offer the

1315 alternative, that if they shrank from existing eternally in the

1316 same misery they might be annihilated, and exist nowhere

1317 at all, nor in any condition, on the instant they would joyfully,

1318 nay exultantly, make election to exist always, even in

1319 such a condition, rather than not exist at all. The well-known

1320 feeling of such men witnesses to this. For when we

1321 see that they fear to die, and will rather live in such misfortune

1322 than end it by death, is it not obvious enough how

1323 nature shrinks from annihilation? And, accordingly, when

1324 they know that they must die, they seek, as a great boon,

1325 that this mercy be shown them, that they may a little longer

1326 live in the same misery, and delay to end it by death. And

1327 so they indubitably prove with what glad alacrity they would

1328 accept immortality, even though it secured to them endless

1329 destruction. What! do not even all irrational animals, to

1330 whom such calculations are unknown, from the huge dragons

1331 down to the least worms, all testify that they wish to exist,

1332 and therefore shun death by every movement in their power?

1333 Nay, the very plants and shrubs, which have no such life as

1334 enables them to shun destruction by movements we can see,

1335 do not they all seek, in their own fashion, to conserve their

1336 existence, by rooting themselves more and more deeply in the

1337 earth, that so they may draw nourishment, and throw out

1338 healthy branches towards the sky? In fine, even the lifeless

1339 bodies, which want not only sensation but seminal life, yet

1340 either seek the upper air or sink deep, or are balanced in an

1341 intermediate position, so that they may protect their existence

1342 in that situation where they can exist in most accordance

1343 with their nature.

1344 And how much human nature loves the knowledge of its

1345 existence, and how it shrinks from being deceived, will be

1346 sufficiently understood from this fact, that every man prefers

1347 to grieve in a sane mind, rather than to be glad in madness.

1348 And this grand and wonderful instinct belongs to men alone

1349 of all animals; for, though some of them have keener eyesight

1350 than ourselves for this world's light, they cannot attain to that

1351 spiritual light with which our mind is somehow irradiated,

1352 so that we can form right judgments of all things. For our

1353 power to judge is proportioned to our acceptance of this light.

1354 Nevertheless, the irrational animals, though they have not

1355 knowledge, have certainly something resembling knowledge;

1356 whereas the other material things are said to be sensible, not

1357 because they have senses, but because they are the objects of

1358 our senses. Yet among plants, their nourishment and generation

1359 have some resemblance to sensible life. However, both

1360 these and all material things have their causes hidden in their

1361 nature; but their outward forms, which lend beauty to this

1362 visible structure of the world, are perceived by our senses, so

1363 that they seem to wish to compensate for their own want of

1364 knowledge by providing us with knowledge. But we perceive

1365 them by our bodily senses in such a way that we do not

1366 judge of them by these senses. For we have another and far

1367 superior sense, belonging to the inner man, by which we perceive

1368 what things are just, and what unjust,—just by means

1369 of an intelligible idea, unjust by the want of it. This sense is

1370 aided in its functions neither by the eyesight, nor by the

1371 orifice of the ear, nor by the air-holes of the nostrils, nor by

1372 the palate's taste, nor by any bodily touch. By it I am

1373 assured both that I am, and that I know this; and these two

1374 I love, and in the same manner I am assured that I love

1375 them.

1376 >

1377 >

1378 >

1379 28. *Whether we ought to love the love itself with which we love our existence and

1380 > our knowledge of it, that so we may more nearly resemble the image of

1381 > the divine Trinity.*

1382 We have said as much as the scope of this work demands

1383 regarding these two things, to wit, our existence, and our

1384 knowledge of it, and how much they are loved by us, and

1385 how there is found even in the lower creatures a kind of likeness

1386 of these things, and yet with a difference. We have yet

1387 to speak of the love wherewith they are loved, to determine

1388 whether this love itself is loved. And doubtless it is; and

1389 this is the proof. Because in men who are justly loved, it is

1390 rather love itself that is loved; for he is not justly called a

1391 good man who knows what is good, but who loves it. Is it

1392 not then obvious that we love in ourselves the very love

1393 wherewith we love whatever good we love? For there is

1394 also a love wherewith we love that which we ought not to

1395 love; and this love is hated by him who loves that wherewith

1396 he loves what ought to be loved. For it is quite possible

1397 for both to exist in one man. And this co-existence is

1398 good for a man, to the end that this love which conduces to

1399 our living well may grow, and the other, which leads us to

1400 evil may decrease, until our whole life be perfectly healed

1401 and transmuted into good. For if we were beasts, we should

1402 love the fleshly and sensual life, and this would be our

1403 sufficient good; and when it was well with us in respect of

1404 it, we should seek nothing beyond. In like manner, if we

1405 were trees, we could not, indeed, in the strict sense of the

1406 word, love anything; nevertheless we should seem, as it were,

1407 to long for that by which we might become more abundantly

1408 and luxuriantly fruitful. If we were stones, or waves, or

1409 wind, or flame, or anything of that kind, we should want,

1410 indeed, both sensation and life, yet should possess a kind of

1411 attraction towards our own proper position and natural order.

1412 For the specific gravity of bodies is, as it were, their love,

1413 whether they are carried downwards by their weight, or upwards

1414 by their levity. For the body is borne by its gravity,

1415 as the spirit by love, whithersoever it is borne.[494] But we are

1416 men, created in the image of our Creator, whose eternity is

1417 true, and whose truth is eternal, whose love is eternal and

1418 true, and who Himself is the eternal, true, and adorable Trinity,

1419 without confusion, without separation; and, therefore, while, as

1420 we run over all the works which He has established, we may

1421 detect, as it were, His footprints, now more and now less

1422 distinct even in those things that are beneath us, since they

1423 could not so much as exist, or be bodied forth in any shape,

1424 or follow and observe any law, had they not been made by

1425 Him who supremely is, and is supremely good and supremely

1426 wise; yet in ourselves beholding His image, let us, like that

1427 younger son of the gospel, come to ourselves, and arise and

1428 return to Him from whom by our sin we had departed.

1429 There our being will have no death, our knowledge no error,

1430 our love no mishap. But now, though we are assured of our

1431 possession of these three things, not on the testimony of others,

1432 but by our own consciousness of their presence, and because

1433 we see them with our own most truthful interior vision, yet,

1434 as we cannot of ourselves know how long they are to continue,

1435 and whether they shall never cease to be, and what issue their

1436 good or bad use will lead to, we seek for others who can

1437 acquaint us of these things, if we have not already found

1438 them. Of the trustworthiness of these witnesses, there will,

1439 not now, but subsequently, be an opportunity of speaking.

1440 But in this book let us go on as we have begun, with God's

1441 help, to speak of the city of God, not in its state of pilgrimage

1442 and mortality, but as it exists ever immortal in the

1443 heavens,—that is, let us speak of the holy angels who maintain

1444 their allegiance to God, who never were, nor ever shall be,

1445 apostate, between whom and those who forsook light eternal

1446 and became darkness, God, as we have already said, made at

1447 the first a separation.

1448 >

1449 >

1450 >

1451 29. *Of the knowledge by which the holy angels know God in His essence, and by

1452 > which they see the causes of His works in the art of the worker, before

1453 > they see them in the works of the artist.*

1454 Those holy angels come to the knowledge of God not by

1455 audible words, but by the presence to their souls of immutable

1456 truth, *i.e.*, of the only-begotten Word of God; and

1457 they know this Word Himself, and the Father, and their

1458 Holy Spirit, and that this Trinity is indivisible, and that

1459 the three persons of it are one substance, and that there

1460 are not three Gods but one God; and this they so know, that

1461 it is better understood by them than we are by ourselves.

1462 Thus, too, they know the creature also, not in itself, but by this

1463 better way, in the wisdom of God, as if in the art by which

1464 it was created; and, consequently, they know themselves

1465 better in God than in themselves, though they have also

1466 this latter knowledge. For they were created, and are

1467 different from their Creator. In Him, therefore, they have,

1468 as it were, a noonday knowledge; in themselves, a twilight

1469 knowledge, according to our former explanations.[495] For there

1470 is a great difference between knowing a thing in the design

1471 in conformity to which it was made, and knowing it in itself,—*e.g.*,

1472 the straightness of lines and correctness of figures is

1473 known in one way when mentally conceived, in another when

1474 described on paper; and justice is known in one way in the

1475 unchangeable truth, in another in the spirit of a just man.

1476 So is it with all other things,—as, the firmament between the

1477 water above and below, which was called the heaven; the

1478 gathering of the waters beneath, and the laying bare of the

1479 dry land, and the production of plants and trees; the creation

1480 of sun, moon, and stars; and of the animals out of the waters,

1481 fowls, and fish, and monsters of the deep; and of everything

1482 that walks or creeps on the earth, and of man himself, who

1483 excels all that is on the earth,—all these things are known

1484 in one way by the angels in the Word of God, in which they

1485 see the eternally abiding causes and reasons according to which

1486 they were made, and in another way in themselves: in the

1487 former, with a clearer knowledge; in the latter, with a knowledge

1488 dimmer, and rather of the bare works than of the design.

1489 Yet, when these works are referred to the praise and adoration

1490 of the Creator Himself, it is as if morning dawned in the

1491 minds of those who contemplate them.

1492 30. *Of the perfection of the number six, which is the first of the numbers

1493 which is composed of its aliquot parts.*

1494 These works are recorded to have been completed in six

1495 days (the same day being six times repeated), because six

1496 is a perfect number,—not because God required a protracted

1497 time, as if He could not at once create all things, which then

1498 should mark the course of time by the movements proper to

1499 them, but because the perfection of the works was signified

1500 by the number six. For the number six is the first which is

1501 made up of its own[496] parts, *i.e.*, of its sixth, third, and half,

1502 which are respectively one, two, and three, and which make

1503 a total of six. In this way of looking at a number, those are

1504 said to be its parts which exactly divide it, as a half, a third,

1505 a fourth, or a fraction with any denominator,—*e.g.*, four is a

1506 part of nine, but not therefore an aliquot part; but one is, for

1507 it is the ninth part; and three is, for it is the third. Yet

1508 these two parts, the ninth and the third, or one and three, are

1509 far from making its whole sum of nine. So again, in the

1510 number ten, four is a part, yet does not divide it; but one is

1511 an aliquot part, for it is a tenth; so it has a fifth, which is

1512 two; and a half, which is five. But these three parts, a tenth,

1513 a fifth, and a half, or one, two, and five, added together, do not

1514 make ten, but eight. Of the number twelve, again, the parts

1515 added together exceed the whole; for it has a twelfth, that is,

1516 one; a sixth, or two; a fourth, which is three; a third, which

1517 is four; and a half, which is six. But one, two, three, four, and

1518 six make up, not twelve, but more, viz. sixteen. So much I

1519 have thought fit to state for the sake of illustrating the perfection

1520 of the number six, which is, as I said, the first which

1521 is exactly made up of its own parts added together; and in

1522 this number of days God finished His work.[497] And, therefore,

1523 we must not despise the science of numbers, which, in many

1524 passages of holy Scripture, is found to be of eminent service

1525 to the careful interpreter.[498] Neither has it been without

1526 reason numbered among God's praises, "Thou hast ordered

1527 all things in number, and measure, and weight."[499]

1528 31. *Of the seventh day, in which completeness and repose are celebrated.*

1529 But, on the seventh day (*i.e.*, the same day repeated seven

1530 times, which number is also a perfect one, though for another

1531 reason), the rest of God is set forth, and then, too, we first

1532 hear of its being hallowed. So that God did not wish to

1533 hallow this day by His works, but by His rest, which has no

1534 evening, for it is not a creature; so that, being known in one

1535 way in the Word of God, and in another in itself, it should

1536 make a twofold knowledge, daylight and dusk (day and evening).

1537 Much more might be said about the perfection of the

1538 number seven, but this book is already too long, and I fear

1539 lest I should seem to catch at an opportunity of airing my

1540 little smattering of science more childishly than profitably.

1541 I must speak, therefore, in moderation and with dignity, lest,

1542 in too keenly following "number," I be accused of forgetting

1543 "weight" and "measure." Suffice it here to say, that three

1544 is the first whole number that is odd, four the first that is

1545 even, and of these two, seven is composed. On this account

1546 it is often put for all numbers together, as, "A just man

1547 falleth seven times, and riseth up again,"[500]—that is, let him

1548 fall never so often, he will not perish (and this was meant

1549 to be understood not of sins, but of afflictions conducing to

1550 lowliness). Again, "Seven times a day will I praise Thee,"[501]

1551 which elsewhere is expressed thus, "I will bless the Lord *at

1552 all times*."[502] And many such instances are found in the divine

1553 authorities, in which the number seven is, as I said, commonly

1554 used to express the whole, or the completeness of anything.

1555 And so the Holy Spirit, of whom the Lord says, "He will

1556 teach you all truth,"[503] is signified by this number.[504] In it is

1557 the rest of God, the rest His people find in Him. For rest is

1558 in the whole, *i.e.* in perfect completeness, while in the part

1559 there is labour. And thus we labour as long as we know in

1560 part; "but when that which is perfect is come, then that

1561 which is in part shall be done away."[505] It is even with toil

1562 we search into the Scriptures themselves. But the holy angels,

1563 towards whose society and assembly we sigh while in this

1564 our toilsome pilgrimage, as they already abide in their eternal

1565 home, so do they enjoy perfect facility of knowledge and

1566 felicity of rest. It is without difficulty that they help us;

1567 for their spiritual movements, pure and free, cost them no

1568 effort.

1569 32. *Of the opinion that the angels were created before the world.*

1570 But if some one oppose our opinion, and say that the

1571 holy angels are not referred to when it is said, "Let there

1572 be light, and there was light;" if he suppose or teach that

1573 some material light, then first created, was meant, and that

1574 the angels were created, not only before the firmament dividing

1575 the waters and named "the heaven," but also before the

1576 time signified in the words, "In the beginning God created

1577 the heaven and the earth;" if he allege that this phrase, "In

1578 the beginning," does not mean that nothing was made before

1579 (for the angels were), but that God made all things by His

1580 Wisdom or Word, who is named in Scripture "the Beginning,"

1581 as He Himself, in the gospel, replied to the Jews when they

1582 asked Him who He was, that He was the Beginning;[506]—I will

1583 not contest the point, chiefly because it gives me the liveliest

1584 satisfaction to find the Trinity celebrated in the very beginning

1585 of the book of Genesis. For, having said, "In the Beginning

1586 God created the heaven and the earth," meaning that the

1587 Father made them in the Son (as the psalm testifies where

1588 it says, "How manifold are Thy works, O Lord! in Wisdom

1589 hast Thou made them all"[507]), a little afterwards mention is

1590 fitly made of the Holy Spirit also. For, when it had been

1591 told us what kind of earth God created at first, or what the

1592 mass or matter was which God, under the name of "heaven

1593 and earth," had provided for the construction of the world, as

1594 is told in the additional words, "And the earth was without

1595 form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the

1596 deep," then, for the sake of completing the mention of the

1597 Trinity, it is immediately added, "And the Spirit of God

1598 moved upon the face of the waters." Let each one, then,

1599 take it as he pleases; for it is so profound a passage, that it

1600 may well suggest, for the exercise of the reader's tact, many

1601 opinions, and none of them widely departing from the rule of

1602 faith. At the same time, let none doubt that the holy angels in

1603 their heavenly abodes are, though not, indeed, co-eternal with

1604 God, yet secure and certain of eternal and true felicity. To

1605 their company the Lord teaches that His little ones belong; and

1606 not only says, "They shall be equal to the angels of God,"[508] but

1607 shows, too, what blessed contemplation the angels themselves

1608 enjoy, saying, "Take heed that ye despise not one of these

1609 little ones: for I say unto you, that in heaven their angels do

1610 always behold the face of my Father which is in heaven."[509]

1611 33. *Of the two different and dissimilar communities of angels, which are not

1612 inappropriately signified by the names light and darkness.*

1613 That certain angels sinned, and were thrust down to the

1614 lowest parts of this world, where they are, as it were, incarcerated

1615 till their final damnation in the day of judgment, the

1616 Apostle Peter very plainly declares, when he says that "God

1617 spared not the angels that sinned, but cast them down to hell,

1618 and delivered them into chains of darkness to be reserved unto

1619 judgment."[510] Who, then, can doubt that God, either in foreknowledge

1620 or in act, separated between these and the rest?

1621 And who will dispute that the rest are justly called "light?"

1622 For even we who are yet living by faith, hoping only and not

1623 yet enjoying equality with them, are already called "light" by

1624 the apostle: "For ye were sometimes darkness, but now are

1625 ye light in the Lord."[511] But as for these apostate angels, all

1626 who understand or believe them to be worse than unbelieving

1627 men are well aware that they are called "darkness."

1628 Wherefore, though light and darkness are to be taken in their

1629 literal signification in these passages of Genesis in which it is

1630 said, "God said, Let there be light, and there was light," and

1631 "God divided the light from the darkness," yet, for our part,

1632 we understand these two societies of angels,—the one enjoying

1633 God, the other swelling with pride; the one to whom it is

1634 said, "Praise ye Him, all His angels,"[512] the other whose prince

1635 says, "All these things will I give Thee if Thou wilt fall down

1636 and worship me;"[513] the one blazing with the holy love of God,

1637 the other reeking with the unclean lust of self-advancement.

1638 And since, as it is written, "God resisteth the proud, but

1639 giveth grace unto the humble,"[514] we may say, the one dwelling

1640 in the heaven of heavens, the other cast thence, and raging

1641 through the lower regions of the air; the one tranquil in the

1642 brightness of piety, the other tempest-tossed with beclouding

1643 desires; the one, at God's pleasure, tenderly succouring, justly

1644 avenging,—the other, set on by its own pride, boiling with the

1645 lust of subduing and hurting; the one the minister of God's

1646 goodness to the utmost of their good pleasure, the other held

1647 in by God's power from doing the harm it would; the former

1648 laughing at the latter when it does good unwillingly by its

1649 persecutions, the latter envying the former when it gathers in

1650 its pilgrims. These two angelic communities, then, dissimilar

1651 and contrary to one another, the one both by nature good and

1652 by will upright, the other also good by nature but by will

1653 depraved, as they are exhibited in other and more explicit

1654 passages of holy writ, so I think they are spoken of in this

1655 book of Genesis under the names of light and darkness; and

1656 even if the author perhaps had a different meaning, yet our

1657 discussion of the obscure language has not been wasted time;

1658 for, though we have been unable to discover his meaning, yet

1659 we have adhered to the rule of faith, which is sufficiently ascertained

1660 by the faithful from other passages of equal authority.

1661 For, though it is the material works of God which are here

1662 spoken of, they have certainly a resemblance to the spiritual,

1663 so that Paul can say, "Ye are all the children of light, and

1664 the children of the day: we are not of the night, nor of darkness."[515]

1665 If, on the other hand, the author of Genesis saw in

1666 the words what we see, then our discussion reaches this more

1667 satisfactory conclusion, that the man of God, so eminently and

1668 divinely wise, or rather, that the Spirit of God who by him

1669 recorded God's works which were finished on the sixth day,

1670 may be supposed not to have omitted all mention of the

1671 angels, whether he included them in the words "in the beginning,"

1672 because He made them first, or, which seems most

1673 likely, because He made them in the only-begotten Word.

1674 And, under these names heaven and earth, the whole creation

1675 is signified, either as divided into spiritual and material, which

1676 seems the more likely, or into the two great parts of the world

1677 in which all created things are contained, so that, first of all,

1678 the creation is presented in sum, and then its parts are enumerated

1679 according to the mystic number of the days.

1680 >

1681 >

1682 >

1683 34. *Of the idea that the angels were meant where the separation of the waters

1684 > by the firmament is spoken of, and of that other idea that the waters were

1685 > not created.*

1686 Some,[516] however, have supposed that the angelic hosts are

1687 somehow referred to under the name of waters, and that this

1688 is what is meant by, "Let there be a firmament in the midst

1689 of the waters:"[517] that the waters above should be understood of

1690 the angels, and those below either of the visible waters, or of

1691 the multitude of bad angels, or of the nations of men. If

1692 this be so, then it does not here appear when the angels were

1693 created, but when they were separated. Though there have

1694 not been wanting men foolish and wicked enough[518] to deny

1695 that the waters were made by God, because it is nowhere

1696 written, "God said, Let there be waters." With equal folly

1697 they might say the same of the earth, for nowhere do we read,

1698 "God said, Let the earth be." But, say they, it is written,

1699 "In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth."

1700 Yes, and there the water is meant, for both are included in

1701 one word. For "the sea is His," as the psalm says, "and

1702 He made it; and His hands formed the dry land."[519] But

1703 those who would understand the angels by the waters above

1704 the skies have a difficulty about the specific gravity of the

1705 elements, and fear that the waters, owing to their fluidity and

1706 weight, could not be set in the upper parts of the world. So

1707 that, if they were to construct a man upon their own principles,

1708 they would not put in his head any moist humours, or

1709 "phlegm" as the Greeks call it, and which acts the part of

1710 water among the elements of our body. But, in God's handiwork,

1711 the head is the seat of the phlegm, and surely most

1712 fitly; and yet, according to their supposition, so absurdly

1713 that if we were not aware of the fact, and were informed by

1714 this same record that God had put a moist and cold and

1715 therefore heavy humour in the uppermost part of man's body,

1716 these world-weighers would refuse belief. And if they were

1717 confronted with the authority of Scripture, they would maintain

1718 that something else must be meant by the words. But,

1719 were we to investigate and discover all the details which are

1720 written in this divine book regarding the creation of the

1721 world, we should have much to say, and should widely digress

1722 from the proposed aim of this work. Since, then, we have

1723 now said what seemed needful regarding these two diverse

1724 and contrary communities of angels, in which the origin of

1725 the two human communities (of which we intend to speak

1726 anon) is also found, let us at once bring this book also to a

1727 conclusion.

BOOK XII

67 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

70 >

71 >

72 >

73 AUGUSTINE FIRST INSTITUTES TWO INQUIRIES REGARDING THE ANGELS; NAMELY,

74 > WHENCE IS THERE IN SOME A GOOD, AND IN OTHERS AN EVIL WILL? AND,

75 > WHAT IS THE REASON OF THE BLESSEDNESS OF THE GOOD, AND THE MISERY

76 > OF THE EVIL? AFTERWARDS HE TREATS OF THE CREATION OF MAN, AND

77 > TEACHES THAT HE IS NOT FROM ETERNITY, BUT WAS CREATED, AND BY

78 > NONE OTHER THAN GOD.

79 1. *That the nature of the angels, both good and bad, is one and the same.*

80 It has already, in the preceding book, been shown how the

81 two cities originated among the angels. Before I speak

82 of the creation of man, and show how the cities took their

83 rise, so far as regards the race of rational mortals, I see that

84 I must first, so far as I can, adduce what may demonstrate

85 that it is not incongruous and unsuitable to speak of a society

86 composed of angels and men together; so that there are not

87 four cities or societies,—two, namely, of angels, and as many

88 of men,—but rather two in all, one composed of the good, the

89 other of the wicked, angels or men indifferently.

90 That the contrary propensities in good and bad angels have

91 arisen, not from a difference in their nature and origin, since

92 God, the good Author and Creator of all essences, created them

93 both, but from a difference in their wills and desires, it is impossible

94 to doubt. While some stedfastly continued in that which

95 was the common good of all, namely, in God Himself, and in

96 His eternity, truth, and love; others, being enamoured rather

97 of their own power, as if they could be their own good, lapsed

98 to this private good of their own, from that higher and beatific

99 good which was common to all, and, bartering the lofty dignity

100 of eternity for the inflation of pride, the most assured verity

101 for the slyness of vanity, uniting love for factious partisanship,

102 they became proud, deceived, envious. The cause, therefore,

103 of the blessedness of the good is adherence to God. And so

104 the cause of the others' misery will be found in the contrary,

105 that is, in their not adhering to God. Wherefore, if when

106 the question is asked, why are the former blessed, it is rightly

107 answered, because they adhere to God; and when it is asked,

108 why are the latter miserable, it is rightly answered, because

109 they do not adhere to God,—then there is no other good for

110 the rational or intellectual creature save God only. Thus,

111 though it is not every creature that can be blessed (for beasts,

112 trees, stones, and things of that kind have not this capacity),

113 yet that creature which has the capacity cannot be blessed of

114 itself, since it is created out of nothing, but only by Him by

115 whom it has been created. For it is blessed by the possession

116 of that whose loss makes it miserable. He, then, who is

117 blessed not in another, but in himself, cannot be miserable,

118 because he cannot lose himself.

119 Accordingly we say that there is no unchangeable good but

120 the one, true, blessed God; that the things which He made are

121 indeed good because from Him, yet mutable because made not

122 out of Him, but out of nothing. Although, therefore, they are

123 not the supreme good, for God is a greater good, yet those

124 mutable things which can adhere to the immutable good, and

125 so be blessed, are very good; for so completely is He their

126 good, that without Him they cannot but be wretched. And

127 the other created things in the universe are not better on this

128 account, that they cannot be miserable. For no one would

129 say that the other members of the body are superior to the

130 eyes, because they cannot be blind. But as the sentient

131 nature, even when it feels pain, is superior to the stony, which

132 can feel none, so the rational nature, even when wretched, is

133 more excellent than that which lacks reason or feeling, and

134 can therefore experience no misery. And since this is so,

135 then in this nature which has been created so excellent, that

136 though it be mutable itself, it can yet secure its blessedness

137 by adhering to the immutable good, the supreme God; and

138 since it is not satisfied unless it be perfectly blessed, and

139 cannot be thus blessed save in God,—in this nature, I say,

140 not to adhere to God, is manifestly a fault.[520] Now every fault

141 injures the nature, and is consequently contrary to the nature.

142 The creature, therefore, which cleaves to God, differs from

143 those who do not, not by nature, but by fault; and yet by

144 this very fault the nature itself is proved to be very noble

145 and admirable. For that nature is certainly praised, the fault

146 of which is justly blamed. For we justly blame the fault

147 because it mars the praiseworthy nature. As, then, when we

148 say that blindness is a defect of the eyes, we prove that sight

149 belongs to the nature of the eyes; and when we say that

150 deafness is a defect of the ears, hearing is thereby proved to

151 belong to their nature;—so, when we say that it is a fault of

152 the angelic creature that it does not cleave to God, we hereby

153 most plainly declare that it pertained to its nature to cleave

154 to God. And who can worthily conceive or express how

155 great a glory that is, to cleave to God, so as to live to Him,

156 to draw wisdom from Him, to delight in Him, and to enjoy

157 this so great good, without death, error, or grief? And thus,

158 since every vice is an injury of the nature, that very vice of

159 the wicked angels, their departure from God, is sufficient proof

160 that God created their nature so good, that it is an injury to

161 it not to be with God.

162 2. *That there is no entity*[521] *contrary to the divine, because nonentity seems to be

163 that which is wholly opposite to Him who supremely and always is.*

164 This may be enough to prevent any one from supposing,

165 when we speak of the apostate angels, that they could have

166 another nature, derived, as it were, from some different origin,

167 and not from God. From the great impiety of this error we

168 shall disentangle ourselves the more readily and easily, the

169 more distinctly we understand that which God spoke by the

170 angel when He sent Moses to the children of Israel: "I am

171 that I am."[522] For since God is the supreme existence, that is

172 to say, supremely is, and is therefore unchangeable, the things

173 that He made He empowered to be, but not to be supremely

174 like Himself. To some He communicated a more ample, to

175 others a more limited existence, and thus arranged the natures

176 of beings in ranks. For as from *sapere* comes *sapientia*, so

177 from *esse* comes *essentia*,—a new word indeed, which the old

178 Latin writers did not use, but which is naturalized in our

179 day,[523] that our language may not want an equivalent for the

180 Greek οὐσία. For this is expressed word for word by *essentia*.

181 Consequently, to that nature which supremely is, and which

182 created all else that exists, no nature is contrary save that

183 which does not exist. For nonentity is the contrary of that

184 which is. And thus there is no being contrary to God, the

185 Supreme Being, and Author of all beings whatsoever.

186 3. *That the enemies of God are so, not by nature but by will, which, as it injures

187 them, injures a good nature; for if vice does not injure, it is not vice.*

188 In Scripture they are called God's enemies who oppose His

189 rule, not by nature, but by vice; having no power to hurt

190 Him, but only themselves. For they are His enemies, not

191 through their power to hurt, but by their will to oppose Him.

192 For God is unchangeable, and wholly proof against injury.

193 Therefore the vice which makes those who are called His

194 enemies resist Him, is an evil not to God, but to themselves.

195 And to them it is an evil, solely because it corrupts the good

196 of their nature. It is not nature, therefore, but vice, which is

197 contrary to God. For that which is evil is contrary to the

198 good. And who will deny that God is the supreme good?

199 Vice, therefore, is contrary to God, as evil to good. Further,

200 the nature it vitiates is a good, and therefore to this good

201 also it is contrary. But while it is contrary to God only as

202 evil to good, it is contrary to the nature it vitiates, both as

203 evil and as hurtful. For to God no evils are hurtful; but

204 only to natures mutable and corruptible, though, by the testimony

205 of the vices themselves, originally good. For were they

206 not good, vices could not hurt them. For how do they hurt

207 them but by depriving them of integrity, beauty, welfare,

208 virtue, and, in short, whatever natural good vice is wont to

209 diminish or destroy? But if there be no good to take away,

210 then no injury can be done, and consequently there can be no

211 vice. For it is impossible that there should be a harmless

212 vice. Whence we gather, that though vice cannot injure the

213 unchangeable good, it can injure nothing but good; because

214 it does not exist where it does not injure. This, then, may

215 be thus formulated: Vice cannot be in the highest good, and

216 cannot be but in some good. Things solely good, therefore,

217 can in some circumstances exist; things solely evil, never; for

218 even those natures which are vitiated by an evil will, so far

219 indeed as they are vitiated, are evil, but in so far as they

220 are natures they are good. And when a vitiated nature is

221 punished, besides the good it has in being a nature, it has

222 this also, that it is not unpunished.[524] For this is just, and

223 certainly everything just is a good. For no one is punished

224 for natural, but for voluntary vices. For even the vice which

225 by the force of habit and long continuance has become a

226 second nature, had its origin in the will. For at present we

227 are speaking of the vices of the nature, which has a mental

228 capacity for that enlightenment which discriminates between

229 what is just and what is unjust.

230 4. *Of the nature of irrational and lifeless creatures, which in their own kind

231 and order do not mar the beauty of the universe.*

232 But it is ridiculous to condemn the faults of beasts and

233 trees, and other such mortal and mutable things as are void of

234 intelligence, sensation, or life, even though these faults should

235 destroy their corruptible nature; for these creatures received,

236 at their Creator's will, an existence fitting them, by passing

237 away and giving place to others, to secure that lowest form of

238 beauty, the beauty of seasons, which in its own place is a

239 requisite part of this world. For things earthly were neither

240 to be made equal to things heavenly, nor were they, though

241 inferior, to be quite omitted from the universe. Since, then,

242 in those situations where such things are appropriate, some

243 perish to make way for others that are born in their room,

244 and the less succumb to the greater, and the things that are

245 overcome are transformed into the quality of those that have

246 the mastery, this is the appointed order of things transitory.

247 Of this order the beauty does not strike us, because by our

248 mortal frailty we are so involved in a part of it, that we cannot

249 perceive the whole, in which these fragments that offend

250 us are harmonized with the most accurate fitness and beauty.

251 And therefore, where we are not so well able to perceive the

252 wisdom of the Creator, we are very properly enjoined to believe

253 it, lest in the vanity of human rashness we presume to find

254 any fault with the work of so great an Artificer. At the same

255 time, if we attentively consider even these faults of earthly

256 things, which are neither voluntary nor penal, they seem to

257 illustrate the excellence of the natures themselves, which are

258 all originated and created by God; for it is that which pleases

259 us in this nature which we are displeased to see removed by

260 the fault,—unless even the natures themselves displease men,

261 as often happens when they become hurtful to them, and then

262 men estimate them not by their nature, but by their utility;

263 as in the case of those animals whose swarms scourged the

264 pride of the Egyptians. But in this way of estimating, they

265 may find fault with the sun itself; for certain criminals or

266 debtors are sentenced by the judges to be set in the sun.

267 Therefore it is not with respect to our convenience or discomfort,

268 but with respect to their own nature, that the creatures

269 are glorifying to their Artificer. Thus even the nature of the

270 eternal fire, penal though it be to the condemned sinners, is

271 most assuredly worthy of praise. For what is more beautiful

272 than fire flaming, blazing, and shining? What more useful

273 than fire for warming, restoring, cooking, though nothing is

274 more destructive than fire burning and consuming? The same

275 thing, then, when applied in one way, is destructive, but when

276 applied suitably, is most beneficial. For who can find words

277 to tell its uses throughout the whole world? We must

278 not listen, then, to those who praise the light of fire but find

279 fault with its heat, judging it not by its nature, but by their

280 convenience or discomfort. For they wish to see, but not

281 to be burnt. But they forget that this very light which is so

282 pleasant to them, disagrees with and hurts weak eyes; and

283 in that heat which is disagreeable to them, some animals

284 find the most suitable conditions of a healthy life.

285 5. *That in all natures, of every kind and rank, God is glorified.*

286 All natures, then, inasmuch as they are, and have therefore

287 a rank and species of their own, and a kind of internal harmony,

288 are certainly good. And when they are in the places

289 assigned to them by the order of their nature, they preserve

290 such being as they have received. And those things which

291 have not received everlasting being, are altered for better or

292 for worse, so as to suit the wants and motions of those things

293 to which the Creator's law has made them subservient; and

294 thus they tend in the divine providence to that end which is

295 embraced in the general scheme of the government of the

296 universe. So that, though the corruption of transitory and

297 perishable things brings them to utter destruction, it does not

298 prevent their producing that which was designed to be their

299 result. And this being so, God, who supremely is, and who

300 therefore created every being which has not supreme existence

301 (for that which was made of nothing could not be equal to

302 Him, and indeed could not be at all had He not made it), is

303 not to be found fault with on account of the creature's faults,

304 but is to be praised in view of the natures He has made.

305 6. *What the cause of the blessedness of the good angels is, and what the

306 cause of the misery of the wicked.*

307 Thus the true cause of the blessedness of the good angels

308 is found to be this, that they cleave to Him who supremely

309 is. And if we ask the cause of the misery of the bad, it

310 occurs to us, and not unreasonably, that they are miserable

311 because they have forsaken Him who supremely is, and have

312 turned to themselves who have no such essence. And this

313 vice, what else is it called than pride? For "pride is the

314 beginning of sin."[525] They were unwilling, then, to preserve

315 their strength for God; and as adherence to God was the

316 condition of their enjoying an ampler being, they diminished

317 it by preferring themselves to Him. This was the first defect,

318 and the first impoverishment, and the first flaw of their nature,

319 which was created, not indeed supremely existent, but finding

320 its blessedness in the enjoyment of the Supreme Being; whilst

321 by abandoning Him it should become, not indeed no nature

322 at all, but a nature with a less ample existence, and therefore

323 wretched.

324 If the further question be asked, What was the efficient

325 cause of their evil will? there is none. For what is it which

326 makes the will bad, when it is the will itself which makes the

327 action bad? And consequently the bad will is the cause of

328 the bad action, but nothing is the efficient cause of the bad

329 will. For if anything is the cause, this thing either has or

330 has not a will. If it has, the will is either good or bad. If

331 good, who is so left to himself as to say that a good will

332 makes a will bad? For in this case a good will would be

333 the cause of sin; a most absurd supposition. On the other

334 hand, if this hypothetical thing has a bad will, I wish to know

335 what made it so; and that we may not go on for ever, I ask

336 at once, what made the *first* evil will bad? For that is not

337 the first which was itself corrupted by an evil will, but that

338 is the first which was made evil by no other will. For if it

339 were preceded by that which made it evil, that will was first

340 which made the other evil. But if it is replied, "Nothing

341 made it evil; it always was evil," I ask if it has been existing

342 in some nature. For if not, then it did not exist at all;

343 and if it did exist in some nature, then it vitiated and corrupted

344 it, and injured it, and consequently deprived it of good.

345 And therefore the evil will could not exist in an evil nature,

346 but in a nature at once good and mutable, which this vice

347 could injure. For if it did no injury, it was no vice; and consequently

348 the will in which it was, could not be called evil.

349 But if it did injury, it did it by taking away or diminishing

350 good. And therefore there could not be from eternity, as was

351 suggested, an evil will in that thing in which there had been

352 previously a natural good, which the evil will was able to

353 diminish by corrupting it. If, then, it was not from eternity,

354 who, I ask, made it? The only thing that can be suggested

355 in reply is, that something which itself had no will, made the

356 will evil. I ask, then, whether this thing was superior, inferior,

357 or equal to it? If superior, then it is better. How,

358 then, has it no will, and not rather a good will? The same

359 reasoning applies if it was equal; for so long as two things

360 have equally a good will, the one cannot produce in the other

361 an evil will. Then remains the supposition that that which

362 corrupted the will of the angelic nature which first sinned,

363 was itself an inferior thing without a will. But that thing,

364 be it of the lowest and most earthly kind, is certainly itself

365 good, since it is a nature and being, with a form and rank of

366 its own in its own kind and order. How, then, can a good

367 thing be the efficient cause of an evil will? How, I say, can

368 good be the cause of evil? For when the will abandons what

369 is above itself, and turns to what is lower, it becomes evil—not

370 because that is evil to which it turns, but because the

371 turning itself is wicked. Therefore it is not an inferior thing

372 which has made the will evil, but it is itself which has become

373 so by wickedly and inordinately desiring an inferior thing.

374 For if two men, alike in physical and moral constitution, see

375 the same corporal beauty, and one of them is excited by the

376 sight to desire an illicit enjoyment, while the other stedfastly

377 maintains a modest restraint of his will, what do we suppose

378 brings it about, that there is an evil will in the one and not

379 in the other? What produces it in the man in whom it

380 exists? Not the bodily beauty, for that was presented equally

381 to the gaze of both, and yet did not produce in both an evil

382 will. Did the flesh of the one cause the desire as he looked?

383 But why did not the flesh of the other? Or was it the disposition?

384 But why not the disposition of both? For we

385 are supposing that both were of a like temperament of body

386 and soul. Must we, then, say that the one was tempted by a

387 secret suggestion of the evil spirit? As if it was not by his

388 own will that he consented to this suggestion and to any inducement

389 whatever! This consent, then, this evil will which

390 he presented to the evil suasive influence,—what was the

391 cause of it, we ask? For, not to delay on such a difficulty

392 as this, if both are tempted equally, and one yields and consents

393 to the temptation, while the other remains unmoved by

394 it, what other account can we give of the matter than this,

395 that the one is willing, the other unwilling, to fall away from

396 chastity? And what causes this but their own wills, in cases

397 at least such as we are supposing, where the temperament

398 is identical? The same beauty was equally obvious to the

399 eyes of both; the same secret temptation pressed on both

400 with equal violence. However minutely we examine the case,

401 therefore, we can discern nothing which caused the will of the

402 one to be evil. For if we say that the man himself made his

403 will evil, what was the man himself before his will was evil

404 but a good nature created by God, the unchangeable good?

405 Here are two men who, before the temptation, were alike in

406 body and soul, and of whom one yielded to the tempter who

407 persuaded him, while the other could not be persuaded to

408 desire that lovely body which was equally before the eyes of

409 both. Shall we say of the successfully tempted man that he

410 corrupted his own will, since he was certainly good before

411 his will became bad? Then, why did he do so? Was it

412 because his will was a nature, or because it was made of

413 nothing? We shall find that the latter is the case. For if

414 a nature is the cause of an evil will, what else can we say

415 than that evil arises from good, or that good is the cause of

416 evil? And how can it come to pass that a nature, good though

417 mutable, should produce any evil—that is to say, should make

418 the will itself wicked?

419 7. *That we ought not to expect to find any efficient cause of the evil will.*

420 Let no one, therefore, look for an efficient cause of the evil

421 will; for it is not efficient, but deficient, as the will itself is

422 not an effecting of something, but a defect. For defection

423 from that which supremely is, to that which has less of being,—this

424 is to begin to have an evil will. Now, to seek to

425 discover the causes of these defections,—causes, as I have

426 said, not efficient, but deficient,—is as if some one sought to

427 see darkness, or hear silence. Yet both of these are known

428 by us, and the former by means only of the eye, the latter

429 only by the ear; but not by their positive actuality,[526] but by

430 their want of it. Let no one, then, seek to know from me

431 what I know that I do not know; unless he perhaps wishes

432 to learn to be ignorant of that of which all we know is, that

433 it cannot be known. For those things which are known not

434 by their actuality, but by their want of it, are known, if our

435 expression may be allowed and understood, by not knowing

436 them, that by knowing them they may be not known. For

437 when the eyesight surveys objects that strike the sense, it

438 nowhere sees darkness but where it begins not to see. And

439 so no other sense but the ear can perceive silence, and yet it

440 is only perceived by not hearing. Thus, too, our mind perceives

441 intelligible forms by understanding them; but when

442 they are deficient, it knows them by not knowing them; for

443 "who can understand defects?"[527]

444 8. *Of the misdirected love whereby the will fell away from the immutable

445 to the mutable good.*

446 This I do know, that the nature of God can never, nowhere,

447 nowise be defective, and that natures made of nothing

448 can. These latter, however, the more being they have, and

449 the more good they do (for then they do something positive),

450 the more they have efficient causes; but in so far as they are

451 defective in being, and consequently do evil (for then what is

452 their work but vanity?), they have deficient causes. And I

453 know likewise, that the will could not become evil, were it

454 unwilling to become so; and therefore its failings are justly

455 punished, being not necessary, but voluntary. For its defections

456 are not to evil things, but are themselves evil; that is

457 to say, are not towards things that are naturally and in themselves

458 evil, but the defection of the will is evil, because it is

459 contrary to the order of nature, and an abandonment of that

460 which has supreme being for that which has less. For avarice

461 is not a fault inherent in gold, but in the man who inordinately

462 loves gold, to the detriment of justice, which ought to

463 be held in incomparably higher regard than gold. Neither is

464 luxury the fault of lovely and charming objects, but of the

465 heart that inordinately loves sensual pleasures, to the neglect

466 of temperance, which attaches us to objects more lovely in

467 their spirituality, and more delectable by their incorruptibility.

468 Nor yet is boasting the fault of human praise, but of the soul

469 that is inordinately fond of the applause of men, and that

470 makes light of the voice of conscience. Pride, too, is not the

471 fault of him who delegates power, nor of power itself, but of

472 the soul that is inordinately enamoured of its own power, and

473 despises the more just dominion of a higher authority. Consequently

474 he who inordinately loves the good which any

475 nature possesses, even though he obtain it, himself becomes

476 evil in the good, and wretched because deprived of a greater

477 good.

478 9. *Whether the angels, besides receiving from God their nature, received from

479 Him also their good will by the Holy Spirit imbuing them with love.*

480 There is, then, no natural efficient cause, or, if I may be

481 allowed the expression, no essential cause, of the evil will,

482 since itself is the origin of evil in mutable spirits, by which

483 the good of their nature is diminished and corrupted; and

484 the will is made evil by nothing else than defection from

485 God,—a defection of which the cause, too, is certainly deficient.

486 But as to the good will, if we should say that there

487 is no efficient cause of it, we must beware of giving currency

488 to the opinion that the good will of the good angels is not

489 created, but is co-eternal with God. For if they themselves

490 are created, how can we say that their good will was eternal?

491 But if created, was it created along with themselves, or did

492 they exist for a time without it? If along with themselves,

493 then doubtless it was created by Him who created them, and,

494 as soon as ever they were created, they attached themselves

495 to Him who created them, with the love He created in them.

496 And they are separated from the society of the rest, because

497 they have continued in the same good will; while the others

498 have fallen away to another will, which is an evil one, by the

499 very fact of its being a falling away from the good; from

500 which, we may add, they would not have fallen away had

501 they been unwilling to do so. But if the good angels existed

502 for a time without a good will, and produced it in themselves

503 without God's interference, then it follows that they made

504 themselves better than He made them. Away with such a

505 thought! For without a good will, what were they but evil?

506 Or if they were not evil, because they had not an evil will

507 any more than a good one (for they had not fallen away from

508 that which as yet they had not begun to enjoy), certainly they

509 were not the same, not so good, as when they came to have

510 a good will. Or if they could not make themselves better

511 than they were made by Him who is surpassed by none in

512 His work, then certainly, without His helpful operation,

513 they could not come to possess that good will which made

514 them better. And though their good will effected that they

515 did not turn to themselves, who had a more stinted existence,

516 but to Him who supremely is, and that, being united to Him,

517 their own being was enlarged, and they lived a wise and

518 blessed life by His communications to them, what does this

519 prove but that the will, however good it might be, would

520 have continued helplessly only to desire Him, had not He

521 who had made their nature out of nothing, and yet capable of

522 enjoying Him, first stimulated it to desire Him, and then

523 filled it with Himself, and so made it better?

524 Besides, this too has to be inquired into, whether, if the

525 good angels made their own will good, they did so with or

526 without will? If without, then it was not their doing. If

527 with, was the will good or bad? If bad, how could a bad

528 will give birth to a good one? If good, then already they had

529 a good will. And who made this will, which already they

530 had, but He who created them with a good will, or with that

531 chaste love by which they cleaved to Him, in one and the

532 same act creating their nature, and endowing it with grace?

533 And thus we are driven to believe that the holy angels never

534 existed without a good will or the love of God. But the

535 angels who, though created good, are yet evil now, became so

536 by their own will. And this will was not made evil by their

537 good nature, unless by its voluntary defection from good;

538 for good is not the cause of evil, but a defection from good

539 is. These angels, therefore, either received less of the grace

540 of the divine love than those who persevered in the same; or

541 if both were created equally good, then, while the one fell by

542 their evil will, the others were more abundantly assisted, and

543 attained to that pitch of blessedness at which they became

544 certain they should never fall from it,—as we have already

545 shown in the preceding book.[528] We must therefore acknowledge,

546 with the praise due to the Creator, that not only of

547 holy men, but also of the holy angels, it can be said that

548 "the love of God is shed abroad in their hearts by the Holy

549 Ghost, which is given unto them."[529] And that not only of

550 men, but primarily and principally of angels it is true, as it

551 is written, "It is good to draw near to God."[530] And those

552 who have this good in common, have, both with Him to

553 whom they draw near, and with one another, a holy fellowship,

554 and form one city of God—His living sacrifice, and His

555 living temple. And I see that, as I have now spoken of the

556 rise of this city among the angels, it is time to speak of the

557 origin of that part of it which is hereafter to be united to the

558 immortal angels, and which at present is being gathered from

559 among mortal men, and is either sojourning on earth, or, in

560 the persons of those who have passed through death, is resting

561 in the secret receptacles and abodes of disembodied spirits.

562 For from one man, whom God created as the first, the whole

563 human race descended, according to the faith of Holy Scripture,

564 which deservedly is of wonderful authority among all

565 nations throughout the world; since, among its other true

566 statements, it predicted, by its divine foresight, that all nations

567 would give credit to it.

568 10. *Of the falseness of the history which allots many thousand years to the

569 world's past.*

570 Let us, then, omit the conjectures of men who know not

571 what they say, when they speak of the nature and origin of

572 the human race. For some hold the same opinion regarding

573 men that they hold regarding the world itself, that they have

574 always been. Thus Apuleius says when he is describing our

575 race, "Individually they are mortal, but collectively, and as

576 a race, they are immortal."[531] And when they are asked, how,

577 if the human race has always been, they vindicate the truth

578 of their history, which narrates who were the inventors, and

579 what they invented, and who first instituted the liberal studies

580 and the other arts, and who first inhabited this or that region,

581 and this or that island? they reply[532] that most, if not all

582 lands, were so desolated at intervals by fire and flood, that

583 men were greatly reduced in numbers, and from these, again,

584 the population was restored to its former numbers, and that

585 thus there was at intervals a new beginning made, and though

586 those things which had been interrupted and checked by the

587 severe devastations were only renewed, yet they seemed to be

588 originated then, but that man could not exist at all save as

589 produced by man. But they say what they think, not what

590 they know.

591 They are deceived, too, by those highly mendacious documents

592 which profess to give the history of many thousand

593 years, though, reckoning by the sacred writings, we find that

594 not 6000 years have yet passed.[533] And, not to spend many

595 words in exposing the baselessness of these documents, in

596 which so many thousands of years are accounted for, nor

597 in proving that their authorities are totally inadequate, let

598 me cite only that letter which Alexander the Great wrote to

599 his mother Olympias,[534] giving her the narrative he had from

600 an Egyptian priest, which he had extracted from their sacred

601 archives, and which gave an account of kingdoms mentioned

602 also by the Greek historians. In this letter of Alexander's a

603 term of upwards of 5000 years is assigned to the kingdom of

604 Assyria; while in the Greek history only 1300 years are

605 reckoned from the reign of Bel himself, whom both Greek

606 and Egyptian agree in counting the first king of Assyria.

607 Then to the empire of the Persians and Macedonians this

608 Egyptian assigned more than 8000 years, counting to the

609 time of Alexander, to whom he was speaking; while among

610 the Greeks, 485 years are assigned to the Macedonians down

611 to the death of Alexander, and to the Persians 233 years,

612 reckoning to the termination of his conquests. Thus these

613 give a much smaller number of years than the Egyptians;

614 and indeed, though multiplied three times, the Greek chronology

615 would still be shorter. For the Egyptians are said to

616 have formerly reckoned only four months to their year;[535] so

617 that one year, according to the fuller and truer computation

618 now in use among them as well as among ourselves, would

619 comprehend three of their old years. But not even thus, as I

620 said, does the Greek history correspond with the Egyptian in

621 its chronology. And therefore the former must receive the

622 greater credit, because it does not exceed the true account of

623 the duration of the world as it is given by our documents,

624 which are truly sacred. Further, if this letter of Alexander,

625 which has become so famous, differs widely in this matter of

626 chronology from the probable credible account, how much

627 less can we believe these documents which, though full of

628 fabulous and fictitious antiquities, they would fain oppose to

629 the authority of our well-known and divine books, which predicted

630 that the whole world would believe them, and which

631 the whole world accordingly has believed; which proved, too,

632 that it had truly narrated past events by its prediction of

633 future events, which have so exactly come to pass!

634 >

635 >

636 >

637 11. *Of those who suppose that this world indeed is not eternal, but that either

638 > there are numberless worlds, or that one and the same world is perpetually

639 > resolved into its elements, and renewed at the conclusion of fixed cycles.*

640 There are some, again, who, though they do not suppose

641 that this world is eternal, are of opinion either that this is

642 not the only world, but that there are numberless worlds, or

643 that indeed it is the only one, but that it dies, and is born

644 again at fixed intervals, and this times without number;[536] but

645 they must acknowledge that the human race existed before

646 there were other men to beget them. For they cannot suppose

647 that, if the whole world perish, some men would be left

648 alive in the world, as they might survive in floods and conflagrations,

649 which those other speculators suppose to be partial,

650 and from which they can therefore reasonably argue that a

651 few men survived whose posterity would renew the population;

652 but as they believe that the world itself is renewed out

653 of its own material, so they must believe that out of its elements

654 the human race was produced, and then that the progeny of

655 mortals sprang like that of other animals from their parents.

656 12. *How these persons are to be answered, who find fault with the creation of

657 man on the score of its recent date.*

658 As to those who are always asking why man was not

659 created during these countless ages of the infinitely extended

660 past, and came into being so lately that, according to Scripture,

661 less than 6000 years have elapsed since he began to be, I

662 would reply to them regarding the creation of man, just as I

663 replied regarding the origin of the world to those who will

664 not believe that it is not eternal, but had a beginning, which

665 even Plato himself most plainly declares, though some think

666 his statement was not consistent with his real opinion.[537] If it

667 offends them that the time that has elapsed since the creation

668 of man is so short, and his years so few according to our

669 authorities, let them take this into consideration, that nothing

670 that has a limit is long, and that all the ages of time being

671 finite, are very little, or indeed nothing at all, when compared

672 to the interminable eternity. Consequently, if there had

673 elapsed since the creation of man, I do not say five or six, but

674 even sixty or six hundred thousand years, or sixty times as

675 many, or six hundred or six hundred thousand times as many,

676 or this sum multiplied until it could no longer be expressed

677 in numbers, the same question could still be put, Why was

678 he not made before? For the past and boundless eternity

679 during which God abstained from creating man is so great,

680 that, compare it with what vast and untold number of ages

681 you please, so long as there is a definite conclusion of this

682 term of time, it is not even as if you compared the minutest

683 drop of water with the ocean that everywhere flows around

684 the globe. For of these two, one indeed is very small, the

685 other incomparably vast, yet both are finite; but that space of

686 time which starts from some beginning, and is limited by some

687 termination, be it of what extent it may, if you compare

688 it with that which has no beginning, I know not whether to

689 say we should count it the very minutest thing, or nothing at

690 all. For, take this limited time, and deduct from the end of it,

691 one by one, the briefest moments (as you might take day by day

692 from a man's life, beginning at the day in which he now lives,

693 back to that of his birth), and though the number of moments

694 you must subtract in this backward movement be so great

695 that no word can express it, yet this subtraction will some

696 time carry you to the beginning. But if you take away from

697 a time which has no beginning, I do not say brief moments

698 one by one, nor yet hours, or days, or months, or years even

699 in quantities, but terms of years so vast that they cannot be

700 named by the most skilful arithmetician,—take away terms of

701 years as vast as that which we have supposed to be gradually

702 consumed by the deduction of moments,—and take them away

703 not once and again repeatedly, but always, and what do you

704 effect, what do you make by your deduction, since you never

705 reach the beginning which has no existence? Wherefore, that

706 which we now demand after five thousand odd years, our

707 descendants might with like curiosity demand after six hundred

708 thousand years, supposing these dying generations of men

709 continue so long to decay and be renewed, and supposing posterity

710 continues as weak and ignorant as ourselves. The same

711 question might have been asked by those who have lived before

712 us, and while man was even newer upon earth. The first man

713 himself, in short, might, the day after, or the very day of his

714 creation, have asked why he was created no sooner. And no

715 matter at what earlier or later period he had been created, this

716 controversy about the commencement of this world's history

717 would have had precisely the same difficulties as it has now.

718 >

719 >

720 >

721 13. *Of the revolution of the ages, which some philosophers believe will bring all

722 > things round again, after a certain fixed cycle, to the same order and

723 > form as at first.*

724 This controversy some philosophers have seen no other

725 approved means of solving than by introducing cycles of time,

726 in which there should be a constant renewal and repetition of

727 the order of nature;[538] and they have therefore asserted that

728 these cycles will ceaselessly recur, one passing away and another

729 coming, though they are not agreed as to whether one permanent

730 world shall pass through all these cycles, or whether

731 the world shall at fixed intervals die out, and be renewed so

732 as to exhibit a recurrence of the same phenomena—the things

733 which have been, and those which are to be, coinciding. And

734 from this fantastic vicissitude they exempt not even the immortal

735 soul that has attained wisdom, consigning it to a ceaseless

736 transmigration between delusive blessedness and real

737 misery. For how can that be truly called blessed which has

738 no assurance of being so eternally, and is either in ignorance

739 of the truth, and blind to the misery that is approaching, or,

740 knowing it, is in misery and fear? Or if it passes to bliss,

741 and leaves miseries for ever, then there happens in time a

742 new thing which time shall not end. Why not, then, the

743 world also? Why may not man, too, be a similar thing?

744 So that, by following the straight path of sound doctrine, we

745 escape, I know not what circuitous paths, discovered by deceiving

746 and deceived sages.

747 Some, too, in advocating these recurring cycles that restore

748 all things to their original, cite in favour of their supposition

749 what Solomon says in the book of Ecclesiastes: "What is that

750 which hath been? It is that which shall be. And what is

751 that which is done? It is that which shall be done: and

752 there is no new thing under the sun. Who can speak and

753 say, See, this is new? It hath been already of old time, which

754 was before us."[539] This he said either of those things of which he

755 had just been speaking—the succession of generations, the orbit

756 of the sun, the course of rivers,—or else of all kinds of creatures

757 that are born and die. For men were before us, are with us,

758 and shall be after us; and so all living things and all plants.

759 Even monstrous and irregular productions, though differing

760 from one another, and though some are reported as solitary

761 instances, yet resemble one another generally, in so far as they

762 are miraculous and monstrous, and, in this sense, have been,

763 and shall be, and are no new and recent things under the

764 sun. However, some would understand these words as meaning

765 that in the predestination of God all things have already

766 existed, and that thus there is no new thing under the sun.

767 At all events, far be it from any true believer to suppose

768 that by these words of Solomon those cycles are meant, in

769 which, according to those philosophers, the same periods

770 and events of time are repeated; as if, for example, the

771 philosopher Plato, having taught in the school at Athens

772 which is called the Academy, so, numberless ages before,

773 at long but certain intervals, this same Plato, and the same

774 school, and the same disciples existed, and so also are to be

775 repeated during the countless cycles that are yet be be,—far

776 be it, I say, from us to believe this. For once Christ died

777 for our sins; and, rising from the dead, He dieth no more.

778 "Death hath no more dominion over Him;"[540] and we ourselves

779 after the resurrection shall be "ever with the Lord,"[541] to whom

780 we now say, as the sacred Psalmist dictates, "Thou shalt keep

781 us, O Lord, Thou shalt preserve us from this generation."[542]

782 And that too which follows, is, I think, appropriate enough:

783 "The wicked walk *in a circle*;" not because their life is to

784 recur by means of these circles, which these philosophers

785 imagine, but because the path in which their false doctrine

786 now runs is circuitous.

787 14. *Of the creation of the human race in time, and how this was effected

788 without any new design or change of purpose on God's part.*

789 What wonder is it if, entangled in these circles, they find

790 neither entrance nor egress? For they know not how the

791 human race, and this mortal condition of ours, took its origin,

792 nor how it will be brought to an end, since they cannot

793 penetrate the inscrutable wisdom of God. For, though Himself

794 eternal, and without beginning, yet He caused time to have a

795 beginning; and man, whom He had not previously made, He

796 made in time, not from a new and sudden resolution, but by

797 His unchangeable and eternal design. Who can search out

798 the unsearchable depth of this purpose, who can scrutinize the

799 inscrutable wisdom, wherewith God, without change of will,

800 created man, who had never before been, and gave him an

801 existence in time, and increased the human race from one

802 individual? For the Psalmist himself, when he had first

803 said, "Thou shalt keep us, O Lord, Thou shalt preserve us

804 from this generation for ever," and had then rebuked those

805 whose foolish and impious doctrine preserves for the soul no

806 eternal deliverance and blessedness, adds immediately, "The

807 wicked walk in a circle." Then, as if it were said to him,

808 "What then do you believe, feel, know? Are we to believe

809 that it suddenly occurred to God to create man, whom He

810 had never before made in a past eternity,—God, to whom

811 nothing new can occur, and in whom is no changeableness?"

812 the Psalmist goes on to reply, as if addressing God Himself,

813 "According to the depth of Thy wisdom Thou hast multiplied

814 the children of men." Let men, he seems to say, fancy what

815 they please, let them conjecture and dispute as seems good to

816 them, but Thou hast multiplied the children of men according

817 to the depth of thy wisdom, which no man can comprehend.

818 For this is a depth indeed, that God always has been, and that

819 man, whom He had never made before, He willed to make in

820 time, and this without changing His design and will.

821 >

822 >

823 >

824 15. *Whether we are to believe that God, as He has always been sovereign Lord,

825 > has always had creatures over whom He exercised His sovereignty; and

826 > in what sense we can say that the creature has always been, and yet cannot

827 > say it is co-eternal.*

828 For my own part, indeed, as I dare not say that there ever

829 was a time when the Lord God was not Lord,[543] so I ought not

830 to doubt that man had no existence before time, and was first

831 created in time. But when I consider what God could be the

832 Lord of, if there was not always some creature, I shrink from

833 making any assertion, remembering my own insignificance, and

834 that it is written, "What man is he that can know the

835 counsel of God? or who can think what the will of the Lord

836 is? For the thoughts of mortal men are timid, and our

837 devices are but uncertain. For the corruptible body presseth

838 down the soul, and the earthly tabernacle weigheth down the

839 mind that museth upon many things."[544] Many things certainly

840 do I muse upon in this earthly tabernacle, because the one thing

841 which is true among the many, or beyond the many, I cannot

842 find. If, then, among these many thoughts, I say that there

843 have always been creatures for Him to be Lord of, who is

844 always and ever has been Lord, but that these creatures have

845 not always been the same, but succeeded one another (for we

846 would not seem to say that any is co-eternal with the Creator,

847 an assertion condemned equally by faith and sound reason), I

848 must take care lest I fall into the absurd and ignorant error

849 of maintaining that by these successions and changes mortal

850 creatures have always existed, whereas the immortal creatures

851 had not begun to exist until the date of our own world, when

852 the angels were created; if at least the angels are intended

853 by that light which was first made, or, rather, by that heaven

854 of which it is said, "In the beginning God created the heavens

855 and the earth."[545] The angels at least did not exist before

856 they were created; for if we say that they have always

857 existed, we shall seem to make them co-eternal with the

858 Creator. Again, if I say that the angels were not created in

859 time, but existed before all times, as those over whom God,

860 who has ever been Sovereign, exercised His sovereignty, then

861 I shall be asked whether, if they were created before all time,

862 they, being creatures, could possibly always exist. It may

863 perhaps be replied, Why not *always*, since that which is in

864 all time may very properly be said to be "always?" Now,

865 so true is it that these angels have existed in all time, that

866 even before time was, they were created; if at least time

867 began with the heavens, and the angels existed before the

868 heavens. And if time was even before the heavenly bodies, not

869 indeed marked by hours, days, months, and years,—for these

870 measures of time's periods which are commonly and properly

871 called times, did manifestly begin with the motion of the

872 heavenly bodies, and so God said, when He appointed them,

873 "Let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days, and for

874 years,"[546]—if, I say, time was before these heavenly bodies by some

875 changing movement, whose parts succeeded one another and

876 could not exist simultaneously, and if there was some such

877 movement among the angels which necessitated the existence

878 of time, and that they from their very creation should be subject

879 to these temporal changes, then they have existed in all

880 time, for time came into being along with them. And who

881 will say that what was in all time, was not always?

882 But if I make such a reply, it will be said to me, How, then,

883 are they not co-eternal with the Creator, if He and they

884 always have been? How even can they be said to have

885 been created, if we are to understand that they have always

886 existed? What shall we reply to this? Shall we say that

887 both statements are true? that they always have been, since

888 they have been in all time, they being created along with

889 time, or time along with them, and yet that also they were

890 created? For, similarly, we will not deny that time itself

891 was created, though no one doubts that time has been in all

892 time; for if it has not been in all time, then there was a time

893 when there was no time. But the most foolish person could

894 not make such an assertion. For we can reasonably say

895 there was a time when Rome was not; there was a time

896 when Jerusalem was not; there was a time when Abraham

897 was not; there was a time when man was not, and so on:

898 in fine, if the world was not made at the commencement

899 of time, but after some time had elapsed, we can say there

900 was a time when the world was not. But to say there

901 was a time when time was not, is as absurd as to say

902 there was a man when there was no man; or, this world was

903 when this world was not. For if we are not referring to

904 the same object, the form of expression may be used, as, there

905 was another man when this man was not. Thus we can

906 reasonably say there was another time when this time was

907 not; but not the merest simpleton could say there was a

908 time when there was no time. As, then, we say that time

909 was created, though we also say that it always has been,

910 since in all time time has been, so it does not follow that if

911 the angels have always been, they were therefore not created.

912 For we say that they have always been, because they have

913 been in all time; and we say they have been in all time,

914 because time itself could no wise be without them. For

915 where there is no creature whose changing movements admit

916 of succession, there cannot be time at all. And consequently,

917 even if they have always existed, they were created; neither,

918 if they have always existed, are they therefore co-eternal with

919 the Creator. For He has always existed in unchangeable

920 eternity; while they were created, and are said to have been

921 always, because they have been in all time, time being impossible

922 without the creature. But time passing away by its

923 changefulness, cannot be co-eternal with changeless eternity.

924 And consequently, though the immortality of the angels does

925 not pass in time, does not become past as if now it were not,

926 nor has a future as if it were not yet, still their movements,

927 which are the basis of time, do pass from future to past; and

928 therefore they cannot be co-eternal with the Creator, in whose

929 movement we cannot say that there has been that which now

930 is not, or shall be that which is not yet. Wherefore, if God

931 always has been Lord, He has always had creatures under His

932 dominion,—creatures, however, not begotten of Him, but created

933 by Him out of nothing; nor co-eternal with Him, for He was

934 before them, though at no time without them, because He

935 preceded them, not by the lapse of time, but by His abiding

936 eternity. But if I make this reply to those who demand

937 how He was always Creator, always Lord, if there were not

938 always a subject creation; or how this was created, and not

939 rather co-eternal with its Creator, if it always was, I fear I

940 may be accused of recklessly affirming what I know not,

941 instead of teaching what I know. I return, therefore, to that

942 which our Creator has seen fit that we should know; and those

943 things which He has allowed the abler men to know in this

944 life, or has reserved to be known in the next by the perfected

945 saints, I acknowledge to be beyond my capacity. But I have

946 thought it right to discuss these matters without making

947 positive assertions, that they who read may be warned to abstain

948 from hazardous questions, and may not deem themselves

949 fit for everything. Let them rather endeavour to obey the

950 wholesome injunction of the apostle, when he says, "For I

951 say, through the grace given unto me, to every man that is

952 among you, not to think of himself more highly than he ought

953 to think; but to think soberly, according as God hath dealt

954 to every man the measure of faith."[547] For if an infant receive

955 nourishment suited to its strength, it becomes capable, as it

956 grows, of taking more; but if its strength and capacity be

957 overtaxed, it dwines away in place of growing.

958 16. *How we are to understand God's promise of life eternal, which was

959 uttered before the "eternal times."*

960 I own that I do not know what ages passed before the

961 human race was created, yet I have no doubt that no created

962 thing is co-eternal with the Creator. But even the apostle

963 speaks of time as eternal, and this with reference, not to the

964 future, but, which is more surprising, to the past. For he

965 says, "In hope of eternal life, which God that cannot lie promised

966 before the eternal times, but hath in due times manifested

967 His word."[548] You see he says that in the past there

968 have been eternal times, which, however, were not co-eternal

969 with God. And since God before these eternal times not

970 only existed, but also "promised" life eternal, which He

971 manifested in its own times (that is to say, in due times),

972 what else is this than His word? For this is life eternal.

973 But then, how did He promise; for the promise was made to

974 men, and yet they had no existence before eternal times?

975 Does this not mean that, in His own eternity, and in His

976 co-eternal word, that which was to be in its own time was

977 already predestined and fixed?

978 >

979 >

980 >

981 17. *What defence is made by sound faith regarding God's unchangeable counsel

982 > and will, against the reasonings of those who hold that the works of God

983 > are eternally repeated in revolving cycles that restore all things as they were.*

984 Of this, too, I have no doubt, that before the first man was

985 created, there never had been a man at all, neither this same

986 man himself recurring by I know not what cycles, and having

987 made I know not how many revolutions, nor any other of

988 similar nature. From this belief I am not frightened by

989 philosophical arguments, among which that is reckoned the

990 most acute which is founded on the assertion that the infinite

991 cannot be comprehended by any mode of knowledge. Consequently,

992 they argue, God has in His own mind finite conceptions

993 of all finite things which He makes. Now it cannot

994 be supposed that His goodness was ever idle; for if it were,

995 there should be ascribed to Him an awakening to activity in

996 time, from a past eternity of inactivity, as if He repented of

997 an idleness that had no beginning, and proceeded, therefore, to

998 make a beginning of work. This being the case, they say it

999 must be that the same things are always repeated, and that

1000 as they pass, so they are destined always to return, whether

1001 amidst all these changes the world remains the same,—the

1002 world which has always been, and yet was created,—or that

1003 the world in these revolutions is perpetually dying out and

1004 being renewed; otherwise, if we point to a time when the

1005 works of God were begun, it would be believed that He considered

1006 His past eternal leisure to be inert and indolent, and

1007 therefore condemned and altered it as displeasing to Himself.

1008 Now if God is supposed to have been indeed always making

1009 temporal things, but different from one another, and one after

1010 the other, so that He thus came at last to make man, whom

1011 He had never made before, then it may seem that He made

1012 man not with knowledge (for they suppose no knowledge can

1013 comprehend the infinite succession of creatures), but at the

1014 dictate of the hour, as it struck Him at the moment, with a

1015 sudden and accidental change of mind. On the other hand,

1016 say they, if those cycles be admitted, and if we suppose that

1017 the same temporal things are repeated, while the world either

1018 remains identical through all these rotations, or else dies away

1019 and is renewed, then there is ascribed to God neither the

1020 slothful ease of a past eternity, nor a rash and unforeseen

1021 creation. And if the same things be not thus repeated in

1022 cycles, then they cannot by any science or prescience be comprehended

1023 in their endless diversity. Even though reason

1024 could not refute, faith would smile at these argumentations,

1025 with which the godless endeavour to turn our simple piety

1026 from the right way, that we may walk with them "in a circle."

1027 But by the help of the Lord our God, even reason, and that

1028 readily enough, shatters these revolving circles which conjecture

1029 frames. For that which specially leads these men

1030 astray to prefer their own circles to the straight path of

1031 truth, is, that they measure by their own human, changeable,

1032 and narrow intellect the divine mind, which is absolutely

1033 unchangeable, infinitely capacious, and, without succession of

1034 thought, counting all things without number. So that saying

1035 of the apostle comes true of them, for, "comparing themselves

1036 with themselves, they do not understand."[549] For because they

1037 do, in virtue of a new purpose, whatever new thing has occurred

1038 to them to be done (their minds being changeable), they conclude

1039 it is so with God; and thus compare, not God,—for they

1040 cannot conceive God, but think of one like themselves when

1041 they think of Him,—not God, but themselves, and not with

1042 Him, but with themselves. For our part, we dare not believe

1043 that God is affected in one way when He works, in another

1044 when He rests. Indeed, to say that He is affected at all, is

1045 an abuse of language, since it implies that there comes to be

1046 something in His nature which was not there before. For he

1047 who is affected is acted upon, and whatever is acted upon is

1048 changeable. In His leisure, therefore, is no laziness, indolence,

1049 inactivity; as in His work is no labour, effort, industry. He

1050 can act while He reposes, and repose while He acts. He can

1051 begin a new work with (not a new, but) an eternal design;

1052 and what He has not made before, He does not now begin

1053 to make because He repents of His former repose. But

1054 when one speaks of His former repose and subsequent operation

1055 (and I know not how men can understand these things),

1056 this "former" and "subsequent" are applied only to the things

1057 created, which formerly did not exist, and subsequently came

1058 into existence. But in God the former purpose is not altered

1059 and obliterated by the subsequent and different purpose, but

1060 by one and the same eternal and unchangeable will He effected

1061 regarding the things He created, both that formerly, so long

1062 as they were not, they should not be, and that subsequently,

1063 when they began to be, they should come into existence.

1064 And thus, perhaps, He would show in a very striking way, to

1065 those who have eyes for such things, how independent He is

1066 of what He makes, and how it is of His own gratuitous goodness

1067 He creates, since from eternity He dwelt without creatures

1068 in no less perfect a blessedness.

1069 18. *Against those who assert that things that are infinite*[550] *cannot be

1070 comprehended by the knowledge of God.*

1071 As for their other assertion, that God's knowledge cannot

1072 comprehend things infinite, it only remains for them to affirm,

1073 in order that they may sound the depths of their impiety, that

1074 God does not know all numbers. For it is very certain that

1075 they are infinite; since, no matter at what number you suppose

1076 an end to be made, this number can be, I will not say, increased

1077 by the addition of one more, but however great it be,

1078 and however vast be the multitude of which it is the rational

1079 and scientific expression, it can still be not only doubled, but

1080 even multiplied. Moreover, each number is so defined by its

1081 own properties, that no two numbers are equal. They are

1082 therefore both unequal and different from one another; and

1083 while they are simply finite, collectively they are infinite.

1084 Does God, therefore, not know numbers on account of this

1085 infinity; and does His knowledge extend only to a certain

1086 height in numbers, while of the rest He is ignorant? Who

1087 is so left to himself as to say so? Yet they can hardly pretend

1088 to put numbers out of the question, or maintain that they

1089 have nothing to do with the knowledge of God; for Plato,[551]

1090 their great authority, represents God as framing the world on

1091 numerical principles; and in our books also it is said to God,

1092 "Thou hast ordered all things in number, and measure, and

1093 weight."[552] The prophet also says, "Who bringeth out their host

1094 by number."[553] And the Saviour says in the Gospel, "The very

1095 hairs of your head are all numbered."[554] Far be it, then, from

1096 us to doubt that all number is known to Him "whose understanding,"

1097 according to the Psalmist, "is infinite."[555] The infinity

1098 of number, though there be no numbering of infinite

1099 numbers, is yet not incomprehensible by Him whose understanding

1100 is infinite. And thus, if everything which is comprehended

1101 is defined or made finite by the comprehension of

1102 him who knows it, then all infinity is in some ineffable way

1103 made finite to God, for it is comprehensible by His knowledge.

1104 Wherefore, if the infinity of numbers cannot be infinite to the

1105 knowledge of God, by which it is comprehended, what are we

1106 poor creatures that we should presume to fix limits to His

1107 knowledge, and say that unless the same temporal things be

1108 repeated by the same periodic revolutions, God cannot either

1109 foreknow His creatures that He may make them, or know

1110 them when He has made them? God, whose knowledge is

1111 simply manifold, and uniform in its variety, comprehends all

1112 incomprehensibles with so incomprehensible a comprehension,

1113 that though He willed always to make His later works novel

1114 and unlike what went before them, He could not produce them

1115 without order and foresight, nor conceive them suddenly, but

1116 by His eternal foreknowledge.

1117 19. *Of worlds without end, or ages of ages.*[556]

1118 I do not presume to determine whether God does so, and

1119 whether these times which are called "ages of ages" are joined

1120 together in a continuous series, and succeed one another with

1121 a regulated diversity, and leave exempt from their vicissitudes

1122 only those who are freed from their misery, and abide without

1123 end in a blessed immortality; or whether these are called

1124 "ages of ages," that we may understand that the ages remain

1125 unchangeable in God's unwavering wisdom, and are the efficient

1126 causes, as it were, of those ages which are being spent in time.

1127 Possibly "ages" is used for "age," so that nothing else is

1128 meant by "ages of ages" than by "age of age," as nothing

1129 else is meant by "heavens of heavens" than by "heaven of

1130 heaven." For God called the firmament, above which are the

1131 waters, "Heaven," and yet the psalm says, "Let the waters that

1132 are above the *heavens* praise the name of the Lord."[557] Which

1133 of these two meanings we are to attach to "ages of ages," or

1134 whether there is not some other and better meaning still, is a

1135 very profound question; and the subject we are at present

1136 handling presents no obstacle to our meanwhile deferring the

1137 discussion of it, whether we may be able to determine anything

1138 about it, or may only be made more cautious by its

1139 further treatment, so as to be deterred from making any rash

1140 affirmations in a matter of such obscurity. For at present we

1141 are disputing the opinion that affirms the existence of those

1142 periodic revolutions by which the same things are always recurring

1143 at intervals of time. Now, whichever of these suppositions

1144 regarding the "ages of ages" be the true one, it avails

1145 nothing for the substantiating of those cycles; for whether the

1146 ages of ages be not a repetition of the same world, but different

1147 worlds succeeding one another in a regulated connection,

1148 the ransomed souls abiding in well-assured bliss without any

1149 recurrence of misery, or whether the ages of ages be the eternal

1150 causes which rule what shall be and is in time, it equally

1151 follows, that those cycles which bring round the same things

1152 have no existence; and nothing more thoroughly explodes them

1153 than the fact of the eternal life of the saints.

1154 >

1155 >

1156 >

1157 20. *Of the impiety of those who assert that the souls which enjoy true and perfect

1158 > blessedness, must yet again and again in these periodic revolutions return

1159 > to labour and misery.*

1160 What pious ears could bear to hear that after a life spent

1161 in so many and severe distresses (if, indeed, that should be

1162 called a life at all which is rather a death, so utter that the

1163 love of this present death makes us fear that death which delivers

1164 us from it), that after evils so disastrous, and miseries of

1165 all kinds have at length been expiated and finished by the help

1166 of true religion and wisdom, and when we have thus attained

1167 to the vision of God, and have entered into bliss by the contemplation

1168 of spiritual light and participation in His unchangeable

1169 immortality, which we burn to attain,—that we must at

1170 some time lose all this, and that they who do lose it are cast

1171 down from that eternity, truth, and felicity to infernal mortality

1172 and shameful foolishness, and are involved in accursed

1173 woes, in which God is lost, truth held in detestation, and happiness

1174 sought in iniquitous impurities? and that this will

1175 happen endlessly again and again, recurring at fixed intervals,

1176 and in regularly returning periods? and that this everlasting

1177 and ceaseless revolution of definite cycles, which remove and

1178 restore true misery and deceitful bliss in turn, is contrived in

1179 order that God may be able to know His own works, since on

1180 the one hand He cannot rest from creating, and on the other,

1181 cannot know the infinite number of His creatures, if He always

1182 makes creatures? Who, I say, can listen to such things?

1183 Who can accept or suffer them to be spoken? Were they true,

1184 it were not only more prudent to keep silence regarding them,

1185 but even (to express myself as best I can) it were the part of

1186 wisdom not to know them. For if in the future world we

1187 shall not remember these things, and by this oblivion be blessed,

1188 why should we now increase our misery, already burdensome

1189 enough, by the knowledge of them? If, on the other hand,

1190 the knowledge of them will be forced upon us hereafter, now

1191 at least let us remain in ignorance, that in the present expectation

1192 we may enjoy a blessedness which the future reality is

1193 not to bestow; since in this life we are expecting to obtain

1194 life everlasting, but in the world to come are to discover it to

1195 be blessed, but not everlasting.

1196 And if they maintain that no one can attain to the blessedness

1197 of the world to come, unless in this life he has been indoctrinated

1198 in those cycles in which bliss and misery relieve

1199 one another, how do they avow that the more a man loves God,

1200 the more readily he attains to blessedness,—they who teach

1201 what paralyzes love itself? For who would not be more remiss

1202 and lukewarm in his love for a person whom he thinks

1203 he shall be forced to abandon, and whose truth and wisdom he

1204 shall come to hate; and this, too, after he has quite attained

1205 to the utmost and most blissful knowledge of Him that he is

1206 capable of? Can any one be faithful in his love, even to a

1207 human friend, if he knows that he is destined to become his

1208 enemy?[558] God forbid that there be any truth in an opinion

1209 which threatens us with a real misery that is never to end, but

1210 is often and endlessly to be interrupted by intervals of fallacious

1211 happiness. For what happiness can be more fallacious and

1212 false than that in whose blaze of truth we yet remain ignorant

1213 that we shall be miserable, or in whose most secure citadel we

1214 yet fear that we shall be so? For if, on the one hand, we are to

1215 be ignorant of coming calamity, then our present misery is not so

1216 shortsighted, for it is assured of coming bliss. If, on the other

1217 hand, the disaster that threatens is not concealed from us in

1218 the world to come, then the time of misery which is to be at

1219 last exchanged for a state of blessedness, is spent by the soul

1220 more happily than its time of happiness, which is to end in a

1221 return to misery. And thus our expectation of unhappiness

1222 is happy, but of happiness unhappy. And therefore, as we

1223 here suffer present ills, and hereafter fear ills that are imminent,

1224 it were truer to say that we shall always be miserable,

1225 than that we can some time be happy.

1226 But these things are declared to be false by the loud testimony

1227 of religion and truth; for religion truthfully promises a

1228 true blessedness, of which we shall be eternally assured, and

1229 which cannot be interrupted by any disaster. Let us therefore

1230 keep to the straight path, which is Christ, and, with Him

1231 as our Guide and Saviour, let us turn away in heart and

1232 mind from the unreal and futile cycles of the godless. Porphyry,

1233 Platonist though he was, abjured the opinion of his

1234 school, that in these cycles souls are ceaselessly passing away

1235 and returning, either being struck with the extravagance of

1236 the idea, or sobered by his knowledge of Christianity. As I

1237 mentioned in the tenth book,[559] he preferred saying that the

1238 soul, as it had been sent into the world that it might know

1239 evil, and be purged and delivered from it, was never again

1240 exposed to such an experience after it had once returned to

1241 the Father. And if he abjured the tenets of his school, how

1242 much more ought we Christians to abominate and avoid an

1243 opinion so unfounded and hostile to our faith? But having

1244 disposed of these cycles and escaped out of them, no necessity

1245 compels us to suppose that the human race had no beginning

1246 in time, on the ground that there is nothing new in

1247 nature which, by I know not what cycles, has not at some

1248 previous period existed, and is not hereafter to exist again.

1249 For if the soul, once delivered, as it never was before, is never

1250 to return to misery, then there happens in its experience something

1251 which never happened before; and this, indeed, something

1252 of the greatest consequence, to wit, the secure entrance

1253 into eternal felicity. And if in an immortal nature there can

1254 occur a novelty, which never has been, nor ever shall be, reproduced

1255 by any cycle, why is it disputed that the same may

1256 occur in mortal natures? If they maintain that blessedness

1257 is no new experience to the soul, but only a return to that

1258 state in which it has been eternally, then at least its deliverance

1259 from misery is something new, since, by their own showing,

1260 the misery from which it is delivered is itself, too, a new

1261 experience. And if this new experience fell out by accident,

1262 and was not embraced in the order of things appointed by

1263 Divine Providence, then where are those determinate and

1264 measured cycles in which no new thing happens, but all

1265 things are reproduced as they were before? If, however, this

1266 new experience was embraced in that providential order of

1267 nature (whether the soul was exposed to the evil of this world

1268 for the sake of discipline, or fell into it by sin), then it is

1269 possible for new things to happen which never happened

1270 before, and which yet are not extraneous to the order of

1271 nature. And if the soul is able by its own imprudence to

1272 create for itself a new misery, which was not unforeseen by the

1273 Divine Providence, but was provided for in the order of nature

1274 along with the deliverance from it, how can we, even with

1275 all the rashness of human vanity, presume to deny that God

1276 can create new things—new to the world, but not to Him—which

1277 He never before created, but yet foresaw from all

1278 eternity? If they say that it is indeed true that ransomed

1279 souls return no more to misery, but that even so no new thing

1280 happens, since there always have been, now are, and ever shall

1281 be a succession of ransomed souls, they must at least grant

1282 that in this case there are new souls to whom the misery and

1283 the deliverance from it are new. For if they maintain that

1284 those souls out of which new men are daily being made (from

1285 whose bodies, if they have lived wisely, they are so delivered

1286 that they never return to misery) are not new, but have

1287 existed from eternity, they must logically admit that they are

1288 infinite. For however great a finite number of souls there

1289 were, that would not have sufficed to make perpetually new

1290 men from eternity,—men whose souls were to be eternally

1291 freed from this mortal state, and never afterwards to return to

1292 it. And our philosophers will find it hard to explain how there

1293 is an infinite number of souls in an order of nature which

1294 they require shall be finite, that it may be known by God.

1295 And now that we have exploded these cycles which were

1296 supposed to bring back the soul at fixed periods to the same

1297 miseries, what can seem more in accordance with godly reason

1298 than to believe that it is possible for God both to create new

1299 things never before created, and in doing so, to preserve His

1300 will unaltered? But whether the number of eternally redeemed

1301 souls can be continually increased or not, let the

1302 philosophers themselves decide, who are so subtle in determining

1303 where infinity cannot be admitted. For our own part,

1304 our reasoning holds in either case. For if the number of

1305 souls can be indefinitely increased, what reason is there to deny

1306 that what had never before been created, could be created?

1307 since the number of ransomed souls never existed before, and

1308 has yet not only been once made, but will never cease to be

1309 anew coming into being. If, on the other hand, it be more

1310 suitable that the number of eternally ransomed souls be definite,

1311 and that this number will never be increased, yet this number,

1312 whatever it be, did assuredly never exist before, and it cannot

1313 increase, and reach the amount it signifies, without having some

1314 beginning; and this beginning never before existed. That this

1315 beginning, therefore, might be, the first man was created.

1316 21. *That there was created at first but one individual, and that the human

1317 race was created in him.*

1318 Now that we have solved, as well as we could, this very

1319 difficult question about the eternal God creating new things,

1320 without any novelty of will, it is easy to see how much better

1321 it is that God was pleased to produce the human race from the

1322 one individual whom He created, than if He had originated it

1323 in several men. For as to the other animals, He created some

1324 solitary, and naturally seeking lonely places,—as the eagles,

1325 kites, lions, wolves, and such like; others gregarious, which

1326 herd together, and prefer to live in company,—as pigeons,

1327 starlings, stags, and little fallow deer, and the like: but

1328 neither class did He cause to be propagated from individuals,

1329 but called into being several at once. Man, on the other

1330 hand, whose nature was to be a mean between the angelic and

1331 bestial, He created in such sort, that if he remained in subjection

1332 to His Creator as his rightful Lord, and piously kept His

1333 commandments, he should pass into the company of the angels,

1334 and obtain, without the intervention of death,[560] a blessed and

1335 endless immortality; but if he offended the Lord his God by

1336 a proud and disobedient use of his free will, he should become

1337 subject to death, and live as the beasts do,—the slave

1338 of appetite, and doomed to eternal punishment after death.

1339 And therefore God created only one single man, not, certainly,

1340 that he might be a solitary bereft of all society, but that by

1341 this means the unity of society and the bond of concord might

1342 be more effectually commended to him, men being bound

1343 together not only by similarity of nature, but by family affection.

1344 And indeed He did not even create the woman that

1345 was to be given him as his wife, as he created the man, but

1346 created her out of the man, that the whole human race might

1347 derive from one man.

1348 >

1349 >

1350 >

1351 22. *That God foreknew that the first man would sin, and that He at the same

1352 > time foresaw how large a multitude of godly persons would by His grace

1353 > be translated to the fellowship of the angels.*

1354 And God was not ignorant that man would sin, and that,

1355 being himself made subject now to death, he would propagate

1356 men doomed to die, and that these mortals would run to such

1357 enormities in sin, that even the beasts devoid of rational will,

1358 and who were created in numbers from the waters and the

1359 earth, would live more securely and peaceably with their own

1360 kind than men, who had been propagated from one individual

1361 for the very purpose of commending concord. For not even

1362 lions or dragons have ever waged with their kind such wars

1363 as men have waged with one another.[561] But God foresaw also

1364 that by His grace a people would be called to adoption, and

1365 that they, being justified by the remission of their sins, would

1366 be united by the Holy Ghost to the holy angels in eternal

1367 peace, the last enemy, death, being destroyed; and He knew

1368 that this people would derive profit from the consideration

1369 that God had caused all men to be derived from one, for the

1370 sake of showing how highly He prizes unity in a multitude.

1371 23. *Of the nature of the human soul created in the image of God.*

1372 God, then, made man in His own image. For He created

1373 for him a soul endowed with reason and intelligence, so that

1374 he might excel all the creatures of earth, air, and sea, which

1375 were not so gifted. And when He had formed the man out

1376 of the dust of the earth, and had willed that his soul should

1377 be such as I have said,—whether He had already made it,

1378 and now by breathing imparted it to man, or rather made it

1379 by breathing, so that that breath which God made by breathing

1380 (for what else is "to breathe" than to make breath?) is

1381 the soul,[562]—He made also a wife for him, to aid him in the

1382 work of generating his kind, and her He formed of a bone

1383 taken out of the man's side, working in a divine manner.

1384 For we are not to conceive of this work in a carnal fashion,

1385 as if God wrought as we commonly see artisans, who use their

1386 hands, and material furnished to them, that by their artistic

1387 skill they may fashion some material object. God's hand is

1388 God's power; and He, working invisibly, effects visible results.

1389 But this seems fabulous rather than true to men, who measure

1390 by customary and everyday works the power and wisdom of

1391 God, whereby He understands and produces without seeds

1392 even seeds themselves; and because they cannot understand

1393 the things which at the beginning were created, they are

1394 sceptical regarding them—as if the very things which they

1395 do know about human propagation, conceptions and births,

1396 would seem less incredible if told to those who had no experience

1397 of them; though these very things, too, are attributed

1398 by many rather to physical and natural causes than to the

1399 work of the divine mind.

1400 24. *Whether the angels can be said to be the creators of any, even the least

1401 creature.*

1402 But in this book we have nothing to do with those who do

1403 not believe that the divine mind made or cares for this world.

1404 As for those who believe their own Plato, that all mortal

1405 animals—among whom man holds the pre-eminent place, and

1406 is near to the gods themselves—were created not by that most

1407 high God who made the world, but by other lesser gods

1408 created by the Supreme, and exercising a delegated power

1409 under His control,—if only those persons be delivered from

1410 the superstition which prompts them to seek a plausible

1411 reason for paying divine honours and sacrificing to these gods

1412 as their creators, they will easily be disentangled also from

1413 this their error. For it is blasphemy to believe or to say

1414 (even before it can be understood) that any other than God

1415 is creator of any nature, be it never so small and mortal.

1416 And as for the angels, whom those Platonists prefer to call

1417 gods, although they do, so far as they are permitted and commissioned,

1418 aid in the production of the things around us, yet

1419 not on that account are we to call them creators, any more

1420 than we call gardeners the creators of fruits and trees.

1421 25. *That God alone is the Creator of every kind of creature, whatever its

1422 nature or form.*

1423 For whereas there is one form which is given from without

1424 to every bodily substance,—such as the form which is constructed

1425 by potters and smiths, and that class of artists who

1426 paint and fashion forms like the body of animals,—but another

1427 and internal form which is not itself constructed, but,

1428 as the efficient cause, produces not only the natural bodily

1429 forms, but even the life itself of the living creatures, and

1430 which proceeds from the secret and hidden choice of an intelligent

1431 and living nature,—let that first-mentioned form be

1432 attributed to every artificer, but this latter to one only, God,

1433 the Creator and Originator who made the world itself and the

1434 angels, without the help of world or angels. For the same

1435 divine and, so to speak, creative energy, which cannot be

1436 made, but makes, and which gave to the earth and sky their

1437 roundness,—this same divine, effective, and creative energy

1438 gave their roundness to the eye and to the apple; and the

1439 other natural objects which we anywhere see, received also

1440 their form, not from without, but from the secret and profound

1441 might of the Creator, who said, "Do not I fill heaven

1442 and earth?"[563] and whose wisdom it is that "reacheth from

1443 one end to another mightily; and sweetly doth she order all

1444 things."[564] Wherefore I know not what kind of aid the angels,

1445 themselves created first, afforded to the Creator in making

1446 other things. I cannot ascribe to them what perhaps they

1447 cannot do, neither ought I to deny them such faculty as

1448 they have. But, by their leave, I attribute the creating and

1449 originating work which gave being to all natures to God, to

1450 whom they themselves thankfully ascribe their existence.

1451 We do not call gardeners the creators of their fruits, for we

1452 read, "Neither is he that planteth anything, neither he that

1453 watereth, but God that giveth the increase."[565] Nay, not even

1454 the earth itself do we call a creator, though she seems to be

1455 the prolific mother of all things which she aids in germinating

1456 and bursting forth from the seed, and which she keeps rooted

1457 in her own breast; for we likewise read, "God giveth it a

1458 body, as it hath pleased Him, and to every seed his own

1459 body."[566] We ought not even to call a woman the creatress

1460 of her own offspring; for He rather is its creator who said to

1461 His servant, "Before I formed thee in the womb, I knew

1462 thee."[567] And although the various mental emotions of a

1463 pregnant woman do produce in the fruit of her womb similar

1464 qualities,—as Jacob with his peeled wands caused piebald

1465 sheep to be produced,—yet the mother as little creates her

1466 offspring, as she created herself. Whatever bodily or seminal

1467 causes, then, may be used for the production of things, either

1468 by the co-operation of angels, men, or the lower animals, or

1469 by sexual generation; and whatever power the desires and

1470 mental emotions of the mother have to produce in the tender

1471 and plastic fœtus, corresponding lineaments and colours; yet

1472 the natures themselves, which are thus variously affected, are

1473 the production of none but the most high God. It is His

1474 occult power which pervades all things, and is present in all

1475 without being contaminated, which gives being to all that is,

1476 and modifies and limits its existence; so that without Him

1477 it would not be thus or thus, nor would have any being at

1478 all.[568] If, then, in regard to that outward form which the

1479 workman's hand imposes on his work, we do not say that

1480 Rome and Alexandria were built by masons and architects,

1481 but by the kings by whose will, plan, and resources they were

1482 built, so that the one has Romulus, the other Alexander, for

1483 its founder; with how much greater reason ought we to say

1484 that God alone is the Author of all natures, since He neither

1485 uses for His work any material which was not made by Him,

1486 nor any workmen who were not also made by Him, and

1487 since, if He were, so to speak, to withdraw from created things

1488 His creative power, they would straightway relapse into the

1489 nothingness in which they were before they were created?

1490 "Before," I mean, in respect of eternity, not of time. For

1491 what other creator could there be of time, than He who

1492 created those things whose movements make time?[569]

1493 26. *Of that opinion of the Platonists, that the angels were themselves indeed

1494 created by God, but that afterwards they created man's body.*

1495 It is obvious, that in attributing the creation of the other

1496 animals to those inferior gods who were made by the Supreme,

1497 he meant it to be understood that the immortal part was

1498 taken from God Himself, and that these minor creators added

1499 the mortal part; that is to say, he meant them to be considered

1500 the creators of our bodies, but not of our souls. But

1501 since Porphyry maintains that if the soul is to be purified,

1502 all entanglement with a body must be escaped from; and

1503 at the same time agrees with Plato and the Platonists in

1504 thinking that those who have not spent a temperate and

1505 honourable life return to mortal bodies as their punishment

1506 (to bodies of brutes in Plato's opinion, to human bodies in

1507 Porphyry's); it follows that those whom they would have us

1508 worship as our parents and authors, that they may plausibly

1509 call them gods, are, after all, but the forgers of our fetters

1510 and chains,—not our creators, but our jailers and turnkeys,

1511 who lock us up in the most bitter and melancholy house of

1512 correction. Let the Platonists, then, either cease menacing

1513 us with our bodies as the punishment of our souls, or preaching

1514 that we are to worship as gods those whose work upon us

1515 they exhort us by all means in our power to avoid and escape

1516 from. But, indeed, both opinions are quite false. It is

1517 false that souls return again to this life to be punished; and

1518 it is false that there is any other creator of anything in

1519 heaven or earth, than He who made the heaven and the earth.

1520 For if we live in a body only to expiate our sins, how says

1521 Plato in another place, that the world could not have been

1522 the most beautiful and good, had it not been filled with all

1523 kinds of creatures, mortal and immortal?[570] But if our creation

1524 even as mortals be a divine benefit, how is it a punishment

1525 to be restored to a body, that is, to a divine benefit? And if

1526 God, as Plato continually maintains, embraced in His eternal

1527 intelligence the ideas both of the universe and of all the

1528 animals, how, then, should He not with His own hand make

1529 them all? Could He be unwilling to be the constructor of

1530 works, the idea and plan of which called for His ineffable

1531 and ineffably to be praised intelligence?

1532 >

1533 >

1534 >

1535 27. *That the whole plenitude of the human race was embraced in the first man,

1536 > and that God there saw the portion of it which was to be honoured and

1537 > rewarded, and that which was to be condemned and punished.*

1538 With good cause, therefore, does the true religion recognise

1539 and proclaim that the same God who created the universal

1540 cosmos, created also all the animals, souls as well as bodies.

1541 Among the terrestrial animals man was made by Him in His

1542 own image, and, for the reason I have given, was made one

1543 individual, though he was not left solitary. For there is

1544 nothing so social by nature, so unsocial by its corruption, as

1545 this race. And human nature has nothing more appropriate,

1546 either for the prevention of discord, or for the healing of it,

1547 where it exists, than the remembrance of that first parent of

1548 us all, whom God was pleased to create alone, that all men

1549 might be derived from one, and that they might thus be

1550 admonished to preserve unity among their whole multitude.

1551 But from the fact that the woman was made for him from

1552 his side, it was plainly meant that we should learn how dear

1553 the bond between man and wife should be. These works of

1554 God do certainly seem extraordinary, because they are the first

1555 works. They who do not believe them, ought not to believe

1556 any prodigies; for these would not be called prodigies did they

1557 not happen out of the ordinary course of nature. But, is it

1558 possible that anything should happen in vain, however hidden

1559 be its cause, in so grand a government of divine providence?

1560 One of the sacred Psalmists says, "Come, behold the works

1561 of the Lord, what prodigies He hath wrought in the earth."[571]

1562 Why God made woman out of man's side, and what this first

1563 prodigy prefigured, I shall, with God's help, tell in another

1564 place. But at present, since this book must be concluded, let

1565 us merely say that in this first man, who was created in the

1566 beginning, there was laid the foundation, not indeed evidently,

1567 but in God's foreknowledge, of these two cities or societies, so

1568 far as regards the human race. For from that man all men

1569 were to be derived—some of them to be associated with the

1570 good angels in their reward, others with the wicked in punishment;

1571 all being ordered by the secret yet just judgment of

1572 God. For since it is written, "All the paths of the Lord are

1573 mercy and truth,"[572] neither can His grace be unjust, nor His

1574 justice cruel.

BOOK THIRTEENTH.

73 (Texto do capítulo)

ARGUMENT.

76 IN THIS BOOK IT IS TAUGHT THAT DEATH IS PENAL, AND HAD ITS

77 ORIGIN IN ADAM'S SIN.

78 1. *Of the fall of the first man, through which mortality has been contracted.*

79 Having disposed of the very difficult questions concerning

80 the origin of our world and the beginning of

81 the human race, the natural order requires that we now

82 discuss the fall of the first man (we may say of the first

83 men), and of the origin and propagation of human death.

84 For God had not made man like the angels, in such a

85 condition that, even though they had sinned, they could none

86 the more die. He had so made them, that if they discharged

87 the obligations of obedience, an angelic immortality and a

88 blessed eternity might ensue, without the intervention of

89 death; but if they disobeyed, death should be visited on

90 them with just sentence—which, too, has been spoken to in

91 the preceding book.

92 2. *Of that death which can affect an immortal soul, and of that to which

93 the body is subject.*

94 But I see I must speak a little more carefully of the

95 nature of death. For although the human soul is truly

96 affirmed to be immortal, yet it also has a certain death of

97 its own. For it is therefore called immortal, because, in a

98 sense, it does not cease to live and to feel; while the body is

99 called mortal, because it can be forsaken of all life, and cannot

100 by itself live at all. The death, then, of the soul takes place

101 when God forsakes it, as the death of the body when the

102 soul forsakes it. Therefore the death of both—that is, of the

103 whole man—occurs when the soul, forsaken by God, forsakes

104 the body. For, in this case, neither is God the life of the

105 soul, nor the soul the life of the body. And this death of

106 the whole man is followed by that which, on the authority

107 of the divine oracles, we call the second death. This the

108 Saviour referred to when He said, "Fear Him which is able

109 to destroy both soul and body in hell."[573] And since this

110 does not happen before the soul is so joined to its body that

111 they cannot be separated at all, it may be matter of wonder

112 how the body can be said to be killed by that death in which

113 it is not forsaken by the soul, but, being animated and rendered

114 sensitive by it, is tormented. For in that penal and

115 everlasting punishment, of which in its own place we are to

116 speak more at large, the soul is justly said to die, because it

117 does not live in connection with God; but how can we say

118 that the body is dead, seeing that it lives by the soul? For

119 it could not otherwise feel the bodily torments which are to

120 follow the resurrection. Is it because life of every kind is

121 good, and pain an evil, that we decline to say that that body

122 lives, in which the soul is the cause, not of life, but of pain?

123 The soul, then, lives by God when it lives well, for it cannot

124 live well unless by God working in it what is good; and the

125 body lives by the soul when the soul lives in the body,

126 whether itself be living by God or no. For the wicked man's

127 life in the body is a life not of the soul, but of the body,

128 which even dead souls—that is, souls forsaken of God—can

129 confer upon bodies, how little soever of their own proper life,

130 by which they are immortal, they retain. But in the last

131 damnation, though man does not cease to feel, yet because

132 this feeling of his is neither sweet with pleasure nor wholesome

133 with repose, but painfully penal, it is not without reason

134 called death rather than life. And it is called the second

135 death because it follows the first, which sunders the two

136 cohering essences, whether these be God and the soul, or

137 the soul and the body. Of the first and bodily death, then,

138 we may say that to the good it is good, and evil to the evil.

139 But, doubtless, the second, as it happens to none of the good,

140 so it can be good for none.

141 3. *Whether death, which by the sin of our first parents has passed upon all

142 men, is the punishment of sin, even to the good.*

143 But a question not to be shirked arises: Whether in very

144 truth death, which separates soul and body, is good to the

145 good?[574] For if it be, how has it come to pass that such a

146 thing should be the punishment of sin? For the first men

147 would not have suffered death had they not sinned. How,

148 then, can that be good to the good, which could not have

149 happened except to the evil? Then, again, if it could only

150 happen to the evil, to the good it ought not to be good, but

151 non-existent. For why should there be any punishment where

152 there is nothing to punish? Wherefore we must say that the

153 first men were indeed so created, that if they had not sinned,

154 they would not have experienced any kind of death; but that,

155 having become sinners, they were so punished with death, that

156 whatsoever sprang from their stock should also be punished

157 with the same death. For nothing else could be born of them

158 than that which they themselves had been. Their nature was

159 deteriorated in proportion to the greatness of the condemnation

160 of their sin, so that what existed as punishment in those

161 who first sinned, became a natural consequence in their children.

162 For man is not produced by man, as he was from the

163 dust. For dust was the material out of which man was

164 made: man is the parent by whom man is begotten. Wherefore

165 earth and flesh are not the same thing, though flesh be

166 made of earth. But as man the parent is, such is man the

167 offspring. In the first man, therefore, there existed the whole

168 human nature, which was to be transmitted by the woman

169 to posterity, when that conjugal union received the divine

170 sentence of its own condemnation; and what man was made,

171 not when created, but when he sinned and was punished, this

172 he propagated, so far as the origin of sin and death are concerned.

173 For neither by sin nor its punishment was he himself

174 reduced to that infantine and helpless infirmity of body

175 and mind which we see in children. For God ordained that

176 infants should begin the world as the young of beasts begin

177 it, since their parents had fallen to the level of the beasts in

178 the fashion of their life and of their death; as it is written,

179 "Man when he was in honour understood not; he became

180 like the beasts that have no understanding."[575] Nay more,

181 infants, we see, are even feebler in the use and movement of

182 their limbs, and more infirm to choose and refuse, than the

183 most tender offspring of other animals; as if the force that

184 dwells in human nature were destined to surpass all other

185 living things so much the more eminently, as its energy has

186 been longer restrained, and the time of its exercise delayed,

187 just as an arrow flies the higher the further back it has been

188 drawn. To this infantine imbecility[576] the first man did not

189 fall by his lawless presumption and just sentence; but human

190 nature was in his person vitiated and altered to such an

191 extent, that he suffered in his members the warring of disobedient

192 lust, and became subject to the necessity of dying.

193 And what he himself had become by sin and punishment,

194 such he generated those whom he begot; that is to say, subject

195 to sin and death. And if infants are delivered from this

196 bondage of sin by the Redeemer's grace, they can suffer only

197 this death which separates soul and body; but being redeemed

198 from the obligation of sin, they do not pass to that second

199 endless and penal death.

200 4. *Why death, the punishment of sin, is not withheld from those who by the

201 grace of regeneration are absolved from sin.*

202 If, moreover, any one is solicitous about this point, how, if

203 death be the very punishment of sin, they whose guilt is cancelled

204 by grace do yet suffer death, this difficulty has already

205 been handled and solved in our other work which we have

206 written on the baptism of infants.[577] There it was said that the

207 parting of soul and body was left, though its connection with

208 sin was removed, for this reason, that if the immortality of

209 the body followed immediately upon the sacrament of regeneration,

210 faith itself would be thereby enervated. For faith is

211 then only faith when it waits in hope for what is not yet seen

212 in substance. And by the vigour and conflict of faith, at least

213 in times past, was the fear of death overcome. Specially was

214 this conspicuous in the holy martyrs, who could have had no

215 victory, no glory, to whom there could not even have been any

216 conflict, if, after the laver of regeneration, saints could not suffer

217 bodily death. Who would not, then, in company with the

218 infants presented for baptism, run to the grace of Christ, that

219 so he might not be dismissed from the body? And thus faith

220 would not be tested with an unseen reward; and so would

221 not even be faith, seeking and receiving an immediate recompense

222 of its works. But now, by the greater and more admirable

223 grace of the Saviour, the punishment of sin is turned

224 to the service of righteousness. For then it was proclaimed

225 to man, "If thou sinnest, thou shalt die;" now it is said to

226 the martyr, "Die, that thou sin not." Then it was said, "If

227 ye transgress the commandments, ye shall die;" now it is

228 said, "If ye decline death, ye transgress the commandment."

229 That which was formerly set as an object of terror, that men

230 might not sin, is now to be undergone if we would not sin.

231 Thus, by the unutterable mercy of God, even the very punishment

232 of wickedness has become the armour of virtue, and the

233 penalty of the sinner becomes the reward of the righteous.

234 For then death was incurred by sinning, now righteousness is

235 fulfilled by dying. In the case of the holy martyrs it is so;

236 for to them the persecutor proposes the alternative, apostasy

237 or death. For the righteous prefer by believing to suffer what

238 the first transgressors suffered by not believing. For unless

239 they had sinned, they would not have died; but the martyrs

240 sin if they do not die. The one died because they sinned, the

241 others do not sin because they die. By the guilt of the first,

242 punishment was incurred; by the punishment of the second,

243 guilt is prevented. Not that death, which was before an evil,

244 has become something good, but only that God has granted to

245 faith this grace, that death, which is the admitted opposite to

246 life, should become the instrument by which life is reached.

247 5. *As the wicked make an ill use of the law, which is good, so the good make

248 a good use of death, which is an ill.*

249 The apostle, wishing to show how hurtful a thing sin is,

250 when grace does not aid us, has not hesitated to say that the

251 strength of sin is that very law by which sin is prohibited.

252 "The sting of death is sin, and the strength of sin is the law."[578]

253 Most certainly true; for prohibition increases the desire of

254 illicit action, if righteousness is not so loved that the desire of

255 sin is conquered by that love. But unless divine grace aid

256 us, we cannot love nor delight in true righteousness. But lest

257 the law should be thought to be an evil, since it is called the

258 strength of sin, the apostle, when treating a similar question in

259 another place, says, "The law indeed is holy, and the commandment

260 holy, and just, and good. Was then that which is holy

261 made death unto me? God forbid. But sin, that it might appear

262 sin, working death in me by that which is good; that sin

263 by the commandment might become exceeding sinful."[579] *Exceeding*,

264 he says, because the transgression is more heinous when

265 through the increasing lust of sin the law itself also is despised.

266 Why have we thought it worth while to mention this? For

267 this reason, because, as the law is not an evil when it increases

268 the lust of those who sin, so neither is death a good thing

269 when it increases the glory of those who suffer it, since either

270 the former is abandoned wickedly, and makes transgressors, or

271 the latter is embraced for the truth's sake, and makes martyrs.

272 And thus the law is indeed good, because it is prohibition of

273 sin, and death is evil because it is the wages of sin; but as

274 wicked men make an evil use not only of evil, but also of good

275 things, so the righteous make a good use not only of good, but

276 also of evil things. Whence it comes to pass that the wicked

277 make an ill use of the law, though the law is good; and that

278 the good die well, though death is an evil.

279 6. *Of the evil of death in general, considered as the separation of soul

280 and body.*

281 Wherefore, as regards bodily death, that is, the separation

282 of the soul from the body, it is good unto none while it is

283 being endured by those whom we say are in the article of

284 death. For the very violence with which body and soul are

285 wrenched asunder, which in the living had been conjoined

286 and closely intertwined, brings with it a harsh experience,

287 jarring horridly on nature so long as it continues, till there

288 comes a total loss of sensation, which arose from the very

289 interpenetration of spirit and flesh. And all this anguish is

290 sometimes forestalled by one stroke of the body or sudden

291 flitting of the soul, the swiftness of which prevents it from

292 being felt. But whatever that may be in the dying which

293 with violently painful sensation robs of all sensation, yet, when

294 it is piously and faithfully borne, it increases the merit of

295 patience, but does not make the name of punishment inapplicable.

296 Death, proceeding by ordinary generation from the

297 first man, is the punishment of all who are born of him, yet,

298 if it be endured for righteousness' sake, it becomes the glory

299 of those who are born again; and though death be the award

300 of sin, it sometimes secures that nothing be awarded to sin.

301 7. *Of the death which the unbaptized*[580] *suffer for the confession of Christ.*

302 For whatever unbaptized persons die confessing Christ, this

303 confession is of the same efficacy for the remission of sins as

304 if they were washed in the sacred font of baptism. For He

305 who said, "Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit,

306 he cannot enter into the kingdom of God,"[581] made also an exception

307 in their favour, in that other sentence where He no

308 less absolutely said, "Whosoever shall confess me before men,

309 him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven;"[582]

310 and in another place, "Whosoever will lose his life for my

311 sake, shall find it."[583] And this explains the verse, "Precious

312 in the sight of the Lord is the death of His saints."[584] For

313 what is more precious than a death by which a man's sins are

314 all forgiven, and his merits increased an hundredfold? For

315 those who have been baptized when they could no longer

316 escape death, and have departed this life with all their sins

317 blotted out, have not equal merit with those who did not

318 defer death, though it was in their power to do so, but preferred

319 to end their life by confessing Christ, rather than by

320 denying Him to secure an opportunity of baptism. And even

321 had they denied Him under pressure of the fear of death, this

322 too would have been forgiven them in that baptism, in which

323 was remitted even the enormous wickedness of those who had

324 slain Christ. But how abundant in these men must have

325 been the grace of the Spirit, who breathes where He listeth,

326 seeing that they so dearly loved Christ as to be unable to deny

327 Him even in so sore an emergency, and with so sure a hope

328 of pardon! Precious, therefore, is the death of the saints, to

329 whom the grace of Christ has been applied with such gracious

330 effects, that they do not hesitate to meet death themselves, if

331 so be they might meet Him. And precious is it, also, because

332 it has proved that what was originally ordained for the punishment

333 of the sinner, has been used for the production of a richer

334 harvest of righteousness. But not on this account should we

335 look upon death as a good thing, for it is diverted to such

336 useful purposes, not by any virtue of its own, but by the

337 divine interference. Death was originally proposed as an

338 object of dread, that sin might not be committed; now it must

339 be undergone that sin may not be committed, or, if committed,

340 be remitted, and the award of righteousness bestowed on him

341 whose victory has earned it.

342 8. *That the saints, by suffering the first death for the truth's sake, are

343 freed from the second.*

344 For if we look at the matter a little more carefully, we shall

345 see that even when a man dies faithfully and laudably for the

346 truth's sake, it is still death he is avoiding. For he submits

347 to some part of death, for the very purpose of avoiding the

348 whole, and the second and eternal death over and above. He

349 submits to the separation of soul and body, lest the soul be

350 separated both from God and from the body, and so the whole

351 first death be completed, and the second death receive him

352 everlastingly. Wherefore death is indeed, as I said, good to

353 none while it is being actually suffered, and while it is subduing

354 the dying to its power; but it is meritoriously endured

355 for the sake of retaining or winning what *is* good. And regarding

356 what happens after death, it is no absurdity to say

357 that death is good to the good, and evil to the evil. For the

358 disembodied spirits of the just are at rest; but those of the

359 wicked suffer punishment till their bodies rise again,—those of

360 the just to life everlasting, and of the others to death eternal,

361 which is called the second death.

362 9. *Whether we should say that the moment of death, in which sensation ceases,

363 occurs in the experience of the dying or in that of the dead.*

364 The point of time in which the souls of the good and evil

365 are separated from the body, are we to say it is after death, or

366 in death rather? If it is after death, then it is not death

367 which is good or evil, since death is done with and past, but

368 it is the life which the soul has now entered on. Death was

369 an evil when it was present, that is to say, when it was being

370 suffered by the dying; for to them it brought with it a severe

371 and grievous experience, which the good make a good use of.

372 But when death is past, how can that which no longer is be

373 either good or evil? Still further, if we examine the matter

374 more closely, we shall see that even that sore and grievous

375 pain which the dying experience is not death itself. For so

376 long as they have any sensation, they are certainly still alive;

377 and, if still alive, must rather be said to be in a state previous

378 to death than in death. For when death actually comes, it

379 robs us of all bodily sensation, which, while death is only approaching,

380 is painful. And thus it is difficult to explain how

381 we speak of those who are not yet dead, but are agonized in

382 their last and mortal extremity, as being in the article of

383 death. Yet what else can we call them than dying persons?

384 for when death which was imminent shall have actually come,

385 we can no longer call them dying but dead. No one, therefore,

386 is dying unless living; since even he who is in the last

387 extremity of life, and, as we say, giving up the ghost, yet lives.

388 The same person is therefore at once dying and living, but

389 drawing near to death, departing from life; yet in life, because

390 his spirit yet abides in the body; not yet in death, because

391 not yet has his spirit forsaken the body. But if, when it has

392 forsaken it, the man is not even then in death, but after death,

393 who shall say when he is in death? On the one hand, no one

394 can be called dying, if a man cannot be dying and living at

395 the same time; and as long as the soul is in the body, we

396 cannot deny that he is living. On the other hand, if the man

397 who is approaching death be rather called dying, I know not

398 who is living.

399 10. *Of the life of mortals, which is rather to be called death than life.*

400 For no sooner do we begin to live in this dying body, than

401 we begin to move ceaselessly towards death.[585] For in the

402 whole course of this life (if life we must call it) its mutability

403 tends towards death. Certainly there is no one who is not

404 nearer it this year than last year, and to-morrow than to-day,

405 and to-day than yesterday, and a short while hence than now,

406 and now than a short while ago. For whatever time we live

407 is deducted from our whole term of life, and that which

408 remains is daily becoming less and less; so that our whole

409 life is nothing but a race towards death, in which no one is

410 allowed to stand still for a little space, or to go somewhat

411 more slowly, but all are driven forwards with an impartial

412 movement, and with equal rapidity. For he whose life is short

413 spends a day no more swiftly than he whose life is longer.

414 But while the equal moments are impartially snatched from

415 both, the one has a nearer and the other a more remote goal

416 to reach with this their equal speed. It is one thing to make

417 a longer journey, and another to walk more slowly. He,

418 therefore, who spends longer time on his way to death does

419 not proceed at a more leisurely pace, but goes over more

420 ground. Further, if every man begins to die, that is, is in

421 death, as soon as death has begun to show itself in him (by

422 taking away life, to wit; for when life is all taken away, the

423 man will be then not in death, but after death), then he begins

424 to die so soon as he begins to live. For what else is going

425 on in all his days, hours, and moments, until this slow-working

426 death is fully consummated? And then comes the time

427 *after death*, instead of that in which life was being withdrawn,

428 and which we called being *in death*. Man, then, is never in

429 life from the moment he dwells in this dying rather than

430 living body,—if, at least, he cannot be in life and death at

431 once. Or rather, shall we say, he is in both?—in life,

432 namely, which he lives till all is consumed; but in death

433 also, which he dies as his life is consumed? For if he is not

434 in life, what is it which is consumed till all be gone? And

435 if he is not in death, what is this consumption itself? For

436 when the whole of life has been consumed, the expression

437 "after death" would be meaningless, had that consumption

438 not been death. And if, when it has all been consumed, a

439 man is not in death but after death, when is he in death,

440 unless when life is being consumed away?

441 11. *Whether one can both be living and dead at the same time.*

442 But if it is absurd to say that a man is in death before he

443 reaches death (for to what is his course running as he passes

444 through life, if already he is in death?), and if it outrage

445 common usage to speak of a man being at once alive and

446 dead, as much as it does so, to speak of him as at once asleep

447 and awake, it remains to be asked when a man is dying?

448 For, before death comes, he is not dying but living; and

449 when death has come, he is not dying but dead. The one is

450 before, the other after death. When, then, is he in death so

451 that we can say he is dying? For as there are three times,

452 before death, in death, after death, so there are three states

453 corresponding, living, dying, dead. And it is very hard to

454 define when a man is in death or dying, when he is neither

455 living, which is before death, nor dead, which is after death,

456 but dying, which is in death. For so long as the soul is in

457 the body, especially if consciousness remain, the man certainly

458 lives; for body and soul constitute the man. And thus,

459 before death, he cannot be said to be in death; but when,

460 on the other hand, the soul has departed, and all bodily

461 sensation is extinct, death is past, and the man is dead.

462 Between these two states the dying condition finds no place;

463 for if a man yet lives, death has not arrived; if he has ceased

464 to live, death is past. Never, then, is he dying, that is, comprehended

465 in the state of death. So also in the passing of

466 time,—you try to lay your finger on the present, and cannot

467 find it, because the present occupies no space, but is only

468 the transition of time from the future to the past. Must we

469 then conclude that there is thus no death of the body at all?

470 For if there is, where is it, since it is in no one, and no one

471 can be in it? Since, indeed, if there is yet life, death is not

472 yet; for this state is before death, not in death: and if life

473 has already ceased, death is not present; for this state is

474 after death, not in death. On the other hand, if there is

475 no death before or after, what do we mean when we say

476 "after death," or "before death?" This is a foolish way

477 of speaking if there is no death. And would that we had

478 lived so well in Paradise that in very truth there were now

479 no death! But not only does it now exist, but so grievous

480 a thing is it, that no skill is sufficient either to explain or to

481 escape it.

482 Let us, then, speak in the customary way,—no man ought

483 to speak otherwise,—and let us call the time before death

484 come, "before death;" as it is written, "Praise no man before

485 his death."[586] And when it has happened, let us say that

486 "after death" this or that took place. And of the present

487 time let us speak as best we can, as when we say, "He,

488 when dying, made his will, and left this or that to such and

489 such persons,"—though, of course, he could not do so unless

490 he were living, and did this rather before death than in death.

491 And let us use the same phraseology as Scripture uses; for it

492 makes no scruple of saying that the dead are not after but in

493 death. So that verse, "For in death there is no remembrance

494 of thee."[587] For until the resurrection men are justly said to

495 be in death; as every one is said to be in sleep till he

496 awakes. However, though we can say of persons in sleep

497 that they are sleeping, we cannot speak in this way of the

498 dead, and say they are dying. For, so far as regards the

499 death of the body, of which we are now speaking, one cannot

500 say that those who are already separated from their bodies

501 continue dying. But this, you see, is just what I was saying,—that

502 no words can explain how either the dying are said

503 to live, or how the dead are said, even after death, to be in

504 death. For how can they be after death if they be in death,

505 especially when we do not even call them dying, as we call

506 those in sleep, sleeping; and those in languor, languishing;

507 and those in grief, grieving; and those in life, living? And

508 yet the dead, until they rise again, are said to be in death,

509 but cannot be called dying.

510 And therefore I think it has not unsuitably nor inappropriately

511 come to pass, though not by the intention of man,

512 yet perhaps with divine purpose, that this Latin word

513 *moritur* cannot be declined by the grammarians according to

514 the rule followed by similar words. For *oritur* gives the

515 form *ortus est* for the perfect; and all similar verbs form

516 this tense from their perfect participles. But if we ask

517 the perfect of *moritur*, we get the regular answer, *mortuus

518 est* with a double *u*. For thus *mortuus* is pronounced, like

519 *fatuus*, *arduus*, *conspicuus*, and similar words, which are not

520 perfect participles but adjectives, and are declined without

521 regard to tense. But *mortuus*, though in form an adjective,

522 is used as perfect participle, as if that were to be declined

523 which cannot be declined; and thus it has suitably come

524 to pass that, as the thing itself cannot in point of fact be

525 declined, so neither can the word significant of the act be

526 declined. Yet, by the aid of our Redeemer's grace, we may

527 manage at least to decline the second. For that is more

528 grievous still, and, indeed, of all evils the worst, since it consists

529 not in the separation of soul and body, but in the uniting

530 of both in death eternal. And there, in striking contrast to

531 our present conditions, men will not be before or after death,

532 but always in death; and thus never living, never dead, but

533 endlessly dying. And never can a man be more disastrously

534 in death than when death itself shall be deathless.

535 12. *What death God intended, when He threatened our first parents with death

536 if they should disobey His commandment.*

537 When, therefore, it is asked what death it was with which

538 God threatened our first parents if they should transgress

539 the commandment they had received from Him, and should

540 fail to preserve their obedience,—whether it was the death

541 of soul, or of body, or of the whole man, or that which is

542 called second death,—we must answer, It is all. For the

543 first consists of two; the second is the complete death, which

544 consists of all. For, as the whole earth consists of many

545 lands, and the Church universal of many churches, so death

546 universal consists of all deaths. The first consists of two,

547 one of the body, and another of the soul. So that the first

548 death is a death of the whole man, since the soul without

549 God and without the body suffers punishment for a time;

550 but the second is when the soul, without God but with the

551 body, suffers punishment everlasting. When, therefore, God

552 said to that first man whom he had placed in Paradise, referring

553 to the forbidden fruit, "In the day that thou eatest

554 thereof thou shalt surely die,"[588] that threatening included not

555 only the first part of the first death, by which the soul is

556 deprived of God; nor only the subsequent part of the first

557 death, by which the body is deprived of the soul; nor only

558 the whole first death itself, by which the soul is punished in

559 separation from God and from the body;—but it includes

560 whatever of death there is, even to that final death which is

561 called second, and to which none is subsequent.

562 13. *What was the first punishment of the transgression of our first parents?*

563 For, as soon as our first parents had transgressed the commandment,

564 divine grace forsook them, and they were confounded

565 at their own wickedness; and therefore they took

566 fig-leaves (which were possibly the first that came to hand in

567 their troubled state of mind), and covered their shame; for

568 though their members remained the same, they had shame

569 now where they had none before. They experienced a new

570 motion of their flesh, which had become disobedient to them,

571 in strict retribution of their own disobedience to God. For

572 the soul, revelling in its own liberty, and scorning to serve

573 God, was itself deprived of the command it had formerly

574 maintained over the body. And because it had wilfully

575 deserted its superior Lord, it no longer held its own inferior

576 servant; neither could it hold the flesh subject, as it would

577 always have been able to do had it remained itself subject to

578 God. Then began the flesh to lust against the Spirit,[589] in

579 which strife we are born, deriving from the first transgression

580 a seed of death, and bearing in our members, and in our

581 vitiated nature, the contest or even victory of the flesh.

582 14. *In what state man was made by God, and into what estate he fell by the

583 choice of his own will.*

584 For God, the author of natures, not of vices, created man

585 upright; but man, being of his own will corrupted, and justly

586 condemned, begot corrupted and condemned children. For

587 we all were in that one man, since we all were that one man

588 who fell into sin by the woman who was made from him

589 before the sin. For not yet was the particular form created

590 and distributed to us, in which we as individuals were to

591 live, but already the seminal nature was there from which

592 we were to be propagated; and this being vitiated by sin, and

593 bound by the chain of death, and justly condemned, man could

594 not be born of man in any other state. And thus, from the

595 bad use of free will, there originated the whole train of evil,

596 which, with its concatenation of miseries, convoys the human

597 race from its depraved origin, as from a corrupt root, on to the

598 destruction of the second death, which has no end, those only

599 being excepted who are freed by the grace of God.

600 15. *That Adam in his sin forsook God ere God forsook him, and that his

601 falling away from God was the first death of the soul.*

602 It may perhaps be supposed that because God said, "Ye

603 shall die the death,"[590] and not "deaths," we should understand

604 only that death which occurs when the soul is deserted by

605 God, who is its life; for it was not deserted by God, and so

606 deserted Him, but deserted Him, and so was deserted by Him.

607 For its own will was the originator of its evil, as God was

608 the originator of its motions towards good, both in making it

609 when it was not, and in re-making it when it had fallen and

610 perished. But though we suppose that God meant only this.

611 death, and that the words, "In the day ye eat of it ye shall

612 die the death," should be understood as meaning, "In the day

613 ye desert me in disobedience, I will desert you in justice," yet

614 assuredly in this death the other deaths also were threatened,

615 which were its inevitable consequence. For in the first stirring

616 of the disobedient motion which was felt in the flesh of the

617 disobedient soul, and which caused our first parents to cover

618 their shame, one death indeed is experienced, that, namely,

619 which occurs when God forsakes the soul. (This was intimated

620 by the words He uttered, when the man, stupefied by

621 fear, had hid himself, "Adam, where art thou?"[591]—words

622 which He used not in ignorance of inquiry, but warning him

623 to consider where he was, since God was not with him.) But

624 when the soul itself forsook the body, corrupted and decayed

625 with age, the other death was experienced of which God had

626 spoken in pronouncing man's sentence, "Earth thou art, and

627 unto earth shalt thou return."[592] And of these two deaths that

628 first death of the whole man is composed. And this first death

629 is finally followed by the second, unless man be freed by grace.

630 For the body would not return to the earth from which it was

631 made, save only by the death proper to itself, which occurs

632 when it is forsaken of the soul, its life. And therefore it is

633 agreed among all Christians who truthfully hold the catholic

634 faith, that we are subject to the death of the body, not by the

635 law of nature, by which God ordained no death for man, but

636 by His righteous infliction on account of sin; for God, taking

637 vengeance on sin, said to the man, in whom we all then were,

638 "Dust thou art, and unto dust shalt thou return."

639 >

640 >

641 >

642 16. *Concerning the philosophers who think that the separation of soul and body

643 > is not penal, though Plato represents the supreme Deity as promising to

644 > the inferior gods that they shall never be dismissed from their bodies.*

645 But the philosophers against whom we are defending the

646 city of God, that is, His Church, seem to themselves to have

647 good cause to deride us, because we say that the separation of the

648 soul from the body is to be held as part of man's punishment.

649 For they suppose that the blessedness of the soul then only is

650 complete, when it is quite denuded of the body, and returns to

651 God a pure and simple, and, as it were, naked soul. On this

652 point, if I should find nothing in their own literature to refute

653 this opinion, I should be forced laboriously to demonstrate that

654 it is not the body, but the corruptibility of the body, which is

655 a burden to the soul. Hence that sentence of Scripture we

656 quoted in a foregoing book, "For the corruptible body presseth

657 down the soul."[593] The word corruptible is added to show that

658 the soul is burdened, not by any body whatsoever, but by the

659 body such as it has become in consequence of sin. And even

660 though the word had not been added, we could understand

661 nothing else. But when Plato most expressly declares that

662 the gods who are made by the Supreme have immortal bodies,

663 and when he introduces their Maker himself promising them

664 as a great boon that they should abide in their bodies eternally,

665 and never by any death be loosed from them, why do these

666 adversaries of ours, for the sake of troubling the Christian

667 faith, feign to be ignorant of what they quite well know, and

668 even prefer to contradict themselves rather than lose an opportunity

669 of contradicting us? Here are Plato's words, as Cicero

670 has translated them,[594] in which he introduces the Supreme

671 addressing the gods He had made, and saying, "Ye who are

672 sprung from a divine stock, consider of what works I am the

673 parent and author. These (your bodies) are indestructible

674 so long as I will it; although all that is composed can be

675 destroyed. But it is wicked to dissolve what reason has

676 compacted. But, seeing that ye have been born, ye cannot

677 indeed be immortal and indestructible; yet ye shall by no

678 means be destroyed, nor shall any fates consign you to death,

679 and prove superior to my will, which is a stronger assurance

680 of your perpetuity than those bodies to which ye were joined

681 when ye were born." Plato, you see, says that the gods are

682 both mortal by the connection of the body and soul, and yet

683 are rendered immortal by the will and decree of their Maker.

684 If, therefore, it is a punishment to the soul to be connected

685 with any body whatever, why does God address them as if

686 they were afraid of death, that is, of the separation of soul and

687 body? Why does He seek to reassure them by promising

688 them immortality, not in virtue of their nature, which is

689 composite and not simple, but by virtue of His invincible

690 will, whereby He can effect that neither things born die, nor

691 things compounded be dissolved, but preserved eternally?

692 Whether this opinion of Plato's about the stars is true or

693 not, is another question. For we cannot at once grant to him

694 that these luminous bodies or globes, which by day and night

695 shine on the earth with the light of their bodily substance,

696 have also intellectual and blessed souls which animate each

697 its own body, as he confidently affirms of the universe itself,

698 as if it were one huge animal, in which all other animals were

699 contained.[595] But this, as I said, is another question, which we

700 have not undertaken to discuss at present. This much only

701 I deemed right to bring forward, in opposition to those who so

702 pride themselves on being, or on being called Platonists, that

703 they blush to be Christians, and who cannot brook to be called

704 by a name which the common people also bear, lest they

705 vulgarize the philosophers' coterie, which is proud in proportion

706 to its exclusiveness. These men, seeking a weak point in the

707 Christian doctrine, select for attack the eternity of the body,

708 as if it were a contradiction to contend for the blessedness of

709 the soul, and to wish it to be always resident in the body,

710 bound, as it were, in a lamentable chain; and this although

711 Plato, their own founder and master, affirms that it was granted

712 by the Supreme as a boon to the gods He had made, that

713 they should not die, that is, should not be separated from the

714 bodies with which He had connected them.

715 17. *Against those who affirm that earthly bodies cannot be made incorruptible

716 and eternal.*

717 These same philosophers further contend that terrestrial

718 bodies cannot be eternal, though they make no doubt that the

719 whole earth, which is itself the central member of their god,—not,

720 indeed, of the greatest, but yet of a great god, that is, of

721 this whole world,—is eternal. Since, then, the Supreme made

722 for them another god, that is, this world, superior to the other

723 gods beneath Him; and since they suppose that this god is an

724 animal, having, as they affirm, a rational or intellectual soul

725 enclosed in the huge mass of its body, and having, as the fitly

726 situated and adjusted members of its body, the four elements,

727 whose union they wish to be indissoluble and eternal, lest

728 perchance this great god of theirs might some day perish;

729 what reason is there that the earth, which is the central

730 member in the body of a greater creature, should be eternal,

731 and the bodies of other terrestrial creatures should not possibly

732 be eternal if God should so will it? But earth, say they, must

733 return to earth, out of which the terrestrial bodies of the

734 animals have been taken. For this, they say, is the reason

735 of the necessity of their death and dissolution, and this the

736 manner of their restoration to the solid and eternal earth

737 whence they came. But if any one says the same thing of

738 fire, holding that the bodies which are derived from it to make

739 celestial beings must be restored to the universal fire, does

740 not the immortality which Plato represents these gods as

741 receiving from the Supreme evanesce in the heat of this

742 dispute? Or does this not happen with those celestials

743 because God, whose will, as Plato says, overpowers all powers,

744 has willed it should not be so? What, then, hinders God from

745 ordaining the same of terrestrial bodies? And since, indeed,

746 Plato acknowledges that God can prevent things that are born

747 from dying, and things that are joined from being sundered,

748 and things that are composed from being dissolved, and can

749 ordain that the souls once allotted to their bodies should never

750 abandon them, but enjoy along with them immortality and

751 everlasting bliss, why may He not also effect that terrestrial

752 bodies die not? Is God powerless to do everything that is

753 special to the Christian's creed, but powerful to effect everything

754 the Platonists desire? The philosophers, forsooth, have

755 been admitted to a knowledge of the divine purposes and

756 power which has been denied to the prophets! The truth is,

757 that the Spirit of God taught His prophets so much of His

758 will as He thought fit to reveal, but the philosophers, in their

759 efforts to discover it, were deceived by human conjecture.

760 But they should not have been so led astray, I will not say

761 by their ignorance, but by their obstinacy, as to contradict

762 themselves so frequently; for they maintain, with all their

763 vaunted might, that in order to the happiness of the soul, it

764 must abandon not only its earthly body, but every kind of

765 body. And yet they hold that the gods, whose souls are most

766 blessed, are bound to everlasting bodies, the celestials to fiery

767 bodies, and the soul of Jove himself (or this world, as they

768 would have us believe) to all the physical elements which

769 compose this entire mass reaching from earth to heaven. For

770 this soul Plato believes to be extended and diffused by musical

771 numbers,[596] from the middle of the inside of the earth, which

772 geometricians call the centre, outwards through all its parts

773 to the utmost heights and extremities of the heavens; so that

774 this world is a very great and blessed immortal animal, whose

775 soul has both the perfect blessedness of wisdom, and never

776 leaves its own body, and whose body has life everlasting

777 from the soul, and by no means clogs or hinders it, though

778 itself be not a simple body, but compacted of so many and so

779 huge materials. Since, therefore, they allow so much to their

780 own conjectures, why do they refuse to believe that by the

781 divine will and power immortality can be conferred on earthly

782 bodies, in which the souls would be neither oppressed with

783 the burden of them, nor separated from them by any death,

784 but live eternally and blessedly? Do they not assert that

785 their own gods so live in bodies of fire, and that Jove himself,

786 their king, so lives in the physical elements? If, in order to

787 its blessedness, the soul must quit every kind of body, let

788 their gods flit from the starry spheres, and Jupiter from earth

789 to sky; or, if they cannot do so, let them be pronounced

790 miserable. But neither alternative will these men adopt. For,

791 on the one hand, they dare not ascribe to their own gods a

792 departure from the body, lest they should seem to worship

793 mortals; on the other hand, they dare not deny their happiness,

794 lest they should acknowledge wretches as gods. Therefore,

795 to obtain blessedness, we need not quit every kind of

796 body, but only the corruptible, cumbersome, painful, dying,—not

797 such bodies as the goodness of God contrived for the first

798 man, but such only as man's sin entailed.

799 18. *Of earthly bodies, which the philosophers affirm cannot be in heavenly places,

800 because whatever is of earth is by its natural weight attracted to earth.*

801 But it is necessary, they say, that the natural weight of

802 earthly bodies either keep them on earth or draw them to it;

803 and therefore they cannot be in heaven. Our first parents

804 were indeed on earth, in a well-wooded and fruitful spot,

805 which has been named Paradise. But let our adversaries a

806 little more carefully consider this subject of earthly weight,

807 because it has important bearings, both on the ascension of

808 the body of Christ, and also on the resurrection body of the

809 saints. If human skill can by some contrivance fabricate

810 vessels that float, out of metals which sink as soon as they

811 are placed on the water, how much more credible is it that

812 God, by some occult mode of operation, should even more

813 certainly effect that these earthy masses be emancipated from

814 the downward pressure of their weight? This cannot be impossible

815 to that God by whose almighty will, according to

816 Plato, neither things born perish, nor things composed dissolve,

817 especially since it is much more wonderful that spiritual and

818 bodily essences be conjoined than that bodies be adjusted to

819 other material substances. Can we not also easily believe

820 that souls, being made perfectly blessed, should be endowed

821 with the power of moving their earthy but incorruptible

822 bodies as they please, with almost spontaneous movement,

823 and of placing them where they please with the readiest

824 action? If the angels transport whatever terrestrial creatures

825 they please from any place they please, and convey them

826 whither they please, is it to be believed that they cannot do

827 so without toil and the feeling of burden? Why, then, may

828 we not believe that the spirits of the saints, made perfect and

829 blessed by divine grace, can carry their own bodies where

830 they please, and set them where they will? For, though we

831 have been accustomed to notice, in bearing weights, that the

832 larger the quantity the greater the weight of earthy bodies is,

833 and that the greater the weight the more burdensome it is,

834 yet the soul carries the members of its own flesh with less

835 difficulty when they are massive with health, than in sickness

836 when they are wasted. And though the hale and strong man

837 feels heavier to other men carrying him than the lank and

838 sickly, yet the man himself moves and carries his own body

839 with less feeling of burden when he has the greater bulk of

840 vigorous health, than when his frame is reduced to a minimum

841 by hunger or disease. Of such consequence, in estimating the

842 weight of earthly bodies, even while yet corruptible and mortal,

843 is the consideration not of dead weight, but of the healthy

844 equilibrium of the parts. And what words can tell the difference

845 between what we now call health and future immortality?

846 Let not the philosophers, then, think to upset our

847 faith with arguments from the weight of bodies; for I don't

848 care to inquire why they cannot believe an earthly body can

849 be in heaven, while the whole earth is suspended on nothing.

850 For perhaps the world keeps its central place by the same

851 law that attracts to its centre all heavy bodies. But this I

852 say, if the lesser gods, to whom Plato committed the creation

853 of man and the other terrestrial creatures, were able, as he

854 affirms, to withdraw from the fire its quality of burning, while

855 they left it that of lighting, so that it should shine through

856 the eyes; and if to the supreme God Plato also concedes the

857 power of preserving from death things that have been born,

858 and of preserving from dissolution things that are composed

859 of parts so different as body and spirit;—are we to hesitate to

860 concede to this same God the power to operate on the flesh of

861 him whom He has endowed with immortality, so as to withdraw

862 its corruption but leave its nature, remove its burdensome

863 weight but retain its seemly form and members? But

864 concerning our belief in the resurrection of the dead, and

865 concerning their immortal bodies, we shall speak more at

866 large, God willing, in the end of this work.

867 19. *Against the opinion of those who do not believe that the primitive men would

868 have been immortal if they had not sinned.*

869 At present let us go on, as we have begun, to give some

870 explanation regarding the bodies of our first parents. I say

871 then, that, except as the just consequence of sin, they would

872 not have been subjected even to this death, which is good to

873 the good,—this death, which is not exclusively known and

874 believed in by a few, but is known to all, by which soul and

875 body are separated, and by which the body of an animal

876 which was but now visibly living is now visibly dead. For

877 though there can be no manner of doubt that the souls of the

878 just and holy dead live in peaceful rest, yet so much better

879 would it be for them to be alive in healthy, well-conditioned

880 bodies, that even those who hold the tenet that it is most

881 blessed to be quit of every kind of body, condemn this opinion

882 in spite of themselves. For no one will dare to set wise men,

883 whether yet to die or already dead,—in other words, whether

884 already quit of the body, or shortly to be so,—above the immortal

885 gods, to whom the Supreme, in Plato, promises as a

886 munificent gift life indissoluble, or in eternal union with their

887 bodies. But this same Plato thinks that nothing better can

888 happen to men than that they pass through life piously and

889 justly, and, being separated from their bodies, be received

890 into the bosom of the gods, who never abandon theirs; "that,

891 oblivious of the past, they may revisit the upper air, and

892 conceive the longing to return again to the body."[597] Virgil

893 is applauded for borrowing this from the Platonic system.

894 Assuredly Plato thinks that the souls of mortals cannot

895 always be in their bodies, but must necessarily be dismissed

896 by death; and, on the other hand, he thinks that without

897 bodies they cannot endure for ever, but with ceaseless alternation

898 pass from life to death, and from death to life. This

899 difference, however, he sets between wise men and the rest,

900 that they are carried after death to the stars, that each man

901 may repose for a while in a star suitable for him, and may

902 thence return to the labours and miseries of mortals when he

903 has become oblivious of his former misery, and possessed with

904 the desire of being embodied. Those, again, who have lived

905 foolishly transmigrate into bodies fit for them, whether human

906 or bestial. Thus he has appointed even the good and wise

907 souls to a very hard lot indeed, since they do not receive

908 such bodies as they might always and even immortally inhabit,

909 but such only as they can neither permanently retain

910 nor enjoy eternal purity without. Of this notion of Plato's,

911 we have in a former book already said[598] that Porphyry was

912 ashamed in the light of these Christian times, so that he not

913 only emancipated human souls from a destiny in the bodies of

914 beasts, but also contended for the liberation of the souls of

915 the wise from all bodily ties, so that, escaping from all flesh,

916 they might, as bare and blessed souls, dwell with the Father

917 time without end. And that he might not seem to be outbid

918 by Christ's promise of life everlasting to His saints, he also

919 established purified souls in endless felicity, without return to

920 their former woes; but, that he might contradict Christ, he

921 denies the resurrection of incorruptible bodies, and maintains

922 that these souls will live eternally, not only without earthly

923 bodies, but without any bodies at all. And yet, whatever he

924 meant by this teaching, he at least did not teach that these

925 souls should offer no religious observance to the gods who

926 dwelt in bodies. And why did he not, unless because he did

927 not believe that the souls, even though separate from the body,

928 were superior to those gods? Wherefore, if these philosophers

929 will not dare (as I think they will not) to set human souls

930 above the gods who are most blessed, and yet are tied eternally

931 to their bodies, why do they find that absurd which the

932 Christian faith preaches,[599] namely, that our first parents were

933 so created that, if they had not sinned, they would not have

934 been dismissed from their bodies by any death, but would

935 have been endowed with immortality as the reward of their

936 obedience, and would have lived eternally with their bodies;

937 and further, that the saints will in the resurrection inhabit

938 those very bodies in which they have here toiled, but in such

939 sort that neither shall any corruption or unwieldiness be

940 suffered to attach to their flesh, nor any grief or trouble to

941 cloud their felicity?

942 20. *That the flesh now resting in peace shall be raised to a perfection not

943 enjoyed by the flesh of our first parents.*

944 Thus the souls of departed saints are not affected by the

945 death which dismisses them from their bodies, because their

946 flesh rests in hope, no matter what indignities it receives after

947 sensation is gone. For they do not desire that their bodies be

948 forgotten, as Plato thinks fit, but rather, because they remember

949 what has been promised by Him who deceives no man, and

950 who gave them security for the safe keeping even of the hairs

951 of their head, they with a longing patience wait in hope of the

952 resurrection of their bodies, in which they have suffered many

953 hardships, and are now to suffer never again. For if they did

954 not "hate their own flesh," when it, with its native infirmity,

955 opposed their will, and had to be constrained by the spiritual

956 law, how much more shall they love it, when it shall even

957 itself have become spiritual! For as, when the spirit serves

958 the flesh, it is fitly called carnal, so, when the flesh serves the

959 spirit, it will justly be called spiritual. Not that it is converted

960 into spirit, as some fancy from the words, "It is sown in corruption,

961 it is raised in incorruption,"[600] but because it is subject

962 to the spirit with a perfect and marvellous readiness of

963 obedience, and responds in all things to the will that has entered

964 on immortality,—all reluctance, all corruption, and all slowness

965 being removed. For the body will not only be better than it

966 was here in its best estate of health, but it will surpass the

967 bodies of our first parents ere they sinned. For, though they

968 were not to die unless they should sin, yet they used food as

969 men do now, their bodies not being as yet spiritual, but animal

970 only. And though they decayed not with years, nor drew

971 nearer to death,—a condition secured to them in God's marvellous

972 grace by the tree of life, which grew along with the

973 forbidden tree in the midst of Paradise,—yet they took other

974 nourishment, though not of that one tree, which was interdicted

975 not because it was itself bad, but for the sake of commending

976 a pure and simple obedience, which is the great virtue

977 of the rational creature set under the Creator as his Lord. For,

978 though no evil thing was touched, yet if a thing forbidden

979 was touched, the very disobedience was sin. They were, then,

980 nourished by other fruit, which they took that their animal

981 bodies might not suffer the discomfort of hunger or thirst; but

982 they tasted the tree of life, that death might not steal upon

983 them from any quarter, and that they might not, spent with

984 age, decay. Other fruits were, so to speak, their nourishment,

985 but this their sacrament. So that the tree of life would seem

986 to have been in the terrestrial Paradise what the wisdom of

987 God is in the spiritual, of which it is written, "She is a tree

988 of life to them that lay hold upon her."[601]

989 >

990 >

991 >

992 21. *Of Paradise, that it can be understood in a spiritual sense without sacrificing

993 > the historic truth of the narrative regarding the real place.*

994 On this account some allegorize all that concerns Paradise

995 itself, where the first men, the parents of the human race, are,

996 according to the truth of holy Scripture, recorded to have been;

997 and they understand all its trees and fruit-bearing plants as

998 virtues and habits of life, as if they had no existence in the

999 external world, but were only so spoken of or related for the

1000 sake of spiritual meanings. As if there could not be a real

1001 terrestrial Paradise! As if there never existed these two

1002 women, Sarah and Hagar, nor the two sons who were born

1003 to Abraham, the one of the bond woman, the other of the free,

1004 because the apostle says that in them the two covenants were

1005 prefigured; or as if water never flowed from the rock when

1006 Moses struck it, because therein Christ can be seen in a figure,

1007 as the same apostle says, "Now that rock was Christ!"[602] No

1008 one, then, denies that Paradise may signify the life of the

1009 blessed; its four rivers, the four virtues, prudence, fortitude,

1010 temperance, and justice; its trees, all useful knowledge; its

1011 fruits, the customs of the godly; its tree of life, wisdom herself,

1012 the mother of all good; and the tree of the knowledge of

1013 good and evil, the experience of a broken commandment. The

1014 punishment which God appointed was in itself a just, and therefore

1015 a good thing; but man's experience of it is not good.

1016 These things can also and more profitably be understood of

1017 the Church, so that they become prophetic foreshadowings of

1018 things to come. Thus Paradise is the Church, as it is called in

1019 the Canticles;[603] the four rivers of Paradise are the four gospels;

1020 the fruit-trees the saints, and the fruit their works; the tree

1021 of life is the holy of holies, Christ; the tree of the knowledge

1022 of good and evil, the will's free choice. For if man despise

1023 the will of God, he can only destroy himself; and so he learns

1024 the difference between consecrating himself to the common

1025 good and revelling in his own. For he who loves himself is

1026 abandoned to himself, in order that, being overwhelmed with

1027 fears and sorrows, he may cry, if there be yet soul in him to

1028 feel his ills, in the words of the psalm, "My soul is cast down

1029 within me,"[604] and when chastened, may say, "Because of his

1030 strength I will wait upon Thee."[605] These and similar allegorical

1031 interpretations may be suitably put upon Paradise without

1032 giving offence to any one, while yet we believe the strict

1033 truth of the history, confirmed by its circumstantial narrative

1034 of facts.[606]

1035 22. *That the bodies of the saints shall after the resurrection be spiritual, and

1036 yet flesh shall not be changed into spirit.*

1037 The bodies of the righteous, then, such as they shall be in

1038 the resurrection, shall need neither any fruit to preserve them

1039 from dying of disease or the wasting decay of old age, nor any

1040 other physical nourishment to allay the cravings of hunger or

1041 of thirst; for they shall be invested with so sure and every

1042 way inviolable an immortality, that they shall not eat save

1043 when they choose, nor be under the necessity of eating, while

1044 they enjoy the power of doing so. For so also was it with

1045 the angels who presented themselves to the eye and touch of

1046 men, not because they could do no otherwise, but because

1047 they were able and desirous to suit themselves to men by a

1048 kind of manhood ministry. For neither are we to suppose,

1049 when men receive them as guests, that the angels eat only in

1050 appearance, though to any who did not know them to be

1051 angels they might seem to eat from the same necessity as ourselves.

1052 So these words spoken in the Book of Tobit, "You

1053 saw me eat, but you saw it but in vision;"[607] that is, you thought

1054 I took food as you do for the sake of refreshing my body.

1055 But if in the case of the angels another opinion seems more

1056 capable of defence, certainly our faith leaves no room to doubt

1057 regarding our Lord Himself, that even after His resurrection,

1058 and when now in spiritual but yet real flesh, He ate and drank

1059 with His disciples; for not the power, but the need, of eating

1060 and drinking is taken from these bodies. And so they will

1061 be spiritual, not because they shall cease to be bodies, but

1062 because they shall subsist by the quickening spirit.

1063 23. *What we are to understand by the animal and spiritual body; or of those

1064 who die in Adam, and of those who are made alive in Christ.*

1065 For as those bodies of ours, that have a living soul, though

1066 not as yet a quickening spirit, are called soul-informed bodies,

1067 and yet are not souls but bodies, so also those bodies are

1068 called spiritual,—yet God forbid we should therefore suppose

1069 them to be spirits and not bodies,—which, being quickened by

1070 the Spirit, have the substance, but not the unwieldiness and corruption

1071 of flesh. Man will then be not earthly but heavenly,—not

1072 because the body will not be that very body which was

1073 made of earth, but because by its heavenly endowment it will

1074 be a fit inhabitant of heaven, and this not by losing its nature,

1075 but by changing its quality. The first man, of the earth

1076 earthy, was made a living soul, not a quickening spirit,—which

1077 rank was reserved for him as the reward of obedience. And

1078 therefore his body, which required meat and drink to satisfy

1079 hunger and thirst, and which had no absolute and indestructible

1080 immortality, but by means of the tree of life warded off

1081 the necessity of dying, and was thus maintained in the flower

1082 of youth,—this body, I say, was doubtless not spiritual, but

1083 animal; and yet it would not have died but that it provoked

1084 God's threatened vengeance by offending. And though sustenance

1085 was not denied him even outside Paradise, yet, being forbidden

1086 the tree of life, he was delivered over to the wasting of

1087 time, at least in respect of that life which, had he not sinned,

1088 he might have retained perpetually in Paradise, though only

1089 in an animal body, till such time as it became spiritual in

1090 acknowledgment of his obedience.

1091 Wherefore, although we understand that this manifest death,

1092 which consists in the separation of soul and body, was also

1093 signified by God when He said, "In the day thou eatest

1094 thereof thou shalt surely die,"[608] it ought not on that account to

1095 seem absurd that they were not dismissed from the body on that

1096 very day on which they took the forbidden and death-bringing

1097 fruit. For certainly on that very day their nature was altered

1098 for the worse and vitiated, and by their most just banishment

1099 from the tree of life they were involved in the necessity even

1100 of bodily death, in which necessity we are born. And therefore

1101 the apostle does not say, "The body indeed is doomed to

1102 die on account of sin," but he says, "The body indeed is

1103 dead because of sin." Then he adds, "But if the Spirit of

1104 Him that raised up Jesus from the dead dwell in you, He

1105 that raised up Christ from the dead shall also quicken your

1106 mortal bodies by His Spirit that dwelleth in you."[609] Then

1107 accordingly shall the body become a quickening spirit which

1108 is now a living soul; and yet the apostle calls it "dead," because

1109 already it lies under the necessity of dying. But in

1110 Paradise it was so made a living soul, though not a quickening

1111 spirit, that it could not properly be called dead, for, save

1112 through the commission of sin, it could not come under the

1113 power of death. Now, since God by the words, "Adam, where

1114 art thou?" pointed to the death of the soul, which results

1115 when He abandons it, and since in the words, "Earth thou

1116 art, and unto earth shalt thou return,"[610] He signified the

1117 death of the body, which results when the soul departs from

1118 it, we are led, therefore, to believe that He said nothing of

1119 the second death, wishing it to be kept hidden, and reserving

1120 it for the New Testament dispensation, in which it is most

1121 plainly revealed. And this He did in order that, first of all,

1122 it might be evident that this first death, which is common to

1123 all, was the result of that sin which in one man became common

1124 to all.[611] But the second death is not common to all, those

1125 being excepted who were "called according to His purpose.

1126 For whom He did foreknow, He also did predestinate to be

1127 conformed to the image of His Son, that He might be the first-born

1128 among many brethren."[612] Those the grace of God has,

1129 by a Mediator, delivered from the second death.

1130 Thus the apostle states that the first man was made in an

1131 animal body. For, wishing to distinguish the animal body

1132 which now is from the spiritual, which is to be in the resurrection,

1133 he says, "It is sown in corruption, it is raised in

1134 incorruption: it is sown in dishonour, it is raised in glory:

1135 it is sown in weakness, it is raised in power: it is sown a

1136 natural body, it is raised a spiritual body." Then, to prove

1137 this, he goes on, "There is a natural body, and there is a

1138 spiritual body." And to show what the animated body is,

1139 he says, "Thus it was written, The first man Adam was made

1140 a living soul, the last Adam was made a quickening spirit."[613]

1141 He wished thus to show what the animated body is, though

1142 Scripture did not say of the first man Adam, when his soul

1143 was created by the breath of God, "Man was made in an

1144 animated body," but "Man was made a living soul."[614] By

1145 these words, therefore, "The first man was made a living soul,"

1146 the apostle wishes man's animated body to be understood.

1147 But how he wishes the spiritual body to be understood he

1148 shows when he adds, "But the last Adam was made a

1149 quickening spirit," plainly referring to Christ, who has so

1150 risen from the dead that He cannot die any more. He then

1151 goes on to say, "But that was not first which is spiritual,

1152 but that which is natural; and afterward that which is

1153 spiritual." And here he much more clearly asserts that he

1154 referred to the animal body when he said that the first man

1155 was made a living soul, and to the spiritual when he said that

1156 the last man was made a quickening spirit. The animal

1157 body is the first, being such as the first Adam had, and which

1158 would not have died had he not sinned, being such also as

1159 we now have, its nature being changed and vitiated by sin to

1160 the extent of bringing us under the necessity of death, and

1161 being such as even Christ condescended first of all to assume,

1162 not indeed of necessity, but of choice; but afterwards comes

1163 the spiritual body, which already is worn by anticipation by

1164 Christ as our head, and will be worn by His members in the

1165 resurrection of the dead.

1166 Then the apostle subjoins a notable difference between these

1167 two men, saying, "The first man is of the earth, earthy; the

1168 second man is the Lord from heaven. As is the earthy, such

1169 are they also that are earthy; and as is the heavenly, such

1170 are they also that are heavenly. And as we have borne the

1171 image of the earthy, we shall also bear the image of the

1172 heavenly."[615] So he elsewhere says, "As many of you as have

1173 been baptized into Christ have put on Christ;"[616] but in very

1174 deed this shall be accomplished when that which is animal in

1175 us by our birth shall have become spiritual in our resurrection.

1176 For, to use his words again, "We are saved by hope."[617]

1177 Now we bear the image of the earthly man by the propagation

1178 of sin and death, which pass on us by ordinary generation;

1179 but we bear the image of the heavenly by the grace of

1180 pardon and life eternal, which regeneration confers upon us

1181 through the Mediator of God and men, the Man Christ Jesus.

1182 And He is the heavenly Man of Paul's passage, because He

1183 came from heaven to be clothed with a body of earthly mortality,

1184 that He might clothe it with heavenly immortality.

1185 And he calls others heavenly, because by grace they become

1186 His members, that, together with them, He may become one

1187 Christ, as head and body. In the same epistle he puts this yet

1188 more clearly: "Since by man came death, by Man came also

1189 the resurrection of the dead. For as in Adam all die, even

1190 so in Christ shall all be made alive,"[618]—that is to say, in a

1191 spiritual body which shall be made a quickening spirit. Not

1192 that all who die in Adam shall be members of Christ,—for the

1193 great majority shall be punished in eternal death,—but he

1194 uses the word "all" in both clauses, because, as no one dies

1195 in an animal body except in Adam, so no one is quickened

1196 a spiritual body save in Christ. We are not, then, by any

1197 means to suppose that we shall in the resurrection have such

1198 a body as the first man had before he sinned, nor that the

1199 words, "As is the earthy, such are they also that are earthy,"

1200 are to be understood of that which was brought about by sin;

1201 for we are not to think that Adam had a spiritual body before

1202 he fell, and that, in punishment of his sin, it was changed into

1203 an animal body. If this be thought, small heed has been

1204 given to the words of so great a teacher, who says, "There is

1205 a natural body, there is also a spiritual body; as it is written,

1206 The first man Adam was made a living soul." Was it after

1207 sin he was made so? or was not this the primal condition

1208 of man from which the blessed apostle selects his testimony

1209 to show what the animal body is?

1210 >

1211 >

1212 >

1213 24. *How we must understand that breathing of God by which "the first man

1214 > was made a living soul," and that also by which the Lord conveyed His

1215 > Spirit to His disciples when He said, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost."*

1216 Some have hastily supposed from the words, "God breathed

1217 into Adam's nostrils the breath of life, and man became a

1218 living soul,"[619] that a soul was not then first given to man, but

1219 that the soul already given was quickened by the Holy Ghost.

1220 They are encouraged in this supposition by the fact that the

1221 Lord Jesus after His resurrection breathed on His disciples,

1222 and said, "Receive ye the Holy Spirit."[620] From this they

1223 suppose that the same thing was effected in either case, as

1224 if the evangelist had gone on to say, And they became living

1225 souls. But if he had made this addition, we should only

1226 understand that the Spirit is in some way the life of souls,

1227 and that without Him reasonable souls must be accounted

1228 dead, though their bodies seem to live before our eyes. But

1229 that this was not what happened when man was created, the

1230 very words of the narrative sufficiently show: "And God made

1231 man dust of the earth;" which some have thought to render

1232 more clearly by the words, "And God formed man of the clay

1233 of the earth." For it had before been said that "there went

1234 up a mist from the earth, and watered the whole face of the

1235 ground,"[621] in order that the reference to clay, formed of this

1236 moisture and dust, might be understood. For on this verse

1237 there immediately follows the announcement, "And God

1238 created man dust of the earth;" so those Greek manuscripts

1239 have it from which this passage has been translated into

1240 Latin. But whether one prefers to read "*created*" or "*formed*,"

1241 where the Greek reads ἔπλασεν, is of little importance; yet

1242 "*formed*" is the better rendering. But those who preferred

1243 "created" thought they thus avoided the ambiguity arising

1244 from the fact, that in the Latin language the usage obtains

1245 that those are said to form a thing who frame some feigned

1246 and fictitious thing. This man, then, who was created of the

1247 dust of the earth, or of the moistened dust or clay,—this "dust

1248 of the earth" (that I may use the express words of Scripture)

1249 was made, as the apostle teaches, an animated body when he

1250 received a soul. This man, he says, "was made a living soul;"

1251 that is, this fashioned dust was made a living soul.

1252 They say, Already he had a soul, else he would not be

1253 called a man; for man is not a body alone, nor a soul alone,

1254 but a being composed of both. This, indeed, is true, that the

1255 soul is not the whole man, but the better part of man; the

1256 body not the whole, but the inferior part of man; and that

1257 then, when both are joined, they receive the name of man,—which,

1258 however, they do not severally lose even when we

1259 speak of them singly. For who is prohibited from saying, in

1260 colloquial usage, "That man is dead, and is now at rest or in

1261 torment," though this can be spoken only of the soul; or "He

1262 is buried in such and such a place," though this refers only

1263 to the body? Will they say that Scripture follows no such

1264 usage? On the contrary, it so thoroughly adopts it, that even

1265 while a man is alive, and body and soul are united, it calls

1266 each of them singly by the name "*man*," speaking of the soul

1267 as the "inward man," and of the body as the "outward man,"[622]

1268 as if there were two men, though both together are indeed but

1269 one. But we must understand in what sense man is said to

1270 be in the image of God, and is yet dust, and to return to the

1271 dust. The former is spoken of the rational soul, which God

1272 by His breathing, or, to speak more appropriately, by His inspiration,

1273 conveyed to man, that is, to his body; but the latter

1274 refers to his body, which God formed of the dust, and to

1275 which a soul was given, that it might become a living body,

1276 that is, that man might become a living soul.

1277 Wherefore, when our Lord breathed on His disciples, and

1278 said, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost," He certainly wished it to

1279 be understood that the Holy Ghost was not only the Spirit

1280 of the Father, but of the only-begotten Son Himself. For

1281 the same Spirit is, indeed, the Spirit of the Father and of

1282 the Son, making with them the trinity of Father, Son, and

1283 Spirit, not a creature, but the Creator. For neither was that

1284 material breath which proceeded from the mouth of His flesh

1285 the very substance and nature of the Holy Spirit, but rather

1286 the intimation, as I said, that the Holy Spirit was common

1287 to the Father and to the Son; for they have not each a separate

1288 Spirit, but both one and the same. Now this Spirit is

1289 always spoken of in sacred Scripture by the Greek word

1290 πνεῦμα, as the Lord, too, named Him in the place cited when

1291 He gave Him to His disciples, and intimated the gift by the

1292 breathing of His lips; and there does not occur to me any

1293 place in the whole Scriptures where He is otherwise named.

1294 But in this passage where it is said, "And the Lord formed

1295 man dust of the earth, and breathed, or inspired, into his face

1296 the breath of life;" the Greek has not πνεῦμα, the usual word

1297 for the Holy Spirit, but πνοή, a word more frequently used

1298 of the creature than of the Creator; and for this reason some

1299 Latin interpreters have preferred to render it by "breath"

1300 rather than "spirit." For this word occurs also in the Greek

1301 in Isa. lvii. 16, where God says, "I have made all breath,"

1302 meaning, doubtless, all souls. Accordingly, this word πνοή is

1303 sometimes rendered "breath," sometimes "spirit," sometimes

1304 "inspiration," sometimes "aspiration," sometimes "soul," even

1305 when it is used of God. Πνεῦμα, on the other hand, is uniformly

1306 rendered "spirit," whether of man, of whom the apostle says,

1307 "For what man knoweth the things of a man, save the spirit

1308 of man which is in him?"[623] or of beast, as in the book of

1309 Solomon, "Who knoweth the spirit of man that goeth upward,

1310 and the spirit of the beast that goeth downward to the

1311 earth?"[624] or of that physical spirit which is called wind, for

1312 so the Psalmist calls it: "Fire and hail; snow and vapours;

1313 stormy wind;"[625] or of the uncreated Creator Spirit, of whom

1314 the Lord said in the gospel, "Receive ye the Holy Ghost,"

1315 indicating the gift by the breathing of His mouth; and when

1316 He says, "Go ye and baptize all nations in the name of the

1317 Father, of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost,"[626] words which very

1318 expressly and excellently commend the Trinity; and where it

1319 is said, "God is a Spirit;"[627] and in very many other places

1320 of the sacred writings. In all these quotations from Scripture

1321 we do not find in the Greek the word πνοή used, but

1322 πνεῦμα, and in the Latin, not *flatus*, but *spiritus*. Wherefore,

1323 referring again to that place where it is written, "He inspired,"

1324 or, to speak more properly, "breathed into his face the breath

1325 of life," even though the Greek had not used πνοή (as it has)

1326 but πνεῦμα, it would not on that account necessarily follow

1327 that the Creator Spirit, who in the Trinity is distinctively

1328 called the Holy Ghost, was meant, since, as has been said, it

1329 is plain that πνεῦμα is used not only of the Creator, but also

1330 of the creature.

1331 But, say they, when the Scripture used the word "spirit,"[628]

1332 it would not have added "of life" unless it meant us to

1333 understand the Holy Spirit; nor, when it said, "Man became

1334 a soul," would it also have inserted the word "living" unless

1335 that life of the soul were signified which is imparted to it

1336 from above by the gift of God. For, seeing that the soul by

1337 itself has a proper life of its own, what need, they ask, was

1338 there of adding living, save only to show that the life which

1339 is given it by the Holy Spirit was meant? What is this but

1340 to fight strenuously for their own conjectures, while they carelessly

1341 neglect the teaching of Scripture? Without troubling

1342 themselves much, they might have found in a preceding page

1343 of this very book of Genesis the words, "Let the earth bring

1344 forth the living soul,"[629] when all the terrestrial animals were

1345 created. Then at a slight interval, but still in the same book,

1346 was it impossible for them to notice this verse, "All in whose

1347 nostrils was the breath of life, of all that was in the dry land,

1348 died," by which it was signified that all the animals which

1349 lived on the earth had perished in the deluge? If, then, we

1350 find that Scripture is accustomed to speak both of the "living

1351 soul" and the "spirit of life" even in reference to beasts; and

1352 if in this place, where it is said, "All things which have the

1353 spirit of life," the word πνοή, not πνεῦμα, is used; why may

1354 we not say, What need was there to add "living," since the

1355 soul cannot exist without being alive? or, What need to add

1356 "of life" after the word spirit? But we understand that Scripture

1357 used these expressions in its ordinary style so long as it

1358 speaks of animals, that is, animated bodies, in which the soul

1359 serves as the residence of sensation; but when man is spoken

1360 of, we forget the ordinary and established usage of Scripture,

1361 whereby it signifies that man received a rational soul, which

1362 was not produced out of the waters and the earth like the

1363 other living creatures, but was created by the breath of God.

1364 Yet this creation was so ordered that the human soul should

1365 live in an animal body, like those other animals of which the

1366 Scripture said, "Let the earth produce every living soul,"

1367 and regarding which it again says that in them is the breath

1368 of life, where the word πνοή and not πνεῦμα is used in the

1369 Greek, and where certainly not the Holy Spirit, but their

1370 spirit, is signified under that name.

1371 But, again, they object that breath is understood to have

1372 been emitted from the mouth of God; and if we believe that

1373 is the soul, we must consequently acknowledge it to be of the

1374 same substance, and equal to that wisdom, which says, "I

1375 come out of the mouth of the Most High."[630] Wisdom, indeed,

1376 does not say it was breathed out of the mouth of God, but

1377 proceeded out of it. But as we are able, when we breathe,

1378 to make a breath, not of our own human nature, but of the

1379 surrounding air, which we inhale and exhale as we draw our

1380 breath and breathe again, so almighty God was able to make

1381 breath, not of His own nature, nor of the creature beneath

1382 Him, but even of nothing; and this breath, when He communicated

1383 it to man's body, He is most appropriately said to

1384 have breathed or inspired,—the Immaterial breathing it also

1385 immaterial, but the Immutable not also the immutable; for

1386 it was created, He uncreated. Yet, that these persons who

1387 are forward to quote Scripture, and yet know not the usages

1388 of its language, may know that not only what is equal and

1389 consubstantial with God is said to proceed out of His mouth,

1390 let them hear or read what God says: "So then because thou

1391 art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out

1392 of my mouth."[631]

1393 There is no ground, then, for our objecting, when the apostle

1394 so expressly distinguishes the animal body from the spiritual,—that

1395 is to say, the body in which we now are from that in

1396 which we are to be. He says, "It is sown a natural body, it

1397 is raised a spiritual body. There is a natural body, and there

1398 is a spiritual body. And so it is written, The first man Adam

1399 was made a living soul; the last Adam was made a quickening

1400 spirit. Howbeit that was not first which is spiritual, but

1401 that which is natural; and afterward that which is spiritual.

1402 The first man is of the earth, earthy; the second man is the

1403 Lord from heaven. As is the earthy, such are they also that

1404 are earthy; and as is the heavenly, such are they also that

1405 are heavenly. And as we have borne the image of the earthy,

1406 we shall also bear the image of the heavenly."[632] Of all which

1407 words of his we have previously spoken. The animal body,

1408 accordingly, in which the apostle says that the first man

1409 Adam was made, was not so made that it could not die at

1410 all, but so that it should not die unless he should have sinned.

1411 That body, indeed, which shall be made spiritual and immortal

1412 by the quickening Spirit shall not be able to die at all; as

1413 the soul has been created immortal, and therefore, although by

1414 sin it may be said to die, and does lose a certain life of its

1415 own, namely, the Spirit of God, by whom it was enabled to

1416 live wisely and blessedly, yet it does not cease living a kind

1417 of life, though a miserable, because it is immortal by creation.

1418 So, too, the rebellious angels, though by sinning they did in

1419 a sense die, because they forsook God, the Fountain of life,

1420 which while they drank they were able to live wisely and

1421 well, yet they could not so die as to utterly cease living and

1422 feeling, for they are immortals by creation. And so, after the

1423 final judgment, they shall be hurled into the second death,

1424 and not even there be deprived of life or of sensation, but

1425 shall suffer torment. But those men who have been embraced

1426 by God's grace, and are become the fellow-citizens of the holy

1427 angels who have continued in bliss, shall never more either

1428 sin or die, being endued with spiritual bodies; yet, being

1429 clothed with immortality, such as the angels enjoy, of which

1430 they cannot be divested even by sinning, the nature of their

1431 flesh shall continue the same, but all carnal corruption and

1432 unwieldiness shall be removed.

1433 There remains a question which must be discussed, and,

1434 by the help of the Lord God of truth, solved: If the motion

1435 of concupiscence in the unruly members of our first parents

1436 arose out of their sin, and only when the divine grace deserted

1437 them; and if it was on that occasion that their eyes were

1438 opened to see, or, more exactly, notice their nakedness, and

1439 that they covered their shame because the shameless motion

1440 of their members was not subject to their will,—how, then,

1441 would they have begotten children had they remained sinless

1442 as they were created? But as this book must be concluded,

1443 and so large a question cannot be summarily disposed of, we

1444 may relegate it to the following book, in which it will be more

1445 conveniently treated.

1446 MURRAY AND GIBB, EDINBURGH,

1447 PRINTERS TO HER MAJESTY'S STATIONERY OFFICE.

LIST OF WORKS

79 PUBLISHED BY

T. & T. CLARK, EDINBURGH.

82 (Texto do capítulo)

SUBSCRIPTION BOOKS.

85 (Texto do capítulo)

Foreign Theological Library.

88 >

89 >

90 >

91 *MESSRS. CLARK beg respectfully to intimate that from this time

92 > they will allow a Selection of Twenty Volumes (or more at the same

93 > ratio) from the various Series, with the exception of the Volumes issued

94 > in 1868-69-70. No Duplicates allowed in a Selection of Twelve or

95 > Twenty Volumes.*

96 At the Subscription Price of £5, 5s.

97 |

98 |

99 |

100 Selling Price. |

101 |

102 |

103 |

104 £ |

105 *s.* |

106 *d.* |

107 Any 12 vols. of First Series (or more at same ratio), |

108 |

109 |

110 3 |

111 3 |

112 0 |

113 |

114 |

115 |

116 |

117 |

118 |

119 FIRST SERIES**, 29 vols. demy 8vo.         *netto* |

120 |

121 |

122 7 |

123 12 |

124 0 |

125 |

126 |

127 |

128 |

129 |

130 |

131 Hengstenberg's Commentary on the Psalms. 3 vols. |

132 |

133 |

134 |

135 Shedd's History of Christian Doctrine. 2 vols. |

136 |

137 |

138 |

139 Gieseler's Compendium of Ecclesiastical History. 5 vols. |

140 |

141 |

142 |

143 Neander's General Church History. 9 vols. |

144 |

145 |

146 |

147 Olshausen on the Gospels and Acts. 4 vols. |

148 |

149 |

150 |

151 Olshausen on the Romans. |

152 |

153 |

154 |

155 Olshausen on the Corinthians. |

156 |

157 |

158 |

159 Olshausen on the Galatians, Ephesians, Colossians, and Thessalonians. |

160 |

161 |

162 |

163 Olshausen on Philippians, Titus, and Timothy. |

164 |

165 |

166 |

167 Olshausen and Ebrard on the Hebrews. |

168 |

169 |

170 |

171 Havernick's General Introduction to the Old Testament. |

172 |

173 |

174 |

175 |

176 |

177 |

178 |

179 |

180 |

181 **SECOND SERIES**, 20 vols. demy 8vo, cloth, |

182 |

183 |

184 5 |

185 5 |

186 0 |

187 |

188 |

189 |

190 |

191 |

192 |

193 Stier on the Words of the Lord Jesus. 8 vols. |

194 |

195 |

196 |

197 Hengstenberg's Christology of the Old Testament. 4 vols. |

198 |

199 |

200 |

201 Ullmann's Reformers before the Reformation. 2 vols. |

202 |

203 |

204 |

205 Gerlach's Commentary on the Pentateuch. 1 vol. |

206 |

207 |

208 |

209 Müller on the Christian Doctrine of Sin. 2 vols. (*new translation*). |

210 |

211 |

212 |

213 Baumgarten's Apostolic History. 3 vols. |

214 |

215 |

216 |

217 |

218 |

219 |

220 |

221 |

222 |

223 **THIRD SERIES**, 20 vols. demy 8vo, cloth, |

224 |

225 |

226 5 |

227 5 |

228 0 |

229 |

230 |

231 |

232 |

233 |

234 |

235 Kurtz's History of the Old Covenant. 3 vols. |

236 |

237 |

238 |

239 Stier on the Words of the Risen Saviour, etc. 1 vol. |

240 |

241 |

242 |

243 Tholuck on the Gospel of St. John. 1 vol. |

244 |

245 |

246 |

247 Hengstenberg on Ecclesiastes, etc. 1 vol. |

248 |

249 |

250 |

251 Tholuck on Christ's Sermon on the Mount. 1 vol. |

252 |

253 |

254 |

255 Ebrard on Epistles of John. 1 vol. |

256 |

257 |

258 |

259 Dorner on the Person of Christ. 5 vols. |

260 |

261 |

262 |

263 Lange on the Gospels of St. Matthew and St. Mark. 3 vols. |

264 |

265 |

266 |

267 Oosterzee and Lange on St. Luke's Gospel. 2 vols. |

268 |

269 |

270 |

271 Ebrard's Gospel History. 1 vol. |

272 |

273 |

274 |

275 Kurtz's Sacrificial Worship of the Old Testament. 1 vol. |

276 |

277 |

278 |

279 |

280 |

281 |

282 |

283 |

284 |

285 **FOURTH SERIES** (1864-71), |

286 |

287 |

288 8 |

289 8 |

290 0 |

291 |

292 |

293 |

294 |

295 |

296 |

297 Any two years in this series can be had at Subscription price. |

298 |

299 |

300 |

301 |

302 |

303 |

304 |

305 |

306 |

307 (1864-65.) |

308 |

309 |

310 |

311 Lange on the Acts of the Apostles. 2 vols. |

312 |

313 |

314 |

315 Keil and Delitzsch on the Pentateuch. 3 vols. |

316 |

317 |

318 2 |

319 2 |

320 0 |

321 Hengstenberg on the Gospel of John. 2 vols. |

322 |

323 |

324 |

325 Keil and Delitzsch on Joshua, Judges, and Ruth. 1 vol. |

326 |

327 |

328 |

329 |

330 |

331 |

332 |

333 |

334 |

335 (1866.) |

336 |

337 |

338 |

339 Keil and Delitzsch on Samuel. 1 vol. |

340 |

341 |

342 |

343 Keil and Delitzsch on Job. 2 vols. |

344 |

345 |

346 1 |

347 1 |

348 0 |

349 Martensen's System of Christian Doctrine. 1 vol. |

350 |

351 |

352 |

353 |

354 |

355 |

356 |

357 |

358 |

359 (1867.) |

360 |

361 |

362 |

363 Delitzsch on Isaiah. Vol. i. |

364 |

365 |

366 |

367 Delitzsch on Biblical Psychology. |

368 |

369 |

370 1 |

371 1 |

372 0 |

373 Delitzsch on Isaiah. Vol. ii. |

374 |

375 |

376 |

377 Auberlen on Divine Revelation. |

378 |

379 |

380 |

381 |

382 |

383 |

384 |

385 |

386 |

387 (1868.) |

388 |

389 |

390 |

391 Keil's Commentary on the Minor Prophets. 2 vols. |

392 |

393 |

394 |

395 Delitzsch's Commentary on Epistle to the Hebrews. Vol. i. |

396 |

397 |

398 1 |

399 1 |

400 0 |

401 Harless' System of Christian Ethics. 1 vol. |

402 |

403 |

404 |

405 |

406 |

407 |

408 |

409 |

410 |

411 (1869.) |

412 |

413 |

414 |

415 Hengstenberg on Ezekiel. 1 vol. |

416 |

417 |

418 |

419 Stier on the Words of the Apostles. 1 vol. |

420 |

421 |

422 1 |

423 1 |

424 0 |

425 Keil's Introduction to the Old Testament. Vol. i. |

426 |

427 |

428 |

429 Bleek's Introduction to the New Testament. Vol. i. |

430 |

431 |

432 |

433 |

434 |

435 |

436 |

437 |

438 |

439 (1870.) |

440 |

441 |

442 |

443 Keil's Introduction to the Old Testament. Vol. ii. |

444 |

445 |

446 |

447 Bleek's Introduction to the New Testament. Vol. ii. |

448 |

449 |

450 1 |

451 1 |

452 0 |

453 Schmid's New Testament Theology. 1 vol. |

454 |

455 |

456 |

457 Delitzsch's Commentary on Epistle to the Hebrews. Vol. ii. |

458 |

459 |

460 |

461 |

462 |

463 |

464 |

465 |

466 |

467 *The First Issue for* 1871 *comprises*— |

468 |

469 |

470 |

471 Delitzsch's Commentary on the Psalms. Vols. i. and ii. |

472 |

473 |

474 1 |

475 1 |

476 0 |

477 *This Subscription includes other two volumes, the names of which will be announced shortly.* |

478 |

479 |

480 |

481 |

482 |

483 |

484 |

485 |

486 |

487 *The Retail Bookseller is entitled to charge* 24 *s. if the Subscription is not paid by his Customer in advance.* |

488 |

489 |

490 |

491 |

492 |

493 |

494 |

495 |

496 |

497 |

498 |

499 |

500 |

501 |

502 |

503 **BENGEL'S GNOMON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.** (Sixth

504 Thousand now ready.) Now first translated into English,

505 with Original Notes, Explanatory and Illustrative, in

506 five large volumes, demy 8vo, Edited by Rev. Andrew R.

507 Faussett, M.A., Rector of St. Cuthbert's, York,  *netto* |

508 |

509 |

510 1 |

511 11 |

512 |

513 ---

FOOTNOTES:

91 [1] a.d. 410.

92 [2] *Retractations*, ii. 43.

93 [3] *Letters* 132-8.

94 [4] See some admirable remarks on this subject in the useful work of Beugnot,

95 *Histoire de la Destruction du Paganisme*, ii. 83 et sqq.

96 [5] As Waterland (iv. 760) does call it, adding that it is "his most learned,

97 most correct, and most elaborate work."

98 [6] For proof, see the Benedictine Preface.

99 [7] "Hitherto the Apologies had been framed to meet particular exigencies:

100 they were either brief and pregnant statements of the Christian doctrines; refutations

101 of prevalent calumnies; invectives against the follies and crimes of Paganism; or confutations of anti-Christian works like those of Celsus, Porphyry,

102 or Julian, closely following their course of argument, and rarely expanding

103 into general and comprehensive views of the great conflict."—Milman,

104 *History of Christianity*, iii. c. 10. We are not acquainted with any more

105 complete preface to the *City of God* than is contained in the two or three pages

106 which Milman has devoted to this subject.

107 [8] See the interesting remarks of Lactantius, *Instit.* vii. 25.

108 [9] "Hæret vox et singultus intercipiunt verba dictantis. Capitur urbs quæ

109 totum cepit orbem."—Jerome, iv. 783.

110 [10] See below, iv. 7.

111 [11] This is well brought out by Merivale, *Conversion of the Roman Empire*,

112 p. 145, etc.

113 [12] Ozanam, *History of Civilisation in the Fifth Century* (Eng. trans.), ii. 160.

114 [13] Abstracts of the work at greater or less length are given by Dupin, Bindemann,

115 Böhringer, Poujoulat, Ozanam, and others.

116 [14] His words are: "Plus on examine la Cité de Dieu, plus on reste convaincu

117 que cet ouvrage dût exercea tres-peu d'influence sur l'esprit des païens" (ii. 122);

118 and this though he thinks one cannot but be struck with the grandeur of the

119 ideas it contains.

120 [15] *History of Ecclesiastical Writers*, i. 406.

121 [16] *Huetiana*, p. 24.

122 [17] Flottes, *Etudes sur S. Augustin* (Paris, 1861), pp. 154-6, one of the most

123 accurate and interesting even of French monographs on theological writers.

124 [18] These editions will be found detailed in the second volume of Schoenemann's

125 *Bibliotheca Pat.*

126 [19] His words (in Ep. vi.) are quite worth quoting: "Cura rogo te, ut excudantur

127 aliquot centena exemplarium istius operis a reliquo Augustini corpore

128 separata; nam multi erunt studiosi qui Augustinum totum emere vel nollent,

129 vel non poterunt, quia non egebunt, seu quia tantum pecuniæ non habebunt.

130 Scio enim fere a deditis studiis istis elegantioribus præter hoc Augustini opus

131 nullum fere aliud legi ejusdem autoris."

132 [20] The fullest and fairest discussion of the very simple yet never settled question

133 of Augustine's learning will be found in Nourrisson's *Philosophie de S.

134 Augustin*, ii. 92-100.

135 [21] Erasmi *Epistolæ* xx. 2.

136 [22] A large part of it has been translated in Saisset's *Pantheism* (Clark, Edin.).

137 [23] By J. H., published in 1610, and again in 1620, with Vives' commentary.

138 [24] As the letters of Vives are not in every library, we give his comico-pathetic

139 account of the result of his Augustinian labours on his health: "Ex quo

140 Augustinum perfeci, nunquam valui ex sententia; proximâ vero hebdomade

141 et hac, fracto corpore cuncto, et nervis lassitudine quadam et debilitate dejectis,

142 in caput decem turres incumbere mihi videntur incidendo pondere, ac mole

143 intolerabili; isti sunt fructus studiorum, et merces pulcherrimi laboris; quid

144 labor et benefacta juvant?"

145 [25] See the Editor's Preface.

146 [26] Ps. xciv. 15, rendered otherwise in Eng. ver.

147 [27] Jas. iv. 6 and 1 Pet. v. 5.

148 [28] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 854.

149 [29] The Benedictines remind us that Alexander and Xenophon, at least on some

150 occasions, did so.

151 [30] Virgil, *Æneid*, ii. 501-2. The renderings of Virgil are from Conington.

152 [31] *Ibid.* ii. 166.

153 [32] *Ibid.*

154 [33] Horace, *Ep.* I. ii. 69.

155 [34] *Æneid*, i. 71.

156 [35] *Ibid.* ii. 319.

157 [36] *Ibid.* 293.

158 [37] Non numina bona, sed omina mala.

159 [38] Virgil, *Æneid*, ii. 761.

160 [39] Though "levis" was the word usually employed to signify the inconstancy

161 of the Greeks, it is evidently here used, in opposition to "immanis" of the following

162 clause, to indicate that the Greeks were more civilised than the barbarians,

163 and not relentless, but, as we say, easily moved.

164 [40] *De Conj. Cat.* c. 51.

165 [41] Sallust, *Cat. Conj.* ix.

166 [42] Ps. lxxxix. 32.

167 [43] Matt. v. 45.

168 [44] Rom. ii. 4.

169 [45] So Cyprian (*Contra Demetrianum*) says, "Pœnam de adversis mundi ille

170 sentit, cui et lætitia et gloria omnis in mundo est."

171 [46] Ezek. xxxiii. 6.

172 [47] Compare with this chapter the first homily of Chrysostom to the people of

173 Antioch.

174 [48] Rom. viii. 28.

175 [49] 1 Pet. iii. 4.

176 [50] 1 Tim. vi. 6-10.

177 [51] Job i. 21.

178 [52] 1 Tim. vi. 17-19.

179 [53] Matt. vi. 19-21.

180 [54] Paulinus was a native of Bordeaux, and both by inheritance and marriage

181 acquired great wealth, which, after his conversion in his thirty-sixth year, he

182 distributed to the poor. He became bishop of Nola in a.d. 409, being then in

183 his fifty-sixth year. Nola was taken by Alaric shortly after the sack of Rome.

184 [55] Much of a kindred nature might be gathered from the Stoics. Antoninus

185 says (ii. 14): "Though thou shouldest be going to live 3000 years, and as many

186 times 10,000 years, still remember that no man loses any other life than this

187 which he now lives, nor lives any other than this which he now loses. The

188 longest and the shortest are thus brought to the same."

189 [56] Augustine expresses himself more fully on this subject in his tract, *De

190 cura pro mortuis gerenda*.

191 [57] Matt. x. 28.

192 [58] Luke xii. 4.

193 [59] Ps. lxxix. 2, 3.

194 [60] Ps. cxvi. 15.

195 [61] Diogenes especially, and his followers. See also Seneca, *De Tranq.* c. 14,

196 and *Epist.* 92; and in Cicero's *Tusc. Disp.* i. 43, the answer of Theodorus, the

197 Cyrenian philosopher, to Lysimachus, who threatened him with the cross:

198 "Threaten that to your courtiers; it is of no consequence to Theodorus whether

199 he rot in the earth or in the air."

200 [62] Lucan, *Pharsalia*, vii. 819, of those whom Cæsar forbade to be buried after

201 the battle of Pharsalia.

202 [63] Gen. xxv. 9, xxxv. 29, etc.

203 [64] Gen. xlvii. 29, l. 24.

204 [65] Tob. xii. 12.

205 [66] Matt. xxvi. 10-13.

206 [67] John xix. 38.

207 [68] Dan. iii.

208 [69] Jonah.

209 [70] "Second to none," as he is called by Herodotus, who first of all tells his

210 well-known story (*Clio.* 23, 24).

211 [71] Augustine here uses the words of Cicero ("vigilando peremerunt"), who

212 refers to Regulus, *in Pisonem*, c. 19. Aulus Gellius, quoting Tubero and Tuditanus

213 (vi. 4), adds some further particulars regarding these tortures.

214 [72] As the Stoics generally would affirm.

215 [73] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 434.

216 [74] Plutarch's *Life of Cato*, 72.

217 [75] 1 Cor. ii. 11.

218 [76] Ecclus. iii. 27.

219 [77] Rom. xi. 33.

220 [78] Ps. xlii. 10.

221 [79] Ps. xcvi. 4, 5.

222 [80] Originally the spectators had to stand, and now (according to Livy, *Ep.*

223 xlviii.) the old custom was restored.

224 [81] Ps. xciv. 4.

225 [82] 2 Tim. iii. 7.

226 [83] "Pluvia defit, causa Christiani." Similar accusations and similar replies may

227 be seen in the celebrated passage of Tertullian's *Apol.* c. 40, and in the eloquent

228 exordium of Arnobius, *C. Gentes*.

229 [84] Augustine is supposed to refer to Symmachus, who similarly accused the

230 Christians in his address to the Emperor Valentinianus in the year 384. At

231 Augustine's request, Paulus Orosius wrote his history in confutation of Symmachus'

232 charges.

233 [85] Tertullian (*Apol.* c. 24) mentions Cœlestis as specially worshipped in Africa.

234 Augustine mentions her again in the 26th chapter of this book, and in other

235 parts of his works.

236 [86] Berecynthia is one of the many names of Rhea or Cybele. Livy (xxix. 11)

237 relates that the image of Cybele was brought to Rome the day before the ides

238 of April, which was accordingly dedicated as her feast-day. The image, it

239 seems, had to be washed in the stream Almon, a tributary of the Tiber, before

240 being placed in the temple of Victory; and each year, as the festival returned, the

241 washing was repeated with much pomp at the same spot. Hence Lucan's line

242 (i. 600), 'Et lotam parvo revocant Almone Cybelen,' and the elegant verses of

243 Ovid, *Fast.* iv. 337 et seq.

244 [87] "Fercula," dishes, or courses.

245 [88] See Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 24.

246 [89] Prov. vi. 26.

247 [90] Fugalia. Vives is uncertain to what feast Augustine refers. Censorinus

248 understands him to refer to a feast celebrating the expulsion of the kings from

249 Rome. This feast, however (celebrated on the 24th February), was commonly

250 called "Regifugium."

251 [91] Persius, *Sat.* iii. 66-72.

252 [92] See below, books viii.-xii.

253 [93] "Galli," the castrated priests of Cybele, who were named after the river

254 Gallus, in Phrygia, the water of which was supposed to intoxicate or madden

255 those who drank it. According to Vitruvius (viii. 3), there was a similar fountain

256 in Paphlagonia. Apuleius (*Golden Ass*, viii.) gives a graphic and

257 humorous description of the dress, dancing, and imposture of these priests;

258 mentioning, among other things, that they lashed themselves with whips and

259 cut themselves with knives till the ground was wet with blood.

260 [94] Persius, *Sat.* iii. 37.

261 [95] Ter. *Eun.* iii. 5. 36; and cf. the similar allusion in Aristoph. *Clouds*,

262 1033-4. It may be added that the argument of this chapter was largely used

263 by the wiser of the heathen themselves. Dionysius Hal. (ii. 20) and Seneca

264 (*De Brev. Vit.* c. xvi.) make the very same complaint; and it will be remembered

265 that his adoption of this reasoning was one of the grounds on which

266 Euripides was suspected of atheism.

267 [96] This sentence recalls Augustine's own experience as a boy, which he bewails

268 in his *Confessions*.

269 [97] Labeo, a jurist of the time of Augustus, learned in law and antiquities,

270 and the author of several works much prized by his own and some succeeding

271 ages. The two articles in Smith's Dictionary on Antistius and Cornelius

272 Labeo should be read.

273 [98] "Lectisternia," feasts in which the images of the gods were laid on pillows

274 in the streets, and all kinds of food set before them.

275 [99] According to Livy (vii. 2), theatrical exhibitions were introduced in the

276 year 392 a. u. c. Before that time, he says, there had only been the games of the

277 circus. The Romans sent to Etruria for players, who were called "histriones,"

278 "hister" being the Tuscan word for a player. Other particulars are added

279 by Livy.

280 [100] See the *Republic*, book iii.

281 [101] Comp. Tertullian, *De Spectac.* c. 22.

282 [102] The Egyptian gods represented with dogs' heads, called by Lucan (viii. 832)

283 *semicanes deos*.

284 [103] The Fever had, according to Vives, three altars in Rome. See Cicero, *De

285 Nat. Deor.* iii. 25, and Ælian, *Var. Hist.* xii. 11.

286 [104] Cicero, *De Republica*, v. Compare the third *Tusculan Quæst.* c. ii.

287 [105] In the year a.u. 299, three ambassadors were sent from Rome to Athens to

288 copy Solon's laws, and acquire information about the institutions of Greece.

289 On their return the Decemviri were appointed to draw up a code; and finally,

290 after some tragic interruptions, the celebrated Twelve Tables were accepted as

291 the fundamental statutes of Roman law (*fons universi publici privatique juris*).

292 These were graven on brass, and hung up for public information. Livy, iii.

293 31-34.

294 [106] Possibly he refers to Plautus' *Persa*, iv. 4. 11-14.

295 [107] Sallust, *Cat. Con.* ix. Compare the similar saying of Tacitus regarding

296 the chastity of the Germans: "Plusque ibi boni mores valent, quam alibi bonæ

297 leges" (*Germ.* xix.).

298 [108] The same collocation of words is used by Cicero with reference to the well-known

299 mode of renewing the appetite in use among the Romans.

300 [109] *Æneid*, ii. 351-2.

301 [110] 2 Cor. xi. 14.

302 [111] Cicero, *C. Verrem*, vi. 8.

303 [112] Cicero, *C. Catilinam*, iii. 8.

304 [113] Alluding to the sanctuary given to all who fled to Rome in its early days.

305 [114] Virgil, *Æneid*, i. 278.

306 [115] Compare Aug. *Epist. ad Deogratias*, 102, 13; and *De Præd. Sanct.* 19.

307 [116] Ch. iv.

308 [117] Virg. *Georg.* i. 502, 'Laomedonteæ luimus perjuria Trojæ.'

309 [118] *Iliad*, xx. 293 et seqq.

310 [119] *Æneid*, v. 810, 811.

311 [120] Gratis et ingratis.

312 [121] *De Conj. Cat.* vi.

313 [122] Helen's husband.

314 [123] Venus' husband.

315 [124] Suetonius, in his *Life of Julius Cæsar* (c. 6), relates that, in pronouncing a

316 funeral oration in praise of his aunt Julia, Cæsar claimed for the Julian gens to

317 which his family belonged a descent from Venus, through Iulus, son of Eneas.

318 [125] Livy, 83, one of the lost books; and Appian, *in Mithridat*.

319 [126] The gates of Janus were not the gates of a temple, but the gates of a passage

320 called Janus, which was used only for military purposes; shut therefore in peace,

321 open in war.

322 [127] The year of the Consuls T. Manlius and C. Atilius, a. u. c. 519.

323 [128] Sall. *Conj. Cat.* ii.

324 [129] *Æneid*, viii. 326-7.

325 [130] Sall. *Cat. Conj.* vi.

326 [131] *Æneid*, xi. 532.

327 [132] *Ibid.* x. 464.

328 [133] Livy, x. 47.

329 [134] Being son of Apollo.

330 [135] Virgil, *Æn.* i. 286.

331 [136] *Pharsal.* v. 1.

332 [137] *Æneid*, x. 821, of Lausus:

333 "But when Anchises' son surveyed

334 The fair, fair face so ghastly made,

335 He groaned, by tenderness unmanned,

336 And stretched the sympathizing hand," etc.

337 [138] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 813.

338 [139] Sallust, *Cat. Conj.* ii.

339 [140] Ps. x. 3.

340 [141] *Æneid*, ii. 351-2.

341 [142] Cicero, *De Rep.* ii. 10.

342 [143] *Contra Cat.* iii. 2.

343 [144] *Æneid*, vi. 820, etc.

344 [145] His nephew.

345 [146] *Hist.* i.

346 [147] Lectisternia, from *lectus*, a couch, and *sterno*, I spread.

347 [148] *Proletarius*, from *proles*, offspring.

348 [149] The oracle ran: "Dico te, Pyrrhe, vincere posse Romanos."

349 [150] Troy, Lavinia, Alba.

350 [151] Under the inscription on the temple some person wrote the line, "Vecordiæ

351 opus ædem facit Concordiæ"—The work of discord makes the temple of Concord.

352 [152] Cicero, *in Catilin.* iii. *sub. fin.*

353 [153] Lucan, *Pharsal.* ii. 142-146.

354 [154] Virgil, *Æneid*, i. 417.

355 [155] In Augustine's letter to Evodius (169), which was written towards the end

356 of the year 415, he mentions that this fourth book and the following one were

357 begun and finished during that same year.

358 [156] Comp. Bacon's *Essay on the Vicissitudes of Things*.

359 [157] Matt. v. 45.

360 [158] 2 Pet. ii. 19.

361 [159] Nonius Marcell. borrows this anecdote from Cicero, *De Repub.* iii.

362 [160] It was extinguished by Crassus in its third year.

363 [161] Cloacina, supposed by Lactantius (*De falsa relig.* i. 20), Cyprian (*De Idol.

364 vanit.*), and Augustine (*infra.*, c. 23) to be the goddess of the "cloaca," or sewage

365 of Rome. Others, however, suppose it to be equivalent to Cluacina, a title given

366 to Venus, because the Romans after the end of the Sabine war purified themselves

367 (*cluere*) in the vicinity of her statue.

368 [162] Forculum foribus, Cardeam cardini, Limentinum limini.

369 [163] Virgil, *Eclog.* iii. 60.

370 [164] Virgil, *Æneid*, i. 47.

371 [165] Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 25.

372 [166] Virgil, *Georg.* ii. 325, 326.

373 [167] Eusebius, *De Præp. Evang.* i. 10.

374 [168] Virgil, *Georg.* iv. 221, 222.

375 [169] The feminine Fortune.

376 [170] Hab. ii. 4.

377 [171] So called from the consent or harmony of the celestial movements of these

378 gods.

379 [172] *Tusc. Quæst.* i. 26.

380 [173] Livy, ii. 36; Cicero, *De Divin.* 26.

381 [174] Called by Cicero (*De Oratore*, i. 39) the most eloquent of lawyers, and the

382 best skilled lawyer among eloquent men.

383 [175] Superflua non nocent.

384 [176] Rom. i. 25.

385 [177] *De Divin.* ii. 37.

386 [178] Cic. *De Nat. Deorum*, lib. ii. c. 28.

387 [179] Superstition, from *superstes*. Against this etymology of Cicero, see Lact.

388 *Inst. Div.* iv. 28.

389 [180] Balbus, from *balbutiens*, stammering, babbling.

390 [181] See Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* i. 2.

391 [182] Plutarch's *Numa*, c. 8.

392 [183] Written in the year 415.

393 [184] On the application of astrology to national prosperity, and the success of

394 certain religions, see Lecky's *Rationalism*, i. 303.

395 [185] This fact is not recorded in any of the extant works of Hippocrates or Cicero.

396 Vives supposes it may have found place in Cicero's book, *De Fato*.

397 [186] *i.e.* the potter.

398 [187] *Epist.* 107.

399 [188] *Odyssey*, xviii. 136, 137.

400 [189] *De Divinat.* ii.

401 [190] Ps. xiv. 1

402 [191] Book iii.

403 [192] Ps. lxii. 11, 12.

404 [193] Sallust, *Cat.* vii.

405 [194] Augustine notes that the name consul is derived from *consulere*, and thus

406 signifies a more benign rule than that of a rex (from *regere*), or dominus (from

407 *dominari*).

408 [195] *Æneid*, viii. 646.

409 [196] *Æneid*, i. 279.

410 [197] *Ibid.* vi. 847.

411 [198] Sallust, *in Cat.* c. xi.

412 [199] Sallust, *in Cat.* c. 54.

413 [200] 2 Cor. i. 12.

414 [201] Gal. vi. 4.

415 [202] Sallust, *in Cat.* c. 52.

416 [203] Horace, *Epist.* i. 1. 36, 37.

417 [204] Hor. *Carm.* ii. 2.

418 [205] *Tusc. Quæst.* i. 2.

419 [206] John v. 44.

420 [207] John xii. 43.

421 [208] Matt. x. 33.

422 [209] Matt. vi. 1.

423 [210] Matt. v. 16.

424 [211] Matt. vi. 2.

425 [212] *Jactantia.*

426 [213] *Æneid*, vi. 820.

427 [214] Matt. x. 28.

428 [215] Matt. viii. 22.

429 [216] Acts ii. 45.

430 [217] Rom. viii. 18.

431 [218] Prov. viii. 15.

432 [219] *Æneid*, vii. 266.

433 [220] Job xxxiv. 30.

434 [221] Of the Thrasymene Lake and Cannæ.

435 [222] Constantinople.

436 [223] Constantius, Constantine, and Constans.

437 [224] *Panegyr. de tertio Honorii consulatu.*

438 [225] *Tusc. Quaest.* v. 19.

439 [226] Ps. xl. 4.

440 [227] Plato, in the *Timæus*.

441 [228] Ch. xi. and xxi.

442 [229] See Virgil, *Ec.* iii. 9.

443 [230] Of the four books *De Acad.*, dedicated to Varro, only a part of the first is

444 extant.

445 [231] Cicero, *De Quæst. Acad.* i. 3.

446 [232] In his book *De Metris*, chapter on phalæcian verses.

447 [233] Tarquin the Proud, having bought the books of the sibyl, appointed two

448 men to preserve and interpret them (Dionys. Halic. *Antiq.* iv. 62). These were

449 afterwards increased to ten, while the plebeians were contending for larger privileges;

450 and subsequently five more were added.

451 [234] Ch. 31.

452 [235] *Fabulare.*

453 [236] *Fabulosum.*

454 [237] *Civile.*

455 [238] *Timeri.*

456 [239] *Vereri.*

457 [240] *Intercido*, I cut or cleave.

458 [241] *Paranymphi.*

459 [242] Comp. Tertullian, *Adv. Nat.* ii. 11; Arnobius, *Contra Gent.* iv.; Lactantius,

460 *Inst.* i. 20.

461 [243] Mentioned also by Tertullian, *Apol.* 12, but not extant.

462 [244] *Numina.* Another reading is *nomina*; and with either reading another translation

463 is admissible: "One is announcing to a god the names (or gods) who

464 salute him."

465 [245] Tert. *Apol.* 13, "Nec electio sine reprobatione;" and *Ad Nationes*, ii. 9,

466 "Si dei ut bulbi seliguntur, qui non seliguntur, reprobi pronuntiantur."

467 [246] Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii., distinguishes this Liber from Liber Bacchus, son

468 of Jupiter and Semele.

469 [247] *Januam.*

470 [248] *Vivificator.*

471 [249] *Sensificator.*

472 [250] As we say, "right-minded."

473 [251] Ch. 21, 23.

474 [252] The father Saturn, and the mother Ops, *e.g.*, being more obscure than their

475 son Jupiter and daughter Juno.

476 [253] Sallust, *Cat. Conj.* ch. 8.

477 [254] Vicus argentarius.

478 [255] Virgil, *Æneid*, viii. 357, 358.

479 [256] Quadrifrons.

480 [257] Frons.

481 [258] "Quanto iste innocentior esset, tanto frontosior appareret;" being used for

482 the shamelessness of innocence, as we use "face" for the shamelessness of impudence.

483 [259] Cicero, *Tusc. Quæst.* v. 13.

484 [260] An interesting account of the changes made in the Roman year by Numa is

485 given in Plutarch's life of that king. Ovid also (*Fasti*, ii.) explains the derivation

486 of February, telling us that it was the last month of the old year, and

487 took its name from the lustrations performed then: "Februa Romani dixere

488 piamina patres."

489 [261] Ennius, in Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 18.

490 [262] John x. 9.

491 [263] *Georgic*, ii. 470.

492 [264] *Summa*, which also includes the meaning "last."

493 [265] Virgil, *Eclog.* iii. 60, who borrows the expression from the *Phænomena* of

494 Aratus.

495 [266] Soranus lived about b.c. 100. See Smith's *Dict.*

496 [267] Tigillus.

497 [268] Ruma.

498 [269] "Pecunia," that is, property; the original meaning of "pecunia" being

499 property in cattle, then property or wealth of any kind. Comp. Augustine,

500 *De discipl. Christ.* 6.

501 [270] Sallust, *Catil.* c. 11.

502 [271] Quasi medius currens.

503 [272] Nuncius.

504 [273] Enunciantur.

505 [274] Cœlo.

506 [275] Cœlum.

507 [276] Sc. Χρόνος.

508 [277] See c. 16.

509 [278] Varro, *De Ling. Lat.* v. 68.

510 [279] Nourisher.

511 [280] Returner.

512 [281] In the book *De Ratione Naturali Deorum*.

513 [282] Mundum.

514 [283] Immundum.

515 [284] Mundus.

516 [285] Mundum.

517 [286] Virgil, *Æneid*, viii. 319-20.

518 [287] In the *Timæus*.

519 [288] Plutarch's *Numa*; Livy, xl. 29.

520 [289] Comp. Lactantius, *Instit.* i. 6.

521 [290] Egesserit.

522 [291] Wisdom vii. 24-27.

523 [292] "Sapiens," that is, a wise man, one who had attained to wisdom.

524 [293] Finem boni.

525 [294] Dii majorum gentium.

526 [295] Book i. 13.

527 [296] Rom. i. 19, 20.

528 [297] Col. ii. 8.

529 [298] Rom. i. 19, 20.

530 [299] Acts xvii. 28.

531 [300] Rom. i. 21-23.

532 [301] *De Doctrina Christiana*, ii. 43. Comp. *Retract.* ii. 4, 2.

533 [302] Liberating Jewish slaves, and sending gifts to the temple. See Josephus,

534 *Ant.* xii. 2.

535 [303] Gen. i. 1, 2.

536 [304] Spiritus.

537 [305] Ex. iii. 14.

538 [306] Rom. i. 20.

539 [307] Ch. 14.

540 [308] *De Deo Socratis.*

541 [309] Virgil, *Æn.* 7. 338.

542 [310] Virgil, *Æn.* 4. 492, 493.

543 [311] Virgil, *Ec.* 8. 99.

544 [312] Pliny (*Hist. Nat.* xxviii. 2) and others quote the law as running: "Qui

545 fruges incantasit, qui malum carmen incantasit.... neu alienam segetem

546 pelexeris."

547 [313] Before Claudius, the prefect of Africa, a heathen.

548 [314] Another reading, "whom they could not know, though near to themselves."

549 [315] These quotations are from a dialogue between Hermes and Æsculapius,

550 which is said to have been translated into Latin by Apuleius.

551 [316] Rom. i. 21.

552 [317] Jer. xvi. 20.

553 [318] Zech. xiii. 2.

554 [319] Isa. xix. 1.

555 [320] Matt. xvi. 16.

556 [321] Matt. viii. 29.

557 [322] Ps. xcvi. 1.

558 [323] Ps. cxv. 5, etc.

559 [324] 1 Cor. x. 19, 20.

560 [325] Ps. xcvi. 1-5.

561 [326] Jer. xvi. 20.

562 [327] Ornamenta memoriarum.

563 [328] Comp. *The Confessions*, vi. 2.

564 [329] See Plutarch, on the Cessation of Oracles.

565 [330] The *De Deo Socratis.*

566 [331] *De Fin.* iii. 20; *Tusc. Disp.* iii. 4.

567 [332] The distinction between *bona* and *commoda* is thus given by Seneca (*Ep.* 87,

568 *ad fin.*): "Commodum est quod plus usus est quam molestiæ; bonum sincerum

569 debet esse et ab omni parte innoxium."

570 [333] Book xix. ch. 1.

571 [334] See *Diog. Laert.* ii. 71.

572 [335] Virgil, *Æneid*, iv. 449.

573 [336] Seneca, *De Clem.* ii. 4 and 5.

574 [337] *Pro. Lig.* c. 12.

575 [338] *De Oratore*, i. 11, 47.

576 [339] *De Deo Soc.*

577 [340] *De Deo Soc.*

578 [341] *De Deo Soc.*

579 [342] *Cat. Conj.* i.

580 [343] Plotinus died in 270 a.d. For his relation to Plato, see Augustine's *Contra

581 Acad.* iii. 41.

582 [344] *Ennead.* iv. 3. 12.

583 [345] Apuleius, not Plotinus.

584 [346] *De Deo Socratis.*

585 [347] Apuleius, *ibid.*

586 [348] Virgil, *Georg.* i. 5.

587 [349] Augustine apparently quotes from memory from two passages of the *Enneades*,

588 I. vi. 8, and ii. 3.

589 [350] Or, humanity.

590 [351] Comp. *De Trin.* 13. 22.

591 [352] 1 Tim. ii. 5.

592 [353] δαίμων = δαήμων, knowing; so Plato, *Cratylus*, 398. b.

593 [354] 1 Cor. viii. 1.

594 [355] Mark i. 24.

595 [356] Matt. iv. 3-11.

596 [357] *Timæus.*

597 [358] Ps. l. 1.

598 [359] Ps. cxxxvi. 2.

599 [360] Ps. xcv. 3.

600 [361] Ps. xcvi. 5, 6.

601 [362] Ps. lxxxii. 6.

602 [363] 1 Cor. viii. 5, 6.

603 [364] Rom. i. 21.

604 [365] Eph. vi. 5.

605 [366] Namely, δουλεία: comp. *Quæst. in Exod.* 94; *Quæst. in Gen.* 21; *Contra

606 Faustum*, 15, 9, etc.

607 [367] Agricolæ, coloni, incolæ.

608 [368] Virgil, *Eneid*, i. 12.

609 [369] 2 Chron. xxx. 9; Eccl. xi. 13; Judith vii. 20.

610 [370] Ps. lxxxii. 6.

611 [371] John i. 6-9.

612 [372] *Ibid.* 16.

613 [373] Augustine here remarks, in a clause that cannot be given in English, that

614 the word *religio* is derived from *religere*.—So Cicero, *De Nat. Deor.* ii. 28.

615 [374] Matt. xxii. 37-40.

616 [375] Ps. lxxiii. 28.

617 [376] Ex. xxii. 20.

618 [377] Ps. xvi. 2.

619 [378] Ps. li. 16, 17.

620 [379] Ps. l. 12, 13.

621 [380] Ps. l. 14, 15.

622 [381] Micah vi. 6-8.

623 [382] Heb. xiii. 16.

624 [383] Hos. vi. 6.

625 [384] Matt. xxii. 40.

626 [385] On the service rendered to the Church by this definition, see Waterland's

627 Works, v. 124.

628 [386] Literally, a sacred action.

629 [387] Ecclus. xxx. 24.

630 [388] Rom. vi. 13.

631 [389] Rom. xii. 1.

632 [390] Rom. xii. 2.

633 [391] Ps. lxxiii. 28.

634 [392] Rom. xii. 3-6.

635 [393] Ps. lxxxvii. 3.

636 [394] Ex. xxii. 20.

637 [395] Gen. xviii. 18.

638 [396] Gen. xv. 17. In his *Retractations*, ii. 43, Augustine says that he should not

639 have spoken of this as miraculous, because it was an appearance seen in sleep.

640 [397] Gen. xviii.

641 [398] *Goetia.*

642 [399] 2 Cor. xi. 14.

643 [400] Virgil, *Georg.* iv. 411.

644 [401] Ex. xxxiii. 13.

645 [402] Plotin. *Ennead.* III. ii. 13.

646 [403] Matt. vi. 28-30.

647 [404] Acts vii. 53.

648 [405] *Ennead.* I. vi. 7.

649 [406] Meaning, officious meddlers.

650 [407] *Pharsal.* vi. 503.

651 [408] Ps. lxxiii. 28.

652 [409] *Æneid*, vii. 310.

653 [410] *Æneid*, iii. 438, 439.

654 [411] *Teletis.*

655 [412] The Platonists of the Alexandrian and Athenian schools, from Plotinus to

656 Proclus, are at one in recognising in God three principles or hypostases: 1st,

657 the One or the Good, which is the Father; 2d, the Intelligence or Word, which

658 is the Son; 3d, the Soul, which is the universal principle of life. But as to

659 the nature and order of these hypostases, the Alexandrians are no longer at one

660 with the school of Athens. On the very subtle differences between the Trinity

661 of Plotinus and that of Porphyry, consult M. Jules Simon, ii. 110, and M.

662 Vacherot, ii. 37.—Saisset.

663 [413] See below, c. 28.

664 [414] *Ennead.* v. 1.

665 [415] John i. 14.

666 [416] John vi. 60-64.

667 [417] John viii. 25; or "the beginning," following a different reading from ours.

668 [418] Ps. lxxiii. 28.

669 [419] Ps. lxxxiv. 2.

670 [420] Matt. xxiii. 26.

671 [421] Rom. viii. 24, 25.

672 [422] See above, c. 9.

673 [423] Virgil, *Eclog.* iv. 13, 14.

674 [424] Isa. xxix. 14.

675 [425] 1 Cor. i. 19-25.

676 [426] According to another reading, "You might have seen it to be," etc.

677 [427] John i. 1-5.

678 [428] John i. 14.

679 [429] Comp. Euseb. *Præp. Evan.* xiii. 16.

680 [430] *Ennead.* iii. 4. 2.

681 [431] *Æneid*, vi. 750, 751.

682 [432] *Inductio.*

683 [433] Namely, under Diocletian and Maximian.

684 [434] Gen. xxii. 18.

685 [435] Gal. iii. 19.

686 [436] Ps. lxvii. 1, 2.

687 [437] John xiv. 6.

688 [438] Isa. ii. 2, 3.

689 [439] Luke xxiv. 44-47.

690 [440] Written in the year 416 or 417.

691 [441] Ps. lxxxvii. 3.

692 [442] Ps. xlviii. 1.

693 [443] Ps. xlvi. 4.

694 [444] Homine assumto, non Deo consumto.

695 [445] Quo itur Deus, qua itur homo.

696 [446] A clause is here inserted to give the etymology of *præsentia* from *præ

697 vensibus*.

698 [447] Another derivation, *sententia* from *sensus*, the inward perception of the

699 mind.

700 [448] Gen. i. 1.

701 [449] Prov. viii. 27.

702 [450] Matt. xviii. 10.

703 [451] A common question among the Epicureans; urged by Velleius in Cic. *De

704 Nat. Deor.* i. 9; adopted by the Manichæans and spoken to by Augustine in

705 the *Conf.* xi. 10, 12, also in *De Gen. contra Man.* i. 3.

706 [452] The Neo-Platonists.

707 [453] Number begins at one, but runs on infinitely.

708 [454] Gal. iv. 26.

709 [455] 1 Thess. v. 5.

710 [456] Comp. *de Gen. ad lit.* i. and iv.

711 [457] Ver. 35.

712 [458] Ps. cxlviii. 1-5.

713 [459] Job xxxviii. 7.

714 [460] Vives here notes that the Greek theologians and Jerome held, with Plato, that

715 spiritual creatures were made first, and used by God in the creation of things

716 material. The Latin theologians and Basil held that God made all things at

717 once.

718 [461] John i. 9.

719 [462] Mali enim nulla natura est: sed amissio boni, mali nomen accepit.

720 [463] Plutarch (*De Plac. Phil.* i. 3, and iv. 3) tells us that this opinion was held

721 by Anaximenes of Miletus, the followers of Anaxagoras, and many of the Stoics.

722 Diogenes the Cynic, as well as Diogenes of Apollonia, seems to have adopted the

723 same opinion. See Zeller's *Stoics*, pp. 121 and 199.

724 [464] "Ubi lux non est, tenebræ sunt, non quia aliquid sunt tenebræ, sed ipsa

725 lucis absentia tenebræ dicuntur."—Aug. *De Gen. contra Man.* 7.

726 [465] Wisdom vii. 22.

727 [466] The strongly Platonic tinge of this language is perhaps best preserved in a

728 bare literal translation.

729 [467] Vives remarks that the ancients defined blessedness as an absolutely perfect

730 state in all good, peculiar to God. Perhaps Augustine had a reminiscence of

731 the remarkable discussion in the *Tusc. Disp.* lib. v., and the definition "Neque

732 ulla alia huic verbo, quum beatum dicimus, subjecta notio est, nisi, secretis

733 malis omnibus, cumulata bonorum complexio."

734 [468] With this chapter compare the books *De Dono Persever.* and *De Correp.

735 et Gratia*.

736 [469] Matt. xxv. 46.

737 [470] John viii. 44.

738 [471] 1 John iii. 8.

739 [472] Cf. *Gen. ad Lit.* xi. 27 et seqq.

740 [473] Ps. xvii. 6.

741 [474] 1 John iii. 8.

742 [475] The Manichæans.

743 [476] Isa. xiv. 12.

744 [477] Ezek. xxviii. 13.

745 [478] Job xl. 14 (LXX.).

746 [479] Ps. civ. 26.

747 [480] Job. xl. 14 (LXX.).

748 [481] It must be kept in view that "vice" has, in this passage, the meaning of

749 sinful blemish.

750 [482] Ps. civ. 26.

751 [483] Quintilian uses it commonly in the sense of antithesis.

752 [484] 2 Cor. vi. 7-10.

753 [485] Ecclus. xxxiii. 15.

754 [486] Gen. i. 14-18.

755 [487] The reference is to the *Timæus*, p. 37 C., where he says, "When the parent

756 Creator perceived this created image of the eternal gods in life and motion, He

757 was delighted, and in His joy considered how He might make it still liker its

758 model."

759 [488] Jas. i. 17.

760 [489] The passage referred to is in the Timæus, p. 29 D.: "Let us say what was

761 the cause of the Creator's forming this universe. He was good; and in the

762 good no envy is ever generated about anything whatever. Therefore, being

763 free from envy, He desired that all things should, as much as possible, resemble

764 Himself."

765 [490] The Manichæans, to wit.

766 [491] Gen. i. 31.

767 [492] *Proprietas.*

768 [493] This is one of the passages cited by Sir William Hamilton, along with the

769 "Cogito, ergo sum" of Descartes, in confirmation of his proof, that in so far as

770 we are *conscious* of certain modes of existence, in so far we possess an absolute

771 certainty that we exist. See note A in Hamilton's *Reid*, p. 744.

772 [494] Compare the *Confessions*, xiii. 9.

773 [495] Ch. 7.

774 [496] Or aliquot parts.

775 [497] Comp. Aug. *Gen. ad Lit.* iv. 2, and *De Trinitate*, iv. 7.

776 [498] For passages illustrating early opinions regarding numbers, see Smith's

777 *Dict.* Art. number.

778 [499] Wisd. xi. 20.

779 [500] Prov. xxiv. 16.

780 [501] Ps. cxix. 164.

781 [502] Ps. xxxiv. 1.

782 [503] John xvi. 13.

783 [504] In Isa. xi. 2, as he shows in his eighth sermon, where this subject is further

784 pursued; otherwise, one might have supposed he referred to Rev. iii. 1.

785 [505] 1 Cor. xiii. 10.

786 [506] Augustine refers to John viii. 25; see p. 415. He might rather have referred

787 to Rev. iii. 14.

788 [507] Ps. civ. 24.

789 [508] Matt. xxii. 30.

790 [509] Matt. xviii. 10.

791 [510] 2 Peter ii. 4.

792 [511] Eph. v. 8.

793 [512] Ps. cxlviii. 2.

794 [513] Matt. iv. 9.

795 [514] Jas. iv. 6.

796 [515] 1 Thess. v. 5

797 [516] Augustine himself published this idea in his *Conf.* xiii. 32, but afterwards

798 retracted it, as "said without sufficient consideration" (*Retract.* II. vi. 2).

799 Epiphanius and Jerome ascribe it to Origen.

800 [517] Gen. i. 6.

801 [518] Namely, the Audians and Sampsæans, insignificant heretical sects mentioned

802 by Theodoret and Epiphanius.

803 [519] Ps. xcv. 5.

804 [520] *Vitium*: perhaps "fault" most nearly embraces all the uses of this word.

805 [521] Essentia.

806 [522] Ex. iii. 14.

807 [523] Quintilian calls it *dura*.

808 [524] With this may be compared the argument of Socrates in the *Gorgias*, in

809 which it is shown that to escape punishment is worse than to suffer it, and that

810 the greatest of evils is to do wrong and not be chastised.

811 [525] Eccles. x. 13.

812 [526] Specie.

813 [527] Ps. xix. 12.

814 [528] C. 13.

815 [529] Rom. v. 5.

816 [530] Ps. lxxiii. 28.

817 [531] *De Deo Socratis.*

818 [532] Augustine no doubt refers to the interesting account given by Critias, near

819 the beginning of the *Timæus*, of the conversation of Solon with the Egyptian

820 priests.

821 [533] Augustine here follows the chronology of Eusebius, who reckons 5611 years

822 from the Creation to the taking of Rome by the Goths; adopting the Septuagint

823 version of the patriarchal ages.

824 [534] See above, viii. 5.

825 [535] It is not apparent to what Augustine refers. The Arcadians, according

826 to Macrobius (*Saturn.* i. 7), divided their year into three months, and the

827 Egyptians divided theirs into three seasons: each of these seasons having four

828 months, it is possible that Augustine may have referred to this. See Wilkinson's

829 excursus on the Egyptian year, in Rawlinson's *Herod.* Book ii.

830 [536] The former opinion was held by Democritus and his disciple Epicurus; the

831 latter by Heraclitus, who supposed that "God amused Himself" by thus renewing

832 worlds.

833 [537] The Alexandrian Neo-Platonists endeavoured in this way to escape from

834 the obvious meaning of the *Timæus*.

835 [538] Antoninus says (ii. 14), "All things from eternity are of like forms, and

836 come round in a circle." Cf. also ix. 28, and the references to more ancient

837 philosophical writers in Gataker's notes on these passages.

838 [539] Eccles. i. 9, 10. So Origen, *de Prin.* iii. 5, and ii. 3.

839 [540] Rom. vi. 9.

840 [541] 1 Thess. iv. 16.

841 [542] Ps. xii. 7.

842 [543] Cf. *de Trin.* v. 17.

843 [544] Wisdom ix. 13-15.

844 [545] Gen. i. 1.

845 [546] Gen. i. 14.

846 [547] Rom. xii. 3.

847 [548] Titus i. 2, 3. Augustine here follows the version of Jerome, and not the

848 Vulgate. Comp. *Contra Priscill.* 6, and *de Gen. c. Man.* iv. 4.

849 [549] 2 Cor. x. 12. Here, and in *Enar. in* Ps. xxxiv., and also in *Cont. Faust.*

850 xxii. 47, Augustine follows the Greek, and not the Vulgate.

851 [550] *i.e.* indefinite, or an indefinite succession of things.

852 [551] Again in the *Timæus*.

853 [552] Wisdom xi. 20.

854 [553] Isa. xl. 26.

855 [554] Matt. x. 30.

856 [555] Ps. cxlvii. 5.

857 [556] De sæculis sæculorum.

858 [557] Ps. cxlviii. 4.

859 [558] Cicero has the same (*de Amicitia*, 16): "Quonam modo quisquam amicus

860 esse poterit, cui se putabit inimicum esse posse?" He also quotes Scipio to the

861 effect that no sentiment is more unfriendly to friendship than this, that we should

862 love as if some day we were to hate.

863 [559] C. 30.

864 [560] Coquæus remarks that this is levelled against the Pelagians.

865 [561]

866 "Quando leoni

867 Fortior eripuit vitam leo? quo nemore unquam

868 Exspiravit aper majoris dentibus apri?

869 Indica tigris agit rabida cum tigride pacem

870 Perpetuam; sævis inter se convenit ursis.

871 Ast homini," etc.

872 Juvenal, *Sat.* xv. 160-5.

873 —See also the very striking lines which precede these.

874 [562] See this further discussed in *Gen. ad Lit.* vii. 35, and in Delitzsch's *Bibl.

875 Psychology*.

876 [563] Jer. xxiii. 24.

877 [564] Wisdom viii. 1.

878 [565] 1 Cor. iii. 7.

879 [566] 1 Cor. xv. 38.

880 [567] Jer. i. 5.

881 [568] Compare *de Trin.* iii. 13-16.

882 [569] See Book xi. 5.

883 [570] "The Deity, desirous of making the universe in all respects resemble the

884 most beautiful and entirely perfect of intelligible objects, formed it into one

885 visible animal, containing within itself all the other animals with which it is

886 naturally allied."—*Timæus*, c. xi.

887 [571] Ps. xlvi. 8.

888 [572] Ps. xxv. 10.

889 [573] Matt. x. 28.

890 [574] On this question compare the 24th and 25th epistles of Jerome, *de obitu

891 Leæ*, and *de obitu Blesillæ filiæ*. Coquæus.

892 [575] Ps. xlix. 12.

893 [576] On which see further in *de Peccat. Mer.* i. 67 et seq.

894 [577] *De Baptismo Parvulorum* is the second half of the title of the book, *de

895 Peccatorum Meritis et Remissione*.

896 [578] 1 Cor. xv. 56.

897 [579] Rom. vii. 12, 13.

898 [580] Literally, unregenerate.

899 [581] John iii. 5.

900 [582] Matt. x. 32.

901 [583] Matt. xvi. 25.

902 [584] Ps. cxvi. 15.

903 [585] Much of this paradoxical statement about death is taken from Seneca. See,

904 among other places, his epistle on the premeditation of future dangers, the

905 passage beginning, "Quotidie morimur, quotidie enim demitur aliqua pars

906 vitæ."

907 [586] Ecclus. xi. 28.

908 [587] Ps. vi. 5.

909 [588] Gen. ii. 17.

910 [589] Gal. v. 17.

911 [590] Gen. ii. 17.

912 [591] Gen. iii. 9.

913 [592] Gen. iii. 19.

914 [593] Wisdom ix. 15.

915 [594] A translation of part of the *Timæus*, given in a little book of Cicero's, *De

916 Universo*.

917 [595] Plato, in the *Timæus*, represents the Demiurgus as constructing the *kosmos*

918 or universe to be a complete representation of the idea of animal. He planted

919 in its centre a soul, spreading outwards so as to pervade the whole body of the

920 *kosmos*; and then he introduced into it those various species of animals which

921 were contained in the idea of animal. Among these animals stand first the

922 celestial, the gods embodied in the stars; and of these the oldest is the earth, set

923 in the centre of all, close packed round the great axis which traverses the centre

924 of the *kosmos*.—See the *Timæus* and Grote's *Plato*, iii. 250 et seq.

925 [596] On these numbers see Grote's *Plato*, iii. 254.

926 [597] Virgil, *Æneid*, vi. 750, 751.

927 [598] Book x. 30.

928 [599] A catena of passages, showing that this is the catholic Christian faith, will

929 be found in Bull's *State of Man before the Fall* (*Works*, vol. ii.).

930 [600] 1 Cor. xv. 42.

931 [601] Prov. iii. 18.

932 [602] 1 Cor. x. 4.

933 [603] Cant. iv. 13.

934 [604] Ps. xlii. 6.

935 [605] Ps. lix. 9.

936 [606] Those who wish to pursue this subject will find a pretty full collection of

937 opinions in the learned commentary on Genesis by the Jesuit Pererius. Philo

938 was, of course, the leading culprit, but Ambrose and other Church fathers went

939 nearly as far. Augustine condemns the Seleucians for this among other heresies,

940 that they denied a visible Paradise.—*De Hæres.* 59.

941 [607] Tobit xii. 19.

942 [608] Gen. ii. 17.

943 [609] Rom. viii. 10, 11.

944 [610] Gen. iii. 19.

945 [611] "In uno commune factum est omnibus."

946 [612] Rom. viii. 28, 29.

947 [613] 1 Cor. xv. 42-45.

948 [614] Gen. ii. 7.

949 [615] 1 Cor. xv. 47-49.

950 [616] Gal. iii. 27.

951 [617] Rom. viii. 24.

952 [618] 1 Cor. xv. 21, 22.

953 [619] Gen. ii. 7.

954 [620] John xx. 22.

955 [621] Gen. ii. 6.

956 [622] 2 Cor. iv. 16.

957 [623] 1 Cor. ii. 11.

958 [624] Eccles. iii. 21.

959 [625] Ps. cxlviii. 8.

960 [626] Matt. xxviii. 19.

961 [627] John iv. 24.

962 [628] "Breath," Eng. ver.

963 [629] Gen. i. 24.

964 [630] Ecclus. xxiv. 3.

965 [631] Rev. iii. 16.

966 [632] 1 Cor. xv. 44-49.

Transcriber's Notes:

94 - Obvious punctuation and spelling errors have been fixed throughout.

95 - Inconsistent hyphenation is as in the original.

96 - New original cover art included with this eBook is granted to the public domain.